>

en ip, a — -_
San ta eae RI See
; aay Ae

Puate IV.

Eaas or THESTORIDS AND POLYOMMATIDS.

Natural History of British Butterflies, January, 1906.

Puate IV.
(To be bound facing Plate IV.)

Haes or RURALIDS.

Fig. 1.—CALLOPHRYS RUBI. Fic. 4.—PoLYoMMATUS ICARUS.
Fic. 2.—CALLOPHRYS RUBI. Fig. 5.—AGRIADES BELLARGUS.
Fic. 3.—ARICIA var. ARTAXERXES. Fic. 6.—AGRIADES CORYDON.

All x20 diameters.

t
7
—

P — pen

wa

1S ay ally EE

v.83

Gad oy ae A NATURAL HISTORY OF THE

BRITISH LEPIDOPTERA

ne nr BOOK FOR STUDENTS AND COLLECTORS

BY
qme? {Lam
Nine ole ele es ES.

Author of ‘‘ The British Noctuz and their Varieties,’’ ‘‘ Monograph of the
British Pterophorina,’’ ‘‘ British Butterflies,’ ‘‘ British Moths,”’
‘Migration and Dispersal of Insects,’’ ‘‘ Melanism and
Melanochroism in Lepidoptera,’’ ‘‘ Practical Hints
for the Field Lepidopterist,’’ etc.

ZEM\THSONIARS

VoL. VILA

OCT 95 VI

BERLIN: ©
FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, 11, Carlstrasse, N.W.

NOVEMBER, 1905—DECEMBER, 1906.

PREFACE.

In presenting this volume to my brother lepidopterists, some little
explanation is necessary. Although itis essentially vol. vii of The
Natural History of the British Lepidoptera, it has been appearing for
a considerable time in parts as A’ Natural History of the British
Butterflies. The real reason for publishing this volume out of its proper
order was threefold—(1) The large amount of material on the group
that had been slowly amassing during the last twenty years, and the
increasing difficulty of dealing with it; (2) the fact that a really good
scientific work on British butterflies was an undoubted desideratum
among advanced workers; and (3) the long time which must
necessarily elapse before the material to be dealt with in the two
intermediate volumes. vi and vii, can possibly be worked out and
prepared for publication; volume v is being cleared up for publication
contemporaneously with this. It is trusted that these reasons will be
considered sufficient to excuse my action.

It is exceedingly difficult to foretell the extent of detailed and
exhaustive treatises of this character. When one is working at a
eroup, one accumulates material from all possible sources, and such
detail can only be finally estimated when the printer has set it in type,
and one sees the actual printed matter before one. That I should
only be able to treat of ten species in a large volume would, two years
ago, have appeared to me absurd, and that an account of Rumicia
phlaeas would extend to 84 pages, or 10 pages more than our account
of Manduca. atropos in vol. iv, would have been considered impossible,
but, as one pieces all the facts together, one finds the accounts of
some well-known species growing beyond all previously calculated
dimensions, whilst, of others, one is astonished at the necessity of
working out, almost de novo, the whole of the life-history, and the
trouble attached to this is not to be despised. The practical completion
of the life-histories of Chrysophanus dispar, Thymelicus acteon, Urbicola
comma, ete., are the result of inuch painstaking and careful work on
the part of my collaborators, and the detailed account of the world-
wide variation of such species as Rumicia phlaeas, Urbicola comma,
and Cyclopides palaemon, should bring home a recognition of the
importance and bearings of a knowledge of species outside the narrow
boundaries of our own islands.

If, in all the preceding volumes, I have happily had to acknowledge
much generous help, in this my obligations have been increased
tenfold. As usual, to Dr. T. A. Chapman and Mr. A. W. Bacot, first
thanks are due, but in no smaller degree also to Mr. A. Sich, Mr. M.
Gillmer, and Mr. S. Edwards; whilst no less am I indebted to
Mr. F. Noad Clark, Mr. A. Tonge, and Mr. Hugh Main, to whose
kindness I owe almost all the beautiful photographs by means
of which the volume is illustrated. Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, too,
has done yeoman service with regard to our distribution lists,
and there are many more whom one ought certainly to mention—

ill.

Professor Blachier, Mr. A. W. Kappel, Mr. W. F. Kirby, Paymaster-in-
Chief G. F. Mathew, Rev. G. H. Raynor, Mr. Raleigh S. Smallman,
etc. Jt is impossible to mention all those to whom we are further
indebted for incidental observations, notes, and lists of localities. I
can only say that without their kind help the volume, as it now
stands, could never have appeared. 1 may add that I have had no
hesitation in writing for information to any lepidopterist, at home or
abroad, who, [thought, might help me to clear up any point concerning
any insect of which he might have special knowledge. In every case
my queries have been most courteously answered. I trust that such
will not mind if in the near future I have to worry them again. For
the index we are largely indebted to the Rev. G. H. Raynor, who
kindly responded to our request for help in this direction.

I sincerely trust that the result of the work expended on this
volume will commend itself alike to field naturalists and scientific
lepidopterists, and that it will meet with their approval. Information
on the British species of Theclids and Lycznids is greatly desiderated,
and any such will be most gratefully received. Our knowledge of
some of the commonest species of ‘‘ blues” is of the most scrappy
character, and material to complete in detail our knowledge of their
life-histories and habits is urgently needed. We shall be most thank-
ful for any help in this direction.

CONTENTS.

Part I.

CHAP. PAGE.

I. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON BUTTERFLIES ... pee me aS oa 1
IJ. EGGLAYING OF BUTTERFLIES ap beat : ee oA. ws 2
III. EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES bts ee ae Ae sf ee = 5
IV. PHOTOGRAPHING BUTTERFLY EGGS ... oe ie a a “de 8
V. OBTAINING EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES ... = be i ae cat 12
VI. BUTTERFLY LARVE AND THEIR MOULTINGS.. a er: io ae

VII. EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA... an ae ow eS

VIII. INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA... .. ... nee cay eee

IX. THE ASSOCIATION OF ANTS WITH BUTTERFLY LARVE ee ee a. ew
X. CARNIVOROUS HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVE pe oe a Mee
XI. COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARVZ ae yee Bi ee Joe eee

XII. THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT OF BUTTERFLY LARVAE ae ee a ae 50

XIII. THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVE ... a ee 61

XIV.. THE RESTING-HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVE ae bee Ae, _12- 78

Part II.
URBICOLIDES oe oe ee bo oe: ee tie 4 eee
URBICOLIDE . e wee ee. a tat a es
THYMELICINE ‘AND THYMELIOIDI oie aa Me bulk ae i Se
ADOPHA LINEOLA ... a te Bre ae ae rae i ee
ADOPHA FLAVA nee ae ‘gal ees ae nh ie Sas
THYMELIOUS . es a ee Ges f wa aE ce MS
THYMELICUS ACTEON ae ae SE pei ae ne a jy sleet,
URBICOLINA AND URBICOLIDI ae i ae ae Ps oo Be
SKUGIADES © 42, : a Sa ae att = 2 ee
AUGIADES SYLVANUS.. na ie ike eas ae Wee ul Shee.
URBICOLA: ... he za ews ae oe a ae Ras irs
URBICOLA COMMA ... af ae Ae se Re. yo nae
OYCLOPIDID® Wek ie sie ae ae of ee bt)
CYCLOPIDINE AND CYOLOPIDIDI ath ae ue ae oe 4 @on
CYCLOPIDES ... ; Me ae a ae eee fet ee kee
OYCLOPIDES PALEMON He ce as 4s & _ ac} Age
HESPERIIDA ... es ay ~~ i my cae a. Ku a
HESPERIINAE ... a he he re oh ae re see
HESPERIIDI ... ay eae an vs Be ne se ao the
HESPERIA... ies a a Hes ee fee me a oe
HESPERIA MALVE ... a, ae er ae Bee Hip aoe
NISONIADIDL ... ne a a ee ae a xg vas’ eee
NISONIADES ... oe cae tig A tee Res. ak ak oe
NISONIADES TAGES.. : aa mae ba A a gene
CATALOGUE OF PALEAROTIO URBICOLIDES Sch ue a stg Were 5
RURALIDES ... a ett si ie ae ca aS 4 ee
RURALIDE ... or oh i fe a PO
CHRYSOPHANIN A AND CHRYSOPHANIDI ve ne a As ce) ke
RUMICIA Be et ae si ob ae a a ee
RUMIOIA PHLHAS ... oe =n a ek a an ad OU
CHRYSOPHANUS ae ae rat ss a a ay se ee
OHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR xe si ae ee 2 ve eal: ee,
GENERAL INDEX TO PARTS I. AND II. ir Shs rn =F > ee
SPECIAL INDEX TO PART II. oe a a i me .. 468

REFERENCES TO PLATES ie: EP bi ioe i a . ate

Seetrtst) BUTTERFLIES.

CHAPTER LI.
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS ON BUTTERFLIES.

Butterflies and moths together make up the order of insects known
as Lepidoptera (scale-winged insects), so called because their wings are
covered with delicate scales which are very easily removed. The
popular idea is that there are profound differences between butterflies
and moths, but this is not so, the butterflies comprising simply two of
the superfamilies of the “‘upright-egged”’ stirps of the lepidoptera,
and finding probably their closest relatives in the Castniids, Noto-
dontids, Noctuids, etc.

There is, indeed, no real line of demarcation between butterflies and
moths, those superfamilies of moths just mentioned being much nearer
to the butterflies than to many other superfamilies of moths. The general
characters that are supposed to distinguish butterflies are (1) The
knobbed antenne. (2) Resting with their wings upright, ¢.e., with their
wings raised vertically face to face over their bodies. (8) The thorax and
abdomen being separated by a waist, etc. Some moths, however, have
knobbed antenne, others rest with their wings upright over their backs,
and yet others have the waist between the thorax and abdomen more
marked than in many butterflies. The fact is that all lepidoptera have
been evolved from the same original stock, the various superfamilies
having been produced by modifications and changes taking place through
the course of ages, yet all, different as they now are, bearing the stamp
of a common origin. The differences have no doubt been brought
about by changes in environment, the individuals having to adapt
themselves to the great physical changes that we know the earth and
its atmosphere have undergone in past time.

Geological remains of insects are scarce, due no doubt to the fragile
nature of the organisms themselves. Yet there is much fragmentary
testimony of the history of insects written in those remains that have
been found. Butterflies and moths are among the more recently
evolved insects, and appear to have been contemporaneous with
flowering plants, the newer rocks of the Tertiary period providing most
fossil examples. Although above 30000 fossil insects have been found
in the tertiary beds of Europe and America, only about 20 examples of
lepidoptera have been found. Scudder notes that over 15000 fossil

2, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

insects have been found in the neighbourhood of the small lake of
Florissant, high up in the Colorado Parks, yet he has only seen eight
butterflies among them, each belonging to different genera. He
further notes that this is also the case with the fossil butterflies found
at Radoboj, at Aix, and at Rott in the European tertiaries, and with
two exceptions, Hugonia and Pontia, no representative of genera found
today has been discovered. The fossil species are all extinct.

It is largely a matter of speculation, from which of the main stirpes
or root-stocks of the lepidoptera the butterflies have sprung, but they
have, as we have already noticed, upright eggs in common with
Castniids, Noctuids, etc., and the arrangement of the tubercles and the
presence of the remarkable chinglands of their larve also suggest that
these are among their nearest allies at the present time. The matter
is just here of less importance than the knowledge that, since the
butterflies branched off on their own account, they have developed, in
various directions, strongly marked characters of their own, and that
now, each of the two, usually-accepted, large superfamily groups, Urbi-
colides or Skippers and Papilionides or Papilios, 1s subdivided into
large groups or families, some containing vast numbers of species
exhibiting very varying degrees of specialisation.

Some butterflies are very generalised in their structure, t.e., they
show a number of very simple characters which are commonly observed
among a large number of other lepidopterous insects, others again are
exceedingly specialised and show some well-marked peculiarity very
strongly. Of our two large groups the Urbicolides are assumed to be
more generalised than the Papilionides, although, compared with many
other superfamilies, the Urbicolides are very highly specialised.

Whilst, therefore, there are marked differences between the super-
families and families into which butterflies are subdivided, it will be
readily understood that they are, in reality, very closely allied to the
moths. No hard and fast lines of distinction can be shown to exist ;
variation is the basis of all progress in evolution, and the student,
therefore, must look for differences as well as similarities, and try to
fathom the meaning of both when he observes them. Similarities in
some one particular do not always denote close relationship between
species, they may be mere analogies and not homologies, whilst marked
differences do usually denote considerable separation and more distant
relationship.

CHAPTER. If.
EGGLAYING OF BUTTERFLIES.

The egelaying habits of butterflies are very varied, yet almost
absolutely constant for the same species. So much is this so that, in
many instances, the butterfly selects almost exactly the same portion
of the plant on which to deposit her eggs, the upperside of a leaf, the
underside of a leaf, the pedicel of a flower, the sheathing part of a
erass blade, ete. Thus it has been noted (Ent. Rec., iv., p. 225) that,
whenever the ?s of the early brood of Cyaniris argiolus choose holly
on which to lay their eges, they almost always lay them on the calyx,

EGGLAYING OF BUTTERFLIES. 3

and it is further observed how important this is to the insect, for
should they lay them a fraction of an inch higher up, they would
almost certainly be destroyed, as, when the buds once open, the petals
are very easily blown away by the wind. Similarly it is noted
(op. cit., xii., p. 269) that, when the ?s of the late brood of this
species lay their eggs on the ivy-umbels, the base of the calyx is also
almost always chosen. It is remarkable that, if the twigs are chosen
instead of the flowers, the eggs are laid much more indiscriminately.
In the same manner both the 9s of the early brood of this species, and
of Callophrys rubi, frequently choose Rhamnus frangula, and, when this
is so, the base of the calyx appears again to be almost invariably chosen.

Similarly, the eges of Nemeobius lucina are laid on the undersides of
primrose leaves, generally one on each leaf, but two, three, four or
even five are sometimes to be found on the underside of the same leaf,
possibly laid by different ? s, but it is the underside and not the upper-
side of the leaf that is practically always chosen. As we propose
giving a separate paragraph on the mode of egglaying of each of our
British species in the systematic part of this work, there is no need to
give a large number of examples here.

One of the most remarkable facts connected with the egglaying of
butterflies is what may be termed the botanical instinct. Species
whose larve are usually confined to one or two plants will sometimes,
under the stress of necessity, select an introduced plant, and.it is
remarkable that, in most cases, this will be a plant closely allied
botanically to its natural foods. The ¢ Huchloé cardamines chooses the
base of the footstalk of a somewhat passé flower of Cardamine pratensis
on which to lay its yellow egg. Failing this it will accept Alliaria
officinalis, and other common Cruciferae, and, if it enters a kitchen-
garden will utilise the flowers of horse-radish. Never by any chance
does it select any plant unless it belongs to this natural order.
Similarly the 9s of Gonepteryx rhamni choose the underside of the
leaf of a Rhamnus bush, laying the egg on one of the veins, and passing
by all other plants in the hedge or woodside, however similar they
may appear. This selection appears to be made by the sense of smell,
and the accuracy with which the selection is made is sometimes very
remarkable. Fritz Muller cites some curious instances in which
butterflies appear to have recognised the affinities of certain plants
before they had been discovered by botanists, ¢.y., he says (Nature,
xxx., p. 240): “ The caterpillars of Mechanitis, Dircenna, Ceratinia and
Ithomia, feed on different species of solanaceous plants (Solanum,
Cyphomandra, Bassovia, Cestrum), those of the allied genus Thyridia on
Brunfelsia. Now this latter genus of plants had been placed unanimously
by botanists among the Scrophulariaceae, until, quite recently, it was
transferred by Bentham and Hooker to the Solanaceae. It thus appears
that butterflies recognised the true affinity of Brunfelsia long before
botanists did so. Another and more curious instance of butterflies
confirming the arrangement of plants in the Genera Plantarum is
exemplified by Ageronia and Didonis, which were formerly widely
separated by lepidopterists, being even considered as belonging to
distinct families, but now placed near each other in the Nymphalids,
the larve leaving no doubt of their close affinity. The larve of
Ageronia feed on Dalechampia, those of Didonis on Tragia. These two
euphorbiaceous genera were widely separated by Endlicher, who placed

4 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the former among the Huphorbiaceae, the latter among the Acalyphaceae,
Bentham and Hooker, on the contrary, place them close together in the
Plukenetieae, so that their close affinity which had been duly appreciated
by butterflies has finally been recognised by botanists also.”’

Another remarkable fact connected with this subject is the narrow
range of plants from which some species have to select and the
wide range of others. Aglais urticae is confined to stinging-nettle,
Limenitis sibylla to honeysuckle, yet Polygonia c-album has foodplants
as widely different as stinging-nettle, black-currant and hop, and
Pyrameis cardui as stinging-nettle, thistle, mallow and_ bugloss.
Still, on the whole, our butterflies have a very small range of foodplants
compared with that of many moths, some of which appear to be more
or less polyphagous, e.g., Saturnia pavonia (Brit. Lep., l., p. 838),
Manduca atropos (op. cit., iv., pp. 482-3). In America, however,
Scudder notes that the ‘‘swallow-tail,’ Jasoniades glaucus, feeds
upon plants belonging to no fewer than 15 different families. Not
only is the range of plants which a species chooses as food for its
larvee very restricted, but there is usually a very close alliance between
the plants selected by the ¢?s of all the species of the same family,
e.y., all the European Urbicolid skippers choose grasses and rushes
of various kinds, the Hesperiid skippers on the other hand have
a much wider range among Malvaceae, Rosaceae, Lequminoseae, ete. ;
the Chrysophanids prefer plants belonging to Polygonaceae, the
Lycenids and Cohads choose Leguminoseae, the Argynnids use Violaceae,
the Pierids Cruciferae, the Coenonymphids, Satyrids and Erebiids,
erasses,and so on. It will be known to most lepidopterists that these
general statements are largely true of butterflies belonging to these
eroups throughout the whole of the Palearctic and Nearctic regions.

We have already noted that the egglaying habit of butterflies is
usually constant and fixed even to the extent of considerable detail.
Almost all butterflies lay their eggs definitely on their foodplant, the
only British species which appears not to do so being Melanargia galathea,
which drops its eggs loosely among the roots of the grasses on which
the larve live. Occasionally a 2 of a species with a fairly constant
egelaying habit appears to blunder and will choose a dead stem of grass
or other object in the immediate neighbourhood of the foodplant, but
the occasions on which this happens are rare, and the choice of the
foodplant and the selection of an exact position in so many cases are
instinctive processes which have been brought to a high stage of
perfection in the development of the race. Chrysophanus virgaureae
chooses a dead or dying stem on which to lay its hybernating
ego. The choice of the foodplant, as we have already noted, is
almost certainly effected by means of scent. The antennal sensory
organs (among which those of scent are included) have been
worked out in detail (Hnt. Record, viii., pp. 225, 261). We know that
the sense of vision is exceedingly limited in butterflies, and experiment
is against the assumption that they use their power of sight for
any such delicate discrimination as is required when they are selecting
a special species of foodplant on which to lay their eggs. On the other
hand, their movements, when on this important business, are such that
it would seem obvious that they are seeking by scent the plants on which
to lay. A @ will often settle on a dozen different plants similar and
dissimilar to that wanted before she finds the right one on which to

EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES. 5

lay her eggs. On the other hand, some will fly rapidly from plant to
plant when on egglaying intent without much delay, and especially is
this the case where the species is local and the foodplant abundant,
e.g., Polyommatus bellargus, etc.

CHAPTER III.
EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES.

Lepidoptera are holometabolic insects, 7.e., they are insects that
have a complete metamorphosis, assuming in turn, the egg, larval,
pupal and imaginal stages. The eggs of butterflies are naturally of
small size, and photographing them has added much charm to the
description of these beautiful objects. Under an ordinary lens much
of their remarkable beauty may be discovered, but for a proper appreci-
ation of their lovely forms, delicate sculpturing and detailed structure,
a good microscope is necessary. The egg itself is a cell, consisting of
an outside shell, enclosing the living protoplasm which is, at first,
homogeneous; the shell is a thin, elastic pellicle, often transparent,
and, when opaque, usually made so by the ribs that longitudinally
and transversely cross its surface, although, in some cases, aS in some
of the Urbicolids, etc., there is a general thickening of the wall. The
butterfly egg is of the ‘“‘upright’’ type, 7.e., it has its micropylar axis
perpendicular to the surface on which it is laid, whilst its transverse
section (at right angles to the micropylar axis) almost always forms a
circle (the only exceptions known being those of the Thymelicids), and
its base is almost always flattened at the point of attachment. At the
apex or point opposite the base, a number of microscopic canals lead
into the interior of the egg; these canals are surrounded by a rosette
of tiny cells, the whole structure being termed the micropyle.
Through these little canals the spermatozoa pass to fertilise the egg.

In all the species of any given family, the eges are almost always
very similar, although the details vary in each species. The Thymelicid
eggs are “flat”? in outline, with three axes of different lengths, whilst
all other butterfly eggs have a horizontal section that is circular ;
the Urbicolid (sens. rest.) skipper eggs are somewhat more than
hemispherical, those of the Lycenids are shallow, flattened, tiarate
or echinoid in shape, those of the Papilionids and some Satyrids
almost globular, of the Pierids, long, slender and spindle-shaped,
of the Nymphalids somewhat barrel-shaped, with projecting ribs
reaching from apex to base, of most of the Satyrids cylindrical
or spheroidal, etc. The barrel-shaped egg is sometimes more or
less conical, and it is usually rather broader at the base than at the
summit. The surface of the egg may be practically smooth, reticu-
lated with a surface sculpture, or ribbed longitudinally from base to
apex, and often with finer transverse ribs runniny round and crossing
the longitudinal ones. These various modes of sculpture run into one
another, and are often not sharply defined, and in the Lycenid and
Limenitid eggs the sculpture forms patterns and traceries of exquisite
beauty. The ribbing generally fades off into the micropylar area,

6 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

usually a slight depression surrounding the micropyle proper, of which
mention has already been made. It may be well here to remark that
whilst the Urbicolid (Pamphilid) group of skippers tends to smooth eggs,
forming rather more than a hemisphere, those of the Hesperiid group
are hemispherical, with well-defined, clearly-cut, strongly projecting
longitudinal ribs, which give them an appearance much more resembling
that of the eggs of Argynnids than the other skippers. We have already
noted that, in the same group, the Thymelicids have flat eggs, super-
ficially like those of many moths, except that the micropylar axis is
upright. The number of ribs running from the base to the apex varies
considerably, in the Vanessids they may be reduced to eight, and
rarely have more than twelve, in the Coliads there may be as many
as thirty or forty.

The eggs of butterflies are usually of a pale yellow or aan ereenish
colour when first laid, but those with transparent shells change their
colour very rapidly, the tint becoming quickly that which will best
preserve each in the position in which it is laid. It is usually placed on
a leaf, and then hatches in a few days, but if the eggstage lasts for any
length of time, the position chosen is on a twig or other permanent
part of the plant. The ege of Huchloé cardamines is pale yellow when
laid, becomes deep orange in about twenty-four hours; and remains of
this tint till just before the larva hatches, when the embryo can be seen
coiled up within the transparent eggshell. Other eggs change from
yellow to pink, or brown, or pale salmon, and then to greyish in
different species. As the young larve mature within the egg, there isa
considerable change observable inside in those of many species, due to the
development of the embryo within. These changes can, in some of the
more transparent-shelled species, be readily traced under a microscope, -
e.g., Pararge megaera, Nemeobius lucina, etc. Those British butterflies
whose eges go through the winter are few in number, viz., Argynnis
adippe, Thecla w-album, T. pruni, Zephyrus betulae, Z. quercus, Urbicola
comma, Adopaea lineola and Thymelicus acteon. The hybernating
stage of Lampides boetica is very uncertain. The old myth of the eggs
of Aporia crataegi (teste Rennie and other authors) going over three
winters and then hatching, is absurd.

The eges of butterflies are usually laid singly, rarely more than
two or three on a leaf, but a few British species, e.g., Aporia crataeyi,
Pieris brassicae, Melitaea cinaia, M. athalia, M. aurinia, Vanessa io,
Aylais urticae, Hugonia polychloros, and Euvanessa antiopa, and many
of their Continental and exotic allies, lay their eggs in clusters, either
as regular rows or irregular heaps, on a twig or the upper- or under-
side of a leaf. Some of “the Polygonias lay their eggs upon each other
in a string, as it were, from three to ten eges in a ‘single file.

Eggs are subject to many dangers after being laid. A particular
group of Hymenoptera, called Chalcids, lay their eggs inside the eggs
of lepidopterous insects, and find within them sufficient nutriment to
come to perfection ; in fact, a dozen or more perfect Proctotrupids some-
times emerge from a single moderate-sized egg, having passed their
entire existence within, and obtained the whole of their nutriment
from the contents of, this tiny receptacle.

It has already been noted that the egg consists of an outside shell
and its protoplasmic contents. After fertilisation, the time varying
much with the species, the contents begin to thicken visibly and to

EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES. ih

undergo development, which can, in some species, be readily observed
through a microscope. The first cells formed unite together, and
present some parts darker than others, and after a time the fluid mass
- breaks away from the eggshell, and a tubular structure, which soon
becomes deeply segmented, forms within. The rings become distinct,
and those which form the head (apparently four in number) are at this
time much larger than the others. As development proceeds these
get welded together, and the hard mouthparts become visible. At the
same time the three segments forming the thorax have little cells
developed on their outside. These are the rudiments of the legs.
Then a great change takes place in the position of the embryo whose
_ development has thus far been traced.

Up to this point, the embryo has been lying in a somewhat circular
form with the legs outside, ¢.e., towards the eggshell, but now it
gradually changes its position until the body is somewhat S-shaped,
the movement continuing until a complete reversal has taken place
and the embryo has returned once more to a circular position, but with
the legs now pointing towards the centre of the egg. At this time,
distinct patches appear on the cheeks, and gradually six black spots
develop on each dark patch. These are the ocelli, five of which are
arranged in lunular form, the sixth being isolated and at some little
distance from the concave side of the others. The ocelli are simple
lenses, and very different from the complicated structure of the com-
pound eye of the imago.

During the time that this has been going on, structural changes
have been taking place inside the embryo. A hollow sac forms along
the back, and after a time this keeps up a regular pulsation. This is
the dorsal vessel, and the centre of the circulatory (blood) system.
The alimentary canal also becomes traceable, and possibly, whilst you
are watching, you may observe tiny silvery threads suddenly come into
view, which look as if they traverse the larva in all directions; this
appearance is due to the sudden expansion of the air-vessels which, as
we can now see, start from the little spiracles along the sides of the
body, this respiratory (air) system having been invisible hitherto
because of their transparency. After this, little lines gradually appear,
crossing the embryo in different directions, and usually traceable to
little chitinous buttons from which they arise; these are the hairs or
primary sete. Certain marks on the embryo also become distinct, and
other peculiarities may possibly be noticed. At last the embryo is not
noticed to undergo any further change; its jaws are seen to move steadily
to and fro against a particular part of the eggshell, usually at or very
near the micropyle, until a little hole is made in it, the edge of which
the contained larva continues to nibble until it can squeeze its body
through the aperture.

It is well to remember that in some of the hybernating eggs the
larva is formed in the early autumn, and remains all the winter in the
egg, hatching only with the spring, e.y., the egg of Argynnis adippe,
laid in July, has its embryo fully developed in less than a month, but
does not hatch until the following March, the egg of Adopaea lineola,
and possibly others, is in similar case.

8 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.
CHAPTER IV.
PHOTOGRAPHING BUTTERFLY EGGS.*

My first attempts at photographing ova were made with an ordinary
4-plate stand camera, focussing from the back, attached to a student’s
microscope, and with this I was able to obtain results which surprised
me, but was handicapped by the short extension obtainable with the
camera (about 15in.), as this necessitated using the eyepiece of the
microscope to bring the image to a focus at a point nearer the objec-
tive than would otherwise be necessary. This caused some loss in
definition, and I also had considerable difficulty in getting an objective
of long enough focus to cover the whole of a small batch of ova and at
the same time admit of the object being focussed with the eyepiece I
possessed. Having obtained a 3in. objective which filled these neces-
sary requirements, the next step was to construct a base board on
which to fix the camera and microscope in proper alignment. For
this purpose I used a smooth deal board about 3ft. long, 6in. wide,
and lin. thick, and ruled a straight line down the centre from end to
end as a guide to obtaining a proper alignment of the completed
apparatus. On placing the camera and microscope upon it, with the
body tube of the latter lowered to a horizontal position, I found that
the line of projection was considerably below the lens aperture in the
camera front, so the next step was to construct a block for the micro-
scope to stand upon, which would raise it sufficiently to bring the
eyepiece exactly in the centre of the lens aperture, and permit of an
imaginary line being drawn horizontally from the centre of the
objective to the centre of the focussing screen of the camera, and
pass centrally through the intervening portions of the microscope
body and the camera. This block I screwed down firmly in the
required position, and fixed small wooden stops at the sides and ends
to prevent the microscope from slipping when placed on it.

I then drilled a hole for the camera screw in the centre of the base
board, in such a position that, when the camera was screwed down to
it, the lens front just touched the eyepiece of the microscope, when the
latter was racked out to its fullest extent. It was now necessary to
devise some means of connecting the microscope with the camera in
such a way as to exclude all light except that passing through the
former, and yet to admit of focussing being done as usual. To do
this I obtained from an instrument maker a short brass tube about
lin. in length, with a screw thread cut on one end to fit the lens
flange of the camera. This I screwed in, in place of a lens, and then
made a sleeve of black velvet to slip over it, long enough to be drawn
over the microscope body tube, and held in place at either end with an
elastic band. This answered admirably, and I found that after
focussing an object on the stage of the microscope and then con-
necting the microscope with the camera, I was able to get a sharp
image on the ground glass of the latter with the extension at my
disposal, and to reduce or enlarge this by altering the amount of
camera extension, and then to refocus with the microscope by stretching

* This chapter is by Mr. A. E. Tonge, who is doing the photographs by which
this book is illustrated.

“GOGT ‘taquIsAON ‘saufiazng ysumwg fo huojysreT poungon

“SAITHUALLAG dO SONY AHL ONIHGVUYNOLOHG YOL SALVAVddY

‘TI gLvIg

PHOTOGRAPHING BUTTERFLY EGGS. 9

out my arm along the side of the camera while I kept my eyes fixed
on the focussing screen. :

This somewhat primitive apparatus answered well so far as it
went, but I soon determined to work without the microscopic eyepiece,
and set to work, therefore, to build a very long extension camera. I
made it 4-plate size, so that the accessories I already possessed could
be used, and gave it a bellows 42in. long in three sections to obviate
sagging. I found this was a great improvement, but had, of course,
to get a much larger base-board, and used for this an oak plank
5ft. x 8in.x lin. The focussing of the microscope could not now be
done by hand, as the distance from the ground glass was too great for
“my arm, so I carried a long brass rod through wooden blocks under
the camera, and fitted a small grooved pulley-wheel on it just under
the fine adjustment screw of the microscope, and put a milled
screw on the other end under the focussing screen of the camera.
A fine elastic band passed round the pulley-wheel, and the fine
adjustment screw then enabled me to focus comfortably, with my
head under the black cloth, by turning the milled screw already .
mentioned. As the microscopic objective had to be brought very
considerably closer to the object in order to throw a sharp image
on the focussing screen than when focussed with the eyepiece in
the microscope alone, I noted from experiment the amount of this
variation by measurement, and screwed down the coarse adjust-
ment of the microscope the necessary amount before connecting it
with the camera, and, in this way, left only the final focussing to be
done with the apparatus described above.

This answered much better and gave me many very excellent
results, but I was still not satisfied, as I found that, unless the ova I
wanted to take were small or had a comparatively flat upper surface,
only a portion of the resulting picture came out sharp, and all the rest
was out of focus, owing to the lack of penetration in the microscopic
objective. ‘To improve this, I adapted a rapid rectilinear photographic
lens of 5in. focus to fit the body tube of the microscope in the place of
the usual objective, and, as this rendered the stage useless for holding
the object to be photographed, and the distance obtainable between it
and the lens was much too short for a lens of so long focus, I took
advantage of the circular opening in the stage to work through, and
fixed up a movable slide carrier in proper alignment working
behind the supporting block on which the microscope stood. This
was a great advance, but I was not, of course, able to get so large a
magnification as with the microscope objective, as, even with the aid
of a special extension which I fixed up between the camera lens front
and the microscope body tube, which enabled me to obtain a maximum
extension of 5ft. between the focussing screen and the lens, I could
only get a magnification of about ten diameters, while the exposure
required was nearly double. On the other hand, I had the advantage
of an iris diaphragm in the lens, so that I could focus with this open
to the fullest extent and admitting the maximum amount of light, and
then stop down to f. 16 or f. 22 for the exposure, and in this way get
the whole of the largest butterfly ova including even the background.

A very powerful illuminant is an absolute necessity for this kind
of work. I started with a paraffin lamp, but soon found this useless,
not only on account of the amount of heat it gave out, but also owing

10 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

to the lack of contrast obtainable in the illumination, and particularly
to the very great difficulty in focussing accurately when the ground
glass image was so faintly hghted. Fortunately I was able to avail
myself of an electric light installation, and found a -25 Amp. Nernz
lamp admirable in every way, as it gave a 25 to 30 candle-power
hight, and this, with a single condenser on one side of the object and a
mirror reflector on the other to reduce the blackness of the shadows it
made, appeared as nearly ideal as I could imagine. I have not tried
incandescent gas myself, but I understand from friends who use it
that it gives equally good results. Still 1 should imagine that the
heat trouble would obtrude itself, especially if the light were placed
near to the object, whereas, with the Nernz lamp, the light can be
approached to within 3in. of the ovum being operated on, without any
untoward results. The great points to bear in mind are to get a
brilliant illumination of the object from one side, and a somewhat less
powerful lighting on the other, so as to show up the structure and
rotundity of the ovum by contrast. The final critical focussing is best
accomplished with the aid of a focussing magnifier held against the
eround glass focussing screen, and fixing the attention on some
brightly illuminated spot on the surface of one of the ova to be
photographed.

After focussing and placing the sensitive plate in position, it is
only necessary to cover the lens with a piece of black card while
drawing out the flap of the dark slide, as any small amount of indirect
side light entering the lens is quite negligible, and the card is more
conveniently manipulated than a lens cap. The exposure necessary
will naturally vary with the brilliancy of the illumination and the
colour of the ova, but there is a large amount of latitude permissible
with most of the dry plates on the market. J use the most rapid
isochromatic plates I can obtain, always backed to minimise halation,
and find that, with the 3in. microscopic lens and a magnification of
twenty diameters, an exposure of two and a half to four minutes,
according to the colour of the ova, is about right. With the din.
Rapid Rectilinear, stop f. 16, magnification ten diameters, and similar
illumination, I should give from four to seven minutes, but these
exposures might be doubled without detriment to the resulting
negative by a slight addition of bromide of potassium to the
developing solution.

For holding ova in position while being photographed I use
ordinary glass slips 8in. x lin., such as are used for mounting micro-
scopic slides. Ova in sit on bark, portion of leaves, paper, ete., are
easily fixed with a small dab of adhesive material, and, where needed,
a background of suitably toned paper can be gummed on the glass
slip first, and then the support for the ova fixed upon it. When the
ova are loose, and particularly if it be desired to retain them
uninjured for subsequent hatching, I find a most suitable method of
mounting to be as follows :—Cut out a small square of gummed paper,
say 8in. each way, and punch out a circular hole in the centre }in. in
diameter. An ordinary cork boring drill does this admirably. Then
cut another smaller square of paper, tinted to suit the ova in question,
and gummed on one side. ‘This should be a little larger than the
hole alluded to above, say ;°;in. square. Place the small square,
gummed side upwards, in the centre of the glass slip, moisten the gum

PHOTOGRAPHING BUTTERFLY EGGS. 11

of the larger square, and press it down upon the smaller, so that the hole
is entirely filled up, and all is held firmly to the glass shp. Now
moisten a fine hair pencil between the lips and pick up a single ovum
on the point of it. Breathe upon the prepared gum surface within the
tin. hole, and place the ovum lightly upon it. Continue the process
with as many ova as you wish to photograph at once, and they will all
be found to adhere quite as firmly as is necessary for the purpose in
hand, while they can be easily brushed off afterwards, and will be
none the worse for the treatment they have undergone. At least one
ovum of each species should be mounted upon its side, and it will then
be available afterwards to afford measurements otherwise unobtainable
from the resulting photograph.

It is a very good plan to line the box, in which living ?s are put
for the purpose of obtaining ova, with paper, as then the ova will be
laid in most cases on the paper, and are easily accessible, whereas, if
they are laid directly on the sides of the box, these must either be cut
up or a thin shave taken from them to obtain the ova uninjured.

The very worst material I know for photographic purposes on
which ova can be laid is cotton wool. Hach individual ovum must be
separated from every strand of the wool before it can be mounted
with any hope of getting it to he flat, or of placing the entire batch as
nearly as possible in one plane (a most important point to remember,
or your photograph cannot be in focus all over), while every strand of
the cotton which does get mounted with the ova, and there are sure to
be some, comes out like a piece of rope, and quite spoils the picture.
Ii is only necessary to try to manipulate ova so laid once, and you will
thereafter be very careful to ask all your friends, when sending you
any, to avoid getting them laid on cotton wool as they would avoid the
plague.

It is unnecessary to go into any detail as to methods of developing
the negative after it has been taken, as these will vary with the make
of plate and the particular developer used, and are easily obtained
from the manufacturers; but it is helpful to keep a full note with
each exposure of at least the name of species, magnification, hghting,
make of plate, exposure given, developer used, and colour and appear-
ance of the ovum. I write these particulars upon the outside of a
paper envelope, into which I afterwards slip the finished negative,
before storing it away, and I always pencil the name of the species
upon the corner of the plate before development, so that if it gets
separated from its proper envelope at any future time it can be
identified with certainty. The envelopes alluded to above should each
bear a consecutive number, and, if an alphabetical index to these is
compiled as they are made, any particular species required in future
can be found without loss of time.

The exact amount of magnification is important, and once a con-
venient size has been fixed on, that, or multiples of it, should be
strictly adhered to, as otherwise any comparison will be difficult. An
easy method of ascertaining the magnification is to photograph a
finely ruled scale in place of the ova, and then compare your negative
with the original scale.

12 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.
CHAPTER Y.
OBTAINING EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES.

The student of the eggs of butterflies, be he biologist, field-naturalist,
or photographer, will undoubtedly attempt to collect or otherwise
obtain the eges required for study. The best modes of obtaining these
in confinement, and the best means of surmounting the difficulties that
occur, are, perhaps, rather out of place in a work of this kind, and have
already been dealt with fully elsewhere (Practical Hints for the Field
Lepidopterist). A few hints, however, as to the best methods of
obtaining the eggs of some of the species will, perhaps, not be so out
of place, especially as the systematic portion of this work will take
some considerable time in publication. The following hints are
arranged under the headings of the various months in a manner
likely to be followed by the field-naturalist, and in the order requiring
attention.

January-Aprit.—Hges of Zephyrus querctis on oak, Thecla w-album
on elm, 7’. pruni and Ruralis betulae on sloe, are all placed as a rule
near leaf-buds on twigs, and hatch towards the end of April.

Eggs of Plebetus aegon (argus) pass the winter in this stage; towards
the end of February a sharp eye should be kept on them, as they always
hatch in the last few days of February or the commencement of
March.

Females of Polygonia c-album captured in late March and early
April will lay freely on hop, currant and nettle, if carefully sleeved on
plants that obtain a fair amount of sunshine.

Hybernated Hugonia polychloros taken in the spring should be ~
retained for eggs; both sexes should be sleeved together for the
purpose, as the earliest caught 9° s after hybernation are rarely fertilised.
Sallow is one of the best plants for the purpose of sleeving, and if
the captives be fed with syrup, soaked into pieces of bark, they will
lay freely.

When a 2 Gonepteryx rhamni is observed flying by a hedgeside or
on the outskirts of a wood, watch it until it selects a Rhamnus bush for
egelaying; collect carefully the leaves and shoots afterwards; you will
readily find the spindle-shaped eges on the leaves and petioles. The
underside of a leaf, the twig itself, or a terminal bud, is usually chosen,
although the upperside of a leaf is not despised.

At the end of April and in early May the eggs of Cyaniris argiolus
are laid singly on the underside of the calyx of holly-buds, so that,
when the flowers open, the sepals fold over the ege, hiding it altogether
from sight; the eggstage lasts about ten days. The eggs are also laid
on the footstalks of flowers of Rhamnus frangula, and also on the young
leaves of ivy.

May ann June.—The pale greenish eggs of Nisoniades tages are laid
on the leaflets of Lotus corniculatus from the end of May to the middle
of June, the eggstage lasting about a fortnight.

Females of Augiades sylvanus will lay their eggs in confinement in
late June, on cock’s foot grass, if they be enclosed under a leno cover
and placed in the sun. Similarly, females of Cyclopides palaemon may
be enclosed over a plant of Brachypodiwm sylvaticum.

The circular, flattened, greenish-drab eggs of Polyommatus astrarche

OBTAINING EGGS OF BUTTERFLIES. 13

are laid in June, in little groups of two, three, or more, on the under-
side of the leaves of Helianthemum vulgare.

In June, by following up a female Polyommatus bellargus when on
egglaying intent, one can obtain eggs quite freely by picking the leaves
one after the other as she quits the plants on which she has been
engaged.

The egg of Lycaena arion is deposited in June among the flowers of
Thymus serpyllum, being circular in outline, and covered all over, except
a central depressed spot on top, with fine raised irregular reticulation,
which, in profile, stands out strongly.

Pick the flower-heads of Anthyllis vulneraria in June for the eggs
of Cupido minima; although they are placed low down on the calyces
of the Anthyllis flowers, and thus hidden from casual observation, they
may be easily detected on careful search. Females enclosed over a
plant of Anthyllis vulneraria, and allowed plenty of sun, will lay eggs
freely among the flowers.

The eggs of Nemeobiuslucina are readily found on the underside of cow-
slip leaves in late May and June, not more than four or five on a leaf ;
also to be found similarly on primrose leaves. They may also be readily
obtained by enclosing caught ¢s on potted plants of cowslip or
primrose.

The eggs of Melitaea aurinia can be obtained freely by enclosing
caught females in a leno sleeve over a plant of Scabiosa succisa, the
egos being laid in heaps on the surface of the leaves. In nature, the
egg-batches may be found by careful searching and turning over the
scabious leaves in their haunts.

Captured @s of Brenthis euphrosyne, taken in late May or early
June, lay their eggs freely on theleaves of Viola canina. So also do
those of B. selene, choosing indiscriminately the upper- and underside
of leaves and the stems.

The imagines of Melampias epiphron will lay their eggs in confine-
ment, if placed in a suitable receptacle with a supply of grasses on
which the larve will feed, e.g., Nardus stricta, Aira flexuosa, etc.

In late June (and during July) the beautiful eggs of Limenitis
sibylla, covered with deeply-set hexagonal basins, and sharp prominent
spiny points, giving rise to fine gossamer-like hairs, are laid on the edge
of the underside of a honeysuckle leaf.

Tigges of Colias edusa may be obtained in June by placing a under a
bell-glass with a sod of white clover; they are laid on the upper surface of
the leaves; the eggs in a batch often hatch irregularly, even when the
whole is deposited within a few hours. The ?s should be supphed
with a little honey and water for food, and will lay their eggs pretty
freely so long as the weather is bright and sunny; during dull weather
the butterflies will not lay.

Immigrant females of Pontia daplidice lay their eggs occasionally
in June, on Reseda luteola.

In May, the flowering stems of Cardamine pratensis and Alliaria
officinalis should be collected for the orange-coloured (yellow when first
laid) eggs of Huchloé cardamines, which are usually laid (one on each
flower-head) on the pedicel of a flower nearly over.

The long spindle-shaped eggs of Leptidia sinapis are to be found
readily in May on Vicia cracca and Lathyrus tuberosus.

The globular, greenish-yellow or greenish-white (when newly-laid)

14 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

eges of Papilio machaon are to be found, in early June and on through
the month (often, indeed, until August), laid usually on Peucedanum
palustre, in its local haunts in Cambridge and Norfolk.

JULY-SEPTEMBER.—The eggs of many species of butterflies may be
obtained in July, e¢.g., that of Limenitis sibylla (a most beautiful micro-
scopic object) on honeysuckle; Apatura iris on sallow, etc. (We have
seen a dozen of the latter collected in a single morning by watching a
? , in a place where larve could never be beaten owing to the density
of the vegetation).

The eggs of Urbicola comma, laid in August, on grass, do not hatch
until the following March. Similarly, those of Adopaea lineola and
? Thymelicus acteon, laid in July. As most of the ‘“‘skippers”’ hybernate
as larvee, care must be taken to look after the eggs of these species, and
not throw them away with the idea that they are infertile.

The eggs of Plebeius aegon are laid in July on Ornithopus perpusillus,
etc., but do not hatch until the early part of the following March.

The circular, flattened, greenish-drab eggs of Polyommatus astrarche
are laid in August and September, in little groups of two, three, or
more, on the underside of the leaves of Helianthemum vulgare.

Kegs of Cyaniris argiolus are laid in August, sometimes beneath the
flower-heads of the umbels of ivy; the young larve then feed on tender
ivy-leaves and flowers. They are at other times laid on the flower-stalks
of holly, then the young larve burrow in the unexpanded buds.

Worn ¢sof Thecla w-album will oviposit freely if sleeved out in
the sun on elm, in the early part of July. In nature, they are to be
found above or directly below an aborted leaf-bud, and harmonise so
exactly with the colour of the bark of the elm-twig on which they are
placed that they are only to be detected with the utmost difficulty.

The yellowish milk-white eggs of Zephyrus querciis, covered with a
rough raised reticulation, are laid upon oak-twigs, where they may be
found during the winter months. In spite of its colour, the egg is not
at all easy to see, looking like a small, inconspicuous fungoid growth ;
after the maturation of the embryo it grows somewhat darker.

The females of Coenonympha tiphon will lay their eggs in confine-
ment, if placed in a suitable receptacle, and exposed to the sun, with a
supply of their foodplant, the beaked rush (Rhyncospora alba); this
should be potted, and the young larve will feed thereon until their
hybernating stage with little trouble.

Females of Hrebia aethiops will lay their eggs quite freely in August,
if supplied with grasses in a suitable receptacle, and placed in the light
and sun; the eges are glued to the culms of Aira praecox, A. caespitosa,
etc., and are large and conspicuous. ‘The young larve appear in about
three weeks.

The females of H'pinephele tithonus will lay their eggs fairly freely
in confinement on Poa annua, Dactylis glomerata, and other common
erasses; they hatch in about three weeks, and the young larve hyber-
nate when exceedingly small.

The females of Melanargia galathea give their eggs perhaps more
freely than any other butterfly; they are unattached, hatch in August,
the young larvee feeding well on common grasses.

The eges of Aryynnis adippe are laid in July and August on the
leaves of Viola canina, generally on the underside or on the stems.

BUTTERFLY LARVZ AND THEIR MOULTINGS. 15

They change colour very rapidly as the embryos mature, but the larve
do not appear till late February or early March the following year.

The eggs of Dryas paphia are laid in July and August; the egg-
stage, however, only lasts about a fortnight, although the larve feed
very little (or not at all) on Viola canina before hybernation.

Autumnal females of Colias edusa, enclosed on a growing plant of
Trifolium repens, Lotus corniculatus, etc., placed in the sun, and supplied
with a little honey and water for food, will lay their eggs pretty freely
so long as the weather is bright and sunny.

Captured females of Colias hyale will lay their eggs on Trifolium
repens, Medicago lupulina, M. sativa, etc.,in August. They hatch in
about a fortnight, and the young larve feed up slowly to hybernation.

99

These are only a few “hints” extracted from our work Practical
Hints for the Field Lepidopterist, and are simply inserted as illustrations
of the details to which the attention of the seeker for eggs of lepidoptera
must be directed.

CHAPTER VI.
BUTTERFLY LARVHZ AND THEIR MOULTINGS.

The newly-hatched larve of many families of butterflies are very
similar to each other, much more so in many cases than are the
newly-hatched and adult larve of the same species. The term
“embryonic”’ has been applied to newly-hatched larve in their first
instar or plumage, 7.e., before their first moult, and the term is a
happy one, because, structurally, the larva until this moult retains all
the characters that the embryonic larva possesses just before it leaves the
egs. This stage rarely lasts more than a few days (although Dryas paphia
and Argynnis aglaia are both reputed to have larve that leave the eggs
in August, and, without feeding, remain in this state till the following
March). The marked peculiarity of many newly-hatched lepidopterous
larvee is the similarity in the position and arrangement of certain
little chitinous buttons or knobs, each bearing a conspicuous hair or
seta; these buttons, with their sete, are known as the primary
tubercles. This similarity the young butterfly larva shares, with
scarcely any modification, with the larve of most other lepidopterous
superfamilies, and, as we know that the embryonic stages often
recapitulate the past history of the development of the species, we
speak of this general or common form of butterfly larve as a
generalised type, and consider it as exhibiting, more nearly than the
adult larve, a primitive or ancestral form of the butterfly caterpillar.
With the first (or, at latest, the second) moult a very considerable
change takes place, and the larva becomes more specialised.

The larve of our butterflies live more or less exposed on their food-
plants; their enemies are numerous, and they are sought eagerly by
various animals as food. Their colours, hairs, etc., are so modified as
to make them difficult of detection on their foodplant in their normal
position of rest, or by making them unpalatable if they be detected.
Hence the larva of each species is so far modified or specialised in the
direction of its colour and markings, or in its armature—spines, hairs,

16 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

etc.—or in both, as will best protect it from the enemies which would
otherwise prey on it. Similar, therefore, as the newly-hatched larve
may be, they present, usually, at their first moult, a marked change in
their appearance, and this frequently becomes more pronounced at
each successive moult until the larva is fullzrown. The difference
between the newly-hatched larve of the Vanessids, Argynnids, etc.,
and their adult forms is very great, e.g., compare the newly-hatched
and adult larve of Dryas paphia, Aglais urticae, etc. If we study the
habits of these larvee we shall find that these changes culminate in
producing just that form which is best protected by the particular
environment which surrounds it. The preservation of the more
suitable, and the weeding out of the less suitable, individuals by
natural causes, is known as ‘‘natural selection.”” Butterfly cater-
pillars have, therefore, been brought to a high state of fitness to their
surroundings by natural selection. Their independent mode of life
makes the larval specialisations run in entirely different directions
from those which are most effective in the preservation of the pupa,
or imago, where the conditions of its environment are so entirely
different. i

All newly-emerged larve, however, do not conform to the generalised
type just noted, but hatch from the eggs already in a _ highly
specialised condition, e.g., the larva of Papilio machaon is well provided
with spinous processes when it leaves the egg, and others have
undergone even more development before hatching. We assume that,
as these larve hatch in a more than usually specialised condition,
they go through a generalised stage of development in the egg before
reaching this more specialised one in which they hatch, and that these
earlier stages have at some distant time taken place outside the egg, and
that the necessities of a changed environment have forced these later
stages into the egg, so that the larva is more specialised and more able
to respond to its present environment when hatching takes place. We
have, however, no real evidence that this is the case.

The larva undergoes a certain number of moults or changes of skin
before it becomes adult. The period between one moult and another
is called a stage or stadium. The appearance of the larva at any
particular moult is known as its instar. Thus a larva that moults
four times has five stadia, and five different appearances of its plumage
or instars corresponding with the stadia. It may be noted that the
head, being chitinous, is of fixed size throughout a given stadium, and
that this is of great importance in determining the stage in which a
larva is, apart from the size of the body. It is also to be noted that,
at a larval moult, not only does the larva cast off its old skin, but the
linings of the mouth, gullet, and even of the large air-passages are shed
as well, and, if the cast-off skin be examined, you may observe the latter
as fine thread-like processes curled up, and starting from the spiracles
down the sides of the caterpillar’s body. Previous to moulting, the
larva spins a silken pad on which it rests for two or three days, inserts
into this the hooks of its prolegs, and here it remains motionless whilst
the new skin is being matured beneath the old one. During this
time a surface fluid collects between the two skins, the old skin splits,
and the larva in its new skin frees itself from the old one, which
remains attached to the pad by means of the proleg hooks, which cling
tightly to it.

BUTTERFLY LARVE AND THEIR MOULTINGS. 7

An excellent account of the exuviation of the larval skin in Dryas
paphia is given by Buckler, who writes: ‘‘I observed the larva in
_ preparation for its last moult, fixed belly upwards to a leaf, on May

20th. It remained quite still until noon of the 25th, when I noticed
it moving its anterior legs a little free from the leaf, a circumstance
which claimed my whole attention; it was but a slight movement, and
was repeated at intervals of about half-an-hour until between 2 and
3 o'clock in the afternoon, when it began to stretch its 1st segments
downwards from the leaf, making the forepart of the back concave,
and then presently gently reversing the movement. It continued thus
at short intervals to increase the stretching curve of the body so much
that, by 10 minutes past 3, its hold on the leaf was retained only by
the fourth pair of ventral prolegs and the anal pair, when, suddenly,
the skin snapped asunder close to the head, with quite a shock to the
larva, which instantly returned its ventral prolegs to the leaf, whilst
the elastic skin, relieved of the tension, was itself, from the impetus of
the rupture, gliding backwards. The anterior legs were held back until
divested and then returned forwards to their natural position one after
the other, but kept just free from the leaf, each pair being elevated in
unison for a moment, and let fall as though to test their complete
freedom; otherwise the larva remained passive, the skin only con-
tinuing to move backwards, and, whilst passing the ventral prolegs,
each foot was lifted up in turn out of it and then replaced on the same
spot of the leaf, and, when the old skin had shrivelled up at the end of
the body, the larva, with all the ventral prolegs, took two steps forward
and drew forth the anal pair free. At the first breaking of the skin
the head became exposed, with the old headpiece adhering to the parts
around the mouth, but now, at last, the larva gave its head a sudden
twist or two, and the old piece fell off. From the rupture of the skin
to this final riddance the operation occupied nearly ten minutes; the
spines were all uncovered in a remarkably small, wet and flaccid
condition, the front pair even smaller than the others, but now this
pair began gradually to grow and in fifteen minutes were far longer
than ever, and in another half-hour all the other spines had grown
considerably both in length and rigidity. After this the larva remained
still for 24 hours longer.”’

With each moult there is usually some change in the appearance,
markings, or structure of the larva. Thus, after the first moult, the
larva of Apatura iris develops its long horns, the primary tubercles of
the Vanessids appear to be replaced by long spines, etc., whilst, on the
other hand, in some of the Pierids and Satyrids, they get smaller, and
become almost obsolete. Larvee in which the gradual obsolescence in
these tubercles may be well observed are Huchloé cardamines and Pararge
meyaera, although almost any members of these families will do. The
larva of every species of butterfly will, however, show some modifica-
tion or other, and all are exceedingly interesting.

18 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

CHAPTER VII.
EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA.

The butterfly larva is composed of a head, thorax and abdomen.
The last two form a cylindrical tube slightly drawn in by a series
of constrictions following one after the other, and dividing it into
segments, separated by the drawn-in parts or incisions. The head of
the larva appears to consist of four segments, in most cases, closely
welded together, but in some instances traces of division are here and
there noticeable. The newly-hatched larva of Pararge megaera also
shows a somewhat peculiar development, the last head-segment bearing
four typical trapezoidal tubercles, arranged as a trapezoid (as on the
body-segments), each carrying the usual hairs. The marks on the other
head-segments seem to have the same significance, and it affords
strong suggestion that the head-segments were originally ordinary
tubercle- and hair-bearing segments like those of the body. It is also
interesting to note that the newly-hatched larve of Limenittis sibylla
and Eugonia polychloros have fleshy spikes on the head, which are
probably of the same origin and significance as the spines of the thoracic
and abdominal segments.

The three segments following the head are the thoracic segments,
and the ten following these comprise the abdomen. The Ist of the
thoracic segments is known as the prothorax, the 2nd as the meso-
thorax, and the 3rd the metathorax. Of the ten abdominal segments the
hindmost is known as the anal segment. There is often considerable
difference between the armature or clothing of the thoracic and
abdominal segments both as to the structure and arrangement. The
prothorax usually differs more from the meso- and metathorax than do
these from the abdominal segments; the 8th, 9th and 10th abdominal
seoments are also generally considerably modified. The number of
subsegments, into which the segments are subdivided transversely,
ordinarily differs in the thoracic and abdominal segments, the prothorax
being usually greatly specialised and differentiated in this as well as
in other details. The peculiar structure of the neck-like prothorax
of the Urbicolids is very remarkable and exactly opposite to that
of the swollen prothorax of the Ruralids or Lycenids, into which the
head is freely retractile. There is also a remarkable swollen vesicle,
which is placed (usually in a transverse slit) below the Ist thoracic
segment, just in advance of the first pair of legs. It is known
as the chin-gland. This structure, butterfly larve have in
common with those of the Notodontides, Noctuides, and a few
closely allied superfamilies. Again, the spines or _hair-bristles
arising from the skin are usually arranged in _ longitudinal
rows, which have a regular position on each abdominal seg-
ment; yet, whatever the arrangement on the abdomen, it will
usually be found that this either stops altogether, or changes in
direction, as soon as the thoracic segments are reached. The thoracic
segments bear the true legs, and the meso- and metathorax, under
which the structures that will form the future wings begin to develop
in the earliest larval life, have no spiracles, although the prothorax
carries one on either side, The abdominal segments that are probably

EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 19

the most modified are the 8th and 10th; in the Satyrids the latter is
modified to form a pair of pointed projections extending out behind
the larva. The 8rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and 10th abdominal segments
each bear a pair of prolegs, the last pair often known as the anal
claspers.

The spiracles are tiny holes for the admission of air into the
tracheze or breathing-tubes ; they are placed in pairs (one on each
side) of the prothorax and the first eight abdominal segments. Hach
spiracle leads, by means of a little tube, into a larger longitudinal one so
that all the trachez connected with the spiracles are brought into connec-
tion ; injury to one spiracle, therefore, throws the work on others and
does not kill the larva. It will be observed that the spiracles on the 1st
thoracic and 8th abdominal segments are invariably larger than the
others, which are usually equal among themselves. The reason for
this is obvious, for each has to supply air to a much larger area, the
head and thoracic segments being dependent on the prothoracic, and
the 8th, 9th and 10th abdominal segments on the 8th abdominal,
spiracle. -It is to be observed also that these have usually a different
position from the others, being generally placed much higher than the
other spiracles.

The caterpillar has, as we have noted, three pairs of true legs, one
pair situated on each of the thoracic segments. These are usually
small, jointed, horny, and provided with terminal hooks, but often so ill-
developed as to be comparatively useless for walking purposes. For this
purpose, and to support the long cylindrical abdomen, the skin on the
underside of the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, and 10th (anal) segments of the
abdomen is prolonged downwards to form the prolegs and anal claspers
(or false legs), and, to make them more effective for walking purposes, they
are composed of joints which are partly retractile one into the other ;
the end joint of these prolegs is provided with minute hooks, the
arrangement of which is most important as giving clues to the line of
evolution of the various groups of butterflies. At the same time they
enable the larva to cling tenaciously to its foodplant. In the most
highly developed butterfly larvee these hooks exist only along the inner
margin of what is now a flange, but what was once a circular pad, and
the larve of the skippers still have an almost complete circle of hooks
on the prolegs, hence the conclusion that the butterflies have been
derived from lepidopterous ancestors of a low or generalised type such
as the Hepialids, etc., which possess somewhat similar prolegs, and not
from the higher or more specialised moths which have the same type
as the other butterflies, 7.e., excluding the skippers.

We have already referred to the primary tubercles and the hairs
carried by them in the newly-hatched larva. It may be well now to
note them a little more particularly. The simplest form consists of a
little chitinous knob bearing a single hair or seta. Sometimes these
are modified so that a slightly raised base bears several hairs, in addition
to the primary seta, when we get a tubercular wart; again they may be
modified into spines, fascicles of hair, etc. Examination of the dorsum
(or back) of a larva will show, at least on the abdominal segments 1-8,
two rows of chitinous-based hairs, or spines, running down the length
of the body, two on either side of each segment, those in front, rather
nearer the middle line of the back than those behind ; the front ones
are known as tubercles i, or the anterior trapezoidals, the hinder ones

20 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

as tubercles ii, or the posterior trapezoidals. Another row is found
along the side just above each spiracle, these are known as tubercles
ill, or supraspiracular tubercles, another row is placed just behind each
spiracle, called tubercles iv, or postspiracular (in many superfamilies
of the lepidoptera tubercle iv is subspiracular like v), whilst a row placed
directly under the spiracles are called tubercles v, or subspiracular.
At the tops of the outside of the prolegs is another series known as
tubercles vii, or marginal tubercles, whilst between v and vii is a row
of secondary, rather than primary, tubercles, known as tubercles vi.
These should be thoroughly worked out by every lepidopterist who
wishes to study the structure of butterfly larve, and particularly to
describe them. We have already stated that the position of those on
the thoracic segments is often much modified, and their homologies
are not always easily to be determined. The differences in character
and position between the corresponding tubercles on the different
seoments are of the greatest possible importance, particularly is this so
in the case of a comparison between the positions of those on the
thoracic and abdominal segments.

_ Besides the hairs or sete carried by the tubercles, which have fairly
fixed positions in all butterfly larvee, the skin of most butterfly larve
has, scattered more or less regularly over the body, little elevations,
resembling somewhat a fine pile or covering of minute hairs. This
pile is a very common feature in butterfly larve, is supported by very
minute papille, and is generally distributed with considerable regularity,
usually in a transverse, though sometimes in a longitudinal, direction.
It is, however, occasionally scattered irregularly over the body, and
when it is arranged transversely, it:is usually somewhat closely related
to the subsegmental divisions into which the segments are subdivided.
It is not at all confined to butterfly larve, but is found very generally in
those of many other superfamilies. As an illustration of the vagaries
connected with its appearance one may note that in the larva of Aglais
urticae it is strong in the early stages, whilst in that of Zephyrus querets
it is strong when, and not until, the larva is fullfed. Scudder thinks
that ‘‘the clothing prevents the too rapid evaporation of the heat from
the surface of the body, for, although larve are cold-blooded animals,
they, nevertheless, have an internal heat above that of the surrounding
atmosphere, which originates from the activities of the organs and the
respiratory functions, and which they would lose more rapidly but for
this investing pile.”’

Many larvee are provided with what may fairly be termed glandular
hairs. They are more especially abundant in young butterfly larvee and
occur in all the larval stages among the Satyridsand Pierids. In the Pierids,
they form an open basin, fringed with cilia, supported on an exceedingly
slender hollow pedicel. In the basin a drop of transparent fluid may
be secreted when the hairs look as if tipped with dew. The purpose
of the secretion is possibly protective, as the volume of the fluid is visibly
increased when the larvee are excited. Scudder writes: ‘‘ They are generally
arranged in longitudinal rows, and their use is wholly unknown, but
they probably have a protective function, for this fluid is odoriferous, the
secretion increasing when the larve are disturbed.’’ He describes them
as ‘* papilla-mounted bristles, each furnished with a trumpet-mouthed
tip,’ and adds that they “are the ducts leading from glands at their
bases, secreting a transparent fluid, which, after secretion, is borne in a

EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 21

little globule in the mouth of the trumpet, and sometimes kept in its
place by a few microscopic bristles which surround its rim.”

These glandular setze are really the hairs of the primary tubercles.
Scudder, speaking of the change occurring in butterfly larve (Butts. of
New England, 11., p. 805), at the various skin-moultings, says: The
mature Satyrine larve have a rough skin the result of a multitude of
minute tubercles, each bearing a simple hair scarcely visible to the
naked eye; in the young larve of the Satyrids, the skin, instead of
being supplied with an almost innumerable number of microscopic
hairs, is furnished, in some instances, with an exceedingly scanty
-number of little club-shaped bristles, proportionally many times longer
than the hairs of the adult . . . . arranged in definite longitudinal
series; in others, with compressed, ribbon-like hairs as long as the body,
serrated on one edge and bent in the middle; on the abdominal
segments, these hairs point backward, and on the thoracic, forward.
In the Nymphalids, the segments of the young larve are equal in size,
and have regular series of stellate warts; in the mature larva, the body
is grotesquely hunched, while the warts have changed to very variable
tubercles, etc. In Anosia archippus the fullgrown larva is naked, but
adorned with a pair of long thread-like fleshy flexible tentacles at
either extremity of the body; in the young larva, these tentacles or
filaments are absent, but their future position is marked by little conical
black points, while the body is covered with minute black bristles,
arising from still more minute warts, and arranged six on the back
of each segment (?1, 11, 111), and three on either side of the body
(?iv, v and vii). In the Vanessids, the larval spines are com-
pound in the adult, and arranged in certain definite rows; in their
earliest life, these same larve are furnished with long tapering hairs,
also arranged in definite series, but not occupying the same positions as
the spines of the mature larva. In Agraulis vanillae and Apostrophia
charithonia, two Heliconians, the appearance of the larva after the 1st
moult is entirely different from that preceding it. In the 1st stage,
the head is unarmed, and the body supports longitudinal rows of very
large papille, each bearing a long slender naked hair with a delicate
ovate apical club. After the 1st moult, the head is armed above with
a pair of stout spines nearly as long as itself, bristling with distant
thorns; and, in the place of the primary hairs, are long tapering spines
as high as the body, with a very slight basal enlargement, and
furnished along their whole length with minute papille supporting little
needles, the position of these spines is quite different from that of the
papille of the 1st stage, and, as if to mark this more distinctly, there
are but three longitudinal series above the prolegs; these differences
become intensified in every subsequent ecdysis. The adult Ruralid
(liyczenid) larvee appear to be quite smooth, although covered with
microscopic hairs, whilst the newly-hatched larve of this group are
provided with long spiculate primary hairs that sweep backwards
behind their bodies. In the Urbicolids, the primary sete of the newly- |
hatched larvee are always shaped lke little clubbed mushrooms. The
adult Papilionid larva is always nearly naked; a few scattered hairs
may be found with a lens, with a few minute tubercles or smooth and
shining lenticles; in some, the front part of the body is swollen, and
furnished with striking eye-spots; at birth, however, the body is
always cylindrical and supplied with several prominent series of bristle-

29, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

bearing tubercles, one tubercle to a segment in each row, and one row
often more conspicuous than the others; sometimes the entire body
bristles with these appendages.

As hasalready been noticed, there is, in certain of our British butterfly
larvee—Urbicolid, Pierid, Satyrid, etc.—a tendency to the obsolescence of
the primary sete. In other cases, however, the bases of the tubercles
are developed into long fleshy processes, carrying aborted sete, e.g., in
Vanessid, Argynnid, Meliteid larve, etc. That these complex processes,
often bearing long sharp spines, are modifications of the tubercular
structure, and are dermal appendages, appears certain if we examine
the newly-cast skin of a Vanessid or Argynnid larva. The structure of
the spines of the larva of Dryas paphia, the movable prothoracic horns
of Apatura iris, with moving tubercular bosses, and the anterior flexible
filaments constantly in motion backwards and forwards (especially
when eating or alarmed), are all important from the point of view of
the development of special external structures for protective purposes.

The larvee of butterflies have then undergone special development
along various lines for protective purposes. The resemblance of some,
especially grass-feeding larvee, to their foodplants, makes them readily
overlooked; those of the Melitzeids closely resemble the long bloom-heads
of plantain and allied plants to which some species are attached, whilst
those of the Apaturids and others are most difficult to detect owing to
their resemblance to the leaves, etc., of their foodplant. Others, again,
are protected by the sharp, prickly spines into which the tubercles are
modified, e.g., the Vanessids, whilst others again have bright warning
colours, or are protected by nutant spines, etc., evaginable osmateria,
e.g., the larve of the Papilionids. Butterfly larve, therefore, show
considerable variety in their means of defence and consequent
ability to escape their vertebrate enemies. They are, however,
subjected to the serious attention of a vast army of smaller
foes, especially diptera and hymenoptera, which lay their eggs
in them, the caterpillars from these eggs devouring the internal
organs of the larve, and, after maturing thereon and killing
their host, pupating either in the body or directly after leaving
it. The destructive powers of some of the smaller species are very
ereat. One minute species lays its eggs in tha newly-hatched
larvee of Melitaea aurinia, in June, and, according to Wolfe, after the
larva stops feeding preparatory to hybernation, the parasite forms its
cocoon inside the web spun by the larva, in which to hybernate, and
the latter of course dies. ‘The imagines of these ichneumons emerge in
spring, sting fresh M.aurinia caterpillars, and, so rapidly are their own
metamorphoses completed, that even a third brood of the parasites
will attack the same katch of larve before the latter are full-grown.
The destruction caused by such parasites can readily be understood.

Many peculiar structures are to be observed in butterfly larve.
We have already referred to the chin-glands—eversible bladder-like
olands hidden in a slit on the ventral surface of the prothorax, which
are everted when the larva is disturbed, but which appear to have no
power of emitting any fluid, although it is possible that some scent may
render them of service as a means of protection to the larve possessing
them, and which appear to be general among Nymphalid larve.
But the most striking of the eversible glands in the butterfly larvee are
the well-known osmateria of the larve of Papilionids, Parnassiids and

EXTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 23

Thaids, which are placed in a transverse slit on the upper part of the
prothorax. When irritated, the larve thrust therefrom a large orange-
yellow, Y-shaped, fleshy, tubular process (the osmeterium), from which
is diffused a very appreciable odour, varying in its nature according to
the species, usually more or less objectionable, and, in some cases,
exceedingly so; this is frequently accompanied by a drop of
fluid which Packard says is acid, and turns litmus paper red. The
mechanism has been described and figured by Klemensiewicz. Packard
notes that, when at rest or retracted, the osmaterium lies in the upper
part of the body in the three thoracic segments, and is crossed obliquely
by several muscular bundles attached to the walls of the body, and that
by the action of these muscles, the evagination of the osmaterium is
strongly promoted. After eversion, the tubes are slowly retracted by
two slender muscles inserted at the end of each fork or tube, and
arising from the sides of the metathorax, crossing each other in the
median line. Secretion takes place in an oval mass of glandular
cells at the base of the forks; in the glandular mass is a furrow-like
depression about which the secretory calls are grouped. The secretion
collects in very fine drops on the side of each furrow opposite the
glandular cells. Its particular structure in Papilio machaon and the
details of secretion and method of movement have already been dealt
with (Nat. Hist. Brit. Lep., 1., p. 95). We need only add here that the
osmateria are probably protruded by the muscular contractions of the
walls of the body, forcing the contained fluid into the tube, and thus
pressing out the reversed osmaterium.

On the dorsum of the 7th abdominal segment of most (probably
all) Ruralid (Lyczenid) larve is a narrow transverse slit. In this slit,
in many species, is a very minute eversible sac, whose function appears
to be directly opposite to that of the osmateria already described, for
the sac exudes a sweet fluid very attractive to ants, which may be
diffused more widely by the delicate spinulose bristles crossing the
summit. It is assumed that, in return for a supply of the sweet fluid,
the larvee are protected by the ants from predaceous enemies. Scudder
says that all Lycenid larve have the slit, though all do not possess
the gland; in those that do possess it, it is found to be a vesicle of
somewhat tubular shape that can be thrust through the transverse
slit, which, when closed, looks exactly hke a transverse line running
across the dorsum of the segment. The connection between these larve
and ants has already been noticed (Nat. Hist. Brit. Lep.,1., pp. 97-98).

In addition, Edwards states that, in several Lycznid species, there
is, besides the gland on the dorsum of the 7th abdominal segment, a
pair of minute dorsal evaginable tubercles. The larva of Pirochala
isocrates, the well-known Pomegranate butterfly, is said by Pargiter to
have two white spots near the anal end of the body, in each of which
is a small hornlike process, which the larva continually protrudes
and retracts. Nicéville gives (Butterflies of India, vol. 111) an excellent
account of two tubercles with protruding flagella, found one on each
side of the 8th abdominal segment of Curetis thetis. These are de-
scribed as two diverging cylindrical rigid pillars, arising from the sub-
dorsal region, and of a pale green colour. When the insect is touched
or alarmed, a deep maroon tentacle, as long as the right pillar, bearing
on its end long parti-coloured hairs (the basal third black, and the
upper two-thirds white),is everted. The maroon tentacle, with its long

94 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

hairs spread out like a circular fan or rosette, is whirled round with
ereat rapidity ina plane parallel to its body, its use being, almost
certainly, to frighten away its enemies. Similar eversible glands are
described by Hagen as occurring in the larve of Plebeius argqus and
Polyommatus corydon. He writes: ‘“ You find on the penultimate seg-
ment, outside and behind the stigmata, two large white spots, each of
which evaginates a white membranous tube, just like the finger of a
glove, the top of which is not entirely drawn out.” Exactly what
measure of protection is afforded by these flagella is not known, nor
the manner in which they afford it. Many authors, e.g., Scudder and
Dimmock, incline to the opinion that they are of the nature of osma-
teria and diffuse odours, but so far the odours do not appear to have
been detected. The glands are by no means present in all Lycenid
larvee, closely allied species differing in this respect.

In many lepidopterous larve (Nat. Hist. Brit. Lep., 1., p. 40) there
are present two bristles, each standing out backwards from a papilla,
placed directly under the anal flap, sometimes looking as if they pro-
jected from the base of the anal prolegs, and used by the larve to throw
the pellets of frass to some distance from where they are feeding.
These are called ‘‘paranal forks’’ or ‘‘paranal tubercles.”” In
butterfly larvee, their place seems to be taken by the “‘ anal comb,” which
Chapman considers may possibly be homologous with the paranal
forks. It is present in Urbicolid larve. Scudder also figures the
structure in Colias (Hurymus) philodice. It will be dealt with at length
in some of our detailed larval descriptions.

One of the most remarkable external features of the Urbicolid larvze
is the development of pecuhar glandular structures on the venter of
the 7th and 8th abdominal segments in their last instars. We have
described them somewhat at length in our descriptions of the Urbicolid
larvee (in the systematic portion of this volume), and there is no need to
redescribe them here. They appear, in the case of the Palearctic
species, to be active only in the final larval stage, when the puparium
is thickly sprinkled with the asbestos-looking material secreted by
these glands, apparently for the purpose of keeping it watertight, but,
in some of the exotic Urbicolids, it would appear that the larval
shelter itself may be covered with the secretion for the same purpose,
e.g., Nicéville notes (Butterflies of Sumatra, p. 588) that the larva of
Erinota thraw is covered with a white waxy powder, and that it lives in
a shelter made of a portion of one of the enormous leaves of Musa. He
adds that the pupa is also covered with the same white powder, which
is of the greatest service to the animal, as, in consequence of the heavy
showers of rain in the tropics, much water often collects in the rolled-up
leaf, and the pupa, if not so protected, would soon be drowned and rot ;
as it is, the powder keeps the pupa dry until the water has drained
away or dried up. The downy larva of the allied Gangara thyrsis is
similarly covered with a white waxy powder.

Little is known of the remarkable structures, detailed at length in
our accounts of the larve of the various Urbicolid species, and there
called lenticles. Scudder describes them as crateriform chitinous
annuli, which are ranged in longitudinal rows along the abdominal
(and sometimes the thoracic) segments. They are found only in
certain groups, appear to be an universal characteristic of the earliest
stage of the Lycwnids, having the appearance of spiracles, only they

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 25

are usually quite circular, whilst spiracles are ordinarily oval,
and they present no opening in the centre, but only a simple
pit of more delicate structure than the chitinous annulus itself.
They are also found in some Urbicolid larve in their first stage
and sometimes also throughout life, but for the tenuous structure of
the pit in the centre, they would have all the appearance of suppressed
spines, and, indeed, the central pit seems sometimes to be wanting, and
we have simply a shining lenticle, similar to those which are common in
the Papilionids, but whether they should be looked upon as structures
on their way to some use, or as effete structures, degenerated spines,
so to say, we have no evidence at present to show, and an explanation
of their purpose has still to be sought.

CHAPTER VIII.

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA.

The internal anatomy of the butterfly larva is exceedingly complex.
The external features of the butterfly larva are comparatively easily de-
scribed, and the position of the structures located owing to the segmented
form of the body, and the fact that special organs and appendages are re-
stricted to certain segments. The dealing with the internal organs and
structures, is, however, a much more difficult matter, as most of them are
not restricted to certain segments, but run longitudinally through the
body, sometimes extending from the thorax, forward into the head, or
backward into the abdomen. It is, therefore, necessary to consider
each separately, both as regards position and function. The movements
of the body are of the first importance, and the larve have, in various
species, undergone great modifications to enable them to vary their
movements according to their needs. Movements are dependent on the
muscular system, and the changes that take place in the appearance
and configuration of the larva, when movement occurs, are due to the
muscles. The nutrition of the various parts is maintained by food,
and, to comprehend this, the digestive or alimentary system must be
studied. The absorption of the digested food into the blood and its
carriage to the different parts of the body, necessitate a circulatory
system, whilst the oxygenation of the blood leads up to a consideration
of the respiratory system. This latter is so intimately connected with
the excretion of waste, that one is forced to consider the excretory
system, whilst the organs, by which the whole of these various systems
is governed, comprise what is known as the nervous system, and this
has to be considered, both in its relation to volition and sensation.
These various systems comprise, then, the different organs (and their
functions) by means of which the life of an insect is carried on, and
their external results, as exemplified by their movements, etc., are the
outward signs of their vitality. The reproductive system, which is not,
however, matured, nor very largely developed, in the larval stage, must
take the highest place in relation to the continued life of the species.
Closely related, too, with the digestive, is the cellular system by means
of which the caterpillar is able to store up large quantities of surplus
material for use in the later stages of its metamorphoses. We

26 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

have already dealt with the internal anatomy of a lepidopterous
larva at length (Nat. Hist. Brit. Lep., pp. 54 et seq.), and, since that of
butterflies does not differ, in any of its essential features, from that of
other lepidoptera, we shall not do more here than repeat a few of the
salient facts, which may be considered under the following heads :—

(1) The muscular system: The voluntary muscular system of the
larva, is that by means of which it is enabled to move about in order to
obtain its food. The muscular fibres are usually arranged as flat
ribbons or conical bundles, the latter making up almost the whole
structure of the head, and are attached to the headwalls, stretching to
the mandibles, labium, labrum, etc. A series of contiguous muscular
cords, or bands of longitudinal muscular fibres, run from one end of the
body to the other on each side, just under the skin, between the
spiracular line and the venter of the body ; other longitudinal muscular
bands run above the spiracles; a transverse muscular belt encircles
the body at the front of each segment, whilst oblique transverse
muscular bands run from the front of each segment, and are attached
to the medioventral line further back in the segment. Besides these,
complicated muscular systems bring about the movements of the legs
and prolegs. The involuntary muscular system is principally connected
with the digestive and the circulatory organs. The esophagus is
provided with fine longitudinal, and with less well-developed transverse
encircling, bands of muscular fibre. The inner coat of the stomach
is enclosed in delicate strips of muscular fibre crossing each other
diagonally, whilst longitudinal muscles run throughout its length, and
the well-developed encircling muscles are similar to those of the
cesophagus. The arrangement of the muscular tissue in the intestines,
is very similar to that of the rest of the alimentary canal, only the
longitudinal bands are often thick and glistening, whilst near where
the small intestine joins the stomach, the walls are plentifully supplied
with short longitudinal muscles; the diagonal bands and encircling
muscles found in the stomach also have their representatives here.
The alimentary canal is held in its place by a series of muscular bands
attached to the body wall, one set passing round that portion of the
intestine where it is connected with the stomach, another set being
attached to, and supporting, the posterior end of the small intestine,
these muscles stretching horizontally from the middle of one side of
the 8th abdominal segment to the opposite side.

(2) The alimentary system: The mouth opens into a short gullet,
and this in turn expands into a crop and gizzard, before it extends into
a somewhat wider sac or stomach, which in its turn narrows into
the intestine and ends at the anus. The nutritious parts of the
food when dissolved are absorbed almost directly into the blood. A
number of long tubules pass into the csophagus and appear to
represent the salivary glands of the higher animals, a fluid being
discharged which is swallowed with the food; the fluid dissolves
certain parts of the food, fitting it to soak through the walls of the
alimentary canal so that it can enter into the system. ‘The crop is a
sort of food-receptacle, from which the food is passed on to the gizzard,
provided with somewhat hard plates for the grinding up of the food,
the latter being then passed into the stomach, the walls of which
secrete another fluid that renders still more of the food soluble, this
part being then readily absorbed by the walls of the stomach and

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 27

intestine. Near the union of the stomach and the small intestine a
number of tubular glands, supposed to represent the liver of the higher
animals, open. The intestine ends in a chamber called the cloaca, in
which the indigestible and waste portions of the food are collected
before being expelled from the body as feces.

(8) The circulatory system: The blood circulates, not through actual
blood-vessels but, through lacune or hollow channels in the tissues.
The blood is collected into a longitudinal membranous sac which is
placed just beneath the skin, in the middle of the dorsum or back, and
is known as the “ dorsal vessel,” and its rythmic contraction, when it
drives the blood into the tissues, can be detected in some of the more
thin-skinned lepidopterous larve. In a larva of Brotolomia meticulosa it
was observed to beat 44 timesina minute. The functions of the dorsal
vessel are analogous with those of the heart in the higher animals, but it
consists of only one chamber, although the latter is divided into a num-
ber of sacs. The muscular tissue of which it is formed contracts from its
hinder part forwards, 7.e., towards the head, and, by its contraction, forces
the fluid in it out in front into a number of little vessels which soon
come to an end in the little hollow passages or lacune in the tissues.
These lacunze are very abundant around the tiny air-tubes which
branch off from the trachez, and it is here, after the blood has been
over the system, that it is aérated. From here it is carried to the
dorsal vessel again to be once more distributed over the system to
be again aérated and to be returned again to the dorsal vessel or
heart. In vertebrates, the nervous system is placed dorsally, and the
circulatory and respiratory systems ventrally,in relation to the alimen-
tary canal. These positions are exactly reversed in insects, the nervous
system being placed ventrally, the circulatory and respiratory systems
dorsally, the alimentary canal being placed between them. It has,
however, been shown that this difference is more apparent than real,
the dorsum of the insect being really analogous with the venter of the
vertebrate, but with the position of the limbs reversed. The dorsal vessel,
although consisting of only one chamber, is divided into 8 or 9 sacs,
the latter with openings along the sides called ostia. It is composed
chiefly of muscular tissue, and is connected with the roof of the body
by short stout muscles, which keep it in position. In its passage
through the tissues, the nutritious parts of the food, which soak
through the walls of the stomach and intestine, enter the blood in the
lacune found near these organs. The blood of insects is so ditferent
from that of vertebrates, that one feels that it is a great mistake to call
them by the same name. Its function is to carry the nutritious
matters to the tissues, and to feed, as it were, the tissues it bathes. It
is frequently filled with somewhat crude fatty matters, and Graber
calls it a refined or distilled chyle. Beneath the dorsal vessel, a fine
membrane is stretched in such a manner as to separate the dorsal
vessel from the surrounding organs and, at the same time, leave a
cavity around the dorsal vessel itself. This cavity is called the peri-
cardial cavity or sinus. The membrane itself is incomplete, and, when
certain muscles contract so as to pull it down tightly upon the tissues
below, the movement at once increases the size of the sinus. The
tissues thus pressed upon are full of chyle and blood, and the fluid
is squeezed from these structures through the incomplete membrane,

28 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

into the pericardial cavity, and from thence re-enters the dorsal
vessel again.

(4) The respiratory system: The air is conveyed into all parts of the
body by means of the trachez, elastic tubes, held open by an inner
chitinous layer, which are all intimately connected. Large tubes
connect the spiracles longitudinally, others pass from one side of the
body to the other, whilst a set of trachez in the lower part of the body,
is connected with another set in the upper part by ascending tubes.
These main branches give out small branches, which fork in all
directions, and by them the body is supplied plentifully with air. The
tubes have a white glistening appearance, and hence can be readily
detected in a freshly killed insect without difficulty. The finest
tracheal tubes are supposed to penetrate cells, but it is not known
whether they terminate with open or closed extremities.

(5) The fat-body: The fat-body is a very prominent part of the
structure of lepidopterous larve. It consists of fat masses of various
sizes and colours, loosely connected together, and enveloping most of
the organs. It varies in colour and appearance in almost every species,
and appears to consist essentially of a reservoir, as it were, of reserve
material, which increases in the larval stage, when feeding is going on
rapidly, and upon which the insect can draw in the future, when it is
unable for a long period to take food, ¢.g., at the exuviation of each
larval skin, and the more exhausting periods of metamorphosis. It must
also be looked upon as material which the insect can utilise, during
the period of histogenesis in the pupal stage, in the formation of the
imaginal structures. Bessels notes that in Pzeris brassicae, the fat-body
is white. Jackson, however, observes that, in LP. brassicae, the fresh fat-
body posteriorly to the 6th segment is greenish or olive-yellow, |
anteriorly to it, opaque yellow or green on the dorsal aspect, but on the
ventral aspect, white. He also says that the fat-body of the larva of
Vanessa io is yellow, and that it becomes orange in the pupa.

(6) The nervous system: The nervous system of the caterpillar is, in its
broad outline, not very dissimilar from that of the butterfly and is very
interesting, and its structure helps to explain why it is that, when the
thorax of the butterfly is crushed and the insect is, to all appearances,
dead, the abdomen, head and antenne continue to twitch and moye,
and give to the kindhearted, but ignorant, observer, the notion that
one’s cruelty is unbounded in pinning an insect alive to suffer tortures
through being spit on a pin when in a moribund condition. The fact is,
the central nervous system of an insect is apparently very different
from that of vertebrate animals, and is situated in the ventral or belly
part of the body, not, as in the latter, in the dorsal. In each of the
abdominal and thoracic segments there are two ganglia (little masses of
nervous tissue) placed one on either side of the central line. In the head,
which appears to be composed of four segments, the eight ganglia are
massed together around the esophagus. Hach ganglion is united
to its fellow in the same segment by minute transverse nerve fibres,
whilst other fibres pass from it in a longitudinal direction to the ganglia
of the same side, next in front of and behind it. In addition, the ganglia
of the thorax and abdomen give origin to numerous nerves which are
distributed to the organs of alimentation and circulation, and to the
muscles, those from the thoracic ganglia being chiefly distributed to
the muscles that move the wings (when these organs are present).

INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE BUTTERFLY LARVA. 29

From the ganglionic mass in the head arise the nerves which supply
the eyes and antenne, so that this is evidently the nerve-centre for
_ such special senses as insects may possess. If now we turn to the
vertebrates, we shall find that their central nervous system consists of
two distinct parts: (1) The brain and spinal cord, placed in the skull
and vertebral column. (2) The sympathetic nerve system, which is
composed of a double chain of ganglia running through the neck
thorax and abdomen in front of the spine. The nerves which arise
from this double chain of ganglia supply chiefly the digestive canal
and the walls of the blood-vessels, but some of them join the nerves
which spring from the brain and spinal cord, and thus connect the two
systems together. The nerves from the brain and spinal cord are
principally distributed to the skin and muscles of the body and convey
impressions from them to the centre, giving rise to sensation, and from
the centre to the muscles, giving rise to movement; those from the
spinal cord are provided near their origin with independent ganglia
by means of which certain automatic movements, and others called
‘reflex,’ can be carried on without the intervention of the brain.
The ganglia and the nerves in the thorax and abdomen of an insect
are similarly automatic in their action. When the thorax is pinched
the nervous tissue in it is crushed and its functions abolished, so
that no pain is felt when a pin is thrust through it. The insect,
however, still moves the abdominal segments and the antenna,
because the muscles, which effect this movement, derive their supply
of nervous force from the ganglia situated respectively in those parts
which have not been included in the pinch, and which act independ-
ently of each other. It must not be supposed that the ganglia in
the head are, to any considerable extent, comparable with the brain of
the higher animals; there is no evidence that they are in any special
degree the centres for sensation, other than sight or smell, and it is
highly improbable that insects feel pain even in the slightest degree.
This hurried sketch of the nervous system of insects will help us
to understand why a wasp, whose abdomen has been severed from
its thorax, will go on sucking up juices, even those exuding from
its wounded body, for a long time after the mutilation has occurred.
Although, as noted above, apparently so different, the development of
the nervous system in the embryo is analogous with that of vertebrates,
and, although the nervous system of insects is apparently ventral,
whilst that of vertebrates is dorsal, the ventral part of an insect
corresponds with the dorsal part of a vertebrate, 7.e., in reality, opposite
parts of the body are placed ventrally in insects and vertebrates
respectively, owing to the limbs being turned in opposite directions in
the two cases.

(7) The reproductive system: Herold, as long ago as 1815, figured
the changes that he observed the essential reproductive glands to
undergo in the larva and succeeding stages of Pieris brassicae, but, up
to the present time, there appear to have been no external openings,
in connection with the sexual organs, discovered in any lepidopterous
larva. The internal glands, however, are not difficult to observe in
some larve, and can usually be obtained by a little careful dissection.
The testes and ovaries are placed just beneath the skin of the 5th
abdominal segment. They exist in pairs, one on either side of the
dorsal vessel, just above the position of the alimentary canal. The

80 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

testes form two lobes of a not very distinctly reniform shape, wh.lst the
ovaries, which are only to be seen with a lens, and then in comparatively
few species, are much smaller and consist of tubes. The testes are
generally much more readily observed than the ovaries, being usually
yellow or brown, and may be seen distinctly in the larve of those
species of lepidoptera that feed internally, or that have fairly transparent
skins. Jackson says that the larval ovaries are situated in the 5th
abdominal segment and close to the dorsal middleline. Their proximal
or attached extremities are approximated, and they diverge from one
another posteriorly. The colour gets deeper during the quiescent
period preceding pupation. Four opaque white lines, the future
ovarioles, traverse the larval ovaries lengthwise, and converge towards
their hinder extremities, from which the larval oviducts sprmg. The
latter are very delicate filaments, and difficult to make out. _Bessels
notes of Pieris brassicae that the ovary is yellow, the testes violet, the
fat-body white.

CHAPTER IX.
THE ASSOCIATION OF ANTS WITH BUTTERFLY LARV#.

A matter, of which little is known, has here to be considered, viz.,
the character of the association of ants and certain Ruralid larve. On
the middle of the dorsum of the 7th abdominal segment in these larve
is an evaginable gland, which, in some species, secretes tiny drops of
sweet fluid, greedily lapped up by ants, that stroke the larve with
their antenne until the desired liquid is obtained. Other allied larve
are said to possess the gland, without, however, its having any
secretive powers, and it is recorded that these larve are not
accompanied by ants. Until, however, many more observa-
tions have been made, this latter conclusion must be accepted
with great caution. It is assumed that, whilst the ants benefit by
obtaining the saccharine fluid desired, their presence tends to warn off
ichneumons and other enemies that prey on the larve. Seudder
observes that ‘“‘it is a curious thing that, among the Lycaenidi, the
glands are found in some species, whilst not in others closely allied;
their presence in many members of the other two tribes of Lycaenidae,
together with the impossibility of their independent origin in different
genera, render it probable that these glands first arose as long ago as
before the differentiation of the three Lycenid tribes; the brotherhood of
the ants and caterpillars may, therefore, be of great antiquity.’ Seudder
says that Esper was the first to notice the relation of the larva and the
attendant ants, and that Guenée observed the gland in the larva of
Lampides boeticus, describing and figuring it, whilst Freyer figures
the gland as two white dots in the larva of Plebeius argus, but does not
describeit. Scudder observes that the gland is present in the larve of many
hair-streaks, and in that of T'hestor ballus, although the association of
ants with these larve has escaped notice.

Edwards gives (Can. Fnt., x., pp. 181-186) a detailed account
of the connection between the larve of Cyaniris pseudargiolus and
their attendant ants, He noted that ants frequented the same

THE ASSOCIATION OF ANTS WITH BUTTERFLY LARVE. 31

flower-spikes as the larve, and thought they were attracted by the
nectaries of the flowers, until he observed an ant running up and down
_ the back of one of the larve, drumming and gesticulating with its
antenne, the feeding larva not at all disturbed by the treatment.
Three kinds of ants were observed, and, on one occasion, six examples of
a small ant were seen to be busy with one larva at the same time, but the
movements of all the species were similar. They run over the body,
caressing the larva incessantly with the antenne, and undoubtedly
with the object of persuading it to emit the fluid. Much of the
caressing is done about the anterior segments, and, while the ants are
absent from the posterior segments, the tubes (on the 8th abdominal)
are almost constantly exposed to their full extent, and so remain,
without contracting, until the ants come tumbling along in great
excitement, and put either foot or antenna directly upon, or close by,
the tubes, when these are instantly withdrawn. The ants pay no
heed to these tubes, so far as touching them with intention, but at once
turn to the median gland, caress the back of the 7th abdominal
segment, put their mouths to the orifice, and show every sign of eager
expectancy. With a lens, a movement will speedily be apparent, a
dark green mammilloid membrane will protrude, from the top of which
exudes a tiny drop of clear green fluid. This the ants drink greedily,
two or three of them perhaps standing guard over it. The demonstra-
tions of the ants are of the most gentle nature, caressing, entreating ;
and, as the little creatures drink the fluid, they lift their heads as if to
prolong the swallowing. There is a manifest satisfaction and delecta-
tion that is amusing to see; they lick away the last trace and stroke
the back of the segment, and wait to see if their coaxing avails
anything ; if not, they run about, but presently all return and the
caressings go on as before. The intervals between the appearance of
the globule vary with the conditions of the larva; if exhausted, by
yielding to the frequent solicitations, some minutes may elapse, and
the tubes, meanwhile, will remain concealed; but a fresh larva
requires little urging, and the mere intimation of the presence of an
ant in the vicinity is enough to cause the tubes to play rapidly, and
one globule to follow another, sometimes without a retracting of the
membrane and before the near approach of the ants ; six emissions
were once counted in 75 seconds. The tubes are usually expanded
when the ants are away from the posterior segments, and are retracted
when they come near; counting the length of these periods of complete
and quiet expansion, they were found to be 10, 20, 50, up to 80,
seconds, the period always ending with the approach of the ants.
HKixperiment, by placing larve upon stems of the growing plants where
the ants had access to them, showed that, as soon as the ants
discovered one of them, there was an immense excitement and a rush
for the hinder larval segments; the larva forthwith relieved itself by
the excretion of the fluid, and the tubes stood out with tops expanded
between the periods. A larva, placed on a stem on which there were
no ants, showed no excitement, no appearance of the tubes, and no
movement of the median glands; if ants were transferred to the
stem, the larva at once changed its behaviour. Scudder adds that, it is
only in the later stages that the ants attend the caterpillars, or any fluid is
excreted from the median gland, though the organs are certainly present
at an earlier stage. HKdwards further finds the attendance of the

32 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ants to be confined to the summer broods of caterpillars of Cyaniris
pseudargtolus, and, even then, to those on Cimicifuga, and suspects that
the larve feeding on Cornus or Actinomeris cannot exude so sweet
a fluid, the flower of Cuimicifuga being of exceeding sweetness,
whilst that of Actinomeris is bitter to the taste.

Saunders notes (Can. Ent., x., p. 14) that the larve of Rusticus
scudderit (closely allied to the European Plebeius argus) are accompanied
by ants, and that the discovery of the larvee was made comparatively
easy from the invariable presence of these active attendants. The
ants were observed actively running about the leaves on which these
caterpillars were found, and repeatedly over the caterpillars themselves,
which did not seem in the least disturbed by them.

Edwards also gives a most interesting account of the connec-
tion between ants and the larva of another Lycenid, Rusticus melissa
(Papilio, iv., pp. 92-3). He notes that, on June 9th, he introduced
a small ant to a larva of this species, which was confined in a
glass tube. The ant soon discovered the larva and ran about
it in great excitement, caressing it with its antenne. Immediately
the tubes, not hitherto seen, began to play, and one or the other, or
both together, were exposed for some minutes, and, indeed, so long as
the ant was near. Sometimes the tubes were fully protruded, with
the tentacles expanded, at other times they were partially withdrawn, in
that case coming together in a pencil just as has been observed in
C. pseudargiolus. The ant always ended its caresses by putting its mouth
to the orifice of the gland on the 7th abdominal segment; and, by its
motions, evidently found the fluid it sought. Next day, two ants of a
larger species were turned in at the same time; they ran about the
glass, alarmed at finding themselves in confinement, and accidentally
one soon touched the larva; at once a drop of green fluid bubbled out
of the orifice before the tubes made any movement. The ant saw it,
rushed at it, and then the tubes began to play although they had been
quiet for fully five minutes before; they now played intermittently for
two or three minutes, the tentacles fully expanding and then partly
retracting. The ants drank of the drops four times and then
desisted, running about the glass again; then they were liberated, and
a small ant of the species experimented with the preceding day, was
introduced ; almost at once it found the larva, caressed it gently, and
was favoured with the coveted nectar, the tubes being all the time in
motion. On June 12th, the larva now being mature, another ant was
introduced ; as usual, as soon as the manipulations began, the tubes
commenced to play, and, presently, a large drop issued ; in ten seconds
another followed, but for some time after there was no more, though
the ant begged urgently for it. The ant left the orifice, ran up and
down the body of the larva, caressing the anterior segments, and then
returned to the orifice and begged again; this was repeated several
times, but the larva was obdurate, probably it was exhausted, being
near pupation. The solicitations are made by the antenne alone, which
fly about drumming here there and everywhere, the ant manifesting
sreatexcitement. HKdwards notes that he was observing larve of Cyaniris
pseudargiolus at the same time, and the behaviour of the two species
was identical.

Nicéville observes that many Lycenid larve in India are provided
with an oval opening on the dorsal line of the 7th abdominal

THE ASSOCIATION OF ANTS WITH BUTTERFLY LARVA. 33

segment, with lips ike a mouth. These lips can, at the will
of the larve, be somewhat protruded, and a drop of sweet liquid
exuded. The larve possessing this gland are greatly affected by ants
of different species, which, in return for the food they obtain from the
larve, act as their most efficient guardians. He says that he has found
as many as four species of ants attending one species of larva. Ant-
tended larve are most easily found by looking for the ants. The larve
are usually coloured like the leaves, buds, flowers and seedpods on which
they feed, and, for other reasons, are not easily seen; but the restless
red or black ants are very conspicuous. Curetis larve, which are not
attended by ants, have a highly-developed eversible organ on either
side of the 8th abdominal segment, apparently for protective purposes;
in other larve, attended by ants, the organs on the 8th abdominal
segment are smaller than in Curetis, and are, one supposes, gradually
becoming aborted, probably because, the ants having constituted them-
selves their defenders, there is no further use for them for defence, but
Kdwards possibly correctly surmises that in their aborted condition they
serve as signals to the ants to examine the 7th abdominal segment
for the sweet fluid emitted by the larve. Doherty has recorded (Journal
As. Soc. Beng., lv., pt. 2, p. 122) some interesting observations on the same
subject ; so also has Mrs. Wylly (Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., iii., p.
164). Not only do the ants attend the larve from their very first and
smallest stages (some ants were found attending larve of Rapala
schistacea only 4 in. long), until they are fullgrown, but they often
cause the larve to change to pupe within their nests, in this manner
protecting them from harm from the time they emerge as minute
caterpillars from the egg, until they assume the pupal stage. Nicéville
also mentions that Aphnaeus vulcanus is attended by the black ants,
Pheidole quadrispinosa and P. cremastogaster, and that Gerydus symethus
and Tarucus theophrastus are also attended by ants. Green says, ‘‘ The
larve of a Cingalese Lycenid, Aphnaeus lohita, Horsf. (=lazularia,
Moore), frequent the nests of Cremastogaster, on Acacia and Grevillea
trees, upon the foliage of which they feed. These larve carry a dorsal
honey-gland near the posterior extremity of the body (7th abdominal
segment), and are cultivated by the ants on this account. They are
herded in special shelters built by the ants, are driven out at night to
feed, and brought back to their shelters each morning” (Fint., xxxv.,
p- 202).

this subject, Doherty writes (Journ. As. Soc. Beng., lv., pp. 122-
173) : “Dr. Thwaites (mn Moore’s Lepidoptera of Ceylon) says, ‘ Nature,
however, finds a protection for these helpless Lycenid larve, in the
instincts of an ant, Formica smaragdina, Fab., which, finding a sub-
stance most palatable to it, secreted naturally from a glandular defined
spot upon the body of the larve, takes possession of them as cows,
surrounding each separate one, and the leaf on which it feeds, protect-
ing them jealously and attacking most fiercely any living thing
intruding upon them.’ Besides a remark of Herrich-Schiffer’s, quoted
in Distant’s Rhopalocera malayana, that Gerydus symethus inhabits
ants’ nests, I have met with no other mention of this singular habit.
I have, however, myself observed it in quite a number of Indian
Lycaenidae, belonging to several distinct groups, and feeding on the
leaves of various trees and herbs. The larve in question, are all very
helpless and inactive grubs, slug-like in shape, tapering at both ends,

34 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

pubescent-green or brown, with a very small pretractile head. On
each side of the 8th abdominal segment above, there is a short pro-
tuberance, from which can, in most cases, ¢.g., Tarucus theophrastus, be
extended a brush of hairs, and apparently absent in Azanus ubaldus.
This is, I have no doubt, a scent-gland, and may be intended to
attract the notice of the purblind ants. On the dorsal line of the
preceding segment, there is another short tubercle exuding a viscid
juice. It exists in all the Lycaenidae known to me, whether they are
maintained by ants or not, and from it issues a gummy thread, by the
aid of which, I believe, the caterpillars sometimes swing themselves
from branch to branch, or attach themselves to leaves. But, though
in all probability acquired for such purposes, it is peculiarly attractive
to ants, which, at all hours, surround the caterpillar, and, -by stroking
and tickling it with their antennz, induce it to yield up this sweet (?)
liquid. I have not yet found any caterpillar in the possession of web-
making or arboreal ants, such as Formica smaragdina, and no restraint,
such as Dr. Thwaites mentions, was placed upon any larva observed by
me ; but the ants would always remain near the caterpillar, and would
always fly fiercely to the rescue if anything molested it. When it
had attained its full-growth, the ants, forming a circle round it, would
forcibly drive it down to their nest at the foot of the tree. This sight
is rather an amusing one, the caterpillar often showing the greatest
reluctance to leave its pasture ground, and manifesting strong doubts
as to the intentions of its escort. 1 was struck with the forbearance
and patience of the ants which carefully abstained from any violent
use of their formidable jaws, though the journey was sometimes pro-
longed to six or seven hours. Having arrived at the foot of the tree,
the ants deposited the caterpillar in an open space just within the
mouth of the nest, whereupon the latter would attach itself to the
bark, and there commence its transformations. I have counted as
many as thirteen chrysalids of Azanus ubaldus so attached, in one
nest, at the foot of a kind of babul tree, Acacia leucoplaea. The
instinct which induces the ants to preserve these caterpillars in their
nests, thus sacrificing a large present supply of food to the possibility
of a future supply of the sweet juice they are so fond of, strikes me
as one of the most remarkable things in nature.”’

Nicéville gives (Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., i., pp. 164-168)
further details on this subject, observing that, in Calcutta, he has
found the larve of over a dozen Lycaenidae affected by ants. The
most important part of the paper, however, consists of a series of
observations on Tarucus theophrastus, Fab., by Mrs. Wylly, who
writes: ‘‘The larve of YVarucus theophrastus are cultivated and
protected by the large, common, black ants of Indian gardens and
houses. ‘The caterpillar, which varies in colour from light pure green
to a dark reddish tint, is about 75 in. in length, louse-like in shape,
and slow in movement, feeding on Zisyphus jujuba, with an edible
astringent yellowish fruit. On the dorsum of the 7th abdominal
segment is a small slit from which the larve exude a small drop of a
juice of some sort, eagerly sought by the ants, and which they can
generally procure by stroking the larve gently with their antenne.
The ants set up what appears to be merely a temporary nest at the
foot of the tree the better to carry on their operations. Just before
the rains set in, about the middle of June, great activity among the

THE ASSOCIATION OF ANTS WITH BUTTERFLY LARVE. B5

inhabitants of a Zisyphus tree may be observed. The ants are busy
all day long running along the branches and leaves in search of the
larve, and when they meet one fullgrown and ready to pupate, they
drive the caterpillar down the stem of the tree towards their nest. As
a rule, the larve are docile and easily led, and, having got him into
his proper place he undergoes transformation into a pupa. If one
gently scrapes away the loose earth piled up at the base of the tree,
one will see some hundreds of larve and pupe in all stages of develop-
ment.arranged in a broad even band all round the trunk and lightly
covered with earth. The ants object to their being uncovered, and
will immediately set to work to recover them, and, if one persists, they
will remove all the chrysalids and bury them lower down. ... . A
larva ofa species of Catopsilia (one of the Pierinae) given to the ants
as aN experiment, was immediately set upon and torn to pieces in a
second by the ants. A larva of T. theophrastus, taken from a tree,
was introduced into the pathway of another company of the same
species of ants, which lived on our verandah, but kept no “ farm.”’
It was odd to see the ants come tumbling over headlong to fight the
intruder, and the sudden way they cooled down on investigation of
the foe. None attemped to harm him, and he was politely escorted
across their boundary, the ants running alongside, and feeling him
all over with their antenne. This must have been instinct as they
could have had no former knowledge of him as a “ milk-giver.”’ The
ants distinguish between dead and living pups, the dead chrysalids
being carefully removed and thrown away outside.”

Distant mentions that the larve of the genus Amblypodia are attended
by Formicasmaragdina, Fab. Bethune-Baker says that the larve of almost
all the species ofthe Australian genus Ogyris are probably attended by ants,
some apparently by different species in different neighbourhoods, whilst
Dodd records that O. zosine is attended by two species of Camponotus, and
also by a small black ant (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 269-270).
Of O. zosine, Bethune-Baker writes (op. cit., p. 279) that the larve feed on
Loranthus linophyllus and L. celastroides, and hide in the cracks of the
bark of the host tree . . . . coming out at dusk and feeding at
night, at which time the ants associated with them are likewise said
to be on the move. The species that Dodd has found them with most
commonly is Aicophylla virescens, but several other species also
associate with them. They evidently protect the larve, and have been
observed to milk them; in one instance, an ant was observed to
approach a larva and wave its antenne over its terminal segments,
and then to lightly touch it with its foreleg, when a small globule of
Jiquid was emitted from a small, retractible, nipple-like organ on the
dorsum, which was at once sucked up by the ant. Lyell and Fricot
(Vie. Nat., xxi., pp. 166-167) have confirmed these observations, and
state that, in order to test the action of the attendant ants, one or two
larve were placed a couple of feet or so away from a tree; they
were, however, soon discovered, and dragged carefully back to the
tree by the ants, at a pace much more rapid than their own rate ;
pupz were likewise carried back to the tree. It is recorded also
that “ants are always found with the larve of O. abrota.
Anderson further observes (Victorian Butterflies, pp. 101-102) that
the larve of the genus Ogyris are greatly attractive to ants, which
tend them with great care, never leaving them. Raynor notices (in

36 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

litt.) that, at Paramatta, N.S.W., from 1877-1880, he frequently found
the larve of Lalmenus ictinus, a Theclid superficially resembling our
Zephyrus quercis, feeding on Acacia decurrens; at first, he obtained
them by beating, but afterwards by searching, when he was greatly
surprised to find numbers of ants running excitedly backwards and
forwards over the larve. He says that it seems to him most interesting
that the power of exuding an attractive secretion should extend to the
far-off region of Australia. Anderson says (Vict. Butts., pp. 98-99) that
the ants affiliated to the larve of J. ictinus are particularly large and
fierce. He also observes that the larve of the allied J. evagoras are
gregarious, and invariably attended by ants.

The connection of at least one British species, Lycaena arion, with
ants, has been observed and commented on. Frohawk noticed that
the butterflies of this species showed a preference for laying their eggs
upon thyme plants growing on the nests of Formica flava, and suspected
some connection between the ants and larve. He placed a living larva
of L. arion, that had passed its 8rd moult, into a box with four examples
of F’. flava. They immediately ran to it, and, waving their antenne
over and upon it, apparently smelt and licked it, and seemed particu-
larly attracted to the hinder part of the back, about the 10th segment,
i.e., the 7th abdominal segment. First one and then another of the
ants would run over the larva, and then stop to lick that part of its
back. He then noticed a tiny bead of moisture appear, and one of the
ants touched it with its mouth, which instantly caused the bead to
disappear. Hxamination of the larva and ants under the microscope
showed a small elongated transverse gland on the dorsum of the 10th
seoment. Examination of another larva in the same stage showed the
eland which kept throbbing while the larva was feeding. The ants
were placed close to the larva, and they soon ran over it. Directly a
foot touched the gland, or a place very near it, it immediately throbbed
more violently and swelled up, and then ejected a globule of clear
white liquid, which was immediately licked up by an ant. In a few
seconds a foot again touched the gland, and another bead of liquid
oozed out, which was at once again licked up by an ant. An interest-
ing fact is, that the larva unheeded the ants running over and around
it while it kept feeding, but the gland is apparently exceedingly
sensitive to the touch of an ant’s foot, and, although Frohawk several times
touched the glands of several larvee with the point of a very fine sable-
hair brush, they would at once wince and contract, but on no account
could the exudation of the liquid be induced, yet directly an ant’s foot,
or the claws of the foot, touched it, a bead would appear, and at once
be imbibed by the ants. Although the larva was kept in a box with
numerous ants, both workers and winged females, together with their
pupe, the ants one and all acted precisely similarly; not one attempted
to bite the larva, but, as soon as they touched it, they slowly closed the
jaws and waved their antennz over and upon it. The gland is of
peculiar construction, being formed of flexible tissue, and surrounded
by numerous glassy-white pyriform processes varying in size; some
are extremely minute, those bordering the edges of the gland are
furnished with excessively small white bristles, each process bearing
four or five; these are in the form of a fan with diverging points, and
all are directed towards the central aperture, the whole forming a fringe
surrounding the gland, and are obviously for the purpose of holding

CARNIVOROUS HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVE. 37

the bead of liquid in place, and probably also serve as a protection to
this apparently sensitive organ. The larve appear to be perfectly at
- bome with the ants, neither molesting the other (Hntom., xxxvi.,
_ pp. 58-60).

CHAPTER X.

CARNIVOROUS HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVE.

The fact that, under certain conditions, in confinement, lepidopterous
larve will live on others of their own or different species, is well known,
and the habit of the larva of Thecla w-album to leave its food and feast
on the newly-formed pupz of its own species, has frequently been
observed and recorded. That certain butterfly larve should, however,
have a permanent carnivorous diet, is sufficiently unusual for us
to devote a short space to the details of one or two of these cases.

The best known of these speciesis Feniseca tarquinius, an American
insect which Scudder makes a Chrysophanid, and which is undoubtedly
a, Lycenid in sens. lat. The larva of this butterfly is purely carnivorous.
The eggs are laid in the midst of a group of aphides, or near thereto,
and, for protection, are coated during deposition with a thin
coagulated albuminous deposit, which, on hardening, covers them
like a thin but irregular veil, the egg-stage lasting only three or four
days. The larva appears to live entirely on plant-lice, particularly affect-
ing the species Schizoneura tessellata (on alder), Pemphigus frawinifolit
(on ash), P. imbricator (on beech), all of which produce much flocculent
and saccharine matter; it has also been fed on aphides from willow
and plum, in confinement. The young larva eats a hole through the
summit of the egg, and pushes its way under the larger aphides, and
forthwith begins to spin for itself a loose web, not close enough to
conceal it from view were the aphides away, but sufficient to keep the
aphides from walking over the body, and to protect it when a moult
ig approaching, and the skin sensitive. The web seems to be just about
the length of the larval hairs from the body. The aphides may be seen
running over it, and often get their legs fast in the meshes, and are apt
to be devoured as a consequence; the larve appear to pass both the
first and second moults beneath this web, but, after this, seek fresh
supplies of food, devouring the aphides from the underside, their backs
covered with wool from their victims (Butts. New Engl., i1., pp. 1022 et
seq). The most remarkable fact, however, connected with this larva, is that
the ants, which nurse other Lycenid larve, are its sworn enemies, for,
by feeding on the aphides that. the ants keep, they destroy the source
of supply of the ants’ sweet food (secreted by the aphides), and are
furiously attacked and killed by the latter; it appears only to be in
their later stages, when feeding largely exposed, that the ants are able
to successfully deal with them.

Kershaw gives details (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 1-4)
of the connection between the Chinese Gerydus chinensis and
aphides, chiefly those frequenting various species of bamboo, the eggs
being laid among a crowd of aphides, and often hidden under
_a@ mass of them. They hatch in about four days, the larva at

38 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

first being cylindrical, and later slug-shaped, the head retractile.
The larve feed on the aphides, pressing them against the plant with
head and forelegs, sometimes holding them in the forelegs quite away
from the plants; a few bites dispose of an aphis, and the larva then
licks and cleans its legs, just as a mantis does; some aphides must
have a better flavour than others, as the larve pick and choose, moving
their heads up and down over the backs of the insects, evidently smelling
them; as a rule, the creatures seem to make little attempt to escape
till they are actually bitten, when struggling is useless. When not
engaged in feeding, the larve rest among the aphides, or crawl about
between, or over, them, and the aphides do likewise, the larvee sometimes
covered with them. The larve have been observed to feed only
on two kinds of aphides, one slate-coloured with white efflorescence,
the other greenish, with four dark green patches, some of them being
fringed with white, probably moulted skin. The larval state lasts about
fifteen days, and it was reckoned on the average, from first to last,
that a larva ate some twenty aphides per day, but it would require
many larve to make much impression on the crowds of aphides one
sees, for often a yard of bamboo stem, two or three inches in diameter,
is absolutely covered with these insects. One of the features of
this larva is the calm way it moves about among the aphides and
selects its prey, and the indifference with which the latter apparently
accepts its fate. Although Kershaw notes that the aphides are overrun
by a host of ants of the two species, Polyrrhachis dives and Dolichoderus
bituberculatus, he notes no signs of enmity between the ants and larve,
possibly because of the abundance of the aphides.

Holland records (Can. Fint., xix., pp. 61-62) the receipt of a large
? of Liphyra brassolis, captured in Penang, upon which was, at the
time of capture, a quantity of fluff-like mildew, particularly thick on
the abdomen and underside of the wings. This fluff was proved to be
the mealy covering of certain ‘‘shield lice,’ a few specimens of a large
species of which were in the same consignment. Holland at once
concluded that—(1) The captor had caught the specimen of Liphyra
near a colony of scale insects, which were so large as to attract
attention, and lead him to put a few into papers. (2) This 2 was
engaged in oviposition just before she was captured, and that (8) the
mealy-white deposit described as “ fluff,’ and which was compared
with mouid or mildew, was nothing less than the fragments of the
white covering of the scale-insects over and among which the
butterfly had been flying whilst engaged in the act of laying her eggs.
Dodd observes (Hnt., xxxv., pp. 158 et seq.) that, in July, 1900, he
noted a 2 of Liphyra brassolis depositing eggs upon a tree in complete
possession of the wonderfully interesting green tree-ant, U’cophylla
smaragdina, which exists in vast numbers in Tasmania, on the coast
and mountain scrubs. Upon this tree were several nests of the ants,
and several eggs were deposited singly on the tree, on the underside of
branches, or protected side of the trunk. Searching the ants’ nests for
larvee was unsuccessful, until a half-erown larva was found accidentally,
whilst searching an ants’ nest for other insects. After this, other larvee
were found, the lozenge-shaped body peculiarly flattened, the head,
legs, and claspers, in a groove, the edges of the body closing down
tightly all round, except during progression, when the body is raised
a little, On one occasion a larva was seen to deliberately seize a half-

OARNIVOROUS HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVA. 39

grown ant-grub, which, however, was released when the larva was
turned over. Even giving them small ants’ nests in confinement was not
successful, and they had to be returned to the nest in order to feed-up
successfully to pupation stage. Dodd’s further remarks are to the
effect that the larve move from nest to nest, that they are so tough-
skinned that the mandibles of the ants can make little or no impression
upon them, and to protect its head and legs the larva just lowers its
sides, and is secure. Although the evidence here offered is sufficient
to lead us to accept the fact that the larva lives in ants’ nests, it is by
no means satisfying that it lives on the grubs of the ants. Green
observes (Hnt., xxxv., p. 202) that the evidence that they are really
carnivorous appears to be proved by the fact that they seized, and
attempted to eat, some of the grubs, but he further observes that they
do not appear to have been satisfied with that diet, and asks whether
it is not possible that their proper food may be some species of Coccid
enclosed in the ants’ nests. He says that, ‘‘in Ceylon, the arboreal
nests of this same ant almost invariably include colonies of Cocczdae,
Aphididae, and Aleurodidae, and adds that there is, in Ceylon, also, a
coccidophagous Lycenid larva, viz., that of Spalgis epius, which he has,
on more than one occasion, found inside nests of another tree-ant,
Cremastogaster dohrni, feeding upon ‘mealy bugs,’ Dactylopius sp.,
enclosed therein.”

Green communicated his observations on the carnivorous habits of
Spalgis epius to Nicéville, who published them in his Butts. of India,
vol. ili., pp. 55-56. He says that Spalgis epius has been several times
reared from a larva that associates with, and feeds upon, the mealy-
bug, Dactylopius adonidum. The larva is dull olive-green above, with
numerous minute dark bristles and a lateral fringe of brown hairs ;
beneath pale green, slightly suffused with pink on anterior segments.
It partially covers and conceals itself with the mealy secretion from
the Dactylopius. Independently, Aitken gives (Journal Bomb. Nat.
Hist. Soc., vili., pp. 485-487) an account of the carnivorous habits of
the same species, a ? of which he saw in December, 1891, flying about
a bush absolutely infested with ‘‘ mealy-bug,’’ some of which appeared
to be suspiciously large, and which, when the white woolly secretion
was brushed off, proved to be Lycenid larve. A lateral fringe of
bristles, continued round the prothorax, was immediately used by the
larva to shovel a quantity of the white stuff on to their backs and
clothe their nakedness, after being.denuded. They were then seen to
be feeding on the mealy-bugs, burying their heads in the down covering
them. A number, secured and placed in pill-boxes, fed up on the
mealy-bugs, and pupated in due course, and, in a fortnight, imagines of
Spalgis epius emerged.

In 1891, Holland received (Psyche, vi., pp. 201-202) larve of
Spalgis s-signata from Kangwe, on the Ogové River, in West Africa,
collected by Good, who found the dark brownish larve on the leaves
of a Frangipanni, the body all covered over with a whitish substance, and
which was assumed at once to consist of the remains of plant-lice,
with which the undersides of the leaves, on which the larve were found,
abounded. Suspicion was at once aroused that the caterpillars must
have fed upon these white plant-lice, because no leaves appeared to be
eaten. The white fluffy substance was readily rubbed off, but there was
sufficient left. to prove that it was really the remains of the plant-lice,

40 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and Holland says that, ‘‘examined under a powerful microscope, this
adhering matter is seen to present a peculiar shining appearance, and
to thickly cover the hairs with minute granulations, as if each hair had
been dipped in some substance like a solution of sugar or salt, and had
then been dried.’’ There appears to be no doubt of its aphidivorous
habits. Holland further states that he believes Lachnocnema and
Euliphyra to have similar carnivorous habits.

CHAPTER XL.
COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARVS.

The larve of some butterflies are, in certain seasons, from the
gardener’s point of view, too abundant. Such is the case with the
larve of Pieris brassicae and P. rapae, which are occasionally sufficiently
numerous to do considerable damage to the cabbage crops. The larve
of Aglais urticae and Vanessa io are gregarious on nettles, the former
usually abundant enough in their thickly populated silk nests, the
latter much more irregular in their appearance. Other gregarious
larve are Melitaea aurinia and M. cinwia, but, although the black spiny
larvee of the former can usually be taken in the haunts of the species,
those of the latter are to be found only in a few places in the Isle of
Wight, it having been almost exterminated as a British insect. The
larvee of Papilio machaon can only be sought with success in their local
haunts in the fens of Cambridgeshire and the Norfolk Broads; and those of
Strymon (Thecla) pruni in the woods of Huntingdonshire. In the southern
counties, the larve of Gonepteryx rhamni can be readily found on
buckthorn, and those of E'uchloé cardamines on Cardamine pratensis and
Alliaria officinalis. The larva of Apaturairisis confined to sallowin woods,
and that of Limenitis sibylla to honeysuckle, although these, especially
the former, are to be obtained more frequently by beating than by
searching. Beating is also pursued for larvee of Bithys (Zephyrus) quercis
on oak, Ruralis betulae on blackthorn, andStrymon (Thecla) w-album on
elm. Sweeping at night, with a strong sweep-net, by the grassy sides
of woods, hedges, the sheltered hollows of chalk-hill slopes, ete., will
produce larve of the Satyrids, and occasionally of the Argynnids and
Urbicolids, in spite of the fact that the latter live in silken nests, whilst
grassy hollows on the mountain-sides will give larvee of Hrebia aethiops,
and, in its haunts, the local Melampias epiphron. We have already dealt
with this phase of our subject, at length, in Practical Hints for the Field
Lepidopterist, in which the collecting work to be carried out each month,
for lepidoptera in all stages, is set out at considerable length. The
following are suggestions of work that can be done in the various
months, in collecting butterfly larve, whilst the reader can, by a
careful study of the systematic part of our work, especially of the
paragraphs ‘Habits of Larva,” etc., gather much more information
similar to the following.

Fesruary AND Marou.—The larve of Rumicia (Chrysophanus) phlaeas
are sometimes very common on Rwmea acetosa in February and March ;
they are difficult to see, as their bodies are about the same size as, and

COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARV&. 41

the crimson dorsal line and broader spiracular stripe render them very
like, the young curled-up leaves in the centre of the plant.

The hybernating larve of Polyommatus icarus are sometimes to be
found on Lotus corniculatus, when searching for cases of Coleophora
discordella.

In March and April the larve of Aricia (Polyommatus) astrarche
feed on the undersides of the leaves growing on the young tender shoots
of Helianthemum vulgare, making marked brown blotches where they
feed, and thus betraying their whereabouts; they are fullfed from the
middle to the end of May.

Have a plant of Hippocrepis comosa ready to place the larve of
Plebetus aegon upon, as soon as they leave their eggs, which they always
do either in the last few days of February, or the very first days of
March.

The larve of Pararge megaera are to be obtained, feeding on grasses
on the outskirts of woods, by wild hedgesides, etc., in March, the larve
being fullfed, and pupating, in early May.

Aprint.—tIn late April, the nearly fullfed larve of Polyommatus
icarus are to be found on Lotus corniculatus and Ononts arvensis.

The larve of Agriades (Polyommatus) bellargus are to be obtained on
Hippocrepis comosa in April and May; they pupate about the middle
of May, and emerge in June.

The very earliest larve of Celastrina (Cyaniris) argiolus are to be
found just hatched at the end of the month, feeding in the buds or
flowers of holly ; later, in May and June, they attack the young tender
leaves and shoots, upon which they thrive. The larve also feed well
on young ivy leaves, and on the tender leaves, and young green berries,
of Rhamnus frangula.

The larval colonies of Melitaea aurinia are found, in April and early
May, on scabious and honeysuckle, but the eggs always appear to be laid
on the former. The larve feed up well in confinement on honeysuckle.

In confinement, the larve of Melitaea aurinia appear to be very
susceptible to warmth, collecting in the hottest part of the cage, and
becoming lively when the sun ison them. ‘They are much better fed
up, however, on a growing plant than in a breeding-cage.

The larve of Melitaea cinxia are to be obtained in their restricted
haunts in the Isle of Wight, towards the end of April; they are
gregarious, and hence the capture of one or two at this time usually
means the capture of a brood.

The larve of Argynnids—Dryas paphia, Argynnis adippe, A. aglaia,
Brenthis euphrosyne, B. selene—should now be sought on various
species of Viola. They feed in the daytime, but are usually well-hidden.

The larva of Brenthis selene feeds on Viola canina, appears to have
an aversion to the sun’s rays, reposing either on the undersides of the
leaves, or on the stems shaded by the leaves, selects always the youngest
and tenderest leaves until near maturity, eating out large portions of
them, and making its whereabouts conspicuous.

The larve of Brenthis euphrosyne, approaching full-growth in April
and early May, are to be found by searching the leaves of Viola canina
and primrose, where there is much sign of the plants being eaten ; they
generally hide, and are to be found on the underside of a leaf, but, when
the sun is shining, love to bask in it, and are very active, retiring, how-
ever, aS soon as. the sun disappears.

Hedgesides, and the ridings of woods, will give larve of Pararge

42, ‘BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

egertia, P. megaera, Enodia hyperanthus, Epinephele tithonus, etc., in their
respective localities. These are best obtained by sweeping, or searching
with a lantern by night. Larve of Melanargia galatea, Hipparchia
semele, etc., can similarly be obtained in their known haunts.

The larve of H'rebia aethiops may be collected in abundance at night,
with a lantern in the local haunts of this species.

The hybernating larve of Pararge egeria are to be obtained, in early
April, by the sides of the ridings and paths in woods, feeding on grass
(Dactylis glomerata) ; the most. forward spin up before the end of the
month, and the imagines usually appear in May.

The larvee of Coenonympha typhon can be obtained on the moors, in
the early spring, on the beaked-rush (Rhynchospora alba), on which they
slowly feed up, being fullfed in early June.

The larva of Hipparchia semele should be swept for, in its known
habitats, in April and May, by night, when it comes up to feed ; it hides
by day, often beneath the surface of the ground.

The young larve of Polygonia c-album may be sleeved out on hop,
stinging-nettle or currant. They must, when they first leave the egg,
be fed on quite fresh young leaves, if they are to be reared successfully
in confinement.

The young hybernating larva of Limenitis sibylla begins to move
in early April, moults almost at once, becomes reddish-brown in colour,
and spiny, feeds on the fresh bursting honeysuckle-buds, and, by the
middle of May, has usually assumed a miniature resemblance to the
adult larva.

In the last week of April and early May, search for the larva of
Limenitis sibylla; it is then in its brown stage, and rests on the brown
stem of the honeysuckle just below the green shoot, generally low
down on the bush, in a sheltered position. Sometimes the larve may
be found on the green leaves, where they are much more conspicuous
than on the stems.

Young larvee of Limenitis stbylla, reared in confinement, should be fed
on young and tender shoots of Lonicera periclymenum. They nearly
always commence to feed at the top of a shoot, and eat their way down-
wards, being especially fond of the sun, and always eat greedily
when the sun is shining on them.

The young larve of Apatura wis may be beaten from sallows. The
lowest and most unpromising-looking bushes are often the most
productive, when working for this species (see Hnt. Record, vi., pp.
146-147).

In the spring, the larve of Apatura iris feed up quickly; they eat
at night, and rest in the daytime on the midrib of the upperside of a
leaf, the head turned towards the base of the leaf. One ought to be able
to find them by the leaf hanging down with the weight of the larva ;
otherwise they are almost undiscoverable.

May.—The larvee of Thymelicus acteon are to be found in May and
June, on the sea-slopes from Swanage to Weymouth, feeding on the
leaves of Brachypodium pinnatum. In confinement, they will eat
Triticum repens and allied grasses.

The presence of the larva of Thymelicus acteon is best told by the
wedge-shaped pieces which they eat out of the sides of the blades of
Brachypodium pinnatum. When such traces are observed, search for

COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARV2. 43

the tubes in which they hide, and which are made by spinning the two
edges of a leaf together, so as to enclose themselves therein.

The fullfed larve of Augiades sylvanus are to be found in early May
on Luzula pilosa, the edges of a leaf of which are folded over, and lined
with silk, to form a puparium, in which the larva changes to a
chrysalis.

The larve of Aricia (Polyommatus) astrarche var. salmacis are to be
taken in late Mayandearly Juneon Helianthemum vulgare, in the northern
counties of England. From pupe, formed from larve obtained June
8rd, 1877, near Hartlepool, three imagines— apparently salmacis, .
artaxeraes, and astrarche, on the upperside, but more like salmacis on
the underside, emerged.

The larve of Aricia (Polyommatus) var. artawerxes are to be found on
the undersides of the leaves of Helianthemum vulgare throughout May,
their colour assimilating remarkably well with that of the underside
of the leaves of the foodplant; the larve pupate towards the end of the
month in a nearly perpendicular position amongst the stems of
the Helianthemum, and slightly attached thereto by a few silk threads
near the ground.

The larve of Strymon (Thecla) w-album are sometimes to be obtained
in numbers at the end of May, and in early June, by beating elms.
Searching is recommended, and an interesting account of this mode
of capture is given in H’nt. Rec., x., p. 187.

In early May the larve of Melitaea athalia are to be found on
Melampyrum pratense, Plantago major, and P. lanceolata, the first-named
foodplant being apparently preferred.

The larve of Limenitis sibylla are more readily found in May than in
April. Look out for freshly-eaten leaves, and then search the stem
round, being careful not to overlook the trailing branches. They
want close work, being only about half-an-inch in length at the com-
mencement, but almost fullfed at the end, of the month.

Beat sallows through this month for larve of Apatura iris—sallows
that stand high and dry in the middle of a marsh even furnish larve
—for the ? wanders very far in search of sallows, and you never know
on what stunted little bush may be feeding the horned head that is so
dear a prize.

In May search carefully the terminal buds of a buckthorn bush,
Rhamnus frangula or R. catharticus, for the larve of Gonepterya
rhamni ; several may often be found on one bush.

In late May and throughout June, the flowering stems of Cardamine
pratensis and Sisymbrium officinale should be searched for the young
larve of Euchloé cardamines: they are very like the seed-pods of their
foodplants.

In confinement, the larvz of Pieris napi will feed well on horse-radish.
They also eat Nasturtium officinale, Barbarea vulgaris, ete.

Towards the end of the month, plants of Vicia cracca and Lathyrus
tuberosus, growing by hedges or on the borders of woods, should be
searched for the young larve of Leptosia sinapis.

JunE.—The young larve of Nisoniades tages are to be found, at the
end of June and throughout July, in little hollows, formed by drawing
together three leaflets of Lotus corniculatus ; the two outer ones being
drawn close together, and the third one bent over like a curved roof;
the structure looks almost exactly like a leaf not quite expanded.

In early June the larvee of Adopaea flava (thaumas) are to be swept

44 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

from the soft grass, Holcus lanatus, with the colour of which their
tints assimilate remarkably well; they may also be swept from
Brachypodium sylvaticum. The larva of this species is often found in
one’s net, when one is working for micro-lepidoptera among the long
grass at dusk, in open places in woods, etc.

When still small, the larve of Cyclopides palaemon make tubular
homes in the leaves of Brachypodium sylvaticum, leaving an opening at
each end, whence they emerge to feed on those parts of the plant near
their domiciles.

In mid-June the young larve of Polyommatus icarus feed on the
leaves of Lotus corniculatus, eating into the substance of a leaf either
from the upper- or underside, leaving the opposite skin as a white
spot, although they sometimes eat the flowers, the petals of which
they devour entirely.

The larve of Agriades (Polyommatus) corydonare to be found on Hippo-
crepis comosa through June. The larva of this species can only be distin-
suished from that of Agriades bellargus by its having the ground colour ofa
lighter, brighter green (a green with more yellow in it), and the hairs
light brown, whilst that of P. bellargus has the ground colour deeper
- green, with the hairs or bristles black.

The larvee of Aricia (Polyommatus) astrarche are to be found in late
June and July, on the underside of the leaves of Helianthemum vulgare.
The feeding of the smaller larve makes small spots on the upper, dark
ereen, surface of the leaves, the spots becoming larger and browner,
until, at last, almost the whole undersurface of the leaves is entirely
eaten, although, with an indefinite supply of food, they rarely remain
long enough on one leaf to more than blotch it very markedly, before
moving to another.

At the end of June and the beginning of July, search the underside
of holly leaves for larvee of Celastrina (Cyaniris) argiolus. The leaves
affected have the appearance of being mined.

At the end of June and in early July, the larve of Callophrys rubi
can be beaten from broom, Genista tinctoria, and many other plants ;
bramble, after which the species was named, appears to be very rarely
chosen.

The larvee of Ruralis (Zephyrus) betulae always sit on the underside
of a leaf of blackthorn, along the midrib, and are most difficult to see
in this position.

The blackthorn bushes are, therefore, better beaten than searched,
for larvee of Ruralis betulae; stunted ones are often the more prolific. An
umbrella is better than a tray for this purpose, as it can be fitted into
the structural irreeularities of the blackthorn bushes more successfully.

The low branches of oak, with their growth of foliage, on isolated
trees, often prove the best, when one is working for larve of Bithys
(Zephyrus) quercus. Search the tray carefully, as the half-grown
examples imitate the fallen bud-sheaths exactly in colour.

During the first week of June, beat low elm-trees on the outskirts
of woods, or on the borders of rides of woods. Large numbers of
larvee of Strymon (Thecla) w-album may sometimes thus be obtained.

In early June, the eggs of Hamearis (Nemeobius) lucina can be found
fairly readily, in the localities where the species occurs, on the under-
side of primrose (more rarely cowslip) leaves. The young larve eat

COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARVZ. 45

little holes in the leaves, but later they devour large pieces of the leaves,
and their whereabouts become conspicuous.

The young larve of Brenthis selene usually divide into two sections
in this country, one very small part feeding up rapidly and producing
a few imagines in August, the others hybernating when about 10mm.
long, and going through the winter in this stage.

The fullfed larva of Argynnis aglaia is to be found on Viola canina
in June; it is difficult to discover, and is best obtained when feeding, as
its movements are rapid and may attract attention ; when not feeding,
it usually hides below the leaves of the plant which it has been eating.

The fullfed larve of Dryas paphia are to be found in early June,
feeding on the leaves of Viola canina, freely exposing themselves,
according to Buckler, on the violet plants.

The larve of Pyrameis cardui are, in years when an immigration
has taken place in May or early June, most abundant, in their little
globular homes of spun-together thistle leaves, or other of their food-
plants, in late June and early July.

The gregarious larve of Vanessa io are to be found in considerable
companies in late June and early July, spread out over beds of stinging-
nettles by roadsides, behind hedges, or sunny corners on the edges of
woods.

The gregarious larve of Hugonia polychloros should be sought on
elm, willow, sallow, aspen, etc. ; the eggs are laid in spring by hyber-
nated 9s, and the presence of hybernators in April and early May in
a locality should lead to a search for larve in June.

The fullfed larve of Hipparchia semele require light soil, peat, or
similar material, in which to burrow. ‘They hide therein by day,
feeding by night, and, when mature, form their puparia just beneath
the surface of the ground in a manner altogether different from every
other British butterfly.

The fullfed larvee of Apatura iris are to be found in June on sallow;
they eat rapidly, are easily alarmed, when they draw themselves in,
and are difficult to detect on the leaf on which they are. They are
usually obtained by beating.

In late June and July, on Wicken Fen, stand over a plant of
Peucedanum palustre, and look most carefully, if you wish to see the
little black larve of Papilio machaon.

In confinement, the larve of Papilio machaon will feed very freely
on the leaves af garden carrot, on Angelica sylvestris, and other
umbellifers.

The larve of Colias edusa, obtained from eggs laid by immigrant
2s in June, will feed up well in confinement on Trifolium repens and
Lotus corniculatus, pupating in July, the imagines emerging in
August.

In late June and early July, the larve of Gonepteryx rhamni are to
be found on Rhamnus frangula and R. catharticus; stunted bushes in
sheltered nooks on the outskirts of a wood are usually good localities
for them.

They are sometimes very abundant; and it will add to one’s
success 1f one places oneself so that the sun falls across the Rhamnus
leaf, showing the shadowed side of the larva, when it is at once
discovered ; otherwise it so exactly resembles the midrib along the
centre of the leaf (where it rests) that it will easily escape notice.

46 . oe BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

The larvee should be searched for early (especially in a recognised
early season) as many of them appear to wander away to pupate.

In late June, carefully search the seedpods of Cardamine pratensis,
Sisymbrium officinale, garden rocket, etc., for larve of Huchloé
cardamines. Particularly examine those where the growth of the
seedpod seems irregular, which will be owing to the feeding of the
larvee, and the latter will be found closely imitating the growth there.

Immigrant 9s of Pontia daplidice lay their eggs occasionally, in
June, on Reseda luteola, on which the larve feed in July, producing
imagines in August or September. [The species is quite unable to
winter in our climate. |

In June (and August) the larve of Pieris napi may sometimes be
found in numbers feeding on Nasturtium officinale and Barbarea
vulgaris. They may also be found on Hesperis matronalis, ete. They
grow very rapidly, and are fullfed in early July, pupating during that
month, and emerging towards the end of July or in early August.

Tome. —In July, the larve of Nisontades tages, no longer able to
hide within the little caves formed of the leaflets of Lotus corniculatus,
which they use when young, make longer ones, but their feeding soon
exposes their bodies partly to view. They repeatedly change. their
habitations, always, however, by night, and are most retired in their
habits. They are fullfed at the end of the month, when they spin
silken hybernacula, in which they remain invisible, not pupating until
the following April or May.

The young larvee of Hesperia malvae are to be obtained, in July, on
Potentilla fragariastrum, P. reptans and. Rubus fruticosus; the larve
that are on bramble seem to be found chiefly on stunted bushes with
small leaves; the large juicy leaves of strong bushes apparently
offer no temptation to the female.

The larvee of H. malvae appear to choose the upper side of a leaf
on which to rest, and, stretched along the midrib, spin several silken
threads overhead for a covering, feeding therein by eating away the
upper part of the leaf. When a larva has cleared this, and made a
blotch of considerable extent, it repeats the work on another leaf.
The larger larvee pull down a second leaf over the first, fastening the
edges with silk, and these form a hollow in which they live, coming
out therefrom occasionally to feed on the surrounding leaves.

In July, the young larve of Augiades sylvanus feed on cock’s-foot-
grass, couch-grass, etc., resting in the middle of a blade and fastening
its edges across with five or six distinct little ropes of white silk.

The young larvee of Adopaea flava (thaumas) leave the eggs in late
July or early August, and spin little silken ropes across the blades of
erass; but, although they feed until November before hybernation,
they are not then more than about 2mm.-3mm. in length, almost
the whole of the growth being done in the spring (Hellins).

In the early part of July, collect the flower-heads of Anthyllis
vulneraria for larvee of Cupido minima. They eat little holes through
the calyx and corolla so as to get into the flowers, when they feed on
the immature seed-vessels, leaving one floweret when cleared and
entering another. As they get older, their bodies cannot be wholly
contained in the corolla, and they may be then seen with the fronts of
their bodies thrust into the flowers, the hinder parts hanging out, but

COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARV. 47

still difficult to distinguish among the dense inflorescence of the
flower-head.

In confinement the larvee of Cupido minima are fullfed before the
end of July; they then take up a position as if for pupation, but
remain quite still and immovable until the following May, when
pupation takes place.

In July, the little larvee of Polyomimatus icarus make small, pale,
transparent blotches, on the leaflets of Lotus corniculatus, Ornithopus
perpusillus, etc., the paleness being due to the eating away of the soft
part of the leaf, and leaving only the transparent skin. In late July
the now nearly fullfed larvee may be more easily found.

When fullfed the larva of Argynnis aglaia will spin together several
of the large leaves of its foodplant into a hollow, tent-like enclosure,
and, in this, suspend itself before changing into a chrysalis.

The larve of Dryas paphia leave the egg towards the end of July,
the ege-stage only lasting about a fortnight, the larve feeding very
little (or not at all) on Viola canina, before hybernation, being only
about 3mm. long in spring (March) when they commence to feed.

The larve of Pyrameis atalanta are to be found in July and August
in little chambers, formed by drawing together the leaves of Urtica
dioica and Partetaria officinalis; they generally hang up and pupate
within these larval chambers.

In July, the larvee of Pyramets cardui fasten together the leaves of
Onopordon acanthium and other thistles, with a few tough silken
threads, eating out the thick fleshy parts of the enclosed leaves. They
generally hang up and pupate within these larval chambers. (Larvee
also feed on Hehiwm vulgare, Malva, etc.)

The young larve of Apatura iris are not difficult to rear in leno-
sleeves on a healthy sallow-bush; the eggs are laid from about July
20th-August 10th, and the egg-stage lasts only about eight days.

The young larve of Melampias epiphron are not easy to rear in
confinement; they feed on Aira praecow and A. caespitosa, growing to
the length of about 4in. before winter; they then hybernate until the
end of February, when their food-plant should be attended to.

The larve of Coenonympha tiphon may be reared in confinement on
the beaked rush, Rhynchospora alba; a plant of this should be care-
fully potted, and the young larve may then be left without much
attention ; they go on feeding, as a rule, until the hybernating stage,
with little trouble, provided that care be taken not to allow the active
little fellows to escape.

The larve of Huchloé cardamines are to be found, in July, on many
cruciferous plants, of which WHesperis matronalis, Sinapis arvensis,
Cardamine pratensis, Sisymbrium officinale, Alliaria officinalis, Turritis
glabra, and, in gardens, garden-rocket and horse-radish appear to be
the most frequently selected.

The larve from the eggs laid by the summer @s of Leptosia
stnapis will feed up on Vicia cracca or Orobus tuberosus, and are
generally fullfed in early September.

In July, the young larvee of Papilio machaon may be searched for
with every prospect of success, the black larva, with its white saddle,
being very easily found when once the eye of the searcher is in.
Until then, it is most difficult to detect, although many may be on the

48 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

plant under examination. The habit of repose, with the neck arched
something like the larva of a Sphingid, is very striking.

Aueust.—In August, the larve of Cyclopides palaemon feed within
long cylindrical tubes made of the leaves of Brachypodium sylvaticum,
quickly, however, eating out their domiciles and forming fresh ones;
they first eat the lower part of the leaf below the tube, all but the
midrib, then devour the top of the leaf above the tubular part, and,
lastly, the tube itself, until, by degrees, it becomes too short to shelter
them, when they desert it and cut through the midrib, causing the
tubular remains to fall away, after which they select a fresh leaf for
the construction of another tube, as above.

The young larve of Celastrina argiolus are to be found feeding on
the tender young ivy leaves and flowers, and pupate in early September.
The eggs are usually laid in early August, beneath the flower-heads
of the umbels of ivy.

The newly-hatched larve of Colias hyale feed up slowly from about
mid-August, until about October or November, on Trifolium repens,
Medicago lupulina, M. sativa, etc. They then hybernate till March,
and will usually pass this period successfully, provided that they are
not exposed to a really low temperature, are kept quite clear of decaying
leaves, and have a perfectly dry spot to rest on. They must be
supplied with fresh food very early in the spring, and should be given
as much sun and air as possible, but not exposed now to a low
temperature.

The larve of Colias edusa, obtained from eggs laid by ? s captured
in August and September, will feed up well in confinement on Trifolium
repens and Lotus corniculatus. They will try to feed up the same year,
and must be carefully nurtured. They might, indoors, be induced to
partially hybernate until early March, but then would have to be kept
perfectly free from damp, and well away from any decaying leaves of
their foodplant.

The larve of H'pinephele tithonus appear after the eges have been
laid about three weeks, and feed well on Poa annua, Dactylis glomerata,
and other common grasses; they hybernate when exceedingly small,
but nibble in winter when the weather is mild, not feeding very much,
however, till mid-March.

The young larve of Melanargia yalathea leave the eggs in August,
and feed well, in confinement, on almost all the common garden
erasses—Dactylis ylomerata has been noted as a specially favoured one.
The larvee hybernate from about the end of October, feeding occasionally
when the weather is mild, going ahead more rapidly in March and
April, and being fullfed in June.

The larvee of Hipparchia semele can be reared in confinement on
Triticum repens, Aira praecov, and many other grasses; they are very
sluggish, hide low down among the foodplant, nibble slowly most of
the winter, feed only at night, and often bore under the ground, if at
all suitable, by day. They are fullfed about mid-June, when pupation
takes place.

The fullfed larve of Papilio machaon are to be found in August,
usually resting in an almost vertical position on a stem of the food-
plant, or on a plant near; although such a large conspicuous caterpillar,
when separated from its food, it is not at all easy to see when

COLLECTING BUTTERFLY LARVZ. 49

surrounded by the herbage of the fen districts to which it is almost
absolutely restricted in Britain.

SEPTEMBER.—The young larve of Polyommatus icarus make litile,

pale, transparent blotches on the leaflets of Lotus corniculatus,
Ornithopus perpusillus, etc., the paleness being due to the eating away
of the soft parts of the leaf, and leaving only the transparent skin.
Still more common in July.

Sleeve larve of Apatura iris out on sallow, so that they can rest on

a thick branch ; they must be removed from the sleeves every day, till
they settle down on a twig, as none ever hybernate successfully if left
on the sleeve.
_ Larve of Pyrameis cardui and P. atalanta, found in September and
October, will pupate and emerge the same year; they must, therefore,
be kept under artificial conditions, and care taken of them, both as
regards temperature and food, to ensure success. The species will
not hybernate as larvee or pup under any conditions.

The larve of Pararge egeria can be reared, in confinement, on
Dactylis glomerata, etc. ; they appear to nibble throughout the winter,
and to pupate as soon as there is any mild weather in the spring, often
at the commencement of April (sometimes this species passes the winter
as pupa).

The young larve of Colias hyale (obtained from eggs laid by
confining 2s on clover plants, exposed to the sun), feed slowly
the end of October, when they become dormant and hybernate. In
confinement, they do this best by removal from the foodplant, and by
being placed in a chip-box covered with muslin ; they must be protected
from frost, and kept at a temperature of about 40°F.-45°F. By the
middle of February, the larve are again on the move, and should then be
placed on growing plants of clover, with plenty of young leaves, when
they will commence to feed again. They feed on slowly through
March and April, pupate in May, and the imagines emerge in about a
month.

Ocroser.—In October, the larva of Cyclopides palaemon draws a
leaf of Brachypodium sylvaticum into tubular form around itself, lining
the inside carefully with white silk, and thus forms the hybernaculum,
in which it spends the winter.

Tn late October and November, the hybernating larve of Augiades
sylvanus, about 12mm. long, are to be found in their long, silken,
narrow, tough, close-fitting hybernacula, formed by spinning together
the edges of the green blades, the opaque webs being not much bigger
than the larvee; in confinement, riband-grass forms a useful substitute
for the finer grasses; the larve commence feeding again in March,
and are fullfed about the end of May.

Small larve of Polyommatus bellargus are to be found in October
(and July) on the underside of the leaves of Hippocrepis comosa, eating
out the undersurface for a small space, but leaving the upper skin
untouched, which then turns white; these little white dots or spots
show, therefore, where the larve are at work; they feed slowly through
the winter, and the blotches are much larger by early February. In
March, the leaflets are eaten from the edge, and often demolished
entirely.

The hybernaculum, in which the larva of Limenitis sibylla passes
the winter, may be placed three or four buds down from the tip of the

50 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

twig, shooting out from the main stalk of a large honeysuckle-bine ; it
is made of a honeysuckle leaf, which has been first partly bitten
through near its axil, and then securely fixed by its two edges, for about
half its length, to the twig from which it grows, and across which its
edges are firmly bound together with a spinning of strong silk; just
at the point where the leaf meets the underside of the twig, there is a
circular aperture, apparently designed for the egress of the larva in
spring ; as the leaf withers the hybernaculum becomes puckered, and
little more than half-an-inch in length, and has the appearance of a
small shrivelled leaf, clinging to the dry stem, and would thus easily
escape ordinary observation.

The larvee of Hrebia aethiops commence to hybernate in October,
when exceedingly small, hiding in the thickest parts of the tufts of
grass with which they may be supplied. They commence to feed again
in early spring, as soon as the grass commences to grow, and are
fullfed in May and June.

The larve of Hipparchia semele hybernate small, remaining on the
erass all the winter, and show no tendency to burrow or hide; they
feed a little all the winter in suitable weather, but do not grow
perceptibly till the spring.

The larvee of Hnodia hyperanthus, E'pinephele ianira, Coenonympha
pamphilus, etc., require considerable attention in confinement during
the winter; they appear to nibble occasionally, during mild weather,
from November to March, growing very slowly, or not at all, but
making good progress later. Hnodia hyperanthus, in particular, appears
to hide as much as possible from the daylight during the hybernating
period.

These ‘‘hints,’’ as to obtaining eges of butterflies, are extracted
from our work Practical Hints for the Field Lepidopterist, and are
inserted as illustrations of the various details to which the attention of
the seeker for, and breeder of, the larve of butterflies must be directed.

CHAPTER XII.
THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARV.

The silk-spinning habit is common to almost all lepidopterous
larve. The larval spinneret appears to be homologous with the
hypopharynx of insects of other orders. The homology of the different
parts, Packard says, is apparently identical, the common duct of the
silk-elands or sericteries opening at the end of the hypopharynx, which
here forms a complete tube, or proboscis, extending beyond the end of
the labium, and being then modified into the spinneret in adaptation
to its use as a spinning organ. The silk thread which issues from the
spinneret was discovered by Leeuwenhoeck to consist of a double ribbon-
like band, due to the silk-glands each forming a cylindrical thread of
silk, surrounded by a layer of gum; the two threads having passed into
the common duct receive the secretion of Filippi’s gland, where the silken
fluid is formed, and, passing into the common canal, enter the orifice
of the spinning canal, almost completely divided into two by the sharp

THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARV. 51

edge of the rachis. The threads each pass into one of the two grooves
surrounded by gum, and are pressed by the powerful contractions of
the muscles of the plates, so that each is compelled to mould itself in
the groove it occupies, and to take its shape. The spinneret thus
compresses the thread and diminishes its diameter, whilst the constant
compression of the thread as it passes through the press keeps it in a
certain state of tension so as to allow the caterpillar, while spinning,
to firmly hold its thread ; the press does not act directly on the silken
thread, but through the gummy layer which transmits over the whole
surface of the silken fluid the pressure exerted on it. After having
overcome this difficult passage, the silk thread has acquired its definite
form and passes out of the spinneret. [Full details of the structure
of the spinning organs, the formation of silk, the drawing of the
thread from the spinneret, etc., are to be obtained from Packard’s
Textbook of Entomology, pp. 389 et seq.| These preliminary details will
perhaps enable the young lepidopterist to understand some of the
observations he is certain to make when watching the larve of butter-
flies, for the silk-spinning habit is to be observed in a greater or less
degree in all butterfly larve.

It is remarkable how variable in degree is the silk-spinning habit
developed in the larve of different butterflies. Usually, but not at all
necessarily, the larve of allied butterflies have a somewhat similar
habit in this respect, e¢.g., the larve of most Ruralids, and many
Pierids, spin very little silk, whilst those of others spin much. The
larve of certain Vanessids, Melitzids, etc., spin threads wherever they
walk, being apparently unable to move about in their early stages, at
least, without so spinning. All larve, however, whatever be their general
habit, spin a silken web on which to fix themselves during the period
of moulting, the old larval skin being attached thereto before the larva
in its new dress withdraws itself therefrom. Some larve construct
nests in common, and live gregariously, especially when young, others
fold up one or more leaves with silk, and live in the hollow thus
constructed singly; others live quite exposed, resting on a leaf, stem,
or other part of the foodplant, and, at the most, spinning a few silken
threads as a pad on which to stand.

As a rule, butterfly larve live an exposed life. Of those that
hide, however, in the fashion of so many other lepidopterous larve,
by making a tent of one or more leaves in which to secrete them-
selves, the Urbicolid larve are the most remarkable. All our British
species do this, as will be seen by reference to our notes on the
“habits of the larve’’ (posted, pp. 98, 108, 120, etc.), and the
habit is common to the superfamily. There is no need to
redescribe the habits of our British species in this respect, but
we may note that Scudder, speaking of the American species,
says that ‘“‘the ‘skipper’ larve form a nest of a single leaf, in
early life, folding over a little piece of leaf, and fastening the edge to
the opposite surface by a few loose strands of silk; to effect this, they
first bite a little channel into the leaf, at just such a place as to leave
a fragment of leaf, neither too large, nor too small, to serve as a roof
when they shall have turned it over; often they have to cut two
channels in order to procure a flap sufficiently small for their purpose;
and it is curious to watch one of these tender creatures, just as soon as
it has devoured its eggshell, struggling with a tough oak-leaf, to build

52, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

for itself a house. These nests are usually very firmly made, the silken
fastenings being composed of many strands, often very tough. On
leaving one nest to construct a larger one, the caterpillar always appears
to first bite off the threads of the old nest, and thus give the flap a
chance to resume its position, which, however, it rarely fully does.
When older, many of these same ‘skipper’ larve find a single leaf of
their foodplant too small to conceal them, and so they draw several
leaves together, just as they grow upon the plant, and, retaining them
in the desired place by silken bands, the larve live within the
silken bower. This mode of construction is adopted almost from
the first by the Pamphilids, which feed on grasses, the proximity of
adjoining blades near the base affording a good chance to attach them
together, while a cluster of blades furnishes a similar chance to
construct the somewhat tubular nest they require when they have
grown large and fat.’ As to the value of these homes, Nicéyille
observes (Butts. of Sumatra, p. 894) that the larva of a large
‘‘ skipper” butterfly, Hidari trava, and that of a Nymphalid, Amathusia
phidippus, live, at the same time, on the leaves of Cocos nucifera, and
he remarks that, owing to their general abundance, the two species
often have a severe struggle to live together, in which the more robust
Hesperiid, which secures a shelter for itself by spinning the leaves
together, is generally victorious. Even among the Papilios, the larve
do not disdain to use this mode of protection, and whilst that of
Jasoniades glaucus merely spins silk on the surface of the leaf on
which it rests, so that the edges of the leaf curl up and conceal its
sides, the larva of Huphoeades troilus spins the leaf completely over,
so that the opposite edges touch, and itself thus becomes quite hidden.

The purpose of gregarious nests appears to be twofold. In one case, ~
e.g., that represented by Aporia crataegi, the nest is very definitely intended
for the purpose of concealment; in the other case, e.g., that represented
by Euvanessa antiopa and Aglais urticae, the silken web appears,
especially after the larvee have reached the second stadium, to be merely
a means of keeping up a connection between the various parts of the
eregarious company, and to be little used for the purpose of hiding.
Scudder, referring to the larve of Huvanessa antiopa, notes that
‘they move about from place to place, spinning wherever they go, so
that, at last, the line of movement, by successive strands thrown across
every angle that a twig makes with the larger stem, forms a sort of
veil of silk over which they crawl with extreme rapidity, but without
which their movements are greatly retarded.’”’ Although our single
British Apaturid species has a solitary larva, those of one of the
American species, Chlorippe clyton, are gregarious in their first three
stadia, and use their web much in the same manner as that just
described as usual for Huvanessa antiopa. They feed side by side in
rows, eating the leaves from the tips backward, but leaving the stouter
ribs; they form a pathway of silk wherever they go, but make no
special structures for concealment. The larve of the allied C. celtis
lives solitarily, but lines the upper surface of a leaf of Celtis with silk
in such a manner as to cause the sides to curl slightly upward, and
thus partially conceal it from view. Similarly, the larva of Anaca
andrica lines the upper surface of Croton with silk, bringing the upper
edges together without fastenings, and thus makes a nest like that of
Euphoeades (troilus), within which it lies concealed, eating the base of

THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARVZ. 538

the leaf; when this becomes too small, it makes a similar nest from
another leaf, but goes outside to feed on neighbouring leaves, generally
towards evening.

The tiny larve of Aporia crataegi, spin a web over two or three
leaves of their foodplant, within which they hide, coming out only to
feed, and extending their web as they increase in size. A specially
tough retreat is built for a hybernaculum, and, in this, a whole
community winters in safety. Our other Pierid larve spin threads of
silk on which to walk, but, otherwise, none of the allies of A. crataegi,
in Europe, spin similar webs. Scudder, however, notes that a
Mexican Pierid constructs a web nearly as close as parchment.

Belonging to an entirely different group of butterflies, but having
almost exactly the same gregarious habit as Aporia crataegi, the larvee
of Melitaea aurinia spin a silken tent over the young leaves of scabious,
in which they live, feeding only on the undersides of the leaves; they
feed very slowly, and are still exceedingly small when they make their
hybernaculum, after leaving which, in the spring, they appear to live
singly and fully exposed, making, however, a silken cocoon by drawing
together several culms of grass, when fullfed, in which they pupate.
The larve of M. aurinia are said to leave their hybernacula very
regularly, about March 1st in Co. Cork, in Ireland, although, in the early
season of 1893, they had already donesoin mid-February. The larve
of M. cinxia similarly pass their early lives and the winter gregariously
in a tent formed by a compact web, leaving its shelter in the spring for
another slighter structure. The hybernating web is larger than that under
which they feed, and is woven of silk, with grass and plantain stems inter-
mixed, and is well-roofed, so that the inner grass is quitedry. Luff says
that, in Guernsey, he had noticed the very young larve of M. cinwia
on the webs, spun on their foodplant, in August and September, but that,
when he searched for their hybernacula in December and January,
in the same spot, he could not find them until he came accidentally
across a winter-nest whilst searching for beetles; this was in the
centre of a tuft of grass, close to the roots; 1t was pear-shaped, and,
with the larve of M. cinaia were a number of larve of Anthrocera trifolit,
hybernating with them. Luff says that they spin another web in spring
on their foodplant, but this isless compact than the winter-nest, although
larger. Most of the larvee leave the nest and live singly, when nearly
fullgrown, others, however, live more or less gregariously, even up to
the time of pupation. This mode of life is evidently not confined to
the Melitzids of the Old World, ‘‘for Scudder notes a similar habit in
some of the Meliteids (Cinclidia, Huphydryas, etc.) of North America,
which, living in company, cover at first a few leaves, then the whole head
of the plant, and eventually, sometimes, the whole plant, in a tolerably
firm web, within which the company feed, until the whole becomes a
nasty mess of half-eaten and dying leaves, and all sorts of frass,
including their own excrement and cast-off pellicles, everywhere
tangled with web. Within such a nest they hybernate, but not until
they have strengthened it with denser web, and drawn the leaves of the
head more tightly, so that it becomes a mere bunch which one may
cover with his hand, and which contracts the more apparently as
winter approaches. In the spring, they evidently have had enough of
this sort of communal life, and live, thereafter, in the open air.”” He
further notes that, whilst the larve of Huphydryas phaeton hybernate

54 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

as thus described within a web on Chelone glabra, those of Cinclidia
harristi, on Aster umbellatus, live similarly until the time for hybernation,
when they desert the nest and conceal themselves in crevices, where
they pass the winter.

The gregarious character exhibited by such Meliteid larve as
those just mentioned, is almost paralleled by that of certain Vanessid
larvee to which, already, reference has been made. But the less
gregarious species among the Vanessids also spin hiding-places, usually
several on one plant, but only one larva in each little nest. Of these, the
spun-together thistle-leaf (or leaves) that often forms the hiding-place
of the larva of Pyrameis cardui, and the spun-together nettle-leaves
that similarly form the home of the larva of Pyrameis atalanta, will be
known to everyone. Scudder, writing of these, says that-‘‘ the most
common form of nest is that in which different parts of the same leaf,
or adjacent parts of different leaves, are fastened together by silken
strands. The simplest and weakest of these are made by the cater-
pillars of Polygonia faunus and Vanessa (Pyrameis) atalanta, which
fasten together very weakly the opposite edges of a single large leaf,
so as just to make them meet; but the threads are so slight that they
are ruptured with the slightest effort. The caterpillar within, having
thus secured a shelter, seems loth to leave it, and makes its meals from
its own dwelling, until, having literally eaten itself out of house and
home, it is forced to venture forth and construct another. When,
however, V’. atalanta is more than halfgrown, it finds it easier to attach
neighbouring leaves of the thickly-growing nettle, than to find one
sufficiently free to use it only, so that fully one-half of the nests of the
larger caterpillars are made from a number of leaves; the nest is
always roomy, capable of housing several caterpillars, though never
containing more than one. ‘The nesting-habits of V. atalanta are
shared by the other species of Vanessa with certain slight variations.
In early life, V. cardui tries to make the stiff and crenulated edges of
thistle-leaves meet together, but with indifferent success, and so fills in
the interstices with an exceedingly thin web, in no way concealing it
from sight. In after life it forms an oval nest of the size of a pigeon’s
ego, by fastening adjoining leaves together very slightly, and filling all
the interstices with a similar flimsy web, upon which it fastens, or into
which it weaves, bits of eaten leaf, or parts of the inflorescence of the
plant, still imperfectly concealing it from sight; and, sometimes, it
hangs itself up for chrysalis within the same narrow, and by this time
very filthy, apartment. V. hwntera makes a similar, but rounder,
nest on the Gnaphalium, and conceals itself very effectually by com-
pletely covering the more compact, but still very slight, web, with the
inflorescence of the plant. At first this is merely composed of the
silky hairs of the foodplant, mixed with much silk, forming a dense
white mat, beneath which they devour the parenchyma, then enlarge
the nest, never leaving it for food, but enclosing larger and larger areas,
until, finally, many leaves are drawn together, the bitten-off inflorescence
of the Gnaphalium interwoven with the web, and a nest formed as large
as a pigeon’s egg, only in the last few days of their life do the larve
leave the nest and devour the entire leaf.”

The hybernating period is a serious one for those silk-spinning
larve that hybernate as larvee. Limenitis sibylla for its hybernaculum,
spins a honeysuckle leaf to a twig of the plant, which it securely fixes,

THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARVA. 55

and prevents from falling, by silk spun over its extremity and the
twig on which it grows. The leaf is then spun carefully together and
_ becomes crumpled as it dries during the winter. Into this the larva
crawls, and, in this, it hides during the period of hybernation. So
firmly is the hybernaculum fixed to the twig, that it can have no
independent movement, and it resembles so exactly a dead leaf clinging
to the stem, that it is sure to escape observation. When Apatura iris
spins its hybernaculum, it not only covers the twig with a silken pad,
to which it may firmly cling, but also envelopes the hinder part of its
body in a silken covering. The hybernaculum of the larva of
Basilarchia archippus appears to be as interesting. Scudder says that
the larva hybernates when partly grown, and provides for the occasion
a winter residence, which is occupied only during the cold season.
For this purpose, it eats the side of a willow-leaf nearly to the midrib,
for about one-third the distance from the tip, ordinarily selecting for
the purpose, a leaf near the end of a twig; it brings together the
opposite edges of the leaf, and not only fastens them firmly with silk,
but covers this nest outside and inside with a carpet of light-brown,
glossy silk, so that the leaf is nearly hidden, nor is this all, it travels
back and forth on the leafstalk and around the twig, spinning its silk
as it goes, until the leaf is firmly attached to the stalk, and, in spite of
the frost and wind, it will easily hang until spring. Following the
projecting midrib, the caterpillar creeps into this dark cell, head
foremost, and closes the opening with its hinder segments, all abristle
with spines and warts. The other species of the same genus,
B. arthemis and B. astyanax have similar habits, the former feeds on
birch, and, if one examines these trees in early spring, one can hardly
fail to be struck by the deceptive resemblance that these hybernacula bear
to the opening buds and curving terminal shoots of the very twigs on
which they occur; the colour of the soft down of the buds, and the
enveloping silk of the hybernaculaareassimilarasare their forms, and this
mimetic resemblance is doubtless as effective as it is interesting. The
larva of B.arthemis spins its hybernaculum when about half-grown, and,
selecting a growing leaf of birch, it eats away the apical third or fourth,
excepting the midrib and a narrow flange on each side of it, or it uses
the leaf it has been eating, already trimmed in this fashion; it then
draws together, above, the outer edges of the uneaten portion to construct
a tube, which it lines very heavily with brown silk, within and without,
and further binds the leafstalk to the stem with repeated bindings of
silk to prevent its falling to the ground in winter; by means of the
ledge formed by the projecting midrib, it then enters the tube head
foremost, and completely fills it, so that the opening is just closed by
the roughened end of the body.

Although nothing to do with the silk-spimning of the hybernaculum,
we may here mention the peculiar habit of Basilarchia arthemis, of
retiring, after a meal (made of a birch leaf), to the stripped midrib to
rest, fastening to it, however, minute bits of leaf with an abundance of
silk in order to strengthen it, whilst Chapman describes the much more
complicated silk-covered platform, made by the larva of Charazes jasius,
and which, in the Ksterel, it spins on the south side of an Arbutus tree,
low enough down to have the upper part of the tree as a protection and
shelter. The larva either clothes the surface of a leat with silk, or
fastens together several leaves, which it then similarly covers with

56 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

silk, and on which it obtains a firm foothold, resting thereon the
ereater part of the day, basking in the sun, the leaves being usually at
such a slope that they get an almost vertical exposure, whilst to feed they
often prefer to go to a neighbouring spray, so as not to interfere with
their carefully prepared resting-platform. Of the protective value of
this particular resting-position, Chapman says (Hnt. Rec., ix., p. 1938):
“The larva at rest, seen from whatever direction, exactly imitates
some aspect of leaves or buds under the different effects of light and
shade, and it is thus possible for an untrained eye, in many instances,
to look at it, and for it, some time before seeing it. The yellow lateral
line resembles the midrib of the leaf seen from above or below, accord-
ing to light; the colour and apparent texture of the skin are the same
as those of many leaves. The extraordinary head, with its coloured
jaws and spines, suggests, in many aspects, the little group of buds at
the extremity of the branches. One has often to look a second time at
certain leaves and branches, as well as at the buds, to be sure that they
are parts of the tree and notalarva. The curiously-coloured circles on
the back of the abdominal segments 3 and 5, which are more brilliant
with their blue and yellow than anything in an Arbutus leaf, neverthe-
less produce exactly the effect of certain little rings of fungus, or decay,
that are very common on the leaves.’’ But the larva of Bastlarchia
arthemis is said, by Scudder, to further use its silk-spinning habits for
protective purposes in a most remarkable way, for he says that the
young larva makes a loose ball about the size of a small pea, out of
bitten scraps of leaf held together by strands of silk, and this it
attaches by a thread to the stripped midrib, on which it is resting, as
described above, so that it is moved by every breath of wind, a device,
perhaps, to distract from itself the attention of an enemy, for, by
constant removals, it is always kept close to the eaten edge of the leaf,
while the posterior of the larva is as far out on the stripped midrib as
it can find a good footing; after the second moult it no longer makes
this remarkable little packet.

Although less usual among butterfly larve, some species use the
means of escape that is so frequent among the larve of certain groups
of moths, viz., when disturbed, of allowing themselves to drop rapidly
from their position of rest by a silken thread attached to a leaf.
Such. among our British species are Chrysophanus dispar, Hesperia
malvae, ete., and Scudder observes that, in America, Strymon titus and
Hypatus bachmaniti have the same habit. It is certainly more
frequently observed among young, than in older, larve.

The final stage usually brings out the silk-spinning possibilities
of the larva to their greatest extent. For the purpose of pupation,
almost all butterfly larve, however little silk-spinning they do
during their larval life, do some spinning at this _ period.
Few, except the Urbicolids and Parnassiids, spin silken cocoons,
i.é., Silken webs in which to pupate, but almost all spin at
least a thick silken pad to which the pupa is attached by its
anal cremastral hooks, and many spin, in addition, a_ silken
eirth, or support, round the body, which acts as a girdle when
pupation takes place. There are, however, many intermediate stages
between the coarse, but slight, silken cocoon of the Parnassiids, in
which the pupa hes loosely, and the merely suspended butterfly pupa,
whose larva has spun a silken pad before pupation, and from which it

THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARVA. 57

hangs freely in order to change to the pupal state. Some of the most
interesting of the puparia spun by butterfly larve are those of certain
_Vanessids, Argynnids, and Meliteids. Among the former, one may
note the large open umbrella-like puparium of Pyrameis atalanta,
formed by the larva spinning nettle-leaves together, yet quite open
beneath, in order to facilitate the escape of the imago. There is also
the often almost globular silken puparium spun by the larva of P.
cardui, and a somewhat similar one spun low down, near the ground,
by the larva of Argynnis aglaia. Many of the Melitzids, too, spin
silken puparia, and the larve of Melitaea cinaia, when fullfed, do
not always lose altogether the gregarious habits of their younger stages.
We have noted (Ent. Rec., iv., p. 169) that, on one occasion, three larve
of this species had spuna common silk tent, in which they had changed
to pup. It is quite common to find a number of larve of this species
spun up for pupation in close proximity to each other. Newman says,
dozens of chrysalids are often suspended to the plantain almost close
to the ground, in company. The larva of M. aurinia pupates alone,
spinning a large quantity of loose, flossy silk, from which it suspends
itself for pupation.

We have already noted (anteda, p. 58) on the gregariousness of certain
Pierid larvee, and the nests spun by Aporia crataegi, and the Mexican
species, Huchetra socialis. A note by Anderson and Spry (Victorian
Butterfites, pp. 86-37) on another Pierid, Delias harpalyce, whose larva
feeds on a species of mistletoe (Loranthus pendulus), suggests that the web
spun by the gregarious larve of this species is more or less utilised as a
basis for the pupation pad. They write: ‘‘The larve, after the second
moult, spin a silken footing for themselves wherever they go, and these
spinnings, from so many larve feeding eregariously, form, eventually,
quite a web-like habitation, which, no doubt, is of great service in
enabling the caterpillars to maintain their footing during high winds
or storms. When fullfed, they spin more than ever, and then,
attaching themselves to the web, turn into pupe.’’ Floersheim, how-
ever, particularly insists (Hint. Rec., xvil., pp. 310-311) that the larval
habitations of Pyrameis atalanta are not, as often stated, used as puparia,
but that the pupa, as noted above, is attached to the underside of a kind
of umbrella, formed by drawing nettle-leaves together, and quite open
beneath; this kind of puparium is what we know. We opened a great
number at Val Tournanche in August, 1905, each containing a pupa.

The belief that the silk-spinning habit of certain larve is some-
times utilised in forming protective homes against adverse weather
conditions—particularly of wind and rain—and this not only in the
direction of making puparia, but also in earlier larval life, has often
been expressed, and it is possible that this idea is well-founded, e.y.,
the silk-spinning habits of the larve of Hugonia polychloros are almost
identical with those of Huvanessa antiopa, both tree-feeding species, and
are apparently entirely different from those of Aglais urticae, Vanessa 10,
etc., allied species feeding on low plants, the silken habitation made
by the larve of the two first-named species being much more ex-
tensive and permanent than in the case of the two last-named.
Do these more extensive webs give a greater degree of safety on trees ?
Chapman observes that “the young larve of Hugonia polychloros and
Euvanessa antiopa cover their eggs, and the neighbourhood where
they were deposited, with a silken web, not spun, as it were, of set

58 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

purpose, but the result of journeying to the nearest leaves to feed and
returning to the central position for resting. They appear often to
feed in turns, one lot going out to feed whilst others have just
returned to rest. As they get larger they move their headquarters,
again, apparently, according to such exigencies as may occur, from the
form of the branch they are on, to make another position more central
to the available food, than to any instinct that makes them move at
any particular stage or instar. Different broods seem to vary a good
deal as to how far they remain gregarious in the last instar or become
quite solitary. If food remains at hand, few larve wander far off
until they do so for pupation, but they cease to go to and fro so much,
and so, though still spinning silk to walk upon, do not increase the
considerable webs spun during the earlier ‘stages. Hssentially,
perhaps, Vanessa 10 and Aglais urticae do the same as Huvanessa
antiopa and Hugonia polychloros, but the abundant web they spin in
their earliest instars is but slightly added to (comparatively) in the
intermediate stage, and, in the final instar, gregariousness seems to
have ceased. <Aglais urticae has a habit very similar to that of
Pyrameis atalanta, of forming a leaf into a pocket. It brings the
opposite edges together of one leaf only, it never, so far as I have
observed, uses more than one, and, like P. atalanta, it eats the
terminal half of the leaf, destroying the domicile. The number of
caterpillars of A. urticae that make this tent is only a small proportion
of each brood, probably it is made for the safety of the larva during
the last moult, as they are always occupied by nearly full-grown
larve.”’ These remarks are highly suggestive that the maintenance of
the gregarious habit, and the continuance of the use of, and extension of,
and even moving of, the silken home of the tree-feeding species, are of
advantage to them, and there is no advantage so distinct that occurs
to one as the comparative security such a home offers during storms
of wind and rain, when willow-trees are badly bent, and the chance of
destruction to large larve with no special means of retaining a firm
foothold, becomes very great indeed. Trouvelot’s account (Proc. Bos.
Soc. Nat. Hist., xii., p. 92) of the way that the larva of Jasoniades
glaucus makes itself safe during rain-storms, has been repeatedly
quoted. He says: ‘‘ Every one knows that the larva of this species,
when at rest, remains upon the middle of the upper part of a leaf; for
this purpose a carpet of silk is spread upon the leaf by the larva.
This leaf, by means of the silk, is made to curve a little. On one
rainy morning, I observed a young larva of this species on a lilac bush
in my garden. I certainly thought that the invention of resting in
the hollow of a curved leaf on a rainy day was a very poor one, for,
since the bent leaf performed the office of a gutter, the water must
flow through this channel, and the larva be inundated and inevitably
drowned, if the rain lasted but a few hours. I soon found that there
were more brains in the small head than I had supposed. The larva
began to move; it spun some silk from one edge of the leaf to the
other, and, by adding many fibres to make it strong, each new fibre
shorter than the preceding, the leaf was soon made to curve more and
more. I then began to understand what this laborious work was for,
and I thought that sometimes small people might give lessons to
larger ones. After about an hour, the larva ceased to work, a real

THE SILK-SPINNING HABIT IN BUTTERFLY LARVA. 59

bridge was built over the torrent, and upon it, lay motionless, and out
of danger, the little larva.”

The larvee of E’pinephele tantra, and other Satyrids, spin together
grass leaves for a puparium. Polyommatus icarus, Lampides boetica,
and other Lycenids, will similarly spin together leaves and flowers of
their foodplants. Chapman says that the larva of L. boetica will fasten
together flowers into a cocoon for pupation, or pupate openly on a pad
spun on a flat surface, and asks—Is the puparium the result of
spinning a carpet amongst loose material ? or, does the carpet result
from making the puparium on a flat surface? Poulton considers
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1904, pp. exii-cxiii) that the silken material
spun by butterfly larve for suspension, either by the anal segment
alone, or by a girth in addition, is,in all probablity, the persistent
trace of a vanished cocoon, and he surmises that the decline of the
cocoon, a form of passive defence, built to endure for comparatively
long periods, including the time of special stress, was favoured by a
short pupal period falling wholly within the time of least stress, and
suggests that, when the cryptic colouring of the bare pupal surface is
as effective for concealment as that of the cocoon, it presents certain
advantages over the latter, etc. The change from a hidden to a
cryptically protected pupa, would gradually lessen the need of a
specially prepared cocoon, and the transition, he says, is easy, from a
loose and open cocoon with apertures through which the cryptic
colours of the enclosed pupa could play their parts in defence, through
stages in which the latter element becomes more and more important
as the cocoon progressively diminishes, to the climax when the almost
invisible remnants of the silken covering are retained as supporting
structures merely.

The old authors, Swammerdam and Réaumur, gave very lucid
accounts of the silk-spinning done by certain larve producing
suspended pupze— Vanessa io, etc., and those producing pupe attached
both by the cremaster and by a silken girth— Pieris brassicae, etc., and
the silk-spinning operations performed by such must have been
observed by every field lepidopterist, but the details given by Chapman
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 208 et seq.) are exceedingly
interesting. He notes that the first spinning done by the fullfed
larva of Thais polyxena var. cassandra, is to form what must be called
a cocoon, though it consists merely of three or four, or at most a
dozen, rather strong silken cables; sometimes simple, sometimes
branching, tying together the objects surrounding the position chosen
for suspension. Having prepared a carpet of silk of rather more than
its own length, either on a flat surface, or, by preference, on a round
one, such as a stem, it makes the anal pad, a somewhat flocculent
little mass, and it may be noted here that, in Thais, as well as in
Papilio machaon and Pieris rapae, when this is completed, the larva takes
its station with the anal claspers just in front of it, the little mound of
silk forming the pad being unused, and lying immediately behind the
anal claspers and beneath the tip of the anal plate, suggesting that the
pupa shall have a freer access to it, than if the anal prolegs held it.
In suspended pup this pad is held by the anal claspers, whilst the
larva awaits pupation. The girth arises well forwards from the carpet
of silk in Thais, and, as in Papilio and Pieris, is spun in a position
that may be described as being in front of the larva, the head being

60 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

thrown back, so that the legs are used as hands to hold it up; not,
however, the claws, but the thick bases of the legs are used, the silk
not being on the legs proper, but rather in the incision in front of them.
This is the position when the spinneret is at the middle of the girth,
but, as the head goes from one side to another, the relation of the
parts is much changed, though quite gradually and automatically.
The girth when completed consists of a number of quite separate
threads, showing that each thread is not spun along, and glued to,
those that preceded it, and that, therefore, the extremity of the
spinneret does not actually reach and touch the previously spun threads
which lie deeper in the incision between the segments. . . . The larva
moves very leisurely, and with some to-and-fro movement, so that one
traverse of the loop takes about three minutes, and the movements of
fastening the end of each thread to the twig about one minute, but,
between each complete traverse, usually at least one partial journey is
taken, 7.c., from the twig for about one-third of its length and then
back again, and along this piece, especially towards the end of the
process, a good deal of local spinning is done, which covers this
thicker portion of the loop with an outside building. When the loop
is finished, the central third consists of a number of threads more or
less separate, or, at least, apparently separate, straight, parallel, and
uncomplicated. The end portions are thicker and bound together as one
strong strand. ... Intwospecimens watched, the whole process took about
14 hours in a room at about 64°F... . . After finishing, instead of
sliding slowly round from the side and bending the head down slowly
as it went, to the position it takes when at the central point, it gave it
this position at once, so that the head went under the loop somewhat
to one side, and, as it then gradually assumed the median position, the
thread lay across the middle of the front of the head. At the same
time, however, as it assumed the median position, it bent back the
head and curved the thoracic segments backwards, so as to bring close
together the back of the head and the dorsal thoracic humps; then
the thread became slack over the head and slipped back into its
place over the 1st abdominal segment. [The peculiar position in which
the girth holds the pupa in Thais is assumed about 24 hours after the
pupa is formed. |
In Papilio machaon the loop consists of a number of quite
detached threads, which remain quite distinct and separate to much
nearer their attachment. The details of spinning the girth are
somewhat different (see op. cit., pp. 218-214), and, when finished, the
head is put under the loop, and, after sundry movements, the loop
slips backwards between the 2nd and 8rd abdominal segments.
Chapman further notes (op. cit., p. 216) that the larva of Pieris rapae
makes its girth in a way that is essentially the same as in Papilio
machaon, but yet with an amount of variation that renders it actually
very different. Essentially the girth is made in front of the larva and
between the head and first pair of legs, not between the first and
second pair of legs as in Papilio, but the raising of the front segments
of the larva, which, in Papilio, may be likened to the ‘‘ Sphinx ”’
attitude, is in P. rapae carried to an extreme, so that, when the larva
is adding to the middle point of the girth, the head is bent back so that
the back of the head touches the dorsum, at about the incision between
the 2nd and 8rd abdominal segments, the ventral face of head and

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVA. 61

prothorax being directed exactly dorsal, and the legs of the meso- and
metathorax forwards. As the head is carried to either side, these
forward segments so rotate that the venter becomes ventral over all
segments, but the forward segments instead of being bent dorsally, are
bent laterally, and the head is against the side of the 2nd and 3rd
abdominal segments. In all these positions, the loop seems to be
fairly tense. When the head is bent to one side, the girth passes over
the middle of the 2nd abdominal segment and the middle of the
prothorax, the portion of the larva between these two positions being
in front of the loop, the rest behind it. In the median position there
is, perhaps, a large proportion of the prothorax in front of the loop ;
indeed, the head only might be regarded as behind the loop.....
The completion of the process, when the spinning is done, is really
very different from that in Papilio machaon. In the latter, the front
of the head is put forward under the loop, and it is slipped back into
its place by a movement very similar to that by which a thread is added
to the girth; in Pieris rapae, at the end of fixing the last thread at the
side, the head is merely drawn forward from under the loop. Reference
might with advantage be here made to Riley’s account of the spinning of
the girth by the larva of Huphoeades troilus, published by Scudder
(Butts. New England, pp. 1823-4).

CHAPTER. XITT.

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVA.

Many eminent naturalists, including Lubbock and Weismann,
have pointed out that the larve of lepidoptera are generally green in
their earliest stage. So far as the larve of butterflies are concerned,
this is only very partially true, and it is well-known that the larve of
the Papilionids, Vanessids, Argynnids, and other groups are rarely so.
On the other hand, the young larve of the Urbicolines, Lycenines,
Pierines, Satyrines, etc., are very generally so, especially in the case
of those species that live on low herbs. Scudder points out that,
among the American species, the young larva of Oeneis macount is even
brilliantly striped, those of nearly all Papilionids are almost black
with a white saddle (as in the Palearctic species), whilst many
others, ¢.g., Hurymus and Basilarchia, though having a green tinge,
are, nevertheless, so obscured by other colours, as to have a dusky
effect, which leaves the colour at most only greenish. We have only,
in our own limited fauna, to point to the larve of Papilio machaon,
Aporia crataegi, Pieris brassicae, Aglais urticae, Vanessa io, Melitaea
cinzia, etc., to show how little the suggestion is universally true,
whilst admitting, on the other hand, that the larve of many butterflies
are, when newly hatched, nearly of the colour of the green leaves on
which they feed, the various changes in tint which we find in adult
larve being assumed during growth.

We have already pointed out (anted, pp. 18 et seq.) that the larve of
most butterflies are, when hatched, of a generalised form with
exceedingly simple tubercular structure, and that, at the first or second
moult, great changes often take place. Scudder points out as being

62 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

noteworthy that it is just then that the size of the caterpillar becomes
materially enlarged. He says: ‘‘At the end of its second stage, the
little caterpillar is no more than two or three times as long as at birth,
while the rate of growth, subsequent to that, is so great that, in its
mature condition, it is ordinarily twenty or more times as long as at
birth, and its bulk increases in a far greater ratio. The change of
colour and markings has, therefore, direct relations with its visibility,
and it is, in this later period, even more than in the earlier, that we
see how completely colours which are protective have established
themselves. It is now that these oblique streaks upon the sides of the
body are apt to show themselves, which, as Lubbock has pointed out,
diverge from the general line of the body at much the same angle as
the veins of a leaf part from the midrib. Often the colour of these
streaks is graduated into the ground-colour in a manner which closely
resembles the shadows of a raised vein upon a leaf, and it is only
when we examine such objects in free nature that we see how perfect
the deception becomes.”’

The coloration of butterfly larvee opens up a wide field for study,
and the exposed life the larvee often lead, renders them subject to the
attacks of various enemies. The colour of the larva is often an
important factor in its preservation, and this operates in two very
different ways. In one group of larve the colours are such as to
respond either in general appearance or in detailed arrangement (or
both) with the place chosen by the larva for the purpose of rest; in
the other group of larve the colours are conspicuous and suggest
danger toa foe. The first class of larvee are sometimes said to have
a “cryptic,” the latter a “warning,” coloration. One of the most
striking instances of allied larve presenting the two different kinds of
coloration is exhibited by the larva of Papilio machaon, which,
feeding on fennel, and probably offensive to the taste, presents bright
“warning colours”? of green ringed with black, whilst that of
Iphiclides podalirius, feeding on rosaceous plants, and assumedly
palatable, is of a green colour, delicately marked laterally with pale,
and, assuming all the appearance of a leaf of its foodplant, forms one
of the best examples known to us of ‘“‘cryptic’’ coloration in a
comparatively large butterfly larva. But this cryptic coloration is again
twofold in its form; there is the coloration, as in that of Iphiclides
podalirius, in which the larva bears by colour and position an exact
and detailed resemblance (in this case a sloe or plum leaf) to some
particular object, and there is another in which the general appearance
of the larva, combined with the details of its surroundings, presents a
general harmony with the environment that not only prevents the
larva from being conspicuous, as it would if removed from its setting,
but also makes it agree with such remarkable fidelity with the various
items that go to make up its surroundings, that it is practically
undiscoverable. The case of Charawes jasius (antea, pp. 55-56) will
recur at once to the mind, and should here be referred to.

Scudder observes (op. cit., p. 859) that ‘the colours of caterpillars
are by no means so various, nor the patterns so complicated, as is the
case with the winged butterflies themselves, but it is nevertheless true
that, as a general rule, the different species may be separated from one
another with considerable certainty by their marking and colours alone.
With caterpillars, the variety of the dermal appendages goes far

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVA. 63

towards making up the general appearance of the creature, and, by
their aid, combined with their colours and patterns, the separation of
_ species may probably in all cases be tolerably sure. ... . The vast
majority of butterfly caterpillars are green, though but exceedingly
few of them, if indeed any, are uniformly green throughout. Most of
them are longitudinally striped, either with lighter and darker shades
of green, or with yellow or various shades of brown. Many of them
have the additional adornment of points of brighter or darker colours,
which are almost invariably confined to the little papillae with which
the body is almost always studded. Such are the vast majority of the
Satyrids, the Pierids, the Hesperiids, and the Libytheids. These
longitudinal stripes are by far more common than elsewhere in the
middle of the back, where they mark the course of the dorsal vessel,
on the lower portion of the sides, where they mark the alignment
of the spiracles, and midway, or about midway, between. these two;
when most variegated, the stripes are multiplied, especially upon the
upper half of the body, and often show a greater degree of intensity at
the extreme anterior, or extreme posterior, end of each segment.
Other green caterpillars are marked with oblique stripes, which
generally part from the darker mediodorsal line at about such an
angle, as Lubbock remarks, as the ribs of a leaf part from the main
stem. These oblique stripes almost invariably run down the sides
from in front backward, generally cross two or three segments, and
may or may not join a stigmatal line below, or the dorsal line above.”

In a broad way these remarks of Scudder are true, and, even in the
Palearctic Satyrids, where the larve of allied species sometimes run
very close indeed, the number, direction, and general character of the
lines will usually distinguish the species. The character of the
markings of the Satyrid, Pierid, Hesperiid, and Libytheid larve,
although consisting of longitudinal lines of a different shade from that
of the ground-colour, is essentially different in each of these groups, and
the position and arrangement of the lines, apart from the mediodorsal
line, are generally quite sui generis within the limits of each separate
family. This is particularly the case in the Pierid and Libytheid
larve. Those of the Satyrids and Urbicolids (Hesperiids), being
largely grass-feeders, present much more marked general similarities
than do the others to these, or to each other. The grass-feeding
larve, too, also present a markedly large percentage of dimorphic
forms—green and pale brown—whilst many are only brown (green
being an unknown or exceedingly rare colour aberration in the larve
of these species). Almost all these groups present excellent forms of
cryptic coloration. Lubbock long since pointed out that longitudinal
stripes are very common markings, and are most common, and, indeed,
almost universal, upon such larve as feed upon grasses and other
elongated forms of vegetation, while they are comparatively rare upon
such as feed upon broad-leaved plants, a general statement, particu-
larly verified in the larve of the Satyrids and Urbicolids (sens. rest.),
and, to a less extent, in those of certain Pierids, ¢.g., Huchloé, Anthocharis,
etc., where the resemblance is to the long seedpods of the foodplants,
rather than to the leaves, at least in the later stages. Of this,
Scudder notes that ‘‘the green colour of all the North American
Rhodocerids and Pierids, and notably of Hurema lisa, which feed upon
broad-leaved plants and lie exposed upon the surface beside the midrib

64. BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

or prominent vein, conceals them almost completely from view, even
when the eye is fastened upon them; the long and slender form of
Anthocharis, with its striking longitudinal stripes, would seem to
render it a conspicuous object, but when seen upon the lank vegeta-
tion upon which it lives, beside the long-drawn seedpods, it would
hardly be noticed. Hven the colour of the huge caterpillar of Jasoni-
ades glaucus is such an exact imitation of that of the leaf upon which it
rests, and whose sides it has so turned up that no profile view may be
had of it, that it does not readily catch the eye.’ Of the protective
resemblance exhibited by a particular species of this class of larva
Chapman writes (im litt.): “I do not know what is really the foodplant
of Leptidia sinapis, but I reared a few this year on Lathyrus pratensis,
and, if the close assimilation of the larva to all aspects of its foodplant
is any criterion, then Lathyrus pratensis is the foodplant of L. sinapis.
More probably, however, the foodplant is some plant of similar habit
that less affects the open field. Such plants as Orobus tuberosus and
Vicia cracca do not appear to be quite apposite. The larva, for a
Pierid, is rather long and slender, and, stretched out along a stem, or
a petiole of a leaf, is extremely difficult to see, the coloration being
identical, the white stripe on the larva representing light and shade
effects on the plants. In changing the food of my few larve, I had,
on several ovcasions, to go over the plants two and even three times
before I could find all the larve. In the youngest larve, the hairs
agree very closely in general aspect with those of the plant, greatly
increasing the difficulty of observing it. The young larva of [phiclides
podalirius, too, black, with yellow markings and very remarkable hairs
on the warts, must resemble something or other, but what is not self-
evident. In its second instar, however, it assumes practically the ~
adult colouring and markings, and, sitting quietly all day at rest on its
pad of silk, is hardly visible even on the middle of a leaf of black-
thorn.”’

We were much struck this year with the appearance of a full-
erown larva of J. podalirius resting on a twig of blackthorn, which
so much resembled a leaf, that, after it was discovered and the branch
picked, we actually thought on one occasion, whilst carrying it, that
we had dropped it, and only a closer examination revealed it as still
there. Of similar cases, Sich observes (én Uitt.): ‘‘The larva of
Euchloé cardamines armong the pods of Sisymbrium alliaria, both in
shape and coloration, is very particularly attuned to its surroundings,
so also is that of Apatura iris on a sallow leaf in the open, and that
of Cupido minima among the calyces of Anthyllis vulneraria, and any
of these might readily be passed over even by an entomologist. Chap-
man further notes (in litt.): «‘l observeda young larvaof Lampztdes boetica
resort to a device for hiding itself that must be not unusual with
it. In about its third instar (8mm. long or thereabouts) it was in the
open. At this stage it is very often buried in the interior of a
blossom, but this specimen was on a branch of Ulea nanus, on which I
had watched a? L. boetica lay an egg,and, quite accidentally, I observed
this larva after gathering the branch. ‘The branch had no flowers, but
only buds, generally still of very small size. This larva had probably
fed on these buds, none of which were large enough to contain it. It
had placed itself along the upperside of a spine, with its head close
into the axillary hollow, and so, in position, form, size, and colouring,
it exactly resembled one of the small flower-buds, of which a good

‘Q0GL “eed ‘saryfwayng ysiig fo fiwogsipy jou

“ENMUVT XTAUALLAT NI QONVIGNASAU AAMLOULOU

*NIVINVId NO VIN’ CGId VaLITAY “§ "GX AVAT MOTIVS NO ONILYNYUYAAH SIUI VUNLVdY °% “HVAT INT NO WO@TY-\ NOWAULS *T

‘mop Yo6ne *0,0Ng

i
}
!
}

ITAX SLY Id

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVZ. 65

many occurred on the branch. I handed this twig to an entomological
companion, who was quite unable to discover the larva, although I
approximately indicated its position, and though, of course, recognising
it at once when pointed out. My discovering it was due to examining itas
a supposed bud, to see if an ege of L. boetica had been laid on or beside
it. The young larve of many (all ?) Lyceenids have the sete of i and ul
long and curved, longer than the thickness of the larva usually, and they
stand up along its dorsum asa crest. This is a very conspicuous arrange-
ment, yet, in many instances, when the young larva is on the surface or
edge of a leaf, or at the margin of a calyx, boring through its tissue
into a flower, this fringe of hairs obscures the larva, even when
examined through a lens, by its resemblance in size, form, and colour-
ing, and in some degree in disposition, with the hairs of the plant.
The larger larve of L. boetica were often easily seen, but often also
were very invisible. This depended a good deal on whether they were
amongst flowers or buds, or were moving or resting. From the second
instar onwards, they closely resembled in colour and texture the
calyces of the Adenocarpus intermedius, which was a very favourite
foodplant, and not infrequently disposed themselves so as to look like
a flower-bud. These buds, at first greenish, are varied with red-
brown, like the seed-vessels, and, like them, are clothed with sticky
glands. The larva varies much in colour as it gets older, generally
retaining an olive tint, due to a brown overlying green, and, in colour
and form, are inconspicuous amongst calyces and young seed-vessels.
They also, not infrequently, spin themselves slight cocoons, not
always, so far as I could satisfy myself, to pupatein. Another variety
of full-grown larva was dull yellow, obviously well-suited to assimilate
with yellow papilionaceous flowers. The great variety in tint of the
larvee is possibly related to the species having numerous foodplants, and
also, perhaps, to the exigencies of texture requiring the larva sometimes
to hide amongst buds, sometimes amongst flowers, and again, but this is
clearly contrary to its preferences, amongst pods or where there are no
buds or flowers. Lampides telicanus has almost identical habits and
much variation as a larva, brighter in colour and often variegated, L.
boetica being more unicolorous. It differed also in never presenting to us
a yellow larva, nor in making a cocoon except for pupation.” Bearing
on this same subject, Sich writes (in litt.): ‘It is well-known that the
calyces of Thymus serpyllum are usually of a purple tint and hairy, and the
young larva of Lycaena arion is also of this colour, and also very hairy.
When the little larva is half buried in a calyx, or, when on the calyx,
eating into the corolla, it is difficult to discover, even by aid of a lens.”
He also adds further, ‘‘the pale green fullfed larva of Chrysophanus dispar
var. rutilus adheres closely to the leaf of the dock, Rumex hydrolapatheum,
and, from its peculiar shape, casting little shadow, is remarkably well
hidden. It is rather yellower than the dock leaf, and might easily be
passed over as a spot of sunlight. Its dermal covering, moreover,
harmonises well with the leaf. Its skin is covered with little white
cup-hairs, which, to the unaided eye, look like white dots, resembling
somewhat the white points on the dock leaf, especially numerous about
the veins on the underside.’’ The same observer’s remarks on the
protection afforded to the larva of Nisoniades tages, by the similarity of
its colour and shape to the leaves of Lotus corniculatus, are detailed at
length ( postea, p. 272) and need not be here repeated. Turner thinks

66 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

that the immovable position adopted by the larva of Ruralis betulae, as
well as its unfailing position of rest along the midrib of a leaf, combine
to form a most efficient means of protection, the larva being, indeed,
most difficult to detect.

We do not, however, believe that the larve of the Satyrids, with their
longitudinal markings, especially when adult (or almost so), are to be con-
sidered as special (so much as general) cryptic forms, ¢.e., we think that
the larvae owe more to their general, than to their detailed, resemblance to
their surroundings, and that the longitudinal lines are more effective
as producing effects of light and shade, than an exact similarity to the
parallel venation of the grasses on which they rest, and this is the more
readily believed because of the dimorphic or dichromati¢ conditions
arising in many of the adult larve as they approach maturity, so
many presenting two distinct shades—green and brown—of ground
colour marked with darker lines, the brown forms being probably as
strongly protective among the dying culms, as the green on the living
ones as summer advances. Poulton also argues that this larval
dichromatism is advantageous to the species, because, when once a
larva of one of the colour forms has been discovered by an enemy,
others of the same colour would be more easily found by this enemy,
whilst the other would be overlooked, so that, whilst one form might
suffer, the species would be saved through the escape of the other.
Weismann believes that this change has been brought about by natural
selection, but Semper urges that selection ‘could not possibly effect
any alteration in the pigment, but could only operate after such a
change had occurred,” whilst Scudder rightly points out that such
changes may occur in nature directly, and instances the fact that, in a
number of caterpillars, and, particularly in those of the Papilionids,
an entire change of colour takes place just previous to pupation. Of this
particular change in colour he says (op. cit., p. 1146): ‘The period of
pupation is probably the most hazardous for an insect, so far as its active
external foes are concerned, it being absolutely helpless at this period and
in a very sensitive state. The time required for the change is much
greater in any one species than for ordinary ecdysis in the same
species, and, whatever the purpose of the change in coloration may be,
it will hardly fail to be noticed that, in general, all vivid colours are
subdued and entirely neutral tints assumed.”’

Dealing with another, and entirely different, group of butterfly
larvee, Scudder observes (op. cit., p. 860) that ‘‘some shade of dark
greenish-brown is a very common ground tint of the caterpillars of
butterflies, and these are often longitudinally striped, as is the case
with the larger part of the Argynnids, Vanessids, etc. Here, as before,
the stripes are more common in the neighbourhood of the stigmatal
line and the dorsal vessel, but they are more commonly broken by the
varying intensity of the colours, and are frequently accompanied by an
edging, which is but the ground tint intensified at the border. A
considerably greater variety 1s also seen here, from the more or less
definite arrangement of the differently coloured papille in transverse
lines across the body, so that, by the combination of these two forms of
transverse and longitudinal markings, almost any conceivable pattern
may arise, and one which may be highly complicated. Thus a bright
coloured spot marks each segment of the abdomen above, in Fuvanessa
antiopa, giving it a very different aspect from the pepper and salt

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVA. 67

coloration of its near ally, Hamadryas io of Europe.” We are
inclined to consider the coloration of the larve of this group to belong,
on the whole, to a warning type, the spines helping in the purpose of
protection, whilst the gregarious habit adopted by many species no
doubt intensifies the gain obtained by these in other directions. Yet the
markings of the true Argynnid larve are, in no wise, as here assumed
by Scudder, to be so certainly grouped with those of the Vanessids, for
they are assuredly, in some species at least, of an entirely different
character, those of the Melitz#ids coming much nearer to those of the
Vanessids in general coloration, markings, etc. Scudder himself sees
this and observes (op. cit., p. 1144) that ‘the larvee of the Argynnids,
which conceal themselves upon the ground, are almost black, and can
hardly be distinguished except when in motion’’; but one doubts even
here whether cryptic coloration in these could not be brought nearer to
our senses if we were more conversant with the wild habits of some of
these larvee, especially those that live solitarily, ¢e.g., Chapman writes
(Ent., xxxvili., p. 73) on the cryptic form and colouring of Melitaea
larvee, observing that “the larve of Melitaea cinaia and M. athalia,
when fullgrown, are usually very conspicuous, still it often strikes
one that, obvious as they are when one looks for them—.e., if they are
not hidden away—one may easily pass by without seeing them, even
though looking where they are, if not thinking of them. These larvee
considerably resemble the heads of Plantago, but this is still more the
case with that of M. didyma, whose yellow and brown markings make
it very like a plantain-head, with yellow stamens and brown scales.”

We have already noted that certain brightly coloured butterfly
larve are supposed to have a ‘‘ warning’’ coloration, and to obtain
a measure of protection from their offensive properties, and have
instanced Papilio machaon as one of such (anted, p. 62), but such
larvee also often gain by their general resemblance to their surroundings
as a whole, and Scudder observes that the conclusion that many of these
bright larve gain their protection largely from their unpalatable
nature is not altogether acceptable, and he says that ‘it is a little
perplexing when one examines the large, naked, and exposed larve of
the American Papilionids, e.g., Laertias philenor, its black body with
projecting orange points set off vividly against the dark green of the
Aristolochia, or the gay bodies of Iphiclides ajax and Papilio polyxenes,
with their transverse stripes of brilliant orange, green and black, to assert
that these are warning colours given to show the inedibility of the
larva, possibly indicated also by the nauseous odour of the osmateria,
when, in Jasoniades glaucus and Euphoeades troilus, with the same
osmateria, we have protective colours of no mean importance. They
may, however, be explained as protective, at least in part, for the
larvee of Laertias conceal themselves beneath the broad leaves of Aristo-
lochia, so as not readily to be found but for the marks of their presence
in their droppings, and, although one finds it difficult to look upon the
colours of Papilio polyxenes (the more striking of the other two
mentioned) as in any sense protective, it is nevertheless true, as
pointed out by Poulton, with regard to the similarly coloured larva of
P. machaon, that the protection afforded by the colouring of these
insects is ‘very real when the larva is on the plant,’ and can hardly be
appreciated at all when the two are apart.” To us, the point made by
Poulton appeals strongly. Conspicuous as the larve of Papilio

68 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

machaon or P. alewanor may be when on a bare stem or other con-
spicuous point of vantage, in direct line with the human eye, yet, when
on the foodplant and among the foliage, a casual glance is rarely
sufficient to discover them, and if one wants them, one must prosecute
a close and prolonged search. Chapman has already noted (antea,
p- 64) that he fails to see the particular meed of protection gained
by the peculiar aspect of the young larva of I[phiclides podalirius
and, unless it be that which it apparently bears to a bird’s
dropping, we cannot tell what ‘it is meant to represent; Chapman
thinks that the larva is much too small in this stage for this to
be the real explanation in this case; yet one supposes, since
the same general appearance is common to most young .Papilionid
larve, that the value to the young larva is real, a view that is
strengthened by the fact that, in some species, this same appearance,
or a slightly modified form thereof, has been found effective almost
throughout life, no change of importance taking place in its general
appearance until the larve are in their last or penultimate skin. This,
probably, is the answer to Chapman’s objection, viz., that all the larve
in the group did, at one time, keep this appearance throughout their larval
existence, asis the case now in Heraclides, and that this,what may be termed
generic, appearance has been, in some species, pushed back to the advan-
tage of special protective development, until, at last, the form is only found
in the first instar. In J. podalirius, therefore, it now has, possibly, onlya
shadow of its former value, and Bacot says (in litt.) that, ‘“‘at Martieny,
in August, 1906, the young larve in their first instar were especially
noticeable to human eyes, when search was made on a species of wild
cherry, but less so on blackthorn. He adds that he saw neither holes
nor spots on the leaves of the foodplant that could assist a cryptic
scheme, and that, in this instar, the larva was certainly as easy or more
easy to find than that of P. machaon in the same skin.”’ The appear-
ance that makes certain butterfly larvee bear considerable resemblance
to a bird’s dropping is not confined to Papilionid larve, and Scudder
observes (op. cit., p. 1146) that “some butterfly larve possess features
of a very surprising character, doubtless for the sake of protection
one of the commonest of which is the striking contrast between
creamy-white and black, or some other dark tint, which makes the
creature resemble the vermiform dropping of a bird. ‘This is true of
all the American species of Basilarchia, of Polygonia faunus, and,
especially in their middle stages, of several Papilonid larve, such as
those of Huphoeades troilus and Heraclides cresphontes.”’ It is equally
true of the larva of Polygonia c-album and the young larva of Papilio
machaon in Britain, and the peculiar position usually taken up on the
stem or petiole of the foodplant by the larva of the latter, and the
peculiar coiled position of rest in the middle of a leaf adopted by the
former, give additional point to the suggested resemblance.

Little is really known about the larvee of the huge mass of tropical
Papilionid species; but the studies of Edwards and Scudder have given
us some important facts about the North American species to add to
those already known concerning the European species. Scudder gives
a brief review of the changes that the larve of the former undergo in
his Butts. New England, pp. 1234-1241, and thus summarises his facts
(p. 1238): “ There is a somewhat general uniformity of type in the
earliest stage of larval life among the Papilionines, whilst there is an

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVA. 69

extraordinary diversity in the same caterpillars when fullgrown.
Some alter very much less than others, some assume the mature
- aspect by slow degrees, others suddenly, and at very different periods
of larval life, e.g., the mature form may be said to be assumed in the
second stage by Laertias (philenor) and Iphiclides (ajax), at the fourth
by Heraclides (cresphontes) and Papilio (polyxenes), in the course of the
fourth by Jasoniades (glaucus), and not until the final stage by
Euphoeades (troilus). The assumption of maturity is shown by several
distinct features, which, in general, are correlated—the form of the
body, the broad features of the colouring of the body, and the loss of
the juvenile armature. In only one instance, viz., the larve of the
species belonging to Papilio, are the tubercles retained (and here only for
a single stage) after the adult form and markings have appeared, and,
excepting Laertias, where the markings are almost null through life,
Heraclides is the only example where the ornamentation of the body of
the adult in any way resembles that of the newly-born caterpillar.”
As a general conclusion, Scudder assumes that “the ancestral
Papilionid larva was covered with rows of fleshy, mammiform
tubercles, beset with bristles, and that these were retained through
life; but that, in the gradual development of the group, they were
lost, first at the final stage, as we now find it in Papilio, afterwards at
successively earlier and earlier stages; the loss consisting, first in the
removal of the bristles, afterwards in the lowering of the tubercles until
only smooth and shining lenticles remained, as now exhibited in the full-
grown caterpillar of Heraclides ; these again, in several genera, were
replaced by coloured spots, some of which, eg., Huphoeades and
Jasoniades, assumed special forms. It may further be presumed
that the early larva was dark in colour, probably of an uniform dark
colour, with a tendency towards a deepening of the tint of the region
about the 8rd thoracic segment (which only assumes a special import-
ance in these larvee), and also about the 7th abdominal segment, by
the tendency of both markings and dermal appendages to assume a
polar arrangement in elongated forms. Py this means, and through
the intensification of these contrasts, arose the lightening of the
middle parts of the body to form a saddle-shaped whitish patch—a
marking surely of great antiquity in swallow-tail larve, since it is now
found at birth in four of the six genera found in North America, and
a fifth shows a tendency towards it. This style of marking has been
retained throughout life in Heraclides only, of all the members of the
Nearctic fauna; and, as it is in just this genus alone that the lenticle
traces of the tubercles persist to maturity, we have certainly in
Heraclides the perpetuation of a very antiquated type. That, in Papilio,
we also have a very persistent type, may be judged from the great
stability of the upper tubercles, which are even now not lost until after
the assumption of the changed livery of maturity, a livery which owes a
part of its variety and enlivenment to exchange of some of these
tubercles for bright-coloured spots; these break up the transverse
black stripes in a variable degree, and the stripes themselves appear to
be but little more than retention of parts of the original colour (freed
at the particular spots they occupy by the central position of the black
tubercles), when the green livery of adult life is assumed, for it seems
to be a green resembling the green of the leaves upon which the larva
lives, that is, the ultimate aim of most Papilionid coloration. In

70 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

caterpillars of their size, other colours would be too conspicuous for
their advantage, and variation in this direction would be natural.
Moreover, it is the colour reached, or partly reached, in several
different ways, as the development of the other types show; thus, in
the other striped caterpillar, [phiclides, the stripes grow obsolescent
towards maturity, and leave the larva more completely green. Hence,
we may trace several lines, to a certain extent parallel, along which
the modification of Papilionid larve has developed, parallel, at
least, in that the loss of the juvenile tubercles has been universal,
though not always complete, their loss being generally made good
by lenticles, and these by spots, and sometimes, by acceleration, a
phyletic stage is set further and further back, and finally, perhaps,
crowded out. One of these lines, very distinct from the others, is
found in Laertias, which has developed in so high a degree that
its juvenile bristles, themselves exceptionally simple, are completely
lost with the earliest stage; so, too, are most of the tubercles;
but here a very curious change occurs, those which are lost are
replaced in new positions by others entirely different, which take on a
more elongated form, and become more properly fleshy filaments,
whilst those which remain assume also the new development. The
dark and almost uniform colour of the larva throughout life, is to be
explained probably by acceleration ; it is the mature colour thrust
back into the juvenile stage, to the obliteration of any trace of the
saddle which once may have prevailed there, and is in keeping with
the present, almost complete, assumption of the mature characters at the
second larval stage. In support of this position, may be pointed out
the fact that traces of the saddle still exist in the mature forms of
other filamentous Papilionid caterpillars allied to Laertias—Ornithoptera,
Menelaides, ete.—indicating a still larger development of the same in
the earlier stages of the types with which, unfortunately, we are not
yet acquainted. In Laertias, then, the saddle has been crowded back
out of existence. Another line of nearly as high development we find
in [phiclides, where the extraordinary bristles and tubercles are lost with
the very first stage, and maturity marks the second. Here again no
saddle appears, the only trace of it left being in the slight deepening of
the colour in the new-born larva near the extremities of the body ; here
I conceive that the phyletic stage marked by the saddle, and formerly
developed in later stages from the incipient contrasts of the first, has
been pushed back without invading the first until it is entirely skipped.
A third line is represented by the remaining genera, in which the
saddle is definitely formed and becomes a marked feature of the earliest
stages, to be lost only at a comparatively late period of life, in one
instance, Heraclides, not at all. Its loss, however, is effected in two
very different methods, as already pointed out,in Papilio and in the other
genera, indicating lines along which future strikingly different processes
may go on with widely different results—in curious contrast with the
somewhat similar results following quite different lines which we see
in Iphiclides and Papilio. In Euphoeades and Jasoniades we see also
the development of special and complicated markings from the simple
spots which have replaced the tubercles; traces of the same may be
seen in Heraclides.”’

As to the value of the bright colours presented by certain of these
Papilionid and other larve, Seudder specially notes (op. cit., p. 860)

THE COLORATION OF BUTTERFLY LARVE. fae

those that, upon a bright green or olive ground, find all their conspicuous
markings in dark stripes encircling, or almost encircling, the body, and
which are generally especially conspicuous upon the upper surface, such
being notably the case in the genera [phiclides, Papilio and Anosia, and
less so in Cinclidia and Euphydryas; or, he says, the “ lighter and
darker colours of the body may segregate in a more massive way, and
exceedingly conspicuous broad bands follow the length of the body, as
in. some of the Melitaeidi of Kurope; or they may congregate in large
dorsal saddle-like patches, as in all our species of Basilarchia, and in
several of the Papilionines, either in their earlier or later stages,
as has already been noted and dealt with at length (supra). Indeed,
it is in the latter that we find, perhaps, on the whole, the most
striking and extraordinary freaks of colouring to be found among
butterfly larvee, the great variety, even among the few genera inhabiting
North America, being only an intimation of what may be found in
tropical countries where the family is so much more fully represented.
The eye-like spots of the swollen anterior segments, coloured in such
an extraordinary and admirable manner, the opalescent and jewelled
dots which besprinkle the dorsal surface, the brilliant fleshy appendages
which sometimes adorn the sides ; the frequent contrasts of such colours
as bright orange and velvety-black, not to mention the curious differ-
ences in the markings between the earlier and later stages, reveal the
possibilities of natural selection in the adornment of caterpillars.
These brilliant colours are perhaps only possible by their possession
of protective osmateria.”’

It will be observed above that under the generic name Iphiclides,
two species with larve showing very different modes of protection
have been noted, viz., Iphiclides podalirius and I. ajax. Both these
agree in attaining adult coloration with the second instar, but this
adult coloration develops on entirely different lines in the two species.
In I. podalirius its colours are so definitely cryptically protective that
one cannot fail to mark them; in J. ajax the colours are brighter, the
markings are in the form of somewhat brilliant stripes, but Scudder
doubts (antea p. 67) them being merely ‘ warning colours to show off the
inedibility of the larva,’ and particularly adds later (antea p. 70),
that “the stripes of J. ajax grow obsolescent towards maturity and leave
the larva more completely green.” That the difference in the markings
of the larve of these two closely allied species is more or less definitely
*eryptic”’ and ‘‘ warning’”’ respectively, appears, however, to be further
borne out by the nature of theosmateria scents, for, whilstthatof I. poda-
lirtusis quite pleasant and fruit-like, and certainly not offensive, that of J. —
ajax is described by Edwards (teste Scudder, Butts. New England,
p- 1278) as being “a peculiarly acrid and sickening odour, which must
effectually protect them,’ and, in a letter, Edwards adds that he does
“not believe a starving bird would touch one, the stench being so
strong as nearly to turn one’s stomach.”

Bacot thinks that the cryptic coloration of the adult larva of
I. podalirius is more effective on some foodplants than others. He
opines that, on blackthorn, when viewed laterally, the cryptic appear-
ance of the larva is very good; viewed dorsally, the rust-red spots fit
in well with the notch in hawthorn, but are out of place for black-
thorn ; on the plant which it mostly affects at Martigny, a species of
wild cherry, with leaves more suggestive of pear, it did not seem to be

72, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

so well protected ; one could usually detect a larva on a stem at the
first or second glance and no amount of searching revealed any more.

CHAPTER XIV.

THE RESTING-HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVA.

The question of the resting-habits of butterfly larve opens up a
series of phenomena connected with their vital energies that are most
difficult of explanation. The resting-habits cannot all be dealt with
under one category, for there is considerable difference between the
lethargy following a meal, the longer period of time when preparing
for, and undergoing, a moult, and, finally, the very long period which some
butterfly larvee undergo during their hybernation, when all the active
functions appear to cease, and when a larva makes scarcely a sign of
life, maintaining for weeks, and months maybe, a fixed position from
which it never stirs or moves, and this, during the time which we
have learned to look upon as the most active of all the early stages,
that stage which is utilised not only for eating so that full growth
may be attained, but also that material may be stored for the
metabolism of the pupal stages and the formation of the imago.

The simplest of these resting-habits is that which takes place after
a larva has eaten a meal. Possibly all butterfly larve do this, and
the position that they take up during this period is so important, that
it may be said that it is to meet their requirements for protection at
this time that the various schemes of protective resemblance in
butterfly larvee, probably shghtly different in each individual case,
have been brought about and perfected. Some hide themselves
beneath a leaf, e.g., Ruralis betulae, where the larva looks like a spot
of sunlight from beneath; or they crawl down to the stem of the
plant as in the case of Anthocaris belia, or Huchloé cardamines, where
they become, with their lines and markings, a part of the stem, or
they choose an exposed position, as in the case of Charawes jasius, when
it is protected by its general resemblance to its surroundings. This
latter species spins a silken carpet on the upper surface of a leaf on
which to rest, going to neighbouring sprays for food, and returning to
the silken pad to rest, basking a good deal in the sun during the day,
not changing its station often, sometimes probably not at all during
the whole of the larval life. Its scheme of general cryptic coloration
is excellent (Hint. Rec., ix., p. 198). The value of thus retiring during
the period of digestion, and the importance of the position they take
up when thus at rest, are self-evident, for it is whilst the larva is
moving about that it is in most danger from its many enemies, and,
conversely, it is safest when hidden and at rest. ‘The fact that a large
percentage of butterfly larvee feed only at night, and rest hidden during
the whole of the day, suggests an even enhanced measure of protection
to such larve, during these daily resting-periods; thus the larve of
Laeosopis roboris rest during the day time, huddled up close together
on the shady side of the stem of an ash, near the ground, and only

THE RESTING HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVAE. 73

leave their retreat at night (Nicholson, Ent. Rec., vii., 186) ; the larve
of Ruralis betulae live under the leaves of their foodplant by day and
feed by night (Russell, Ent. Rec., viii., p. 104); those of Enodia
_ hyperanthus hide down among the roots of grass by day coming up
only to feed at night (Wolfe, Ent. Rec., viii., p. 5). Still the longest
of these rests lasts but a short time, and bears little comparison with
either of the longer resting periods yet to be noticed. Before, however,
leaving this subject, one may enter into a little more detail.

Scudder observesthat many Satyrid and Argynnid larve largely con-
fine their activities to the night-time and retire to some place of conceal-
ment during the day, the Argynnid larve, with their dusky clothing,
retiring to the surface of the ground where they are least liable to be seen,
the Satyrid larve remaining upon the stems of blades of grass or sedge
which form their food, and among which they rest concealed. Somelarve,
he says, retire to the underside of a leaf, ¢e.g., Polygonia faunus, Junonia
coenia,and Laertiasphilenor. Withregard to the Argynnid larve, Buckler
observes that the larva of Argynnis adippe takes its meals in a most
quick and hurried manner, and, if disturbed, runsoff remarkably rapidly,
whilst the larva of A. aglaia also eats with great rapidity, retreating, as
soon as its meal is finished, below the leaves, &c. The larva of Brenthis
selene, too, almost appears to have an aversion to the light, hiding on
the underside of leaves, or on stems shaded by leaves, and feeding, as
far as possible, whilst thus hidden. Powell further notes that the
larve of Brenthis euphrosyne, Argynnis elisa, and Dryas paphia, are
also naturally night-feeders, resting on the undersides of dead leaves
and on dead twigs near the foodplant during the daytime, although some-
times they come out and bask in the sunlight fully exposed. The resting-
habits of Satyrid larve during this period are very interesting. When
young, the larva of Hipparchia semele remains rigid on its food, with its
head uppermost when feeding, which, at first, it does at intervals both by
day and night, and continues to do so untilit is about 1 inch long ; after
this it appears to feed only by night, remaining all day at rest on the
erass, withits head downwards, in comparative darkness, among the lower
part of the culms. This appears to be a common habit among Satyrid
larvee, for that excellent observer, Powell, notes (in litt.) that, among
the larvee of this group, in sensu latiore, those of Melanargia lachesis,
M. galatea, and M. syllius, hide low down in the grass tufts during the
day, when they are getting of fair size, feeding then only by night, but,
until the end of the second stadium, they rest on the grass culms and feed
by day; and the same observer further reports that the larve of Hrebia
scipio, F'. epistygne, H.zapateri, Satyruscirce, S. hermione, S. aleyone, Hip-
parchia prieuri, H. arethusa, H. neomiris, H. dryas, H. cordula, and
H. actaea, are all day-feeders up to the third stage, after which they appear
to be purely nocturnal feeders, resting and hiding by day, low down on,
or among, the grass culms and roots, whilst the larvae of Hipparchia
fidia and H. statilinus, feed by day, practically up to the end of the
8rd stage, when their colour changes, and they become night-feeders,
resting and hiding by day low down, like the larve of their close
relatives. Without being quite sure as to the exact point when the
larvee of Epinephele ianira, lH. ida, and EH’. pasiphae cease to be day-feeders
and become night-feeders, resting the whole of the day, Powell notes
that the larve of these species are day-feeders when quite young, and
nocturnal feeders later, the larve resting low down on the plant, those

74. BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of H. ida and FE’. pasiphae often leaving the foodplant, and concealing
themselves under dead leaves or twigs close to the grass, sometimes
quite on the ground. Of other butterfly larvee that feed by night, and
rest hidden during the day, one may notice those of Thais polyxena var.
cassandra, and Thais rumina var. medesicaste, which, during the day, rest
concealed on the underside of leaves of their foodplant or those of
other plants growing near their food; the larva of Thais medesicaste,
in its last stage, often hides under stones around the roots of its food-
plant, or amongst the stones of walls out of which the plant sometimes
erows. Our own impression, too, is that the larve of Pyrametis cardui
and P. atalanta also mostly feed by night, remaining practically still
during the day, but, as both the resting and feeding is done within
their tents, it 1s difficult to make certain that this isso. Sich observes
that captive larve of P. cardui were several times observed feeding by
day within their tents.

We have already noted that certain larvee choose an exposed
position on which to rest between their meals, and have instanced
the larva of Charaxes jasius (antea, p. 72), and it is interesting further
to note that the larva of this species feeds naturally by night, in spite
of its exposed position of rest by day. With regard to this, Chapman
observes that the larva of C. jastus, ‘‘ between its meals, rests on the upper-
surface of a leaf, or of several leaves fastened together by the silken
carpet with which it clothes their surface, and which is necessary to
give it a firm foothold,” etc., Powell adding that the meals are taken
by night and are of comparatively short duration ; whilst, the larva of
Bastlarchia archippus, Scudder says, ‘‘eats the nearest bit of the
leaf on which it finds itself, down to, but not including, the midrib,
first on one side and then on the other, retiring near the tip of the
midrib to digest it; it takes its subsequent meals in the same way,
moving with excessive deliberation along its narrow path, and returning
always to the same spot. On this perch, it cannot be seen from below,
and, from the sides and above, seems almost or wholly a part of the
denuded mibrib to which it clings, more particularly when the leaves
are set in motion by the wind, as they usually are on the trees on which
it feeds, particularly in the case of the aspen.’ The resting-habit of
the larva of Charawes jasius is closely paralleled by that of Apatura iris,
which covers a leaf of sallow with silk, on which to rest when not
feeding; when thus resting, its head points towards the leafstalk.
Feeding takes place much oftener by night than day, the larva quitting,
for this purpose, the silk-covered leaf, to take a rapid meal, and return-
ing again to the same place to rest (Buckler). The larva of Iphiclides
podalirius also appears to feed almost entirely by night, and to rest
exposed after feeding, often returning to take up the same position on
a stem or branch to rest between its meals; this position is usually
well up on a branch, where its colour and resemblance to a leaf
make it very difficult to see, without pulling down and examining the
branch closely.

Most larvee of Papilionids, however, feed by day, but none the less
take up a very definitely exposed position on their foodplant, between
meals, e.g., the larvee of Papilio machaon, P. alexanor, and P. hospiton,
and Scudder notes that the caterpillars of some of the Nearctic Papilionids
have a favourite place of repose to which they retire after every meal,
and which they carpet with silk, the larve resting upon the middle of

THE RESTING HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVZ. 75

the uppersurface of the leaf, upon the floor of which they have stretched
a silken carpet from side to side, each strand shorter than the last, so
as to make the edges curl towards each other, and sometimes to meet,
and thus form an open nest, ¢.g., the mere partial curling of a leaf to
conceal its sides is sufficient for the larva of Jasoniades glaucus during
its resting-periods, whilst that of Huphoeades troilus turns the leaf
completely over, so that the opposite edges touch, the larva resting
entirely concealed.

Many other larvee that feed by day rest exposed during the periods
in which they take their meals. Of these, we have already noted (antea,
p. 72) Anthocaris belia and Euchloé cardamines, whilst the larve of their
allies, Anthocarissimploniaand E'uchloé euphenotdes, have precisely similar
habits; so also have the larve of Pontia daplidice, Pieris rapae and P.
brassicae, although the larva of P. rapae is often found partly concealed
on cabbage, yet usually quite exposed on T’ropacolum or mignonette. The
larvee of P. brassicae rest in groups, fully exposed, usually side by side,
on the leaves or stems of their foodplants. P. lrassicae appears to
take no steps to hide itself at all, and is, contrary to the other larve
noted, conspicuous, its colour possibly being ‘‘ warning ”’ in the fullest
sense. The somewhat allied larve of Gonepteryx rhamni and Colias
edusa, on the other hand, feed by day, rest fully exposed, yet are ost
difficult to see, on account of their great similarity in colour, tint, etc.,
to their resting-places. In searching for the former on Ithamnus
frangula, itisnecessary that one should place oneself so that the sunlight
falls across the leaves examined, when the shadowed side of a larva
comes into view and discovers it; otherwise it so exactly resembles the
midrib along the centre of the leaf (where it rests), that it readily escapes
notice. It may be here remarked that some Satyrid larve trust, lke
most of those of the Pierids, to their similarity to their foodplant to
escape notice, feeding like them by day and remaining throughout the
periods between one meal and another on the foodplant, fully exposed in
the sunlight; such are the larve of Pararge megaera, Coenonympha
dorus, ete.

Whether the larvee of the Ruralids (Theclids) are, on the whole, day-
feeders that hide during the time that elapses from one meal to another
on the underside of leaves, or largely night-feeders, is not clearly known.
We have already recorded (anted, p. 72) the former to be the case with
the larva of Ruralis betulae, and we believe it to be so with the larvee
of Strymon (Thecla) pruni and S. w-album, whilst Powell notes (a litt.) :
“‘T believe the larvee of Thecla aesculi and JT’. acaciae to be day-feeders,
but cannot say that they are not also night-feeders; they rest under
the leaves which they resemble closely in colour. The larvee of Thestor
ballus feed by day among the leaf-buds and flowers of Anthyllis
tetraphylla, Lotus ornithopodioides and Bonjeania hirsuta, whilst those of
Lampides boeticus hide and feed in flowers and flower-buds of Medicago
sativa and other leguminous plants, and those of Lampzides telicanus
also rest practically in their feeding-places in the flowers of Lythrum
salicaria,” etc.

We have already mentioned (supra) the case of the larve of
a Papilionid, Huphoeades troilus, that enclose themselves in the folded
leaf of Benzoni odoriferum, during the periods of rest between a meal
and the following one. We have also remarked (anted, p. 54) the
habit of the larve of Pyrameis atalanta and P. cardui to remain in

76 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

their tents during both their feeding- and resting-periods. Of
these two species Scudder says, ‘‘the larve remain within their
dwellings, eating away the leaves that form them, until, having
practically destroyed them, they are obliged to leave them and con-
struct others; whilst many of the gregarious species, e.g., the Meliteids,
Vanessids, etc., utilise their common webs as feeding-places and
hiding-places combined, continually extending their homes to take in
new leaves, which, when partially eaten, become absorbed in the ever-
erowing mass of half-eaten leaves and frass which the webencloses. The
larvee of ‘‘ skippers’”’ also hide in specially prepared chambers between
the times at which their meals are taken.’ Of the Vanessids, Powell
notes (in litt.) that “‘ the young larve of many species live and hide in
webs, but when half-grown they rest exposed in groups, the members
of a group feeding by day and resting almost simultaneously; later on,
they scatter to a considerable extent, and especially is this noticeable in
Vanessa to and Aglais urticae; the larva of Polygonia egea also feeds
by day, resting exposed between its meals, whilst those of Melitaea
aurinia and M. cinvia live when young in a web, feeding outside and
resting and sunning during the day, and seeking the shelter of the web
in bad or cloudy weather, and at night ; when older they still feed by day
and rest-on stems of their foodplants, etc., fully exposed, whilst the
larvee of M. didyma and JM. deione also feed by day, exposed, but usually
hide during the resting-periods between their meals on the undersides
of leaves.”

The second resting-period of butterfly larve to be noticed is that
connected with the exuviation of the larval skin. This is often a most
exhausting process and considerable care is exercised by the larve in
the choice of a suitable place for the purpose, so that, whilst the larva
is in the tender stage of a new skin, accident shall not befall it, nor
shall it be conspicuous to the enemies always ready to devour it.
Hence, after a larva is fullfed in a certain stage, a place of safety has
to be sought, and a silken platform spun, in which the prolegs are
securely fixed, so that no injury due to slipping or falling may take
place. Usually this resting-period lasts from two to three days, during
which time the new larval skin, and its attendant structures, are
formed beneath the old skin, the lubricating fluid between them is
developed, and the final process of exuviation and after-rest, during
which the skin is hardening, take place.

The period of rest varies in connection with each moult, and usually
takes much longer in cool weather than in warm. ‘Thus the larva
of Charaves jasius rarely occupies more than two days in moulting
during summer, whilst, in winter, it falls little short of a week. The
larva of Mrebia zapateri, at its 1st moult, occupied from January 31st
to February 6th, 1906, whilst for the 4th moult, in April, it occupied
only four days. The first moult of Papilio machaon takes fully two or
three days, the later moults perhaps a little less, the larva of Papilio
alexanor occupies on an average about two days (Powell) ; the moults
of Pontia daplidice are, as a rule, very rapid; one larva settled down
at noon, September 9th, 1906, moulted 10 a.m., September 10th,
1906, and started to feed about noon, in no case did any moult for
this species occupy 48 hours, and a larva spun up for change on one
day had always moulted before the expiration of the following day
(Sich) ; the 8rd moult of a larva of this species occupied only one day,

THE RESTING HABITS OF BUTTERFLY LARVZE. fee

September 38rd-4th, 1882, the 4th moult occupying two days,
September 8th-9th to September 10th-11th (Buckler); the average
resting-period of Colias edusa at a moult is about two days, and so
on. As to the exhausting nature of the moult in the larva of Dryas
paphia, Buckler notes that one, that moulted April 29th, 1877, waited
four hours before moving, and then hid itself under another leaf,
remaining there without further movement for 29 hours more; a later
moult in May took some days, the larva being fixed for the process
on May 20th, the actual moult not taking place until May 25th.
Scudder says that the moult from larva to pupa occupies a greater
time than the moult from one larval stadium to another. ‘This is,
perhaps, pretty generally the case, but by no means always so, for,
whilst the larva of D. paphia takes at least from four to six days’ rest
for its ordinary larval moult, it rarely takes more than 24 hours after
suspension, when fullfed, before pupation takes place, e.g., a fullfed
larva suspended June 8th, 1877, pupated June 9th; a similar rapidity
is noticeable in Drenthis selene, a larva of which suspended itself on
August 6th, and pupated August 7th, 1870; and larve of Melitaea
athalia suspended on May 24th-25th, pupated May 26th-27th.
Sunilarly larve of Papilio machaon have a somewhat short quiescent
stage preceding pupation, tbe larva resting about one and a half days
from the time that the girth is spun and the position for pupation
taken up, before assuming the pupal stage. Also, larve of Pieris
nap’ spun up on July 4th-5th, 1874, became pupz on July 6th-7th,
and the larva of Leptidia sinapis also takes two days after spin-
ning up before pupation actually occurs (Buckler). A larva of
Pontia daplidice, had spun its silken platform and was spinning
its girth at 4.20 p.m. on September 20th, 1906; by 5.5 p.m. the
girth was finished, and, after inspecting the bosses, it settled down
to rest for pupation; the resting-period lasted till 5 p.m. on the 22nd ;
the larva becoming a pupa between 5 p.m. and 6 p.m. In the evening
of June 4th, 1906, a larva of Pieris brassicae selected a spot for pupation
and spun part of its platform; at 10 a.m. on the 5th, the platform was
finished, the girth spun, and the larva had entered the resting-stage ;
at noon, on the 7th, the larval skin had just been cast and pupation
completed. On the evening of June 10th, 1906, two larvee of Pyrameis
cardui were spinning silk ready for pupation; at 7 a.m. on the 11th,
they were both hanging from their silken pads, between 2 a.m. and
10a.m. of the 12th, both had changed to pupe (Sich) ; another larva of P.
cardut, fullfed on October 10th, suspended itself on the 11th, and
became a pupa on the 18th; a larva of Huvanessa antiopa, fullfed July
30th, suspended itself on the 31st, and pupated August 2nd (Buckler).
In none of these has the quiescent resting-period, preceding
pupation, lasted more than twodays. ‘The larva of Limenitis sibylla,
however, has a quiescent period of three days, whilst that of Apatura
iris has one of four days. The fullfed larva of L. stbylla suspends
itself by the anal prolegs, hangs with its body downwards in a sinuous
curve, with its head bent a little upwards, remains motionless for
three days, then, swinging itself to and fro and stretching downwards,
the larval skin splits and pupation takes place. ‘he fullfed larva of
Apatura iris spins a large pad of silk under a leaf to which it attaches
itself by its anal prolegs, remains motionless for about four days, when
it releases its hold, hangs suspended, pupation taking place in about an

78 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

hour. In other cases, this period is a much longer one. Thus we
note that larve of Hnodia hyperanthus remain in the resting quiescent
stage preceding pupation fully a week (Hnt. Rec., viil., p. 166), whilst
Buckler records that four days elapse, from the time that the larve of
Pararge egeria lose their longitudinal lines and become pale in tint,
until pupation takes place. Larve of Colias edusa, spun up on
October 15th, 1877, did not pupate until October 22nd, and larve of
Celastrina argiolus, fullfed on June 20th, changed colour at once, but
did not pupate until June 25th, whilst, in the autumn, a larva of this
species, fullfed on September 10th, fixed itself on September 13th, but
did not pupate until September 17th, the resting-period lasting in
this case fully a week.

The resting-period of some other butterfly larvae, in the quiescent
stage preceding pupation, is really very remarkable, and may extend to
as much as five-sixths of the whole period of the individual life.
Others have a long period, without being, however, so excessive, ¢.9.,
larvee of Hesperia malvae, fullfed at the end of August, he nearly
quiescent for a period of about three weeks before the cocoon is
spun and pupation takes place (see anted p. 282), although Sich notes
that, once the cocoon is spun, pupation takes place in three days
(antea p. 240). The larvee of Nisoniades tages are fullfed at the end of
July, when they spin their cocoons, and, in this, which serves as a hyber-
naculum, lie quiescent all the winter and spring, pupating in April and
May. ‘The larve of Cyclopides palaemon, spin their cylindrical sheath-
like cocoons in mid-October, and, like the larve of Nisoniades tages, use
these for hybernacula, pupating therein the following March or
April. Most remarkable, however, is the larva of Cupido minima,
which, fullfed at the end of July, takes up a position where it is well
out of sight, and, practically without movement, remains in this place
until the end of May or commencement of June in the next year,
when pupation takes place after a larval resting-period of fully ten
months.

It was intended to deal also with the larval resting-habits known
as aestivation and hybernation, but these must form the subject of
another chapter.

Piate VIII.

N ”
AY Ai

w

Tue British UrsicoLiy BUTTERFLIES.

Natural History of British Butterflies, July, 1906.

ht
oR ww HS

COAT NR ww

Puate VIII.

(To be bound facing Plate VIII.)

URBICOLID IMAGINES.

NISONIADES TAGES ¢.
a », (underside).
oe) oe) Se
HESPERIA MALVE.

99 99

AUGIADES SYLVANUS ¢.

3
2
” fee
URBICOLA COMMA ¢

16.
Tle
18.
ey
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.

URBICOLA COMMA
b>) 9°
33 >)
ee ,, (underside).
ADOP#A LINEOLA g
99 ’
Py FLAVA
I] a) >)
THYMELICUS ACTEON
>>] 99
39 >>}
CYCLOPIDES PALE MON
3,9 bi)
a ,, (underside).

3
Ye
Ors

URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES). 81

Superfamily I: URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES).

The ‘“‘ skipper”’ butterflies, as this superfamily is popularly called,
form a very distinct and separate group of the Rhopalocera, and are
considered by most of our best authorities—Speyer, Chapman, Reuter,
etc.—not only as equal in classificatory value to all the other butter-
flies, but as forming a transition to the Heterocera. It certainly
- appears that the Urbicolid imagines exhibit many generalised char-
acters in certain details of their structure. Among others may be
noted—(1) The possession of an attachment (tibial epiphysis) to the
‘anterior tibie. (2) The presence of two pairs of spurs on the posterior
tibiz (a peculiarly marked moth character) in several groups of the
superfamily. (8) The possession of a fully-developed retinaculum, or
catch-bristle, on the hindwings of certain species—-Muschemon rafflesiae,
etc.—usually referred to the Urbicolids. (4) The brush of stiff hairs
springing from the base of the antenne. (5) The peculiar mode of
rest, the wings sometimes depressed roof-like, in Nisoniades tages,
horizontally in Hrynnis (Carcharodus) altheae, etc. (6) The generalised
form of the neuration. (7) The peculiar structure of the basal-fleck
of the labial palpi, etc.

The “epiphysis cruralis”’ or ‘‘ tibial epiphysis’? of the anterior
tibiz, is a bare, blunt, lancet- or thorn-shaped chitinous projection,
which arises from the inner side of the tibie and reaches to their
termination; it lies quite close to the tibia, and its free surface is
clothed with a flat tuft of hairs, so that it is sometimes not easily
recognised. It appears to be present in no other group of Rhopalocera
except the Papiliones (sens. strict.). No group of butterflies except the
Urbicolids appears to have two pairs of spurs on the posterior tibie. The
brush of hairs at the base of the antenne, called by some authors the
“locklet,’’ lies between them and the upper margin of the eyes, almost
in the place occupied by the ocelli, but a little farther forwards, 7.c.,
near the middle of the base of the antenne, the ocelli, when present,
lying on the posterior margin. It is developed alike in both sexes, but
varies in length, form and colour, in different genera and species.

The basal-fleck or basal-spot at the base of the labial palpi, differs
very markedly in structure from that of the other Rhopalocera, always
occupying a much larger area (Ent. Record, x., pl. i., fig. 6), whilst
‘the chitinous cones, which are unusually small, and irregularly and
diffusedly distributed, are covered with very peculiar modified hair-
structures, which occur only in the Hesperiids (Urbicolids). None of
the different characters already mentioned as being characteristic of all
the other Rhopalocerous divisions are found in this group. The basal-
fleck, indeed, as well as the palpi of the Hesperiids, represents a type
quite different from that of the other butterflies, a view which is con-
firmed by several other characters (Reuter, Ent. Record, x., p. 96).

The secondary sexual characters exhibited by the imagines are also
interesting, and, in some cases, striking. The most noticeable are—
(1) The “costal fold” in the gs of certain Hesperiines. (2) The
conspicuous “discal cell’’ or “discoidal stigma’’ in which the g

82 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

androconial cells are situated in certain Urbicolines. (8) The brush of
hairs sometimes developed in the gs on the hindmost tibie. (4) The
metasternal appendages, the ‘“ postpectus’ of Kirby, developed on the
venter of the thorax. (5) The ‘‘ abdominal fossa,’ a more or less
extensive excavation on the side of the anterior abdominal segments.
It is to be noted that the presence or absence of these characters
appears to be somewhat capricious. The gs of some apparently
closely-alhed species have, whilst others have not, the costal fold, and
the same is true of the discal androconial cell, e.y., Nisoniades tages
has, and the allied marloyi has not, a costal fold.

The superfamily is generally known as the Hesperiides, a name
derived from the Fabrician Hesperia, but it is difficult to understand
why the much older Linnean name has been passed over, for, in 1758,
Linné separated (Systema Naturae, xth ed., p. 482) the smaller butter-
flles—hairstreaks, blues, coppers and skippers—under the title Plebeii,
and further subdivided (op. cit., pp. 482, 484) them into the Rurales
and Urbicolae, the latter being, even at this time, absolutely restricted
to the “skippers.” Pallas, in 1771, Fabricius, in 1775, 1781 and
1787, and Esper, in 1776, maintained the Linnean name. In 1780,
Goeze called them the Urbicolae, and in 1781, Barbut, using Urbicola
in a truly modern generic sense, fixed the type of the genus as comma,
Linn., no. 256,* whilst, in 1788, Borkhausen subdivided the Linnean
Rurales into the Subcaudati (hairstreaks), Rutili (coppers), and Polyoph-
thalmi (blues), keeping, however, the Linnean name Urbicolae for the
skippers, whilst, more important than all, Fabricius himself, in
separating the Linnean Plebeti from the rest of the butterflies, and
renaming the group (nt. Syst., 11., p. 258), in 1793, Hesperia, retained
the Linnean subdivisions, calling the blues, etc., the Hesperia-Rurales,
and the skippers the Hesperia-Urbicolae. So far, therefore, as Linné’s
eroup names—Papilio, Nymphalis, Plebeius, Ruralis, Urbicola, ete.—
have any classificatory and nomenclatorial value, it is clear that the
“skippers ’’? must be called the Urbicolides, and its typical genus, of
which Barbut named comma, Linn., no. 256, the type, Urbzcola.

In 1798, Cuvier fixed (Tabl. Hlem., p. 588) malvae, Linn., as the
type of Hesperia, Fab., although it may be further noted that
Fabricius’ later action (Llliger Mayazin), in 1807, shows conclusively
that he did not consider the Urbicolae of Linné a typical section
of his comprehensive group Hesperia, for he himself restricted
the name to a group of blues, of which boeticus is one of the best-
known species, creating Thymele and Pamphila for the skippers, and
dropping the hitherto-used Urbicola altogether.

It is remarkable that, besides the unanimity with which the early
authors used the Linnean name, Urbicola, for the skippers, there was
really no attempt to classify them until Hiibner did so in 1816. In
1°01, Schrank renamed (Fauna Boitca, 11., pt. 1, p. 157) the Urbicolae
of Linné, Hrynnis Gncluding malvae (alceae), fritillun, tages, comma,
linea, speculum), and, in 1805, Latreille (Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins.)
called them Hesperia, carrying out for the first time Cuvier’s restriction
of Fabricius’ name for Linné’s Plebeti?, and divided them into two
eroups—

* It is unfortunate that Barbut after fixing the type of Urbicola as comma,
Linn., no. 256, described and figured flava (thaumas) as comma, a blunder that does
not, however, vitiate his action in fixing comma, Linn., as type.

cH al ae
Nace he

ace pte

ial;

Prate J.

Kaas or BririsH UrnIcoLipEs (SKIPPERS).

Natural History of British Butterflies, October, 1905.

Brave
(To be bound facing Plate I.)

Eees or URBICOLIDS.

Fig. 1.—THYMELICUS ACTEON. Fig. 4.—AUGIADES SYLVANUS

Fic. 2.—ApDOPMA LINEOLA. (from Hssex).

Fic. 3.—AUGIADES SYLVANUS Fic. 5.—URBICOLA COMMA.

(from Bourg St. Maurice). Fic. 6.—CyYcLoPIDES PALZMON.

All x20 diameters.

URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES). 83

1. Hindwings not elongated into a tail—-Hesperia malvae, tages, fritillui,
paniscus, comma, aracinthus.

2. Hindwings elongated into a tail—Hesperia proteus.

In 1806, Hubner created (Tentamen, p. 1) the group and generic
names, Urbanit and Urbanus, giving as type Urbanus malvae (alceae),
whilst, in 1807, Fabricius, as already noted, separated (J//. May., vi.)
the superfamily into two groups:

-1. Thymele—a. Wings tailed—Hesperia proteus, mercatus, acastus.

b. Wings untailed—Hesperia thrax, gnetus, bixae.
c. Wings rounded—Hesperia aracinthus, malvae, tages.

2. Pamphila—Hesperia comma, paniscus, fritillum, lavaterae, etc.

In 1816, Hubner, as usual far ahead of his time, gave a very com-
prehensive grouping of all the species then known, under the name
Astyci, which he states= Urbicolae, Linn., Fab. (Verz., pp. 102 et seq.).
The part of his grouping that concerns us is as follows:

Fam. IV: VeTeres—

Coitus 3: Nuisonrapm—WNisoniades bromius, Stoll., N. mimas, Cram.,
. N. zephodes, Hb., N. juvenis, Hb. (juvenalis, Abb.), N. tages, Linn.,
N. aurispex, Hb., N. ophion, Stoll.

Fam. V: VuLtGarEsS—

Coitus 1: Pyret—Pyrgus syrichtus, Fab. (orcus fig. J, Cram.), P. oilus,
Linn. (tartarus, Hb.), P. orcus figs. K, L, Cram., P. sidae, Esp., P.
tessellum, Hb., P. carthami, Hb. (alveus, Hb.), P. fritillum, Schiff.
(malvae, Linn.), P. alveolus, Hb. (malvae, Esp.), P. sertorius, Hb. (sao,
Bergst.), /. vindex, Cram.

Fam. VI: Cautr—

Coitus 3: CarcHaropontEs—Carcharodus lavatherae, Esp. (tages, Sulz.),
C. altheae, Hb., C. malvae, Schiff. (alceae, Esp.).

Fam. VIL: VicinantEs—

Coitus 2: CycLoprpa:s—Cyclopides steropes, Schiff. (aracinthus, Fab.),
C. brontes, Schiff. (paniscus, Fab.), C. silvius, Knoch, C. metis, Linn.,
C. coras, Cram.

Coitus 5: AuGciapm—Augiades crinisus, Cram., A. arcalaus, Cram., A.
comma, Linn., A. sylvanus, Esp., d. helirius, Cram., A. euribates, Cram.

Coitus 6: THymEnici—Thymelicus actaeon, EKsp., T. pustula, Hb., T.
vibex., Hb., 7. venula, Hb., T. virgula, Hb., T. vitellius, Hb., T. linea,
Schiff. (thaumas, Esp.), T. puer, Hb.

Scudder divided (Butterjlies of New England) the superfamily
into two tribes only—the Hespertidi and the Astyct. These two
groups, as represented by their typical species in Europe, differ
widely, not only in the imaginal characters, but also in the early
stages, the eggs being as widely different, and very parallel in their
differences, as are those of certain Nymphalids and Satyrids—the former
having conical, longitudinally ribbed eggs; the latter more or less
spherical and pitted eggs (the ribs being obsolete). Watson says the
characters of the ege, larva, and pupa are subsidiary, and of a slight
and ill-defined character. On the contrary, there are few super-
families in which such a wide range of marked characters presents
itself in the early stages. There can be no manner of doubt whatever
about the importance of the differences between the ribbed Hesperiid
ege (e.y., Hesperia malvae, Nisoniades tayes, etc.), the Urbicolid egg (e.4.,
Urbicola comma, Augiades sylvanus, etc.), and the very moth-like
Thymelicid egg, Adopaea flava, etc.), which, although possessing
three axes of different lengths, yet has the micropylar axis at right
angles to the surface on which the egg is laid, and might be
considered as forming a transition between a typical flat and an
upright egg, but is possibly a further development from an ordi-

84 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

nary upright egg. In separating the Hesperiids and Astycids
(Urbicolids), Scudder notes many points of difference, the chief of
which he describes as follows:—‘‘ In the § Hesperiids the posterior
extremity of the alimentary canal is protected beneath by a corneous
sheath, which extends beyond the centrum or body of the upper pair
of abdominal appendages, sometimes nearly to the extremity of the
appendages, carrying the vent beyond the centrum, whilst in the
Astyci the extremity of the canal is not protected by any extruded
sheath, but opens at the very base of the inferior wall of the centrum ”
(Bull. Bug, Soc. Nat. Sct., 1., 195).

To the two groups here suggested Scudder has since accepted a
third, called, by Mabille, Pyrrhopygint, from the Pyrrhopygae of
Hubner (Verzeichniss, p. 102). These three main groups, evidently of
full family value, are defined on their imaginal characters, as sub-
families, by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898, pp. 9 et seq.) as
follows :

I. Pyrruopyeina.—A well-marked group of closely-allied genera confined
entirely to the New World; readily recognised by the large blunt club to the
antennee, which is a constant character. The cell of the forewing invariably very
long, more than two-thirds the length of the costa. Nervure 5* of the forewing
usually nearer to 4 than 6. At rest all the wings extended horizontally.

Il. Hesperuna.—Includes all species with a costal fold in ¢; all species in
which nervure 5 of the forewing is nearer to 6 than to 4, and all species which rest
with their wings extended horizontally. Some few species rest with their wings
raised above the back, but these are very few and can invariably be recognised by
the costal fold or by some other character, also, in a considerable number of genera
in which the cell is more than two-thirds the length of costa, nervure 5 is usually
slightly nearer to 4 than to 6, occasioned by the upper angle of ceil being produced
and the middle discocellular consequently elongated. These genera, however, are
readily recognised by the length of the cell as in the Pamphilinae, where it is only
in a very few well-marked genera that the cell exceeds two-thirds of the costa.
The antenne almost without exception end in a fine point, and, in the few genera
in which this is not the case, the cell is invariably short.

III. Pampuitins.—Includes all species with a discal band on the forewing
of the ¢, and all species in which nervure 5 of the forewing is nearer to 4 than to
6, with the exception of those noted above. When in a complete state of repose
all the species of this group rest with their wings raised over their backs; but
when only sunning themselves, in many species the forewings are elevated and the
hindwings depressed. The cell of the forewing is almost invariably less than
two-thirds the length of the costa, and the antenne almost invariably end in a
fine point.

Of these we have species belonging to the last two groups in the
British Islands.

In order to obtain a clear idea of the names rightly applicable to
the various genera, we have made a first-hand study of the subject
with the following result. We have not given all our results, but the
fixing of the types of the following Urbicolid genera appears to be of
importance to the students of the Palearctic fauna :

1758. Ursicona [Linné], Barbut.—Type fixed in 1781 by Barbut as comma,
Linn. ;

1793. Hesperta, Fab.—Type fixed in 1798 by Cuvier as malvae, Linn.

1801. Erynnis, Schrk.—Type fixed in 1820 by Oken as alceae, Esp. (malvae,
Schrank).

1806. Urpanus, Hb.—Malvae, Hb. (=alceae, Esp.), the only species mentioned,
and therefore the type. Consequently falls before Hrynnis, Schrank.

* The nervures are numbered from the lower part of wing upwards, nervure
1 being the anal nervure (the nervure from base to anal angle of wing).

URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES). 85

1806. Hreteropterus, Dum.—Type fixed in 1823 by Dumeril as morpheus,
Pallas, which he figures.

1807. THymeLz, Fab.—Contains malvae, Linn. (under the name lavaterae), the
type of Hesperia, Fab., before which it therefore falls.

1807. Pampuiia, Fab.—Type fixed in 1840 by Westwood as comma, Linn., the
name, therefore, falls before Urbicola [Linn.], Barbut.

1815. THymatr, Oken.—Used for several groups of species. Evidently a
laps. cal. for Thymele, Fab., a synonym of Hesperia, Fab.

- 1816. NisonrapEes, Hb.—Type fixed in 1834, and confirmed in 1850, by Stephens
as tages, Linn.

1816. Pyreus, Hb.—Type fixed in 1834, and confirmed in 1850, by Stephens as
alveolus, Ochs.=malvae, Linn. Falls. therefore, as a synonym of Hesperia, Fab.

1816. CarcHaropus, Hb.—Typical coitus of Urbanus, Hb., containing malvae,
Hb. (=alceae, Esp.), which therefore becomes the type, the genus falling before
Urbanus, Hb., and Erynnis, Schrk.

1816. CycLtopripes, Hb.—Restricted in 1834 by Stephens, to paniscus, Fab.,
and sylvius, Knoch. ‘Type fixed in 1850 by Stephens, and confirmed by Westwood
and Hewitson in 1852, as paniscus, Fab. (=palaemon, Pallas).

1816. Avctapes, Hb.—Restricted, in 1834 and 1850, by Stephens to comma,
Linn., and sylvanus, Esp. Type fixed by Scudder in 1872 as sylvanus, Esp.
[Butler’s-action, in 1870, of overriding Stephens’ restriction of 1850, is ultra vires.]

1816. TuHymeticus, Hb.—Restricted in 1850 by Stephens to thawmas, Hufn.,
and acteon, Rott. (also in 1834 under the laps. cal. Thymelinus). Under the same
misspelling, in 1858, Kirby fixed the type as acteon, Rott.

1820. Apopma, Billbg.—Created for thauwmas, Hufn., and a MS. species, the
former, therefore, becoming the type. Type confirmed in 1893 by Watson.

1832. SteRopES, Bdv.—Name preoccupied in Coleoptera (Stev., 1806).

1832. THanaos, Bdv.—Tages, Linn., was figured in 1836, by Boisduval under this
name. Type specified as tages, Linn., by Blanchard, in 1846; the name, therefore,
falls as a synonym of Nisoniades, Hb.

1832. Syricutus, Bdyv.—Restricted in 1840 by Blanchard to malvae, Hb.
{alceae, Esp.) and alveolus, Ochs. (=malvae, Linn.). ‘‘ Anon,’’ in 1841, in the
Isis, cites only malvae, Linn., which therefore becomes the type. Falls as a
synonym of Hesperia.

1834. THymetinus, Stphs.—A misprint for Thymelicus, Hb. The misspelling
repeated by Kirby, in 1858, when acteon was cited as the type. Falls before
Thymelicus, Hb.

1844. SprtotHyrus, Dup.—Created for alceae, Esp., altheae, Hb. and lava-
therae, Esp. Contains alceae, Esp., the type of Erynnis, before which it falls, all
three species being congeneric.

1852. CarTEROCEPHALUS, Led.—Proposed to replace Steropes, Bdv., pyre-
occupied. Type fixed in 1867 by Snellen as palaemon, Pallas. It falls, therefore,
as a synonym of Cyclopides, Hb.

In dealing with the general biological structure of the Urbicolids
we may consider the subject under the headings of egg, larva, pupa,
and imago. The Urbicolid egg. varies considerably. In its more
typical form it is generally described as being rather more than hemis-
pherical, with tough and opaque shell. This description would fit very
fairly well the Urbicoline (Pamphiline) egg, e.y., the group to which
Urbicola comma and Augiades sylvanus belong, but it fails for the
_ Hesperiine group as exemplified by Hesperia malvae and Nisoniades tages,
in which there is considerable resemblance to the Nymphalid form of
ege, i.e., conical with definite and well-marked longitudinal ribs, and
still more so for the Thymelicine egg, which, as we have noted, has the
external facies of a “‘flat’’ ege with the vertical micropylar axis of a
butterfly ege. The difference between these three forms of eggs is
great. Possibly a wider knowledge of the egg characters in this
superfamily will modify our present opinion as to other groups.

The Urbicolid larva is also very characteristic. It is particularly
noticeable for its large head, its constricted prothorax, giving it much
the appearance of a neck, its uniform cylindrical shape from

86 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

mesothorax to 8th abdominal, marked subspiracular flange, the
generalised nature of the secondary hair-clothing, the specialised
nature (or obsolescence) of the tubercles and tubercular sete, and the
hiding habits it affects, forming silken tubes in which to conceal itself
whilst feeding. Here again, however, there are considerable differences
in structural details, and these, apparently, of a most important nature,
although at present little understood. Some of these peculiarities are
(1) the spiracle-like tubercles known as lenticles, (2) the arrangement of
the hooklets of the prolegs, and (3) the ‘“ white scaly excrescences ’

developed on the 7th and 8th abdominal segments in certain Urbicoline
(Pamphiline) larve. Of the “lenticles,’’ Chapman, in describing the larva
of Hrynnis (Spilothyrus) lavatherae, notes (Hunt. Rec., xv., pp. 298-300)
that ‘these lenticles may represent the true tubercles, but by no means
certainly so. On the abdominal segments, on the 1st subsegment,
a little outside the mediodorsal black line, is a raised, dark chitinous
circle, without any hair, and looking almost exactly hke a spiracle ;
this might be tubercle i. On the yellow lateral flange, at its most
prominent portion, a little in front of the middle of the segment, is
another exactly similar chitinous ring, but paler, 7.e., brownish in
colour. These from their form, colour and position, might easily be
supposed to be the spiracles, but are perhaps tubercle iv. A single
similar circle is found on the left side of the 2nd abdominal
segment, above and in front of the spiracle, which might be iu, but
no other exists in this position on any other segment. The lenticles
that appear to represent 1, and are on the 1st subsegment of the-
abdominal segments, exist on the 2nd subsegment of the meso- and
metathorax.” Reference to our detailed descriptions of the larve of
the British species should be made, where other facts relating to these
peculiar structures may be noted. In the abdominal prolegs of the
larva there are some structural variations in the hooklets. In other
butterfly larve the hooks exist, as in the Macro-Heterocera, only
alone the inner margin of the originally circular pad. In the
Urbicolids the circle of hooks usually remains in the adult larve, as
in the Micro-Heterocera. In some species, for example, ('yclopides
palaemon, there is a simple circle, or rather an oval, with a gap on
the inner side; but in many of the species, chiefly among the
Urbicolids (comma, sylvanus, etc.), there is a complete circle, repeated
in three rows, the outer row having the smallest hooks. This latter
form is met with elsewhere only in Hepialid larve, and is, therefore,
a very archaic form of proleg. Taking Mrynnis lavatherae as a type of
the Hesperiine larva, Chapman notes that the inner posterior margin is
furnished with numerous hooks, apparently alternating in two sizes;
round the anterior margin they become much more sparse, so that,
from the middle of the anterior to the middle of the outer margin
they can be easily accounted as being five, hence, on the outer and
back margins, for about one-fifth of the circumference, they are quite
wanting. The anal prolees form a disc of three-quarters of a cirele,

the chord of which forms its posterior border; this border has no
hooks, the rest carries hooks, the outer half ten large ones and
intermediate smaller ones; on the inner half they are much more
crowded and numerous.’ The most remarkable structures presented by
the larvee are the “ white scaly excrescences’’ which are present in the
larvee of most Urbicolids (Pamphilids). These usually snow-white patches

URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES). 87

gradually develop under the epidermis during the growth of the larva
in its last larval instars, and are mature, so to speak, when the larva
is quite ready for pupation. They are placed on the underside of the
7th and 8th abdominal segments, and Ruhl states that the excrescence
in Urbicola comma is “somewhat leaf-shaped, thick and viscous,” that
“¢on the application of heat it melts hke wax and therewith loses its
white colour entirely.” It appears that these are in reality pockets of
some waxy material, which the larva scatters when spinning its
cocoon for pupation. It probably helps to make the cocoons
watertight, a very necessary provision, considering the slenderness and
usual position of the structures made by these caterpillars.

The Urbicolid pup vary much, and the main points of difference
between the various groups are most marked, e.g., Hesperiines, as
represented by the thick, stumpy, rounded pups of Hesperia malvae
and Nisoniades tayes; the Urbicolines by the round-headed, long-
tongued pup of Urbicola comma and Auygiades sylvanus ; the Thyme-
licines by the sharp-nosed pupa of Adopaea flava (thaumas), and the
Cyclopidid by the slender, beaked pupa of Cyclopides palaemon. The
mode of pupation in the Urbicolids is interesting. There is, first of
all, the making of a loose silken puparium, in which pupation takes
place. The Hesperiines (.Visoniades tayes, etc.) appear not to have a
cincture or girth, although they cling most tenaciously to the inside of
the silken cocoon by means of the cremastral hooks, and it would
appear that the Urbicolines (Urbicola comma, etc.) also have none,
whilst the Thymelicids and Cyclopidids suspend themselves by an anal
pad and fine body cincture in the puparia they construct. Among
other butterflies whose larvee spin a cocoon are the Parnassiids, a
group of butterflies far removed from the skippers.

Of the imaginal characters—to some of which reference has already
been made—the secondary sexual characters of the g¢, the antennae,
the structure of the legs, and the neuration, are all characteristic. The
Megathynidae (Megathymus and Avgiale) are sometimes included in
the superfamily, as also is the Australian group, Huschemonidae (Husche-
mon), in which the imago is furnished with a frenulum—a character
supposed to be absolutely distinctive of Heterocera. Their close
alliance with the Urbicolids is, however, very problematical. Of the
secondary sexual characters—(1) The costal fold of the 3 as seen in
Hesperia malvae and Nisoniades tayes, etc. (2) The discal “stigma’’ or
“brand” of the g asexhibited in Adopaea lineola, Urbicola comma, ete. (3)
The tuft of g hairs as seen in Isoteinon atkinsoni, etc.—it is to be
observed that the costal fold is characteristic of the Hesperiids, the
discal streak or stigma to the Urbicolids (sens. restr.), etc. It may also
be here noted that in the Old World there are few species of Hesperiines
(v.¢., with the costal fold on forewings) compared with the much greater
number of Urbicolines (i.¢., with a discal stigma), whilst, in the New
World, the numbers of the two groups seem to be much more equal.
There appear to be species in both groups with other g characters—
tufts and patches of modified androconial scales on underside of fore-
wing, or on upper- and underside of hindwings, or on legs, that is,
these are not peculiar to either group. Certain of the Urbicolid wing-
plumules, i.e., the special androconial scales found in these specialised
wing areas of the males, have been described and figured by Aurivillius

88 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(Ent., xxxvi., pp. 228-230), and the differences they present are very
interesting. He describes them as :

1. ‘‘ Plumule subulate ’’ or ‘‘ Bristle plumules,’’ in which the end is produced
into a single bristle. Found in the costal fold in Hesperia malwae.

2. ‘*Plumule capillares’’ or ‘‘ Hair bristles,’’ slender, fine as a hair, obtuse
at end. Found in costal fold of Nisoniades tages [also on upperside of wings of
many Lycenid species].

3. ‘ Plumule articulate ’’ or ‘‘ Jointed plumules,’’ slender, nearly smooth,
divided into many joints, easily separable from one another. These are the
remarkable scales which are so closely packed together in the ¢ discal saes of the
true Urbicolids (Pamphilids), e.g., Urbicola comma.

The “ tibial epiphysis,’’ to which reference has'already been made,
appears to be a very marked character in some genera, variable in
others, being present in some species and absent in closely allied ones,
whilst it is even said to be present in some, and wanting in other,
individuals of the same species, e.y., Abantis tettensis. It may here be
noted that, although the terminal and median spurs are usually present
on the hind tibiz, the pair on the middle tibiz is sometimes absent.
Watson considers this character to be usually of generic value,
although, in certain Cyclopidines, he holds the presence or absence to
be of specific value only.

The antenne vary much, the apical portion being markedly different
in shape in different groups. Theclub may be “‘ hooked”’ when its terminal
portion is bent to less than a right angle with the remainder of the
club, or “‘sickleshaped’’ when the whole of the club is evenly curved
and not abruptly angled, or ‘bent ’’ when the club is abruptly angled
but not hooked. Jordan describes (vide Ent. Record, xi., p. 86) four.
different kinds of special organs and structures as being present on
butterfly antenne, viz., ‘scales,’ ‘fine sense-hairs,’’ ‘ setiferous
punctures,” and ‘‘sense-bristles.’’ He also draws particular attention to
the special ‘‘ form of antennal joints.’’ His summary of the characters
presented by the Urbicolid (Hesperiid) (sens. lat.) antenna reads as
follows :—‘‘ A typically Hesperiid character is the ventral widening of
the joints of the club, giving it the well-known hook of that family.
The joints are cylindrical, without raised lines or grooves. The
scaling is very extended, covering the whole dorsum except, in rare
instances, the last joint; the ventral surface is also scaled, except a
greater or less portion of the club. There are no setiferous punc-
tures, the bristles appear to be typically on the non-scaled area, a
transverse row of seven, usually apical, but may be reduced even to
two lateral ones.’ Chapman observes (loc. cit., p. 123) that “the
Urbicolids (Hesperiids), in preserving a very complete coating of
scales, are only illustrating their relationship to the earliest lepi-
doptera. There is much reason to believe, on antennal evidence, that
the Lycenids and Urbicolids originated in a common ancestor before
either group was clearly defined, in which the terminal antennal
joints probably possessed dorsally both hairs and scales. On the
Hesperid antenna the hairs vanished, the scales persisted; in the
Lyczenid antenna the scales disappeared and the hairs persisted.
Chapman thinks that the ancestral Lycznid had scales on the dorsal
aspect of the terminal joints, and, in fact, all over the ventral surface
also, whilst there seems nothing to prevent the hypothesis being held
that the dorsal hairs have maintained their position right through,
from the scaleless antenna of the non-lepidopterous ancestor, and

URBICOLIDES (HESPERIIDES). 89

have not necessarily migrated from below (the Hesperiid position),
supplanting scales; but, if so, scales were certainly once associated
with them.

Of the nervures, there are twelve in the forewing (1-12) and nine
in the hindwing (la, 10-8), 1 in each case being the anal nervures.
They branch directly from the discoidal cell, and not from one
another. In the Hesperiidae (sens. strict.) nervure 5 (from the middle of
the outer boundary of cell) is nearer to 6 (from top outer corner of
cell) than to 4 (from lower corner of cell) when the cell of the
forewing is less than two-thirds the length of the costa, and only
nearer to 4 when the cell is more than two-thirds the length of the
costa. In the Urbicolidae (Pamphilidae), nervure 5 is never nearer to
6 than to 4 (except in a few aberrant Australian genera), and is
usually very much nearer to 4, whilst, on the other hand, the cell
of the forewing never exceeds two-thirds of the length of the costa
(except in one or two Asiatic genera). The presence or absence of
nervure 5 in the hindwing is very variable, in some cases being fully
developed, in others only traceable as a fold, whilst in some Urbicolids
(Pamphilids) (chiefly those in which nervure 5 of the forewing is very
close to the bottom of the cell) it is absolutely invisible (Watson).

The chief characters of the superfamily in its various stages appear
to be as follows:

Eee.—Varying from flat to approaching spherical; shell tough and opaque;
surface comparatively smooth or ribbed.

Larva.—Head large; the prothorax very narrow and forming a distinct neck ;
prolegs provided with a circle of hooks, often complete and multiple; construct
a slight cocoon in which to pupate.

Pura.—The 7th abdominal segment (in addition to the 5th and 6th) not
apparently free in ¢, but has the appearance of having recently been so; thoracic
spiracle exceedingly conspicuous ; dorsal head-piece persistent; the eye-plates dorsal ;
eye-plates on dehiscence separate from ventral head-parts, but continue attached to
dorsal head-piece ; terminal joints of maxillary palpus persist as minute eye-collar.

Imaco.—Head broad; eyes glabrous; with overhanging brush of hairs;
antenne very far removed at bases; club of antenne large, strong ; basal joint with
long hair-tuft; anterior legs fully developed in both sexes, posterior tibia usually
with middle pair of spurs; forewings with nervures separate; hindwings with
nervure 5 variable.

The peculiar variation in the resting-habit of the superfamily has
been already noticed. Nisoniades tages rests upon flowers, etc., by
night, with the wings sloping downwards, like those of a Noctuid
moth. Similarly, Zeller has noticed that freshly-emerged imagines of
Hrynnis malvarum (lavatherae) rest with the wings closed in this manner, —
the antenne being placed sideways and laid along the thorax, and the
abdomen turned upwards, and we have noticed the imagines of
Erynnis altheae resting with the wings placed horizontally and the
abdomen turned up in a somewhat similar manner. Many of the
species, however, rest with the wings over the back in the usual
fashion adopted by butterflies. Among our few British species there
is considerable variation in the imaginal habits. They are all of small
size and of unattractive colours. Their flight is short, quick, and
jerky, whence they get the name of ‘‘skippers.’’ They dart swiftly in
the hot sunshine from flower to flower, or sun themselves on leaves
and stones, or suck up water from the roadside rills, bathing as it
were in the steamy atmosphere arising when the hot sunshine falls on
the trickling water. We have observed as many as 100 or more Hes-

90 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

perta (Syrichtus) alveus in one such patch of not more than a foot
square. Most of the British species are common, or locally abundant.
Hesperia malvae abounds in woods, fields, and on grassy banks in May
and early June, and, at the same time, Nisuntades tages 1s to be found
on chalky and limestone hillsides, openings in woods, etc., among
bird’s-foot trefoil. At the end of May, in early seasons, the abundant
Auyiades sylvanus makes its appearance, and the local Cyclopides
palaemon abounds in a few localities in Lincolnshire, Northampton-
shire, etc. In July, Adopaea flava (thaumas) appears, and the more
local A. lineola abounds in some locahties, favouring, apparently, in our
islands, the southeastern seacoast, whilst at the same time the allied
Thymelicus acteon, even more local, is confined to the steep slopes of
the southwestern seacoast. In August, Urbicola comma is common
locally on chalk and limestone formations, whilst, occasionally,
second-brood specimens of Nisoniades tayes appear in warm seasons.
If the collector want Thymelicus acteon, Adopaea lineola and Cyclopides
palaemon, he must of course visit their special haunts, otherwise,
in the more favourable British localities, he may reasonably hope
to take the others, if he collects pretty widely, in his first or second
season.

The superfamily has a world-wide distribution, but the number of
species inhabiting the Palearctic region is exceedingly small. The
species of the Nearctic and Palearctic areas are very similar, but the
former possesses quite twice as many species as the latter. It is,
however, essentially a tropical superfamily—South America being
particularly rich in the number of its species.

Family: Ursiconips.

This family is of world-wide distribution, and, so far as the Pale-
arctic species are concerned, is readily divisible into at least two very
distinct subfamilies—the Thymelicinae and Urbicolinae. The Thymelt-
cinae fall near the Urbicolinae in their imaginal characters, but in the
egg stage appear to form a group, quite distinct from the others.
Roughly the family coincides with Hubner’s Fam. G—J vigilantes,
Coitus 4-7, viz., Phemiadae, Augiadae, Thymelici, Apausti, and part of
the Brontiadae (Verz., pp. 111-118). In this family, the g has never
a costal fold on the forewing, but, usually, there is a marked discal
pocket on the forewings filled with strikingly specialised androconial
scales, and making a conspicuous black streak across the wing. Through-
out the family, the epiphysis on the tibiz of the first pair of legs
appears to be invariably present, thus agreeing with the Amblyscirtid
eroup of the Cyclopidids, the typical tribe of the latter, Cyclopididi,
being without them. On the tibiw of the hind legs both pairs of
spurs are invariably present, and there is never a tuft of hair on the
front tibiw of the g. The two subfamilies, 7hymelicinae and Urbicolinae,
are comprised in Watson’s Pamphilinae, sect. B (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1893, p. 70). The Jsmenidae, another allied family, corresponding with
Watson’s Pamphilinae, sect. C (op. cit., p. 70), have no Palearctic repre-
sentative, and its relationship with Urbicolidae, as exhibited in the
early stages, has not yet been worked out. Watson’s diagnosis of the
family (as Pamphilinae, sect. B) reads as follows :

Antenne very varied but never hooked; the club either entirely without, or
with, a crook of varying length. Palpi with third joint in several genera long,

THYMELICINE. 91

slender, and curving over the vertex (a character never found in the Hesperiinae) ;
in most of the other genera the third joint is minute, only very rarely being
horizontally porrected, and, when this is the case, it is always stout. Forewing:
cell invariably less than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 5 curves downwards
at its base and consequently arises considerably nearer to 4 than to 6; the middle
discocellular being considerably longer than the lower one, frequently more than
twice as long as it. Hindwing usually rather elongate, but never with a con-
spicuous tail or tooth; vein 5 very rarely developed. The male is frequently
furnished with a discal stigma on the forewing and never with a costal fold. Both
pairs of spurs are invariably present.

When absolutely at rest, the butterflies hold the wings erect over
the back, but, when sunning themselves, they have a peculiar habit of
elevating their forewings and depressing the hindwings, in contra-
distinction to the Hesperiids proper, which sun themselves with the
wings fully expanded.

Subfamily : Taymexicinz.
Tribe : THyMELIcIDI.

A thorough knowledge of the ege-stage of the Urbicolids will have
to be obtained before the limits of this group can be determined. The
whole of the butterfly stirps has hitherto been defined as having an
upright egg, z.c., an egg with a circular transverse (horizontal) section,
and the micropylar axis perpendicular to the plane of attachment.
Careful examination of the eggs of Thymelicus acteon, Adopaea flava
(thaumas) and A. lineola, has led to the discovery that they are, in almost
all their essential characters, butterfly eggs in the strict sense, but they
have three axes of different lengths, so that the horizontal section of
the ege is not circular, whilst, in agreement with the true butterfly
egg, one finds that the micropylar axis is at right angles to the plane
of attachment. This suggests most strongly that the Thymelicines
may be, at least, in this respect, a specialised (and not primitive)* form
of the Urbicolids, and it affords a sure test by which they may be
separated from the Urbicolines and Cyclopidines, both of which have
true upright butterfly eggs with smooth unribbed shells.

Hubner’s coitus Thymelici is defined as havinge—

The wings almost entirely yellowish and unspotted—Thymelicus actacon,
Ksp., Pap. 36, 4; Hiibn., Pap. 488-490; TJ. pustula, T. vibex, T. venula, Hiibn.,
Pap. 665-669; T. virgula, Hiibn., Pap. 660-663; T. vitellius ; T. linea, Schift.,
Verz., Pap. A. 5 (thaumas, Esp., Pap. 36, 2-3; Hiibn., Pap. 485-487) ; 7. puer.

Speyer diagnoses (Can. Hnt., x., p. 151) the Thymelicids as having:

The antenne half as long as the forewings, with elongate, ovoid, conically-
tipped club. Apical joint of the palpi nearly erect, moderately long and slender, ©
subulate, hidden to beyond its middle by the long stiff hairy clothing of the middle
joint. Middle tibie with a longitudinal series of short spines. Hindwings some-
what produced at the inner angle. Male with a discoidal stigma, without a costal
fold, and without a tibial tuft.

Speyer further notes that the tribe differs from the Pamphilidi (=
Urbicolidt) in the slender, subulate apical joint of the palpi, and in the
absence of the hooklet on the end of the antennal club. The club,
however, is somewhat elongate, and thus differs from the Urbicolines
in which the tip is acuminate and the club usually short and stout
and with a short terminal crook. Rithl further also points out
(Pal. Gross-Schmett., p. 636) that the apical joint of the palpi is not

* Chapman observes (in litt.) in connection with this point that, whilst ‘‘ an
ege may vary the length of an axis, it cannot move its micropyle from the end to
the top, whilst retaining the primitive form.”’

92 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

only tolerably long and slender, but is almost perpendicularly set,
awl-shaped, and surrounded for half its length by the adornment
of the middle joint consisting of long, stiff bristles. The relation-
ship of Hubner’s Apausti (Apaustus menes, Cram.) with the Thymelicids
still needs determination. Reference should be made to Watson’s
synoptical key of this group, sect. B, a (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1893, pp. 90-91).

We have already pointed out (antea) the peculiar character of the
Thymelicid egg, but, even in those of our three British species, there is
some difference, for that of Adopaca flava (thaumas) is more oval
than those of A. lineola and 1’. acteon. The eggs of A. lineola and A.
flava are distinctly flat eggs in shape, the upper surface being some-
what hollowed; on the other hand, the egg of T. acteon is more dome-
shaped, and hence rather nearer the typical butterfly egg in appearance.
Its surface, too, approaches that of the Urbicolids (e.g., Augiades
sylvanus), for both 7. acteon and A. sylvanus have an embossed or raised
network thrown, as it were, over the egg, with raised bosses where the
lines cross each other. The egg of A. flava has this raised network in
a very modified form, the lines being very fine and only slightly raised
above the surface. In A. lineola the network is formed merely by the
ridges of the shallow pits which cover the egg, and has not the appear-
ance of areal net thrown over the egg. The sculpture and domed
shape of the ege of T. acteon, make this egg form, indeed, a sort of
primary transition to those of the Urbicolines, although, no doubt,
further discoveries in this direction are to be made by any lepidopterist
who has the chance of making observations on other Thymelicid and
doubtful Urbicoline species. The following comparison, made by
Sich, is worthy of careful study :—

Frat Eees. | Domep Eee. |
lineola. flava. acteon. |
Length .. Lig a Mn 1:04mm. 0:92mm. 1:20mm.
Breadth . we Sr a 0:66mm. 0-75mm. 0:72mm.
Height .. 0:37mm. 0:40mm. 054mm.
Proportion of breadth to length das Tog Peso ee '
Proportion of height to length Ib 22s EE: 1:33 |
BroROCHOn of breadth to pelehts Liew 131-87 i pale

From this it will be seen . that acteon has the iareeet eoe, lineola
the narrowest egg and flava (thawmas) the roundest egg. The chief
comparative characters of these eggs appear to be as follows —

Acteon—May be at once recognised by the network sculpture, the lines of the
reticulations being raised above the general surface, and not merely the margins of
the shallow pits.

Flava—Different in shape (roundish-ovoid instead of an elongate-ovoid) ;
the sculpture of shallow pits as in lineola, but the pits smaller and the reticulations
more raised. The micropylar rosette cells differ also in being rather pointed, in
acteon and lineola rounded at their extremities.

Lineola—Smaller than acteon, the sculpture consisting of shallow pits, rather
than a raised network.

Genus: Apopma, Billberg.

Synonymy.—Genus: Adopzxa, Billbg., ‘‘Enum. Ins.,’’ p. 81 (1820);
Seudd., ‘‘ Hist. Sketch,’’ p. 103 (1875); Wats., ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,”’
p. 98 (1893); Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,’”’ ete., p. 20 (1897); Grote, ‘‘ Proc. South
Lond. Ent. Soc.,” p. 59 (1897); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,”’ 3rd.ed., p. 92 (1901);

b]

ADOPAR, 93

Lambill., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,” p. 270 (1902). Papilio, Briinnich, ‘‘ Pont. Danske
mites 1., p..689 (1763); -Scop.;° *‘ int. Carn.,”’ p. 181 (1763); Hutn., ‘ Berl.
Mag.,”’ ii., p. 62 (1766); Schiff., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ lst ed., p. 160 (1775) ; Rott.,
Soweds, vi.) p. 4; xx., p..133, pl. i1., figs. a-b (1775) ; Miull., ‘* Zool: Dan. Prod.,’’
p. 115 (1776) ; Schneider, ‘‘Sys. Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 273 (1785); Geoff.,
‘¢Fourc. Ent. Par.,’’ p. 246 (1785) ; Lewin, ‘‘ Insects,’’ etc., p. 94, pl. xlv., figs.
5-7 (1795) ; Hb., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xevi., figs. 485, 486 (¢), 487 (2?) (1802),
text, p. 72 (circ. 1805); Hb., ‘‘ Larve Lep.,’’ i., Pap. Il., Gens Ec, figs. 2a-b,
(circ. 1800); Ill., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., ii., p. 146 (1801); Ochs., ‘‘ Die
Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2, p. 288 (1808) ; Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beitr.,’’ vii., p. 55, pl. 631, fig. 1
(1842). [Papilio-] Urbicola, Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 181, 285 (1788) ; ii, p.
236 (1789). [Papilio-Plebeius-] Urbicola, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett. Eur.,’’ i., pl. xxxvi.
(supp. xii.), figs. 2-3 (1777), pl. xeviii. (cont. lii.), figs. 5-10 (1785); Goeze, ‘‘Ent. Beit.,”
ii., pt. 3, p. 114 (1780); Bergs., ‘‘ Nomenclatur,’’ etc., p. 38, pl. xc., figs. 5-8 (1780) ;
Barb., ‘‘ Gen. Ins. Linn.,’” p. 173, in part, descr. (1781); Fab., ‘‘ Mant.,’’ ii., p. 84
(1787) ; Scriba, ‘‘ Journal,”’ iii., pp. 244-7 (1791) ; Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,”’ p. 51 (1803).
[Hesperia-| Urbicola, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Sys.,” iii., p. 326 (1793). Erynnis, Schrank,
‘Faun. Boica,’’ ii., pt. 1, p. 159 (1801). Hesperia, Latr., ‘‘ Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208
(1810) ; Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Encycl.,’’ ix., p. 130 (1815) ; Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ iv., p.
34 (1816); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Handl.,”’ iv., p. 34 (1816) ; Latr., ‘‘ nc. Méth.,”’ p. 770
(is19);sam., <knt. Comp.,’” p. 242 (1819) 5; Godt., ‘* Hist. Nat.,” i., p. 233, pl.
xli., fig. 3, pl. xii tert., fig. 2 (1821); Bdv., ‘‘ Hur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,”’ p. 27 (1829);
Meig., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,’’ p. 69, pl. lvi., figs. 4a-d (1830); Bdv., ‘Icon. Chen.,’’
pl. 1, figs. 5-6 (1832); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,”’ x., i, pp. 97, 248 (1834); Bdv.,
‘* Gen. et Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 35 (1840); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,”’ p. 35 (1840); Evers.,
‘Faun. Volg.-Ural.,”’ p. 87 (1844) ; H.-Sch., ‘‘ Sys. Bearb.,’’i., p. 159 (1846) ; Dup.,
“‘Tcon. Chen.,’’ p. 212, pl. xxxi., fig. 89 (1849); Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.,”
li., p. 26 (1852); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog. Verb.,” i., p. 288 (1858); Hein., ‘‘ Schmett.
Deutsch.,’”’ p. 117 (1859); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,” Ist ed., p. 15 (1861); Wallegrn.,
‘Skand. Daef.,’’ p. 258 (1853) ; Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,”’ p. 87 (1867) ; Nolck., ‘‘ Lep.
Fn. Kstl.,” p. 83 (1868); Newm., ‘‘Brit. Butts.,” p. 174 (1869); Staud.,
*Cat.,”’ 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Mill., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. Alpes-Mar.,”’ p. 116 (1872);
Curo, ‘“‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,”’ vi., p. 216 (1874); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz.,’’ p. 54
(1880); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 350, pl. 81, fig. 9 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Kur. Butts.,”
p. 146 (1885); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 215 (1890); Barr., ‘‘Lep. Brit. Isl.,”
p. 275, pl. xxxviii., figs. 1-ie (1893). Pamphila, Oken, ‘‘Lehrb. Zool.,’”’ p. 759
(1815); Stephs., ‘‘Tll. Brit. Ent.,’’ p. 101 (1828); ‘‘Sys. Cat.,” p. 27 (1829) ;
Wood, ‘‘ Ind.,’’ p. 9, fig. 78 (1839) ; Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 129,
pl. xli., figs. 8-12 (1841); Dbldy., ‘‘Syn. List,’ p. 2 (1850); Westd. and
Hewits., ‘‘Gen. Lep.,”’ p. 522 (1852); Sta., ‘‘Man.,”’ i., p. 68 (1857) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Hur.
Butts.,’’ p. 122 (1862); Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ lst ed., p. 22 (1850); 2nd ed., p. 21 (1856) ;
Butl., ‘‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,” p. 277 (1869) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,”’ p. 66 (1882); Buck.,
** Larve,’’ etc., i., pp. 139, 195, pl. xvii., fig. 3 (1886) ; Meyr., ‘‘ Handbk.,’’ p. 358
(1895). Thymelicus, Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,” p. 113 (1816); Auriv., ‘“‘ Nord. Fjar.,’’ p. 39,
pl. vil., fig. 14 (1889); Ruhl, ‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”’ pp. 638, 828 (1895); Tutt,
“Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 139 (1896); Reutti, ‘‘ Ent. Rec.,’’ x., p. 97 (1898) ; Wheeler,
‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’? p. 10 (1903). Thymelinus, Stphs., ‘Ill.,” iv., p. 405 (1834) ;
Kirby, ‘‘ Syn. Cat.,’’ pp. 6U9, 829 (1871). Heteropterus, Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,”
p. 306 (1839) ; ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,” p. 87 (1858).

The genus Adopaea (or Adopoea) was created in 1820 by Billberg
(Enum. Ins., p. 81) for flava (thaumas) and a MS. species, so that flava
was the undoubted type. It has since been described (Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 98) by Watson under this name, with flava
(thaumas) as the type, as follows :—

Antenne short, less than half the length of costa; club elongate, straight or
slightly arcuate, tip blunt. Palpi: second joint clothed with laxly-set scales ;
third joint long, slender, suberect. Forewing: inner margin longer than outer
margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; middle discocellular more
than twice as long as lower; vein 5 from close to bottom cell; vein 3 close to end
of cell; vein 2 (in both sexes) slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.
Hindwing: outer margin even, slightly excised at vein 2; vein 7 well before end
of cell, only slightly nearer to 6 than to 8; discocellulars very faint, vein 5 not
traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of cell; vein 2 more than twice as far

94 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

from base of wing as from end of cell. Hind tibie with two pairs of spurs.
Abdomen slender, extending beyond anal angle of hindwings. Male with a linear
discal stigma on the forewing in two portions—the upper portion long, lying below
the inner margin of cell, from the origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 2; the lower
portion short, in continuation of the upper portion, from below vein 2 to not quite
as far as vein 1. (Antenne and palpi figured, op. cit., pl. iii., fig. 27.)

There are only two British species in the genus, viz., fava, Brun.
(thawnas, Hufn.) and lineola, Ochs. They differ from Thymelicus (as
exemplified by acteon) in having a much flatter egg, being very flat above
and beneath, the upper surface indeed being slightly hollowed, whilst
that of the latter is dome-shaped and much more nearly approaching
that of Auytades (sylranus), the sculpture, too, is much more definitely
marked in Thymelicus than in Adopaea. Too little is known of the
larval and pupal stages of the species in these genera to make any
comparison, but, in the imaginal stage, considerable differences exist,
and the wing-markings of Thymelicus already indicate those of
Augiades and Urbicola.

ApopA LINEOLA, Ochsenheimer.

Synonymy.—Species: Lineola, Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’i., pt. 2, p. 230 (1808) ;
iv., pp. 34, 161 (1816); Latr.. ‘‘ Ene. Meth.,” p. 771 (1819); Bdv., ‘‘Hur. Lep.
Ind. Meth.,”’ p. 27 (1829) ; Meig., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,”’ p. 68, pl. lvi., figs. 5a-d (1830) ;
Bdv., ‘‘ Icones Hist.,”’ p. 243, pl. xlvil., figs. 4-5 ¢ (1832); ‘: Icon. Chen.,”’ pl. i.,
figs. 8-4 (1832); Dup., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,’’ supp. i., p. 253, pl. xli., figs. 1-3 (1882) ;
Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,” x., pt. 1, p. 248 (1334); Ramb., ‘“‘ Faun. And.,’’ p. 306
(1839) ; Bdv., ‘‘ Gen. et Ind. Meth.,” p. 35 (1840) ; Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,”’ p. 35 (1840) ;
Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,”’ p. 88 (1844); H.-Sch., ‘‘Sys. Bearb.,’’ p. 159 (1846) ;
Westd. and Hewitsn., ‘‘ Gen. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 522 (1852); Led., ‘* Verh. zool.-bot.
Gesell.,” ii., p. 26 (1852) ; Speyr., ‘‘ Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 288 (1858); Ramb., ‘‘ Cat.
Lep. And.,’’ p. 87 (1858); Hein., ‘‘Schmett. Deutsch.,’’ p. 118 (1859); Staud.,
‘¢ Cat.,”? Ist ed., p. 15 (1861); Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 122 (1862); Wallern.,
‘‘Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 257 (1853); Snell., ‘‘ De Viind.,’’ p. 87 (1867); Nolck., ‘* Lep.
Fn. Hstl.,”’? p. 83 (1868); Kirby, ‘‘ Syn. Cat.,”? pp. 609, 829 (1871); Staud.,
‘“Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871) ; Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” vi., p. 216 (1874) ;
Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 66 (1882); Frey, ‘‘ Lep. Schweiz,’’ p. 54 (1880); Lang,
‘¢ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 351, pl. 81, fig. 10 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 147 (1885) ;
Auriv., ‘‘ Nord. Fjar.,’ p. 39 (1889); Hawes, ‘‘Entom.,’’ xxiii., p. 3 (1890);
Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 229 (1890) ; Wats., ‘*‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 9 (1893) ;
Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit. Isl.,’’ p. 279, pl. xxxviii., figs. 2-2d (1893); Riihl, “‘ Pal. Gross-
Schmett.,’’ p. 636 (1895); Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook,”’ &c., p. 358 (1895) ; Tutt, ‘* Brit.
Butts.,’’ p. 135 (1896); Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., p. 21 (1897); Staud., ‘* Cat.,”
Brd ed., p. 92 (1901); Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’”’ p. 267 (1902). Linea, Scriba,
‘¢ Journal,’’ ili., pp. 244-7 (1791). Virgula, Hb., ‘‘Eur. Schmett.,’’ pl. 130, figs.
660-3 (1808).

ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.—P. alis integerrimis divaricatis fulvis con-
coloribus, foemine immaculatis, maris lineola nigra tenuiore. [Seriba,
Journal, ii., p. 244.) I consider this insect, often confused
with linea, a distinct species. Size and shape of P. linea, but the
forewings rather broader and more obtuse; the colour paler, and
reddish-yellow. The male has, on the forewings, a straight black line,
as fine as a hair, and the club of the antenna is black beneath, whereas
it is always rusty-yellow in P. linea. The underside of the forewings
is uniform reddish-yellow, the hindwings (beneath) are paler, almost
whitish-yellow, towards the inner margin pale yellow. The above-
mentioned characters appear to be sufficient to entitle this butterfly to
be considered a good species. As it is found in several parts of
Germany along with P. linea at the same season, it cannot be considered
an aberrant second brood. Scriba (Journal, iii., p. 244, Hntomolo-

ADOPHA LINEOLA. 95

gische Bemerkung) has given a complete comparative description of the
two butterflies * (Ochsenheimer, Die Schmett.,1., pt. 2, p. 230).

Imaco.—Expanse 22mm.-28mm. All the four wings of an
orange-fulvous colour, without spots; the outer margin distinctly
black-banded; this and the outer edge of the nervures darker, and
more pronounced than in A. flava (thawmas) which it somewhat
resembles; g with fine black androconial mark on forewings ; fringes
pale ochreous. The antennz black-tipped. The underside greyish-
yellow, the hindwings particularly uniformly tinted and without
the bright patch at the anal angle that characterises A. flava.

SexuaL Dimorpsism.—The male is similar to the female, except
that it possesses a very slender black mark or androconial pocket in
which the black androconia or $ scent-scales are packed. This is
situated directly beneath and in contact with the median nervure, and
is not turned down at its basal end, as in A. flava. The females
appear to be distinctly paler in the ground colour than the males, to
have a cleaner dark marginal border, thuscontrasting more strongly, and
are usually slightly larger and of heavier build. The g androconial
mark varies somewhat, a small separate piece extending parallel to the
main dash at its lower point; this forms Staudinger’s ab. semicolon.
The androconial scales are really “‘ fine hairs, much shorter than those
of the other species, from 0:13mm.-0°18mm. long, and 0:0034mm.
broad ; the segments are less completely formed, so that the joints are
more rarely separated from one another. Keally fan-shaped scales do
not seem to occur”’ (Aurivillius).

Comparison oF ADOP#A LINEOLA AND A. FLAvA.—Upperside:
A. lineola is smaller than A. flava (thaumas), the gs with a much
finer, shorter, and altogether more indistinct, androconial streak that
does not turn down towards the inner margin of the wing at its
termination, but is sometimes interrupted there; the black margins
broader, their inner edges gradually shading off into the ground
colour; the neuration darker and the nervures more distinctly marked
than in A. flava. Underside: the tips of the antenne black beneath,
not fulvous or yellowish-red as in A. flara; the hindwings uniformly
coloured, the inner margin not more brightly fulvous, as is the case in
A. flava. Boisduval (apparently at first quoting Ochsenheimer) adds
that the fringe of lineola is whiter, the upper wings rather wider and
more rounded at the extremity, the extremity of the nervures not only
blacker but shghtly dilated; the underside of the hindwings of the
g whitish-yellow, of the @ greyish-white with the abdominal
marein ‘ plus clair.”

Variation.—There is a fair amount of difference in the colour tint
of various specimens, some having distinctly more yellow in the ground-
colour. Our British examples otherwise exhibit but little variation. We
also possess some specimens with pale blotches in the wing, show-
ing local failure of pigment development, such aberrations being
undoubtedly pathological. In its various localities, however, on the

* Ochsenheimer is quite correct in referring this species to Scriba as its first
describer. He calls it linea and gives a most careful comparison between it and
thaumas. His name linea, having already been used for thawmas (=/flava), of
course falls. His description is as follows:—‘‘ P. P. Urbicola linea: Alis integer-
rimis fulvis immaculatis, lineola tenuiore nigra in alis superioribus maris, apicé
antennarum nigro’”’ (Journal, iii., p. 247).

96 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Continent, it offers considerably more variation; this runs in three
directions—(1) In the tint of the ground-colour which extends from
(a) Clear golden-brown, with clear-cut, narrow, black margin=ab.
clara, n. ab., from Larche, Useigne, Courmayeur, Val Vén1i, etc.,
where it appears to be largely a racial form, and Megéve, Grand Saléve,
etc., where it occurs as an aberration. (b) Deeper orange-fulvous, with
broader marginal band, fading more into ground-colour= type (lineola,
Ochs.). (c) Deep chocolate-brown, a very rare form=ab. brunnea, n.
ab., which we have only seen in odd specimens from Bourg St. Maurice
and Chamonix. (2) In the intensity and width of the black marginal
area, the intensity of the nervures, the lining in of the discoidal lunule
with black and the suffusion of the hindwings. These characters in their
extreme development form no doubt ludoviciae, Mabille, but an inter-
mediate form with very well-developed (but not extreme) margins and
nervures and without the discoidal lunule black (=ab. suffusa, n. ab.), is
still more frequent, although both are common enough in many of the
mountain localities we have visited. . (8) In size, the examples from
Wolfsberg, Lamsdorf, and Villach being particularly striking; these are
of full colour, almost deep brown in tint, extending (g and 2 ) 32mm.-
338mm. in expanse of wing=ab. major, n. ab. Nicholson notes this
format Buda-Pest, where he says itis “‘largerthan average A. thaumas,”
and we have equally large forms from Grésy-sur-Aix and Macugnaga.
A pale form (parallel in colour with ab. clara) of the same large size comes
from Tragacete in Spain. It may be called ab. major-clara, n.ab. The
examples from the Simplon and the average specimens from Macugnaga
are somewhat intermediate in size, 80mm.-3lmm., but have the
heavier build of ab. major, rather than that of the type=ab. intermedia,
n.ab. The following are the already described forms—

a. ab. pallida, Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 1386 (1896); ‘‘ Ent. Rec.,”’ xiv., p. 113
(1902); Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 10 (1903). Lineola var., Carr., ‘‘ Ent.,”
xxix., p. 68 (1896).—A pale straw-coloured aberration found occasionally in both
sexes. Flies with the type.

Carrington records (Hnt., xx1x., p. 68) lemon-coloured forms from
Shoeburyness, perhaps referable to this aberration. This yellow form
was first figured by Bergstrasser, in 1780 (Nomenclatur, pl. 128, figs.
3-4). Oberthtir notes (in. litt.) that he has a @ from Silesia, the
body and wings entirely of a white colour, tinged with yellowish.

B. ab. semicolon, Staud., ‘Iris,’ v., 282 (1892); MRihl, ‘‘Pal. Gross-
Schmett.,’’ i., p. 637 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 136 (1896); Wheeler,
‘¢ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 10 (1903).—Comparatively small, the borders rather darker,
the males with a rather broader band of androconial scales, and the short dash at
its base more distinctly black. Algerian examples, corresponding with this
description, have been distributed by us, as var. semicolon, but the differences are
so small that the name seems hardly worth retaining (Staudinger).

Wheeler notes that all his Swiss examples show some slight traces
of this streak, and certainly a very large percentage of those in our
collection do so; we have the form represented from many localities.

y. ab. ludoviciae, Mab., ‘‘ Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.,’’ p. 118 (1883); Lang,
‘‘ Butts .Europe,” p. 351 (1884); Kane, ‘‘Handbook,’’ p. 146 (1885) ; Riihl, ‘‘ Pal.
Gross-Schmett.,’’ i.. p. 637 (1895); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,’? 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901);
Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,”? p. 10 (1903).—Pamphila ludoviciae, n. sp. P.
lineola, Ochs., minor et ei proxima, sed habitu gracili, statura et colore
diversa. Intense aut obscure fulva. Ale antice late nigromarginate, cum
ramis nigro-seriptis ; nervula discoidalis nigra cellulam claudens ;_lineola
nigra, maris indicium, exilis, nervo parallela, Ale postice fulvo-nigrantes,

ADOPHA LINEOLA. 97

raro fulve, marginibus late infuscatis. Als antics subtus apice nigranti margine
interno nigro, parte interiori ale nigra; postice fuscescentes, squamis nigris
creberrimis consite, spatio anali sordide luteo-fuseco. Cetera ut in P.lineola. E.
Gallia in Montibus Arvernize (Murat) et Pyrenais (Mabille).
Mabille further notes that, although near lineola, ludoviciae is a
fifth less in size*; the male of a ‘“fauve rouge” tint, the border
wider, and all the nervures marked with black, the discoidal cell closed
by a markedly black nervule; the hindwings often entirely suffused
with brown, and so appear to be of a different tint from the forewings; on
the underside, the hindwings are of a deep olive-grey, powdered with
black scales, whilst the cellule of the forewings is closed by a black
streak. The female is slightly larger and yellower than the male.
The Pyrenean examples (Val d’Hyna) are a little paler, and are lacking
in the black lunule at end of cell, described as being present in those
from Murat. Other minor differences occur, but are difficult to
describe. The tip of the antennal club is black as in lineola, whilst
the g sexual streak is rather narrower and longer than in the latter
insect. A specimen from the Alps was also observed in Fallou’s collec-
tion. We have ourselves taken exceptionally dark specimens on the
Simplon, and Agassiz. reports it for the Haut Valais.
Eeerayinc.— Eggs received from Mr. Whittle on July 22nd, 1905,
laid in confinement the preceding day ; two laid on a flowering spike of
Loliuin perenne, were quite exposed, four on the spikelets of the flower-
ing stem of Cynosurus cristatus, three of which were well hidden by
the scabrid glumes of the grass and the fourth partly hidden. The
exposed ones were laid quite closely together, whilst of the others, two
were laid singly, and two, one on the other, touching each other. The
eges adhere only by a small portion of the base, that flat side of the
egg opposite the micropyle (Sich and Tutt). Laid at the end of July
and beginning of August on the blades of Triticum in confinement, in rows
in the sheath formed by the culm and main stem of the blade. They
are attached securely to the grass culm, and the embryo soon develops,
but does not leave the egg till towards the end of April, when the larva
eats 1ts way out by means of a curiously-frayed opening in the shell
(Hawes).
Ovum (pl. 1., fig. 2).—A depressed ovoid egg, smooth to the unaided
eye, pale yellowish or whitish-ochreous in colour, and, under a lens,
appearing whiter and more opaque, the surface shining, slightly irides-
cent, and with a very distinct trace of fine pitting. Its shape (for a
butterfly egg) most remarkable, being typically flat (and laid as a flat
egg) with three axes of different lengths. In outline it inclines towards
an almost true oval; the edges, however, looked at sideways, thicker
than the centre of the egg, so that the upper and under sides are
somewhat depressed, the edges themselves smoothly rounded (Tutt,
July 22nd, 1905). The micropyle lies in the centre of the large, but
not deep, basin on the upper surface of the egg; the walls rise
gradually above this basin and are rounded off over the periphery
towards the base, which is much less in area than the space enclosed
by the periphery. Surface of the shell very minutely pitted. The
sculpture consists of a slightly raised network, enclosing polygonal
cells. These are mostly irregular pentagons, about 0-03mm. across,
eS NO

* Mabille unfortunately gives no measurements of type or aberration, so that
actual comparison is impossible.

98 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

but often diamond-shaped. The micropyle appears as a minute
depression, encircled by eight small roundish cells, and these, again,
are surrounded by about twenty larger roundish cells, which increase
in size as they recede from the micropyle, and gradually lose themselves
in the surface network. The surface of the shell is very finely striated,
ray-fashion from the micropyle, and this striation sometimes extends
over the entire micropylar basin. This striation is presumably only
the above described minute pitting arranged lineally (July 28rd, 1905).
The eggs show a dark blotch and a yellow tint, possibly the head and
body of enclosed larve (August 4th, 1905) (Sich). A rounded oblong
and flat, 7.e., like a bean—is of a pale ae colour when first laid, the
shell throughout, and even after the larva emerges, shining very much
like mother-of-pearl. After about eight days, the colour changes
from pale straw to a deep yellow, and from that, in about three weeks,
or in about a month after being laid, to a dark leaden hue, and the
young larva becomes plainly visible coiled on one side, the head being
placed at one of the shorter sides, and in this state remains till the
end of April. The egg-shell is stout and of close texture (Hawes).

CoMPARISON OF EGGS OF ADOPHA LINEOLA AND THYMELICUS ACTEON.
—There are three specimens of the egg of A. lineola, and one of T.
acteon for comparison. The form of the former ege is that of a typical
flat egg (although it is not one), the length is 1‘Omm., width 0°-65mm.,
height 0-42mm. Seen from above it is of a very regular oyal outline,
but seen sideways it differs from that of 7’. acteon in being very flat
above and beneath, and with rounded margins; 7’. acteon being, so far
as its oval outline allows it, rather dome-shaped. Indeed, all the
three specimens of A. lineola agree in the upper surface being slightly
hollowed, which may be the normal form, but is more likely the result
of shrinking by drying, as is so common in flat eggs of this form.
The colour of the egg of A. lineola is that of the contained larva (?),
ereyish-yellow at one end, dark and hght at the other. The sculpture
is that of irregular polygons, very like those of 7’. acteon, but possibly
a shade larger, say 0°035mm. in diameter, the lines of the mesh
forming the netting are fainter, less raised and narrower than in
acteon, and are without any knots or knobs at the intersections. The
micropylar circle is rather larger than in acteon, and has a very definite
rosette form, with two circles of petaloid cells round its outer margin.
Its situation is in the centre of the upper flat surface (Chapman,
September 11th, 1905).

Hasits oF tarva.—The young larva leaves the egg about the
middle of April (20th), and, taking up its position in the middle of a
blade of grass, reaches its head to one side, scooping out small portions
of the blade, but its evident wish for concealment leads it at once to
draw the blade together by spinning silken threads over its back; its
movements are at this time by no means slow, and, if disturbed, it curls
up into a ring, from which the anal segments protrude. In nature, as dis-
tinguished from the larva of A. flava (thaumas), that of this species appears
to lose none of its active upward movements, and may be found by a
close search at dusk, and no doubt during the night, near the tops of
the blades of grass. The larva appears to be a slow and deliberate
eater, living as such from 8 to 10 weeks, and, when young, not only
hides itself in the drawn-together blade, but has the power of letting
itself fall by means of a thread from the mouth. It also frequently

ADOPHA LINEOLA. 99

retreats backwards down the cylinder thus formed of the blade (Hawes).
Whittle found a larva at large at Canvey, on June 9th, 1897.

OnrToGEny oF LARVA.—VHirst instar : When newly-hatched, in general
shape, a miniature of the full-grown larva, thicker at the middle, and
tapering towards the head and anal segments; colour, pale yellow; head
and prothoracic plate black. Second instar: The head still black; the
prothoracic plate decreasing in size; the colour of the body rather
paler, and with an inclination towards the green of the later stages.
(2) Third instar: The prothoracic plate has disappeared; the colour
yellowish-green, having a rather broad dorsal stripe of darker green,
which stripe is continued as a distinct brown mark over the head to
the mouth; on each side of this brown mark the head is paler, being
of a faint brownish tint; there are two thin subdorsal yellow stripes,
and a light line traverses each side just below the spiracles; the
segmental divisions are yellow, and the belly and legs of a deeper
and clearer green. Fourth instar: The only difference noticeable is
the more pronounced colouring, especially of the head, where, besides
the central brown mark, two others, one on each side, are present.
This, with the body of a clearer green, gives the larva a more attractive
appearance than is usual among those of this family of butterflies. Fifth
instar: The only change noticeable is a still greater intensity of the
previous colour and markings; head pale yellowish with three brown
lines (that of H. thaumas is of a whitish-green without lines); the
colouring of the body now closely resembling that of a grass blade, and
the brown striped head corresponding accurately with a withered tip
of the blade. In this, and also in the previous skin, two white scaly
excrescences are formed between the 4th and 5th (last) pair of prolegs,
which are thrown off with each change of skin and forms afresh, being
very noticeable in the fullgrown larva (Hawes).

Larva.—Body yellowish-green, and (viewed with a lens) strewn
with black dots; four dorsal yellow longitudinal stripes, and a similar
one above legs. Ventrally, on each of the two segments before the
last, a white spot. On the middle of the head, two longitudinal stripes,
bordered externally with brown. The white stigmata almost obsolete
[De Graaf, Herklot’s Bouwstoffen, i., p. 187. Described from larva
found on sandy ground near Noordwijk, at the end of June, 1852.]
The body fairly broad, with very plainly indicated segments. The
eround-colour pale bluish-green. Dorsally, several longitudinal lines,
viz., a darker green mediodorsal line, on either side of this, first a
yellow, then a green, then again a yellow, which is bordered by an
extremely narrow, darker green, margin; the three central lines ~
continued to the anus, but the two outer yellow lines ended at the last
incision. On the side, at the height of the oblong, black, white-
margined spiracles, is another yellow line, which first becomes really
distinct on the fourth segment. The whole body was, on the upper
surface, beset with short, rust-coloured hairs. The 2nd and 8rd
segments showed, in the middle, a conspicuous transverse fold (see figs.
1 and 2).* The head was globose, yellow-green, with two divergent
white lines, which, from the occiput, somewhat bent from below,
passed along the third eyelets. Between these lines was the rose-red
forehead, which colour also appeared as a narrow line between the

* The 1st segment is the prothoracic.

100 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

white line and the eyes. I find no mention of this red colour in the
details of any description, it appears that there may be individual
variations in the colour of the larve. On the underside, the body, with
16 feet, was also bluish-green. On the penultimate segment, one sees
two square, clear, white marks, also on the third ring from the end is
a white band in the form of two united halves. The last pair of feet
were larger and broader than any of the abdominal pairs (see fig. 3).
I had this larva figured on June 15th. It rested during the day with
the head retracted. I did not notice that it ate much at night, and, on
the 18th following, it had already pupated. [Snellen van Vollenhoyen,
Sepp’s Nederland. Insecten, 2nd series, i1., p. 86. Described from larva
found June, 1871, by Mr. H. W. de Graat, feeding on a soft kind of
erass with free, broad leaves. Figured at fig. 1.|

FooppLants.—Coarse grasses—Arrhenatherum elatius, etc. (Frey),
Triticum, etc, (Hawes).

Puparium.—In nature the puparium appears to be made by the
spinning up of blades of coarse grass. Such an one was found near
Harwich, in July, 1891 (Mathew). In confinement, the larva, when full-
erown, spins the grass-stems together low down by means of a network of
white silk, changes to pupa therein, and in this state remains for about a
fortnight to three weeks, according to temperature (Hawes). Snellen
van Vollenhoven notes (Sepp’s Ned. Insecten, 2nd series, 111., p. 86) that
a larva spun up in confinement on June 16th, 1871, fastening itself
firmly with a slight spinning to the paper with which the top of the
bottle, in which it was confined, had been closed. The fixture of the
pupa consisted only in some cross-threads over the anterior extremity,
and some confused spinning in which the anal extremity was barely
fixed. This species, he further observes, does not, therefore, appear, like
the larva of A. sylvanus, to roll up a green leaf into a sort of cocoon in
which to pupate. One suspects from the evidence of Mathew, etc., that
this 1s not accurate and that itdoesdoso. The pupal stage lasted from
June 18th to July 8th. Snellen notes the pupal period as lasting 13
days, from July 15th to the 28th.

Pura.—The pupa was very remarkable, as might be expected of
a Hesperiid. [It is figured, front and back, in figs. 4-5, and an
enlarged figure of the head is given in fig. 6.| On the ventral side, the
pupa was yellow-green, on the dorsum darker green with four yellow
longitudinai lines not extending the whole length, the wing-covers and
the tail were yellow. On the green head stood a pin-shaped, slightly
forward bent little horn, which, on its red extremity was beset with
little black-red hooked bristles. The proboscis-sheath, which is basally,
naturally fixed in the covering of the pectus and feet, was beyond the
end of the wing coverings free, but unbent and stuck out beyond the
half of the abdomen. The three last segments retreated to the ex-
tremity ina solidcone. Round the stigmata on the abdominal segments
are some brown spots. At the tail end no hooks were to be found.
Circumstances are here reversed, for, in the pup of most moths, it is by
the tail end that the pupa is fixed to the spimning. ‘The hooklets or
crotchets that one there finds on the anal extremity one here observes
on the nose-horn. When the pupa-skin ruptures in that case for the
emergence of the imago, the suture at the back of the head splits and
the head-cover remains united with the proboscis-sheath. Here, on the
contrary, the suture splits across the forehead and the headpiece

ADOPA LINEOLA. 101

remains fixed to the silk. I mention this substantial difference,
because I have not yet seen it satisfactorily described by any author.
(I expected the imago to emerge some time in July, but having to leave
it for a time, on the 8th found the imago had emerged.) Snellen
van Vollenhoven, Sepp’s Nederlandsche Insecten, 2nd series, iu1., p. 86.)
Long, yellowish-green in colour, retaining the dark dorsal stripe seen
in the larva. About four days before the perfect insect emerges the
wings assume their golden-brown colour, and the eyes become a
brilliant crimson, changing in two days to black, and the black-
tipped antennze are then plainly visible through the pupa-case
(Hawes).

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—The species is single-brooded, although its
time of appearance is sometimes spread over a considerable period. In
its more southern and eastern lowland localities on the Continent it
is well out in June and July; as early as May in the Sierra
de Ronda; May and June at Lambessa; June at Nice and La
Turbie; in the mountains it appears about the middle of July
and continues till mid-August, whilst, in Britain, it may appear
before the end of June and may continue until the middle of
August, depending upon the season. The following actual dates of
capture will illustrate this. Captures made abroad, e.y.:—June 21st,
1871, three specimens captured in Jersey (Luff); June 30th, 1880,
between Coimbra and Sao Antonio, and June 24th, near Villa Real
(Eaton); July 19th-28rd, 1890, at Tancarvilie (Leech); July 28th-August
Sth, 1894, at Courmayeur; July 26th-31st, 1895, at Mendel Pass;
July 30th-August 5th, 1896, at Le Lautaret; August 5th-12th, 1896, at
La Grave (Tutt); last week in June, 1897, between Sépey and Aigle
(Wheeler); July 5th, 1897, at Villach; July 8th, 1897, at Lamsdorf ;
July 16th, 1897, at Wolfsberg (Chapman); late July and early August,
1897, very abundant but worn at St. Michel-de-Maurienne; end of
July and beginning of August, 1898, at Pré St. Didier (Tutt); June,
1899, at Susa (Rowland-Brown); July 27th-August 6th, 1899, at
Simplon; August 12th, 1899, at Evolene (Tutt); July Ist-12th, 1899,
at Fusio; July 22nd-31st, 1900, at Guarda; July 16th-20th, 1900, at
Macugnaga (Chapman); June dth-6th, 1900, on Mount Hermon
(Nicholl); July 8rd-9th, 1900, at Buda-Pest (Lang); July 29th-
August 6th, 1900, at Larche; August 7th-8th, 1900, at Barcelonette ;
August 9th-16th, 1900, in the Guil Valley—Abrieés, &c.: August 18th-
24th, 1900, worn, at Grésy-sur-Aix (Tutt); July 13th, 1901, at Fusio
(Fison); July 18th-20th, 1901, at Tragacete (Chapman); June and
July, 1901, in the Alpes-Maritimes (Powell) ; July 5th, 1902, at Brigue
(Sheldon); July 17th, 1902, at Gondo (Fison); August 17th, 1902,
near the Chapeau, Chamonix (Tutt); July 24th, 1903, in the Ganter
Thal (Wheeler); July 26th, 1903, at Simplon (Sheldon); July 29th,
1903, worn, in the Combe d’Arolla (Tutt); July 2nd, 1904, above
Grindelwald (Lowe); July 28rd, 1904, at Basle; July 28th, 1904, on
the Grand Saleve; in the Saas-Thal—Hiteck, Balen, Almagell, Saas-
Grund to Saas-Fée, Saas-Grund to Mattmark, August 6th-12th, 1904;
August 3rd-5th, 1905, at Bourg St. Maurice; August 9th-18th,
1905, at Pré St. Didier, Courmayeur, and the Val Véni; August
14th-16th, 1905, between Val Tournanche and Breuil (Tutt), ete.
In Britain, dates recorded are as follows:—June 30th and July
lith, 1889, at Shoeburyness; July 7th, 1889, at Leigh; July 15th-

102 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

27th, 1890, at Shoeburyness; July 14th-17th, 1891, at Benfleet
(Whittle); August 4th, 1890, at Burwell Fen (Farren); July 10th-
16th, 1892, at Benfleet (Whittle); July 16th, 1892, on the sea-
wall at Leigh (James); July 24th-26th, 1892, in the Dovercourt
district (Mathew) ; July 10th-August 4th, 1894, at Benfleet (Whittle) ;
July 19th, 1894, at Benfleet (James); July 6th, 1895, at Southend ;
July 7th, 1895, at Leigh; July 8th, 1895, between Barking and Shoe-
bury; July 10th, 1895, at Canvey ; June 28th and July 3rd, 1896,
unusually common, at Canvey ; July 1st, 1896, bred from larva taken at
Canvey, on June 9th (Whittle) ; July 13th, 1896, abundant on Cliffe
Marshes, under Clifie Fort (Bower) ; imagines abundant, end of June,
1897, at Canvey; July 5th and 7th, 1897, at Westcliff (Whittle); July
18th, 1897, in boundless profusion at Hadleigh Castle (James); very
plentiful on the sea-wall east of Gravesend, July 17th, 1897 (Battley) ;
July 14th, 1898, at Shoebury; July 23rd, 1898, at Great Wakering ;
July 27th-30th, 1898, near Hadleigh; August 2nd, 1898, at Pitsea
(Whittle) ; July 25th, 1898, near Bedford (Hatton); common, August
1st, 1898, at Leigh (Hall) ; August, 1898, at Mucking (Burrows) ;
Tene 8Cth, 1899, at Shoeburyness ; July 12th, 1899, at Eastwood :
July 14th-21st, 1899, at Benfleet (Whittle); first seen in 1899 at
Woodham Mortimer on July 14th (Raynor); first week of August, 1899,
common, at Burwell Fen (Butterfield); July 8rd-9th, 1900, at Ben-
fleet; one emerged July 19th, 1900, from pupa found at Benfleet
(Whittle); July 25th, 1900, at Tilbury (Image); July 6th, 1901, at
Westcliff (Whittle) : J uly 18th, 1902, at Tilbury (Image) ; 5 uly 30th,
1902, at Thundersley ; August 5th, 1902, at Coombe Wood, Essex ;
July 21st-24th, 1908, at Benfleet (Whittle) ; first seen at Hazeleigh on
July 17th, 1908; July 16th, 1904, at Danbury; July 11th, 1905, at
Hazeleigh (Raynor); July 15th, 1904, at North Fambridge; July
18th-28rd, 1904, at North Shoebury; July 19th-26th, 1904, at Childer-
ditch (Whittle); July 27th-28th, 1905, at Ashton Wold, Oundle;
August 9th, 1905, at Burwell Fen (Rothschild).

Hasrrat.—The habitats of A.lineolaare extremely varied. In Britain,
almost confined to the grassy slopes of the sea-wall and a short distance
inland therefrom in our southeastern counties, in addition to a few
boggy inland places, we find it, on the continent, equally abundant in
the long grass by hedgesides, in clover and lucerne fields, on flowery
slopes in the alpine valleys, on the slopes of high alpine paths, on
erassy uplands and even on high flowery pastures from 4000 ft. to
7000 ft. elevation, e.g., in the Val Veni, at Simplon, Le Lautaret,
Abriés, etc. On the flowery slopes between Bourg St. Maurice and
Bonneval-Bains, it haunted the same ground as dA. jlava (thawmas)
and JZ’. acteon, whilst at the roadway puddles in this district it
was particularly abundant, so also it was at the water-runnels
crossing the roads at Abrics in 1900, where it consorted with the
blues. In long grass, at the end of July, 1899, by the side of
the meadows at the village of Simplon, it was extremely abundant,
and at Megéve, in long grass by the side of a footpath crossing the
upland meadows, it was in millions, whilst by the roadside between
Megéve and Combloux it was in great numbers on almost every thistle
flower; but it also loves the lowlands, and Leech found it abundant in
a limestone quarry at Tancarville, some 200 or 800 yards from the Seine.
In Britain it is recorded as abundant on the saltmarshes at Leigh,

ADOPHA LINEOLA, 103

Essex, where it is not mixed with A. flava (thaumas), but as one ascends
the hills towards Hadleigh, the latter species becomes common and the
former comparatively rare (Tugwell). James corroborates this state-
ment, except that he found A. lineolain the greatest profusion with
A. flava (thaumas) round Hadleigh Castle in July, 1897, although, as
in the former case, all the specimens obtained on the seawall were A.
lineola. In Kent, the Thames marshes between Gravesend and Cliffe,
and the Medway marshes below Strood, where the insect is also
abundant, are not unlike the Essex haunts. It is not, however, in
Essex confined to the sea-coast, for Spiller records 1t as abundant in
Kssex in 1885 and 1887 in clover fields, also settling on flowers in corn-
fields and occasionally occurring in grassy lanes (Hnt., xxiil., p. 56),
whilst Whittle found it commonly in a field some three miles from the
river-marshes near Southend, whereitisatundant; Raynor states that the
imagines, in great numbers, settle on the flowers of lucerne, which A.
flava also frequents, at Hazeleigh, etc., and Whittle observes that,
although, in the Southend district, the species some fifteen years ago
appeared to be confined to the seawall and adjacent marshes, it now goes
far inland, e.g., a rough field outside Carpenter’s Wood at Hadleigh,
July 12th, 1899, on Thundersley Common, July 30th, 1902, by the
roadside at North Fambridge, July 15th, 1904, also on the roadside at
Childerditch, a good many miles from the river, and near Lower
Warley, July 19th, 1904; at Mucking it prefers the hillsides. Nash
reports it in woods and lanes near Bedford, whilst on Burwell Fen,
in rough sedgy places, the species is not at all uncommon. Lowe
notes it as most abundant in the meadows above Grindelwald, and
Wheeler in the meadows and roads of the Valais up to more than
5000 ft. and it appears to reach a considerable elevation in its mountain
haunts. Mrs. Nicholl reports it at 3000ft.-5000ft. on Mount Hermon,
and Swinton on the top of the Mount of Olives, near Jerusalem,
whilst we ourselves have found it in abundance not only in all the
clearings of the larch forest above Abriés, but right up on the slopes of
the Créte de la Reychasse, at almost 7000ft. elevation, and, on flowery
banks at Le Lautaret, in the Dauphiny Alps, it reaches an almost equal
elevation; we have found it high up on the moraines of the Meije glacier
(as well as on the roadside a mile below La Grave), on the slopes above
the Chapeau, on the moraines of the Mer de Glace; it abounds also in
the flowery openings of the woods of Mont de la Saxe, as also on the
dry flowery hill-slopes at Mendel Pass and Cortina; at Mendel, indeed,
it was, with Urbicola comma, exceedingly abundant, careering over the
flower-clad slopes of the mountains everywhere. In Tuscany it abounds
locally, but always in dry places.

Hasits.—The imagines of A. lineola, like those of its neighbours, rest
with their wings held vertically over the back, but, when sunning, they
settle with their backs to the sun, letting down at once all their wings till
the forewings make an angle of about 45° from the vertical plane of the
back. They then lower the hindwings till quite horizontal, there being
quite an angle of 45° between the upperside of the hindwing and the
underside of the forewing. They have also a habit of flying rapidly
among the long grass, on which their larve live, without coming often
above the grass tops. At other times they flit swiftly from flower to
flower on sloping flowery banks, whilst, yet again, they will settle
down, with their wings over their back on a thistle or Centaurea flower,

104 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and suck the honey greedily. At Mendel Pass the species was in
amazing profusion at the end of July, 1895, on thistle flowers, whilst
at Diegne it is equally abundant at the end of June on flowers of
lavender. Even in the Essex and Kent marshes they prefer the
flowers, and Bower notes them as abundant under Cliffe Fort, in July,
1896, quarrelling for a place at the flowers growing there. In our
experience this is, next to Urbicola comma and Hesperia alveus, the
most abundant of all the skippers at the runnels of water on the
mountain-paths of the central Alps of Europe, remaining sucking at
the fluid for a very long time in the hot sun unless disturbed. At the
end of the afternoon the imagines settle down’ to rest, their wings
raised in true butterfly fashion over their backs, on the flowers and
erass among which they have been flying during the day. James
says that the imagines are to be found commonly at rest on the grass
growing on the seawall of the Essex coast at the end of the afternoon.
It appears to vary in its abundance, in some years in its Piedmont and
Tuscan localities, as well as in Switzerland and southern France, it is
in amazing numbers even where it is nearly always abundant.

BRITISH LOCALITIES.—Beprorp: Near Bedford (Hatton). CamprincE: Bur-
well Fen (Tutt), Wicken Fen (Rothschild). Essrx: Common along the coast but
apparently not far inland—Leigh (Smith), Tilbury (Image), Mucking (Burrows),
Southend, Benfleet, Canvey, Westcliff, Hadleigh, Eastwood, Wakering, Thunders-
ley, North Fambridge, Shoeburyness, Childerditch (Whittle), Dovercourt district,
Harwich (Mathew), Brightlingsea (Carrington), Danbury, Hazeleigh, Northey
Island, Woodham Mortimer (Raynor), Felstead (Mackmurdo), St. Osyth (Barrett).
Hunts: Fen districts (Oldham), Monks Wood, Abbots Ripton (Rothschild).
Kent: Sheerness, near Strood (Walker), Cliffe Marshes (Bower), near Gravesend
(Battley). Norruampron: Ashton Wold, Oundle (Rothschild). Norrs: Clumber
(Young teste Barrett). [SomerseT: Taunton (Bidgood).] Surroztx: Rare, pro-
bablyover looked—Bures, near Sudbury (Gerrard), Chappel (Barrett). Sussex
(Barker) .

DistRIBUTION.—Throughout the whole Palearctic area except the Polar region
and the Canary Isles (Staudinger). Arrica : Algeria—Lambessa (Oberthiir), Tunis
(Rith]). Asta: Asia Minor, throughout (Rebel), Mount Hermon, Antilebanon
(Nicholl), nr. Jerusalem (Swinton), Amasia, Tokat, Taurus, Derbent, Achal-Tekke
dist.—Kopet-Dagh, Schahkuh, Lenkoran, Astrahabad, Saisan, Ema, Ussuri,
Sutschan, Baranowka, Nicolaiefsk, Thian-Shan, to 7000ft. (Riihl), Amurland
(Elwes). AvstTro-HUNGARY: Hungary—Buda-Pest, ete. (Nicholson), ‘Tyrol dist.—
Mendel, Cortina, ete. (Tutt), Pfous (Galvagni), Brenner (Rowland-Brown), Glockner
dist. (Rithl), Dalmatia—Zara (de la Garde), Heiligenblut (Riihl), Villach, Lamsdorf,
Wolfsberg (Chapman), Karlsbad, Briinn, Salzburg, Fiinfkirchen, Hermannstadt,
Lipnik, etc. (Riihl). Brterom: Colonstére (Donckier), St. Gervais (Castin), Bas Prés
de Salzinnes (Pirsoul), Bouge, Fond @’Arquet (Lambillion), Dinant (Lenoir). Bosnza
and Hercrcovina: Dervent (Hilf), Jaice (Apfelbeck), Fojnica (Simonys), Visegrad
(Sturany), Sarajevo, Trebevic (Rebel), Cvrstnica, Vran Planina (Hilf), Nevesinje
(Uhl), Prenj—'Tissovica (Rebel), Glovogo to 1300 m. (Penther), Vucija-Bara
(Hilf). Buraarta anp East RoumELta : Sophia (Bachmetjew), Rilo (Elwes), Rasgrad
(Markowitsch), Varna, Slivno, common (Rebel). CHannet Isuanps: Jersey (Luff).
Denmark: Rare (Aurivillius)—Fyen, Jutland, North Zealand (Bang-Haas).
Fintanp: Rare (Aurivillius). France; Throughout in suitable places (Tutt),
Nord dept., common (Paux), Normandy—Tancarville (Leech), Rennes dist.,
Cancale (Oberthiir), Vannes, Stoérmel, Monterfil (Griffith), Calvados (Montiers),
nr. Chateaudun, Lardy, Fontainebleau (Berce), Indre—Brenne (Martin), Nohant,
St. Florent, Auvergne, Murat, Le Livran (Sand), Aube—Les Riceys, Ervy (Jourd-
heuille), Allier—Moulins (Peyerimhoff), Sione-et-Loire (Constant), Loire-Inférieure
(Bonjour), Aude (Mabille), Gironde (Brown), Haute-Garonne (Caradja),
Savoy Alps—Grésy-sur;Aix, Megéve, Chamonix, Bourg St. Maurice, Basses-Alpes—
Barcelonette, Larche, Digne, Hautes-Alpes—the Guil Valley, Abriés, Dauphiny
Alps—Le Lautaret, La Grave, St. Michel de Maurienne, ete. (Tutt), Isére—Uriage,

ADOPA FLAVA. 105

Hautes-Pyrénées—Cauterets (Oberthiir), Le Vernet (Rowland-Brown), Alpes-
Maritimes to 2000 m.—Nice, Turbie, etc. (Oberthiir), St. Martin Vésubie (Rowland-
Brown), Cannes (Methéri), Ste. Maxime, Entrevaux, Avenos at 1000m.
(Powell). Germany: Throughout—Baden, Alsace, Pfalz, Wiirttemberg, Nassau
(Reutti), Bremen, Hilden, Elberfeld, Sachsenwald, Eutin, Mecklenburg—Moritz,
Pomerania, Frankfort-on-Oder, Brieg, Silesia—Glogau, Dresden, Chemnitz,
Leipzig, Dessau, Wernigerode, Thuringia, Cassel, Wiesbaden, Kempten, Constance
(Rihl). Greece: Parnassus (Riihl). Irany: Throughout Tuscany very abundant
—Livorno, etc. (Stefanelli), Piedmont, Val Anzasca, Macugnaga, Val Tournanche,
Pré St. Didier, Courmayeur, Val Véni (Tutt), Apennines—San Marcello Pistoiese
(Verity), near Boscolungo, Certosa di Pesio (Norris), Susa (Rowland-Brown),
Lombardy, Abruzzi, Naples (Zeller), Sicily—Syracuse (Bellier), Osimo (Spada),
Castelbuono, S. Martino (Struve). NretHerntanps: Rare (Snellen), Buda (Riihl).
PortucaLt: Between Coimbra and Sao Antonio, Villa Real (Eaton). Roumanta:
Dulcesti (Hormuzaki), Comanesti, Tultscha (Caradja). Russia: Baltic Provinces
—lLivonia, Kurland, etc., common (Nolcken), St. Petersburg, Moscow, Kaluga,
Smolensk, Gorki, Kasan, Orenburg, Novorossiisk on the Black Sea, Caucasus
(Rihl). Scanpryavia: southern Sweden—Skania, Blekinge, Sddermanland.
Norway: south Norway, extreme south Finland, Nyland, Karelia (Lampa),
Rosersberg (Riihl); the most northerly locality is Upland (Aurivillius) Srrvzia :
Nisch, Ak-Palanka (Hilf). Spam: Aragon, Castile, Tragacete (Chapman),
Grenada (Rambur), Malaga (Riihl), Andalusia—Sierra de Ronda (Oberthiir),
Gibraltar (Parry). Swirzerztanp: Rare and local in the lowlands, e.g., Berne,
Liestal, Basle, St. Gall, distributed and generally common in the mountains
to 5000ft., e.g., Jura, Valais, Grisons, etc. (Frey), Geneva—Grand Saléve (Tutt),
Bergiin (Riihl), Weissenberg (Huguenin), Gondo (Fison), Simplon (Tutt), Pontresina
Bad Alveneu, Disentis (Lemann), Thusis (Fountaine), Brusio (Fison), Guarda,
Fusio (Chapman), Zermatt Thal—Randa (Harcourt-Bath), Brigue, Ganter Thal
(Wheeler), Saas-Thal—Stalden, Hiiteck, Saas-Grund, Almagell, etc., Combe d’
Arolla, Hauderes, Satarme, Villar, Evolene, etc. (Tutt), between Sépey and Aigle
(Wheeler), Grindelwald (Lowe), Bevers Valley (Nicholson).

Apopma FuAva, Brunnich.

Synonrmy.—Species: Flava, Briinn., ‘‘ Pontoppidan’s Danske Atlas,” i.,
p- 685 (1763); Prout, ‘‘ Trans. City Lond. Ent. Soc.,’’ p. 53 (1898) ; ‘‘ Ent. Rec.,’’
xiii., p. 346 (1901). Comma, Barbut, ‘‘ Linn. Gen. Ins.,’’ p. 173, in part, desc.
(1781). Thaumas, Hiifn., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,”’ ii., p. 62 (1766); Rott., ‘* Nat.,’’ vi.,
p. 4 (1775); Esp., “‘Die Schmett.,’’ i., pl. xxxvi. (supp. xii.), figs. 2, 3 (1777) ;
p- 344 (1779); xeviii. (cont. lii.), figs. 5-10 (1785) ; Schneid., ‘‘ Sys. Beschr. Eur.
Semmcti., p. 275 (1785); Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Beseh.,” i., pp. 181, 285; ii., p. 236
(1788) ; ‘‘ Scriba, ‘‘ Journal,”’ iii., pp. 244-7 (1791); Lewin, ‘‘Insects,”’ &c., p. 94,
pl. xlv., figs. 5-7 (1795) ; Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesel.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852) ; Hein.,
““Schmett. Deutsch.,’’ p. 117 (1859); Staud., ‘Cat.,’ Ist ed., p. 15 (1861);
Kirby, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,’’ p. 22 (1862) ; Snell., ‘‘ De Vlinders,’’ p.287 (1867) ; Nolck.,
‘‘Lep. Fn. Hstl.,” p. 83 (1868); Kirby, ‘‘Syn. Cat.,’’ 609, 829 (1871); Staud.,
“‘Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Mill., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. Alp.-Mar.,”’ p. 116 (1872); Curd,
** Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,’’ p. 216 (1874); Kirby, ‘‘ Kur. Buits.,’’ p. 66 (1879); Lang,
‘‘ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 350, pl. Ixxxi., fig. 9 (1884); Kane, ‘‘Hur. Butts.,’? p. 146
(1885); Auriv., ‘‘ Nord. Fjar.,’’ p. 39, pl. vi., fig. 14 (1889); Watson, ‘‘ Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 98 (1893); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’? pp. 638, 828 (1895);
Meyrick, ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., p. 358 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 139 (1896) ;
Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,’’ iii., p. 20 (1897); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901) ;
Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 270 (1902). Linea, Mill., ‘‘ Mel. Soc. Turin,” iii., p. 192
(1766); Schiff., ‘*‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ p. 160 (1775) ; Bergstr., ‘‘ Nomencl.,’’ pl. xc.,
figs. 5-8, p.38 (1780); Fab., ‘‘ Mant.,’’ii., p. 84 (1787); ‘‘ Ent. Sys.,” iii., p.336 (1793);
Hb., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xevi., figs. 485-486 ¢, 487 ¢ (1802); text p. 72 (circ.
1805); ‘‘Larv. Lep.,’”’ i., Pap. II., Gens He, fig. 2a (circ. 1800) ; Schrank, ‘‘ Fauna
Boiea,’’ ii., pt. i., p. 159 (1801); Ill., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., ii., p. 146
(1801); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,”’ p. 51 (1803) ; Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2, p. 228
(1808); Latr., ‘‘Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208 (1810); Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Encycl.,’’ ix.,
p- 130 (1815); Oken, ‘‘Lehrb. Zool.,’’ iii., pt. 1, p. 759 (1815); Ochs., ‘‘ Die
Schmett.,’’ iv., p. 34 (1816); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Handl.,’’ xxxvii., p. 200 (1816) ;
Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,’’ p. 113 (1816) ; Latr., ‘‘ Enc. Méth.,” p. 770 (1819); Sam., “Ent.
Comp.,’”’ p. 242 (1819); Godt., ‘‘Hist. Nat.,” i., p. 238, pl. xil., fig. 3., pl. xii
tert., fig. 2 (1821); Bdv., ‘‘ Hur. Lep. Ind.,”’ p. 27 (1829); Stphs., ‘‘ Sys. Cat.,”’
pt. 2, p. 27 (1829); Meig., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,”’ p. 69, pl. lvi., figs. 4 a-d (1830) ; Bdv.,

106 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

‘‘Icon. Chen.,”’ pl.i., figs. 5-6 (1832); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ supp., x., i., pp. 97,
248 (1834); Stphs., ‘‘Ill.,” iv., p. 405 (1834); Curtis, ‘‘ List,’ 2nd ed., p. 306
(1837) ; Wood, ‘‘Ind. Ent.,” p. 9, fig. 78 (1839); Bdv., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,”
p. 35 (1840); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,”’ p. 35 (1840); ‘‘Icon. Chen.,” p. 212, pl. xxxi.,
fig. 89 (1849); Bdv., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,’” p. 35 (1840); Humph. & Westd.,
‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 129, pl. xli., figs. 8-12 (1841); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,”
p. 87 (1844); H.-Sch., ‘‘ Sys. Bearb.,’’ p. 159 (1846); Stphs., ‘‘ List,”’ 1st ed.,
p. 22 (1850); Dbldy., ‘‘Syn. List,’’ p. 2 (1850); Westd. & Hewits., ‘‘Gen.
Diurn. Lep.,” p. 522 (1852); Wallgrn., ‘‘ Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 258 (1853) ; Stphs.,
‘‘List,’? 2nd ed., p. 21 (1856) ; Sta., ‘‘ Man.,”’ i., p. 68 (1857); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog.
Verb.,”’ p. 288 (1858); Ramb., ‘‘Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 87 (1858); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu.
Beit. Schmett.,’’ vii., p. 55, pl. 631, fig. 1 (1858); Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 179
(1869); Butl., ‘‘Cat. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 277 (1869); Buckler, ‘‘ Larve,’’ ete., i.,
pp. 139, 195, pl. xvii., fig. 3 (1886); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 215 (1890); Barr.,
‘‘Lep. Brit. Isles,’’ p. 275, pl. xxxviii., figs. 1-le (1893). Flavus, Miill., ‘‘ Zool.
Dan. Prod.,’’ p. 115 (1776) ; Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 11 (1903). Divaricatus,
Geoff., ‘‘Foure. Ent. Par.,”? p. 246 (1785). Wenula, Hb., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,”’
pl. cxxx., figs. 666-669 ? (post. 1808). .

OricinaL peEscription.—Herr Brunnich thus describes flava, a
species not hitherto known: ‘‘ P.P. alis integerrimis flavis limbo
nigro albo terminato, supra infraque concoloribus. See tab. xxx”
(Pontoppidan). [The figure here cited is a typical ? of this species,
recognisable at a glance (Prout). | |

Imaco.—Expanse 27mm.-3lmm. All four wings orange-fulvous
or fulvous-brown, unspotted, costa and outer margin blackish;
nervures finely black towards outer edge; fringes pale; g with
oblique androconial mark on forewings. The antenne reddish-
ochreous at tip. The underside of forewings centrally fulvous, apex
erey-green, a black shade at base of inner margin; of hindwings
greenish-grey to orange-ochreous, a bright orange-fulvous patch at
anal angle.

SEXUAL DiImoRPHISM.—Very marked in that the g has a very
distinct linear, somewhat long, basally curved, black androconial
streak, placed obliquely beneath the discal cell, and turned down
towards inner margin at base, the ¢ beimg of course unmarked.
The @ is usually rather larger, and heavier-looking than the ¢,
whilst the colour is almost the same in both sexes. ‘“ The androconial
scales are in general completely jointed, and of the unjointed scales
which are found among them there are comparatively few, and of
these their flattened extremities are more elongated than those of the
fan-shaped scales of Augiades sylvanus. ‘ Covering-scales’’ are
wanting, the normal scales next to the ‘fleck’ (discal streak) are
somewhat longer and larger than the rest. The tuft of hairs is
wanting on the hind legs”’ (Aurivillius).

(G-YNANDROMORPHISM.— We can only trace the two following gynan-
dromorphie examples of this species :—

a. Right side ¢, left side ¢. The genitalia are abnormal, being ¢ of full
size, but with much flattening and distortion of the apical lobe of tegumen, and
with a large supplementary chitinous lobe (which appears to spring from nearly the
sume point as the clasp) present on the left side (Edwards, Mnt., xxxi., p. 31, fig.).

gB. A ¢@, taken July 22nd, 1900, at Ashton Wold, Oundle, which entirely lacks
the androconial streak (Rothschild, Mnt. Rec., xvii., p. 108).

Variation.—There appears to be very little variation in this
species, either in size or colour, in the British Islands. A few fall
Imm. or 2mm. below, and others above, normal size, whilst one also
notices a little difference in the intensity of the ground-colour, some
specimens being rather more orange-fulvous, others a shade darker or

ADOPA FLAVA, 107

brownish-fulvous. A very extreme pale aberration occasionally occurs
= ab. pallida, n. ab. This pale form is somewhat bone-coloured, #.e.,
whitish tinged with yellow. It was first described and figured by Ernst
and Engramelle (Pap. d’ Hurope, i1., p. 285, pl. 74, figs. 95a-b), in 1780,
from a specimen in Gerning’s collection. McArthur records an example
of a straw-coloured tint, and much paler towards the base, taken in the
Brighton district, in 1900 (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1900, p. 92), and
Talbot a somewhat similar bone-coloured aberration as occurring
occasionally at Wakefield (Porritt’s List of Yorkshire Lepidoptera,
p- 16). The form occurs in both sexes, the g being figured in
Mosley’s Illustrations. Rowland-Brown has an aberration of this
species taken in August, 1898, at Zinal, in the Val d’Anniviers, in
which the whole of the fore- and hindwings on the upper- and under-
surface, has a silvery-white appearance (not unlike Chrysophanus ab.
schmidtit), possibly the results of some failure of pigment. Hill
describes (nt. Rec., xili., p. 859) a curious aberration, taken at
Folkestone in June, 1901, the anterior wings of a silvery bone-
colour, the posterior wings shot with iridescent green = pallida-
virescens, n. ab. Fowler records (Hntom., xxvi., p. 82) the capture,
almost every year at Ringwood, among rushes, of a form (=ab.
suffusa-virescens, n. ab.), occurring in both sexes, in which the
forewings, from the base to the anal angle, right round to some
distance into the costa, is broadly suffused with dark greenish; the
hindwings of this form being quite as dark as those of Thymelicus acteon,
the small proportion of tawny showing up vividly, and the typical form
being very light in comparison. The underside is greenish. Oberthiir
notes (in litt.) a 2 aberration of a dark brown colour from the Bois de
Boulogne, we suspect, from the description, a parallel form with our A.
lineola ab. suffusa, which might also be called ab. suffusa, n. ab. He
has, however, a much more remarkable aberration, in which the
blackish parts of the wings and the body are of a yellowish blond, paler
than the normal ground colour, the discal streak of the forewings
being silvery-grey, the antenne red (rubro-rufus)=ab. reversa, n. ab.
Oberthur further observes that the Syrian examples are markedly paler
than the European type form=var. syrtaca, n. var., whilst Ruhl notes
that, in many examples from Asia Minor, the underside of the hind-
wings and apex of forewings are bright yellow in tint. Those of the
Hautes-Pyrénées are rather darker than the usual form, the ground
colour of the hindwings being particularly suffused, the form occurring
as an aberration in other localities=ab. obscura, n. ab. Spain and
southern France produce a very bright, and rather small, form, from
28mm.-30mm., with very bright golden-brown ground colour, and
narrow, Clear-cut, black marginal edge, the ? with no trace of lunule
at end of discoidal cell=ab. iberica, n. ab., from Canales, Moncayo,
Bejar, Piedrahita, and Tragacete in Spain, and Larche in the
Basses-Alpes. Except for the much brighter colour, this is not
very unlike that of the plain district further north—Fontainebleau,
etc. Lemann records a large form from Villach, and we have examples
from Guarda, Fusio, Torre Pellice, Bourg St. Maurice, etc., in which
the average wing expanse is from 83mm.-36mm., the ? with a more
or less marked dark discal lunule at the end of the cell=var. (et ab.)
major, n. ab., a more suffused dark margin and well-developed dark

108 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

nervures appear also to go with the large form. We suspect the
species varies much more than is generally supposed.

Keetayinc.—Hggs laid in a row in a folded grass blade about July.
29th, 1865, the larve appeared on August 12th (Hellins). Hawes
asserts (Hnt., xxv., p. 177) that the eggs do not hatch until the
following spring. iz

Ovum.—The egg has all the appearance of a flat egg, having three
axes of different lengths; in reality, it is an upright egg of this:
peculiar form, the micropylar axis being perpendicular to the surface
on which the egg is laid, 7.e., the micropyle is on the top of the ege. It
is of a pale yellow colour (in an egg dissected from a @ ), the base and top
rather flattened, with the edges smoothly rounded and rather rimmed
around the upper surface. The surface has a granulated appearance
and there is a faint, irregular, cellular surface reticulation. The
micropyle is placed in a slight central depression of the upper surface, -
has, in the eggs examined, 7 canals (?), surrounded by a rosette of 10
rather pointed cells, the latter being again surrounded by numerous
larger elongated cells with rounded ends. The measurements are :—
height (=micropylar axis) 0°-4mm., length 0‘9mm., width 0-7mm.,
the micropylar area being about O-lmm. in diameter. In superficial
appearance the outline of the ege bears some resemblance to that of
a miniature ege of Amorpha populi. [Sich. Described, July 22nd, 1905,
from a fully-developed egg dissected from the body of a @.] Not at.
all like that of Augiades sylvanus, being considerably smaller, of a long
oval figure, half as long again as wide, the shell glistening, devoid of
ribs or reticulation ; at first white, then turning dull yellowish, and at
last paler again with the dark head of the larva showing through
(Hellins).

Hasits oF tarva.—The larve leave the egg in August (12th, 1865
and 15th, 1876, teste Hellins), and feed very little before hybernation,
spinning almost as soon as hatched little ropes of silk across the
blades of grass, and making little web coverings for themselves. A
larva kept until the middle of November was only about 2mm. in length.
Freyer, however, says (Neu. Beit.) that the larve are of good size in
August and September in woods where there are brambles and tall
erass, that it hybernates, and is fullgrown in May. [This remark
only shows the necessity of working out the hfehistory ab ovo.]
After hybernation, and when nearly fullgrown in early June, they
may be swept in the evening from Holcus lanatus, a very soft
pubescent grass, with which they assimilate both in colour and
texture remarkably well. They continue to feed on this grass, Brachy-
podium sylvaticum, ete., till towards the end of June, their movements
being very sluggish, and, after eating a considerable quantity of food,
they enclose themselves within spun-together leaves of grass for
pupation. Larve are noted as having been found in nature as
follows:—July 17th, 1669, fullfed larva at Painswick Hill (Watkins) ;
one found on grass in a chalk-pit on South Downs near Steyning,
June 29th, 1908, which spun up first week in July, and imago emerged
July 19th (Bird); larvee as late as August 27th, 1902, at Burgess
Hill, a very late season (Dollman).

Larva.—Jinal instar: The full grown larva is 21mm. in length
its general figure of moderate substance, stoutest in the middle of the
body, tapering a little from the thoracic segments towards the head,

ADOPHA FLAVA. 109

which is globular and projecting, larger than the prothorax, which is
remarkably small and short; the last four or five segments also taper
gradually when seen from above, and when viewed sideways the back
appears slightly arched, and sloping gradually to the anal flap, which
is a trifle flattened and rounded off behind; the belly is flat and the
legs are all well beneath it and rather short; the segmental divisions
are very delicately defined, also most particularly the subdividing
transverse wrinkles, which by no means arrest attention, but have to
be diligently sought. Head of a rather deeper green than the body,
rough with minute points, the upper lip of a pinkish hue, is smoother
and deeply channelled, the ocelli black; the body above is of a tender
and delicate light green ground colour, without any gloss, and, on the
thoracic segments, the skin is besprinkled with black points of extreme
fineness, so that they do not affect the delicate colouring of the green
eround; the dorsal stripe is of darker green, rather bluish, very
narrow on the prothorax and thence uniformly wider until becoming
very gradually thinned off on the anal flap; through the middle of the
stripe runs a stoutish line of paler green, and it is bordered outside by
a stout line of green still paler than the ground colour; the subdorsal
line is of the same pale green, but thinner; at a little distance below,
the trachea shows through the skin, and on it can be discerned the
rather prominent reddish flesh-coloured spiracles; below these again,
at a little distance, follows an inflated paler stripe of almost creamy-
whitish, extending round the anal flap, which often hides the belly
and legs from view when the larva is in repose, but, at other times,
when examined beneath, these are seen to be wholly green, excepting
a transverse patch of white on the front of the ventral surface of the
7th and 8th abdominal segments (Buckler). Naked, narrower at each
end, the head larger than the neck, of a very green colour with darker
green dorsal lines, laterally a whitish-yellow line and just above prolegs
a broader yellow line (Scriba teste Borkhausen). Very pale-green in
tint, with white longitudinal dorsal and lateral lines; a blunt anal
point into which the lateral subspiracular lines gradually fade
posteriorly (Freyer). Buckler figures (Larvae, etc., 1., pl. xvu., figs.
3-3b) the larva of this species.

VARIATION OF LARVA.—AII the important textbooks refer to Esper’s
descriptions and figures of four Urbicolid larve (Hur. Schmett., 1.,
contin. p. 25, pl. 98 (supp. 12), figs. 5-8) as varieties of this species.
The figures are very badly executed, and are more than doubtful as to
their species (especially as he says they feed on clover as well as grass). .
He states that the larve agree in form with those of Pararye eyeria,
and are, in their younger stages, difficult to separate therefrom. The
dorsum, however, is more rounded, and so are the front segments, but
the hindmost segments are narrowed to a wedge, and there are fewer
lateral stripes. The head is almost globular and is outstretched from
the narrow thoracic segments. [Above the anal claspers are two
elongated points which are united and fit exactly together.*] The
surface is rough, covered with fine white warts. The ground colour

* One suspects that this cannot belong to an Urbicolid larva, and that Esper
was trusting to memory and got mixed. He says that he reared imagines from
the three forms of larve described, which seems to settle the fact that he had larve
of this species (flava), which, indeed, the presence of the white ventral spots
suggests.

110 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

uniform green, and, in some varieties, with different admixtures of
yellow. Ventrally on the two segments behind the last pair of ventral
prolegs are four bright white shining spots. In the colour and
markings the following varieties have been observed :

1. Bright green in tint; a rather broad, dark green dorsal stripe, on each side
two of finer form edged with yellowish; the first and last segments of a rather dark
green colour ; the fine terminal points have a reddish tint when examined under a
lens. On Alopecurus pratensis, L. [pl. xevii. (supp. xii.), fig. 5].

2. Ground colour sea-green, with many very fine alternate dark and light
stripes (these markings make it very similar to the larva of P. egeria). On Phleum
ee L. Produced an exactly similar butterfly to : [pl. xevii. (supp. xii.),

3 i With a citron-yellow lateral stripe, and very ee dark ereen stripes.
Larva on Poa rigida, L. [pl. xevii. (supp. xii.), fig. 8].

Fooppitants.—Holcus lanatus (Fletcher), Brachypodium sylvaticum
(Hellins), Festuca (Lambillion), Aira montana (Schiffermuller), Pzpta-
therum multiflorum (Milliere), Alopecurus pratensis, L., Poa eragrostis,
L., Poa riyida, L., Phlewn nodosum, L. (Esper).

Purartum.—The fullfed larva spins together, by means of a coarse
reticulation of white silk, two or sometimes three blades of grass,
joining longitudinally, by lacing or spinning with white silk, the edges,
more or less closely to each other, and thus the larva becomes completely
hidden (the earliest spun up on June 18th, the latest about June 25th,
1882). This outside spinning forms, as it were, a lining to the oblong
puparium, about 14ins. long, in which pupation takes place (Buckler).
The larva pupates in June and July within a slight, laced, spinning
among the grass, the pupa being suspended at the ‘anal end and by the
body “by threads (Scriba teste Borkhausen). The long and roomy
puparium is made of grass blades spun together by means of whitish
silk with wide mesh. The larva excretes from the white ventral spots
a meal-like matter, which it mixes with the silk of the puparium (Esper).
The pupa is about half-an-inch in length and is held in position in the
puparium by a silken thread which is placed just under the head,
and not round the waist; a larva pupated July 5th, 1869, at Painswick,
and the imago appeared on July 17th (Watkins); there is, however,
some variation in the length of the pupal stage, Snellen noting it as
three weeks, and Borkhausen and Esper as 14 days.

Purea.—About 17°75mm. in length, very similar in form to that of
Thymelicus acteon, having the end of the trunk lying free from theabdomen,
and held in position, head upward, by an oblique cincture behind the
thorax, and the anal tip secured by a fan-like spread of fine hooks at
the extremity fixed in the silk lning, but the head has the frontal
tapering beak shorter and more bluntly pointed; the colour of the same
light green as that of the larva, of which the paler lines can still be
faintly traced (Buckler). Two days before emergence, the pupa com-
mences to change colour, beginning at the eyes, and continuing till a
darkish slaty shade had spread all over it (Watkins). Of a yellowish-
ereen colour; elongate in form, with narrow head and anal point;
from termination of wings, a pale brown, slender, maxillary sheath is
continued to the extremity of the body (Scriba teste Borkhausen). Of
considerable length compared with breadth; usually yellow in colour,
but with some varieties green; the elongated (but bluntly-pointed)
anterior part and the hindmost abdominal segments darker green; also
a dark green mediodorsal line. <A long mavxilla-case, similar to that of

ADOPHA FLAVA. PE

some other Urbicolid pups, but found in those of no other butterflies ;
in this species it extends almost to the anus (figured as reaching the
antepenultimate segment), is of uniform thickness, bristle-like, of a
bright reddish-yellow colour, lying very close to abdomen, but standing
out from the latter when its mobile segments forming the anal end are
in movement (Esper). Pale green with a pointed head and a narrow
maxillary sheath tinged with rose-red, extending to the ae point
(Freyer). The pupa is figured by Buckler (Larvae, oe ips vil,

fie. 8c). Hisper gives two figures thereof (Schmett. Hur., , pl. XGVI1ll.
[supp. xii.], figs. 9, 10).

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—The species is single-brooded in Britain and
possibly throughout its. whole range, but, like almost all grassfeeding
butterfly larve that do most of their feeding in late spring and early
summer, the period of emergence is frequently extended, e.y., five or
six weeks in a season, normally from mid-June to the end of July. In
early seasons, the first imagines appear, however, in early June, and in
late seasons not before the middle of July. Abroad, however, the time
of appearance varies according to altitude and latitude. The following
dates will give some idea of this range of variation. On the Con-
tinent—May to the middle of July, in the Baltic States, where it is
very rare (Nolcken); at Broussa in May, in June at Taormina
(Fountaine) ; from about May 20th, becoming exceedingly abundant
at the beginning of June, at Hyeres (Powell); Rowland-Brown
notes (Ent. Record, xiv., pp. 318-4) the long time over which
this supposed single-brooded species emerges, recording it from June
23rd (1899) at Susa, to as late as October 9th (1902) at Beaulieu,
one of its most southern European localities; June 29th, 1878, at St.
Brelades (Piquet); September 5th, 1882, at Pierrefitte-Nestalas
in the Pyrenees (Jones); June 24th-July 13th, 1883, in the woods
at Carlsbad (Becher); August, 1888, at Rochefort (Carlier); July
19th-28rd, 1890, at Tancarville (Leech) ; July 28th-August 8th, 1894,
at Courmayeur; June 26th-28th, 1897, at Fontainebleau (Tutt) ; end
of July, 1897, near Sépey (Wheeler); one at Trieste, September 4th,
1897 (Mathew); June 23rd,1899, at Susa (Rowland-Brown); June
26th, 1899, in the Rilska Valley (Nicholl); May 12th-June 16th, 1900,
at Orta (Lowe); June 5th, 1900, in the Mount Hermon district
(Nicholl); July 22nd-31st, 1900, at Guarda (Chapman); July 28th-
August 2nd, at Larche; August 18th-24th, 1900, worn, at Grésy-sur-
Aix (Tutt); June 23rd, 1900, on Mont Sény (Witty) : July 18th-26th,
1901, at Tragacete (Chapman); July 29th, 1901, at Balsieges (Rowland-
Brown); June 20th-25th, 1901, at Botzen (Lowe) : abundant but worn,
July 380th-August 7th, 1901, at Torre Pellice; August 9th, 1901, at
Bobbie (Tutt); July 15th, 1902, at Bérisal ; July 12th, 1902, at Aigle
(Sheldon) ; Suly 29th, 31st, 1902, at Chavoire (Tutt); August 2nd,
1902, at Agincourt ; worn, on Merane: 9th, 1902, at Beaulieu (Rowland.
Brown); May 25th-June 15th, 1902; May 30th-June 17th, 1908, at
Hyeres; July 8rd, 1908, at Entrevaux (Powell); July 26th-28th, 1903,
at Vésubie (Rowland- Brown) ; July 27th, at Yvonne; July 28th, 1903,
between Useigne and Evoléne (Tutt); May 31st, 1904, at Hyéres
(Powell); July 1st, 1904, between Fiesch and Brigue (Pearson); July
7th, 1904, at Kahlenburg (Vienna); July 27th, 1904, at Brenner
(Rowland-Brown); August 5th-12th, 1904, at Stalden; August 9th,
1904, between Hiiteck and Saas-Grund; July 28th-831st, 1905, at

112 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Grésy-sur-Aix ; August 3rd-5th, 1905, at Bourg St. Maurice; August
9th-13th, 1905, at Pré St. Didier; August 12th, 1905, in the Val Véni
and at Courmayeur (Tutt). The following dates of capture in Britain are
exceedingly varied :—August 12th, 1856, at Poynings (Image) ; August
18th, 1872, at Blean Woods; July 24th-Aueust 17th, 1873, at Wimble-
don; July 9th, 1876, at Blean Woods; August 5th, 1877, at Brocken-
hurst; July 13th, 1884, at Hailsham (Whittle) ; July 23rd-31st, 1882,
in the New Forest (Dobson); September 16th-23rd, 1882, at Folke-
stone (Hall); July 1st-7th, 1888, at Abbott’s Wood (Whinstone); July
18th-August 1st, 1885, at Lymington (Hawes); July, 1884, at Depden,
near Bury St. Edmunds (Rowland-Brown) ; July 4th, 1886, at Reigate ;
August Ist, 1887, at Swanscombe Park (Whittle); one ? taken about
1888, at Stanmore Common, not seen since in that locality (Barraud) ;
July 31ist-August 15th, 1889, at Lyndhurst (Hill); July 13th, 1890, at
Brockenhurst (Blagg); July 27th, 1890, at Shoeburyness; July 13th,
14th and 17th, 1891, at Benfleet (Whittle); beginning of August,
1891, at Swanage (Alderson); July 16th and 18th, 1892, at Leigh
(Whittle); July 22nd, 1892, in the New Forest (Alderson) ; July 23rd,
1892, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown); June i18th-July 29th, 1892,
June 17th-July 3rd, 1898, in Purbeck (Bankes); June 24th-July 10th,
1893, at Morthoe (Sheldon) ; June 12th, 1893, first appearance for the
year at Instow (Hinchliff); June 24th, and again July 22nd, 1893, at
Cuxton (Tutt); July 1st, 1893, at Leigh (Turner); July 6th, 1893,
at Monk’s Wood (Blake); earliest date on which seen in Gloucester,
July 8rd, 1894 (Davis); June 25th-July 28th, in Isle of Pur-
beck (Bankes); July 8th-22nd, 1895, at Leigh (Whittle); July
19th, 1894, at Bournemouth (Bromilow); July, 1894, plentiful in
the New Forest (Cox) ; August 8rd, 1894, on Polegate Downs (James) ;
July 12th, 1896, at Old Hall, Ipswich (Frost); July, 1897, at Chelten-
ham (Robertson); July 17th, 1898, at Hadleigh; July 23rd, 1898, at
Great Wakering (Whittle); July 25th, 1898, near Bedford (Hatton) ;
June 10th-11th, 1899, at Shoreham (Carr); July, 1899, at Bourne-
mouth (Robertson); July 9th, 1897, at Bentley; July 25th, 1898, at
Mucking; Aueust 8rd, 1898, at Leigh (Burrows); July 7th, 1899, at
Frensham (Bingham-Newland); July 9th, 1899, at Dorking (Carr); July
12th, 1899, at Kastwood (Whittle); July 15th, 1899, just outside Monk’s
Wood (Rowland-Brown) ; July 20th, 1899, at Oxshott (Carr) ; August
1st, 1899, at Swanage (Kemp); July 7th, 1899, July 15th, 1900, at Haze-
leigh (Raynor); June 10th, 1900, at Reading (Butler); July 3rd and
9th, 1900, at Benfleet (Whittle); July 15th-August 2nd, 1900, at
Newbury (Hopson); July 24th, 1900, in the Gloucester district (Davis) ;
August 11th, 1900, at Folkestone (Pickett); July 10th, 1900, at
3enfleet (Burrows); July 11th, 1901, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ;
July 8rd, 1901, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); June, 1901, at Folkestone
(Hills); July 6th, 1901, at Westcliff (Whittle); July 14th, 1901, at
Reading (Butler); August 8rd-17th, 1901, at Burgess Hill (Dollman) ;
July 28rd-August 11th, 1902, common in West Sussex (Bird); July
28th, 1902, at Thundersley (Whittle); July 81st-September 4th, 1902,
at Burgess Hill (Dollman); five gs, August 4th, 1902, at Aldbury
Down (Barraud); August 20th, 1902, at Reading (Butler); July 14th,
1902, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); July 11th, 1902, at Mucking; June
80th, 1908, at Tuddenham; July 28th-Angust 22nd, 1903, at Bentley
(Burrows); July 15th, 1908, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); July 11th,

ADOPHA FLAVA, EES

1903, at Reading (Butler); emerged July 11th, 1903, from larva found
near Steyning; June 29th, July 21st-August 6th, 1903, in West Sussex
(Bird); July 16th, 1903, at Brockenhurst (Lawrence); July 22nd, 1903,
at Dorking (Oldaker); July 23rd-August 7th, 1903, worn, at Dawlish
(Browne); July 28th, 1908, at Westcliff (Whittle); July 18th, 1903,
at Clandon; July 19th, 1908, at Tongwynlais (Shelley); July 25th,
1908, at Oxshott (Pickett); July, 1904, at Tongwynlais (Ansaldo) ;
July 11th-21st, 1904, rather scarce, at Tintern and Llandogo (Bird);
July 12th, 1904, at Reading (Butler); July 15th, 1904, at North
Fambridge (Whittle); July 24th, 1904, in the Gloucester district
(Davis); August 1st, 1904, one g¢ at Aldbury Down (Barraud); July
16th, 1904, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); July 15th-22nd, 1904, at Mucking
(Burrows); July 15th-August 7th, 1904; July 20th-August 2nd, 1905,
in the isle of Purbeck (Bankes); July 19th, 1905, at Hazeleigh
(Raynor); June 19th, 1905, at Swanage; July 28rd, 1905, at Ashton
Wold; July 30th, 1905, at Drayton Beauchamp, very local and
almost extinct as the ground becomes more enclosed (Rothschild) ;
July 10th, 1905, at Reading (Butler).

Hasrrat.—Though generally distributed this species is not found
everywhere, being sometimes unaccountably absent in localities where
one would expect to meet withit. These, however, are sufficiently varied.
In Britain, pastures and fields, meadows, rough grassy places on chalk-
hills and downs, bushy places on the outskirts of woods, open ridings
in woods, grassy ditch-sides in lanes, especially if flowery banks are
near, are among its favourite haunts. It also occurs on boggy ground
at Wotton-under-Edge and at Luton, on railway banks at Madeley,
and abounds on the slopes and on the salt-marshes near the seashore
in many of our eastern counties, swarming with Adopaea lineola in
Hssex and Kent, and abounding on the undercliffs of, and grassy
slopes near the sea in, Dorsetshire with Thymelicus acteon. Hawes
says that it is as common on the marshes near the sea at
Lymington as in the enclosures of the New Forest; at Llandudno
it frequents the sandhills. It frequents similar places in the plains
of Central Europe, and rarely ascends into the mountains to a height
of more than about 5000ft., being particularly abundant in the lower
valleys of the Alps of Central Europe up to 4000ft., where it chooses
flowery banks and slopes, not disdaining the richer fare of lucerne or
clover field, often sharing these haunts with Adopaca lineola, Auyiades
sylvanus, Urbicola comma and Hesperia alveus. In France, Duponchel
says the species prefers clearings in woods, and of our old British.
authors, Harris says it flies in woods, Lewin that it is met with on
heaths, commons, and in lanes, Donovan that it is most abundant on
the outskirts of woods, and Stephens that it frequents the borders of
woods and shrubby places.

Hasits.—The butterfly skips rapidly from one plant to another in
the sun, rarely resting long in one place, and usually choosing a leaf
of some bush on which to rest—hazel, dogwood, etc.—darting off
rapidly to take up a similar position on another leaf at some little
distance, elevating its upper and depressing its lower wings. When at
rest, the imagines put their wings right up over the back and remain
thus, and do this also when asleep, but when sunning, the hindwings
are depressed until they are almost horizontal, whilst the forewings
lie back on them in such a manner as to make almost an angle of 45°

114 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

with them, the inner margin of the forewing resting along the anal
nervure of the hindwing. The imago at this time shifts its body
round to such a position that the sun shines fully on its back and
wings. Duponchel states that, in France, it is specially partial
to the flowers of Hchiwm, growing in woodclearings. At Llandogo
it chooses Hupatorium, whilst on the Cliffe marshes little comes amiss
in the way of bloom. In the New Forest it abounds at the flowers in
the meadows, whilst in the Alps of Central Europe it is one of the
regular habitués at the damp puddles on, or crossing, the roads. The
imagines were particularly abundant in early August, 1905, at the
runnels by the sides of the road between Bourg St. Maurice and
Bonneval-Bains, drinking at the overflow of the irrigation streams or
puddles left by the overnight rain. It was seen frequently similarly
engaged at the mountain paths, between Pré St. Didier and the Val
Véni. It was also abundant on the flowery slopes of the mountains
between Bourg St. Maurice and Bonneval-Bains, chasing Adopaea
lineola and Thymelicus acteon, which both occurred on the same
flowery banks, and in a flowery meadow at the upper part of the Val
Véni on August 12th it was equally abundant but worn, although not
somuch soas was A. lineola, which occurred in the same situations, and
had, in both places, the same habit of settling on the flowers, choosing
particularly the Hieracia. When, however, the insect is on pairing or
egglaying intent, it is to be found among the long grass, the female
sunning on, or flitting among, the culms comparatively low down,
rarely more than a foot above the ground. It is remarkable how
variable this species is in Britain in its abundance, in some years quite-
common, in others very rare. Many observers here noted the fact,
e.g., at Guildford, abundant in 1892, rare in 18938, not observed in 1894
(Grover), ete.

BritisH Locauities.—This species occurs in most of our English
and Welsh counties, as well as in the Channel Islands; it is recorded
from Ireland by Birchall, but the records are now nearly half a century
old, and there are no newer ones. Stainton’s Edinburgh record has

also never been confirmed :—Brprorp: Near Bedford (Hatton), Luton (Vict.
Hist. list). Brrxs: Reading (Butler), Bagley Wood, Boar’s Hill, Tubney, Streatley
(Geldart), Newbury (Hopson). Bucks: Near Wendover (Brown), Halton, Wavendon
near Newport ‘Pagnel (teste Stainton), Drayton Beauchamp (Rothschild), Stony
Stratford (Foddy). Campripce: Cambridge (Crisp). CarmartHen: Carmarthen
(Jefferys). Carnarvon: Deganwy (Gardner), Llandudno (Harding). CHESHIRE :
local and rare (Day), Eastham (Archer), Delamere Forest, near Oakmere, common
(Chappell), near Sutton, Rabymere (Gardner), Alderley (Keyworth), Hooton (Sharp),
Malpas (Johnson). Cork: Near Cork (Birchall). _Cornwatn: Truro (Rollason),
Trelawney (Perrycoste). [Cumprerianp: Carlisle (Armstrong), wants confirmation. |
DrenpicH: Glyn Ceiriog (Perkins). Devon: Very common at Sidmouth (Majendie),
Instow (Hinchliff), Morthoe near Ilfracombe (Sheldon), Dawlish (Brown), Exeter,
Plymouth, Teignmouth (teste Stainton), Torquay (Crocker), Honiton (Riding),
Newton Abbot, Chudleigh (Rogers), Lynmouth (Briggs), Paignton (Goodale).
Dery: south of county not uncommon (Brown), Burton-on-Trent (Payne). Dorset:
coast and inland abundant, Lulworth (Dale), Swanage (Alderson), Portland
(Richardson), Wimborne (I’owler), Blandford, Dorchester (teste Stainton), Lulworth
Cove (J. W. Douglas), Sherborne (J. Douglas). Durnam: One specimen (Harrison).
[Epmpurcu : Edinburgh (teste Stainton).] Essrx: general (Harwood), salt-marshes
of Essex (Mera), Mucking (Burrows), Hazeleigh, Brentwood, Danbury, Woodham
Mortimer (Raynor), Leigh (Turner), Shoeburyness, Southend, Benfleet, Leigh,
Hadleigh, Great Wakering, Eastwood, Westcliff, Thundersley, North Fam-
bridge (Whittle), Epping (Stainton). Frinr: Overton, Cwm, Rhyl, common
Perkins). Guamoraan: Tongwynlais near Cardiff (Shelley). GLoucEsTER :

ADOPHA FLAVA. 115

Cheltenham (Robertson), Aldworth (Todd), Fairford (Taylor), Cirencester, Standish
(Nash), Guiting (Green), Prestbury, scarce (Robertson), Painswick (Watkins), Stroud
(Stephens), Wotton-under-Edge, very common (Perkins), scarce round Bristol
(Hudd), Mitcheldean, common (Searancke), Lower Guiting (teste Stainton).
Hants: Isle of Wight—Bembridge (Stainton), Lymington (Hawes), New Forest—
Rhinefield (James), Lyndhurst (Simes), Bournemouth (Robertson), Brockenhurst
Whittle), Winchester, common (Hewett), Portsmouth district (Pearce), Ringwood,
Hambledon Hill (Fowler), Bank near Brockenhurst (Carr). Hrrrerorp: Hereford
(Bowell), Tarrington (Wood), Leominster (Hutchinson). Herrrrorp: Herttord
(Stephens), Hitchin, Sandridge (Griffith), Aldbury Down (Barraud), Haileybury
(Bowyer), East Barnet (Sillum), Grove Wood, Tring (Elliman). Hunts: Monks
Wood (Blake). Krnt: generally common (Freke), Blean Woods, Swanscombe Park
(Whittle), Chatham (Tyrer), Upnor, Strood, Chattenden, Cuxton, St. Margaret’s,
Dover, Cliffe Marshes, etc. (Tutt), at Bexley formerly (Fenn), Pembury (Jenner- Weir),
Tenterden (teste Stainton); Isle of Sheppey (Fletcher), Maidstone district (Golding),
Deal (Browne), Appledore (Heitland), Shoreham (Carr), Herne Bay (Battley),
Folkestone (Pickett). LancasHtre: Silverdale (Melvill), Carnforth (Murray).
LEICESTERSHIRE: Loughborough (Wieldt), near Harborough (Matthews), Leicester
(teste Stainton). Lincoun: Lincoln district, common (Carr). Mippuesex: Ruislip,
common (Woodbridge), Hampstead (Sharp), Stanmore Common (Barraud), Harrow
district (Melvill), Kingsbury (Bond), Harrow Weald, common (Rowland-Brown),
Enfield (Sykes), Old Oak Common (Godwin), Isleworth (Meyers). Monmourn: Mon-
mouth (Palmer), Tintern, Llandogo (Bird). Norroxux (Barrett). NorrHampron :
Peterborough, common (Morley), Ashton Wold, Oundle (Rothschild). Norrinenam:
very common in South Notts, but local (Simmons), Nottingham district (Leivers).
Oxrorp: Shotover, Cowley, Nettlebed (Geldart) Prmproxe: Pembroke (Puckridge).
Rapnor: Wye Valley, common (Vaughan). Sanop: Shrewsbury (Stainton).
SomERsET: Bedminster (Burton), near Wells common (Livett), Taunton, Sidcot,
near Yatton (Hudd), Crowcombe, Bath, Bathampton, Clevedon, Loxby Wood
near Bridgwater, Leigh Woods (Prideaux), Weston-super-Mare (Crotch), Yeovil
(Parmiter), Cheddar (Whittaker). Starrs: Madeley (Daltry). SturrotK: common
(Bloomfield), Old Hall, Bentley, Tuddenham (Burrows), Ipswich (Frost), Stow-
market (teste Stainton), Depden near Bury St. Edmunds (Rowland-Brown).
SuRREyY: Locally common in the Reigate district (Tonge), Guildford district,
common (Grover), Wimbledon, Reigate (Whittle), Oxshott (Carr), Dorking,
Ranmore, Polenden (Oldaker), Clandon (Pickett), Frensham district (Bingham-
Newland). Sussex: West Sussex, not uncommon (Fletcher), East Sussex, generally
common (Jenner), Bognor, Pagham, common (Lloyd), Hastings district, common
(Bloomfield), Eastbourne (Sotheby), Polegate Downs (James), Brighton, Lewes,
Worthing (teste Stainton), St. Leonards (Oldaker), Poynings (Image), Steyning
(Bird), Burgess Hill (Dollman), Hailsham (Whittle). Warwick: not uncommon—
Hay Woods (Ellis), Warwick (Baly), Rugby, Brandon Woods (Rugby lists), Ettington
(Keighley-Peach), Wolford (Wheeler). Wucxtow: Powerscourt (Birchall). Wuurs:
Savernake Forest (Kimber), Salisbury district common (Carr). WoRrcESTER:
common throughout (Fletcher), Worcester (teste Stainton). Yorxs: Thorne, very
common (Porritt), Askham Bog (Prest), Bishop’s Wood (Grassham), Bramham
(Smith), Filey (Tyers), Scarborough (Rowntree), Sheffield (Doncaster), Wakefield
(Talbot), York (teste Stainton).

Distrisution.—Central and Southern Europe, Scandinavia, Mauretania, Asia
Minor, Syria, Armenia, northeast Persia, Transcaspia (Tura), southeast Bokhara, -
Fergana, ? Pamirs, Ussuri (Staudinger). Arrica: Mauretania (Staudinger).
Asta: Asia Minor, throughout (Rebel), Broussa (Fountaine), Syria, Akbes
(Oberthiir), Hermon dist., common in the Lebanon and Antilebanon mts. from
3000-5000 ft. (Nicholl), Patara, Macri, Amasia (Riihl), Achal-Tekke dist.,
Germob and Nochur, Astrahabad, Pamir dist. (Riihl). Austro-Huneary: Vienna
dist., Kuhlenburg (Rowland-Brown), Carinthia—Villach (Lemann), Buda-Pest dist.,
common (Nicholson), Trieste (Mathew), Tyrol—Mendel, Brenner, etc. (Rowland-
Brown), Botzen (Lowe), Carlsbad (Becher), Briitun, Salzburg, Grossglockner, Fiinf-
kirchen, Grosswardein, Alterburg, Transsylvania, Lipnik (Riih]). Bene1um: Ardennes
(Riihl), Rochefort (Carlier), Warnant, Fond d’Arquet, Bouge, Dave, Profondeville
(Lambillion), Dinant (Lenoir), Malonne (Fabianus), Houffalize Haute Marlagne (De-
renne). Bosnia AND Hercecovina : Dervent (Hilf), Vlasic Planina(Werner), Pale (Apfel-
beck), Sarajevo(Mitis), Trebevic (Rebel), Maklenpass (Hilf), Volujak (Apfelbeck), Sto-
lac (Winneguth). Bunearta anp East Roumetta : Sophia, Kopaleny, Kloster (Rebel),
Rilska Valley (Nicholl), Rilo (Elwes), Rasgrad (Markowitsch), Varna and Slivno

116 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

common (Rebel). CHANNEL IsLanps: Jersey—St. Brelades (Piquet). DEnmark :
Funen, Jutland, North Zealand, Skov-Kanter (Bang-Haas). [Finuanp: southern
Finland, rare (Zetterstedt).] France: throughout (Tutt), Brittany, common
(Griffith), coast from Cancale to St. Malo, Monterfils, Rennes (Oberthiir), Pont de
VArche (Dupont), Tancarville (Leech), Manche, Cherbourg (Nichollet), dept. Nord
(Paux), Agincourt (Rowland-Brown), Paris dist., Bois de Boulogne (Oberthiir),
Fontainebleau (Tutt), Seine-et-Loire (Constant), Aube (Jourdheuille), Indre—Brenne
(Martin), Allier dept. (Peyerimhoff), Loire-Inférieure (Bonjour), Vienne, Charroux
(Oberthiir), Auvergne dist., common—Nohant, Sologne, St. Florent, Guérit (Sand),
Cevennes dist.—Balsiéges (Rowland-Brown), Isére dist.— Uriage (Oberthir),
Dauphiny Alps (Forbes), Savoy Alps—Grésy-sur-Aix, Chavoire, Bourg St. Maurice,
Bagses-Alpes—Larche (Tutt), Digne (Oberthiir), Entrevaux (Powell), Aude (Mabille),
Alpes-Maritimes, abundant—Nice, etc. (Bromilow), Beaulieu, St. Martin Vésubie
(Rowland-Brown), Hyéres (Powell), French Pyrenees, up to 5000 ft. (Bath), general—
Le Vernet (Rowland-Brown), Gavarnie, Gédre (Bath), Cauterets (Oberthiir), Haute-
Garonne (Caradja), Gironde (Brown). Grerxrcre: Corfu (Norris), Mesolonghi (Foun-
taine), Acarnania, Parnassus, Veluchi (Riihl). Grrmany: Wiesbaden (Prideaux),
Baden, throughout (Reutti), Bremen, Elberfeld, Hamburg, Pomerania, Brieg, Dres-
den, Chemnitz, Leipzig, Dessau, Oberharz, Cassel, Thuringia, Ahrthal, Kissingen,
Regensburg, Kempten, Constance (Riihl), Alsace (Peyerimhoff), Oberwyk (Oberthiir).
NETHERLANDS: not rare (Snellen), Breda (Heylaerts). Iraty: Tuscany, throughout
very common (Stefanelli), Apennines near Boscolungo, Certosa di Pesio (Norris),
Lombardy, Abruzzi (Riihl), Piedmont—Bobbie, Torre Pellice, Pré St. Didier,
Courmayeur, Val Véni (Tutt), Orta (Lowe), Susa (Rowland-Brown), Sicily—
Taormina (Fountaine), Osimo (Spada), Ficuzza (Calberla), Castelbuono, S.
Martino (Struve). Rovumanta: Slanic, Valeni, Dulcesti, Dorna (Hormuzaki),
Comanesti, Tultscha (Caradja). Russta: Baltic Provinces, very rare, Livonia
(Lienig), Tambow, Simbirsch, Orenberg, Kasan (Riihl). Scanprnavia: Norway,
Saeterstoen, etc. (Standen), Sweden (Lampa). Spain: Escorial (Oberthiir),
Castile, Aragon, abundant, Bejar dist., Piedrahita, Sierra de la Demanda, Canales,
Moneayo, Tragacete, common (Chapman), Grenada (Rambur), Catalonia, Mt.
Sény (Witty), Gibraltar (Walker), Barcelona, Montserrat (Standen). SwiTzERLAND:
Generally distributed and common up to 4000 ft., occasionally higher, e.g.,
Zermatt, near Sépey (Wheeler), Yvonne (Tutt), Bérisal (Sheldon), Muhlenen,
Kandersteg, Randa, Aigle (Bath), Villars (Moss), between Fiesch and Brieg
(Pearson), Val d’Herens, between Useigne and Evoléne, Saas-Thal—Stalden,
Hiiteck, Balen, Saas-Grund (Tutt), Ziirich (Riihl), Guarda, Fusio (Chapman).
Turkey: Port Baklar (Walker), Gallipoli (Mathew).

Genus: THymeticus, Htbner.

Synonymy.—Genus: Thymelicus, Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,” p. 113 (1816); Stphs.,
‘‘List,’’ Ist ed., p. 22 (1850); 2nd ed., p. 20 (1856); Kirby, ‘‘ Syn. Cat.,” p. 609
(1871) ; Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett,”’ pp. 639, 828 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’
p. 132 (1896). Papilio, Rott., ‘‘ Naturf.,’’ vi., p. 30 (?) (1775); Schneid., ‘‘ Sys.
Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 274 (1785); Hb., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,’”’ pl. xevi., figs. 488,
489 (3), 490 (¢ ) (1802), text p. 73 (circ. 1805); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2,
p. 231 (1808); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit. Schmett.,”’ vii., p. 56, pl. 631, fig. 3 (1858).
[Papilio-Plebeius-] Urbicola, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett. Eur.,”’ i., pl. xxxvi. (supp. xil.),
fig. 4 (1777), p. 345 (1779) ; Bergstr., ‘‘ Nomenclat.,’? p. 37, pl. Ixxxix., figs. 6-7
(1780); Goeze, ‘‘ Ent. Beit.,”’ ii., pt. 3, p. 117 (1780). [Papilio-] Urbicola,
Bkh., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,”’ i., pp. 182, 286 (1788). Pamphila, Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,’’
i., p. 759 (1815) ; Wood, ‘‘ Ind. Ent.,’”’ p. 9, fig. 79 (1839) ; Humph. and Westd.,
‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 129, pl. xli., figs. 5-7 (1841) ; Dbldy., ‘‘ Syn. List,’ p. 2 (1850) ;
Westd. and Hewitson, ‘‘ Gen. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 52 (1852); Sta., ‘‘ Man.,’’ 1., p. 67
(1857); Kirby, ,‘‘ Eur. Butts.,” p. 22 (1862); p. 66 (1882); Buckl, ‘ Larv.,”
etc., i., p. 135, pl. xvii., fig. 2 (1886); Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., p. 359 (1895).
Hesperia, Ochs., ‘‘Die Schmett.,” iv., p. 34 (1816); Latr., ‘‘Ency. Méth.,”
p. 772 (1819); [God., “Hist.. Nat.,” il.,-pl. xxvii.; figs. 3-4, po 207 (ieanin
Bdv., ‘‘Eur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 27 (1829); Meigen, ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,”
p- 62, pl. 56, figs. 6a-b (1830); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,” x., p. 248 (1834); Bdv.,
‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,”’ p. 35 (1840); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,’’ p. 35 (1840); H.-Sch.,
‘‘Sys. Bearb.,’’ p. 159 (1846); Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852) ;
Curt., ‘‘Gen. Brit. Lep.,’’ pl. iv., fig. 20 (1858); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 287
(1858); Hein., ‘‘Schmett. Deutsch.,” p. 117 (1859); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,”’ Ist ed.,
p. 15 (1861); Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 173 (1870); Snell., ‘‘ Die Vlind.,” p. 86

PuaTeE IX.

i
“a
sd
hs
5|

i treat
ne Anke
im Am

hs g 9

Photo. by Hugh Main,

'THYMELICUS ACTEON,

‘al History of British Butterthes

Fic.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fie.
Fic.
Fig.
Fic.

Pratt IX.
(To be bound facing Plate IX.)

THYMELICUS ACTEON.

1.—Larva (June 15th, 1906) x1.

2.—Larva in puparium (July 1st, 1906) x1.

3.—Pupa in puparium (July 4th, 1906) x1.

4-5.—Pupa removed from puparium x1.

6.—Imago newly-emerged (July 17th, 1906).

7.—Lateral view of larva (June 24th, 1906) x2.
8.—Dorsal view of larva (June 24th, 1906) x2.

9.—Pupa (July 15th, 1906, colouring before emergence) x 2.

THYMELICUS ACTEON. ty

(1867); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Mill., ‘‘Cat. Lep. Alp.-Mar.,”
p. 116 (1872); Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” vi., p. 216 (1874); Frey, ‘‘ Lep.
Schweiz,’’ p. 55 (1880); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,” p. 352, pl. 81, fig. 11 (1884); Kane,
‘Kur. Butts.,”’ p. 147 (1885) ; Dale, ‘‘ Britt. Butts.,’’ p. 217 (1890); Barr., ‘* Lep.
Brit. Isl.,”’ p. 283, pl. xxxvii., figs. 3-3d (1893). Thymelinus, Stphs., ‘Ill. Haust.
Lep.,”’ iv., p. 405 (1834); Westd. and Humph., ‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 125 (1841) ;
Westw., ‘‘ Butts. of Gt. Britain,’”’ p. 128 (1855); Kirby, ‘‘ List Brit. Rhop.,’’ p. 3
(1858). Heteropterus, Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,’’ p. 307 (1837) ; ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,’’
p. 87 (1858). Adopzea, Watson, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 98 (1893) ; Grote,
‘¢ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,’’ p. 59 (1897) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., iii., p. 22
(1897) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901);.Lamb., “‘ Pap. Belg.,” p. 272
(1902).

This genus is very near Adopaea, Billberg, from which, indeed, it
is difficult to separate it except by detailed reference to the early stages.
The genus, as originally constituted by Hubner, was not so hopelessly
heterotypical as are some of Hubner’s genera, since his species are
practically confined to our tribe Thymelicidi, and his diagnosis reads
(Verzeichniss, p. 113) as follows:

Die Fligel fast ganz gelb und ungefleckt— Thymelicus actaeon, T. pustula, T.
vibex, T. venula, T. virgula, T. vitellius, T. linea, T. puer.

In 1834, Stephens restricted (Illus. Brit. Hnt., iv., p. 405) the genus
to acteon and linea {an evident printer’s error, however, making him
spell the genus Thymelinus,*} and the restriction was confirmed by the
same author in 1850 and 1856 (List, 1st and 2nd eds., p. 22 and p. 20);
the type was fixed in 1858 by Kirby as acteon (List Brit. Rhop., p. 3).
Our British representative of the genus, acteon, shows, in its ege, a
less departure from the more typical upright egg of Auyiades sylvanus,
having less of the general appearance of the flat ege exhibited by
Adopaea (lineola and flava), and being dome-shaped, although still an
ege with three axes of different lengths, whilst the surface sculpture is
much stronger and more nearly like that of the ege of Auyiades
(sylvanus) and Urbicola (comma). As in the other Thymelicines the
imago is wanting in the hooked antenne of the Urbicolines (sens. rest.).
The androconial streak, too, is better developed than in Adopaea.

THyMELIcUS acTEON, Rottemburg.

Synonymy.—Species: Acteon, Rott., ‘‘Naturf.,’”’ vi., p. 30 (¢) (1775); Esp.,
““Schmett. Hur.,’’ i., pl. xxxvi. (supp. xii.), fig. 4 (1777), p. 345 (1779); Goeze,
emia bett., i., pi. o, p. 17 (1780); Staud., <° Cat.,” 2nd ed., p.. 35 (1871) ;
Curo, ‘‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,’’ vi., p. 216 (1874); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”’
pp. 639, 828 (1895); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,”’ 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901); Lambill., ‘‘ Pap.
Belg.,’’ p. 272 (1902). Actzon, Bergs., ‘‘ Nomenclatur, etc.,’’ p. 37, pl. lxxxix.,
figs. 6-7 (1780); Schneider, ‘‘ Sys. Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 274 (1785), etc.
[All other references mentioned under the generic synonymy (supra, pp. 116-117) ~
are referable to actaeon. |

ORIGINAL DEsCRIPTION.—Papilio acteon (Plebeius Urbicola).—Very
sunilar to Papilio thaumas, Hufnag., or Papilio sylvestris, Poda, and I
still entertain doubts as to whether it should be considered a distinct
species. It differs from P. thaumas as follows :—lIt 1s rather smaller,
the upperside of all four wings is much darker, and nearly brown; the
underside, however, is coloured like P. thawnas. The forewings are
marked with a curved yellowish spot, forming almost a semicircle, the
extremities of which are curved towards each other. This spot is not

~ It is interesting to see how authors copy from their predecessors. This
spelling error was copied in turn by Westwood, Humphreys and Kirby, before the.
original spelling was again corrected by our British authors.

118 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

far from the outer margin; it starts from the upper, but does not
extend to the lower, margin, terminating in the middle of the fore-
wings. This spot is visible both on the upper- and undersides, but is
rather less distinct beneath. This butterfly has no black comma, like
the male of P. thaumas, but it more resembles the female of the latter.*
I have never taken this insect myself, but I lately received two
specimens from a friend from Landsberg- on-the-Warthe. As this
species is never found in our neighbourhood, although P. thaumas is
found here every year in abundance, and the above described differences
are found in all the specimens of this species which I have seen in the
possession of my friend, it seems to me probable that this butterfly is
a distinct rete: and not a mere aberration of P. thaumas (Von
Rottemburg, Der Naturforscher, vi., pp. 80-81).

Imaco.— 22mm.-27mm. All four wings orange-brown tinged with
fulvous, and irrorated with dark fuscous ; on forewings, an elongate,
longitudinal blotch of paler orange in the discal cell, a transverse,
similarly coloured crescentic series of pale spots forming the
angulated line, just outside the cell; g with a well-marked andro-
conial streak ; traces of a row of paler dots sometimes parallel to hind
margin of hindwings; the margins of all the wings narrowly black ;
nervures indistinct ; fringes yellowish-grey. The undersides almost
uniform greenish-grey to orange-yellow, the inner margin of forewings
blackish, and the apex yellowish.

SEXUAL DiMoRPHISM.—The sexual dimorphism in this species is
most marked, the g possessing a well-developed androconial pocket,
passing obliquely beneath the median nervure of forewing towards the
inner margin, much resembling that of A. flava; phe! pale longi-
tudinal discal spot, the crescentic series of pale spots (forming upper
portion of the angulated line), and the transverse band of pale
spots crossing the centre of the hindwing is much less distinctly marked
(often absent) in the # than the 9 (although the latter sex varies greatly
in this respect). The @ appears to be, on the whole, a larger and more
heavily built insect than the ¢.

GynanpRromorPHISM.—The following is the only gynandromorphi¢
example we can trace:

Left side ¢, right side ¢. Captured at Swanage, July 16th, 1903 (Ford, Enxt.,
XXXV1., p. 242).

VariatTion.—The species is distinctly not a variable one, although,
as already noted, some variation occurs both on the undersides and
uppersides of the wines. In the former, some are much greyer in
tone, others more orange, the former inclining to greenish-grey, the
latter to orange-yellow, and whilst the former have a fairly well-
developed, bright, inner marginal patch on the hindwings, in the more
brightly tinted ones this is lost in the ground-colour. On the upper-
side, the variation chiefly consists in the depth of the ground-colour,
some having an excess of dark fuscous, and hence becoming darker than
usual, others more orange or golden-brown in their tint, and hence being
brighter in hue, whilst extreme British gs are very dark and tinged with
ereen=ab. virescens, n. ab. There is also, in both sexes, considerable
variation in the conspicuousness (or otherwise) of the pale markings,
whilst in some examples there are well-developed traces of pale

* Evidently it is the female that Von Rottemburg describes.

THYMELICUS ACTEON, 119

markings on the hindwings, not present at all in others. Von
Rottemburg mentions none in his description, so that this form is the
type, whilst that with marks on the hindwings, might be called ab.
distincta, n.ab,; very rarely they are absent on both fore- and hind-
wings. The variation in this direction, therefore, may be noted as:

1. With distinct pale marks on fore- and hindwings = ab. distincta, n.ab.
rs “A _ ,, on forewings only =acteon, Rott.
a x ay if », absent on fore- and hindwings=ab. obsoleta, n.ab.

There are two very marked forms in ground-colour, apart from the
more marked presence or absence of the paler markings, viz., (1) the
more typical form with distinctly more fuscous in the ground-colour,
and (2) a more golden-brown form, the paler marks blending more
markedly with the ground-colour=ab. clara, n. ab. We have seen
such forms from Grésy-sur-Aix, Chavoire, and Bourg St. Maurice.
Very rarely the angulated row of pale spots on the forewing unites with
the discocellular spot, making a blotch that occupies the greater part
of the costal area of forewing from the angulated row of spots almost to
the base =ab. extensa,n.ab. Specimens (¢ and @ ) are in our collection
from Chavoire. Oberthtr remarks that marked aberrations are very
rare, only individuals that are lighter or darker than usual occur in
his collection. Rihl notes that the Tunisian examples are somewhat
smaller and the uppersides darker than usual, whilst he adds that the
Algerian specimens are paler, more yellowish than brown.

Eeerayine.—The eggs are deposited low down on the dried leaves
of the foodplant and hatch in about fourteen days (Ruhl). This may
be accurate; until now we have quite failed to discover eggs laid
naturally, nor have we been able to detect a @ depositing her eggs,
but a single egg laid in a chip-box, July 21st, 1905, developed its larva
in about a fortnight, but the latter has not yet hatched (October Ist,
1905), and one suspects that the young larva may live all the winter
inside the eggshell.

Ovum.—Of a pale pearly-white tint, tinged slightly with yellow, of
flat type in outline, 7.c., with three unequal axes, but with micropylar
axis at right angles to plane of deposition. It is distinctly oval in
outline seen from above, and more dome-shaped than the eggs of
Adopaea (lineola and flava) viewed from the side; the edges more
rounded, the top with a slight median micropylar depression; the
surface shiny, pitted, and with distinct surface reticulation, the pits
apparently inclined to fall into longitudinal rows from apex to margin
(Tutt, July 22nd, 1905). The egg has much the appearance of a
Geometrid egg, perhaps in shape and outline more like that of Tro-
chilium (bembeciforme), t.e., it has an oval outline as seen from above,
and is not so tall and wide. At first sight it appears to be un-
questionably a ‘‘flat’’ egg. This, however, is not so. The length of
the ege is 1:05mm., the width 0'70mm., and the height 0°58mm., the
bottom is rather flat and the upper surface is rounded, so that half
way from the centre to the margin (in any direction) the height is
only0°55mm. The young larva appears to be developed within it, and
the colour is dark at one end (larval head), the rest greyish, the egg is
not very transparent, but sufficiently so to allow one to arrive at this
conclusion as to the larval development with some confidence,
though it may be that the egg is addled and the material irregularly
ageregated. The sculpture of the egg is a set of irregular polygons,

120 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

largely triangular, in one or two places three or four squares are seen in
a row, but for the most part no regularity is observable. Their average
diameter is 0°084mm. ‘The lines forming the mesh are raised and
rounded and about 0:004mm. in width; at many points of intersection
is a slight elevation as of a knob, a hint of the raised knobs of Lyceenid
egos. The micropylar area is a very definite and neat little rosette
about 0:005mm. in diameter. It is situated at the centre of the
upper surface of the egg, showing it to be an upright egg, though of
so unusual a shape (Chapman. Described from the same egg, Septem-
ber 13th, 1905).

Hazits or Larva.—As we have just noted, this species probably
hybernates in the egg stage, the larva hatching in the very early spring,
although Riihl says it hatches in the autumn and lives in rolled-together
leaves. By early May in forward seasons the larvee may be already
found in rolled leaves of Brachypodium pinnatum in its Dorset haunts ;
they are then variable in size, and may be collected freely until well
into June, in Purbeck. The larva, at any rate from an early stage of
its existence, lives by day concealed in a cylindrical tube, open at
both ends, which it forms by drawing together the edges of a young
blade of Brachypodium pinnatum along the more central portion of its
leneth, and securely fastening them to one another with white silk, of
which the separate transverse stout cords are most noticeable. In this
it rests, head upwards, stretched out in a straight line along the
middle of the blade, and, when feeding, which it doubtless does only
by night, it devours portions of this blade above its tube, beginning at
the margins. As it increases in size, it moves to another blade, on
which it constructs a fresh tube, and, when fullgrown, it often forms
its tube by fastening together the ends of two neighbouring blades of
its foodplant along part of their length, thereby securing a more roomy
habitation and a larger supply of accessible food. I have never founda
pupa in any of the numerouslarge tubes met with while searching for the
larva, or elsewhere (Bankes). In 1879-80-81 I had larve sent me by a
kind friend at the end of May; they then varied in size from one-fifth
to half-an-inch. Without exception they all arrived, and continued to
live throughout, in a tube formed by a grass leaf, drawn together by
white silk, only coming out to feed. They dwelt in their tube during
the day, and fed at night on the tender parts of young grass... .
They wentinto pupa in the tube, or made acocoon by spinning two or three
blades of grass together (Hutchinson). They spin together the grass
blades and live therein (Parmiter) ; at rest, they lie very flat on a blade
of grass, with the head stretched out in the same plane as the body ;
when disturbed the larva falls, the two extremities approach each
other and the body assumes a crescentic form; the larva can suspend
itself by a thread, still maintaining its crescentic form, but as soon as
it feels something on which to rest it breaks the connection, resting either
in a straight position or fixing itself by its prolegs, holding out its head
and anterior segments in a leech-like manner; it appears to feed
entirely at night, and then makes large gaps in the grass-blade
beginning at the margin and eating its way towards the middle
(Newman). The fullgrown larve spin a coating of white silk from
one side to the other in the middle of a grass-blade, causing the two
edees of the blade to draw together a little, and resting in the silk-
lined hollow, whence they ascend high up the blades of the grass,

THYMELICUS ACTEON. 121

eating out wedge-shaped portions from the side which cuts off the
pointed tip, leaving an oblique edge above, and also eating away other
wedge-shaped pieces from the side of the blade (Buckler). At Meseritz,
in nature, they feed on the small wood-reed, Calamagrostis epigeios,
chiefly under the shade of fir-trees, making deep notches in the edges of
the leaves which help to betray their proximity, feeding in the evening
and at night, and resting in the daytime extended along the flat
surface of the leaf (Zeller). They are fullfed from about the middle
of June onwards, when they spin their puparia (Buckler, June
- 23rd, 1873). Larve have been taken many times in the spring and
early summer months in the Isle of Purbeck by Bankes, who notes (in
litt.) dates as follows:—May 27th, 1885; April 29th, 1890; May
26th, 1890; June 17th, 1892; May 7th, 1894, and June 7th, 1905.
Larva.—Young larva: When young the larva is whitish-green
with green median longitudinal line, and black head; later with
ereen lateral lines, red-brown prothoracic stripe and green head,
etc. (Ruhl). Penultimate and [inal instars: The larva is green in
colour in the penultimate instar (length 12°5mm.), finely studded with
minute black skin-points, in the last instar (22mm. when stretched)
the skin-points are practically invisible except in front, but when
detected are seen to be mere white down or very fine hairs, at any rate
colourless or nearly so. These differences (of size and skin-points) are
the chief between the two stadia. In the penultimate the larva rolls
one or two blades of grass so as to form a tube, using a good deal of
white silk. One, wishing to moult and finding the grass too dry and
shrivelled, used the muslin cover, which it drew into a tube with chiefly
six strong transverse cables. The head has a slight fuscous tint, is
very rounded and minutely shagreened, and shows abundant very minute
hair-points. The colouring is in longitudinal stripes, but the elements
of these stripes are largely transverse yellow lines occupying the sub-
segments. No primary tubercles can be made out. There is a broad
dorsal stripe, green, the next line (narrower) being yellow, and it
has an indication of a faint yellowish line down its centre, the dorsal
line strictly speaking. The lateral line, some way below the pale fawn
and inconspicuous spiracles, is whitish, between the dorsal band and
the lateral line is first the yellow line bordering the dorsal stripe, and
some irregular green and yellow marblings, of which the yellow most
affects the two posterior subsegments and forms an intermediate line.
The effect is to make this region look less dark than the dorsal band.
Hach abdominal segment is divided into an anterior (nearly) half,
which is indistinctly divided into two subsegments, and a posterior
(not quite perhaps) half, divided distinctly into four equal subsegments.
On the latter the black skin-points tend to form transverse rows, one
row and an imperfect row to a subsegment, on the front half they are
less regular. Round the posterior margin (behind anal plate) is a
fringe of white hairs, the only really definite hairs on the larva. The
undersideis rather flattened, more apple-green than the upper, t.e., without
yellow. Finalinstar: In the last instar the striping is more definite and
less of a marbled character—a fine dorsal line, yellow, shading into broad
dark green stripes, then a greenish-white line, next a yellowish-green
band, then a narrow yellow line, then a broad space of pale green, in
the middle of which is the spiracle—followed by the whitish lateral line.
These lines seen dorsally do not converge much at hind extremity. The

Le ‘BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

double yellow line (outside dorsal band) is yellower in front, and is
continued down head on either side as a yellow longitudinal frontal
line. Head otherwise green, with six eye spots. The |jaws whitish
with very dark brown margin and teeth, the cheek behind themforming a
yellow and brown marginal area, ‘The surface of the head has a
slender clothing of very minute hairs, and is very finely pitted, the
margins of the pits run to some extent into lines, looking like a series
of waves. The skin-points are very indistinct over most of the surface;
on the thorax, however, they present minute black rings, some with
very short white hairs, and on the 9th and 10th abdominal segments
they again look lke hair-points, and graduate into the actual hairs
forming the fringe round that end of the larva. There is one hair on
the prothorax, at anterior lower angle of plate (if there is one, the
texture looks like the rest of the larva). The underside is apple-green in
tint, and underneath the 7th and 8th abdominals is already indicated a
pale shade, thougu larva is not yet fullfed. These patches are one on
each side, beginning at front of segment and ending in a rounded
margin before middle of segment, they are crossed by a slight (inter-
segmental?) fold. These ultimately shed the white powder at pupation.
The larva has little of the marked neck which characterises the
Hesperiid section, indeed, it is not noticeable. The thoracic plate in a
prepared specimen is seen to be a very narrow transverse strip, with
several abortive hairs. It has a transverse ridge, and, in front of this,
some raised network markings. The prothoracic segment is definitely
narrower than the mesothorax—it has parallel sides, is just wider than
head (2:lmm.), but (at rest) 1s very narrow from back to front
(about O-'3mm.). The mesothorax bulges out to 28mm. or 3°2mm.,
and has a rounded margin. The larva is about 35mm. wide to
7th abdominal segment—fairly cylindrical, the true legs short
and stumpy, hardly tinted ochreous, the prolegs very short on
low eminences, so that the larva is almost as round below as above.
The prolegs have crochets on about five-sixths of their circle, the
unequipped portion being the outer and slightly posterior. They are
single and about seventeen in number in front; behind are alternate
large and small hooks (in one row), and about sixteen or seventeen of
each. The outer and inner bosses (basal eminence and shaft or pillar)
form one rounded base, divided by a line, each has rather numerous
very fine hairs, and there are a few above and in front of the base.
Lenticles are not very definite, but circles (or ovals) entitled to be so
called occur (1) at bases of the legs, (2) on dorsum (tubercle i?) of meso-
thorax, and (3) on abdomen above situation of vand of vi, 7.e., two at about
equal distances below spiracles. The anal plate is colourless (green),
and reticulated with similar sculpture to that of head and prothoracic
plates. There is a supra-anal comb about 0-4mm. long and O°3mm.
wide with about twenty teeth (Chapman, June, 1905). Linal instar
(June 28rd, 1878): 19mm.-22mm. in length, in figure (omitting the
head) tapered a little to each end, the prothorax being the smallest and
very short. The head swells out beyond the size of the prothorax, but
not to such an extent as in some other allied larve (Buckler). Of a
pale greyish-ereen, the dorsal vessel darker, edged with a slender pale
yellow line on each side, and enclosing a pale longitudinal line along
its middle. A narrow yellowish line runs above on the side, and a
broader one below. The two dorsal lines are prolonged as far as the

‘QOGL “eC ‘Set oyng ysipg fo h.wojsr]] ounqo N
‘0G X MIVOO ‘IVNV QUVISNI GIVNIGIONA) NOWLOV SAOLTANANT, 10 VAUVT

"L010 POON “qT °020YUT

TAX SVTd

THYMELICUS ACTEON. 123

middle of the head and run to the end of the flat anal shield, which is
narrowly edged with pale-yellow. The transverse folds of the skin are yel-
lowish. The head is rounded with inflated cheeks, the brownish mouth
sunk deep between them. The colour of the head (brown in the young
larva) is pale, with the two yellowish lines very distinct and exteriorly
edged with greenish (brown also in the young larva), with lines stouter
and paler and without darker edges. The legs are very short and
ereenish, the ventral ones having usually a longitudinal yellowish
stripe. The two snow-white patches on the underside of the 6th and
7th abdominal segments are conspicuous, as in lineola, sylvanus and
comma. This white substance is spread out at the anal end of the larva
of actaeon when it has formed its puparium (Zeller). The spiracles
are pale flesh-colour, situated on a faint and pale line, which touches
them in front, and vanishes behind each spiracle; the lower pale stripe
is inflated and rather overlaps the ventral prolegs; the surface of the
head and body is slightly roughened with minute granulations, especially
on the thoracic and three terminal segments, which bear a number of
minute black points; the rest of the upper surface is faintly freckled
with rather darker green than the pale ground; the ocelli are black;
the anal shield fringed with a few fine hairs. As the larva matures its
glaucous tint gives way to a paler and more yellowish green (Buckler).
[The larva is figured by Buckler, Larvae, &c., 1., pl. xvil., figs. 2-2a.]

Fooppiants.—- Brachypodium pinnatum (not B. sylvaticum in nature
in Britain) (Hat. Mo. Mag., xxii., pp. 1388-9) (Buckler), Bb. sylvaticum
in confinement (Parmiter and Hutchinson), Tvriticwm (Agropyron)
pungens, T. junceum in confinement (Buckler), Calamayrostis epigetos
(Zeller), Triticum repens, oat- and canary-grass in confinement (New-
man), Poa annua (Ruhl).

Puparium.—The fullerown larve seek for a retired shelter, which
they find in a corner between some leaves on which they form a
spacious habitation by spinning in the open parts a thin wall of
whitish web, with large and very irregular meshes, the resting-place
being thickly covered with whitish silk, but most thickly where the
tail of the larva is to rest, pupation taking place in four or five days (Zel-
ler). They also construct close retreats within the outer space, formed
by two or three biades of grass crossing each other. These they fasten
together with silk, and within it. spin a silken carpet, to which they
attach themse.:es, making also a fine cincture of white silk that is
drawn tightly round the front of the pupa after pupation has taken
place, the cincture being secured a little behind to each side of the
chamber by a thickening of the silk. The few stout threads that cross
over the pupa at each end, more or less obliquely, do not touch it at
all, but serve as security for its habitation, and possibly as protective
outworks whilst it les fastened on its silken carpet (Buckler). The
pupa is enclosed between two or more grass blades, drawn closely
together and lined with silk so as to form a cocoon; still the blades
over the back are but shghtly drawn together, and are easily removed,
leaving the pupa in the hollow of a leaf, attached much like a
Papilionid or a Pierid. Under the pupa, the silken mat is strong and
continuous, and extends 8mm. or 4mm. beyond the pupa at either end ;
there is rather more silk under the cremaster, forming a pad, not nearly
so definite as in that of a Papilio, etc., but still entitled to be recognised
as a specially thickened position in the silken mat. The pupa is also

124 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

encircled by a girth which impresses the wings a little, and, leaving
them at the anal angle, crosses the back in the incision between the
2nd and 8rd abdominal segments, in which it is quite invisible
(Chapman). The pupa is slender and agile, and the pupal stage lasts
a fortnight (Zeller).

Pupra.—The pupa is of a lively apple-green of several tints, the
head, thorax, and appendages are transparent, if not quite glassy, and
the colour is bluish-green, depending entirely on the fluid contents—
the nose-horn has a pinkish shade, which is cutaneous colouring, the
pen of the cremaster is also faintly margined with pinkish, and for the
rest is colourless, as if the translucent white cuticle contained éolourless
fluid. The rest of the abdomen is of a more solid aspect, and rather
yellowish tint. The broad dorsal band is of much the same colour as
the thorax, however, but has a very fine yellow central line, it is
bordered by a line which is yellow by comparison, but really apparently
a green, and there is another similar line half way between this and
the spiracles; these lines proceed forward over the mesothorax, but
fade out before reaching the prothorax. The pupa is 19mm. long and
3°8mm. across the widest part (wing-bases). The head is broad and
square, and about 8mm. across. The nose-horn arises at the middle
of the dorsal margin, its dorsal line being continuous with that of the
pupa, but ventrally, there is, beneath it, a breadth of nearly 1mm. of
the head, whose surface is directed to the front. The horn is 1mm.
wide at base and abont 1-3mm. long. The lne of the glazed eye re-
sembles that of a Sphingid, viz., the curvature is directed forward. Seen
laterally it has very much the appearance of a human eye (in a marble
statue) due to the glazed part being very wide, and contrasting in
texture with the portions above and below that look like eyelids. The
median angles of the maxille come very far forward in front, but not
quite on the anterior aspect of the head. Until the maturation of
the imago commences the wings are so transparent that the trachex
of the venation can be easily made out, as well as the superficial
impress of the venation on the surface. ‘The apices of the wings reach
to nearly the posterior margin of the 4th abdominal, and beyond this
there extend, as a free style, the ends of the maxille, reaching beyond
the middle of the 6th abdominal, this portion, as well as a portion
between the wings as far back as the upper border of the 4th, being tinted
red-brown. The antenne descend as far as two-thirds down the wings;
the first'lees about as far, but they are entirely cut off from the antenne
by the second legs. All these parts are very difficult to make out, the
underlying trachee being more conspicuous than the superficial
sutures. There are no hairs to be detected by using a strong hand-lens.
The cremaster is a small dense patch of short reddish hooks beneath
the extremity of the 10th abdominal segment (Chapman, July, 1905).
Slender, about 19mm. in length, 4mm. across the arched thorax, where
it is widest, though the head, with its large prominent eyes, is almost
as wide; the top of the head is a trifle flattened, and has a beak-like
process projecting forwards of a flattened triangular shape, its base
lying across the head between the eyes; the abdomen tapers very
gradually towards the anal portion, which ends in a prolonged and
blunt flattened tip, furnished with a circlet of exceedingly minute
recurved hooks. The wings, antenne and legs are plainly developed,
and the proboscis is extended at full length down the abdomen, from

THYMELICUS ACTEON. 125

which it lies wholly free towards its extremity. Its colouring at first,
and up to within four days of the advent of the imago, closely
resembles that of the last larval period, v7z., a very pale and delicate
yellowish-green, on which all the lines of the larva, though faint, are
distinctly to be seen. The first indication of its approaching change
is a gradual suffusion of pink over the thorax, which, with the wing-
covers, in 24 hours, becomes of a dingy greyish-purple hue, the back
of the abdomen a light brownish-olive tint, the divisions appearing as
paler rings, the beak and tail purplish-grey. In this advanced stage,
the change of colour is considerable even in an hour or two; it grows
by degrees deeper olive on the back of the abdomen, with a dingy
purple dorsal stripe; as the body and thorax darken to purplish-black,
so, In proportion, do the frontal and caudal projections fade away to a
ereyish-ashy paleness, and become semitransparent, as though empty ;
finally, the surface becomes as though covered generally with a misty
reddish-erey bloom (Buckler). [The pupa is figured by Buckler
(Larvae, etc., 1., pl. xxii., figs. 2b-2c.) |

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—Although this species is on the wing for a
considerable period every year, it appears to be everywhere throughout
its range single-brooded. In Tunis, it is recorded as appearing as early
as March and April, in the Beyrout district early in May, in Greece
and Sicily at the end of May and June, in southern France and Spain
in June, rarely in May, in Crete in June, yet its time of appearance in
Central Europe is much as in England, varying from June to August,
according to the season, and lasting over from six to eight weeks each
year, the average time being the last three weeks in July and the first
week of August for fine specimens. The idea that the species is
double-brooded in Britain* is erroneous; in early seasons, e.y., 1898,
the species is out by the last week of May (May 31st, 1893, in Purbeck),
and lasts well into July; in late seasons, e.y., 1888, it was not out until
August and lasted well into September (September 8th, in Purbeck).
We have not been able to collect many actual dates, but those we have
exhibit considerable variation. Amongst others we note: ConTINENTAL
RECORDS—In 1893, first seen on June 29th at Nice (Bromilow), a month
after its appearance in Kngland the same year (Bankes), and six weeks
later than its appearance at Hyeres, May 17th, 1905 (Sheldon); July
28th, 1894, at Courmayeur (Tutt); June 6th, 1897, at Canea, in Crete
(Mathew); June 12th and 13th, 1898, at Blagaj, about eight miles east
of Mostar (Mrs. Nicholl); August 17th, 1898, between Morgex and
Aosta, worn (Tutt); first week in September, 1898, a good deal worn,
at Brigue (Wheeler); June 3rd-18th, 1899, at Digne; June 23rd, 1899,
at Susa (Rowland-Brown); July 19th, 1899, at Sierre (Wheeler) ;
common, July 12th-20th, 1900, at Herculesbad (Lang); May 38rd,
1900, in the Beyrout district (Nicholl); common, June 2nd, 1900, in
Crete (Fletcher); in June, 1900, at Mesolonghi (Fountaine); August
19th, 1900, at Gresy-sur-Aix, worn (Tutt); July 29th, 1901, at Mende
(Rowland-Brown); June 6th, 1902, May 30th-June 14th, 1903,
at Hyeres, June 21st, 1902, at Ste. Maxime (Powell); July 29th-
81st, 1902, at Chavoire (Tutt); June 23rd, 1903, at Guéthary

* This idea originated with Hearder (Ent. Mo. Mag., xx., p. 227) and Dale
(Ent. Mo. Mag., xxviii., p. 164), but all the evidence is against the assumption, and
the latter’s account of the life-history in two broods (Hist. Brit. Butts., p. 218)
is quite imaginary (see Ent. Mo. Mag., xxix., p. 214).

126 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

(Chapman); July 26th, 1903, at St. Martin Vésubie (Rowland-Brown) ;
July 28th, 1904, at the foot of the Grand Saléve; July 29th-31st, 1905,
quite worn, at Grésy-sur-Aix; August 3rd-5th, 1905, in fine condition,
at Bourg St. Maurice; August 19th, 1905, at Chatillon, quite over (Tutt) ;
August 3rd, 1905, at Gavarnie(Turner. British recorps—August 15th,
1832, at Durdle Cove, near Lulworth Cove (Dale); August 2nd, 1847, atthe
Burning Cliff (Stevens) ; July, 1849, at the Burning Cliff (Douglas) ; fine
at end of July, 1858, worn and over at end of July, 1864, at Lulworth Cove,
etc. (Blackmore); July 27th, 1867, at Lulworth (Dale); imagines bred
July 14th-18th, 1878, from wild-captured larve (Buckler); July 12th-
19th, 1877, at a place 15 or 16 miles east of Lulworth Cove (Goss); June
20th-September 4th, 1879, at Lulworth (Dale); June 16th-July 22nd,
1884, also bred July 15th from larve collected in spring; July 16th-
August 5th, 1885, July 5th, 1886, August 4th, 1887, September 8th and
11th, 1888, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); throughout August to
September 13th, 1888, at Lulworth (Dale); July 18th-August 1st,
1889, June 21st, 1890, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); August 2nd-
September 6th, 1890, at Sidmouth (Wells); early August, 1891, at
Swanage (Alderson); July 31st, 1891, at Swanage (Raynor); July
8th-15th, 1892, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); well out in the
Swanage district on July 12th, 1892, and continued to emerge up
to August 8th or 10th (Bright); July 15th, 1892, at Swanage
(Mackonochie) ; July 26th-August 5th, 1892, at Swanage (Alderson) ;
July 29th and August Ist, 1892, at Swanage (Bloomfield); early in
August, 1892, near Honiton (Riding); July 28th-August 13th, 1892,
at Burning Chiff; August 3rd, 1892, at Lulworth (Claxton); May 31st-
July 28th, 1893, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); end of July, 1893,
wora, at Weymouth (Claxton) ; several good ones, August 16th, 1893,
at Swanage (Bergman); from August 6th, 1894, at Swanage (Dobrée-
Fox); June 13th-July 25th, 1894, June 20th-July 23rd, 1895, June
23rd-July 18th, 1896, June 12th-25th, 1897, in the Isle of Purbeck
(Bankes); mid-July, 1897, at Swanage (Bayne); August 4th, 1897,
worn specimens at Sidmouth (Studd); August 2nd, 1898, worn, at
Sidmouth (Raynor); at Swanage, first fortnight in August, 1898
(Henderson) ; July 18th, 1899, abundant at Sidmouth (Studd); July,
1899, at Swanage (Robertson) ; August Ist, 1899, and following days,
at Swanage (Kemp); July 10th, 1901, at Swanage (Robertson); July
16th, 1902, at Swanage (Ford); July 21st, 1902, at Swanage (Vinall) ;
June 19th, 1904, locally common at Swanage (Rothschild); August,
1904, at Swanage (Image); July 15th-August 27th, 1904; July 20th-
29th, 1905, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); July 14th, 1905, at
Swanage (Young); July 21st, 1905, abundant at same place (Bell).
Hasrrs.—The habits of this species are not unlike those of Advpaea
lineola and A. flava, except that it appears to be a distinctly swifter-
winged and more restless species than either of them, especially if the
sun be really hot; it also appears to be much fonder of flowers than
these, although it rests and suns itself in a similar manner. In many
respects, the imagines remind one of the rapidly-moving Urbicola comma,
chasing one another from flower to flower after resting for hardly a
moment in the hot sun, following each other through the long grass
or hunting away an approaching 4. flava or A. lineola. When
sunning, it rests with the hindwings somewhat inclined from the
horizontal, the forewings slightly folded along the inner margin and

THYMELICUS ACTEON. Dyavd

resting on the hindwings at about an angle of 60° to them; at this
time, the inner margin of the forewing rests along the anal nervure of
the hindwing much as in A. lineola, but the forewings are much more
elevated and nearly parallel to each other. Like most of the ‘“‘skippers”’
the male loves to drink, and, at a runnel near the bridge at Bourg St.
Maurice, on August 3rd-5th, 1905, we captured many, as they sat motion-
less, imbibing in the hot sun, and practically oblivious of the crowds of
Polyommatus damon and P. corydon that almost stood on them. In a
clover-field above Grésy-sur-Aix, on July 31st, 1905, they showed the
same restless disposition as on the flower-slopes at Bourg, sitting for a
moment sucking the nectar and then flying off rapidly, on the approach
of any other butterfly, to their chosen point of vantage to give battle,
often returning after driving the offender off. On the borders of a
lucerne-field at Chavoire, at the end of July, 1901, where the plants
grew tall and sparsely, they were also exceedingly active in the hot sun,
sitting for a moment on a lucerne-head, and darting off rapidly to give
battle to another of their kind, but returning again and again to nearly
the same place; the ?s often appear to be in rather better condition
than the gs, probably because they emerge a little later and are a trifle
less active. At Digne the species was abundant in July, 1901, frequent-
ing the lavender flowers with Adopaealineola. Towards the end of the after-
noon and early evening, however, they become less active, settle down on
the flowers and become an easy prey ; by dusk, however, they disappear
into the lowest herbage. Rowland-Brown observes that, at Mende,
the imagines particularly affect the brown flowers of a rush on which
to rest, and to which their colour offers a close resemblance, and thus
affording considerable protection, whilst Fletcher observes that, at
Suda Bay, in Crete, they were easily captured as they rested on
clumps of rushes. This rush-resting habit appears to be fairly
general, for it is noted by Claxton as occurring also at Swanage ; he
observes that, when freshly emerged, they appear to like to sit on a
spray of bramble or on a grass-culm, but later are fond of sitting on
teasel-heads, and not infrequently on thistle- and bramble-flowers, to
suck the honey; on a dull day they do not fly, and are then to be found
at rest on the rushes, but on a bright day are very active and
pugnacious, attacking other species of butterflies occurring in their
neighbourhood. In its haunts at Lulworth, it is reported as
flying very rapidly in the sunshine, in short, sharp, jerky flights,
settling on the rough herbage found growing in the localities it
affects, or on the Brachypodium on which its larva feeds, and darting |
off rapidly from one point to another at no great distance. It some-
times settles on the ground, whilst Stephens found a few on flowers of
thistle and ragwort, although more were seen on the flowers of a
Carex, that grew in clusters close to the beach, the species being
confined apparently, in the Burning Cliff locality, to a space of about
100 yards only; Dale also notes that it affects that part of the under-
chif to the east of Lulworth Cove, where Inula crithmoides grows
abundantly; Goss says the imagines frequent flowers of Ononis
arvensis, and Bankes that he finds them feeding on thistle flowers in
Purbeck.

Hasitat.—Distributed as the species is over almost the whole of
that part of the Palearctic area comprising the Canary Isles,
the Mediterranean region, southern, central, and southeastern Europe,

128 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and extending throughout Asia Minor, the species has, as may be
supposed, a variety of habitats, yet, at whatever latitude or altitude
it may be found, its haunts are usually well protected from the cold,
and have a dry and sunny situation. In Britain, it is practically
confined to the coves and sheltered cliffs and slopes on the southern
coasts of Devonshire, Dorset, and Cornwall, and, on the opposite coast
of France from Cancale to St. Malo, in similar places, the species is
equally abundant. The well known Lulworth Cove locality is an
undercliff covered with thistles, large tufts of grass, and tall Carices,
among which the butterflies skip about briskly in company with A.
flava; at Swanage it occurs on grassy slopes near the sea, whilst
Parmiter observes that the habitats between Swanage and Weymouth
are detached places on the downs facing the sea, within one or two
hundred yards of the shore, where the subsoil is of chalk or limestone,
the chosen haunts having a southern aspect and well sheltered by hills
from the north. Goss observes of one of the places where the species
is most abundant, that it is some 15 or 16 miles to the east of Lulworth
Cove, and forms a platform some 300 ft. in length and 50 ft. in breadth
formed by a landshp at no very remote period, on the side of
the cliff, at a height of about 130 ft. above the sea; here the
eround is extremely rough with masses of rock lying about in
all directions, while the vegetation is of a very varied character ;
Bankes finds it common in many warm spots in Purbeck, both on
the coast, and also inland along the southern slopes of the chalk
hills, even some miles from the sea. On the Continent some
of its chosen haunts are very different; the nearness of the
sea is not at all necessary to obtain the warm sun-bathed slopes
the insect loves, and hence we find it abounding in localities having
quite different positions—the hot sunny slopes on the hills above
Grésy-sur-Aix, from the grass of which they invade the adjacent
lucerne and clover fields, or purloin the honey from the flowers
in the neighbouring orchards; the steep rough banks that edge
the top of a lucerne-field that slopes up from the shores of the Lac
d’Annecy to the foot of the hills at Chavoire; the rough flower-
covered slopes at the foot of the Grande Gorge, at the base of the Grand
Saléve, near Geneva, the flowering slopes of the valley leading
from Bourg St. Maurice to Bonneval-les-Bains; the roadside banks
between Pré St. Didier and Aosta; flowery meadows among the
lower mountains opposite Chatillon, in the Val d’Aoste, and many
other similarand dissimilar places. Bath notes it in the Pyrenees, at St.
Sauveur and Héas, at an elevation of from 3000 ft. to 5000ft. Zeller
found it on the edge of a pine-wood at Meseritz, in Posen; whilst, in
Hesse-Nassau, and other German states, it appears to be almost
confined to dry, warm spots on the chalk-hills, or in pine-forests ;
and so on. We have no doubt that its more southern and eastern
haunts are even more varied; in Syria, it occurs in the Beyrout district
in the Dog River valley down to sea-level. So also it does in most of
the islands of the Greek Archipelago, Crete and Cyprus; it occurs low
down also at Gibraltar, in the cork woods, so that its habitats are seen
to be sufficiently diverse in character.

British LOCALITIES.—Cornwati: near Truro (Benson), [near Falmouth
(Dale)|. Devon: extremely local—cliffs east of Sidmouth and Torquay (Reading), Sid-
mouth (Studd), between Sidmouth and Charmouth, near Honiton (Riding). Dorset:

THYMELICUS ACTEON, 129

coast from Punfield Cove near Swanage to Preston Coastguard Station, two miles
from Weymouth, the range of hills running through Purbeck, line of chalkhills
from Swanage to Upwey, Ridgway Hill, near Upwey (Dale), Isle of Purbeck—Corfe,
etc. (Bankes), Swanage (Raynor), Weymouth (Claxton), Burning Cliff by Holworth
(Lockey), Durdle Cove near Lulworth Cove (Dale), near Tyneham (Parmiter), near
Lyme Regis (teste Dale). [Somersrer: Wookey near Wells (Westcott) (almost
certainly A. flava).| [Warwickx: Stratford-on-Avon (Colbourne), Shenstone near
Lichfield, in 1835, in abundance (Humphreys teste Stainton)].
DisTRIBUTION.—Central and Southern Europe (except Russia), Asia Minor,
Syria, Mauretania (Staudinger). Arrica: Canary Isles (Holt-White), Algeria—
Oran, Lambessa, Bona, Algiers, Sebdou (Oberthiir), Sidi-bel-Abbes, Kasba de Bona,
Tunis, Morocco (Riihl). Asia: Syria—Beyrout district, Dog River valley
(Nicholl), Amasia, Taurus, Broussa (Riihl). Ausrro-Huneary; Dalmatia—Zara
(dela Garde), Herculesbad (Lang), Transsylvania, the Bukovina—Banat (Caradja),
Croatia, Slavonia (Rebel), Bohemia, rare—Carlsbad (Hiibner), Prague, near
Budweis (Fritsch), Moravia—Briinn (Schneider), Lower Austria— Hernstein
district, Piesting (Rogenhofer), Vienna, near Médling (Speyer), Rosenau (Fritsch),
Salzburg—in the lower valleys, rare (Richter), Tyrol—Innsbruck district (Weiler),
Botzen, Trient (Mann), near Tratzberg (Fritsch), Carniola—coast districts, Cesta,
Locayiz (Mann), Wippach (Speyer), Dalmatia (Speyer), the Unterberg, Glockner dis-
trict, the Lipnik (Riihl). Brterum: Local and rare—Bomal, Montagne St. Pierre
(Donckier), Durbuy, Rochefort, Dinant (Lambillion), Han-sur-Lesse (Sibille), Denée
(Hennin), Theux (Derenne), Esneux (Ruhl). Bosnra anp Hercueovina : Sarajevo dis-
trict—Dariva, Reljevo (Rebel), Klekovaca (Apfelbeck), Trebevic (Rebel), Jablanica
(Hilf), Blagaj (Nicholl), Nevesinje (Uhl), Bilek (Rebel), Trebinje—Grab (Rebel), Stolac
(Winneguth). Bunearta AND Hast Roumenia: near Sophia, Kokaleny-Kloster
(Bachmetjew), Slivno, everywhere in the mountain valleys (Rebel). Cyprus (Riihl).
France: generally distributed in the south, local in the north. Brittany—Pont
de l’Arche district, Voie Blanche, Vaudreuil, Deux-Amants, Fleury-sur-
Andelle (Dupont), Rennes district, coast from Cancale to St. Malo, Monterfil
(Oberthiir), near Vannes, Ploérmel (Griffith), Lardy, Mantes, Chartres, Chateaudun
Auvergne, near Thiers (Berce), Indre—Brenne (Martin), Gargilesse, Sologne,
St. Florent, Mt. Dor, Le Lioran (Sand), Balsiéges, Mende (Rowland-Brown), Mt.
d’Hraines, Troarn, Amfréville, Condé-sur-Huisne (Moutiers), Aube—Les Riceys,
Ervy (Jourdheuille), forest of Orleans (Lafitolle), Hure-et-Loire—Beville-le-Comte
(Guenée), Sadne-et-Loire—La Senetriére, Fontenailles (André), Maine-et-Loire
(Delahaye), Dordogne—Queyssac (Tarel), Savoy—Chavoire, Grésy-sur-Aix,
Bourg St. Maurice (Tutt), Val du Fier, Val du Chéran (Oberthiir), Sarthe
(Graslin), Vienne—Charroux (Oberthiir), Haute-Garonne, Loire-Infér.—Nantes,
Portnichet (Roy), Alpes-Maritimes — generally distributed (Powell), moun-
tains north of Nice (Oberthiir), Grasse (Nicholson), St. Martin-Vésubie
(Rowland-Brown), Hyéres (Sheldon), Ste. Maxime (Powell), Basses-Alpes—
Digne (Rowland-Brown), Bouches-du-Rhone—St. Pons, Pyrenées-Orientales
—Port-Vendres, Vernet-les-Bains (Oberthiir), Gavarnie (Turner), St. Sauveur, Héas
from 3000 ft.-5000 ft. (Bath), Basses-Pyrenees—between Gédre and Luz (Rondou),
Gironde dept. (Brown), Guethary (Chapman). Grercr: Corfu (de la Garde),
Mesolonghi (Fountaine), Crete—Suda Bay (Fletcher), Canea (Mathew), Acar-
nania, Parnassus, Naxos, Euboea, Syra, Tino, Kos— Stanchio, Patara
(Riihl). Germany: Prussia—Kulm (Speiser), Pomerania—Garz-an-Oder (Triepke), ©
Frankfort-an-Oder (Zeller), the Schwalbenbergen near Garz-Schrey, Grambow
Moor (Hering), Mecklenburg—lLudwigslust (Schmidt), Hanover— Osnabriick,
Hameln, Osterode, near Gottingen, common (Jordan), Brunswick—Wolfen-
biittel (Heinemann), Quedlinburg (Jordan), Harz, in the lower valleys (Speyer),
Rhine provinces—Trier, Boppard, Bingen (Stollwerck), Hesse-Nassau, ete,
—Biebrich, Mombach, Dotzheim, Wiesbaden (Réssler), the Frankfurt Stadtwald,
Mombach Wald (Koch), Cassel, Quelenberg, Lindenberg, Chausseebéschung
(Bo:gmann), Waldeck, Lichtungen, near Arolsen, Wildungen, Rhoden, Rotenburg-
an-Fulda (Jordan), Thuringia—near Erfurt, Gotha, Arnstadt, Martinroda, Elgers-
burg, Rudolstadt, Hisenberg (Krieghoff), Gotha, Seeberg, Boxberg, Lauchaer Holz,
Thuringian Wald (Knapp), Willeroder Holz (Keferstein), near Weimar, Jena, Oster-
land (Speyer), Saxony—near Zeitz-an-Elster (Wilde), the Petersberg near Halle
(Stange), Oranienbaum (Richter), near Cothen (Gillmer), Miihlhausen, Treffurt,
Wantried, the Iberge near Heiligenstadt, etc. (Speyer), the Kyffhauser, near Nord-
hausen (Jordan), Brandenburg—Buckau (Pfiitzner), Riidersdorf (Dadd), near
Kornbusch (Kretschmer), Frankfurt-an-Oder (Herrmann), Landsberg (Speyer),

130 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Posen—Owinsk, Cybinathal, Neutomischel (Schultz), Meseritz (Zeller), Silesia
—Near Brieg, Obernigk (Wocke), Sprottau district, Wachsdorf, near Miicken-
dorf, Altkirch, Donabrunnen (Pfiitzner), near Elstra (Schiitze), near Leipzig
(Speyer), near Connewitz, near Moéckern, Grimma (Ent. Ver. Faun.), Bavaria—
Regensburg (Hoffmann), Erlangen (Speyer), Wiirtteniberg—Tiibingen, Reutlingen
(Seyffier), Baden—Lahr, Carlsruhe, Heidelberg (Reutti), on the Thurmberg
(Gauckler), valleys of Ueberlingen, Basel, Durlach, Weinheim (Meess), Alsace—in the
Vosges (Speyer), near Darmstadt (Glaser). Ivaty: Probably throughout Tuscany—
environs of Florence, Leghorn, etc., common (Stefanelli), Piedmont—Courmayeur,
between Pré St. Didier and Aosta, Chatillon (Tutt), Susa (Rowland-Brown), Apen-
nines— near Boscolungo (Norris), Pistoiese Apennines (Verity), Roman Campagna
(Caradja), Pompeii (Oberthiir), Sicily—Taormina, Messina, Palermo (Fountaine),
Syracuse (Zeller), Madonie, S. Martino, Monreale, Palermo (Struve), Corleone,
Serace (Calberla), Naples, Catania (Zeller). Monrenecro: Cattaro (Nicholl).
NETHERLANDS: very rare—Limburg, Valkenberg, Maastricht (Snellen). Roumanta:
mountain valleys (Mann), Dulcesti (Hormuzaki), Tulcea (Caradja), Banater—
Grenzgebirge (Viertl). Sparn: Valés, Bilbao (Seebold), Castile, Sierra de Bejar,
San Sebastian, Avila, Cuenca (Chapman), Malaga (Riihl), Granada (Rambur),
Gibraltar (Walker). Swirzertanp: generally very local and confined to very
restricted areas (Wheeler)—Basle (Knecht), Ziirich (Frey), Lagern-in-Baden (Snell),
St. Blaise and district (Couleru), St. Gallen district (Taschler), Grisons—Tarasp
(Killias), Weissenburg (Huguenin), Rhone Valley—several places in the Pfynwald,
Sierre, Brig (Wheeler), Martigny, above Plan Cérisier, between Aigle and Sepey,
Arpilles (Favre), Zermatt (Zeller-Dolder), foot of the Grand Saléve (beyond
Veyrier) (Tutt). Turkey: Gallipoli (Mathew).

Subfamily: Urpiconinz.

Tribe: Urpticonipt.

There are two British representatives of this tribe in Britain, viz.,
Augiades sylvanus and Urbicola comma. Their eggs are entirely
different from those of the Thymelicids, and their larve are of more
distinctly ‘‘skipper’’ build, the neck being more constricted, somewhat
after the manner of the larve of the Hesperiids. The pupa, too, is

markedly different, lacking the tapering nose-horn (with its attendant
hooks) and the abdominal segments, though tapering, are not so
slender as those of the Thymelicid pupa.

Barbut’s action in 1781 (Gen. Ins. Linn., p. 178) in citing comma,
Linné, no. 256, as the typical example of Urbicola, constitutes this
the typical section of the superfamily. He notes of the final Linnean
subdivision of Papilio:

PLEBEII.

Rurales.
Ruralis example P. P. R. betule, Linn. no. 220.
Urbicolae.
Urbicola example P. P. U. comma, Linn. no. 256.
Under the name Angiadae, the tribe was diagnosed by Hiibner
(Verzeichniss, p. 112) as:

The wings above yellow, spotted beneath with pale (white)—Augiades crinisus,
Cram., 300. 4A. arcalaus, Cram., 391. A. comma, Linn., Syst. Pap. 256; Hiibn.,
Pap. 479-481. A. sylvanus, Esp., Pap. 36, 1: Hiibn., Pap. 482-484. 4. helirius,
Cram., 60. A. ewribates, Cram.

The imagines are, in this tribe, much larger and of heavier build
than those of the Thymelicids, the forewings more pointed towards the
apex, owing to the rapid slope of the outer margin to the anal angle;
the androconial patch is larger, the fold more open, and usually
followed beneath by an area of erect scales. The general features of
the tribe are given by Speyer (Can. Entom., x., pp. 151-2) as follows:

Club of antennex ovate or elongated, at the end more or less curved into a

AUGIADES. 181

much thinner, acute hooklet, which may be shorter or longer, but always shorter
than the club itself. The length of the hooklet depends upon the number of
antennal joints of which it consists (in the American phylaeus, Dru., it is repre-
sented by the single terminal joint which sets upon the thick end of the club in the
form of a short spine). Palpi placed close to the front, at most extending a little
beyond the eyes, the middle joint broad anteriorly, closely set with long, brush-like
hair-scales; the apical joint conical, either short and thick, or moderately long and
more slender, yet not so thin and subulate as in Thymelicus. Tibie unarmed in
some species, but with spines in most, which are the stronger upon the middle
tibiez. Body robust, the abdomen as long as the head and thorax united. Wings
relatively small, stiff, the anterior ones triangular, the posterior ones short, mostly
produced at the inner angle, particularly inthe male. The anterior wings generally
have a stigma, but no costal fold. The tuft is absent from the tibie.

Speyer further diagnoses (op. cit., p. 152) the characters of at least four
eroups belonging to this subfamily, which read as follows :—

A. Club of antenna thick, with a sharp apical hooklet. Vein 2 (i.e., the first
branch of the median) of the forewings originates much nearer to the base than to
the hindmargin of the wings, and is almost twice as long as is the trunk of the
median -vein to its end. The ¢ stigma of the forewings in its normal position—
Pampuita, Fab.—comma, L., sylvanus, Esp., ochracea, Brem.

B. The last fifth of the elongated club of the antenna slender and bent back-
wards, but rounded out at the end. Second vein asin A. ¢ without stigma—
GontLopa, H.-S.—alcides, H.-S.

C. Antenne asin A. Vein 2 originates at, or a little before, the middle of the
Wing, and is not, or only a little, longer than the trunk of the median. Stigma
absent, or, when present, directed more towards the outer margin and reaching
only to the first vein—[Parnara, Moore|]|—mathias, Fab., zelleri, Led., nostro-
damus, Fab.

D. Club of the antenna more slender and more fusiform, with acute, but less
sharply defined, apical hooklet. The second vein starts in the middle of the wing.
Fringe light-coloured, spotted with darker colour at end of veins. ¢ without
stigma—[Acromacuus, Nicév.]—inachus, Mén.

Watson has since given a detailed synoptical key of the group (Proc.
4001. Soc. Lond., 1898, pp. 91 et seq.), to which reference should be made.
In this, a much more minute generic division with diagnostic characters
is made, and detailed generic descriptions are added. The important
Separation of comma (which he places in Frynnis) and sylvanus (which
he places in Auyiades) (op. cit., pp. 91-92) 1s to be carefully noted.
These are the only representatives of the tribe in Britain.

Genus: Avetapes, Hubner.

Synonymy.—Genus: Augiades, Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,’”’ p. 112 (1816); Stphs., ‘ Illus.
Haust.,”’ iv., p. 405 (1834); ‘‘ List,’’ Ist ed., p. 23 (1850); 2nd ed., p. 21 (1856) ;
Wats., ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 103 (1893); Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., iii.,
p. 27 (1897) ; Grote, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,”’ p. 59 (1897) ; Staud., ‘‘Cat.,”’
2nd ed., p. 93 (1901) ; Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 277 (1902). Papilio, Poda, ‘‘ Ins.
Mus. Grec.,”’ p. 79 (1761); Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,’’ p. 181 (1763) ; Schneid., ‘‘ Sys.
Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 273 (1785); Lewin, ‘‘ Insects,’”’ p. 96, pl. xlvi., figs. 1-3
(1795); Don., ‘‘ Brit. Ins.,’’ p. 8, pl. 254, fig. 2 (1795); Hb., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,”’
pl. xev., fig. 482 ¢, figs. 483-4 ¢ (1802); text p. 72 (circ. 1805); Ochs., ‘‘ Die
Schmett.,” i., pt. 2, p. 226 (1808); Freyer, ‘*‘ Neu. Beit.,’’ vii., pp. 80, 170, pl. 646,
fig. 2, pl. 696, fig. 2 (1858). [Papilio-Plebeius-] Urbicola, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett.
Mar i-, pl. xxxvi. (Supp. xli.), fig. 1 (29) (1777), p. 343 (2) (1779); -Goeze,
faints) beit.,’’ 1., pt. 3, p. 117 (1780); Bergs., ‘‘ Nomenclatur,” etc., p. 37
pl. lxxxix., fig. 435 (copy of Esper’s fig.) (1780); Fab., ‘‘ Mant.,’’ ii., p. 84 (1787);
Bork., ‘‘Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 180, 285 (1788), ii., p. 236 (1789); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,”’
p- 50 (1803). [Hesperia-] Urbicola, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,’’ lii., pt. 1, p. 326 (1783).
Hesperia, Latr., ‘‘ Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208 (1810); Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Encycl.,’’ ix.,
p-. 130 (1815); Ochs., ‘‘Die Schmett.,”’ iv., p. 34 (1816); Dalm., ‘ Vet. Ak.
Handl.,”’ xxxvi., p. 201 (1816); Latr., ‘“‘ Kur. Meth.,’’ p. 770 (1819); Sam., ‘‘ Ent.
Souwp-,” p. 242 (1819); Godt., “* Hist. Nat.,”’ i., pl. xii. sec., fig. 2; pl. xii. tert.,
fig. 3 (1821); Bdvy., ‘‘Eur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 27 (1829); Meig., ‘‘ Eur.

132 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Schmett.,” p. 67, pl. lvi., figs. 3a-c (1830); Treits., ‘‘Die Schmett.,’’ x., p. 248
(1834); Bdv., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,’”’ p. 35 (1840); Dup., ‘‘Cat. Meth.,’’ p. 35
(1840); Evers., ‘‘Faun. Volg.-Ural.,’’ p. 87 (1844); H.-Sch.. ‘‘Sys. Bearb.,”’
p. 159 (1846); Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesel.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog.
Verb.,’’ p. 286 (1858); Hein., ‘‘Schmett. Deutsch.,’”’ p. 117 (1859); Staud.,
‘*Cat.,”’ Ist ed., p. 15 (1861); Wallgrn., ‘‘ Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 262 (1853); Newm.,
‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 171 (1869); Snell., ‘‘De Vlinders,”’ etc., p. 86 (1867); Nolck.,
‘‘Lep. Fn. Estl.,’”’ p. 83 (1868); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Mill.,
‘*Cat. Lep. Alp.-Mar.,’’ p. 116 (1872); Curd, ‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,”’ vi., p. 216
(1874); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz,’’ p. 55 (1880); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,”’ p. 352,
pl. 82, fig. 1 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,’’ p. 147 (1885); Auriv., ‘‘ Nord. Fjar.,”
p. 39, pl. vii., fig. 13 (1889); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 213 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep.
Brit. Isl.,’’ p. 289, pl. xxxix., figs. 1-ld (1893). Pamphila, Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb.
Zool.,”” iii., pt. 1, p. 759 (1815); Stephs., ‘Illus. Brit. Ent.” p. TOT eae
‘‘Ins. Cat.,’’ p. 28 (1829) ; Wood, ‘‘Ind. Ent.,’’ p. 9, fig. 80 (1839) ; Humph. and
Wesid., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 127, pl. xl., figs. 4-6 (1841); Dbldy., ‘‘ Syn. List,” p. 2
(1850); Westd. and Hewits., ‘‘Gen. Diurn. Lep.,”’ p. 522 (1852); Sta., ‘‘ Man.,”’
i, p. 69 (1857); Kirby, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,”’ p. 123 (1862); Butl., ** Cail gem
Thep.,”’ p: 277 (1869); Kirby, ‘“‘ Syn. Cat.,’? p. 602 (1871); °° Hur. Butts eee
(1882); Buckler, ‘‘ Larve,”’ etc., i., pp. 141-196, pl. xvii., fig. 4 (1886); Rihl,
‘Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ pp. 643, 828 (1895); Meyr., ‘‘ Handbk.,’’ p. 359 (1895) ;
Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 126 (1896). Heteropterus, Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,’’ p. 307
(1839); ‘‘Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 88 (1858). Erynnis, Wats., ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond,,’’ p. 103 (1893).

The genus Augiades contains only one British species, sylvanus,
Esp. It is extremely closely allied to Urbicola, of which also we have
one British species, comma, L. Hubner described (Verzetchniss, p. 112)
the coitus comprising this genus as follows :—

Die Fliigel oben gelb, unten weiss gewiirfelt—Augiades crinisus, Cram.,
arcalaus, Cram., comma, Linn., sylvanus, Esp., helirius, Cram., eurtbates, Cram. —

The genus was diagnosed later by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1893, p. 103) who separated it from the genus Urbicola (called by this
author, Hrynnis) as follows :—

Antenne with club robust, elongate, terminal crook short. Palpi: second
joint laxly scaled, third joint short, obtusely conical. Forewing: inner margin
slightly longer than outer margin, cell less than two-thirds the length of costa, vein
5 from close to bottom of cell, vein 3 immediately before the end of cell, vein 2 in
male considerably, in female slightly, nearer to base of wing than to end of cell.
Hindwing: Vein 7 well before the end of cell, discocellulars faint, vein 5 not
traceable, vein 3 immediately before the end of cell, many times farther from 2
than from 4, vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. Hind
tibize with a long fringe and with two pairs of spurs. Male with a linear discal
stigma on forewing, extending from origin of vein 3 to as far as vein 1—Augiades
sylvanus, Esp., herculea, Butl., venata, Brem.

AUGIADES sYLvANnus,* Esp.

Synonymy.—Species: Sylvanus, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett. Eur.,’’ i., pl. xxxvi. (supp.
xii.), fig. 1, ¢ (1777); p. 343, ¢ (1779); Schneid., ‘‘ Sys. Besch. Kur. Schmett.,”’
p. 273 (1785); Fab., ‘‘Mant.,” p. 84 (1787); Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,” 1., pp. 180;
285 (1788); ii., p. 236 (1789); Fab:, ‘‘Ent. Sys.,” iii., p. 326 (1793); Lewin,
‘¢ Insects,’’ etc., p. 96, pl. xlvi., figs. 1-3 (1795) ; Don., ‘* Brit. Ins.,”’ pl. 264, fig.
2, p. 8 (1799) ; Hb., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xev., figs. 482 ¢, 483-4 ¢ (1802) ; text
p. 72 (circ. 1805); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 50 (1803) [and all other references
under the generic name dAugiades (anted, pp. 131-2) except those mentioned below,
are referable to sylvanus|. [? Sylvestris, Poda, ‘‘ Ins. Mus. Graec.,’’ p. 79 (1761).]
Comma, Scopoli, ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,” p. 181 (1763). Silvanus, Bergstr., ‘‘ Nomenclatur,”’
etc., pl. Ixxxix., fig. 485 (copied from Esper), p. 37 (1780). AMelicerta, Bergstr.,
‘‘Nomenclatur,’’ etc., pl. xc., figs. 1-4, p. 38 (1780) ; Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp.
180, 285 (1788).

ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.“°—Papilio, Plebeius, Urbicola sylvanus.

Alis

* There is little doubt in our mind that this species is the sylvestris of Poda
(1761), as, indeed, Scopoli appears to have known in 1763. The description of
poda’s sylvestris is as follows: ‘P.P. sylvestris. Alis integerrimis flavis limbo

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 133

integerrimis divaricatis maculis utrinque pallidioribus (mas linea
nigra). There are three butterflies very similar to each other, and the
species here described has been hitherto considered a variety of P.
comma, but it is distinct, and the individuals only pair inter se. The
markings are constant, yet no one has noticed their specific distinct-
ness. The larva is unknown. P. sylvanus is at once noticeable for
its size; it frequently approaches P. comma in this particular, but is
always slightly larger. The figure represents a ?, the g is
distinguished by a black stripe on the forewings. From P. comma
it is noticeably different, in that in both sexes the spots are almost of
the ground-colour—rather paler and inclining to yellow—and on the
underside hardly discernible, where in P. comma, the spots are white,
sharply edged, and never like those of P. sylvanus. Close comparison
makes the distinction more apparent. There are very few places in
France where it occurs, but in its haunts it is rather plentiful. It is
met with most frequently in July in sparse woods, and acting on the
precedent of naming butterflies after those of the gods of the woods
they frequent, I have named this species “‘ sylvanus ’’ (Esper).

Iwaco.—Expanse 27mm.-34mm. All the wings of a rich fulvous-
brown, the outer margin of forewings broadly fuscous ; a transverse
row of paler angulated spots beyond the middle of the forewing, and a
similarly tinted blotch extending from centre to base; the hindwings
with a central transverse row of similar spots, and a separate one
towards base. The underside paler, the spots of the upperside more
or less distinctly marked in a tint varying from bright yellowish to
whitish-ochreous.

SEXUAL DiMoRPHISM.—The sexual variation is very marked, the 3
having a conspicuous, black, androconial pocket, extending obliquely
towards the base from the centre of the wing (below the median
nervure) towards, and nearly reaching, the inner margin. The
androconia or scent-scales are, in this species, particularly specialised.
The @ is also usually larger than the 3 , and the paler spots are more
distinctly marked. ‘‘ Two important differences are to be observed in
comparing the androconial patch of this species with that of U. comma:
(1) The large silvery covering-scales are entirely wanting in this
species, in consequence of which the patch makes a more connected
whole and its divisions stand out less sharply. (2) Among the jointed
androconial scales there are some unjointed ones (fig. 20). The
former scales reach to 0‘5mm. in length; sometimes only a part of
them is jointed, the other part unjointed. Thus they appear in

fuscescente; primoribus supra linea transversa lanceolata nigra. Habitat in
sylvis. (Between menalcas and amyntas.]’’ (Poda, Ins. Mus. Graec.,p.79). This
species is also undoubtedly Scopoli’s comma, which he queries particularly as being
not Linné’s comma, and then describes as: ‘“‘ Long. lin. 63, lat. 34. (Sylvestris,
Poda, Mus. Graec.). Ale concolores corticine; limbo fusco. Caput crassum ;
antennis unco terminatis. In sylvestribus. Noster caret maculis pallidis albidisque,
ceterum idem cum Linneano, juxta descriptionem datam in Fauna Suecica.
Sexus unus habet lineam nigram obliquam in medio pagine superioris ale antice
cuiusque; alter caret hac linea et pallidior est. Uterque sedens, gerit alas
suberectas’’ (Ent. Carn., p. 181). Werneburg notes that Ochsenheimer gives
sylvestris as doubtfully comma, but in his opinion it is certainly comma, because
only in comma, and not in linea (flava), could the black dash of the forewing be
called ‘linea lanceolata.’? Werneburg had evidently overlooked Scopoli’s comma
and Esper’s sylvanus, and it appears to be not at all possible that Poda would, had
he had comma before him, left out such a marked character as the white spots on
the underside.

134 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

general less developed than those of U. comma, and by comparing these
species one finds that such an unimportant colour-character as a very
short silver stripe, may yet constitute a very great and important
morphological difference. The tuft of hairs is wanting on the hind
tibie ’’ (Aurivillius).

Variation. —Viewed from a British, and even from an European,
standpoint, one would say that this species was particularly constant
in size and markings. For all that, however, there is some variation
in tint of ground-colour, in the conspicuousness (or the reverse) of the
paler markings, in the extent to which they occupy the basal half of
the wings, and in size. On the underside, too, there is considerable
variation both of fore- and hindwings, in tint and markings, and here
the normal pale spots may be very conspicuous, obsolete, or united
into a distinct curved, almost V-shaped, band. sper figures a 9
[Schinett. Fur., pl. xxxvi. (supp. xii.), fig. 1] that has the spotting of the
underside of so pale a tint as to make it resemble that of U. comma.
But it is in size that the greatest variation exists, and one finds as a
rule that the specimens become larger as one goes south and east, e.4.,
Sicily, Syria, Japan, etc., developing in the east so greatly in this
direction that, at least, two forms have been described as distinct
species. Wheeler states that the specimens from the mountains of
central Europe are generally darker than those from the plains.
Occasional aberrations have been recorded by various collectors, e.yv.,
Buckstone notes a g witha patch of pale yellow on the forewings
between the costa and the oblique discal mark, taken at Purley, in July,
1896 ; he also records a smaller and darker @ than usual from Dorking,
taken in 1898 (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 109). Hormuzaki
took (Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell., 1., p. 28) a very dark 2 at Gastein,
and described two other ?s, both only 29mm. in expanse, ground-
colour intense dark brown, spots unusually small and distinct=ab.
obscura, n. ab. (op. cit., xlvu., p. 167). Henning found a melanie
specimen at Frischingwald in Prussia (teste Speiser), and Oberthur
notes (in litt.) an aberration from Vernet, in which the underside of the
hindwings has the disc pale, owing to the confluence of all the small
spots into a single one=ab. juncta, n. ab. He has also another aber-
ration, a ¢ taken in England, the hindwings of which are very pale
without markings. It is difficult to classify the aberrations with
which one occasionally meets in Britain and on the continent of Europe
where the more typical form occurs. These appear to be—

(1) The ground colour pallid, the scaling poor, the normally darker areas
tending to albinism, and the spots more bleached than usual, giving an impression
of pallida uniform colouring=ab. paupera, n. ab.

(2) Uniform fulvous-brown to outer marginal areas which are darker; the
usual pale spots almost or quite obsolete=ab. obsoleta, n. ab.

(3) Bright fulvous-brown from base to outer marginal area, pale spots almost
of same colour; marginal area of rather deeper brown, but not contrasting with
spots or median area =sylvanus, Esper.

(4) The pale spots contrasting strongly with the ground colour which is
strongly mixed with fulvous, the darker tint conspicuously present in basal as well
as marginal areas. The underside usually fairly marked with upperside design=
ab. opposita, n. ab.

(5) The ground colour as in the former, but rather brighter, the marginal areas
particularly dark; the forewings with a narrow marginal black line, the hindwings
more broadly black-margined ; the pale spots full-coloured, bright, but contrasting
with ground colour. The underside particularly clearly marked with the upperside
design=ab. clara, n. ab.

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 1385

(6) The pale spots of fore- and hindwings united with discal spots and con-
tinued to base as a pale blotch, leaving a dark outer margin =ab. extensa, n. ab.

In the ab. obsoleta the ground colour encroaches on and drives out
the pale spots, in ab. extensa the pale spots encroach on and expel the
ground colour. Of the races that deserve notice or have been described,
we note the following:

‘a. var. norvegica, n. var.—Of small size, 28mm. In the ¢ the forewings with
whole area from base to angulated line bright tawny, except a small patch at upper
end of androconial streak (i.e., like ab. extensa); the outer margin fuscous; the
hindwings bright, inclining to tawny, with transverse row of still brighter spots, a
_ narrow black marginal line and blackish costa. The ¢ more fuscous; the paler
marks of forewings restricted +o angulated line and outer edge of discal cell, and on
the forewings to the four usual transverse dots. The ochreous underside brighter,
also the paler spots consequently not conspicuous, the basal part of hindwings
dusted with greenish scales; the rest typical (Saeterstoen. Taken by Chapman,
June 27th-July 2nd, 1898).

This is a small form of good colour,

B. var. (et ab.) anatolica, Plotz, ‘‘Stett. Ent. Zeit.,’? p. 219 (1883) ; Rihl,
«¢ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ i., p. 828 (1895); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 8rd ed., p. 93 (1901).
—¢g 16mm. Upperside of the forewings red-yellow, bordered with brown; cells 1, 2,
4 and 5 spotted with brown ; in the middle cell rust-coloured lines. The underside
of the forewings black on the hind margin near the base. Hindwings brown with
red-yellow basal spot, and a row of spots beyond the middle; underside of hind-
wings green, more or less mixed with rusty-yellow; red-yellow prevailing towards
the anal angle; the yellow spots often very indistinct. Asia Minor (Pl6tz).°

The main feature of this variety is the green coloration of the
underside of the hindwings. We have seen no approach to this
among the specimens we have collected. Staudinger notes it from
Asia Minor and Southern Italy.

y. vai. hyrcana, Christ., ‘‘lris,’’ vi., p. 87 (1893); Riihl. ‘‘ Pal, Gross-
Schmett.,’’i., p. 643 (1895) ; Staud., ‘*Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 93 (1901).—Inter Hesperias
venatam, Brem.., et sylvanum, Ksp., ponenda. A venata, Brem., differt: Alis anticis
apice minus acuto, posticis minus latis, colore satiatiori fusco-ochracea linea, disci
crassa obliqua fusca (non nigra), fasciis, macularum media et terminali lata, fuscis
¢ eadem colore, quam in ¢ re fasciisque angustioribus dilutioribus fuscis. A sylvano
differt : magnitudine, fasciis distinctioribus, obscurioribus colore paullum dilutiori.
Long. ale, ant. 17mm. Lenkoran, Astrabad. Hyrcanie (Christoph).

Staudinger notes the form as being, in g and ? , above ‘‘Obscurius
marginata et maculata.”

6. var. (et ab.) venata, Brem., ‘‘ Kt. Motsch.,’’ p. 61 (1852); Brem. and
ak ‘Beit. zur Schmett.,’’ p. 11, pl. iii., fig. 5 (1853); Men., ‘‘ En.,”’ i., pl. v.,
fig. 8 (1855) ; ee « Rom. Mem...” i11., P. 315, pl. xiv., fig. 5 (1892); Staud.,
‘Rom. Mém., , p. 212 (1887); ‘Riihl, ‘*Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ i., pp. 643, 828
(1895) ; Staud., fis «Gat, 3rd ed., p. 93 (1901). Herculea, Butl., ‘‘ Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist.,’’ 5th ser., vii., p. 140 (1881).— Hesperia. Alis supra: fulvo-ochraceis, nigro-
marginatis et venatis, apice non nihil obscuriori, linea discoidali nigra; subtus:
omnibus fulvo-ochraceis, anticis basi nigra. Expans. alar. antic. unc. 14 (Bremer).
Amur, Altai, etc. (Staudinger). Isle Askold (Jankowski), Corea—Séoul (Kalinow-
alski), China—Leon-Tang (Mouton).

Oberthur says (in litt.) that, in his opinion, venata is a geographical
race of sylvanus. According to Staudinger this form, in the g, has
the upperside not dark-margined, and the underside almost unspotted.
He combines venata, Bremer, with herculea, Butler, who described the
form as a distinct species as follows: ‘Allied to sylvanus, considerably
larger, g of a clearer, more ochreous, colour above, and on the under-
surface of a more uniformly tawny colour; the secondaries not
yellowish, as in P. sylvanus; pattern similar. Expanse of wings
1 inch 7 lines. @, above bronzy-brown or chocolate-brown, with
cupreous reflections ; primaries with a yellow dot just above the basal
third of submedian vein, a cuneiform spot filling the base of the first

136 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

median interspace ; a bifid spot at the end of the cell; a series of five
quadrate spots, excised in front, crossing the disc obliquely from sub-
median to upper radial vein, and a trifid spot across the subcostal
branches, half-way between the cell and the apex, buff; secondaries
with angular discal series of five ochreous spots. Wings, below with
the markings paler than above, the spots creamy-whitish or pale bone-
yellow ; disk of primaries round the borders of the oblique series of
spots olive-brown; external angle and outer border whity-brown ;
secondaries bronzy olive-brown, the discal series consisting of six spots,
anal angle broadly ochreous, outer border tinted with ochreous ; palpi
white ; body below bluish-grey. Expanse of wings 1 inch 73 lines.”’

e. var. tochrana [Brem.], Rihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ p. 643 (1895); Tutt,
‘Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 126 (1896).—Imago 32mm.-35mm. This is also a large form,
which actually forms a transition to subhyalina, but nevertheless comes nearer to
sylvanus than to the other species. Upperside almost as bright brownish-red as in
the typical form, but the outer margins are generally more strongly darkened. The
arrangement of the spots as in sylvanus, and not so pale and vitreous as in
subhyalina. Underside of a very deep reddish-yellow, almost cinnamon-brown,
with sharply defined dark nervures. Locality—Hakodate, June-July (Riihl).

¢. var. (an spec. dist.) faunus, Turati, ‘‘Il Nat. Sic.,’’ xvili., pp. 36-37; pl.
vi., figs. 5, 93; vii., fig. 3 (1905).—Fulvo-ochracea ; fascia externa brunnea dis-
tincta, ad apicem angustiore quam in sylvano. Antennis tenuioribus unicoloribus
fuscis ; clava subtus fulva (Turati).

This is described as a distinct species, but we are not able to dis-
tinguish between the figures of this form and our ab. evtensa. One J only
was captured, at Gavarnie, July, 1894 ; it is 28mm. in expanse; ground
colour rather deeper than that of sylvanus, less brown than comma;
dark brown outer marginal band rather narrower than in sylvanus, &e.
The hindwings with an almost uniformly wide marginal band; other-
wise as in sylvanus. On the underside of the forewings the pattern is
more distinct than is usual in sylvanus ; the hindwings have the inter-
neural spaces marked with elongate pale yellowish spots, instead of the
ordinary pattern of sylvanus (Turati).

Kee tayine.—On August 8th, 1905, at Bourg St. Maurice, on a
flowery bank, where Adopaca thaumas, A. lineola, Thymelicus acteon,
Urbicola comma and Augiades sylvanus were all occurring together,
I observed a 9 sylvanus in the act of egglaying. Standing length-
wise on the front of a grass-leaf, she very carefully turned her
abdomen around the left edge of the leaf, and felt for a moment
before withdrawing it; she then hurriedly darted off, returning,
however, almost immediately to the same leaf, settling near the top,
and sliding quickly down to the same point as before, and going through
a similar series of movements as on the first occasion, again flying away
quickly not to return, I fully expected to find two eggs on the back
of the leaf, but there was only one, which, I think, she must have laid
on the first occasion; it was just round the left edge of the leaf (from
the point of view of the insect facing the front surface) and laid as an
ordinary upright egg (Tutt). In July, 1868, a ? was observed flying
from one stem of grass to another several times, as if particular in
selecting, and, having found a suitable one, slid gently, but quickly,
down it, apparently by means of the legs; when she was gone
the sheath formed by the leaf round the upper part of the stem was
examined, and about thirty small white eggs deposited in a line found
therein (Ullyett). A 9? was observed to lay three eggs side by side on
,he undersurface of a grass blade, July 17th, 1897, and others on June

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 137

27th, 1905 (Raynor). A 2 was observed to deposit an egg on the
underside of a blade of Brachypodium sylvaticum, July 24th, 1904, at
_ Lausanne, the larva appeared in eight days. On the afternoon of July
99nd, 1905, I again witnessed a ? deposit an egg on the underside of
a blade of grass, that was probably Molinia caerulea, another egg was
subsequently found in a similar situation. Both these ova hatched on
July 30th, one of them certainly (and probably both) having been only
eight daysintheeggstage (Sich). In confinement, theeggsare laid openly
and singly (Hellins). Inthe Harwich district, Mathew has often seen the
females laying their eggs on Dactylis glomerata and other coarse grasses.

Ovum.-—The egg is a little more than a hemisphere, the convex
‘side being apparently a portion of a sphere, the attached side plane.
Diameter 0°96mm., height 0°54mm. The colour is creamy-yellow
with a slight greenish tinge, getting rather orange towards maturity.
The sculpture is an irregular network, for the most part hexagonal,
the cells about 0:025mm. in diameter; the lines separating them very fine
and narrow. Hach cell is marked with 20 to 80 small dots arranged
in some degree in lines, whether these dots are thickening, or thin-
nesses, or alterations in texture does not appear. In the arrangement
of the cells one important point appeared, viz., that though the cells
are irregular and quasi-hexagonal over the top, near the base they
are arranged in vertical rows and differed only from the ordinary
arrangement of vertical (primary) and transverse (secondary) ribs, in
that the vertical ribs are not more marked than the transverse, and that
neither affect the form of the egg; they are also very numerous, the
vertical ribs about 100 or rather over. The vertical ribs zigzag as is
frequent, 7.¢., the transverse ribs alternate in adjacent rows, they are
closer together than the vertical ones. The micropyle is surrounded
by an irregular rosette of eleven cells, each very narrow, but about half
as long as the others, they are followed by others rather longer, but it
- is not till seven or eight rows (or circles) of cells outwards that a
distinct narrowing, making them radiants from the micropyle, fails to
be evident (Chapman. July Ist, 1901). The upright ege would
have been spherical but was much flattened at base. Under a lens
the micropyle appeared as a slight depression on the summit of the
ego, with a minute raised point in the centre. The general surface
under a low power appears smooth with lines running irregularly in
all directions over it like veins in marble. The surface-sculpture
really consists of a raised network enclosing polygonal cells, with small
raised bosses at some of the angles, these cells become more elongated
as they approach the micropyle. The micropylar rosette consists of a
dozen very elongated cells with the outer ends rounded. When first
laid, the colour of the ovum was grey, but in some lights it looked
ereen from the reflection of the leaf on which it was laid. Its
diameter 1:03mm., height 0°'7mm. Very httle change took place in
the colour, but on the sixth day a black spot appeared in the centre,
and two days later the larva appeared, the egg stage having only lasted
eight days (Sich, July 24th, 1904, and July 22nd, 1905). Other
descriptions are to be found (1) By Hellins, Buckler’s Larvae, etc., 1.,
p- 196 (1886). (2) By Tutt, Hint. Record, etc., x., p. 15 (1898). Tonge
notes of the eggs figured in our pl.1., viz., fig. 4 from Maldon, and fig. 3
from Bourg St. Maurice, that the former has its greatest diameter
1:O1lmm., the latter 1:20mm.

Hasirs or tarva.—The newly-hatched larva devours a portion of

138 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the eggshell, sometimes all except the base. The ege stage as deter-
mined by Sich (in Lausanne and England) lasted eight days, but
Hellins notes it as thirteen days, so that there may be some difference
in this respect. The young larve will feed on various grasses in
confinement, Poa annua, etc. Hellins observes that, as soon as some
larvee he had in confinement had devoured the eggshell, they took up
a position of rest in the middle of a blade of cock’s-foot grass, fastening
its edges across with five or six distinct little ropes of white silk.
They soon, however, spun together the edges of the grass blades, and
made an opaque web, not much bigger than themselves, for hiding-
places, and, at the end of October, spun long, close-fitting, narrow,
tough, silken hibernacula (Hellins). The hybernating tube is yery
like, if not identical with, the feeding-tube, differing in having a strong
erass stem as one of its elements, which is rarely the case when the
larva is younger, although one hybernating individual now has only a
very weak one; it also differs in that the leaves are now nearly all
brown and dead, although there are still green blades on the plant.
The larva gets somewhat shorter, thicker, and more sluggish after a
few weeks and is of a more transparent vivid green (having
apparently no material in the alimentary canal) than when feeding
(Chapman. October 12th, 1905). In early spring the larvee recommence
feeding. In confinement, if disturbed, the larva coils in a close ring,
the head against the anal prolegs, the anal flap extending over both
asashield. Its movements are extremely sluggish, and it crawls exceed-
ingly slowly from one point to another (Tutt). The larve are fullfed
in May, each one spinning then a silkén lining in a cylinder previously
formed by uniting the edges of a leaf of grass or Luzula, and in this it
changes toa pupa. When fullfed the larve move somewhat slowly and
appear to be much more lethargic than those of U. comma (Hellins).
Larva.—l'irst instar (newly-hatched): 3°5mm. long, yellow-grey;
head large, black, polished and smooth, with a few short scattered
hairs. Prothorax witha black plate and another small square one between
it and spiracle (which is larger); this extra plate has a convex boss
(lenticle?) and one hair; on the plate are five hairs on each side; in front
of the spiracle are two hairs. On the 2nd and 3rd thoracic segments are
two convex brown plates (lenticles) infrontof ui. Theabdominalsubseg-
mentation is into seven, in size 2°5:1:1:1:1:1:1. The 2nd and 38rd
thoracics have five hairs almost exactly in a transverse line, and
apparently representing tubercles i, 1, ili, iv, vii. The abdominal
hairs are i on 1st subsegment, ii on 4th, and iii on a slight elevation
above spiracle and just below where subsegmental incisions end. Of
iv and y, the anterior (v) is below spiracle and shghtly in front, the
posterior (iv) well behind spiracle and at an elevation half-way between
spiracle and the front hair; one lower than this is not clearly
determined; on the 8th abdominal the spiracle is very large and
well above (and behind) iii; hairs representing iv, v and vii (?) are
distinct. On the 10th abdominal are four very long hairs 0°3mm.,
and four shorter O-lmm., as compared with 0-05mm., the average
length of the other hairs of the ordinary tubercles. The prolegs have
a complete circle of about 85 equal hooklets. There is an anal comb
of seven or nine tines. The claspers want the outer posterior fourth
(Chapman, July 9th, 1905). ’irst instar (two days old): Head black,
pitted ; thoracic plate black. The tubercles simple, each bearing one
clubbed seta. No secondary set or hairs. The meso- and meta-

Wiha te
iH ep

1

*)

Pate XX.
(To ve bound facing Plate XX.)

AUGIADES SYLVANUS.

Fie. 3.—Larva of Augiades sylvanus (penultimate instar, March 25th,
1906) x2.

Fic. 1.—Larva (in last instar, May 20th, 1906) x1.
Fie. 2.—Larva (in new house, June 14th, 1906) x1.

NISONIADES TAGES.

Fie. 6.—Hybernating larva of Nisoniades tages x2.
Fic. 4.—Pupa of Nisoniades tages (¢) x2.
Fies. 5-7.— ,, e sp dee

‘

‘NOGT “0d ‘sauseonme ysinug fo Kopsi7] junwyn

mp YOnET °00Nd “SOEOV SSAVINOSTN FO Vdd GNV VAUV'] “SONVATIAS SOOVIDOW WO VAUVT]

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. : 139

thorax have each two (black bordered ?) lenticles, one on each side of
the mediodorsal line, just above and in front of tubercle in. I saw
~ no other lenticles on the larva. The prothoracic spiracle and that on
the 8th abdominal large, the others small and much raised (August
1st, 1905).. [A week later I again took these larve out of their
tubes of grass, and found that they were both in the second instar.|
Second instar: Head black, pitted, with numerous simple hairs. The
prothoracic shield black, narrow, with a transverse groove, as though
it were situated on two subsegments. Below the shield is a triangular
black patch enclosing two brown lenticles. The prothorax apparently
divided into eight subsegments. The 6th subsegment carries two
lenticles; the mesothorax has four subsegments, with two lenticles on the
3rd subsegment; the metathorax with six subsegments, the first large,
while the second carries two lenticles. Normal abdominal segments
apparently divided into six subsegments, the first of which is large and
carries a lenticle on the dorsum, the second bears a lenticle above and in
front of the spiracle which is situated on the 3rd subsegment. Below the
spiracle on the flange is a third lenticle. The 10th abdominal segment
is very peculiar, being pale-brown in colour and covered with a net-
work of darker lines. At first glance the green larva looks as if it had
a head at each end. The whole larval skin is covered with small black
spicules and also with small black warts, each with one black hair.
These warts, however, are arranged in a transverse row along the ridge
of each subsegment. The chin-gland is conspicuous just in front of
the prothoracic legs. The primary tubercles could not be made out in
this instar, which, as will be seen, even from these very meagre descrip-
tions, is entirely different from the first instar [Sich, August 8th, 1905].
? Third instar (three weeks old): 12mm. in length; colour now dull
ereen ; head and thin curved prothoracic collar shining black (Buckler,
August 13th, 1876). ? Fourth instar (hybernating): 18mm. in length;
shorter, thicker, and more sluggish than when feeding ; also of a more
transparent vivid green (apparently no material in alimentary canal),
being of a bright. erass-green but slightly autumn-tinted at the anal
plate. The head nearly black, with a broad brown streak on each side
of the face on front view; this streak triangular in so far that it narrows
nearly to a point at the vertex, but here, as well as at its other margin,
it is not sharply defined, but shades into the dark part of the head; it
might almost be said that the whole front is brown, as, though there
is black medially, it is broken up further by a brown line beside the
clypeus and a brown centre to the clypeus. The head is finely but
deeply wrinkled or pitted, with very fine, nearly white, hairs, arising
usually from the bottoms of the pits. Viewed laterally, the larva lies
flat on the surface in front, but medially and posteriorly is raised on the
very short, broad bases of the prolegs. The head is 2mm. high, the neck
1:5mm., the back then slopes upto 2mm.at 2nd abdominal, hardly falling
again to 7th abdominal, whence it rapidly slopes to the anus, which
projects nearly 0-5mm. beyond the claspers, so that one looks (from the
sides) under it, just as one does under the spaces between the prolegs.
The green surface is closely studded with black points, not so closely
as to make the larva look dark, but so much so as to give the actually
bright green of the skin a slightly dingy hue, when the larva is
examined without a lens. There is a distinctly darker dorsal line,
and a faintly darker shade about half-way between dorsum and
spiracles. There is a fine whitish line running through the small

140 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

brown spiracles; this is almost certainly the lateral tracheal trunk
showing through the skin and subjacent green fluid. The waved
flange below this, in some lights, or, perhaps, rather at some angles,
looks definitely paler; this is when one looks through its margin rather
than into the depths of the larval structure. This appearance is more
noticeable on the prothorax and on the last segment, where there seems
to be a really lighter tint, or the light passing through it is affected by
the differently tinted head and anal plate. The prothorax has a central
transverse incision, the portion in front of this is convex and freer
from skin-points, but carries one row of hairs. The brown spiracles,
laterally, are very large, three or four times the diameter of the
abdominal ones, except the last, which is again very large; but smaller
than the prothoracic; it is a very distinct terra-cotta brown spot, visible
without a lens, and is much more dorsal than the others; all the
spiracles stand up at the summit of brown chitinous tubes, like tailors’
thimbles. The black points already alluded to are not skin-points,
but hairs; each is a small round black button with a minute hair at
top. They are about six or seven times their diameters apart, the
distance apart being about 0:06mm., and their diameters about 0-‘O1lmm.
The true skin-points are colourless, or nearly so, and present six or
eight between any two of the hair-points. The subsegmentation
(dorsally) of the abdominal segments is into seven portions, of which
the first is nearly as wide as three of the others, the others about equal,
but the last narrowest; from front to back of the largest (front) one, there
may be perhaps eleven, of the others three, hair-points, but as their align-
ment is rather oblique when there is any, this is more of an estimate than
correct counting. On the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments there are
three subsegments, of which the middle one is very wide laterally, very
narrow dorsally, the other two disappear below laterally but are wider
dorsally, with curved margins against the middle subsegment. The
1st abdominal seems to have fewer subsegments (the posterior small
ones) than those following, but they may be sunk in the incision. At
the spiracular level the subsegmentation is evanescent—each spiracle
is a little in front of the middle of the segment, which is here rather
prominent. A little way below the spiracles is the lateral flange,
which almost hangs down like a curtain, and has a waved margin,
varying a little with attitude, usually a small wave in front and a
larger behind below the spiracle, but this one may be again divided ;
posteriorly the flange is rounded, less curtain-like, and less definitely
divided. Below the lateral flange is another, half-way between the
upper one and prolegs, sometimes very obvious, at others invisible,
according to attitude. There are numerous lenticles; the most
conspicuous are two about two-thirds down the anal plate. There are
also two marks near the base of the plate which have, however, no
lenticular structure. On the prothorax is one well below the spiracle,
and one well below and behind the spiracle is on each abdominal
segment (=iv?). There is one above and in front of spiracle (=i ?),
and one on the 4th subsegment higher up (=1i?). If these identifica-
tions mean anything, then tubercle iis unrepresented. On the 8th
abdominal, iii is in front of, not above, the spiracle, the latter being so
much raised. The Ist, 2nd, 7th, 8th and 9th abdominals have ventral
lenticles apparently in place of prolegs; they are, however, on what cor-
responds with thesegment justabove proleg. On the 2ndand 8rd thoracic

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 141

seoments are lenticles ranging with iii, and on each a pair ranges with ii,
-. which on mesothorax are accompanied by a hair, the base of which
much resembles a third lenticle. The lenticles are little black raised
rings with clear centres, and are from 0:08mm. to 0:04mm. in diameter.
The true legs are light brownish. The prolegs are complete circles,
quite round, and 0-4mm. in diameter when expanded, the hooklets are
in one row, but alternately large and small, and about sixty in number.
At the inner posterior aspect for four or five hooklets there is, on
one or two prolegs, a decided weakness of the hooklets, one or two being
only horny points; on other prolegs the circle is quite complete.
The claspers are larger but otherwise much the same, except that
they are deficient along the posterior margin for about one-quarter
of the total circumference (Chapman, October 12th, 1905). ? Same
instar (after hybernation): About 13mm. long when at rest, 15mm.
when crawling. Head large; prothorax constricted; the body, from
1st-6th abdominals, almost cylindrical (although slightly wider at
1st abdominal), thinning off rapidly to prothorax and anus. Colour
of body dull green, except at the anal segment, which is brownish ;
skin covered with minute, shiny, black points, here and there also are
scattered metallic-looking points. The subspiracular flange is paler,
inclining to white ; the skin-surface covered with a thick clothing of
minute hairs; a slightly darker, mediodorsal, longitudinal line, and a
rather paler subspiracular line. Head oval in outline from front,
sloping upwards and backwards, exceedingly rough, brownish-black in
colour, with more definitely black markings, and covered with short
stiff bristles ; the mouth-parts shiny black, the ocelli also shiny black
and conspicuous. The prothorax narrow, apparently divided into
three subsegments, the meso- and metathorax into four subseements,
the 1st and 2nd abdominals into five, and the 8rd to 7th abdominals
into seven, subsegments, whilst the last segments are less distinctly
subdivided, the 8th appearing to have almost three equal subsegments,
the 9th undivided, whilst the 10th consists of a large anal flap that
shows no segmentation; in the abdominal segments 1-7, the 1st sub-
segment is much wider than the others. The bases of the primary
setee appear to be traceable as rather larger black points than those so
abundantly spread over the skin-surface, but it is difficult to locate
them for certain. The spiracles are somewhat flesh-coloured, inclining to
brown, those on the prothorax and 8th abdominal conspicuous, the others
small and inconspicuous, and all placed just above the subspiracular
flange. There is also a series of supraspiracular lenticles, almost
exactly of the same colour as, but larger than, the spiracles, which
might be connected with the supraspiracular tubercles, but do not
seem to be so. The venter is flat, the skin much folded and wrinkled,
the colour rather fuller green than the dorsum; the true legs paler
greenish, glossy-looking, with a dark brown terminal hook, and rings
of tiny, down-pointing hairs at the joints; the prolegs are of the same
green hue as the venter, with bristles at the joints, which are large and
well-marked ; the terminal hooks also pale brown (Tutt, April 21st,
1905). Hinal instar: 25mm. in length, the figure, viewed from above,
nearly even in width, tapering a little at prothorax and anal segment,
but viewed sideways it tapers in a curve considerably from 4th to the
terminal segment, which last is flattish, and forward again to prothorax,
which is the smallest segment; the head is like a knob, but the lobes

142 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

are divided; the ventral surface is flat. Altogether the appearance is
plump. The colour pale green, the skin thickly covered with very short
dark brown bristles, the head dirty white, with dark brown stripe down
the outer edge of each lobe ; the neck whitish-green (Hellins). Full-
grown (May 4th, 1882): Cylindrical above, flattish beneath: the body
pale bluish-green, an indistinct dorsal line of darker green, and a
paler line above the feet, which are small. The head large and
singularly prominent, of a crimson-brown colour. ‘The thoracic
seoments taper towards the head, giving it a strangulated appearance
(Buckler, May, 1877).

Foopriants.—Luzula pilosa (Buckler), cock’s-foot grass (Dactylis
glomerata), couch grass (Triticum repens), garden riband grass (Hellins),
Poa annua (Sich), Avena pubescens, Holcus lanatus, Phalaris arundinacea
(Ruhl), Festuca duriuscula and other coarse grasses (Boie).

Pupartum.—The fullfed larva spins a silken lining in a cylinder
previously formed by uniting the edges of a leaf of Luzula, in which
pupation takes place (Buckler). A fullfed larva was found May 6th, 1871,
in a slight enclosed shelter formed of a few blades of grass spun
together, which proved to be its puparium, for the larva fixed itself
head downwards, and in this position changed in a few days to a
rather thick pupa about ‘75 ins. in length. During the first week in
June the pupa became darker and the imago emerged June 8th, 1871,
at 1.15 p.m. (Watkins). A pupa found spun up in an ivy leaf in a
hedge in Durham, from which imago emerged in due course
(Harrison). There appears to be some variation in the length of the
pupal stage, which Paul and Plotz state lasts only twelve days.

Pupa (dehisced). —Length 17mm.-18mm., width at 8rd abdominal
seoment (probably widest) 45mm. Unlike the pupa of Hesperia malvae,
the free and following abdominal segments are tapered to the end by
a curvature as much dorsal as ventral, and the 4th abdominal segment
is of equal width dorsally and ventrally. The colour is very dark,
probably when alive it was modified by an underlying green shade,
but now it is deep greyish or brownish-fuscous on metathorax and
abdomen, nearly black on rest of thorax and appendages. The maxilla-
case stands quite free for 5mm. beyond the end of wings, and its
extremity is little short of being level with the cremaster. Except the
appendages the whole pupa is clothed with short reddish hairs. Being
from an empty and no doubt disturbed case, the following measure-
ments are only approximate but probably nearly correct, others are not
elven, as being unobtainable with any accuracy :—

LENGTH. | ANTERO-POSTERIOR DIAMETER. |
]
To end of 1st leg = 7:0mm. | At end of 4th abdominal sopiienteam 0mm.
” ” 2nc 9 = 9:0 on) | 95 Ny) HED ” a) =3°7 ”
fa ns RTS — A Hs Jae | i », 6th Me B =8°S sy
Base of cremastral spine=17°0 ,, 3 7 Ton “- “4 =2°8 ,,
Kind of pupa =18°0 420 ets », 8th - oa =2:0 ,,
_ At base of cremastral pen =OBics

Beginning with a dorsal view, the head carries a number of reddish
hairs about 03mm. long; the front outline is in three forward curves
with hollow between. ‘The dorsal headpiece remains attached to the
prothorax, it is very small, 0*7mm. from middle line to outer angle

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 148

with the antero-posterior width least in middle line (about 0:lmm.),
wider outside (about 0:15mm.); black, wrinkled in longitudinal lines,
but with no hairs or other features, and (in the dehisced case) is
continued outwards by a colourless streak which represents the covered
portion of the piece, and, being broken off abruptly, no doubt was
attached to the outer eyepiece, and possibly may occasionally so con-
tinue in the dehisced pupa, as this outer eyepiece separates from rest
of head appendages. The prothorax is about 2mm. from middle line
to outer margin, and 1:2mm. from back to front. It carries a few
red hairs similar to those on head. On its anterior half it carries a
peculiar set of organs, that may be called lenticles, and no doubt
represent those on the thoracic plate of the larva. These are about
twelve in number on either side, four near the middle line and eight
further out, but not symmetrical, so there may probably be considerable
variation in their position in different pupe. These organs are slightly
raised black circles with a brown tympanic membrane, quite translucent,
and producing (in dehisced pupa) a very curious effect on the black
plate from their translucency, looking very like the ocelli on the head
of a cast larva-skin. The rest of the sculpturing of the prothorax is in
very fine transverse waved lines. The same sculpturing obtains in the
mesothorax, which carries also a good many short hairs 0-1mm.-
0-:15mm. long perhaps, reddish, looking a rather dense forest viewed
laterally, but on dorsal view practically invisible. The wing-spine is a
slight elevation, and an outline, as of the patagia, somewhat raised, is
marked. The metathorax is narrow medially (0‘"7mm.), wider at outer
margin (1‘6mm.); at its anterior outer corner is a slightly raised dark
spot. The sculpturing is still in minute waves, but these are here less
regular in direction, there are a good many fine short hairs. The hind-
wing is marked off from the metathorax by something much more than
usually like a suture, and the wing is darker than the rest of the
seoment, which approaches the paler tint of the abdomen. ‘The
surface of the hindwing and part of that of the forewing adjacent face
more than usually dorsal. This is no doubt exaggerated in this
Specimen, being dehisced, but there is certainly a hollow angle
between the hindwing and the 2nd and 8rd abdominal segments.
The hindwing is thus well seen dorsally, much better than laterally.
The 1st abdominal seement is narrower than those that follow, 0:7mm.,
compared with 1:4mm. or 1:5mm. of the 2nd to 7th abdominals; the
width of the 5th, 6th, and 7th is doubtful, owing to breadth of incisions,
the 8th isabout 1lmm., the9thabout 0:-4mm., very narrow, and the pen of
the cremaster with 10th segment, about 2‘Omm., the 2nd to 8th (apart
from free segments) have well-marked intersegmental subsegments,
which are wrinkled and carry hairs like the rest of the segments. The
wrinklings are in fine, transverse, anastomosing, waved lines. ‘The
hairs are numerous, 0:2mm. to 0:25mm. long, of a transparent, golden
colour; to some extent in transverse rows, especially on posterior
half of segment. On most of the segments are oval lenticles,
apparently in position of 1 and 11; these are sometimes absent, and
sometimes difficult to see, since they seem to be filled up level
(normally when alive ?) by a yellow matter, which, in some, is in situ,
in others wanting, and in a few displaced more or less, and looks like
(as magnified) an oval cake of beeswax. The site of iii is searched in
vain, but in front, and below spiracle, is another lenticle, diameter

144 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

rather over half that of spiracle. The spiracles are paler than their
surroundings, about 0-2mm. high, 0:lmm. broad, but with a raised and
wrinkled area around, of twice or three times these dimensions. The
rounded end of the 10th abdominal segment is about 1:Omm. in length,
and rather broader at its base, if an end can be called rounded that gives
off from its dorsal half the cremastral spine or pen, about 1mm. long,
about 0°3mm. thick, and 0‘9mm. wide at its base. Dorsally, it is not
marked off from the rest of the segment, but seen laterally, it is a thin
pen-like plate continuing the dorsal surface backwards, but with the
ventra sweep of the dorsal surface. It terminates in a close-set bunch
of hooks, closer set, perhaps, by being drawn together by the silk
wound round them, which prevents much accuracy in describing them;
they are brown, with ends closely curled round to about a complete
circle ; in length they may be 0:25mm., and in number 20 to 40. The
ventral aspect of the abdomen presents similar arrangements of hairs and
sculpturing. The scars of prolegs on the 4th, 5th and 6th abdominals are
close-set groups of the structures we have called lenticles, 5 in number on
the 4th, and 11 and 12 on the Sth and 6th, with, on one side of 6th, a very
large one in front of, and outside, groups. The underside of cremastral
spine is longitudinally fluted, in front of it is the anal scar, with similar
flutings on each side. The 9th and 10th abdominal segments are well
demarked dorsally, but the 9th slopes to nothing laterally, and ventrally
no suture is visible ; there are two round eminences in front of this area
(the pupa is a male), and behind them a small smooth patch in
front of the long anal incision. The hairs or bristles beneath the
10th segment are rather longer and stronger than the mass of dorsal
hairs (about 0:°27mm.). The lateral and ventral aspect have partly been
dealt with in dealing with the abdominal segments, whilst the dehiscence
has so disordered the head and thoracic aspect as to make any con-
nected view of them erroneous. It remains, therefore, to deal with
appendages individually as well as may be. First the prothoracic
spiracle wants another word. It is covered by an oval lappet, as is
common ; this lappet is pale in colour and rough in surface ; its appear-
ance suggests that it is covered by an exudation, similar to that of Hesperia
malvae pupa, but, in the case of H. malvae, it sarrounds but does not
affect the lappet; here it specially affects the lappet, and the area around
appears to furnish none of it. The position of the labrum appears to
be rather frontal than ventral, but the parts being loose this must be
left doubtful. It is rather obscure and overlapped by two great flaps
from either side, that are not merely marked off by sutures, but appear
really to overlap. These are large (about 0°6mm. across), meet in the
middle line, are wrinkled and somewhat paler on their margins, they
are nearly circular, but that their base, a definite suture, runs across in
nearly a straight line. A small diamond of labium is visible below
them, these forming the front, the maxille the posterior, two of its
four margins. The eye-piece (the glazed eye and the circle within)
separate from the head and adhere loosely to the legs. The antenne
also separate from the head, and for about a third of their length ;
they terminate about three-fifths down the wing margins; the first leg
is rather short of this, whilst the second goes half the rest of the way
towards the end of the wing, lying against it beyond the antenne.
The second leg reaches up to the eyes, but by a margin only about
one-third that of the first lee. The maxille, having the usual broad

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 145

base and just reaching out to the eyes, are long, and form the free
_ maxilla-case already noted, which is received into a slight hollow in
front of the 5th and 6th abdominal segments, and is supported by a
pointed extension of the wing apices. All these appendages are
transversely striated, but, for the most part, these striations are very
smoothed down; the free portion of the maxilla is, however, quite
rough with very fine circular ridges (like a rat-tail file). The wings
are very smooth though really wrinkled like the other appendages,
and the veins and Poulton’s line (marginal vein) are very distinct
as raised lines (Chapman).

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—The species is single-brooded, appearing on
the wing in most seasons, continuously, for six to eight weeks, its
earliest appearance depending largely on the season, and may be as
early as May (April in 1898) and as late as July. May examples are
usually rare, from mid-June to end of July is the usual period in
Britain. Abroad, the time of appearance varies according to altitude
and latitude—at Locarno in April and May; at Broussa it appears in
May; from June to August, at 900m. elevation, in Roumania;
from the end of May to mid-July in Anhalt (Gillmer); and mid-
June to end of July (once on May 15th) in the Baltic Provinces
(Nolcken) ; we usually find it worn in the Alps of France, Italy and
Switzerland from 4000ft.-6000ft. at the end of July and early August.
There may, in some seasons, be an occasional specimen of a second brood,
but even this is very doubtful, and we suspect greatly all general records of
double-broodedness, ¢.7., at Salzburg, May 7th-June 23rd and July 25th-
September 12th (Fritsch). The following dates will illustrate the varia-
tion according to season and place. ContTINENTAL RECORDS: June 21st,
1871, very abundant in Jersey (Luff); June 24th-July 18th, 1883, at
Carlsbad (Becher) ; June 14th-16th, and again July 19th-28rd, 1890,
at Tancarville (Leech) ; May 22nd, 1891, in Corfu; June 4th, 1891, at
Malamocco (de la Garde); abundant in the Vallon des Fleurs, Nice, July
1st, 1893 (Bromilow) ; July 28th-August 8th, 1894, at Courmayeur ;
July 25th-26th, 1896, at Grésy-sur-Aix; June 18th-26th, 1897,
at Fontainebleau ; July 28th-August 1st, 1897, at St. Michel de Mauri-
enne; August 10th-19th, 1897, at Susa, scarce and apparently over
(Tutt); June 20th-July 2nd, 1898, at Saeterstoen (Chapman) ; one
specimen worn, early August, 1898, at Pré St. Didier (Tutt); June
21st to end of month, 1899, at Susa (Brown); July 1st-12th, 1899, at.
Fusio; July 22nd-31st, 1900, at Guarda (Chapman) ; June 26th-28th,
1900, at Berchtesgaden; June 29th-July 2nd, 1900, at Buda-Pesth
(Lang); August 1st-3rd, 1900, at Larche; August 18th-24th, 1900, at
Grésy-sur-Aix (Tutt); June 23rd-24th, 1901, at Mont Sény (teste
Nicholl); June 26th-30th, 1901, distributed throughout the Forét
d’Arques and occurring abundantly (Moore); July 18th-20th, 1901, at.
Tragacete ; July 28th, 1901, at Albarracin (Chapman); July 30th,
ete., 1901, abundant but worn at Torre Pellice (Tutt); May 29th-
July 4th, 1902, at Hyéres (Powell); July 5th-380th, 1902, at Villars.
(Moss) ; July 12th, 1902, at Aigle (Sheldon) ; July 25th, 1902, at Grésy-
sur-Aix ; July 29th-31st, 1902, at Annecy (Tutt); June 26th-July 1st,
1902, at St. Georges (Wheeler) ; April 20th, 1903, a single newly-emerged.
specimen at Locarno (Tutt); July 2nd, 1908, at Entrevaux (Powell) ;
July 26th, 1903, very large 2s at Vésubie, with 7. acteon (Rowland-
Brown); July 27th, 1903, at Roche, near Aigle; July 28th and August

146 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

13th, 1908, at Useigne (Tutt); June 17th-July 8rd, 1908, at Macolin
and in the Grindelwald (Lowe) ; May 30th-31st, 1903; May 31st, 1904, at
Hyeres (Powell) ; July 14th, 1904, at Mendel (Rowland-Brown) ; July
26th, 1904, on the Faucille; July 28th, 1904, on the Grand Saléve; August
5th, 1904, between Stalden and Hiiteck; July 28th-31st, 1905, at
Grésy-sur-Aix; August 9th-13th, 1905, at Pré St. Didier; August
12th, 1905, in the Vel Veni (Tutt). BrirtsH recorps: There
appears to be acontinual appearance of this insect from late May till
the beginning of September in some years at Market Rasen (Court) ;
common from May-August in the Chatham district; common end of
June and early July in Tring dist. (Rothschild) ; at end of June round
Carlisle (Day); June 30th and August 14th, 1856, at Hollingbury
Combe (Image) ; June 22nd, 1860, at Mansfield (Brameld) ; May 19th,
1869, abundant at Cirencester (Harman); June 5th-26th, 1869, at
Brockenhurst (Capper); imago emerged June 9th,1871, from pupa
obtained from larva found May 6th, 1871, in the Gloucester district
(Watkins); June 6th, 1872, at Monk’s Wood; June 138th, 1873, at
Danbury (Raynor) ; July 24th and August 4th, 1873 ; July 5th, 1874;
June 18th and August 15th, 1875, at Wimbledon ; June 1st-8th, 1876,
in Blean Woods; June 25th, 1876, at Darenth (Whittle); July 23rd-
31st, 1882, in New Forest (Dobson); August 6th, 1882, at Marlow
(A. H. Clarke) ; July 2nd-16th, 1883, in Abbott’s Wood (Thornewill) ; July
18th, 1884, at Hailsham (Whittle); June 20th, 1885, at Abbott’s Wood ;
July 18th-August Ist, 1885, in the New Forest enclosures (Hawes) ;
imago reared from a larva found at Guildford, June 19th, 1886,
(Grover); July 4th, 1886, at Reigate (Whittle) ; August 8th, 1886, at
Brentwood (Burrows) ; July 17th, 1887, and July 1st, 1888, at Marlow
(A. H. Clarke); June 16th-August 21st, 1888, at Downham
Market (Smith); July 1st, 1888, at West Hamble (Whittle) ; August
12th, 1888, at Lyndhurst (Blaber) ; July 18th, 1888, at Chattenden ;
July 21st, 1888, at Cuxton; July 6th, 1889, at Kingsdown (Tutt) ;
June 24th, 1888; July 16th, 1889, at Brentwood (Raynor); June
22nd-August Ist, 1889, at Downham Market (Smith); June 30th,
1889, at Shoeburyness (Whittle) ; July 21st, 1889, at Marlow (A. H.
Clarke)‘ July 31st-August 5th, 1889, at Lyndhurst (Hill); June dth,
1890, at Lockerley (Burrows) ; June 12th, 1890, at Chattenden (Tutt) ;
June 15th, 1890, at Benfleet; July 13th, 1890, at Gt. Wakering
(Whittle); June 16th-July 24th, 1890, at Downham Market (Smith) ;
June 24th, 1890, at Dursley (Griffiths); June 28th-July 17th, 1890,
at Brockenhurst (Blagg); August 18th, 1890, at Marlow (A. H.
Clarke) ; June 14th, 1890; June 28th, 1891, at Brentwood (Raynor) ;
July 5th, 1891, at Shoeburyness (Whittle) ; August 1st, 1891, between
Poultin and Cleorleys (Baxter) ; July 1st, 1891; June 11th-18th, 1892,
at Chattenden (Tutt); June 15th, 1892, at Rainham (Burrows) ; June
2nd-9th, 1892, at Hailsham and Abbott’s Wood (Tugwell); June
17th-July 18th, 1892 at Purbeck (Bankes); July 22nd, 1892, in
the New Forest (Alderson); June 8th, 1892; May 25th, 1898, at
Langworth (Raynor); April 17th, 1893, at Worcester Park (Kaye) ;
April 29th, May 20th, June 8rd and 7th, 1893, in Chattenden and at
Cuxton (Tutt) ; May 4th, 1898, in North Devon, an exceptionally early
year (Hinchliff) ; May 11th, 18938, at Ventnor (Christy); May 21st,
1898, at Brockenhurst (Tremayne); June 24th-July 10th, 1893, at
Morthoe (Sheldon) ; July 6th, 1893, at Monk’s Wood (Blake) ; June

AUGIADES SYLVANUS, 147

2nd-10th, 1893; July 14th, 1894, in Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; June16th,
1894, at Chattenden (Tutt) ; June 17th, 1894, at Blandford (Bankes) ;
June 8th-17th, 1894, at Brockenhurst (Wells) ; common in the New
Forest in July, 1894 (Cox); July 8th, 1894, at Southend (Whittle) ;
July 20th, 1894, at Darenth Wood (James); July 29th, 1894, at
Haverthwaite (Arkle); June 22nd, 1894, at Legsby; May 27th, 1895,
at Langworth (Raynor); June 16th, 1895, at Great Wakering, June
23rd, 1895, on the Leigh slopes (Whittle); June 18th, 1895, at Leigh
(Burrows) ; June 28rd, 1895, at Boxhill (Nth. Lond. Nat. Soc.); July
7th, 1895, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); June 13th, 1896, in good condition
at Oxshott (Tremayne); June 28th, 1896, at Canvey (Whittle) ; July
ard, 1896, at Canvey (Burrows); mid-July, 1896, in the New Forest
(Bayne); June 21st, 1896, in Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); May 25th,
1896, at Langworth, June 11th, 1897, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); June
dth and 6th, 1897, at Benfleet (Whittle); June 5th, 1897, one at
Cairn Ryan (Gordon); June 28th-July 8rd, 1897, at Balcombe
(Image) ;-July, 1897, at Carlisle (Day); fairly common, June 12th,
1897, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown); June 26th, 1897, at
Bentley (Burrows) ; July, 1897, at Alderbury Down (Barraud) ; fairly
common in June, two specimens captured late in August, 1898, in the
Penzance district (Daws); June 16th and 19th, 1898, at Hockley;
July 30th, 1898, at Hadleigh (Whittle) ; June 28th, 1898, at Mucking
(Burrows); June 21st-mid-July, 1898, at Hythe (Hill); July Ist,
1898, at Theydon Bois (Image); July 2nd, 1898, at Leicester (Dixon);
July 2nd, 1898, at Stanmore Common (Barraud); gf taken near
Ravens Hall, July 9th, 1898; July 12th, 1898, at Corsemalzie
(Gordon); June 17th, 1898, June 24th, 1899, at Hazeleigh (Raynor);
earliest appearance May 28rd, 1899, in the Gloucester district (Davis) ;
June 10th-11th, 1899, at Shoreham; July 20th, 1899, at Oxshott ;
August 5th, 1899, at Hailsham (Carr); June 25th, 1899, at Pritile-
well (Whittle); July 15th, 1899, at Monkswood (Rowland-Brown) ;
May 1ist-June 16th, 1900, in the Frensham district (Bingham-
Newland); June 17th-18th, 1900, at Bexley; July 14th, 1900, at
Hsher (Carr); June 17th, 1900, at Eastwood; July 1st-8th, 1900, at
Benfleet (Whittle); latest appearance, June 18th, 1900, in the
Gloucester district (Davis); July 1st, 1900, at Reading (Butler); June
16th, 1900, July 7th, 1901, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); June 15th, 1901,
between Port Carlisle and Carlisle (Nicholson); June 20th, 1901, at
Prittlewell; July 6th, 1901, at Westcliff (Whittle) ; June 22nd, 1901,
at Mickleham (Ashdown); July 14th, 1901, at Reading (Butler) ;
July 17th, 1901, in West Sussex Bird); August 5th-7th, 1901, at
Burgess Hill (Dollman); June 13th, 1902, at Mucking (Burrows) ;
June 25th, 1902, at Reading (Butler); July 2nd, 1901, at Epping
(Image); July 5th, 1902, at Wisley (Lucas); July 10th, 1902, at
Corsemalzie (Gordon); July, 13th, 1902, on Thundersley Common
(Whittle); July 3rd and 17th, 1902, in West Sussex (Bird); July
18th, 1902, at Tilbury (Image); July 28th, 1902, at Sledmere (Tetley) ;
August 5th, 1902, on Stanmore Common (Barraud); July 31st-August
25th, 1902, at Burgess Hill (Dollman); August 5th and 8th, 1902,
2 2s in Merioneth (Graves); June 21st, 1902, June 20th, 1903, at
Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; June 1st and 5th, 1908, at Reading (Butler) ;
June 8rd, 1903, at Newtown; July 4th, 1903, at Scarborough; July
18th, 1903, at Sledmere (Tetley); June 22nd, 1903, at Dorking

148 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

(Oldaker) ; June 27th, 1903, in West Sussex (Bird); June 11th-July
2nd, in Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; July 5th, 1908, at North Shoebury
(Whittle) ; July 11th, 1908, at Wendover (Turner) ; July 25th, 1903,
at Oxshott (Pickett); June 10th, 1904, at Reading (Butler); June,
1904, in the New Forest (Barraud); June 19th, 1904, at North
Shoebury (Whittle); June 28th-July 10th, 1904, at Mucking
(Burrows) ; end of June, 1904, near Kirkmaiden (Gordon) ; June 26th,
1904, June 8th, 1905, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); June 5th, 1905,
common at Reading (Butler); June, 24th, 1905, at Sledmere (Tetley);
June 24th, 1905, at Noak Hill; July 1st, 1905, at Oxted (Harrison) ;
June 25th-26th, 1905, at Sunny Braes (Gordon).
Hasits.—The short, rapid flights of this species, and its strange habit
of moving round and round on a leaf were noticed in 1778 by Harris, who
says that ‘‘ whenever they settle, which is very frequent, as they are never
long on the wing, they are sure to turn halfway round, and sometimes
quite round; when on the wing they have a skipping motion, which
is effected by reason of their closing their wings so often in their
passage ; whenever they settle they also close their wings.’’ Lewin
also notes that ‘its flight is very short, but when on a bush or shrub
it is almost constantly in motion, skipping or leaping from leaf to
leaf.” We have ourselves noticed its apparent preference for bramble
and hazel on which to rest if in its locality. Raynor says that it has
also a habit of flymg rapidly up and down the sheltered side of a
sunny hedge. The upright position of the forewings and horizontal
position of the hindwings, as the insect sidles round, must have been
noted by everybody. The butterfly sits with its wings right up over its
back when sucking honey from a flower, also when quite at rest or when
asleep, but when sunning allows its forewings to drop considerably
until they make an angle of perhaps 30° from the horizontal, the
hindwings being allowed to drop still lower. When it first settles, it
holds both wings together up vertically over its back, then lets fore-
and hindwings down together for about 30°, when the lower ones are
still further depressed as noted above. The hindwings are, however,
never depressed horizontally to anything like the amount noticeable
in Adopaealineola or A. flava. When disturbed the hindwings are quickly
drawn up to the inclination of the forewings and the insect starts
suddenly and rapidly off. It chooses generally a leaf on which to sun,
but also very frequently a flower, and it abounds in various places—
by the sides of hedges, in woodridings and clearings in woods (loving
particularly sunny corners), downs where shrubby herbage and bushes
occur, and we have seen it abundant in lucerne fields, in a clover field
above Grésy-sur-Aix, flowery mountain slopes (between Bourg St.
Maurice and Bonneval-Bains, and Pré St. Didier and Courmayeur),
occasionally drinking at the roadside runnels on the rocky mountain
paths, although less usually so than any of its near relations. It was
particularly abundant in 1905 at Grésy-sur-Aix, at the end of July at
Bourg St. Maurice, and at Pré St. Didier in early August. We found worn
specimens on the flat in the Val Véni, nearly up to the foot of the
Glacier de Miage on August 12th, at an elevation of some 5000 ft.
Dupont notes that at Pont de l’Arche the species rests habitually on
the leaves of the bushes in the forest, and Schiitze that in Upper
Lusatia it prefers the fronds of Pteris aquilina on which to rest.
Hasirat.—In Britain, the ridings and open places in woods, bushy

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. 149

_ places on the outskirts of woods, lanes in wooded districts, rough
bushy places on open downs, undercliffs on the coast, and flowery
meadows near lanes, are among the most favoured haunts of this
species. Harris, in 1778, noticed that it loved the neighbourhood of
woods, and Lewin added downs to its haunts. Grassy places in
woods, old pastures, the edges of downs in Bucks., etc. (Rothschild),
near woods and settling preferably on bramble and bracken at Cran-
brook (Marshall), by dusty roadsides and in swampy land near
Penzance (Daws), on the saltmarshes at Cliffe (Bower), in a chalkpit
at Boxhill (Prout), common in woods and lanes in Chatham district
(Walker), in woods and on bushy hillsides at Hereford (Bowell), on
grassy slopes near the sea in Wigtownshire (Gordon), the coast sand-
hills at Llandudno (Harding), in meadows and woods near Carlisle
(Day), but common on Skiddaw and other mountains among bracken
(Beadle), ete. In lowland districts abroad its localities are similar,
open spaces in woods at Wiesbaden, pastures and glades in Roumania,
in the park-like King’s gardens in Corfu, and the sandbanks of
Malamocco at the mouth of the Venice lagoon (de la Garde), etc.,
but among the mountains of the central Alps it is to be found in
all sorts of situations—of which the lucerne fields at Susa, Grésy-sur-
Aix and Chavoire, the wild flower wilderness at the foot of the Grande
Gorge, past Veyrier, the thistle-thickets at Pré St. Didier, the flowery
upland pastures of Larche, the Val Véni, and the summit of the
Faucille, the mountain pathsides from Evoléne to Useigne, from
Stalden to Saas-Grund, from Courmayeur to the foot of the Brenva
Glacier, and the zigzags below Crissolo occur to us.

BRITISH LOCALITIES.—Beprorp: Bedford (Court). Brrxs: Reading (Butler),
Purley (Buckstone), Bagley Wood, Boars Hill, Tubney, Streatley (Geldart). Bucxs:
very common between Princes Risborough and Wendover (Rowland-Brown), Halton,
Wavendon near Newport Pagnel (teste Stainton), Drayton Beauchamp (Rothschild),
Stony Stratford (Foddy), Marlow (Clarke). Carnarvon: common near sea (Arkle),
Conway Valley (Bland), Abersoch (Day), mouth of the Conway (Gardner), Llan-
dudno sandhills (Harding). Campripce: Wicken, common (Carr), Cambridge
district (Waters). Cussutre: local and rare (Day), north Cheshire (Greening),
between Raby and Bromborough (Walker), Knutsford (Chappell), throughout,
Wirral (Brockholes), Goostrey, common (Thorpe), Ince Marshes, sparingly (New-
stead), Whixall Moss near Fenn’s Bank Station (Thornewill). Cornwaitu: Penzance
district (Daws), near Bude (Rothschild), Truro (Rollason), Trelawewry, abundant
(Perry-Coste), Polzeath near Padstow (Gibb). CumBEKLAND: common on Skiddaw,
near Keswick (Beadle), Carlisle (F. H. Day), between Port Carlisle and Carlisle
(Nicholson), Thurstonfield, Orton, Newby Cross (Dawson). Dernsicu: Colwyn Bay
(Newstead), Cefn Caves (Gardner), Ruthin (Butler). Derby: district south of Trent,
not uncommon (Brown), Melbourne district, rare (Crewe), Burton-on-Trent dist.
(teste Stainton), Bagot’s Park (Thornewill), Chartley dist. (Harris). Devon: common
throughout (Mathew), Sidmouth (Majendie), North Devon (Hinchliff), Morthoe, near
Ilfracombe (Sheldon), Exeter, Plymouth, Teignmouth (teste Stainton), Dartmoor
(Gummer), Torquay (Crocker), Honiton, abundant (Riding), Paignton (Goodale),
Buckfastleigh (de la Garde). Dorsrt: Portland, uncommon (Richardson), Lulworth
(Dale), Dorchester (teste Stainton), Blandford, Purbeck (Bankes), Hambledon Hill,
Wimborne (Fowler), Sherborne (Douglas), Silverton (Ward), South Dorset
abundant (Bogue). Dvuruam: local, Durham district (Harrison), very rare, Darling-
ton (Sang), Castle Eden Dene (Wailes), Hesleden Dene (Leeming). EpinsurcH :
Edinburgh (teste Stainton). Essex: Southend, Shoeburyness, Leigh, Benfleet,
Great Wakering, Canvey, Hockley, Hadleigh, Eastwood, Prittlewell, Westcliff,
Thundersley (Whittle), Epping Forest (Garland), Theydon Bois, Tilbury (Image),
Noak Hill (Harrison), Forest Gate (Mera), Brentwood, Danbury, Hazeleigh (Raynor),
Mucking, Rainham (Burrows), Harwich district (Mathew). Fuinr: coast districts
(Gardner), Bagillt (Walker), Overton (Perkins). Guamorcan: Swansea, common
(Robinson), Cwityralla (Shelley). Guovcesrer: Bristol district, generally distributed

150 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and common (Hudd), Dursley (Griffiths), Cheltenham (Robertson), Lower Guiting
(teste Stainton), Cranham (Rothschild), Cirencester (Harman). Hants: common
everywhere throughout the county—Bournemouth, New Forest (Sequeira), common,
Winchester (Hewett), Isle of Wight—Bembridge (Stainton), Ventnor (Christy),
Freshwater (Rothschild), Lyndhurst (teste Stainton), Brockenhurst (Hodson),
Bank near Brockenhurst (Carr), Portsmouth (Pearce), Ringwood (Fowler),
near Silchester (Rothschild), Lockerley (Burrows). Herrerorp: Hereford
(Bowell), Tarrington (Wood), Leominster (Hutchinson). Herts: Oxhey (Row-
land-Brown), Norton Green Woods (Matthews), Hertford (Stephens), Hitchin,
Sandridge (Griffith), Tring district, Aldbury (Cottam), Harpenden, Shenley,
Bricket Wood (Gibb), Haileybury (Bowyer), East Barnet (Gillum), Watford
(Spencer). Hunts: abundant—St. Ives, etc. (Norris); Monks Wood (Raynor).
Istze oF Man: (Owen) ? [(Clarke)]. Kenr: common throughout—Rochester,
Strood, Cuxton, Chattenden, Higham, Cliffe, Sandwich, Deal, St. Margaret’s Bay,
Dover, Folkestone, Kingsdown, etc. (Tutt), Chatham (de la Garde), Ashford
common (Wood), Bexley (Fenn), Chatham district (Walker), Hythe (Hill), Pembury
(Weir), Ramsgate, Tenterden (teste Stainton), Maidstone district (Golding), Shore-
ham (Carr), Sevenoaks (Holmes), Sheerness (Fletcher), Cranbrook (Marshall),
Darenth Wood (James), Blean Woods near Herne (Whittle), Herne Bay (Battley),
Brockley (Turner). Kinparez (Birchall). Kerry: Killarney—on Lord Kenmare’s
demesne (Watts). KirkcupBRicHT: near Ravens Hall (Gordon). LancasHtre: between
Poultin and Cleorleys (Baxter), Grange (Hodgkinson), Silverdale (Melvill),
Simonswood Moss, Crosby sandhills (Gregson), Manchester, Preston (teste
Stainton), Methop (Forsythe), Haverthwaite (Arkle), Carnforth (Murray).
LetcestEeR: Leicester (Dixon), Sixhills, Ratcliffe, Ashby Flamville, Barkby
(Rowley), Gumley (Matthews), Loughborough (Wieldt). Lincozun: Ashby near
Brigg (Cassal), Newball, Skellingthorpe (Carr), Market Rasen (Court), Langworth,
Legsby (Raynor). MzrionetaH: Tan-y-Bwlch to Harlech, Barmouth district—Artro
Valley (Arkle), Merioneth (Graves). MrppiEsEx: Kast Acton (Ince), Stanmore (Bond),
Harrow district (Melvill), Kingsbury (Godwin), Enfield (Sykes), Pinner, Harrow
Weald, Oxhey Lane (Rowland-Brown), Old Oak Common (Godwin), Mill Hill
(South), Ruislip Common (Woodbridge), Hampstead (Sharp). MonmoursH:
Monmouth (Palmer), Llandogo, rather scarce, Dingestow (Bird), Abertillery,
common (Smith). Monreomrery: common—Newtown, etc. (Tetley). Norroik:
Downham Market (Smith). NorrHamptron: Peterborough, common (Morley),
Ashton Wold, Oundle (Rothschild), Northampton (Hensman). Norts: Notting-
ham district (Leivers), West Bridgford (Simmons), Newstead Park, near Mans-
field (Wright), Mansfield (Brameld). Oxrorp: Shotover, Cowley, Nettlebed (Geldart).
Rapnor: Llandrindod Wells (Denson). RoxpureH: Hawick (Renton), Roxburgh
(Douglas). SHRopsHrrE: Shrewsbury (teste Stainton), Hopton Wafers (Boxer).
SomerRSET: Castle Cary (Macmillan), Taunton (Doidge). Srarrorp: Burnt Woods,
scarce (Daltry), Maer (Blagg). SurrotK: common (Bloomfield), Stowmarket (teste
Stainton), Depden near Bury St. Edmunds, very common (Rowland-Brown),
Needham Market (Raynor), Bentley (Burrows). Surrey: Boxhill (N. L. Nat.
Soc.), Dulwich (Helps), Oxshott (Tremayne), Guildford (Grover), Esher, Horsley
(Carr), Ranmore, Polenden, Dorking (Oldaker), Worcester Park (Kaye), Wimbledon,
Reigate (Whittle), Dorman’s Park (Burr), Frensham (Bingham-Newland), Oxted
(Harrison). Sussex: West Sussex, common (Fletcher), East Sussex, generally
common (Jenner), Pagham (Lloyd), Hastings district, common (Bloomfield), East-
bourne (Sotheby), Birling Gap (Adkin), Brighton, Lewes, Worthing (teste Stainton),
Hailsham (Carr), Abbott’s Wood (Tugwell), Balcombe, Hollingbury Combe (Image),
Burgess Hill (Dollman). Warwick: common, Marston Green (Wynn), Knowle
(Ellis), Warwick, Oakley Wood (Baly), Rugby, Brandon Woods, Princethorpe
(Rugby lists), Atherstone (Baker), Wolford Woods (Austen), Ettington (Keighley-
Peach), Coombe Woods (Longstaff). Wrsrmorntanp: Kendal district (Moss),
Lake district (teste Stainton), Witherslack (Forsyth), Brigsten (West), Arn-
side (Forsythe). Wickntow: The Morrough of Wicklow (Birchall). Wie-
TOWNSHIRE: Corsemalzie, Cairn Ryan, one, Kirkmaiden, Monreilt, Sunny
Braes (Gordon). Wuurs: Calne (Eddrup), Salisbury (Carr), Savernake Forest
(Kimber). | Worcester: common (Fletcher), Worcester (teste Stainton). Yorks :
Sheffield (Hall), Sutton (Russell), Hull (Boult), Askham Bog (Prest), Bishop’s
Wood (Grassham), Bramham (Smith), Edlington Wood, Thornwaste (Harrison),
Ledstone (Smethurst), Pontefract (Hartley), Richmond (Sang), Scarborough
(Rowntree), Sheffield (Doncaster), Wakefield (Talbot), York (teste Stainton),
Thorne Woods, Wadworth Wood near Doncaster (Brooks), Sledmere (Tetley).

AUGIADES SYLVANUS. Tak

DistRiBUTION.—The whole Palearctic area (except Polar region, Canaries,
Madeira, North Africa), Corea, China, Japan, Amdo district (Staudinger). Asr1a:
Amurland, Nicolaiesk, North and Central China (Elwes), Corea, Japan (Leech),
Yokohama, Isle of Askold (Oberthiir), Thian Shan to 6000ft. (Riihl), Asia Minor—
Broussa, not common (Fountaine), Valley of the Khingoob (Romanoff), Syria—
Akbes (Merkl), Amasia, Taurus, Persia—Lenkoran, Astrahabad, Pamirs (Riihl),
Trak district (Young). Austro-Huneary: common throughout (Hofner), Buda-Pest
district (Nicholson), Katschau, Rosenau (Fritsch), Carinthia—Wolfsberg district
(Lemann), Preth (Zeller), Friesach (Rihl), Tyrol district up to 6000ft.—the
Schliickenalpe (Freyer), Gross Glockner, Trient, Val Popena, Cortina (Mann) ;
Innsbruck, Taufers (Weiler), Solsteinkette, Kiihtai, Patscherkofel, Glockner

- district, Seiser Alpe, Stilfser-Joch (Heller), Mendel district (Tutt), Botzen (Lowe),
Austrian Alps—Gastein, the Bucovina (Hormuzaki), Bechtesgaden (Lang), Moravia,
near Neutitschein (Fritsch), Briinn (Schneider), Bohemia— Carlsbad (Becher),
Seftenburg (Fritsch), Salzburg, Upper Austria—near Linz (Fritsch), Enns district
(Brittinger), Lower Austria—Vienna district, Hernstein district up to 1000m.
(Rogenh6fer), Galicia (Garbowski), Funfkirchen, Hungary—Raab, Transsylvania,
Jungerwald (Riihl), Croatia—Josefsthal, Slavonia—Zara (Mann). Berteium:
common throughout (Lambillion), Ortho (Slégers). Bosnrta anp HERcEGOVINA :
Jaice—Banjaluka (Rebel), Dervent (Hilf), Fojnica (Simonys), Bosnatal (Hilf),
Trebevic, Sarajevo (Rebel), Prozor, Maklenpass (Hilf), Kalinovik (Schreitter),
Jablanica (Apfelbeck), Prenj—Idbartal (Rebel), Risovac, 1000m. (Penther),
Nevesinje (Uhl), Lakat (Apfelbeck), Vucija Bara (Hilf), Stolac (Winne-
guth). Bunearta anpD East RoumeLIaA: common, Sophia, Rilo, Rustschuk, Varna,
Slivno (Rebel). CHANNEL Isuanps: Guernsey, Jersey, abundant (Luff). Denmark
(Bang-Haas). Corsica: Monte Pozzo di Borgo (Kollmorgen). Finuanp:
south and southeast (Lampa). Francz: throughout (Tutt)—dept. Nord (Paux),
Brittany (Griffith), Pont de l’Arche (Dupont), Rennes—Forét de Paimpont, coast
from Cancale to St. Malo (Oberthiir), Dieppe—Forét d’Arques (Moore), Nor-
mandy—Tanearville (Leech), near Cherbourg (Nichollet), Saone-et-Loire (Con-
stant), Paris district—Fontainebleau (Tutt), Seine-et-Marne—Forét d’Ozouer-la-
Ferriere, Hure—Elbeuf (Coulon), Evreux, Aube (Jourdheuille), Auvergne district—
Nohant, Sologne, St. Florent, Gueret, Auvergne, Le Livron (Sand), Allier—Moulins
(Peyerimhoff), Aude (Mabille), Isere—Grenoble (Harrison), Uriage, Orne—Bagnoles
(Oberthiir), Indre—Brenne (Martin), Savoy Alps—Grésy-sur-Aix, Annecy,
Chavoire, Dauphiny Alps—St. Michel-de-Maurienne, etc. (Tutt), Basses-Alpes—
Digne (Oberthiir), Entrevaux (Powell), Hautes Alpes—Barcelonette, Larche (Tutt),
Alpes-Maritimes—Vallon des Fleurs, abundant (Bromilow), Nice to La Turbie
(Oberthiir), Hyéres (Powell), Pyrenees—East and Central to 5000ft. (Elwes), Vernet-
les-Bains, Cauterets (Oberthiir), Pierrefitte, St. Sauveur (Bath), Guéthary, St.
Jean-de-Luz (Chapman), Haute-Garonne (Caradja), Doubs (Bruand). Grrmany:
Prussia—Dantzig, Konigsberg (von Siebold), Rastenburg, Insterburg, Willenberg
(Schmidt), Tilsit, Cranz, Rauschen, Warnicken, Caporns’ Haide, Wargen, Damm-
hof, Gross-Raum, Pillkallen, Friedland, Mohrungen, Osterode, Allenstein, etc.
(Speiser), Mecklenburg—Neustrelitz, Riilow, Stilze, Wismar (Boll), Liibeck (Tess-
mann), Schwerin, Waren, Parchim (Gillmer), Pomerania—Grubenhagen, Kieshof,
Negast (Paul and Plétz), Schleswig-Holstein, ete.—Eutin (Dahl), Hamburg (Heske),
Altona (Tessien), Lauenburg (Boie), Heligoland (Dalla Torre), Hanover, etc. Bremen
(Rehberg), Liineburg (Machleidt), Hanover (Glitz), Osnabriick, Hameln, Gottingen
(Jordan), Brunswick— Wolfenbiittel (Heinemann), Helmstedt, Quedlinburg
(Jordan), Hartz, everywhere common (Speyer), Westphalia—Miinster (Speyer),
Hoster (Jordan), Rhine Provinces—St. Goarshausen (Baker), Crefeld, Uerdingen, Aix,
Cologne, Elberfeld, Bonn, Boppard, Bingen (Stollwerck), Barmen (Weymer),
Neuenahr (Maassen), Hesse-Nassau, etc.—Nassau, Wiesbaden (Réssler), Oberhessen,
Oberursel, Hanau (Limpert), Gressen, on the Vogelsberg (Glaser), Frankfurt-an-
Main (Koch), Cassel (Borgmann), Waldeck (Speyer), Rollenburg (Jordan),
Thuringia—throughout (Knapp), Erfurt, etc. (Keferstein), Rudolstadt (Jordan),
Saxony—Zeitz-an-Hlster (Wilde), Halle (Stange), Dessau (Richter), Klein-Zerbster,
etc. (Gillmer), Mihlhausen, Naumburg, Nordhausen, the Kyffhauser (Jordan),
Chemnitz (Pabst), Dresden (Steinert), Fresborg (Fritsche), Brandenburg, common
throughout—Berlin district (Bartel), Frankfort-an-Oder, etc. (Kretschmer), Posen—
Hichwald, Kobylepoli (Schultz), Silesia—Brieg (Doring), Oberlausitz (Méschler),
Sprottau district, Kortnitz, Hochwald, Altkirch (Pfitzner), Bavaria—Regensburg
(Hoffmann), Munich (Kranz), Augsburg (Freyer), Kempten (von Kolb), Wiirttem-
berg—throughout (Seyffler), Baden—Constance, Triberg, Dinglingen, Carlsruhe,

152 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

Heidelberg (Reutti), Alsace—throughout (Spuler), the Palatinate (Bertram).
GREECE: Mesolonghi (Fountaine), Corfu (de la Garde), Parnassus, Acarnania,
Negropont (Riihl). Irany: Piedmontese Valleys—Pré St. Didier, Courmayeur,
Val Véni, Susa, Bobbie, Torre Pellice, Crissolo (Tutt), Certosa di Pesio (Norris),
throughout Tuscany (Stefanelli), Appenines—near Boscolungo (Norris), Lake
Como (Fountaine), Lombardy (Turati), Roman Campagna (Caradja), Messina
(Riihl), Sicily—Etna to 1400m., Madonie, S. Martino, Ficuzza (Struve), Messina,
Calabria (Isis, 1847), Malamocco (de la Garde). NrrHEeruanps: rather rare—
South Holland (Snellen), Brabant, Flanders (Riihl). Roumanta: throughout,
near Comanesti, Tulcea, Slanic at 900m. (Caradja). Russia: Caucasus
(Bramson), Baltic Provinces—throughout (Nolcken), Kasan, Ural dist.—Busuluk,
Sergievsk (Eversmann), Gorki, Black Sea district—Novorosiisk (Riihl). Scan-
DINAVIA: Sweden south, Helsingland (Lampa), Norway south and centre—
Sireosen, Haegstdil, Ose (Strand), Saeterstoen, Disenaen, etc. (Standen), northeast
Scania (Wallengren), Lapland, very rare (Zetterstedt), Odalen, near Skien, Naes
Vaerk, Bergedal, Tyldal, near Christiania (Siebke), Stryn (Pettersen). Srnrvia :
Nisch (Hilf). Spain: Albarracin, Tragacete (Chapman), Mont Sény (Nicholl),
Andalusia—Sierra Prieta (Rambur), Sierra Nevada, Bilbao (Rihl), Punto de
Pajares (Chapman). SwirzerLanp: widely distributed—going high into the moun-
tains up to 6000ft. on the Stelvio (Frey), Rhone Valley—Aigle (Sheldon), Sépey
(Wheeler), La Roche (Tutt), Villars, Gryon (Moss), Juras—St. Georges (Wheeler),
the Faucille (Tutt), Bernese Oberland—Grindelwald, Macolin (Lowe), Visp-Thal—
Stalden to Zermatt, Saas-Thal—Stalden to Saas-Grund, Val d’Hérens—Useigne to
Evoléne, etc., Grand-Saléve near Geneva, Locarno (Tutt), Fusio, Guarda (Chap-
man), Ztirich, Bergiin (Riihl), Lausanne (Fountaine). Turkey: Port Baklar
(Walker).
Genus: Urpicota [Linnée], Barbut.

Synonrmy.—Genus: Urbicola, Barbut, ‘‘ Gen. Ins. Linn.,’’ p. 173 (pars ref.
to Linné, no. 162 (1781). [Papilio- Plebeius-| Urbicola, Linné, ‘‘ Syst. Nat.,”’
10th ed., p. 484 (1758) ; 12th ed., p. 793 (1767) ; Fab., ‘‘ Sys. Ent.,”’ p. 531 (1775) ;
Esp., ‘‘Schmett. Eur.,’’ i., pl. xxiil., figs. la-b (1777); p. 300 (1779); Goeze,
“Fmt. Beit.,” i., pt. 3, p. 101 (1'780);\Fab., “Spee. Ins-,” 1.5) aie
‘* Mant.,’’ ii., p. 84 (1787) ; Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 179, 284 (1788) ; Schwarz,
‘‘Neu. Raupenkal.,’’ p. 180 (1791); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 50 (1803). Papilio,
Linn., ‘‘ Faun. Suec.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 285 (1761); Hiiin., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,” ii., pp. 74,
89 (1766}; Fuess., ‘‘ Verz.,’ p. 32 (1775); Schiff., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,” Ist ed.,
p- 160 (1775); Rott., “‘Naturf.,”’ vi., p. 8 (1775); Harris, “Hines ens ane
(1775) ; Miiller, ‘‘ Zool. Dan. Prod.,’’ p. 115 (1776); Retz., ‘‘ Gen. et Spec.,’’ p. 31
(1783); Schneider, ‘‘ Sys. Besch. Eur. Schmett.,” p. 272 (1785); Lewin, ‘‘ Ins.,”
etc., p. 94; pl. xlv., figs. 1-2 (1775); Hb., ‘‘Hur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xev., figs. 479,
480, 481 (1802); p. 72 (circ, 1805) ; Ill., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 146 (1801) ;
Ochs.,.‘‘ Die Schmett.,”’ i., pt. 2, p. 224 (1808); Godt., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”? 1., p. 237,
pl. xii. tert., fig. 4 (1821); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,’’ vii., p. 79, pl. 646, figs. la-d
(1858). [Papilio-] Plebeius, Miill., ‘‘ Faun. Frid.,’”’ p. 37 (1764). [Hesperia-]
Urbicola, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,’’ iii., pt. 1, p. 325 (1793). Erynnis, Schrank,
‘¢ Faun. Boica,”’ ii., pt. 1, p. 159 (1801) ; Watson, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,” p. 99
(1893)*; Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., iii., p. 24 (1897); Grote, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond.
Ent. Soc.,’’ p. 59 (1897). Hesperia, Latr., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”’ xiv., p. 124 (18085) ;
‘« Gen. Crust.,’’ iv., p. 356 (1809); ‘‘ Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208 (1810) ; Leach, ‘‘ Edin.
Encycl.,”’ ix., p. 1380 (1815); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,”’ iv., p. 34 (1816); Dalm.;
** Vet. Ak. Handl.,’’ xxxvii., p. 201 (1816); Latr., ‘‘ Ene. Méth.,”’ p. 169 (1819) ;
Sam., ‘‘ Ent. Comp.,’’ p. 242 (1819); Bdv., ‘‘ Eur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 27 (1829);
Meig., ‘‘ Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 66 (1830) ; Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ x., p. 248 (1834);
Bdv., ‘‘Ind. Meth.,” p. 35 (1840); Zett., ‘‘Ins. Lap.,’”’ p. 915 (1840); Dup.,
“‘Cat. Meth.,’’ p. 35 (1840) ; Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,’’ p. 87 (1844); H.-Sch.,
‘« Sys. Bearb.,’’ p. 159 (1846); Dup., ‘‘ Icon. Chen.,’’ p. 213 (1849) ; Led., ‘‘ Verh.
zool.-bot. Gesell.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852); Speyer, ‘‘Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 286 (1858) ;
Hein., ‘‘Schmett. Deutsch.,’’ p. 117 (1859); Wallgrn., ‘‘Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 260
(1853) ; Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 172 (1870); Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,’’ p. 85 (1867) ;
Nolck., ‘‘ Lep. Fn. Estl.,’’ p. 84 (1868); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871);
Mill., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. Alp.-Mar.,’’ p. 116 (1872); Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” p. 216
(1874); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz,’’ p. 55 (1880); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,” p. 353,

* By a stupid blunder this reference is erroneously accredited as a synonym of
Augiades (anted, p. 132), it should of course be deleted there.

URBICOLA COMMA. 158

pl. Ixxxii., fig. 2 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,” p. 147 (1885); Auriv., ‘‘ Nord.

Fiar.,”’ p. 39, pl. vii., fig. 12 (1889); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 211 (1890); Bavrr.,

‘‘Lep. Brit. Isl.,”’ i., p. 294, pl. xxxix., figs. 2-2d (1893). Pamphila, Fab., ‘Il.
Mag.,”’ p. 287 (1807); Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,’’ p. 759 (1815) ; Stephs., ‘‘ Ill. Brit.
Ent.,”’ p. 102 (1828); ‘‘Ins. Cat.,”’ p. 28 (1829); Wood, ‘Ind. Ent.,” p. 10,
fig. 81 (1839); Westd., ‘‘ Gen. Syn.,’’ p. 88 (1840); Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,”’ p. 128, pl. xli., figs. 1-4 (1841); Dbldy., ‘‘ Syn. List,” p. 2 (1850); Westd.
and Hew., ‘‘ Gen. Diurn. Lep.,” p. 522 (1852); Sta., ‘‘Man.,’’ i., p. 69 (1857);
Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 123 (1862); Butl., ‘‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,”’ p. 277 (1869) ;
Kirby, ‘‘Syn. Cat.,’’ p. 824 (1871); ‘‘Hur. Butts.,”? p. 65 (1882); Buckler,
‘‘ Larve,’’ etc., i., pp. 142, 198 (1886) ; Riihl, ‘‘ Gross-Schmett.,”’ p. 646 (1895) ;

p. 307 (1839); ‘Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 88 (1858).

The Urbicolae was Linné’s group name for the “skippers,” and
Urbicola was first used in a generic sense by Barbut, in 1781, when he
cited comma, L., as the type (antea, p. 180). The genus is described,
under the name of Hrynnis, by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893,
p- 99), with comma as the type, as follows:

Antenne short, less than half the length of the costa; club short, robust,
terminal crook exceedingly minute. Palpi with the second joint densely scaled,
third joint minute, suberect, bluntly conical. Neuration as in Hylephila,* except
that vein 2 of the forewings is much nearer to the base of the wing in the ¢, and
vein 7 of the hindwing is slightly nearer the base of the wing in both sexes. The
stigma of the forewing is very similar to that of Hylephila,+ except that it entirely
fills the angle at the bifurcation of vein 2, while in Hylephila the discal stigma
crosses the interspace beyond the origin of vein 2—comma, Linn., colorado, Sc.,
manitoba, Se., metea, Sc., florinda, Butl.

Ursicota comma, Linné.

Synonymy.—Species: Comma, Linn., ‘‘ Syst. Nat.,’’ 10th ed., p. 484, no. 162
(1758) ; 12th ed., p. 793, no. 256 (1767); ‘‘ Faun. Suec.,”’ p. 285, no. 1080 (1761) ;
Mill., ‘‘ Faun. Frid.,’’ p. 37 (1764); Hufn., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,”’ ii., pp. 74, 89 (1766);
Fab., ‘‘ Sys. Ent.,’’ p. 531 (1775), etc. [N.B.—All references mentioned under the
generic synonymy (supra) are referable to comma.|]

ORIGINAL DEScRIPTION.—P. P. alis integerrimis divaricatis fulvis;
punctis albis lineolaque nigra. F'n. Suec., 793. Merian, Hur., 15,
t.48. Habitat in Europa (inné, Sys. Nat., 10th ed., p. 484). [Papilio
comma alis integerrimis divaricatis fulvis: punctis albis, lineaque nigra.
Papilio alis erectis ovatis integerrimis testaceo-griseis, tesserulis albis
linea nigra sub superioribus. Habitat in Pratis. Descr.— Ale
primores concolores, flav, apice fuscescentes maculis pallidis: litura
nigra linearis margine nuda subargentea in medio pagine superioris.
Secundarie supra flave, pallidius maculate margine fuscescentes.
Subtus grisee maculis albidis, quadratis (Fawn. Suec., 2nd ed., p. 285).

Imaco.—29mm.-40mm. Ground colour of all the wings bright
fulvous, with broad dark marginal band to fore- and hindwings; an

* Cell less than two-thirds the length of the costa; vein 5 from close to bottom
of cell; vein 3 very close to end of cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to base of wing
than to end of cell; in the ¢ this vein is slightly more remote from base of wing.
Hindwing with vein 7 well before end of cell, almost equidistant from 6 and 8;
discocellulars faint; vein 5 not traceable; veins 2, 3 and 4 all close together, 3
about twice as far from 2 as from 4 (Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 101).

+ ¢ with a linear discal stigma on forewing, extending from origin of vein 3
as far as vein 1, and edged exteriorly with an outwardly diffused streak of raised
scales (Watson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1893, p. 101). The type of Hylephila is
phylaeus.

154 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

angulated row of paler spots beyond the middle of the forewings, and
a corresponding transverse row across hindwings; a pale discal spot on
fore- and hindwings. [These spots almost identical in size, position
and arrangement with those of Augiades sylvanus.| Underside greyish-
fulvous or yellowish; the hindwings and apex of forewings spotted,
the former with a conspicuous band of somewhat squarish white
spots.

SEXUAL DIMoRPHIsM.—The sexual variation is very distinct in this
species. The 9s (a large number being compared) average from
dSmm.-7mm. larger than the gs, and are distinctly heavier in
build. The g has a deep velvety-black discal streak, placed
obliquely across the centre of the wing, below the median nervure. It
hugs the latter, however, towards the base, more closely than in A.
sylvanus, and the androconial scales show as a silvery line therein.
This is almost all that one notices with the naked eye, but ‘‘if one
examines the patch with a magnifying power of 30 (fig. 21), one finds
that it consists of three different parts: (1) A smaller part which lies
in cell 1b and is separated by the second vein from (2) a larger part
which lies in the cell close to the hinder median vein, and (8) a long,
narrow part, somewhat broader outwards, which stands on the hind
median vein and also a little into the cell, and suddenly stops at the
point of origin of veins 8 and 4. The first two divisions are pretty
similar to one another in formation. They consist, namely, of very
closely appressed, highly characteristic androconia, which are placed in
a hollow or depression corresponding with the size and form of the
surface. The margins of this depression are clothed with large,
silvery-grey ‘‘ covering-scales,’’ whose tips converge so that they com-
pletely cover the surface formed by the tips of the androconia, or leave
open between them only a narrow slit through which one can see the
tips (compare fig. 21) of the coal-black androconia. As the covering
scales are, in different specimens, sometimes quite closed, sometimes
pretty well separated from one another, it is probable that the insect
can separate them or lay them one over the other as it likes, in order
to expose or to cover the delicate androconia. It is just these covering-
scales that produce the silvery stripe of the black ‘‘comma”’ which
characterises this species. The third part of the g patch is of a
velvety-black colour distinctly inclining towards brown, and consists of
vertically-placed scales which are of a beautiful wedge-shape with 2-3
toothed points, and, below, run uninterruptedly into the stalk. In their
structure, they appear to resemble the ordinary scales, but their strong
pigmentation, vertical position, and different arrangement, almost seem
to me to indicate a special purpose, more or less analogous with that
of the rest of the androconia. In the form of their base they also
differ from the known type of normal scales in the Rhopalocera.
Their length is 0°22mm.-0°36mm., and their breadth 0-027mm.-
0:03lmm. In cells 1b and 2, just outside the g patch, the yellow
wineg-scales are larger, somewhat more erect, with tips bent down, so
that in certain lights they give this part of the wing a distinct gloss.
The peculiar androconia already mentioned (fig. 19) showa very surprising
formation. They are cylindrical, hair-like, composed of a great number of
members (or segments), which fall apart at the least touch. Hence it
comes about that the sole author who discusses the build of the patch
states that it consists of a fine black powder. At first I also could not

URBICOLA COMMA. 155

_ manage to see anything but loose members, although I took it for
granted that they must be connected with one another in some way;
but at last I succeeded in getting several uninjured scales, by boiling
them in a solution of potash. Thereby it was ascertained that each of
such hairs, or scales, reaches a length of 0:27mm.-0°35mm. and a
breadth of 0:004mm. The members, of which the scales consist, vary
much in length (0:013mm.-0:054mm.) and in form. The lowest (fig.
19d, 7) is always drawn out into a stalk which sticks into the wing-
membrane, and the uppermost (fig. 19a, c, f) is usually smaller than
the rest, and has asmall blunted tip. The joints, 7.e., the points where
they join, of the members vary in appearance according to the side
from which they are viewed, sometimes they look like two small knots
projecting outwards on each side and separated in the middle by a
furrow (fig. 19c), sometimes one sees only one (fig. 190), this latter case
resulting certainly from the fact that one knob covers the other when
viewed from the side. How the members are really connected, whether
by a fitting of the knobs one into the other, or whether by a thread
running through all the members, I have not been able to discover
with certainty. The upper surface, where the androconia are fixed,
appears, on the denuded wing-membrane, quite opaque, on account of
the closely compressed fastening-points. These are So close together that,
on a moderate computation, there would be some 50000 to each square
millimetre, and, as the surface on which they are fastened amounts to at
least seven-eighths of a square mm., there would, therefore, not be less
than about 44000 androconia. Now if we reckon the upper surface of
each androconium at 0:0036 sq. mm., then they make altogether an
upper surface of about 160 sq. mm., 7.¢., a surface greater than that
of the entire forewing. In colour the g differs in its less size and
distinctness of the yellow spots”’ (Aurivillius).

Grnitatia.—Described and figured by Scudder (Mem. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist., iii., p. 350, pl. xi., figs. 10-11). Upper organ strongly
arched, rather deeply sulcate above posteriorly ; hook one-third the
length of the centrum and slightly curved downwards; together with
the centrum it is very broad at the base above, tapers roundly to a
rounded apex, and is but little longer than broad; viewed from the
side, the hook is nearly equal, the apex pointed beneath ; lateral arms
equal, cylindrical, tapering a little at the tip, not very widely separated
from the centrum at their base, curving slightly upward, of equal
length with the hook. Clasps about twice as long as broad, extending
fully as far back as the upper organ, narrowing pretty regularly from
the base, the upper margin incurved and deflexed, the posterior border
rounded, extending beyond the apical tooth, and of a somewhat ragged
outline ; the preapical tooth is somewhat longer than the apical, but
is incurved to such a degree as to appear of the same length on a
lateral view ; otherwise they are both nearly straight, upturned and
narrowly separated by a very deep rounded excision ; the irregularly
serrated lamina supporting the inner anterior edge of the apical tooth
possesses five or six slight serrations, and the lamina terminates
abruptly opposite the anterior edge of the preapical tooth. [The
appendages of the northern form, catena, seem to differ from those of
the normal type only in sometimes having the preapical tooth no
longer, or but very slightly longer, than the apical, and in that the
two teeth are always separated by a slightly wider interval than in the

156 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

normal form, approaching in this respect nevada, and departing more
widely from manitoba. |

Variation.—This is probably one of the most interesting species,
from the point of view of variation, in the superfamily. From the
limited standpoint of any particular country it would be considered a
non-variable species, but so wide is its distribution throughout the
Palearctic and Nearctic areas, and so widely different its environment
both as regards latitude and altitude, that minor variations have
become more or less fixed in certain districts, and these have been
largely described as distinct species by various authors. Within the
limits of the Nearctic area this variation is very considerable, and more
or less valid reasons have been brought forward for considering the
American forms specifically distinct. This view, however, 1s not gener-
ally accepted, and the few American examples in the British Museum
collection would not lead us to allow them distinction as species. In
our later considerations of the forms that have been described, we shall
separately consider the Palearctic and Nearctic races. Of the general
variation of the species, Oberthtir notes (Htudes d’ Hnt., xx., pp. 38-39)
that the species varies considerably. On August 10th, 1895, it was in
oreat abundance on the sand-dunes of Miel-Pot, between St. Malo and
Cancale, and among others, a ? was captured with the apex of hindwings
a ‘‘oris de lin”’ tint instead of the ordinary greenish-yellow ; at the same
place a g was taken in which the white spots on the underside were
much reduced, and others in which they were tinged with yellow.
Among specimens from various localities, Oberthtr further observes
that he has examples from Savoy similar to the catena from Siberia;
others from the Taurus, where the race is very bright and clear both
on upper- and underside, etc. Dealing with the general variation of
the upperside tints, based on the European specimens examined, we
think the following covers the more usual forms:

1. Bright fulvous, almost unspotted (slight traces only towards apex of fore-
wings); usual marginal border almost obsolete=ab. clara, n. ab.

2. Bright fulvous, marginal border fuscous, spotting on fore- and hindwings
faint=ab. intermedia, n. ab.

3. Bright fulvous, marginal border and basal area fuscous, spotting pale
and conspicuous=comma, Linn.

4. Ground colour suffused with fuscous, the fulvous restricted to the angulated
row of spots and discal cell on forewings; and to the transverse row of spots and
discal spot on hindwings=ab. suffusa, n. ab.

5. Asin 4, but the spots yellowish, even whitish towards apex of forewings =
ab. pallidapuncta, n. ab.

6. Almost entirely fuscous, spots much reduced on forewings, almost absent on
hindwings=ab. extrema, n. ab.

Pathological aberrations, in which the pigment partially fails, and
the wing, or part of it, becomes pallid, sometimes occur. We have
four such, two gs in which the left hindwing is pale, one g in which
both hindwings are pallid, and a ? the left hindwing pallid; the latter
has a large pallid patch also on the underside of each forewing at anal
angle, not noticeable on upperside. Parsons records (Zool., 1862,
p. 8204) that, in early September, 1862, he captured, at Aylesbury, an
example with its forewings milk-white, the hindwings of a delicate
ereen colour, the silvery spots of the underside shining through like
gold. In Britain the common g form appears to be that noted above
as the type, whilst the @ is dimorphic, one form coloured correspond-
ingly with the type, the other ab. sujusa. Occasional gs, however,

URBICOLA COMMA. 13%

lean distinctly to the suffusa type. Oldaker notes that, at Ranmore,
some specimens are very light, others quite dark. Raynor observes (in
litt.) that he has a g from North Kent with the outer margins of fore-
and hindwings much clouded with black and the androconial streak
much intensified; he has alsoa ? from North Kent with the central
areas of forewings and hindwings brightly fulvous, giving the whole
insect a very light appearance. It would appear that the range of
variation in Britain occasionally reaches ab. intermedia and ab. pallida-
puncta, but, possibly, the extreme pale form ab. clara, and the extreme
dark form ab. extrema, are only frequently to be met with in low
latitudes and high altitudes respectively, although an occasional pale
British one comes very near clara, e.g., we have two gs from Cuxton
nearly of this form. On the underside the European forms vary in
the colour of the hindwings and apex of forewings from bright orange-
yellow, through yellowish-grey, grey, greenish-grey and bright green ;
some of the greyish and greenish forms have the anal area of the hind-
wing quite orange or orange-yellow, by contrast with the rest of
the surface, as in Adopaea flava. The white spotting, too, varies
considerably, not only in tint which extends from pure snow-
white edged with dark to increase the intensity of the white, to
a yellow almost lost in the ground colour and markedly obsolete
(=ab. flava), but also in size and the amount of their separation.
It is to. be noted also that, as a rule, the races that tend to have
the ground colour of the underside of the hindwings yellow, also
tend to have yellow spots, blending more or less with the ground
colour, whilst those that tend to green get intensely white spots, often
conspicuously edged with black. The outer of the white spots on the
underside of the hindwings, too, are sometimes united into a large zigzag
mark(=ab. conflua, n. ab.); and it is very common for the three forming
the lower part of the curve to be so united, the others remaining
separate. Oberthtr figures and describes (Htudes d’ Hntom., xx., pl. vi.,
figs. 85-86, p. 38) two gf specimens (1) One with the hindwings beneath,
having the usual eight or ten ordinary submarginal and basal spots united
into one, so that only a pale yellow shade remains in the centre of the
white blotch; taken at Sologne=ab. juncta, n. ab., and (2) One in which
the normal white spots are obliterated on the underside of the hind-
wings, and at the apex of the torewings by being suffused with black
scales, only one small clear central whitish spot remaining in the
centre of the inferior wings; believed to have been taken at Gavarnie
=ab. centripuncta, n.ab. The upperside of the first is normal, that of
the second is very dark. It is very rare that so completely united a
form as ab. juncta occurs. More frequently, as noted above, the outer
spots are united into a long zig-zag series, the central spots remaining
free (=ab. conflua). Steinert notes an aberration in the “ Seiler coll.,”’
in which, on the underside of the hindwings, the cells are filled up with
white to twothirds of the length, the white reaching furthest in cell 5.
Moeschler observes (Stett. Hint. Ztg., xv., p. 224) that 9s from south
Russia have most of the spots on the underside of the hindwings bordered
with deep black, as well as the spots at the apex of the forewings.

The chief Palearctic races divide into three groups—(1) The “pale”
or “‘clara’’ group, tending to clear, bright, yellow ground-coiour, passing
through var. pallida (southeastern lowland form), var. flava (southeastern-
Kurope mountain form), and var. dimila (south Asiatic mountain form).

158 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(2) The “dark” or ‘“‘suffusa” group, tending to deep, dark, fuscous
colours, and passing through the type (lowland European form), var.
catena (high latitude form), var. alpina (Huropean mountain form). (8)
The “‘large”’ or ‘‘eastern”’ group, of large size, otherwise similar to 2,
and passing from var. florinda (eastern lowland form), to var. miata
(central Asiatic mountain form). We deal with these groups
separately.
THE “PALE” OR “CLARA” GROUP.

a. var. (et ab.) flava, Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 129 (1896).—The usual white
spots of the underside of the hindwings of a yellow hue, almost identical with the
ground colour of the wings beneath.

This is a very rare British aberration, but occurs occasionally,
especially in hot summers, and is also recorded by Oberthtir from the
Brittany coast at Miel-Pot, between St. Malo and Cancale. It appears
to be typical, however, of warm mountain valleys in southeastern
Europe. At Mendel Pass, in the Tyrol, it is quite a racial form,
most of the specimens having the spots yellow, although some have
them distinctly white. The form, too, is not infrequent at Simplon.

B. var. (et ab.) pallida, Staud., ‘‘Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901). Comma, Staud.,
‘“‘Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,’’ xiv., p. 295 (1879).—Pallidior, precipue subtus; ale
posteriores subtus seepius albovenate. Syria, Taurus; Western Kurdistan, Pontus
(trans.), Sicily, Greece et Sarepta (ab. ?) (‘‘ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 92).

Staudinger notes (Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xiv., p. 295) that, on July
26th, Emil found the first specimen on the Caraman, and that after-
wards it was not rare on the high tableland of Jeniheui, on August
11th, when a number of fresh specimens were taken. They vary .
slightly from the German examples by the colour being rather paler
brown above, and more yellowish beneath ; besides this, the white row
of spots beneath is more obliterated, suffused with yellowish, and in
one male almost completely absent. Staudinger adds that Mann had
already met with single specimens near Brussa in June and July, and
that Lederer took it in July on the Bosz-dagh ; these were paler than
German specimens. As Kindermann also took a very pale variety of
comma in the Lebanon, Staudinger observes that it is almost certain
to occur still further south in Asia Minor. Two Grecian examples
(¢ and ¢) in the British Museum collection are very pale, but a
third Grecian one (apparently belonging to the same set) is of a quite
dark colour. Of two in the same collection from the Lebanon, of
quite a bright fulvous on the upperside, the g has forewings with
hardly a trace of the usual darker marginal area, which is almost of
the same bright tint as the rest of the wing; the usual upperside
spots absent, except a trace of the two pairs of small dots nearer the
apex ; the hindwings unicolorous; whilst the ? has the two pairs of
apical spots rather larger. The underside of the hindwings of the $
is very yellow with white spots, that of the 2 has a more washed-out
appearance with the spots united into a long zigzag mark.

y. var. dimila, Moore, ‘‘ Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond.,” p. 576 (1874); Leech, ‘‘ Butts.
China,’’ p. 595, pl. 41, fig. 12 (1893-4) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,”’ 3rd ed., p. 93 (1901).—
Allied to P. comma, ¢ and ere Upperside : testaceous : ; exterior border broadly
fuliginous-brown ; apex of forewing brownish-testaceous. Cilia whitish-testaceous ;
forewing with a series of small yellow apical spots; male with an oblique silvery-
lined black streak below the cell; hindwing with a yellow spot within the cell, and
a curved discal series of four quadrate spots. Underside: forewing pale testaceous ; :
apical spots as above; hindwing with basal portion greenish-brown; three promi-
nent white subbasal spots disposed above, below, and at end of the cell ; ; a curved

URBICOLA COMMA. 159

discal series of six quadrate white spots. Exp. ¢ 1ginch, ? 18 inch. Habitat:
. Runang Pass, Busahir (southeast side about 13000 ft.), captured by Captain H. B.
Hillard (Moore).

This is the southern Asiatic mountain form, smaller, paler, and of
a@ somewhat washed-out appearance. Types in the British Museum
collection we have noted as being ‘‘ fulvous; rather pale on the upper-
and undersides, the underside of hindwings yellowish with marked
square white spots.’’ Staudinger seems to have only known the insect
from description, for he writes, ‘‘ Praecedenti (miata) similis, alis
posterioribus supra obscurioribus; subtus maculis albidis non bifurcatis,
nigro-cinctis. Northwest Himalayas, southwest China.” Probably he
only had Chinese specimens, which may differ from the Indian ones ;
at any rate the marked pallid coloration of the type is not brought out
in his description. Leech says that a specimen agreeing with the
Indian form has been sent from Tu-chien-lu in Western China.

THE *DARK’’ OR ‘‘ SUFFUSA’’ GROUP.

a. The central European type.

var. (et ab.) catena [(Keit.), Heydrch., ‘‘Lep. Eur.,’’ p. 18 (1851) 5],
Staud., ‘‘ Stett. Ent. Zeit.,” p. 357 (1861) ; ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); 3rd
ed., p. 92 (in part) (1901); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ p. 647 (in part) (1895).
Cattena, Meyer-Diir, ‘‘Schmett. der Schweiz,’”’ p. 217 (1852). Cataena, Lang,
‘‘Hur. Butts.,”’ p. 354 (1884).—Keitel sent specimens from Swedish Lapland,
under the name catena, which Heydenreich inserted in his Catalog under this
name. It appears unnecessary, however, to give it a special name, as among the
northern specimens are many similar to those from other countries (Staudinger,
Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1861, p. 357). However, Staudinger diagnosed the form (Cat.,
2nd ed., p. 35) as: ‘‘Alis posterioribus subtus viridibus, maculis albidioribus nigro-
adumbratis. Lapland, northeast Siberia and Sajan district, Altai, high Alps,”’’ etc.
Frnuanp: Solovetsk, Kaschkarantsa, Tschavanga (Edgren). Norway: Arctic
region of Norway—Dovyre, Bossekop, Talvik (Schéyen), Finmark (Staudinger), Ose,

Hegstoil, Kaafjord, Sopnes, Nordreisen (Strand). Swseprn: Lapland (Keitel).
Staudinger notes (Stett. Ent. Zeitg., 1861, p. 357) that the examples
from Finmark differ little on the upperside, although rather more on
the underside, from the specimens of middle and southern Europe. In
the northern examples, the pale spots on the underside of the hindwings
are almost white with a deep black edging, and are frequently united ;
they are, therefore, more conspicuous in the deeper green ground colour,
which is also more or less mixed with black. Keitel sent out similar
examples from Swedish Lapland, under the name of catena, and this
name was quoted by Heydenreich in his Catalogue. <A special name,
however, hardly seems to be justified, as one not unfrequently finds,
among the northern examples, specimens which agree with those from
other countries. According to Wocke (Jahresberichte Schles. Gesell.,
etc., 1881, p. 200) this form is, except for the underside of the hind-
wings, paler than the ordinary typical form of the German plains, and
this is borne out by the Finmark examples in the British Museum
collection. Meyer-Diir says (Schmett. der Schweiz, p. 217) that he fails
to find any distinction between the Lapland specimens and others
from the Alps, except that the ground colour of the underside of the
hindwings and of the borders of the forewings is of a rather
darker olive-green than the examples from the Grimsel, but
the specimens from the lowlands have these parts of a brilliant
light, or yellow, green. This appears to be the case, for there
are many Alpine examples of quite ordinary appearance on the
upperside, but with well-marked underside, especially of the hind-

160 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

wings, both as to the green ground-colour and dark-margined white
spots, which cannot be said to differ from the Finmark form in any
appreciable manner. The Finmark specimens in the British Museum
collection are in no wise melanic; they are brown, rather pale (paler
than the British form on the upperside). The very dark Alpine examples
appear not to be the same as the extreme northern form.

y. var. alpina, Bath, ‘‘ Entom.,’’ xxix., p. 21 (1896); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd
ed., p. 92 (1901); Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 9 (1903). Catena, Frey, ‘‘ Lep. der
Schweiz,’ p. 55 (1880) ; Wocke, ‘‘ Jahresber. Schles. Gesell.,’’ lviii., p. 200 (1881) ;
Kane, ‘‘ Kur. Butts.,”’ p. 148 (1885); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ p. 647 (in
part) (1895) ; Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 129 (1896); Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p.
9 (1903).—A little larger and possessing a melanochroic tendency, the dark mark-
ings being more intense, and occupying more space at the expense of the orange-
coloured blotches and spots. At 6000ft. elevation in the Bernese Alps—on the
Wengern, Scheideck Pass (Bath). Austrian Alps: high in the Brenner district
(Galvagni). German Alps: Rhine Provinces—Stiftswald, in Kaufungen, &e.
(Knatz). French Alps: general, high up in the Savoy and Dauphiny Alps
—Le Lautaret, &c. (Tutt). Italian Alps: Piedmontese valleys at 5000ft. to 7000ft.
(Tutt), Certosa di Pesio (Norris). Swiss Alps: general, above 5000ft. (Tutt).
Hungarian Alps: Eperies (Aigner).

The real difference between the examples from high latitudes and
high altitudes appears to be considerable, yet the Huropean lepidopterists
for many years united the specimens from Finmark and the high alps
under the name of catena, and, as such, attention had been drawn to
the tendency of the Alpine specimens to a darker upperside and
greener underside coloration. The marked differential feature appears to
be, as Wocke has already pointed out, that the Finmark specimens are as
pale (or even paler) on the upperside as the lowland forms, with a
slightly washed-out appearance in the specimens in the British
Museum collection, whilst the Alpine examples in both sexes, but
especially in the females, tend to become very dark in the ground-
colour, the pale spots strongly contrasting therewith. Thus, in 1880,
Frey observed that the high mountain examples were larger and darker,
especially in the females, and that such were taken in the highest
parts of the Valais, Engadine and Tyrol up to 7000ft. and 7500 ft.
Wocke, in 1881, observed that it was common between Trafoi and
Franzenshohe. He agrees with Frey that the upperside is generally
much darker than the form from the plains and usually rather larger,
whilst he further states that, in some examples, the green colour is
still more intense than in the Lapland specimens, whilst the white
spots are just as sharply defined; the forewings, also, much darker
beneath, blackish-green at the base and in the apical area, and the
brownish-yellow ground colour only present in the middle of the
wing, growing paler from the costa towards the hinder angle.
Staudinger diagnoses the form as ‘ major, obscurior plerumque vix
distinguenda.”’

THE ‘LARGE’ OR ‘‘ EASTERN ’’ GROUP.

a. var. florinda, Butler, ‘‘ Cist. Ent.,’’ ii., p. 285 (1878); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,” 3rd
ed., p. 93 (1901). Repugnans, Staud., ‘‘Rom. Mém.,’’ vi., p. 211 (1892); Riihl,
‘‘Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’? p. 647 (1895); Tutt, ‘Brit. Butts.,” p. 129 (1896).
—Pamphila florinda, g, ¢@. Above like P. comma, but deeper in colour; below
altogether redder in tint, with scarcely a trace of pale spots, only two or three
being indistinctly traceable on the secondaries; the veins also not tipped with
black. Expanse of wings, ¢ 1 inch 6 lines, ¢ 1 inch 5 lines. There is the
same difference between the sexes as in the European insect, the male being tawny
with purplish-brown borders and grey streaked oblique black band, the female
purplish-brown with the usual straw-yellow or ochreous spots. The position of the

THE ‘‘LARGE’’ OR ‘‘ EASTERN’’ GROUP. 161

species will be between P. comma and the P. sylvanus of Japan (Butler), Central

-. Japan, ? Yesso, Corea, Gensan (Leech).

Butler’s types in the British Museum collection, a g¢ and ?, are
larger in size, well-coloured, inclining to being rather darker than the
Kuropean type, and present what we might assume to be a richly-
coloured, well-developed, lowland race of the form described from the
Jhela Drosh (infra). Staudinger writes (Rom. Mem., vi., p. 211) that
repugnans had been found at Kidso (Schrenk), rarely near Nik (Graeser),
a ° at Chab (Hedemann), at Baran (Dorries), also both sexes were
taken by Dorries in the Sutschan district. The principal differences
between this form and U. comma are (1) The light spots on the under-
side of the hindwings are very small and in part disappear, being
almost completely covered by the yellow-green ground colour. (2) The
3s on the upperside are very dark on the outer margin in which the
pale apical spots stand out conspicuously ; although the ?s are hardly
darker than those of typical comma, these spots on the upperside are still
conspicuous. The northern catena on the underside forms the greatest
contrast with repugnans. Staudinger further notes that he hasa 9
comma from Berlin closely resembling repugnans on the underside,
whilst from Greece, he has specimens with brightly marked undersides,
more striking even than in catena. Herz caught large examples of U.
comma in Corea, which, however (teste Fiesen), resemble the Kuropean
specimens. He also captured very large ones of a form, closely
resembling on the upperside U. comma, but which, on the underside,
are almost without markings and which may be considered as a sub-
variety of repugnans. Staudinger adds that he would be inclined to con-
sider them a form of sylvanus, were it not that Herz caught in the same
locality numerous typical examples of sylvanus. Here (op. cit.) Staudinger
refers florinda to Augiades sylvanus, but later (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 98) notes
it as doubtfully comma. He writes: ‘‘var. ? florinda. Alis supra fasciis
latis marginalibus obscurissimis; alis posterioribus subtus maculis paucis

[subnullis] parvis subalbidis. Sp. div. an sylvani var. Ussuri, Corea,
Japan, North China.” Ruhl notes that this insect is “on the upperside
much more like the type than on the underside, since on the hindwings
the pale underside spots become very small, and, in fact, disappear,
being almost wholly covered by the yellow-green ground colour.” Ruhl
further notes that, to the north of Pekin, very large specimens occur,
which, on the upperside, are very like comma, but, on the underside,
are almost without markings, and are probably to be considered as a
subvariety of repugnans, Staud. (=/florinda, Butl.). Leech says that
the specimens from near Pekin that were taken by Herz, appear to
be florinda, and that a long series shows that the latter is a form of
comma and not of sylvanus, which it much resembles on the underside.
He also notes that the type of mikado, Mabille (MS.), is a very worn
specimen of florinda.

B. var. mixta, Alph., ‘‘ Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,’’ p. 432 (1881); Staud., ‘‘ Iris,”
v., p- 340 (1892) ; Ruhl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ pp. 648, 828 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,”’ p. 130 (1896); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 92 (1901). Lato, Grum-Grsh.,
‘Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,’’ xxv., 459 (1890). Latro, Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”’
i., p. 647 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 129 (1896). 3g 33mm., ? 36mm.-
36°5mm. Var. major, supra obscurior; subtus viridior, maculis albis magnis,
distinctissimis. Larger than the European type, with the outer part of the wings
darker, resembling, in this respect, certain examples of var. catena, Stdgr., from

Lapland. The hindwings greener and darker on the underside, with the white
spots not black-margined, as is often the case in the typical form and its varieties.

162 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Only three examples were captured on the Jouldousse, in the Thian-Shan, in July.
There is no doubt that the examples belong to a variety which, beyond its shape,
presents a combination of characters peculiar to other local forms. The examples
were captured at from 8000ft.-9000ft. elevation (Alphéraky).

This appears to be, without doubt, the Central Asian dark moun-
tain form, not, perhaps, unlike many Central European examples.
Alphéraky is wrong, however, in making catena a dark upperside form,
as has already been shown. Ruhl notes (Pal. Gross-Schmett., 1., p. 648)
mixta as being the opposite of var. repugnans, since the underside much
resembles the type, whereas the upperside is as ight asin light Augiades
sylvanus ; it is easily to be distinguished from the latter by. the silver-
sleaming, comma-marks, etc. We cannot understand these remarks, nor
Ruhl’s further notes, which entirely contradict Alphéraky’s original de-
scription quoted above, and misled us into our remarks (Brit. Butts., p.
130). Specimens in the British Museum collection from Jhela Drosh, in
1898, and others from the Shishi Kah Valley, Chitral, taken in July-
August, 1891, at from 9000ft.-14000ft. elevation, undoubtedly belong
here. Those from the first locality are very fine in colour, in both sexes,
a deep fulvous-brown with dark margins, the basal areas of all the wings,
to beyond middle, of uniform tint throughout, with the ordinary row of
spots, however, nearly obsolete, owing to their similarity with the sur-
rounding colour. Theunderside of hindwings greenish; the anal area cut
off sharply and yellowish, the spots of hindwings very white (in one united
= ab. miata-conflua), as are also those at apex of forewings. Thoseexamples
from the higher mountains are more fuscous on the upperside, especially
on the outer margin, and the upper spots of the transverse row across
forewing are, in the 9s, paler. These latter agree absolutely with the
lato of Grum-Grshimailo (Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xxv., p. 459), diagnosed
as follows: “ Supra alis multo obscurioribus, nigro-fuscis, basin versus
fulvescentibus, maculis fulvis; subtus anticis fulvo-rubescentibus, ad
marginem internum pallidioribus, areis basali et interna nigris, costa
apiceque viridibus, maculis quinque apicalibus flavis, duabus disci dilute
fulvis, extus late nigrescenti adumbratis; posticis viridibus, ad angulum
analem fulvis, maculis quadrangularibus, magis a margine externo
distantibus, albis. Fimbria flavida. Antennis obscurioribus. Specimen
unicum in montibus Dshachar collectum.’’ We quite agree with
Staudinger in uniting lato, Gr.-Gr., with miata, Alph. Staudinger
diagnoses it (Cat., p. 92) as “‘alis anterioribus supra extus obscurioribus,
alis posterioribus subtus viridibus distinctissimo albo-maculatis. From
Thian-Shan, Fergana, southwest Pamirs, ? eastern Nan-Shan moun-
tains, southeast Siberia, Kentei.”’

AMERICAN FORMS oF URBICOLA COMMA.

Students of the American forms of U. comma must study Scudder’s
article, ‘‘ The species of the lepidopterous genus Pamphila’”’ (Mem.
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 11., pp. 341 et seq., pl. x-xi). Scudder inclines
to the view that there are a number of closely-allied, distinct American
species allied to U. comma. His figures, descriptions, etc., suggest
the contrary, and we can only assume that he had altogether too little
Kuropean (and American) material for comparison. Speyer’s material,
too, appears to have been of the scantiest, and it appears incredible
that the British Museum collection is absolutely wanting in
types of the American forms—with the exception of three specimens

URBICOLA COMMA. 163

labelled “colorado, Scudd.” (a $ and @? of which are distinctly of Central
European form), and three labelled ‘“‘manitoba, Scudd.”’ [a g and ? of
which labelled ‘‘ Arctic America—Rapids of the Drowned. June
30th, 1892 (Taylor),” are practically indistinguishable from Finmark
specimens]. Scudder’s tables (op. cit., pp. 8344-6) are most interesting,
and are three in number, viz., (1) A table to determine the g's drawn
from the ornamentation of the wings. (2) A table to determine the
9s drawn from the ornamentation of the wings. (8) A table to
determine the gs drawn from the abdominal appendages. These
tabulations, so far as they relate to the forms of U. comma, read as
follows :—

TABLE TO DETERMINE THE MALES OF THE NEARCTIC FORMS OF U. COMMA; DRAWN
FROM THE ORNAMENTATION OF THE WINGS:

1. Uppersurface of hindwing almost wholly tawny, with a very

narrow dusky, or dark brown border .. 2.
1. Uppersurface of hindwings largely obscured with dusky, or with
a very broad dusky or dark brown border - 3.

2. Less than 36mm. in expanse; undersurface of hindwing
distinctly marked with an irregular mesial band of
partially connected spots : . nevada.

3. Discal dash of uppersurface of forewings followed, in the lower
median and medio-submedian interspaces, by a narrow belt of ieqbvaneites
blackish scales ; 24 y = 5 = a

3. Discal dash of uppersurface of forewings ‘not followed by any (columbia).
row of dusky scales along its lower edge - 4,

4. Undersurface of hindwings with an irregular mesial
band, composed of distinct, large, squarish, nearly
uniform spots of juba.

4. Undersurface of hindwings with an irregular mesial band
composed of distinct, small or rather small, spots,

seldom uniform .. 3.
5. Band crossing undersurface of hindwings bent at ‘an angle of 50°,
the band much constricted near the angle cr . colorado.

5. Band crossing undersurface of hindwings bent at an angle of 60°
to 75°, the spots near the angle only a little, if any, smaller
than the others .. 6.
6. Each of the spots forming the mesial band of the under-
surface of the hindwings distinct, often narrowly
edged on the outer and inner edges with black, the
ground of the wing almost always rather heavily
flecked with dark green .. . comma.
6. The spots of the mesial band of the undersurface of the
hindwings confluent, or nearly so, almost never and
then but slightly edged with black, the ground of the
wing but slightly flecked with not very dark green .. manitoba.

TABLE TO DETERMINE THE FEMALES OF THE NEARCTIC FORMS OF U. COMMA; DRAWN
FROM THE ORNAMENTATION OF THE WINGS :
1. The paler markings of the undersurface of the wings, white or
silvery-white, conspicuous aa Ae ae - me te
;
3. Forewings with semi-hyaline spots in the median enn oie { Cleat
3. Bee without trace of hyaline spots :
. Ground colour of undersurface of hindwings greyish

green 5.
4. Ground colour. of undersurface of hindwings. olive or
yellow-green 6.

5. A large species; markings on undersurface of forewi ings, below
the middle median nervure, generally very ill-defined; hind-
wings slightly but distinctly produced next the inner portion
of the outer margin; band of undersurface of hindwings
broad and usually connected; inner area of same surface

164 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

tinged distinctly with buff; distinct blackish patches at the
base of the median interspaces on the upper surface of the
forewings .. juba.
5. A rather small species ; ; markings | on the undersurface of the
forewings, below the middle median nervure, generally well-
defined, at least above ; hindwings with a scarcely perceptible
fulness to the outer margin next the inner border; band of
undersurface of same wings moderately broad, often broken ;
inner area of same surface slightly paler than the rest, but
scarcely tinged with buff, faint, dusky patches at the base of
the median interspaces or the upper surface of forewings; or,
usually, these parts are no darker than the surrounding field. nevada.
6. Mesial band of the undersurface of hindwing bent at an
angle of 45° or 50°; spots of this band generally vivid,
approaching the outer margin of the wing so closely
in the interspace beyond the cell as to be removed
from it by less than their own width .. 5c colorado.
6. Mesial band of the undersurface of the hindwings bent
at a right angle, or a little less than a right angle, the
spots generally not very vivid, separated from the
outer margin in the interspace beyond the cell by at
least their own width, and ordinarily by much more
than that . ihe
7. Spots in the interspace beyond the cell generally smaller than
the others which make up the mesial band of the under-
surface of the hindwings, giving the band an irregular ap-
pearance; spots of the lower portion of the band generally
confluent; the V-shaped spot, traversing the cell near its
extremity, very seldom crossing the median nervure to the
medio-submedian interspace, and not enlarged there; basal
half of fringe on the hindwings, as seen beneath, generally
not at all, or very inconspicuously, interrupted with dusky at
the nervure tips . manitoba.
7. Spots of the mesial band on the undersurface of the hindwings
pretty uniform in size, those of the interspaces beyond the
cell seldom any smaller than the others, so the band has a
more regular appearance than in P. manitoba; spots of the
lower portion of the band distinctly marked, sometimes even
independent ; the V-shaped spot traversing the cell near its
extremity always crossing the median nervure to the medio-
submedian interspace and enlarged there ; basal half of fringe
on the hindwings as seen beneath, generally conspicuously
interrupted with blackish at the nervure tips .. aC -. comma.

TABLE TO DETERMINE THE MALES OF THE NEARCTIC FORMS oF U. COMMA: DRAWN
FROM THE ABDOMINAL APPENDAGES.
1. Hook and lateral arms of upper organ separated by a deep cleft,
about half the length of the horizontal portion of the organ ;
hook slender, as viewed from above; clasps not oxteuane
nearly so far back as the upper organ .. 2.
1. Hook and lateral arms of upper organ separated by a slight
cleft, not quarter the length of the horizontal portion of the
organ ; hook very stout as viewed from above, clasps extend-

ing almost or quite as far back as the upper organ .. 3.
2. Hook and lateral arms nearly ee and but slightly
separated .. - nevada.
3. Clasps, when viewed exteriorly, with two conspicuous “superior
apical teeth.. ee MA a. Bs ee a om rae
3. Clasps with but one conspicuous apical tooth (wo

** ( (columbia).
4, Apical tooth of clasp equally separated from each other
from base to summit; clasp itself much broader at
base than elsewhere, about twice as long as broad
. Apical teeth of clasp very closely approximated, often appearing
at first sight as if single; anterior inner edge of apical tooth
but little produced as a slightly and bluntly toothed lamina ;

Or
or
.

URBICOLA COMMA. 165

a distinct notch in advance of the preapical tooth; posterior
border of clasp pieaeeees Regt produced beyond the
apical tocth.. 6.

5. Apical teeth of liso eee dese naocemated: foal aie
tinguishable; anterior inner edge of apical tooth produced as
a sharply and distinctly denticulate lamina; no distinct notch
in advance of the preapical tooth; posterior border of clasp
rounded, produced considerably beyond the apical tooth .. 7.

6. Apical teeth of clasp very closely crowded together, the
preapical slightly the longer; lamina continuing the
inner anterior edge of the apical tooth moderately

high - colorado.
6. pee teeth of clasp not so closely ‘crowded together, and
of equal length ; lamina continuing the inner anterior

edge of the apical tooth, very low and inconspicuous manitoba.

7. Posterior margin of clasp smooth, rounded ; inner anterior edge ~
of apical tooth forming a denticulate lamina, more nearly
transverse than horizontal in its relation to the clasp, the
largest denticulations above, the lamina terminating gradu-
ally, opposite the posterior border of the preapical tooth .. juba.

7. Posterior margin of clasp ragged and irregular; inner anterior
edge of apical tooth forming a denticulate lamina, more
nearly horizontal than transverse in its relation to the clasp,
the denticulations as large below as above, the lamina falling
abruptly off at its anterior extremity opposite the anterior
border of the preapical tooth .. : .. comma.
Speyer, on confessedly slender Ae writes (Can. Hnt., xv.,
pp. 141 et seq.) an interesting paper on the American forms of Urbicola
comma. With specimens of nevada, manitoba, colorado, and juba before
him, as well as a supply of comma from northern and middle Europe,
and eastern Asia, including Amurland, Amasia, and Lebanon from
Staudinger, and comprising many interesting specimens differing very
materially from the central European type, he notes that none were
actually identical with an American form, although occasionally an
approach occurs, but addsthat for the most part, their variations from the
central Kuropean type he in a different direction than toward the
American forms. They afford, however, ample evidence of the great varia-
bility of the species under the pressure of various climatic and other
external conditions. In the structure of the body, and, in the form
of the antenne, palpi and legs, apparently no difference exists between
Scudder’s species mentioned above and U. comma. The coloration of the
underside varies considerably, however, but offers no available character-
istics for the separation of individual forms; sometimes the secondaries
are distinctly veined, whilst, in connection with the bright or dull colours
of the square spots, their extraordinary variation in size, the presence or
absence of their black border, no exact forms can be defined, as all these
pass into each other by imperceptible gradations. Having separated juba
as a well-marked form, he lumps manitoba, colorado, and nevada to-
gether to compare with comma, and states that, in the size, shape,
colour, and markings of the upperside of the wings, as well as in the form
of the discal stigma, he finds no variation from comma, but adds that
none of the compared American insects entirely agree with European and
Asiatic comma in the shape and arrangement of the white spots on the
underside of the secondaries. He says that “the interrupted row of
spots beyond the middle of the secondaries in typical comma consists, as is
well-known, of six more or less quadrangular spots, separated by the
nervules, two of which, often somewhat larger and oblong in shape,

166 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

stand below the costal margin in cellules 7 and 6, one (a double spot)
between nervules 4 and 6 opposite the middle cell, and also one in
cellules 3, 2, and 1, which last usually has an appendage turned
towards the inner angele. These spots form two rows, which meet at an
angle of from 65° to 90°, in the vertex of which stands the spot
between nervules 4 and 6; the three upper spots always, and the
three lower ones usually, forming a straight row with the spot standing
in the vertex of the angle; sometimes these lower spots stand some-
what out of line and farther from the spot in the vertex ; the size of
the spots varies in individual specimens very considerably, sometimes
they become so small that they stand widely ‘separated from each
other, sometimes so large that they entirely meet; rarely one of the
spots is wanting (that in cellule 1 or in cellule 7). In the American
specimens, on the other hand, the greatest variation in the form, size,
number, and arrangement of these spots is presented (even in such as
Scudder includes in the same species colorado), and not one of these
shows the form and arrangement of the spots as described in typical
comma. Even the two sexes in these forms seem to differ much more
strongly than in comma, which shows scarcely any recognisable
difference between g and 2, except that in the latter the spots are
usually larger than in the g.* A second noteworthy difference
between European comma and its American congeners is that, in the
former, the fringes on the underside are always spotted with fuscous,
at least (in secondaries, on their lower half, while in the American
forms the fringes are, as a rule, unspotted.. Yet this distinction is not
invariable, for two of the specimens submitted (a g colorado anda ¢
manitoba) have spotted fringes. There exists then, so far as I can
discover, only the difference drawn from the underside of secondaries,
which, if it were constant, would suffice to separate the American
forms from comma, but that it 1s constant seems to be somewhat
improbable, on account of the very great variability which is shown
in the shape, number, and arrangement of the square spots, and juba
gives a direct proof that we cannot rely upon this feature. A second
proof is furnished by Scudder’s figures of manitoba, one of which
(fig. 10) does not differ in any respect from many forms of Huropean
comma in the character of the rows of spots, while the remaining
figures (and still more decidedly the two specimens I have) deviate
therefrom. We also conclude from Scudder’s descriptions that, in
this point, manitoba can scarcely, if at all, be separated from comma
by any constant difference.” Two specimens of sylvanvotdes, Scudder,
submitted to Speyer, were determined by him as not being sylvan-
oides, Bdv.,t and he considered the @ simply an unimportant
aberration of comma, and the male with no differences sufficiently
important to make him consider sylvanoides, Seudd., as anything more
than a local form of comma. The result of these comparisons were
summarised by Speyer as follows:—‘‘That among the examples of
Scudder’s species submitted to me, not one is found which agrees

* This shows distinctly that Speyer must have been very poorly supplied with
European material. The difference noted in the fringes, too, in the succeeding
paragraph is very untrustworthy.

+ Edwards says (op. cit. p. 148) that sylvanoides, Scudd., is the same as
columbia, Scudd., the latter for a time thinking that his columbia was sylvan-
oides, Bdv., which latter species he called sonora, a quite distinct species.

URBICOLA COMMA. 167

perfectly with European comma, and, on the other hand, the
existing differences appear to be of too little importance, and, above
all, not sufficiently constant to make it possible on the strength of
these to declare the American forms specifically different from comma.
The latter is, in a high degree, under the influence of various external
life-conditions, and is, as both the American and the Asiatic forms prove,
a species varying in different directions. Whether any one of these
local forms has already sufficiently established itself to be able to rank
as a distinct species, others, who are equipped with more abundant
material, will be able to decide with more certainty than myself.”

Commenting on these conclusions, Edwards remarks (op. cit., pp.
147 et seq.) that the differences in the underside spotting of manitoba,
colorado and nevada, as regards shape and arrangement, are constant.
As to the spotted fringes said to be constant in Huropean comma, they are
sometimes present, but not in all the forms under review, in colorado 1
g and 1 2, in manitoba 2 2 s were found with them, whilst no nevada,
columbia, or idaho had them, but Edwards’ material (like Speyer’s) was
very insufficient (scarcely half-a-dozen specimens in some instances).
_ He considers the occasional presence of the fringe-spots in the American
forms of this group, may be sufficiently accounted for on the theory
that the European, Asiatic and American forms are of co-ordinate
value, and inherited these spots from their common ancestor; in the
American they have disappeared, but occasionally the character is
recovered by reversion. He says that Scudder’s types are distinct
enough in the case of manitoba, colorado and nevada, and, he thinks,
should be considered as so many species. Commenting on the
fact tbat Speyer notices that in all these forms the two sexes
seem to differ much more strongly than in comma, the differences
noted, Kdwards says, appear to be constant. Edwards enters into a
criticism of Speyer’s remarks on sylvanoides, Scudd. (= columbia, Scudd.),
and compares the form with a g and ? comma, falling back at last
almost entirely on differences of underside colour, and differences in
colour between the sexes (two markedly variable features in comma), as
entitling it to specific rank. Without going further into the question
of the actual value of the American forms, all of which, by the way,
Dyar drops in his List of North American Lep. (1902), as varieties of
comma, Li., a conclusion with which our limited knowledge brings us into
complete agreement, and, without attempting the difficult task of
comparing them with the Kuropean forms, for which study we are
altogether lacking in material, we give the following descriptions of
the described American forms :—

a. var. manitoba, Scudd., ‘‘ Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,’’ ii., p. 351, pl. x.,
figs. 8-11, pl. xi., figs. 7-8 (1874) ; Speyer, ‘‘ Can. Ent.,’”’ xv., p. 143 (1883) ; Edw.,
‘Can. Ent.,”’ xv., p. 147 (1883); Scudd., ‘‘ Butts. New. Engl.,’”’ pp. 1646 et seq.
(1889) ; Lyman, ‘‘ Can. Ent.,” xxiv., pp. 57-59 (1892) ; Dyar, ‘‘ List North Amer.
Lep.,” p. 50 (1902).—This species is the most nearly allied to P. comma of all Ameri-
can species; the size of the two is the same, and the upper surface of the ? varies in
each species to the same extent. There are no constant features of distinction in
the upper surface of the ¢, although, in P. manitoba, the hindwings are usually
devoid of the appearance of the spots on the under surface, which generally are
faintly but exactly marked upon the upper surface in the European species. The
under surfaces of the two species also resemble each other closely, and it is a little
difficult to define in words the distinctions which are apparent. The ground
colour inclines more to deep green in P. comma, and the mesial bent band of the
hindwings is rather more uniform; in the ¢ it seldom departs from a certain

168 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

regularity of disposition, the spots being nearly equal, arranged in a line bent at a
little less than a right angle, occasionally broken into spots, and sometimes with a
narrow black bordering to the spots upon the inner and outer side. Inthe ¢ of
P. manitoba the spots generally diminish in size toward the middle of the wing,
and, from the greater approximation to the outer border (shown by the spot in the
interspace beyond the cell), the band is bent at considerably less than a right
angle ; the spots are never bordered with black, at least in specimens I have seen.
The ¢ of P. comma agrees very well with the ¢ of the same in its characteristics,
only the band is somewhat broader, and, perhaps, more frequently made up of
detached spots, while the ? of P. manitoba differs to a greater degree than its
male, the spots showing greater tendency to become equal in size, to separate from
each other, and even to become margined slightly with black ; it is, therefore, less
readily distinguished from this sex of P. comma than the males are. There is also
ereat variation in the breadth of the band or the size of the spots, for, while
usually larger than in the ¢ (as in most species), they are sometimes many times
larger, and occasionally almost as small as in the most delicate-marked males. Of
the genital armature, the upper organ is bent at a right angle in the middle and
rounded, sulcated above, as in P. comma; the hook and lateral arms closely
resemble those of P. comma, but are slightly shorter, the hook only about one-
fourth the length of the centrum ; the clasps a very little more than twice as long as
broad, closely resembling those of P. comma, the posterior border is, however,
smoothly rounded and not so protuberant; the teeth are of equal length, similarly
incurvec, and very narrowly separated by a very deep rounded excision, the
lamina supporting the inner anterior edge of the tooth is very slight, having but
one or two dentations, and then disappearing. It is a widespread species, having
been taken in Colorado by Mr. Mead, about Pike’s Peak (Kdwards), on the shores
of Lake Winnipeg by the late Mr. Kennicott and myself, by the late Mr. Crotch
at Labache, and at Riviere du Loup by Mr. Couper. It occurs from the end of
July to mid-September. Reaches across N. America, following the southern border
of the Dominion of Canada from Quebec to Vancouver. More particularly a
western species, following down the coast ranges to central California: and the
Rocky Mountains as far as Colorado. Along the Pacific coast it has been found in
Calavaros Co., Cal. (Brehens) ; near Truckee, Ney. (MacGlashan) ; Fort Klamath,
Or. (Merrill); Washington Terr. (Kdwards) ; Vancouver Isl. (Fletcher) ; Lake La
Hache (Crotch) ; Pike’s Peak, Manitou, Col., Regina (Fletcher) ; east coast of Lake
Winnipeg (most northerly locality (Scudder) ; Nepigon, Sudbury (Fletcher) ;
Riviere du Loup, nearly opposite mouth of Saguenay river (Couper). From end of
July to mid-September (Scudder).

After examining Scudder’s types of manitoba, Lyman notes (Can.
Eni., xxiv., p. 58) that one agreed exactly with var. lawrentina, the others
(from British Columbia and Colorado) were greener but did not agree
with var. assiniboia, or approach the average of the Regina assiniboia,
but Scudder considered that, on account of the close similarity of their
markings, the latter must be a form of manitoba; of which, indeed,
Smith showed the genital organs to be identical. He, however, further
states that Scudder’s description of manitoba, ‘‘the underside of the
hindwings, except for the markings, almost uniformly greenish-yellow,”
in the Butts. of New England, would appear to refer rather to asstinibota
than the less green specimens from British Columbia and Colorado.

B. var. colorado, Scudd., ‘‘ Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,’’ii., p. 349 (1874); Spey.,
‘‘Can. Ent.,’’ xv., p. 143 (1883); Edw., ‘‘Can. Ent.,”’ xv., p. 147 (1883); Dyar,
‘¢Tist Nth. Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 49 (1902).—Upon its upper surface this species differs
from P. manitob1, with which it agrees in size, in scarcely any other particular
than the rather darker bordering in the ¢s and the more conspicuous transverse
mesial band of the hindwings in the ¢s. Beneath, the ground colour varies from
olivaceous to griseous-green, the mesial belt of the hindwings is peculiar for the
manner in which it diminishes in width where it bends at the middle; it is
apparently made up of three patches, a lozenge-shaped patch in the lower subcostal
interspace; a rather broad belt, nearly uniform in width, but irregular in outline,
crossing the median and part of the medio-submedian interspaces; and a similar
belt, but only half as wide, crossing the interspace beyond the cell, its outer limit
on a line with the outer limit of the previously mentioned belt, and its upper
interior angle reaching toward the tip of the lozenge-shaped patch; these

URBICOLA COMMA. 169

spots are generally bordered narrowly with blackish. In the female, the spots are
_ generally larger, more frequently parted, less regularly disposed, and occasionally
accompanied by a spot in the upper subcostal interspace. The genital armature
has the upper organ rather small, strongly arched, sulcate above posteriorly, the
centrum, hook and lateral arms almost exactly as in P. manitoba. Clasps not large,
yet extending as far as the upper organ, fully twice as long as broad, tapering pretty
regularly, the posterior margin roundly angulated, the two teeth scarcely separated
by a very deep, equal rounded excision, the preapical slightly the larger and more
incurved, the apical followed within anteriorly by a rather stout but low lamina,
furnished with one or two small tubercular dentations opposite the preapical tooth.
This species has been taken in Colorado, about the Georgetown and South
Park Roads, by Mr. Mead, and in Arizona by Lieutenant Wheeler’s expedition
-(Seudder).

There are three specimens in the British Museum collection under
this name: (1) A & of particularly typical central Huropean appear-
ance on the upperside; the underside bright yellowish-green, with
small, well-marked, clearly outlined, rather united white spots, also
similar spots at apex of forewings. (2) A @ dark in colour, fuscous-
brown, with rather pale yellow spots on upperside; the underside ~
with the white spots larger, both on hindwings and at apex of fore-
wings. (8) A worn 2 from Colorado.

y. var. idaho, Edw., ‘‘Can. Ent.,’’ xv., p. 148 (1883) ; Dyar, ‘‘ List Nth. Amer.
Lep.,’’ p. 50 (1902).—The upperside in both sexes, like the palest, or-most yellow-
fulvous, examples of colorado. Underside yellow or grey-yellow (colorado is
described by Scudder as from olivaceous to griseous-green); the spots white as in
colorado. I consider it a variety of colorado (Edwards).

6. var. oregonia, Edw., ‘‘Can. Ent,,’’ xv., p. 150 (1883); Dyar, ‘“‘ List North
Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 49 (1902).—Besides the three forms of P. colorado* is another as
distinct as any of them, which comes from California and Nevada. I have 2 gs
and 2 ¢s taken by Baron in north California, and 3 ¢s by Morrison in Nevada.
Same size and shape as colorado, bright yellow-fulvous on upperside, the subapical
spots of primaries placed as in the allied forms, but not so distinct nor well-
defined. On the underside the colour is greyish-yellow ; the spots of both wings
scarcely lighter than the ground (not white, therefore, or even light), the band on
secondaries slight, and often macular; in one of the Nevada specimens it is
altogether wanting, except for a dot near outer angle. This form cannot be ranked
with any of Scudder’s, and is apparently constant (Edwards).

e. var. nevada, Scudd., ‘‘Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,’’ 11., 347 (1874) ; Spey.,
“‘Can. Ent.,” xv., p. 143 (1883) ; Edw., ‘‘ Can. Ent.,’’ xv., p. 147 (1883); Dyar,
‘* List Nth. Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 50 (1902).—Judging from the specimens which have
fallen into my hands, this is the most abundant species in the west, and is one of
the most widely spread, having been taken in Colorado, California, Nevada, and
Oregon. Specimens from the latter region are a little paler upon the under surface
than those from more southern localities,and the same is true of the upper surface
of the 2s. The species is of the size of P. comma, and the ¢s differ from those
of P. comma, and of all the other species of the genus (excepting the largei P. ottoe),
in the clearness of the upper surface of the wings; occasionally, the wings are
somewhat suffused with dusky, but usually the hindwings have only a narrow
edging of blackish, broadened naturally along the costal border, and the forewings,
instead of having a distinctly limited borderirrg, as is common to a greater or less
extent in most species, have the wing gradually more and more suffused with a
warm but dusky tint towards the tip, as is not unfrequently the case in P. comma;
sometimes the mesial belt of the under surface is visible above, but occasionally,
at least, it is wholly absent. The ¢? scarcely differs upon the upper surface
from the ¢s of P. manitoba and P. comma, except in almost uniformly
having the small subapical spots, both those near the costal and those near
the outer border, paler than the others, or nearly white, as occasionally
happens in the 2 of P. comma. Beneath, the mesial white band of the
hindwings is more irregular and scattered than in P. comma or P. mani-
toba, in the g it is usually broken up into four separate patches, connected

* What Edwards means by this we cannot comprehend, possibly idaho, nevada
and manitoba, although he repeatedly asserts the distinctness of the two last-named.

170 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

by their angles only, into a continuous angular belt; three of these patches, of
nearly equal size, but the middle one usually the largest, lie in a straight line
parallel to the longer axis of the wing, situated one each in the subcostal and
subcosto-median interspaces; the last patch, not much larger than the second,
is composed of three confluent spots in the median and medio-submedian
interspaces, as far from the outer border as the second patch, the medio-
submedian spot further removed from the border than the rest; the ground
colour of the wing is a greenish-griseous, and the spots are narrowly edged
exteriorly and interiorly with blackish. The markings of the ¢s are similar,
except that they are usually a little larger and more obviously continuous, often
sending out on the exterior border little shoots of white along the nervures.
Winnipeg specimens of P. manitoba seem to approach this species closely in the
markings of the wings. In the genital armature the upper organ is bent at right
angles in the middle and scarcely rounded, deeply sulcated posteriorly above along
the middle; hook almost three-fourths the length of the centrum, straight,
moderately stout at the base, as seen from above, where it tapers rapidly, after-
wards slender and gently tapering; lateral arms slender, gently tapering, nearly
straight, but little separated at the base from the hook, upturned at the tip to meet
the hook, which they slightly exceed in length. Clasps rather small, twice as
long as broad, not extending nearly so far back as the upper organ, narrowing pretty
regularly from the base, the upper margin incurved and slightly deflexed, the
posterior border rounded and protuberant; the preapical tooth is longer than the
apical, very slender and curved, like the apical, a little forward; they are separated
from each other by a deep, rather wide, rounded excision; the apical tooth is
supported by a serratulate lamina, which is the continuation of its inner anterior
edge, and which terminates by a conspicuous serratulate denticle opposite the
posterior edge of the preapical tooth. It has been taken in Colorado by Mr. Mead,
on the mountains about the South Park and in the Park itself. Mr. W. H.
Edwards has also sent me specimens from Nevada, California and Oregon, the last
collected by Dr. Gabb (Scudder).

g. var. laurentina, Lyman, ‘‘Can. Ent.,”’ xxiv., pp. 57-59 (1892); Dyar, ‘‘ List
Nth. Amer. Lep.,” p. 50 (1902).—Very uniform in colour; the outer third of the
underside of the forewings and the whole of the underside of the hindwings with
the exception of the inner margin and hind angle, of a dark brown colour, though
occasionally with a slightly greenish tinge. Cacouna, Riviere du Loup, Metes,
Gaspé (Lyman).

n. var. assiniboia, Lyman, ‘‘Can. Ent.,” xxiv., pp. 57-59 (1892) ; Dyar, ‘“‘ List
Nth. Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 50 (1902).—Differs from manitoba of the Lower St. Lawrence
(i.e., var. Lawrentina) in that those parts of the underside which are brown in the
latter are of a very pale greenish-yellow, or yellowish-green, in the Regina form,
but it also differs somewhat above, in that the ¢s are usually of a yellower tone,
while the brown of the ? is decidedly darker and the spots of the forewings
decidedly lighter (some of them being almost white) than in the eastern specimens.
Regina (Lyman).

6. var. manitoboides, Fletch., ‘‘ Rept. Ent. Soc. Ont.,’’ pp. 19, 86 (1885) ;
Dyar, ‘‘ List. Nth. Amer. juep., 7 p. 50 (1902).—This active skipper
belongs to the comma group of the genus Pamplila, and bears a somewhat close
resemblance to P. manitoba, for which reason we call it manitoboides. It occurs,
however, six weeks sooner at Nepigon, than an insect I take to be true manitoba.
As I do not wish to cause confusion by naming what may prove to be a described
species, I refrain from further describing the perfect insect, but give below some
notes on the egg and the larva after the third moult, and on the appearance of the
young larva in the first two stages. Eaa.— Five eggs were obtained upon the
grass Danthonia spicata. These were laid upon the green leaves and were large
and showy, of a dull dead white, and of the same shape as those of P. hobomok.
Under the microscope the shell presents a surprising appearance, for it is covered
all over with threads and much resembles a piece of ordinary printing-paper under
a magnifying-glass. The shell of the empty egg is very thick, and it is with
difficulty that the pentagonal and hexagonal cells on the surface can be made out.
Eggs laid July 10th hatched upon 25th. There was no mottling with pink as in
P. cernes, and the only indication that the eggs were good was the gradually
darkening head of the young larva which showed through the thick shell. Larva.—
The newly-hatched caterpillar is of a much yellower shade of cream-colour than
either P. cernes, mystic or hobomok. The head, thoracic shield and first thoracie
feet, black. The whole body covered with knobbed hairs. Unluckily at the time

URBICOLA COMMA. 171

the young caterpillars hatched .... my microscope was inaccessible, and the only
observations I could make then were made with a Codington lens. The shape
of the young larve was sack-shaped, somewhat like the grubs of the Scarabeids,
but not having the anal segments curved under the body. From the very
beginning, when the young larve were placed upon a tuft of growing grass,
they worked their way down to the bases of the leaves and kept out of sight.
About four days after they hatched I lost sight of them, and it was not until
August 4th that I found them again. They had evidently moulted, for, instead of
a yellowish-white, they had now assumed a delicate glaucous tint, 7.e., an opaque
white, with a faint bluish-green shade on the surface. The head and spiracles, as
well as the thoracic shield and first pair of thoracic feet, were black as at first,
making a continuous collar from the tip of one foot to the other. Down the centre
of the back there was a green line from the dorsal vessel, showing through the
skin. At this time they were transferred to a smaller tuft of grass consisting of
small roots of Agrostis vulgaris and Carex varia. They seemed to eat either of
these indiscriminately, and eating their way down into the heart of a shoot, would
nibble the edges of the leaves all round them. Leaving home to attend the
meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, no note was
taken of the date of the next moult. Indeed, I supposed that these, like some others,
had died during my absence. One morning, in the month of September, however,
to my great pleasure, I found one of these larve snugly ensconced, head upwards,
in a den it had eaten out of the centre of one of the shoots of sedge. When it
emerged to feed I found it had quite changed its colour. In the beginning of
October it came out of this den, and for some reason it did not return to it again,
but climbed about on the grass and sedge, and before it had constructed other
winter-quarters, the cold weather set in. In November it had spun together a few
leaves of grass, but this seems to have been insufficient. Some warm weather in
December caused a mould to spread all over the plant, and, having decided
that the caterpillar was dead, I placed it in alcohol. The following is a
description of this larva after what I consider wasits third moult. Length, 7 lines.
General colour, greenish-brown, with head, thoracic shield and thoracic feet black.
Head round, larger than either of the first three segments, very coarsely punc-
tured and thickly invested with short pointed bristles. About the mouth-parts
a few long bristles, thoracic shield black on a pale collar, and having two longi-
tudinal furrows, and bearing some truncate bristles just above the large spiracle on
segment 2 (prothorax). The shield is divided by a transverse line which cuts off a
small triangular piece, of which the apex points downwards just over the spiracle.
This triangle bears one long setaceous bristle similar to those on Chionobas jutta and
C. macounii, and also one concave disc of the same nature as those on Cyclopides
mandan. The whole surface of the body is minutely shagreened, and has the raised
portions darkened. Besides this, the whole of the body but the head is covered with
small black tubercles, each of which bears a short white trumpet-shaped hair, which
is apparently stellate, or bears a few short teeth, at the top. On the thoracic shield
these are rather longer than on the rest of the body, but less clubbed. On the last
segments there are a few long bristles, particularly upon the anal flap. Beneath
the body are also a few pointed bristles upon the last two segments and on the
prolegs and thoracic feet. Thoracic feet black and bristly. Spiracles black and
distinctly protruding (in the dead specimen). Concave discs: This species also bears
two series of the processes mentioned under Cyclopides mandan; in this instance,
however, they are more like annuli, the edges of the discs being raised and black.
They are arranged as follows: There are two series, all of which, except the pair
on the base of the thoracic shield and a pair on the anal flap, are below the spiracles.
On segment 2, above spiracle and on base of thoracic foot; on segments 3 and 4, on
base of thoracic foot, large; on segment 5, just below second stigmatal fold, large ;
above it is what appears to be another disc, but which bears a truncate hair twice
the ordinary length ; on segment 6, on upper stigmatal fold, in the same place as the
bristle on previous segment, and below lower stigmatal fold; on segments 7-10, on
upper stigmatal fold and just above the foot of each proleg: on segment 11, one large
disc below stigmatal fold, having just above it a similar one, from which comes a
long pointed bristle. On one side of the body this tubercle bears two bristles.
Those on the feet each have beiow them two similar bristle-bearing discs. Segment
12 has one large disc with two or three bristle-bearing tubercles round it. Segment
13 has a small one at the base of the second stigmatal fold in a line with the
spiracles, and also another small pair above, one on each side of the anal flap
(Fletcher).

172 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

u. var columbia, Scudd., ‘‘ Syst. Rev.,’’ p. 56 (1872); Edw., ‘‘ Can. Ent.,”
xv., p. 148 (1883) ; Dyar, ‘‘ List Nth. Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 49 (1902). Sylvanoides,
Scudd., ‘‘ Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,’’ ii., pt. 3, pp. 344, 351, pl. x., figs. 20-21;
pl. xi., figs. 15, 17 (1874) ; Speyer, ‘‘ Can. Ent.,”’ xv., p. 145 (1883).—Differs from
manitoba, with which it agrees in size and general appearance, in having
the sexual dash on the forewings of the ¢, slightly shorter and edged beneath
with a brown border as broad as itself, and in having the band on the under surface
of the hindwings formed of more closely connected spots. The apical superior tooth
of the lateral clasps of the anal appendages is very large, while the subapical tooth
is nearly aborted. Captured in California by H. Edwards (Scudder).

Under the name of sylvanotdes (Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,
ll., p. 852), Scudder says that this insect is most nearly allied to
manitoba, smaller than comma, and differs from all the species of this
genus in that the discal dash upon the upper surface of the forewings
in the appears nearly twice as broad as usual, from the presence of
a patch of dark brown scales along its inferior surface ; the upper surface
of the forewing of the female also differs, he says, from that of any other
species in having a quadrate transparent spot in the lower median
interspace just below the last divarication of that nervure, and a partially
transparent triangular patch at the extreme base of the upper median
interspace; these are not given with sufficient distinctness in the
plate; besides the three little yellowish subapical patches lying one
beneath the other next the costal margin, asementioned by Boisduval,
there are two similar but squarer patches in the interspaces beyond
the cell and nearer the outer margin. ‘The upper surface of the hind-
wing of the male does not differ from its usual appearance in P.
manitoba; that of the female is mostly dusky, with a tawny patch near
the base, and in the middle of the outer half of the wing a broad,
tawny, transverse patch double the breadth of the belt of the under
surface. Beneath, a silvery white (g) or pale (9) slender belt
of small quadrate spots, similar to that of P. comma, bent at a
little less than a right angle, the portion at right angles to the
inner border straight and continuous, the inner portion sometimes
broken, sometimes continuous and straight. Of the genital arma-
ture, the upper organ is strongly arched, deeply sulcate above
posteriorly; hook about one-third the length of the centrum (but in
the only male specimen at hand, broken, doubtless of the comma
type); lateral arms cylindrical, very shghtly tapering, not very widely
separated at their base, beyond straight. Clasps about twice as long
as broad, not extending so far backward as the upper organ, narrowing
pretty regularly, the posterior border well rounded, scarcely extending
beyond the apical tooth, which is pretty large, erect, triangular, pojnted
and separated, not widely,iby a moderately deep, rounded excision, from
the preapical tooth; this is but a shght, triangular, compressed
denticle, removed from the upper edge of the clasp, the height of
which it attains by a slight excision; the lamina supporting the inner
anterior edge of the apical tooth is distinctly and sharply serrated,
terminating some distance in advance of the preapical tooth by a
serration twice as large as the others, and much larger than the pre-
apical tooth itself. This species has only been taken, and rarely, in
California (Scudder).

x. var. juba, Seudd., ‘‘ Syst. Rev.,”’ p. 56 (1872); ‘‘Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist.,’’ ii., p. 349, pl. x., figs. 19-20, pl. xi., figs. 5-6 (1874) ; Speyer, ‘‘Can. Ent.,”
Xv., p. 142 (1883); Edw., ‘‘Can. Ent.,”’ xv., p. 147 (1883); Dyar, ‘* List Nth.
Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 50 (1902).—This species of Pamphila is larger than any other,

URBICOLA COMMA. 1738

with the exception of P. ottoe, which scarcely exceeds it, but, on the upper surface,
resembles closely the preceding (colorado), differing from it in having the mesial band
of the underside of the hindwings more conspicuous upon the upper surface of the males
than in P. colorado. The ¢?s are peculiar for their pale appearance, due to three
causes: a really paler tint to the tawny parts of the wing, in which respect they
resemble the Oregon specimens of P. nevada; a narrow, dark, outer border to the
wings; and the much broader mesial belt of the hindwings; more than in any
other species, the interior edge of the outer margin of the forewings of the ? is
very crenate, the brighter ground following the nervules nearly to the margin of
the wing, while at the base of the lower median interspace, and in the interspace
below it, are a couple of continuous, or nearly continuous, dark brown patches,
resembling those which so often accompany the inferior edge of the discal patch of
the ¢ in this group of Urbicolae. Beneath they are peculiar in having the mesial
band of the hindwing broader than in any other species, and rather more uniform
than usual, the spots of which it is composed being white, nearly square and equal,
and forming a belt, bent in the middle almost exactly at a right angle, or in the ¢

at slightly less than a right angle; in the ¢ the belt is almost wholly continuous,
although sometimes broken at the lower subcostal nervure, butin the ¢ it is usually
broken both here and at the upper median nervule; the ground-colour in both sexes
is a greenish-griseous. The genital organs show the upper organ as in P. colorado,
but considerably stouter. Clasps not large, extending nearly as far as the upper
organ, nearly, or quite, as long as broad, the upper border furnished with a slight
swelling next the base, but otherwise tapering regularly, the posterior margin well
rounded, extending considerably beyond the apical tooth, asin P. comma; this is
slightly shorter than the pre-apical tooth, and separated very narrowly from it by a
deep round excision, both the teeth are incurved, but nearly erect; the inner
anterior edge of the apical tooth is sharply denticulated, but it hardly extends
forward into a serrated lamina. This butterfly occurs in California and in the
neighbourhood of Salt Lake City, Utah (Scudder).

Of this, Speyer writes (Can. Ent., xv., p. 142): ‘‘ Juba* differs from
comma, aS also from its American congeners as follows: (1) Juba is
larger than comma. (2) It has a somewhat different outline of wing,
etc. (3) The ground-colour of the primaries bright orange, especially
in ?, the brown marginal band very dark, and, towards the lower
end, much more sharply defined than in comma, etc. (4) The ¢ discal
stigma is longer than in comma, proportionately narrow, its upper
end pointed and distinctly bent, not so straight as in comma and the
other American forms. (5) In the ¢ , two dark brown spots, separated
by the second nervule, stand out very prominently on the bright ground
in the disc of the primaries, and between them and the dark margin is
a broad space of clear orange; in comma @ the two spots are also
present, but mostly united, and cohering with the dark spot below the
apex of the wings, but the two spots are not so dark nor sharply
defined and prominent as in juba, etc. (6) The underside of the
secondaries is, in juba, as strongly sprinkled with fuscous as in comma
var. catena, and has also equally large, bright, white-chequered spots,
inone @ the arrangement of the spots corresponds with catena, in the
other three (2 gs, 1 9?) the row is more irregular and broken, while
the spot between the fourth and sixth nervules is quite separated from
the sixth cell, and is placed nearer to the margin; in two examples
(gf and ?) the spots are united. Evidence is thus afforded that the
form and order of these spots, even in specimens undoubtedly closely
related, are subjected to great variation. Juba is, at any rate, a very
well-marked local form of comma.’ Four examples (without locality)
in the Hewitson collection in the British Museum, appear to be rightly

* The two pairs Speyer possessed are noted as ‘‘from Utah (¢ and ?) and
California (¢ and ?), all unfortunately more or less worn and mutilated.”’

174 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

named. We have no doubt that they represent a very bright form of
U. comma.

dh. var. viridis, Edw., ‘‘ Can. Ent.,’”’ xv., p. 147 (1883); Dyar, ‘‘ List North

Amer. Lep.,’’ p. 50 (1902).—I am satisfied that juba should rank as a species.

I have a beautiful variety of juba, a ¢, sent me by Snow, taken at Los
Vegas, N.M., in 1882. The upperside is darker—more fuscous and less fulvous—
than any other example I have seen; the secondaries beneath and the apical area
of primaries are densely dusted with golden-green; the spots white and somewhat
smaller than in the type. I call this var. viridis (Edwards).

Keertayinc.—The eggs are laid singly on grass, being so observed
on August 1st and 8rd, 1896. The @ feels with her ovipositor several
blades of grass before selecting one on which to deposit an egg, which
appears always to be laid singly, although a second may be deposited
within half-an-inch of the first. The ¢s will also lay in confinement
if placed in a suitable glass jar with a grass-plant, etc. ; in this condition
they will also lay eggs on leaves and stipules of clover (Hamm). An
Ovipositing @, after walking for a httle time over and among the
culms of a tuft of Aira caespitosa, on which she was observed to settle,
August 17th, 1900, curved her abdomen down and deposited a single
egg on one of the fine hair-iike blades, or rather spines, and close by,
within an inch, I found another egg, similarly laid, which, from its
darker colour, appeared to have been laid about three or four days
previously. Confined over a plant of grass, the 9s, on August 20th,
laid a large number of eggs upon the grass stems and blades (Frohawk).
Females were observed buzzing among the herbage, on Ditchling
Beacon, early in September, 1902, and careful searching resulted in
the finding of several ova (Dollman). The eggs live through the
winter, the young larve not leaving them until the following March,
some laid on August 24th, 1867, hatched on March 27th, 1868
(Hellins) ; the embryo being fully-formed in early October and lying
coiled up in the eggshell until the following spring (Bacot).

Ovum.— Attached by base which is somewhat flattened. Base almost
1mm. in diameter, height about ‘7mm. In shape a flattened dome,
with the faintest bluish tinge on the pearly-white colour when first
laid, quickly changing, however, to shiny chalky-white ; a conspicuous
slaty-coloured, circular, basin-like, micropylar depression. The shell,
under moderate power, minutely pitted. The micropylar depression
edged with similar pitted cells ; at bottom of depression the micropyle
forms a tiny raised conical point. There is no trace whatever of longi-
tudinal or transverse ribbing noticeable. An ochreous tint on the sides
of the eges suggests that the embryo is partly formed (September 16th,
1896), although the eggs do not hatch until spring (Tutt). The egg is
hardly more than a hemisphere, the base quite flattened, the apical area
depressed, the micropyle forming a raised point in the centre of the
depression, the colour is, when newly exposed, pearly-white, but it
changes almost directly to a shining chalky-white, the apical depression
alone retaining the pale coloration. The whole of the surface of the
ego is minutely pitted, and, under a lens, has the look and apparent
texture of the shell of a hen’s egg. There is no trace whatever of
longitudinal or transverse ribbing, and the egg is as dissimilar as
possible from that of the well-ribbed egg of Hesperia alveus, with which
it was compared. [Tutt, described August 18th, 1903; Eggs dis-
sected from a ? captured at Chamonix same day. | Base 1mm. ; top
rather flattened -4mm.; height nearly ‘8mm.; slightly roughened like

URBICOLA COMMA. 175

the shell of a hen’s egg. The dark micropylar spot composed of minute
black scratches or irregular lines (Buckler). Nearly 1mm. in diameter
at the base; in shape exactly resembling a pudding-basin, having a
sunken crown, rounded sides, and a well-developed basal rim; the base
is quite flat; the surface is finely granulated, forming reticulations near
the base which run into ridges to the rim. When first laid the colour
is pearl-white with the slightest yellowish-green tinge which very
gradually turns deeper in colour, assuming a pale straw-yellow on the
6th day, and, when a fortnight old, is of a clear apricot-yellow, which
colour it remains until the middle of January, when a shght change
begins to take place by the colouring gradually fading until it finally
turns to an opaque-white with the faintest yellowish hue at the base,
and rather leaden in certain lights on the crown. It remains unchanged
during February and March; at the end of the latter month, or the
first few days of April, it hatches. After hatching, the shell is dull
opaque-white (Frohawk). [We have seen no egg of this species with
a basal rim as here described. Probably this was a case like those
(e.g., Colias edusa) described Nat. Hist. Brit. Lep., vol. 1., p. 9.|
Hasrrs oF tarva.—The young larve leave the eggs in late March
(March 27th) and early April (1st-7th), each one eating a circular hole in
the crown of the egg through which it emerges. Itis then about 2mm.
long, and, if disturbed, immediately rolls itself up, and remains motion-
less for several minutes. Directly after leaving the egg it spins the fine
erass together into a somewhat dense cluster an inch or two above the
ground, living in this shelter and feeding upon the grass surrounding
it, remaining almost always completely hidden. Sometimes as many as
three or four live together. It appears to be chiefly nocturnal, resting
quietly during the day, and is exceedingly difficult to see, so well is it
hidden. In some, reared in confinement, the first moult took place
May Ist and 2nd, second moult May 28th, third moult about June
14th, fourth (and last) moult about July 8th or 9th. All this time
they live entirely concealed in the tubes of grass spun closely together.
They crawl rapidly either forwards or backwards, similarly to other
case-dwellers, and feed on any species of grass that happens to be
interwoven with the hair-grass selected for them. If disturbed
when crawling, the larva frequently wriggles backwards very rapidly,
similarly to the habit of wriggling possessed by many micro larve
(Frohawk). Tie habits of the larva in nature were observed by
Staudinger, on a turf-covered sandbank in the Althenthal, in Finmark,
‘in June, 1860. On the 8th, several larve were found forming, close to
the ground between the grass, what may be described as slightly spun
passages, ending in a tube formed of gnawed grass-culms, joined together,
which were either buried in the sand or fastened under some sheltering
object. The first larva was observed as it put its head out of its tube
to feed on the surrounding blades of a thick tuft of grass, eating with

* Gillmer writes that eggs received by him ‘‘ from Schwerin-in-Mecklenburg,
on August 4th, 1900, were hemispherical in shape, somewhat sunk in on the top;
of a reddish-yellow tint which became after a few days (August 18th) paler yellow,
even almost whitish ; although some of the eggs even then remained reddish-yellow.
The walls of the egg are netted, the network consists of irregular polygonal cells,
which are especially distinct towards the micropylar depression of the summit.
The base is flat and without any special characteristic. Diameter of base circ.
0-8mm., height circ. 0-65mm.-0-7mm.”’

1 76 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

great speed, and quickly retreating when an attempt was made to capture
it ; several others were found later, some under a piece of very dry cow-
dung. . . . Freyer’s drawing, he says, seems to be an accurate one of
this species, and his failure to rear it was probably due to his attempt-
ing to feed it on Coronilla varia instead of grass, whilst Hubner’s larva
described under this name is probably erroneously referred to this species.
The larva is only apparently lazy, for, before its final metamorphosis,
or earlier if taken out of its tube, as well as in nature, when feeding, its
movements are remarkably rapid. The larva leaves the feeding-tubes
when fullgrown and makes a special puparium in which to undergo its
final metamorphosis (Staudinger). [Ruhl’s remark, based on that of
earlier authors, that the larva lives in a tent formed of the leaves of
Coronilla varia, is possibly altogether inaccurate.} Wocke found the
larvee commonly in Silesia in tubiform dwellings in the tufts of Festuca
ovina. See also antea, p. 171.

ONTOGENY oF LARVA.—Virst instar (April Ist, 1901): 2mm. in
length. The head proportionately large, the body swollen at the
middle, attenuated at both ends, but mostly so on the prothorax, which
is furnished with a dark brown shining collar. It is wrinkled
transversely and lobed laterally. The entire body is of a rich deep
straw-yellow, which becomes paler after feeding ; on each side are four
longitudinal rows of very minute knobbed points all of about equal
size; the first and second rows are dorsal and subdorsal, the third and
fourth are supraspiracular and subspiracular ; except those forming the
latter row, all the points are directed forwards, those on the anal
segment are longer and only slightly clubbed; along the lateral region,
including the claspers, are a number of minute spines pointing down-
wards; all the points and spinesare white and glassy, with dark bases; the
entire surface is granular; the head shining black, granulated, bearing a
number of tiny whitish spines. The mouthparts are brown; the legs
and claspers the same colour as the body. Just before the first moult
it measures 4mm., and the colour is the same as when first hatched.
Second instar (May 2nd): Soon after the first moult the colour along
the dorsal surface has a decidedly greenish tinge; the rest of the body
pale straw-yellow. It is more thickly sprmkled with minute white
glassy angulated knobbed points with black bases, and on the dorsal
surface of each segment are two shining black spiracular-lke rings, and
another just above the true spiracle, also on the meso- and metathorax
are two larger ones precisely like spiracles; all these, as well as the
spiracles, are black. The head is similar to that of previcus stage. The
prothorax, which is freely retractile, has the anterior half, which is the
elastic portion, of a lilac-flesh colour, the posterior half having a shining
black band encircling the upper half. Shortly before the second moult
it measures 7mm. Third instar (May 28th): The anterior segments,
especially the prothorax, much smaller than the rest of the body, the latter
being considerably swollen about the middle; the anal segment has the
dorsal surface speckled with brown. Shortly before the third moult
(when about seventy days old) the larva measures, when resting, about
95mm. The general colour is pale greyish-green, but some are of a
decidedly ochreous hue; in all other respects they are precisely similar
to previous stage. Fourth instar (June 14th): The whole of the
colouring of the body is of a dull olive-green, slightly paler on the
ventral surface, including the claspers; the legs are black and shining.

URBICOLA COMMA, TE

The head now exhibits two ochreous vertical parallel lines down the
crown, and an ochreous a-marking above the mouth; otherwise the
form and structure of the larva is similar to the earlier stages. Hifth
instar (July 9th): Fullgrown, measuring 28mm. in extreme length
while crawling. The head is large and similar to previous stage in
colour. The prothorax very small, elastic, and retaining the black
collar of former stages; the following segments gradually increase in
size to the 8rd abdominal, and taper from the 6th toanus. The entire
surface is densely sprinkled with minute shining black warts, each
emitting a tiny amber-coloured spine or seta with a cleft knobbed apex;
those on the ventral surface are simple spines and rather longer. The
skin is also covered with fine regular granulations which are dusky in
colour, and exceedingly minute. JBesides these there are, sprinkled
over the whole surface, very small spiracle-like processes, the largest
being situated on the claspers (which have a shining whitish film-lke
surface stretched over the centre), and one on each segment below the
true spiracle, which is conspicuous, black and shining. The 7th and
8th abdominal segments have the anterior half of the ventral surface
covered with a rough white granular waxy substance* (Frohawk).
Larva.—The prothorax has a transverse black plate, about 4mm.
across, and about 0-4mm. wide; from the appearance of the fracture,
in casting the skin for pupation, there is no very definite dorsal suture;
it carries several hairs,as well as certain ocellations that may be lenticles
or merely bases of hairs that have been lost; it has a paler line with
darker margins, that seems to be a groove or channel passing across
about one-third from the posterior margin ; there isa paler band near
each extremity, marking off a terminal area, very similar to what occurs
in many Psychids; the whole surface is finely spiculated precisely like
the rest of the cutaneous surface. Just beyond the end of the plate is
the dark spiracle, more prominent, but not larger, than that of the 8th
abdominal segment, the other abdominal spiracles are smaller and much
less prominent, but all appear to have much the same structure. This
prothoracic spiracle is about 0-25mm. long, 0:15mm. across, and about
006mm. high; it has a very narrow outer oval ring, then the chitin of
the spiracle proper rises, maintaining the same diameter to the stated
height of about 0:06mim., and then curves inwards for about 0:03mm.,
leaving the lumen of the spiracle; it, however, occupies a good part of
this space by chitinous processes, much like the pectinations of an antenna,
and similarly clothed with fine hairs; these proceed from the whole
margin, but chiefly from the sides, most of the central ones being
parallel, they just do not meet in the centre; on the thoracic spiracles,
they are about twenty in number on each side. The abdominal spiracles
are of precisely the same structure, but are only 0:15mm. long, are nearly
flat and have about fifteen gills on either side. Halfway between
the spiracle and the first legs are a pair of lenticles side by side; these
are dark rings about 0:09mm. in diameter, with a pale structureless
diaphragm (on a higher magnification the membrane is seen to be
very finely granulated, granulations less than 0‘00lmm.). Some of the

* Staudinger notes (Stett. Hnt. Zeit., 1861, p. 357), in his description of the
full-grown larva taken in nature: ‘‘ The most extraordinary feature of the larva is a
snow-white exudation, which extends almost entirely over the 10th and 11th
segments ventrally, rather thick, scaly in form and sticky. Under considerable
heat it melts like wax and loses the white colour completely.”

178 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

other lenticles are rather larger, some are rather oval and a good many
are a little irregular in outline, and more have a peculiar varia-
tion. In all, the chitinous ring has a darker outer margin and a pale
inner half, not fading into, but sharply demarcated from, the drum-
like membrane. In these specially varied specimens, this inner pale
portion of the ring sends into the middle of the ring finger-like pro-
cesses, sometimes only amounting to a slight angulation of the
margin, in others reaching to the middle of the ring; there may be
one or more of these, one is observed to have one long one of these
and six others of various lengths, besides two or three angulations.
On the metathorax are three lenticles on each side, at ebout the
situation of tubercles i, ii and vi, really about an equidistant distribu-
tion; on the mesothorax, however, the middle one of these (ili?) is
absent and its place occupied by a very long slender hair, a hair nearly
0-5mm. long. On the abdominal segments is one dorsal lenticle (i ?)
and one below spiracle (v ?) and a nearly ventral one (v1 ?); the lowest
of these (vii?) is absent on the segments with prolegs; the Sth and 9th
abdominals are not clear in the preparation, but seem to have a
slightly different arrangement. The anal plate carries on each side
three hairs marginally and one (at least) higher up. These are strong
thick bristles 0-4mm. to 0°5mm. long, and not such slender filaments
as that on mesothorax. Beneath the anal plate is an anal comb about
036mm. long and 0:30mm. wide, divided into fifteen tines, which are
all of about equal length, and are distinguishable from each other right
to the base, but united side by side except just at their tips. The anal
clagpers are about 1:4mm. across, form nearly four-fifths of a circle, and
possess about 120 hooks, apparently all in one row, but on one side
(inner) of three sizes, looking much as if in three rows, and on the other
side in two sizes similarly disposed. The ventral prolegs are practically
complete circles, of about seventy hooks, also in three sizes, but less
regularly placed as one of each together than in the claspers, so that
they look for the most part as if of two sizes. They appear to have
very little, if any, pedicel, though on their outer aspects are six or
eight genuine bristles, about O:-lmm. long. The only other positions in
which genuine bristles occur are (1) one or two near the subspiracular
lenticle and (2) one or two (together) halfway between this and the prolegs.
The skin is covered with fine and very sharp skin-points, apparently
hard bits of chitin, seen in plan more or less irregularly quadrangular,
but in profile triangular, the free apex being a very sharp right angle.
They are about 0:005mm. from point to point. The most notable
feature of the larva is its complete covering of secondary hairs. These
are minute and very numerous, perhaps 0:03mm. to 0-OGmm. long, and
about 100 to 1 sq.mm. of surface. They vary a good deal in detail
of structure, but may be classed as trumpet-hairs; they each have a
raised thimble-like, or bell-shaped, base, to which is centrally articulated
the hair, which is inversely conical, expanding (not in a curve but)
in straight lines to its apex, the apex being two to three times as wide
as the base. They appear to be cups, that is, the centre looks hollow
and open at top, the margin terminates in a row of very sharp, saw-like
teeth, sometimes directly, at others after a slight gathering in of the
margin. The head is rounded (about 3-5mm. Across ?, it is split up
and the measure is doubtful), black, with a paler line down to clypeus,
due to thinner chitin. The clypeus has similarly two lateral and two
median paler lines, and carries a few bristles similar to those of proleg

“QOGL ‘Your ‘sayfuayng ysuwe fo hsojsiT [oInjon

‘(QOL X WAIGVLS LSv1) SLNIOd-NINS GNV SUIVH “(QOL X WaIdvas sy)
‘HIOILNG'T ‘ATOVUIMS DNIMOHS ‘VIWINOO VWIOOIMU() 10 NIMS 'IVAUV'T VNWOO VIOOICUG O VAUVY 40 SUIVH GNV WIONVUIdG

“‘NWOID “N (HX 20UT *YMDIQ *N “VE “VOUT

URBICOLA COMMA. 179

bases. The cranium (?) is quite without hairs of this sort. Its sculpture
“is made up of circular dark marks (pits) with raised dark margins, the
centre paler. These marks are from 0:04mm. to 0:08mm. in diameter
and vary somewhat from strict circles, the areas between them are
invaded a little by their outward slopes, but may be described as an
intermediate plain, with from half to twice the diameter separating the
circles. (These circles are the simplest form of head sculpture in
similar larve, which becomes more complicated as they get more
crowded together and form waved and other raised ridges.) These
rings are not hairs, the true hairs are extremely minute, and occur in
the smooth plain between the rings, their numbers are almost identical.
The eye-spots are the usual five in a curve and one central one. The
antenna, rising from a chitinous ring at base, has two joints, the first
about 0-15mm., and the second 0:2mm., long, the latter carries a long
hair (nearly 1‘Omm.), and also a minute joint, which again has two
very minute papille, one with a minute hair. The jaws are large,
somewhat cubical, boxes; the cutting margin is a smooth curve, over
1:00mm. iong, quite without teeth. There are more complicated and
jointed maxillary palpi, but the details of these and the labium are not
made out; the labrum is about 0°7mm. across, and has a central notch
with the usual rounded lappets on either side. The true legs are black,
with a rather short straight claw ; the basal joints have many short
strong bristles, as has also the basal area, which has a transverse
dark plate strongest for the first, weakest for the third, pair.
[Described from a cast larval skin; from a larva which was found at
Albarracin in August, 1901. The larval skin was covered with the
material from the larval pockets under the 7th and 8th abdominal
segments; so great was the quantity that I thought I must have left
the box somewhere, where the larval-skin and pupa-case had been
destroyed by mould. Closer examination, however, showed at once
that the material with which they were covered was the white, glistening,
fibrous, asbestos-like powder excreted from the larva, and the way in
which the larval skin had the larger share, doubtless made more
obvious by its being shrivelled up, showed that the distribution of the
powder was made whilst the larva was still actively spinning. The
material instantly dissolved off the larval-skin when benzole was
applied to it, asa necessary preliminary to endeavouring to soak the skin
in order to make some examination of it. I was not very suceessful in
unravelling the shrunken skin, but did so sufficiently to be able to note
the few structural points detailed above (Chapman).| 30mm. in
length when fullgrown. Head heart-shaped, glossy-black, with a pale
brown patch on each hemisphere; belowis a similarly coloured upturned-
A which limits the triangular forehead ; in proportion to the larva, the
head is rather large and divided by a deep indentation extending from
the small prothorax, as in all other Urbicolid larve. The prothorax
carries dorsally, on the hinder half, a narrow, horny, black ring, which
extends to the large black prothoracic spiracles. The colour of the
body is a dirty greenish-erey, or black-grey, with a tinge of green. The
true legs and spiracles are glossy black (Staudinger). Seealsoanted, p.171.

Fooprrants.—Atra caespitosa (Frohawk), Festuca ovina (Wocke),
Poa, Triticum, Holeus (Riihl). [Also recorded as feeding on Coronilla
varia (Schiffermiller, etc.), Ornithopus perpusillus, Lotus corniculatus,
etc. (Merrin). |

Puparium.—In nature, the puparia are spun on the ground, and

180 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

consist of a silken web in which are spun together gnawed pieces of
grass, sand, etc. (Staudinger). The puparium consists of a strong
coarse network cocoon, formed among the grass close to the ground ;
the loose gnawed pieces of grass, woven with the fine stems and blades;
in this the larva pupates in July, the cremastral hooks being very
securely anchored to a pad of silk spun for the purpose at one end of
the cocoon, whilst the long hooked hairs of the head are also fastened
into the cocoon so that the pupa is securely anchored fore and
aft (Frohawk); the larva covers the inside of the puparium with
the white asbestos-like material from the larval pockets under the
7th and 8th abdominal segments, and the pupa is covered with this
material, undoubtedly derived from the walls of the cocoon when
moving about (Chapman); the pupa moves very quickly when touched,
and, occasionally, rises for some considerable time with the anterior
part standing up vertically. The pupal period lasts about four weeks
(Staudinger). The very slight silken puparia were found on the
Reading downs, spun up among the short herbage near, but not actually
upon, the ground (Hamm); these were noted by Barrett as forming
a rather strong but rough cocoon of white silk, with abundant open-
work, the surface garnished with short pieces of dry grass-blades and
bits of moss, between which the pupa is clearly visible; the anal
segment of the latter has a large, triangular, brown, horny projection
covered with bristles, terminated by a small, straight, blackish spike
surrounded by slender, but very strong, hooked bristles, by which the
pupa holds its silken envelope with great tenacity.

Pura (described from empty pupal skin).— General description:
Light greyish-brown in tint, with darker (blackish) and lighter (greyish)
marblings over the head and thorax; stout in build, about 20mm.
long and nearly 5mm. wide (mesothorax to 4th abdominal). Front
end rounded, no nose-horn, body tapers to anus almost like a Noctuid
pupa, @.e., at first slowly, then more rapidly; wings extend only to just
beyond middle of the 4th abdominal segment; the third pair of tarsi
project from beneath them to end of extended segment, but free from
it, supporting maxille, which proceed as a free appendage to end of
the 6th abdominal segment when segments are contracted (to end of
the 5th only when extended); hairs present over surface (except appen-
dages), in four or five transverse rows on abdominal segments; the
hairs bristle-like, pale, about 0:-15mm. long. Detailed description: 2.
[In order to see the pupa clearly it was necessary to dissolve off the
white asbestos-like powder with benzole.| The first thing that strikes
one is that the hairs are of a totally different character and arrange-
ment from those of the larva. The pupa is 19mm. long (if the 5th and
6th abdominals were not somewhat telescoped, the length would
probably be 20mm.). Neither nosehorn nor any frontal projection. It
is comparatively stout, and though, being dehisced, and, therefore,
distorted in various ways, so that some measurements are not possible,
it appears to be 4:7mm. across the 4th abdominal segment, and
apparently rather stouter in front; from the 4th abdominal it tapers
very slightly at first, then more rapidly to the somewhat sharp
cremastral spine. In front the pupa is rounded. The convexity of
the glazed eyes is directed rather frontally than ventrally; the head-
and eye-covers remain in one piece; the antenne, legs and maxille
separate from the head-piece. ‘he dorsal head-piece is not discovered
with certainty, it is either wanting or lost in this specimen, at least,

URBICOLA COMMA. 181

this is one’s first and obvious conclusion, and it may be correct, but,
on carefully examining the prothoracic piece, a strip along its anterior
margin is marked off from the rest as by an obsolete suture; such a
suture is unusual unless the part marked off be really the dorsal head-
piece. ‘There is also attached to one antenna a small portion that may
be one-half the dorsal head-piece, or it may be a piece irregularly
fractured from the head-piece, but, looking at the condition of the
specimen, this is unlikely, especially as a similar amount is missing
from the other side, it is coloured like the head, it is about 1mm. long,
and 0-2mm. wide at the outer end, narrowing to a point at dorsal line.
The head has very numerous fine hairs, except on the glazed eye,
which is broad, glazed in the front and faceted below; the vertex is
brown or blackish, with a large pale circle on each side; the face pale,
the scape of antenna dark with a pale spot; labrum triangular ; on each
side and below it, a large rounded lappet (? mandible) with concentric
ridges on its surface; these do not meet, but leave a narrow angular
interval in which the labium appears; below these are the very wide
maxillary bases, which immediately narrow and occupy middle line to
their free «extremities. The first pair of legs extend half-way down
wings, very broad at tibial end; the second legs, of more uniform
width, proceed from eye (shutting off first pair from antenna), to within
2-Omm. of end of wings, each with a black dot on tip; the antenne
with a marked and pointed club to somewhat further than front legs.
The prothorax with three rows of hairs, and dark coloration except
round hair-bases. The hairs on the head and thorax have their tips
slightly bent, but are otherwise quite like those on the rest of the
pupa. The spiracle-cover of the mesothorax (although the spiracle
belongs to the prothorax) is a large bun-lhke projection, 0-5mm. x
0-25mm., and covered with minute hairs closely set, like a dense
velvet pile. The mesothorax is long, and arches a long way back in
mediodorsal line; the narrow metathorax is wide laterally and reaches
forwards into the space between mid-mesothorax and wings. The
mesothorax is marbled brown (? black) and terra-cotta, with many
hairs whose arrangement is not definitely in lines. The dorsal slit of
dehiscence does not quite reach the posterior border of the mesothorax.
The metathorax, narrow in the middle (0°-6mm.), is wider laterally
(1-5mm.), and extends down into the hindwings without a suture, but
with a slightly impressed line of division ; the hindwings are narrow
slips touching, but deflected by, the spiracles of the 2nd and 38rd
abdominal segments, and ending before the posterior border of the 3rd
abdominal is reached; they are slightly wrinkled but, hke all the
appendages, without hairs; the segment itself has a good many
of the short pale hairs like those of the other segments (0. 1mm. to
0:15mm. long) ; they have small raised bases, sometimes colourless, some-
times dark, there are perhaps 30 to 36 on each side. Continuing the dorsal
view, the 1st abdominal segment is about 0-6mm. wide, and is faintly
divided into an anterior portion, comparatively smooth, and a posterior
with three transverse wrinkled ridges; these equally carry a few
scattered hairs. The 2nd abdominal segment (13mm. broad) is not
very definitely subdivided, and has twenty or more irregular transverse
ridges ; the very numerous hairs also have a transverse arrangement,
one row near the hind-margin is fairly straight and continuous, but the
next rowsare rather scraps and portions of transverse rows that only persist

182 BRITIHS BUTTERFLIES.

for a few hairs. The 8rd abdominal (1°3mm. broad) is more like the
1st, with a flatter anterior half, and the posterior presenting three
ridges, the hairs are more numerous on the posterior half. The 4th
abdominal is (extended) about 2mm. long, and has about four equal
portions, viz., two anterior fairly flat, then an intersegmental subseg-
ment, with the fine sculpture of intersegmental membrane, but
possessing hairs, etc., and then the true interseemental membrane.
The hairs are numerous, and, whilst giving the impression of transverse
alignment, do not, in fact, anywhere afford very definite lines. The
5th abdominal segment is much like the 4th, 2mm. wide (extended) ;
there are many hairs, of which two rows on the intersegmental subsee-
ment and the row in front of this are fairly in alignment. The 6th
abdominal is slightly narrower, but otherwise much the same.
The 7th abdominal is about 1:3mm. wide, the intersegmental sub-
segment narrow, but what is most remarkable is that (in this
dehisced pupa, a 2) it easily extends from the 8th and displays a
narrow border of real intersegmental membrane. The 8th abdominal
is about 1mm., fairly uniform in surface, but with the posterior inter-
seemental subsegment distinguishable; the hairs are here rather
longer than in front and more slender, 0°2mm.-0:24mm. long, but
always ordinary hairs, nowhere any trace of the vase (or trumpet)
hairs of the larva. The 9th abdominal segment is a dark, wrinkled,
narrow portion, not easily distinguished from the 10th, which is repre-
sented by the cremastral spine, a conical piece 1‘5mm. broad at base,
nearly 2mm. long, dark brown in tint, longitudinally fluted or ridged,
but so that there is, on either side of the dorsum, a larger and higher
ridge underlying the others. It carries a good many hairs, roughly
and inaccurately (in dorsal view), say four rows of four each. The
terminal bundle of hooks (cremaster proper) is a little obscured by silk,
the hooks are closely packed together about 0-2mm. or 0:25mm. long,
slightly curved, and ending, each, in a recurved portion, nearly a
complete circle, but so closely curved that there is no central opening.
The sculpture of the 1st abdominal segment was described as in trans-
verse ridges, but this obtains less and less on each following segment.
The front margin (one-fifth of segment) of the 3rd abdominal segment has
a series of little pits, not spherical but rather cylindrical hollows, with
a plane surface between them; this obtains on the first element of the
Ath abdominal segment and largely on the 2nd. On the 6th and 7th ab-
dominals there is still a little tendency at the posterior margin of the seg-
ment for the plane surface to run into ridge-like form between the pits.
With this in mind, it is easy to persuade oneself that the ridges on the
1st segment are really a special modification of the pitted surface. As
a matter of colour, the first few segments have, trapezoidally placed,
small, brown marks, that look slightly hollow, but probably due to the
false perspective caused by their coloration, and being free from hairs ;
there are one or two similar marks more laterally placed. On the 2nd
and 8rd abdominal segments are certain marks, probably to be classed
as lenticles, and traces of them exist on other segments; they are a
little further out than the presumed position of tubercle ii, one on the
front and one on the back portion of the segment; the posterior is the
most typical, and is a raised brown mark with raised dark sharp margin,
narrow from front to back, longer in line across the segment. Taking
a lateral view, the spiracles are not dissimilar to the mark last

URBICOLA COMMA, 1838

described, but are larger (about 16mm. long, 0:04mm. wide) and dark
_ brown in colour. The intersegmental subsegment is very marked on
the 7th and 8th abdominal segments. Hairs are numerous. The
sculpture is almost entirely pitting. Small lenticles (like spiracles,
but half the length of the actual ones) exist on the 5th, 6th and 7th
abdominals, close to posterior margin of segment, at about horizon of
iil. The ventral aspect shows the dehiscence separating antenne from
wings and legs for about two-thirds of their length; the appendages
are all finely wrinkled transversely; the free portion of proboscis
deeply ringed so as to look like a rat-tailed file or a screw with fine
thread; the ridges do not anastomose, but are complete circles, or
would be if each half were not in contact with the other; in front of
the 4th abdominal segment the wing-margin does not reach beyond
the middle of the 2nd subsegment, but the extreme apex of the wing is
produced, not as a gradual spreading of the hind-margin but, as a sepa-
rate rounded lappet, right into the 3rd subsegment (the intersegmental
one); from beneath these, about 1‘2mm. of the 3rd tarsi appear, the
proboscis reaching nearly 2mm. more. The lappet seems to be formed
by its angle with the hind-margin being held back by the leg scar, a
small elevation with several small circles (lenticles); a similar sear,
with six lenticles, is on the 5th abdominal segment; on the 6th, it is
not so fully developed on one side, but even more pronounced on the
other. No other lenticles occur ventrally. The sculpture is chiefly
in pits. No demarcation is visible between the 8th, 9th and 10th
abdominal segments. On the middle lne, immediately behind the 7th
abdominal, is a longitudinal impressed line, rather faintly marked,
0:15mm. long, then, after an interval (about 0°15mm.), a longer, well-
marked, depressed line, darkly coloured (about 0-4mm.); then, after
about 0-4mm., the surface bends dorsally, and has a deep, well-marked
anal scar, then (from the dorsal half of the segment) arises the
cremastral spine, of much the same fluted and ridged aspect on this
side as dorsally. Recurring to the wings, they have round their hind-
margins, a wide strip (0°6mm.), marked off by ‘‘ Poulton’s line,”’ which
passes some distance up the costa (2mm.), and along the inner margin is
still evident till opposite the 2nd abdominal. A point that 1s noteworthy
is that the anal angle of the wing is on the abdominal incision 2-3, and
so the slip of hindwing, passing, before disappearing beneath forewing,
to beyond middle of 3rd, curls round the anal angle of forewing. This
is the usual position of anal angle in Rhopalocerous pupe. In obtect
Heterocera it is usually opposite abdominal incision 3-4. The veins are
distinct as paler (raised ?) lines, but veins beyond vii or viii are lost in
the costa [Described from pupa-case, the larva of which was picked up at
Albarracin, and from which the butterfly (a ¢) emerged some time
afterwards.| (Chapman). ‘The slender pupa is about 17mm. long; the
wings show a blue bloom, whilst the other parts of the body, the head
in particular, are covered with a mildewy-looking exudation. The g
pupa exhibits, in the middle of the wing, a marked longitudinal
elevation, in which is formed the black androconial streak of the fore-
wing (Staudinger). About 19mm. long. The head rounded; the
thorax slightly swollen; the abdomen cylindrical and tapering,
terminating in a long anal point furnished at the extremity with an
ample bunch of cremastral hooks. The head, thorax and abdomen
are clothed in short, stiff spines, below the spiracles they occur in dense

184 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

tufts. Those on the head are remarkably formed, all the longer ones
terminating in a hook. These hooks (as well as those of the cremaster) are
also fastened into the cocoon, so that the pupa is securely anchored fore
and aft. At the base of the wing is a peculiar raised disc. The whole
surface of the wings, antenne and legs are covered with a lilac-grey
bloom, which is very easily detached; it also covers the cocoon like
whitish powder, and small flakes are scattered over the pupa,
apparently of the same substance as that on the larva. The head and
thorax are pale olive, mottled with blackish; the abdomen olive,
spotted with dark olive, and inclining to yellow on the ventral surface;
below each spiracle is a short longitudinal mark; the spiracles are
amber-brown. [The foregoing description is of a @ pupa. That of
the ¢ differs by having a well-defined, elongated dusky ridge covering
the androconial mark on the primary wing| (Frohawk). Barrett also
describes the pupa from an empty skin (Hnt. Mo. Mag., xxxu.., p. 227).

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—The species is absolutely single-brooded,
and rarely occurs in Britain until towards the end of July, continuing
on the wing throughout August, and often well into September. These
seem to be the usual months of its occurrence in central Hurope—July
20th to end of August, at Autun (Constant), also in most parts of
Germany, although earlier or later specimens occasionally occur, ¢.9.,
May 29th and 30th, 1882, and June 16th, 1886, at Cranz, where
July and August are the usual months for its appearance (Speiser).
South of the Alps at low elevations, appearances in June and early
July, are pretty general. Lambillion gives August and September
for Belgium, and we note June to August is given for Gottingen
(Jordan), Elberfeld (Weymer), Zeits-on-Hlster (Wilde), Halle (Stange),
Upper Lusatia (Méschler), etc.; in the Munich district from the
end of June to September (Kranz), whilst Zimmermann tries
to make it double-brooded, in the Hamburg district, May and July-
August. Fritsch, however, is most active in this respect, and gives
dates at Prague from June 15th to September 16th; at Brunn, May
5th-380th and July 28rd-November 2nd; at Salzburg, May 27th-June
18th, and August 28th-September 11th, etc. Meyer-Dur says (Schmett.
der Schweiz, pp. 216-7) that the species is probably double-brooded in
the lowlands, ¢.y., at Burgdorf, where it appears about June 17th, and
continues to the beginning of September, a break apparently occur-
ring from mid-July to August 24th, whilst, on the heights of the Jura
and the Alps, there is only one brood, e.y., August 6th-10th, on the top
of the Grimsel, on the Meyenwand, in the Valais above Varén, Leuk
and on the Gemmi, and on August 14th in the Jura. We donot, how-
ever, believe even in the partial double-broodedness of this species, and
Fritsch’s conclusion, based on records spread over a long series of early
and late seasons, is incomplete. The records probably all relate to a
single brood, appearing early one year and late another. The following
dates may prove interesting :—ConTINENTAL RECORDS: In June, at
the top of the Lokman (Fountaine); June 27th, 1867, at Gyrenbad
on the Bachtel (Dietrich); September 1st-5th, 1882, at Pierre-
fitte Nestalas in the western Pyrenees (Jones) ; September 8th, 1890, at
Spezia (de la Garde); July 28th-August 8th, 1894, at Courmayeur
(Tutt); July 26th-80th, 1895, at Mendel Pass (Tutt); July 380th-
August 5th, 1896, at Le Lautaret; August 5th-12th, 1896, at La
Grave; August 12th-19th, 1896, at Bourg d’Oisans (Tutt) ; August

URBICOLA COMMA. 185

12th-25th, 1896, at Evolene (Rowland-Brown); rareand apparently over,
~ August 10th-19th, 1897, at Susa (Tutt); July 22nd, 1897, at Ustedalen in
Hol; July 30th, 1898, at Aal (Strand); July 26th-August 2nd, at
Bourg St. Maurice, August 5th-15th, 1898, at Pré St. Didier (Tutt); June
21st-end of month, 1899, at Susa (Rowland-Brown); July 27th-August
6th, 1899, at Simplon; August 8th-15th, at Evolene; August 12th, in
the Ferpecle Valley and on the Bricolla alp; August 16th-20th, 1899,
at Arolla (Tutt); July 8th, 1899, at Sierre; very abundant, August
6th, 1899, at Bérisal (Wheeler) ; July 29th-August 7th, 1900, at
Larche, August 9th-16th, at Abries, August 20th-23rd, 1900, at
Grésy-sur-Aix (Tutt); July 16th-August 5th, 1901, in the Cevennes
(Rowland-Brown) ; July 30th-August 9th, 1901, at ‘l'orre Pellice, not
common; August 9th-18th, 1901, at Bobbie; August 18th-22nd, 1901,
at Au Pra (Tutt); August 7th-30th, 1901, in the Swiss Alps (Keynes) ;
July, 1902, above Zermatt (Moss); July 19th, 1902, at Bérisal, with
ab. flava; July 26th, 1902, on the Simplon; August 4th, 1902, on
the Riffelbere (Sheldon); August 10th, 1902, at Megeve; August
14th-16th, between Chamonix and Argentiere; August 17th, above
the Chapeau; August 18th, 1902, on the Brévent, to almost 7000 ft.
(Tutt) ; August 7th, 1902, small and rather dull, at Vallorbe; August
8th, 1902, at Champéry; July 19th, 1903, at Bérisal (Wheeler); July
26th, 19038, at Vésubie (Rowland-Brown); July 28th, 1903, at Useigne;
- July 29th, between Evoléne and Arolla; July 30th-August 12th, at
Arolla; August 18th, between Evoléne and Useigne; August 17th,
above the Chapeau, Mer de Glace; August 18th, 1908, at Chamonix;
July 28th-Auegust 1st, 1904, on the Grand Saleve; August 5th, 14th,
at Stalden; August 6th-14th, 1904, in the Saas-Thal—Hiuteck, Balen,
Almagell, Saas-Grund to Saas-Fée, and Saas-Grund to Mattmark; August
15th-17th, in the Visp valley, between Stalden and Zermatt; August
16th, 1904, between Zermatt and the Schwarz See (Tutt); July 21st,
1904, on the Jebel-Barouk (Graves); June 19th-23rd, 1904, at
Macolin (Lowe); July 14th, 1904, at Mendel; July 10th-August
5th, 1905, in the French Pyrenees (Rowland-Brown) ; July 29th-31st,
1905, at Grésy-sur-Aix; August 8rd-5th, at Bourg St. Maurice;
August 9th-13th, at Pré St. Didier, Courmayeur, and the Val Véni;
August 15th-18th, between Val Tournanche and Breuil; August
19th, at Chatillon; August 22nd, in the Val Anzasca (Tutt) ;
July 8rd-9th, 1905, in the Kanderthal (Tetley). British rEcorps :
September 5th, 1855, August 14th, 1856, at Hollingbury Combe
(Image); end of August and first week in September, 1862, at Ayles-
bury (Parsons); August 10th, 1865, August 21st, 1896, at Hollingbury
Combe (Image); August 4th-18th, 1878, at Boxhill (Whittle); August
2nd, 1884, three specimens taken at Danbury (teste Fitch); August 26th,
1888, at Boxhill (Whittle); August 4th-7th, 1890, at Chinnor (Spiller) ;
July 16th, 1901, at Ranmore (Oldaker); August 20th, 1892, plentiful,
and in good condition, at Boxhill (Waldegrave); August 4th, 1892, at
Wimborne and Blandford (Bankes); July 6th, 1893, at Wendover
(South) ; August 22nd, 1893, at Cuxton (Tutt); July, 1894, plentiful
in the New Forest (Cox); July 9th-19th, 1894, on Canford Heath
(Bromilow); August 3rd, 1894, at Park Down; August 27th, 1894, at
Boxhill (Fletcher); very common and early, July 23rd, 1896, in the
Guildford district (Grover); very abundant on the downs, August 1st
and 3rd, 1896, near Reading (Hamm) ; August 3rd, 1896, at Reading

186 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(Butler); August 2nd, 1897, at Shere near Dorking (Tremayne) ;
August 2nd, 1897, at Reading (Butler); not common, and late, August
5th, 1897, in the Guildford district (Grover) ; common, first week in
August, 1897, on the Berkshire downs (Clarke); August 1st, 1898, at
Reading (Butler); July 29th, 1899, at Betchworth (James); August
drd, 1899, in the neighbourhood of Kimble (Rowland-Brown) ; August
7th, 1899, rather worn, at Reading (Butler); August 14th, 1899,
somewhat worn in the Gloucester district (Davis); between July 26th
and September 10th, 1900, at Burgess Hill (Dollman); August 11th-
27th, 1900, at Folkestone (Pickett); July 31st, 1901, at Reading
(Butler); August 3rd-September 7th, 1901, at Burgess Hill (Dollman);
August 3rd, 1901, at Aldbury Down (Barraud) : ‘August 23rd, 1901,
August 27th, 1902, at Cuxton (Burrows); August 4th, 1902, in the
Reading district (Butler); Angust 5th-27th, 1902, aut Burgess Hill
(Dollman); August 9th, 1902, at Aldbury Down (Barraud) ; August
8th, 1903, at Dover (Pickett) : July 27th-30th, 1904, on Ranmore
Gonmnon (Oldaker) ; August Ist, 1904, at Aldbury Dow (Barraud);
August 10th, 29th, 1904, at Caxton (Burrows); August 14th, 1905,
just out in the Gloucester district (Davis).

Hasits.—The rapidity of the flight of U. comma is sufficiently
remarkable; it skips rather than flies from flower to flower with
surprising speed and agility, rarely resting on leaves, drawing up its
wings rapidly and then darting off with the utmost despatch. Some-
times it chooses the ground on which to rest, and is then difficult to
see, whilst it is, with Hesperia alveus, Polyommatus damon, P. corydon,
etc., attracted to the wayside runnels in the Alps, drinking there, or at
the muddy patches, with such evident gusto and forgetfulness that it
then becomes an easy prey. It was in particular abundance at the
dirty puddles and around the springs at Evolene in August, 1899, and
at Simplon the same year, revelling in the hot steam rising from such
places, and from any damp bank that faced the midday sun. At
Cuxton, it particularly loves to sun itself on the capitula of a bright red
dwarf thistle that is abundant there. The imaginal habit is to come to
rest suddenly on a flower with its wings over its back, and it will keep
this position sometimes for a considerable time. On the other hand,
it will occasionally drop its wings almost at once, edging round so
that the sun falls fully on its back, exposing its forewings to the sun.
It usually, however, only depresses its forewings at first very little,
and drops the hindwings but a little below them, in no wise approach-
ing the horizontal, but, after a time, it drops the forewings to a
considerable distance, at the same time lowering the hindwings still
more, until they are nearly as horizontal as in the Thymelicids, and
lower than we have ever noticed them in Augiades sylvanus. If
disturbed, it suddenly raises its wings and darts off, sometimes to a
considerable distance, usually taking up its position on a flower, of
which, those of various species of thistles (Carduus), Centaurea,
Hieracia, etc., are the most frequently chosen. Constant notes that it
affects flowers of buckwheat around Autun. The males are pugnacious,
attacking not only other individuals of their own species, but also driving
off any other species that dares to approach too closely to its own chosen
flower, to which it will sometimes return again and again if not dis-
turbed by the observer. When asleep, the wings are drawn right up
over the back, and there is no trace of a horizontal position being taken

URBICOLA COMMA. 187

by the hindwings. It sits boldly on the top of a flower in fine weather,
- but, in dull weather, hides well under the capitulum of some composite
flower, and is then well protected. At Courmayeur, it haunts the
thistles and scabious, and between Chamonix and Argentiére it specially
favours Hieracia flowers. During cloudy intervals, it sits closely on the
flowers with its wings drawn up over its back, and Spiller notes that, at
Chinnor, in the evening, when the sun is going below the horizon,
this species delights to rest itself upon the flowerheads of the scabious,
enjoying the warmth. Butler says that he has found several specimens,
about 10 a.m., drying their wings, and apparently just emerged, in the
Reading district. The imago is often infested with a brilliant scarlet
parasite, which fixes itself externally to the abdominal incisions, and
also to that between the thorax and abdomen, as well as the neck.
Hasitar.—In Britain, the species appears to be confined to chalk-
downs and limestone hills, and to be excessively local, abounding on
the open sides of the hills and downs in suitable places, or in rough
fields and-lanes in chalky localities, ey., on the chalk downs in
the Cuxton district (Tutt), Wendover district (Spiller), on the
lower slopes of the downs at Shere near Dorking (Tremayne),
plentiful on a particular patch at Ranmore about 100yds. square
(Oldaker), and on the chalk downs near Tring (Rothschild). On
the continent, 1t is, in some places, exceedingly abundant, swarming in
many places in the Alps of Central Europe, from the hot lowlying
valleys to the utmost bounds of the flower-meadows of the highest
alpine pastures, in fact, on the continent, it abounds at almost all
elevations on sloping flowery banks, being particularly abundant on the
flowery mountain pastures up to 6000ft. or 7000ft. elevation, reaching,
in fact, a greater altitude than almost any other butterfly found at low
elevations, being taken on the highest slopes with Hrebia glacialis,
Bi. lappona, Colias phicomone, and Anthrocera exulans at Arolla, and
other similar localities. Itabounds, too, sometimes, at the runnels by
the sides of mountain-paths, drinking thirstily with Polyommatus corydon,
-P. astrarche, etc. Sometimes one finds it in lucerne meadows, and,
above Grésy-sur-Aix at the end of July, 1905, we saw several specimens
challenging Auyiades sylvanus for a place at the clover blossoms, just
emerged, however, whilst A. sylvanus was nearly over. At Wiesbaden,
it haunts the open spaces in woods with A. sylvanus (Prideaux), and on
the turf-covered sandbanks of the Althenthal in Finmark, Staudinger
found it abundant, as well as on all the grassy flats of the low-lying
country. It has a marvellous distribution, and the different character
of its habitats can scarcely be imagined. From the sandy uplands of
Finmark, the wastes of northern Siberia, and the sub-arctic regions
of North America, to the mountains of the Sierra Nevada in Spain,
the hot plains of Sicily and Italy, the low foothills of Spezia, the
valleys of Corsica, through Asia Minor and Persia, up the Hima-
layas and mountains of central Asia to a height 12000 ft., along
the Rocky Mountains to California, and across the continent to
the Hastern States, will give habitats different enough if one
will but consider the possibilities for a moment. In Germany, it is
everywhere common in Thuringia in damp meadows, in the plains
and on the foothills of the Thuringian Wald (Krieghoff ), prefers damp
meadowsin the plainsand on the foothills of Silesia (Wocke), in meadows
where rushes grow in Carniola (Manu), same localities in Mecklenburg

188 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

as A. sylvanus, but on lighter soil, also on steep dry places at Ratisbon
(Schmidt), extends to a great elevation in the Salzburg mountains,
but is very abundant in the plains, and more widely distributed than
A. sylvanus (Nickerl), from the lower part of the Inn valley to the
region of the alpine meadows around Innsbruck (Weiler), and from
the plain to the snowline throughout the Tyrolean Alps (Heller), in the
Hufemoor, in Mecklenburg, at thistles (Tessmann), common in meadows
near woods in Bohemia (Nickerl), in meadows near woods at Crefeld
(Rothke), on the border of the Wulfsdorfer pinewood in Mecklenburg,
at scabious flowers (Tessmann), common in meadows bordering woods
in Nassau (Rossler), in clearings in woods near Hanau (Limpert), in
Openings in woods and on heaths in Oberhessen, in grassy places in
woods and in meadows, in Waldeck (Speyer), in sunny grassy places
in woods, on hedgebanks, etc., around Giessen (Glaser), prefers dry
sunny grassy places and openings in the woods of Mosigkauer
Haide in the province of Saxony (Amelang), everywhere common
in meadows in Posen (Schultz), common in meadows and in
bushy places in Silesia (Déring), and in meadows near woods and
erassy places near Dresden (Steinert). Mrs. Nicholl says that
this species is common throughout British Columbia, in the
clearings in the forests, the examples here showing no variation from
Kuropean specimens, except that they are rather smaller and darker
than south Kuropean forms, and very hke some from Norway.
BriTIsH LOCALITIES. — Quite unknown in Ireland, Scotland and

Wales. Brrxs: Burghfield near Reading (Bird), Reading (Hamm). Bucxs:
Aston Clinton (Crewe), Halton (Greene), Kimble, generally common on Chiltern
Hills between Princes Risborough and Wendover (Rowland-Brown), Wendover
district (Spiller), Aylesbury (Bayne), Drayton Beauchamp (Rothschild). Cam-
BRIDGE: Newmarket Heath district (Bond), Fulbourn, Newmarket (Brown), Gogmagog
Park (Morris), Devil’s Ditch (Jenyns), [near Ely (Archer), very doubtful], Cambridge
(Crisp). Drvon: Sidmouth (Majendie), rare—Plymouth, Exmouth (Reading),
near Exeter, rare (Parfitt). Dorset: Wimborne, Blandford (Bankes), Badbury
Rings (Dale), Hambledon Hill (Fowler), Gussage, between Blandford and
Wimborne (Ward), Sherborne (Douglas), Bournemouth—Canford Heath { Bromilow).
Essex: Danbury, three specimens (Fitch), Saffron Walden (teste J. Clarke).
GLOUCESTER: scarce and local (Hudd), Rodborough Common (Musgrave), Cotswolds
(Harrison), Cheltenham district (teste Edwards), Painswick (Merrin), Stroud
(Stephens), Great Witcombe (Newstead). Hants: on hills round Winchester
(Hewett), Farley Mount (Johns), Portsdown (Buckler), Kimpton (Rudd),
Petersfield (Moncreaff), Lyndhurst (Cox), Paulsgrove, Portsdown Hill (Pearce).
Herts: Tring district — Aldbury Downs (Barraud), Roman Road, Hailey-
bury (Stockley), Dancers End (Rothschild). Kenr: not common in the
south-east of Keut (Freke), fairly plentiful but very local at Herne Bay (Battley),
Chatham (Tyrer), Cuxton Downs, Paddlesworth, Boxley Warren (Walker),
Folkestone (Pickett), Dover (Tutt), Boxley Hills near Maidstone (Greensted),
Maidstone district (Golding), Shoreham (Carr), Kingsdown to St. Margaret’s Bay
(Shepherd), Wye district (Parry), Ashford district, local (Wood), Herne Bay (Butler).
LancasuirEe: Windermere district, near the Ferry Hotel (Moss). MrppiEsex: {Hanwell
Heath, near Ealing (Harris),} Kingsbury, Old Oak Common (Godwin). Norroix :
Swaftham (Atmore). Norraampron: Barnwell Wold, Ashton Wold (Morris),
3ullnose Coppice (Bree). Oxronp: Chinnor (Spiller). Somrrsmr: searce and
local (Hudd), Weston (Vaughan), Brockley (Last). Srarrorp: Chartley, single
specimen only (Freer). Surronx: very local, Newmarket Heath, ete. (Brown).
SuRREY: Dorking, Ranmore (Oldaker), Riddlesdown near Croydon (Stephens),
Boxhill (Machin), Betchworth (James), Shere near Dorking (Tremayne),
Guildford (Grover), Park Down (Fletcher), Horsley (Carr), Croydon (Hall),
teigate, locally common (‘longe), hills east of Guildford (Cockerell).
Sussex: Burgess Hill district (Dollman), East Sussex, locally comn on—
Brighton, Lewes, Polegate, Eastbourne, Malling Hill, ete. (Jenner),
Hollingbury Coombe (Buckler), Bible Bottom, Cliff Hill (Levitt). Wuts:

URBICOLA COMMA, 189

Old Sarum (Dale), Martinsell (Preston), common on Salisbury Plain (Carr).
Yorks: Scarborough (Birchall), Brantinghamthorpe (Stather teste Hewett),
Bishop’s Wood (Grassham), York (teste Newman), near Hull (teste Dale).

Distripution.—The whole Palearctic region, except Mauretania and
the Canary Isles (Staudinger) ; northern United States, Pacific States,
Rocky Mountains (Dyar); Dominion of Canada, from Vancouver to

Quebec (Scudder). AMERICA : (See anted, pp. 162-174). Asia: Central Japan
—Yesso, etc. (Leech), Corea (Hertz), Nicolaiefsk (Ruhl), Siberia—Ost-Sajan
(Staudinger), the western Pamirs (Romanoff), Saisan (Riihl), northwest Himalayas
(Niceville), Persia—Astrabad, Anatolia (Riihl), Asia Minor—Amasia—top of
the Lokman, etc. (Fountaine), Syria—Taurus, Berud-Dagh (Delagrange), etc.
Austro-Huneary: Everywhere more or less distributed (Hédfner), Galicia (Gar-
bowski), Bohemia—Carlsbad (Hiittner), Prague, Senftenberg (Fritsch), Moravia,
distributed—Briinn, Neutitschin, Rottalowitz, Troppau (Fritsch), Upper Austria,
throughout (Brittinger)—Kirchdorf, Linz (Fritsch), Lower Austria— Vienna (Rossi),
Hernstein district (Rogenhofer), Gresten(Fritsch), Salzburg(Richter), Tyrol, lowlands
and up to 7000ft. common (Hinterwaldner)—Glockner district, Bozen, Trient, Dolomite
district — Val Popena, Cortina (Mann), Brenner district — Tienzins, Mauera
(Galvagni), Mendel (Tutt), Innsbruck, up to 7500 feet, Taufers (Weiler), Enns district
(Brittinger), Bregenz (Tutt), Schlucken-Alpe, Stanser-Joch, Obergurgl, Knutten,
Seiser-Alpe, Mandron-Alpe, Stilfser-Joch (Heller), Ortler district, Gastein (Riihl),
Carniola (Mann), Upper Carinthia (Nickerl)— St. Jakob (Fritsch), Wolfsberg,
Heiligenblut, etc. (Lemann), Croatia—Josefsthal (Mann), Slavonia—Lipnik,
Dalmatia, Banat, Transsylvania—Alterberg (Rebel), Hungary—Biala, Kaschau
(Fritsch), Eperies (Aigner), Buda-Pest district (Nicholson), Fiinfkirchen, Friesach
(Rihl). Brnerum: locally common— Montagne St. Pierre, Mons, very
rare (Donckier), Ortho, common (Slégers), near Hastiére (Hugge), Dinant
(Lenoir), Anhée, Warnant, Namur, very rare (Lambillion), Rochefort (Carlier),
Bouillon (Wautier), Virton (Sibille), Vallée de la Lesse, common (Bodart).
Bosnia: local—Zepce (Werner), Fojnica (Simonys), Trebevic (Rebel), Trescavica
(Apfelbeck), Kalinovik (Schreitter). BunGarza anp Eastern Roume.ia: near Sophia
(Bachmetjew), Rilo district—Rilska Valley (Nicholl), Rustschuk, Slivno—Bjela, rare
(Haberhauer). CHanneL Isues: Jersey, common (Luff). Corsica (Kollmorgen).
DrenmaARK: distributed (Bang-Haas). Finuanp: south and south-east {(Lampa)—
Solovetsk, Kaschkarantsa, Tschavanga (Reuter). France: throughout locally (Tutt),
Rennes, Ille-et- Vilaine—the coast from Cancale to St. Malo, Monterfil (Oberthiir),
Vannes, Ploérmel (Griffith), HKure—Pont de l?Arche (Dupont), Elbeuf (Coulon),
Paris district, St. Germain-en-Laye, Fontainebleau, Lardy, Vosges (Berce), Doubs—
Besancon (Bruand), Calvados—Mont d’Eraines (Moutiers), Aube—Les Riceys,
Lusigny (Jourdheuille), Indre—Brenne (Martin), Manche — near Cherbourg
(Nicollet), Sadne-et-Loire—near Autun (Constant), Auvergne district— Forét de
Chateauroux, Forét d’Allogny, Mt. Dore, Le Chambon, Le Lioran (Sand), Lozére
—Balsieges (Rowland-Brown), Charente — Angouléme (Dupuy), Loir-et-Cher
(Bellier), Savoy—Lanslebourg (Oberthiir), Grésy-sur-Aix, Bourg St. Maurice, Annecy,
Megeve, between Chamonix and Argentiere (Tutt), Gironde (Brown), Aude (Mabille),
Loire-Inf¢rieure—Orvault (Bureau), Dauphiné Alps—St. Michel, Le Lautaret,
La Grave, etc., Hautes-Alpes—Abriés, etc., Basses-Alpes—Larche, etc. (Tutt), Digne
(Oberthiir), French Pyrenees—Cauterets, Le Vernet (Oberthiir), Pierrefitte-Nestalas
(Jones), Alpes-Maritimes, abundant (Bromilow)—Rte. de Venanson, St. Martin
Vesubie (Rowland-Brown), Haute-Garonne (Caradja), Maine-et-Loir (Roy), Haute-
Marne—Varennes, bourbonne (Frionnet), Dordogne—Queysac (Tarel), Gironde—
env. Bordeaux (Brown). Germany: Prussia, common—Rastenburg, Insterburg,
Willenberg (Schmidt), Cranz, Tilsit, Rauschen, Warnicken, Capornsche Haide,
Dammbhoff, Kénigsberg, Lowenhagen, Tapiau, Wehlau, Norkitten, Beynuhnen,
Darkehmen, Landsberg, Quittainen, Mohrungen, Osterode, Gr. Bertung, Dantzig,
etc. (Speiser), Pomerania—everywhere (Paul and Plotz), Mecklenburg—Neustrelitz,
Riilow, Siilze, Wismar (Schmidt), Liibeck (Tessmann), Schwerin, Parchim (Gill-
mer), Friedland (Stange), Schleswig-Holstein, etc., not rare—Hutin (Dahl), Ham-
burg (Beske), Altona (Tessien), Heligoland (Dalla Torre), Hanover—Bremen
(Rehberg), Liineburg (Machleidt), Hanover (Reinhold), Osnabriick, Hameln,
Osterode, Gd6ttingen (Jordan), Brunswick, etc. — Brunswick, Wolfenbiittel
(Heinemann), Helmstedt, Quedlinburg (Jordan), Unterharz (Gillmer), West-
phalia—Miinster (Speyer), Hoxter (Jordan), Rhine Provinces—Crefeld, Aix,
near Hitfeld (Stollwerck), Elberfeld (Weymer), Neuenahr (Maassen), Hesse-
Nassau, etc. — Wiesbaden (Réssler), Oberursel (Fuchs), Hanau (Limpert),

190 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Vogelsberg, Giessen (Glaser), Frankfort-on-Main (Koch), Cassel (Borgmann),
Waldeck (Speyer), Rotenburg-on-Fulda (Jordan), Biedenkopf (Jager), Thuringia—
in the plains and hills (Krieghoff), Erfurt (Keferstein), Rudolstadt (Jordan),
Saxony — Zeitz-on-Elster, Knittelholz, Ossig (Wilde), Halle (Stange), Dessau
(Richter), Cothen (Gillmer), Miihlhausen, Naumburg, Nordhausen, Sondershausen,
etc.(Jordan), Brandenburg, somewhat common (Pfiitzner)—Berlin district (Bartel),
Niederneundorf (Dadd), Frankfort-on-Oder (Kretschmer), Posen — throughout
(Schultz), Silesia—Brieg (Déring), Reinerz (Standfuss), Trebnitzer-Gebirge (Nohr),
Upper Lusatia (Méschler), Sprottau district—Oberleschen, etc. (Pfitzner), Saxony
— Dresden (Steinert), Saxon Upper Lusatia (Schiitze), Freiberg (Fritzsche), Chemnitz
(Pabst), Leipzig (Speyer), Bavaria—Regensburg (Hofm4nn), Munich (Kranz), Augs-
burg (Freyer), Kempten (von Kolb), Wiirttemberg, throughout (Seyffler), Baden
throughout (Reutti), Alsace (Meess), the Palatinate (Bertram). GrrercH: Parnassus
(Staudinger). Irany: Lombardy (Turati), Piedmont—Courmayseur, Fré St. Didier,
Val Véni, Susa, Torre Pellice, Au Pra, Bobbie, Val Tournanche, Cogne, etc. (Tutt),
Certosa di Pesio (Norris), Pistoiese Apennines (Verity), near Boscolungo
(Norris), Tuscany—throughout, Abruzzi, etc. (Stefanelli), Sicily—Osimo (Spada),
Madonie Mountains at 1600m., San Martino, Partenico (Struve), Fuligno (Zeller),
Gerace (Calberla), Spezia (de la Garde). NETHERLANDS: very rare (Snellen), Breda
(Heylerts). Roumanta: generally distributed—Valeni, Dulcesti (Caradja), Gruma-
zesti (Fleck). Russia: Baltic Provinces, throughout (Nolcken), Caucasus district
(Bramson), Dorpat, St. Petersburg, Moscow, Kaluga, Kasan, Gorki (Ruhl), Lower
Volga district, Baschkiria, near Sarepta (Kversmann), Derbent (Riihl). Scanpr-
NAVIA: Sweden, throughout—-Lapland, rare, etc., Norway—south, also Dovre,
Finmark, Hunneberg district (Lampa), Sopnes, Kaafjord, Nordreisen, Ose,
Heegstoil, Aal, Ustedalen in Hol (Strand), Talrig, Bossekop (Zetterstedt), Romsdal,
near Stueplaten (Jordan), Pier, Fron, Gudbrandsdal, Tyldal, Jerkin, Kongsvold,
Nystuen, Romsdal-Naes (Siebke). Servra (Lazarewitsch). Spain: Sierra Nevada
(Rambur), Barcelona district (Martorell), Cote de Huejar (Graslin), Tragacete,
Albarracin (Chapman), Bilbao (Réssler). SwirzERLaND: common and generally
distributed (Frey), Rhone Valley — Sierre, etc., Beérisal (Wheeler), Simplon
Valley, Val d’Hérens—Useigne, Evoléne, Villar, Haudéres, Arolla, Saas-Thal—
Stalden, Huteck, Saas-Grund to Mattmark, Saas-Fée, etc., Visp-Thal—Stalden to
Zermatt, etc. (Tutt), Val d’Anniviers (Rowland-Brown), Riffelberg (Sheldon), Cham-
péry, Vallorbe (Wheeler), Macolin (Lowe), above Gletscher Alp (Rowland-Brown),
Roseg Valley (Nicholson), Oberalp (Chapman), Pontresina (Lemann), Grisons—
Bergiin, Ponte (Rihl), Berne — Kanderthal (Tetley), Mount Chemin, Batiaz,
Martigny, Varéne, Loéche, the Gemmi, Aletsch Forest, the Grimsel, Mayenwand,
Schallberg, the Gorner Grat, etc. (Favre), the Pfynwald (Rosa). Turxry (Rebel).

Family : CycLopipipm.

This family 1s a very comprehensive one, and appears to fall
into at least two important subfamilies on neurational characters,
according’ to Watson, viz. (1) Zrapezitinae, (2) Cyclopidinae. The
former is the Trapezitae, and the latter, the Cyclopidae of Hubner
(Verzeichiiss, pp. 111-112). The former is diagnosed in the imaginal
stage by Watson, as having ‘‘ Nervure 5 of forewing slightly nearer to
6 than to 4,” whilst the latter is noted as having “ Nervure 5 not
nearer to 6 than to 4, usually distinctly nearer to 4 than to 6.” The
latter is then divisible into two very characteristic tribes: (1) With
epiphysis on fore tibie present—Amblyscirtidi, (2) The epiphysis
not present—Cyclopididi. The latter contains our characteristic
Palearctic genera—Heteropterus (type morpheus) and Cyclopides (type
palaemon). In the Cyclopididae, the g has very rarely a discal stigma on
the forewing, but frequently presents glandular patches or tufts of hair on
the wings, whilst there appears never to be a tuft of hair on the tibiz
of the hind legs; the epiphysis on the tibiw of the front legs, and the
median pair of spurs of the tibiz of the hind legs are also sometimes
wanting, a remarkable character in this superfamily. The family is
confined almost entirely to the Old World, although some of the

CYCLOPIDIDT. 191

Cyclopididi have a great range in the Palearctic and Nearctic areas.
~The family is diagnosed under the name Pamphilinae, Sect. A, by
Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 69), as follows :—

Antennz very varied, never much hooked, and usually sharply pointed. [In
all the genera, in which the tip of the antennz is blunt, the epiphysis on the fore tibize is
wanting, excepting in one or two Australian forms.] The palpi have the third joint
usually short and inconspicuous, in some few genera long and slender, in these it
is always erect and never porrected horizontally in front of the face. Forewing
with cell always less than two-thirds the length of costa; nervure 5 slightly
nearer to 4 than to 6, except in some aberrant Australian forms, in which it
is slightly nearer to 6. Hindwing never with a conspicuous tail or tooth, though
frequently more or less lobate; nervure 5, never well developed.

Subfamily: CycLopipinz.
Tribe: CycLoprrpip1.

The tribe containing our representative Palearctic genera
(Heteropterus and Cyclopides) is tabulated by Watson as follows :—

a. Vein 5 of forewing not nearer to 6 than to 4, usually distinctly nearer to 4

than to 6.
b. No epiphysis on fore tibiz.
e. Antenne, short, less than half the length of the costa.
d. Vein 11 of forewing free.
e. Club of antenna arcuate, tip acuminate—Evmesia, Feld.
(Type semzargentea, Feld.)
~ @. Club of antenna straight, tip blunt.
f. Vein 3 of forewing well before end of cell; vein
2 nearer to base of wing than to end of cell—
HETEROPTERUS, Dum. (Type morpheus, Pall.)
fi. Vein 3 of forewing immediately before end of cell ;
vein 2 nearer to end of cell than to base of wing
—CyciopipEs, Fabr. (Type palaemon, Pall.)
dq. Vein 11 of forewing running into 12—{ Watsonta nov. gen. |
(Type metis, Linn.)

The tribe is noted by Speyer (Can. Ent., x., p. 150) as being
characterised, so far as the Palearctic genera are concerned, as
follows :—

The tibial epiphysis of the front legs wanting. Club of antenna elongate-oval,
terminating conically, shghtly curved. Apical joint of palpi conical, projecting,
almost horizontal. Tibize armed with spines, at least the middle ones. Abdomen
longer than the head and thorax united, the posterior wings uplifted. Male without
the costal fold, the stigma, and the tuft on the tibie.

In our preceding larval descriptions, we have frequently referred to
the peculiar structures called ‘‘lenticles,’’ which are found in this stage
in the Urbicolids. As it was in mandan, one of the American forms of
C. palaemon, that these were first noticed, we may here add
Fletcher’s remarks thereon. He notes (Can. Mnt., xxi., p. 115) them
as small rounded chitinous disks, which appear to be trichomes or
modified hairs, an opinion formed on the fact that, in one species
(observed later), there occurred in two instances, instead of these disks,
piliferous tubercles; headds that they aresmalland difficult to examine; in
C. mandan they appear to be saucer-shaped, having a raised edge; in a
species of Pamphila (near manitoba), they are, in some instances, simple
annuli, but, in P. cernes and P. mystic, seem to be rather cone-shaped.
Similar lenticles were observed on the pupa of P. cernes.

Genus: Cyctopiwes, Hiibner.

Synonymy.—Genus: Cyclopides, Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,”’ p. 110 (1816); Stphs., ‘+ Ill.
Haust.,’’ iv., p. 405 (1834); Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 124, pl. xxxix.,

192 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

figs. 6-9 (1841); Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ etc., lst ed., p. 22 (1850); Westd. and Hewits.,
‘¢ Gen. Diurn. Lep.. ” p. 520 (1852) ; Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ etc., 2nd ed., p. 20 (1856) ;
Kirby, ‘‘ Kur. Butts.,” p. 124 (1862) ; Butl., ‘‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,’”’ p. 278 (1869) ;
Edw., ‘‘Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,” iii:, p. 196 (1871); Seudd., ‘‘ Syst. Rev. Am.
Butts.,’’ p. 54 (1872); Kirby, “Bur. Butts., p. 64 (1882) : Dale, ‘« Brit. Butts.,”
p. 208 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit. Isl.,”’ p. 298, pl. xi.) figs. J-td (1893). [Papilio-
Plebeius-| Urbicola, Pall., ‘‘ Reise, ” efc., i., p. 471 (1771); Fab., “Sys: Baie
p. 531 (1775) ; Sulzer, ‘ ‘f ' Abgekiivate Ges. Ins.,”’ p. 147, pl. xix., figs. 8-9 (1776) ;
Hsp oS Schmett. Eur.,’’i., pl., xxviii. (suppl. iv.), fig. 2 (1777), p. 322 (1779), pl. xev.
(contd. L.), fig. 5 (var.) bee ; p. 14 (1796); Bergstr., +‘ Nomenclatur,’’ etc., p. 40, pl.
xci., figs. 7-8 (1780) ; Goeze, ‘‘ Ent. Beit.,”’ . , pt. 3, p. 112 (1780); Fab., ‘‘ Spec.
Inis;,”? pt. 2, p. 131 (1781) 3: ** Mant.,’” ii., p.85/ (1787) ; -Bork., °° Sys) Beselas ee
pp. 183, 286 (1788) ; i., p. 236 (1789) ; ee ‘‘Ins. Kal., ” li.,. p> 239) (L7ORy =
Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’”’ p. 49 (1803). Papilio, Schiff., ‘“ Sys. Verz.,’” 1st ed., p.
160 (1775); Schneider, ‘‘ Sys. Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 280 (1785); Don., ‘‘ Brit.
Ins.,’’ vii., pl. 254, fig. 1, p. 7 (1799); Hb., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xciv., figs. 475-6
S$ (1802); text, p. 71 (circ. 1805) ; ‘‘ Larv. Lep.,’’i., Pap. ii., Gens E.c., figs. 1-la
(? foodplant = Plantago) (cire. 1800) ; Ts ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., ii., p. 147
(1801) ; Ochs., ‘‘ Die Pee ”? 1., pt. 2, p. 219 (1808) ; Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,”’ vi.,
p. 52, pl. 513, fig. 1 (1852) ; , p. 47, pl. 626, fig. 1 (1858). [Hesperia-] Urbi-
cola, Fab., “Ent. Sys.,”’ ie pt. 1, p. 328 (1793). Hesperia, Latr., “ Hist.
Nat... xiv., p. 124 (1805); ‘*Consid: Gen.,” p. 208 Aad Leach, ‘‘ Edin.
Hmneyls?2 1x25 ps 130)(ESi5)ie> Ochs, “Die Schmett..”iv-5) p: 34 (1816) ; Dalm.,
““Vet. Ak. Handl.,” xxxvii., p. 201 (1816) ; Latr., “ mie “Méth., ” ps 13 (teia)e
Sam., ‘‘ Ent. Comp.,’’ p. 243 (1819); Godt., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”’i., p. 231, pl. xii., fig.
2 (1 821) ; Bdv., ‘‘ Eur. Lep. Ind. Meth., ’? p. 26 (1829); Meig., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,”’
p. 65, vl. xxxv., figs. 6a-d (1829) ; Treits., “« Die Schmett..”” x., p. 248 (1834) ;
Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,” p. 86 (1844) ; Dup., “Icon. Chen.;”? p. 215) ple xxme
fig. 91 (? foodplant) (1849) ; Spey., ‘‘Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 283 (1858) ; Edw., ‘‘ Proc.
Entom. Soc. Phil.,’’ ii., pp. 20-21, pl. v., fig. 1 (1863); Scudd., ‘‘ Proc. Bost. Soe.
Nat. Hist.,’’ xi., pp. 383-384 (1868) ; Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 171 (1869) ; Gillm.,
‘« Archiv. Ver. Naturges. Meckl.,’’ 1904, p. 117 (1904). Pamphila, Fab., ‘Ill.
Mag.,’’ p. 287 (1807) ; Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,’’ iii., pt. 1, p. 759 (1815); Stphs.,
‘Til. Brit. Ent.,”’ p. 100 (1828) ; Stphs., ‘‘ Ins. Cat.,’’ p. 27 (1829) ; Wood, ‘* Ind.
Ent.,” p. 9, fig. 77 (1839) ; Gosse, ‘‘ Can. Nat.,’’ p. 219 (1840) ; Scudd., ‘‘ Butts. of
East. Un. States,” ii., p. 1569 (1889); Watson, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 89
(1893) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,”’ ete., p. 16 (1897); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,”’ 3rd ed., p. 91
(1901) ; Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 263 (1902). Steropes, Bdv., ‘‘ Gen. et Ind.
Meth.,’’ p. 34 (1840); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,”’ p. 35 (1840); Dbldy., ‘‘ Syn. List.,”’
p. 2 (1850); Sta., ‘‘ Man.,’’i., p. 66 (1857); Grote, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soe.,”
p. 59 (1897). Carterocephalus, Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852) ;
Staud., ‘* Cat.,”’ Ist ed., p. 15 (1861); Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,’’ p. 84 (1867); Nolcek.,
‘‘Lep. Fn. Estl.,”’ p. 84 (1868); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,”? 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Curd,
‘* Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” vi., p. 217 (1874); Streck., ‘‘ Lep.,’’ p. 69 (1874); Edw.,
‘¢Cat. Lep. Amer.,’”’ p. 49 (1877); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz,’ p. 55 (1880); Lang,
‘‘ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 356, pl. 82, fig. 5 (1884) ; Kane, ‘‘EKur. Butts.,’? p. 149 (1885) ;
Auriv., ‘‘ Nord. Fjar.,” p. 38, pl. vii., fig. 11 (1889); Bean, ‘‘Can. Ent.,”’ xxv.,
pp. 145-147 (1893); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”” p. 632 (1895); Tutt, ‘* Brit.
Butts.,’’ p. 140 (1896). Heteropterus, Wallgrn., ‘‘ Skand. Dagf.,”’ p. 254 (1853) ;
Kirby, ‘‘Syn. Cat.,’’ p. 624 (1871). Cyclopzdes, Hein., ‘‘ Schmett. Deutsch.,”’
p. 115 (1859); Meyr., ‘‘Handbook,’’ etc., p. 357 (1895). Steroptes, Edw.,
‘¢ Trans. Am. Ent. Soce.,’’ ili., p. 214 (1871).

This name was first used by Hubner (Verzeichniss, p. 111) for five
heterogeneric species, and was described as follows :—

Die Fliigel oben gelbfleckig, unten zierlick braun gezeichnet—Cyclojyides
steropes, Schiff. (aracinthus, Fab., Hiibn.) ; C. brontes, Schiff. (paniscus, Fab., Hiibn.) ;
C. silvius, Knoch, Hubn.; C. metis, Linn., Cram. ; C. coras, Cram.

In 1834, Stephens restricted the genus to paniscus, Fab., and
sylvius, Knoch, but, subsequently, in 1850, fixed the type as paniscus,
Fab., which was confirmed by Westwood and Hewitson, in 1852.
The later name of Carterocephalus, created by Lederer, to replace the
preoccupied Steropes, falls as a synonym of Hitbner’s much older

;
;
;
|
:
;

CYCLOPIDES PALAMON. 1938

name, having the same type (paniscus, Fab., palaemon, Pallas). It is
~- described by Speyer (Can. Ent., x., p. 150) as follows :—

Antenne equal to half the length of the forewings with elongate ovoid club.
Apical joint of the palpi slender, conical, moderately acute, quite concealed by the
long hairs of the middle joint. Body moderately robust, with thickly-haired (in
argyrostigma, also very long hair) abdomen. Surface of the wings more hairy, with,
notably, a conspicuous streak of still longer and thicker pr ominent hairs along the
inner margin of the abdominal suture of the hindwings—palaemon, Pall.; silvius,
Knoch ; argyrostigma, Ev.

This was very much extended by Watson, who, under the name of
~Pamphila, described the genus as follows :—

Antenne short, not half the length of the costa, club stout, elongate, blunt.
Palpi porrect, densely clothed with laxly-set scales, almost concealing the third
joint, which is short, slender, and bluntly conical. Forewing with the inner
margin considerably longer than outer margin ; cell less than two-thirds the length
of costa; vein 12 reaching costa before the end of cell; upper discocellular short,
but distinct, outwardly oblique ; middle discocellular slightly longer than lower ;
vein 5 slightly nearer to 4 than to 6; vein 3 very close to end of cell ; vein 2 almost
equidistant from base of wing and end of cell, hindwing with outer margin even ;
cell very long, reaching more than half across the wing ; vein 7 shortly before end
of cell; discocellulars and vein 5 barely traceable ; vein 3 immediately before end of
cell; vein 2 considerably nearer to end of cell than to base of wing. No epiphysis
on fore tibie. Hind tibiee slightly pronged and with only terminal pair of spurs—
palaemon, Pall. (paniseus, Fabr.; brontes, Schiff.) ; mandan, Edw. ; mesapano, Sc. ;
sylvius, Knoch (sylvicola, Meig.) ; argyrostigma, Evers.

As here restricted, the genus contains only two European,
one Siberian and two North American,species. Riihl (Pal. Gross-Schmett.,
pp. 680 et seq.) adds christophi, Grum-Grsh.; gemmatus, Leech;
dieckmanni, Graes. and ops, Grum-Grsh. It is to be noted that, at least,
the two European species of the genus are almost identical in their
biological details. The eges are practically identical, the larve are
grass-feeders, they hybernate as fullgrown larve pupating in the late
spring, and emerge in about three weeks, both species appearing at
the same period of the year. A detailed comparative study of these
Species is much needed. [See Gillmer, Arch. d. Ver. d. Fr. d.
Naturyesch. in Meckl., 1904, pp. 117 et seq. ; Soc. Knt., xx., pp. 161-163.]

CYCLOPIDES PALZMON, Pallas.

Synonymy.—Species: Palzmon, Pallas, ‘‘ Reisen.,’’ etc., i., p. 471 (1771);
Kirby, ‘‘ Syn. Cat.,’’ p. 624 (1871) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 35 (1871); Curo,
«Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” vi., p. 217 (1874); Kirby, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,’’ p. 64 (1882) ;
Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Mur.,’’ p. 356, pl. 82, fig. 5 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’”’ p. 149
(1885); Auriy., ““ Nord. Fjar.,”” p. 38, pl. vii., fig. 11 (1889); Watson, ‘* Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 89 (1893): Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross. Schmett.,’’ p. 632 (1895) ;
Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., p. 357 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 140 (1896) ;
Movby.... Handbook,” ete., p- 16 (189%); Staud., ‘°Cat.,”? 3rd ed., p. 91 (1901) ;
Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 263 (1902). Paniscus, Fab., ‘‘ Sys. Ent.,’’ p.531 (1775) ;
Sulzer, ‘‘ Abgekiir. Ges. Ins.,’’ p. 147, pl. xix., figs. 8-9 (1776); Esp., “ Schmett.
Hate ot pl xxviii. (Supp. iv.), fig. 2 (1771); p: ee (1779) ; pl. xcv. (contd. L.),
fig. 5 (1787); p. 14, var. (1796); Goeze, ‘‘ Ent. Beit., ” i1., pt. 3, p. 112 (1780); Bergs.,
‘““Nomenclatur,’’ etc., p. 40, pl. xci., figs. 7-8 (1780) ; ah. BO SPC. wise 17 sua es
p. 131 (1781); Schneid., ‘‘ Sys. Besch. Eur. Schmett.,’” p. 280 (1785); Fab.,
SoMiatb.,” 1... p. co (L781); Bork., “Sys. Besch.,” i., pp. 183, 286 (1788) 5 -i1.,
p. 236 (1789) ; Brahm, ‘Ins. Kal.,’’ p. 239 (1791); Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Sys.,”’ iii., pl. 1,
p. 328 (1793) ; Don., ‘‘ Brit. Ins.,” vii., p. 7, pl. 254, fig. 1 (1799) ; Ill., ‘‘ Schmett.
Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 14 (1801) ; Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,”’ p. 49 (1803); Latr., ‘‘ Hist.
Wat; xiv., p. 124 (1805); Fab., ‘‘Ill. Mag.,” p. 287 (1807); Ochs., ‘‘Die
Schmett.,”’ i., pt. 2, p. 219 (1808); Latr., ‘‘ Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208 (1810) ; Leach,
“Edin. Eney.,” ix., p. 130 (1815); Oken, ““Lebrb. Zool? ia-, pt, 71, p.1%59
(1815); Ochs., “Die Schmett.,” iv., p. 34 (1816); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Handl.,”’

194 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

XXXVli., p. 201 (1816); Latr., ‘‘ Enc. Méth.,”’ p. 773 (1819) ; Sam., ‘‘ Ent. Comp.,’”
p- 243. (1819); Godt. ; “ Hist. Nat.,’” 1; p. 231, pl. xiu.; fs, 2 (1820) wisnplice
‘Til. Brit. Ent.,”’i., p. 100 (1828) ; Bdv., ‘‘ Kur. Lep. Ind.,”’ p. 26 (1829); Stphs.,
‘‘Ins. Cat.,’’? p. 27 (1829); Meig., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ p. 65, pl. lv., figs. 6a-d
(1830); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,” x., p. 248 (1834); Stphs., ‘Ill.,”’ iv., p. 405
(1834) ; Wood, ‘‘ Ind. Meth.,”’ p. 9, fig. 77 (1839); Bdv., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,”’
p. 34 (1840); Dup., ‘Cat. Meth.,’’ p. 35 (1840); Humph. and Westd., ‘ Brit.
Butts.,” p. 124, pl. xxxix., figs. 6-9 (1841); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,” p. 86
(1844) ; Dup., ‘‘ Icon. Chen.,”’ p. 215, pl. xxxi., fig. 91 (? see foodplant) (1849) ;
Stphs., ‘‘ List,” lst ed., p. 22 (1850) ; Dbldy., ‘‘ Syn. List,” p. 2 (1850); Westd.,
and Hewits., ‘‘Gen. Diurn. Lep.,’”’ p. 520 (1852); Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot.
Gesell.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852); Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ 2nd ed., p. 20 (1856); Sta., ‘‘ Man.,”
i., p. 66 (1857); Speyr., ‘‘Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 283 (1858); Hein., ‘‘ Schmett.
Deutsch.,’’ p. 115 (1859); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ Ist ed., p. 15 (1861); Kirby, ‘‘ Kur.
Butts.,”’ p. 124 (1862); Wallgrn., ‘‘Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 254 (1853); Snell., ‘‘ De
Vlinders,’’ p. 84 (1867); Nolck., ‘‘Lep. Fn. HEstl.,’’ p. 84 (1868); Butl., ‘‘ Cat.
Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 278 (1869) ; Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 171 (1870); Frey, ‘‘ Lep.
Schweiz,”’ p. 55 (1880); Dale, ‘: Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 208 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.
Isl.,’’ p. 298, pl. xl., figs. 1-ld (1893); Bean, ‘‘Can. Ent.,’’ xxv., pp. 145-147
(1893). Brontes, Schiff., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ lst ed., p. 160 (1775) ; Hb., ‘* Kur.
Schmett.,”’ pl., xciv., figs. 475-6, ¢ (1802); text, p. 71 (circ. 1805); ‘‘ Larve
Llep.,’’ i., Pap. 11., Gens H.c., figs. 1-la (circ. 1800).

- ORIGINAL DEScRIPTION.— Papilio Plebetus Urbicola palaemon. Mag-
nitudo et facies Papilionis metis. Ale supra fuscee, maculis crebris
luteis, primores magis minusue confluentibus, secundarie tribus
majoribus disci et per ambitum circiter senis. Subtus color e luteo
cinerascit, macule priorum magis confluunt, in secundariis vero
macule pallid, linea fuscescente incluse, bing ad basin, dein terne,
et fascia ambitas subinterrupta. g. Varietas datur, tota aurea, fimbriis
atris, sed secundariarum tamen extrema ora flavis ; macule nigre disci
primorum utrinque difformes quatuor et series punctorum versus
marginem ; reliqua, ut in specie (Pallas).

Imaco.—27mm.-80mm. Anterior wings rather narrow, apex
pointed; ground colour deep brown, thinly dusted with yellow scales,
and conspicuously marked with squarish yellow spots—two in discal
cell, one below these directly under median nervure, one inner
marginal near base—beyond the middle a conspicuous angulated row
from costa to Inner margin, an outer marginal row of small interneural
spots; fringes pale yellowish, inner half darker. Posterior wings with
similar ground colour and spots, the latter analogous with those on
forewing, usually one towards base, two median, an outer transverse
row (analogous with angulated row of forewing); the interneural
marginal series absent or inconspicuous; fringes as in forewings.

SEXUAL DIMoRPHISM.—There is practically no sexual dimorphism.
The @ is perhaps a little paler than the g¢. Raynor observes that 18
out of 20 ?s in his series are distinctly larger than the average size
of the 3s.

Gernitat1a.—The g genital apparatus has the upper organ with the
centrum a lhttle convex, slightly compressed; hooks as long as centrum,
and together as broad as the base, regularly conical, straight, bent
strongly downward. Clasps about two and a quarter times longer than
broad, quite as broad at apex as at base, the upper edge sinuous ;
apical tooth small, compressed, laminate, not pointed, central, interior,
curved slightly inward (Described from North American specimens of
the var. mandan). The genitalia of the North American form appear
to differ from those of the European palaemon in that the apical tooth of the
clasp is bent inward a little less, in the greater stoutness of the upper
organ and of each of the parts, and in having the hooks much more

CYCLOPIDES PALEMON. 195

strongly bent downward, forming a considerable angle with the lateral
arms (Scudder, Butts. of New Hngland, 11., p. 1571).

TERATOLOGICAL SPECIMEN. —g. The right hindwing about half the
normal breadth, the tornal area much reduced and the termen very
oblique. Taken at Newball, June, 1894 (Hampson, Mnt. Mo. May.,
eexvi.,p. 120).

Variation.—There is little difference in the depth of the ground
colour, but considerable in the intensity and size of the spots, and the
marginal row of small dots varies from almost total absence to a
distinctly united series. Of the spots on the forewings the three
median spots, two in the cell and one directly below the nervure, are
usually joined into a rough V-hke mark, and occasionally the inner-
marginal basal spot unites with the lower of the angulated series,
making a distinct mark along the inner margin; it is rare that the
upper spots of the angulated series are joined, although the lower ones
almost always are. On the hindwings there is more variation, and
this extends between the full series—a large basal, two large central,
and an outside transverse row parallel with hindmargin—to entire
absence, except the three median and basal, of which the one on the
discal cell is alone really prominent; in tint the spots vary from a
deep warm orange to yellow. In the specimens of the American
mandan in the British Museum collection, the spots are sometimes
rather larger, but they vary just as greatly asin the Kuropean forms. The
solitary example of mesapano is rather smaller and darker, and quite
indistinguishable from some Kuropean examples in the collection. On
the underside, the spots vary on the hindwings from yellow to quite
white. The difficulty of grouping the aberrational forms 1s self-evident.
With the material before us we do not see that we can do more than
the following, based on the spotting of the upperside :—

1. The spots large, orange in colour (sometimes with tendency to coalesce),
and inconspicuous interneural marginal series=ab. awrantia, n. ab.

2. The spots large, orange in colour, with conspicuous interneural marginal
series =al). excessa, n. ab.

3. The spots small and restricted (often fewer in number), orange in colour,
marginal series obsolete=ab. restricta, n. ab.

4. As in 1, but yellow (not orange) in colour=palaemon, Pallas.

5evAs! im 2. e am r =lutea-excessa, n. ab.
Gers mes) a - a =lutea-restricta, n. ab.

On the underside of the hindwings we have the following :—
an 1. The spots yellow, almost of the same tint as the ground colour=palaemon,
allas.

2. The spots yellow, distinctly edged with darker =ab. carcumeineta, n. ab.

3. The spots white=ab. albiguttata, Chris.
Stephens writes (Jilus., iv., p. 100) that “‘ the colour and size of the spots
vary greatly, and some specimens have the whole of the dusky-brown
areas thickly irrorated with yellowish, both above and below; the sexes
differ ttle in colour.’”’ Raynor observes that, in Lincolnshire, between
1892 and 1896, he captured—(1) a g in which the two central orange
spots on the hindwing coalesce, forming an irregular oblong ; (2) a g
having all the paler markings of a dead dull orange, giving the whole
specimen avery cloudy appearance ; and (8) a ? in which the orange spots
on the forewings are much reduced in size, so that the forewings have
quite a brown look.’’ Oberthir notes that aberrations occur in which
there is a tendency to confluence of the spots on the upper- and under-

196 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

sides of the wings, and others in which the spots are much restricted
or decreased ; he has never seen any marked aberrations. The yellow
tint of the wings also varies, being sometimes paler, at other times
darker. Lowe notes the occurrence of a very dark and dingy form in
the Val Anzasca. Frey notes that he took two g's at the end of July,
1865, on the Maloja, smaller than the type, more robust, rather short
and roundwinged; on the upperside of the hindwings the three typical
yellow central spots are present, but the outer row fails, differing thus
from examples from the Swiss plains and from north Germany. One
of these specimens, now in the British Museum collection, is a very
marked aberration as Frey describes. Esper describes and figures a
remarkable aberration (Schmett. Hur., u., p. 14, pl. xev., fig. 5) of
obsolete form (=ab. espert). This is described in detail (infra). The
described Palearctic forms are as follows:

a. ab. esperi, n. ab. Paniscus var., Eisp., “ Schmett. Eur.,’ p. 14 (1796), pl.
xev., fig. 5 (1787).—A single ¢ from Gerning’ s collection. The ee from
the type is very considerable. Forewings blackish-brown, the long hairs yellowish,
the spots on the underside are very varied, the large ones towards the apex of the
wing are wanting, those in the middle almost entirely united with one another, this
area having therefrom a whitish appearance. The hindwings on the upperside have
a more yellow appearance, owing to the bright spots being placed near together in
an imperfect band; the underside is also very like the upperside, but the ‘colour is
much paler, the yellow covers a larger area, and appears much finer; the ground
colour is dark grey, and has, in the middle, a large circular spot ; the outer margin
has a row of semicircular dark yellow spots. The body is quite black. The rest of

the characters as in the type (Esper). .
6. var albiguttata, Chr., “Iris,” vi., p. 87 (1893) ; Ruhl, “ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”

p. 635 (1895); Staud:, ~ Cat.- 3rd eds p. 9 (901). Bronisdes, vias

“ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,” p. 635 (1895)—Supra maculis minoribus flavis; subtus
posticis obscurioribus, maculis albis. Vilui; Irkut; Ural merid., Giiberli (Christoph).

Staudinger’s note on this eastern form reads as follows: ‘‘ Supra
maculis flavis minoribus; subtus maculis albis. South Ural, Eastern
Siberia, Kamtschatka, Amurland, Mongolia (Urga district)” (Cat.,
3rd ed., p. 91). Ruhl says that the MS. name brontides is synony-
mous with albiyuttata. Eversmann notes the examples taken in the
Volga district, as having the spots above ochreous, and beneath white,
edeed with fuscous.

The Nearctic forms of this species that have been described are
the following

a. var mandan, Kdw., “ Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil.,” 11., p. 20, pl. v., fig. 1 (1663);
Kirby, ‘‘Syn. Cat.,” p. 624 (1871) ; Scudd., “ Syst. Rev. Am. Butts.,” p. 54 (1872) ;
Edw., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. Amer.,” p. 49 (1877); Fern., “Butts. Maine,” p. 95 (1884) ;
French, “ Butts. East. Un. Sta.,” pp. 299-300 (1886); Mayn., “ Butts. N.
Engl.,” p. 57 (1886); Fletcher, “ Can. Ent.,” xxi., p. 113 (1889) ; Scudd., ‘“ Butts.
New. Engl.,” u., p. 1569, pl. x., fig. 2 (1889). Paniscus, Gosse, “Can. Nat. ie p- 219
(1840); Streck., ‘‘ Lep.,” p. 69 (1874). Palaemon, Bean, “ Can. Ent.,” xxv., pp. 145-7
(1893). Expands 1'lin.; upperside brown, spotted with ochrey-yellow ; gare
with a marginal series of small spots, w ith two of larger size submarginal ;
straight transverse row on the disk of large angular spots, interrupted against the
submarginal, two others in the cell, separated by a circular brown space. The
secondaries have a small spot near the base, another on the inner margin, a large
rounded one in the disk, and a submarginal series of small spots and points.
Underside of primaries almost wholly ochrey-yellow, the spots corresponding
with those above, but enlarged and confluent ; secondaries pale reddish-brown with
rounded spots of soiled white, corresponding, generally, with those above, but
larger; the submarginal row is complete, and the margin is bordered by lunules ;
near the base is a second aoe on the costa of equal size with the other. Lake
Winnipeg, captured by Mr. R. W. Kennicott. ‘This species is allied to paniscus

CYCLOPIDES PALZMON. 197

and sylvius of Europe (Edwards). Ovum.—lEge laid in confinement (?s from
Nepigon, in the Lake Superior district), on Poa pratensis. Pale greenish-white,
hemispherical, broader than high, apparently smooth, under magnification very
faintly and vertically grooved or wrinkled, and densely and uniformly pitted with
deep pores, which are wide at the mouth and taper to a fine point (Fletcher) ; in
their vertical parts, the wrinkles are about 0'O06mm. apart; surface densely and
uniformly punctate with very distinct, short, oval punctures, whose longer axis is
vertical and about ‘003mm. in Jength, arranged to a certain extent in short, irregular,
sinuous series, giving a faint vermiculate effect. Diameter of egg, ‘86mm. ; approxi-
mate height, -48mm.; puncte about ‘008mm. in diameter (Scudder). Eggs laid
July 13th, hatched July 23rd. Larva—F wurst instar (newly-hatched): Length,
25mm. ; breadth of head, 0'45mm. ; of body, 0°35mm. ; length of bristles, 0°05mm. ;
head large, smooth, black ; thoracic shield narrow, black, bearing a few slender
hairs; body yellowish-white, slender, of equal thickness throughout, bearing on
each side four series of trumpet-shaped bristles. Duration of stage five days.
Second instar: Length 3°5mm.; head white and furrowed at apex ;- thoracic shield
black, much smaller than in first stage; body pale green, with two narrow white
lines on each side, one subdorsal, the other supralateral ; spiracles yellowish ;
whole body covered with a short pubescence. Duration of stage, five days

Third instar: Length 6°5mm.; head rather higher than broad, slightly broadest
at the base ; rounded at apex, bilobed by reason of a deep frontal groove ; mandibles
and two clouds on cheeks fuscous; thoracic shield transparent and hardly discern-
ible; body pale green, translucent, the dorsal vessel and ramifications of tracheze
showing plainly through the transparent skin ; on either side a pale subdorsal band
with irregular edges, a distinct, clear, white ‘supralateral stripe, and a very faint
suprastigmatal line. The subdorsal bands unite on the anterior fold in the anal
segment ; the supralateral stripes at the end of the anal flap. Duration of stage,
seven days. Fourth instar: Length 12°5mm.; head lighter in colour, without
the fuscous marks on the cheeks, of the same width as the cylindrical body
(Fletcher) ; head pale greenish in colour with a bluish tinge, obscured with very faint
reddish-fuscous in a broad mottled stripe bordering the suture above the frontal
triangle, and in a similar belt passing down the middle of each hemisphere, from
the posterior point of the former, toward the ocelli, but fading out before reaching
it; hairs white; ocelli black ; mouth-parts pinkish at incisures and edges; body
very pale yellow, nearly uniform; the dorsal shield of first thoracic segment of the
colour of the head, with a median dusky hne through it ; last abdominal segment
finely edged with fuscous and a little obscured above; an exceedingly faint, slender,
greenish, dorsal stripe, and a slightly wider, but otherwise entirely similar, lateral
stripe the whole length of the body ; legs and prolegs concolorous ; their claws, and
the spiracle lips, pale testaceous ; papille concolorous, hairs pale brown; length
8mm. ; breadth of head, 1°25mm. (Scudder). Duration of stage, fifteen days (Fletcher).
Fifth (last) instar (newly moulted): Length, 18°75mm.; head greenish, tinged
with yellow ; a little larger than prothorax and anal segment, but smaller than rest
of body ; squared at base ; rounded at apex: deeply grooved down front; width at
base, about equal to height; surface minutely roughened ; ocelli black, arranged in
semicircle, following contour of face, four in front and two on lower side, the third
and fourth twice the size of the others; mandibles white with black tips ; labrum
black; prothoracic shield not distinguishable; body glaucous-green, with a pale
subdorsal band, clearly defined with white above, much paler below, leaving a
distinct green dorsal stripe; supralateral stripe conspicuous, creamy-white and
clearly defined, not so wide as the pale subdorsal band ; below this and halfway to
the spiracles is a very pale, thread-like suprastigmatal line ; spiracles white, very
inconspicuous on a thread-like line (which may only be the trachee showi ing
through the skin). On the meso- and metathorax, there appear to be
beneath the transparent skin, instead of spiracles, Knots of trachee. The
whole body, including the head, minutely shagreened and covered with small
piliferous papille, which on the pro-, meso- and metathorax are black at the base of
the hairs. The subsegmental divisions are—the prothorax transversely grooved, the
mesothorax three equal subsegments, the metathorax four small subsegments ;

abdominal segments 1-7 with five subsegments, the anterior twice the width of the
second, which, again, is twice the width of the other thr ee; the 8th abdominal, three
equal subsegments ; the 9th abdominal, two smal: folds ; the 10th consisting of the
anal flap. Last instar (at hybernating stage): The ‘shape of the mature larva
differs from that of the early instars, the body being largest in the middle and

198 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

tapering off to each end. The fullgrown larva measures 28mm. (twelve days after
its moult into this instar) ; the furrow down the face deepened and appearing to open
a little; hybernation commenced, and then the colour gradually changed, all the
green fading out, and the body (in ten days) became of a yellowish-cream colour
with white stripes. This again darkened until the ground colour was a very pale
brown or dove-colour. In this larva, the lenticles appear to be saucer-shaped, having
a raised edge; they are arranged in three lateral series, two of which are complete,
and occur on all the segments except the head, and the other, ventral and incomplete,
occurring only on abdominal segments 1, 2, and 7; the first series is placed above,
and anterior to, the spiracles, and the disks are sometimes double upon the abdominal
segments, but they are not always uniform on the opposite sides of the body. [In
the specimen most carefully examined they were double on abdominal segments 4,
5,6 and 7 upon one side, but only on 4 and 5 on the other, and on the 1st abdominal
there was no disk of this series on one side, but it was present on the other; on the
pro-, meso- and metathorax they are on the suprastigmatal line, on the Ist-8th
abdominal segments, below the suprastigmatal line, and on the 9th abdominal, on the
Supralateral stripe, and larger than the others.| The second series is single
throughout, posterior to the spiracles, except on the thoracic segments, where they
are slightly anterior on the fold above the true legs. The third (ventral) series
occurs only on the Ist, 2nd, and 7th abdominal segments just beneath the stigmatal
fold (Fletcher). Legs with the claw and the apex of the penultimate joint black or
blackish. Prolegs greatly infuscated, especially apically and upon the outside.
Spiracles black, set in a small black field surrounded with a fusco-ferruginous
areola. Length of the body 21mm., breadth of the same 2°8mm., of head 18mm.
eee Distrisution._-Dominion of Canada : Anticosti, southern Labrador
Couper), Godbout, rare (Corneau), Lake Mistassini (Fletcher), Quebec (Bowles),
Bevan’s Lake (D’ Urban), Compton (Gosse), Ottawa (Billings), Ontario—Bobcaygeon
(Fletcher), Hudson Bay—Moose, common (Haydon teste Weir), Lake Superior—st.
Joseph’s Island, Sault St. Mari ie, common (Bethune), Nepigon, not uncommon
(Fletcher), Lake Winnipeg (Edwards), Rocky mountains (Macoun), Lake La Hache
(Crotch), Vancouver Island (Fletcher), Alaska (Edwards), Alberta—Calgary (Nicholl),
British Columbia—Laggan, etc. (Bean), Keremeos, Penticton, Hedley, Ilecillewaet
Glacier (Nicholl), United States: California (Behrens), New York—? Adirondacks
(Edwards teste Scudder), New England—not uncommon in the higher yalleys of
White Mountams (Scudder), at Norway (Smith), Maine (Fernald), Lake Chimo,
near Bangor (Braun).

Bean, from examination of American specimens from Nepigon* (1
3), Laggan} (86 3s), and Banfft (2 g¢. 19), and European examples
from Geman (4 Be, Oss), Ten (2 gs,1 2), and northern Finland
(2 gs), concludes (Can. Hint., xxv., pp. 145 et seq.) that mandan of
New Eneland, Eastern Canada and the Bow valley, and palaemon of
Europe, are one species. His arguments are as follows

1. The European palaemon is so uniform in size and colour, and presents its
variations In a manner so undemonstrative, that the true values of its variations are
easily recognised, and it is readily seen that the several variational phases consti-
tute but a single species..

2. Mandan, like many other American lepidoptera, is strongly influenced by the
meteorological peculiarities of widely separated districts, inhabited by it in North
America, and, in certain extreme conditions, displays its variational capacity with
a freedom and exuberance quite in contrast with the conservative variation of
the species in Europe.

3. The variation in palaemon is essentially as important as the more
emergent and erratic variation shown in certain environments by mandan, and
palaemon in its various attitudes is inseparable from corresponding aspects of
EEE tie helps to monde Seem the unity of the extreme ies of mandan.

* On ae eee aes of ies Senor ior.

i Laggan, elevation 5000ft., on the Canadian Pacific Railway, on the eastern
slopes of the Rocky Mountains, the summit of Kicking Horse Pass being six miles
only from Laggan.

t Banff, a few miles to the south of Kicking Horse Pass, still im the Laggan
district.

CYCLOPIDES PALAMON. 199

I believe mandan contains but one species, although it has been so well supplied

-. with synonyms, and its extremes of colour variation are so great.

4. Observation on the local larve of mandan shows that they agree with
Frohawk’s description of that of palaemon; the latter account also agreeing
substantially with that of Fletcher (Can. Ent., June, 1889).

Referring to the fact that the only point suggesting specific differ-
ence in palaemon and mandan had been the supposition that the former
feeds on “plantain,” and the knowledge that tke latter feeds on
“‘ oragses,” he points out that the rearing of the former on “ grass ”’
did away with this factor. As to the specimens compared, he notes
that the Banff examples agree with the Laggan series; the Nepigon
3 is almost a copy of one Finland ¢; it differs in having the median
yellow-brown spots shorter (partly obliterate); on the underside the
Finland example is more suffused with yellow, and the spots under
the hindwings are less clear ; otherwise in every essential character the
insects are alike. The mandan of the Bow Valley (t.e., Laggan) is closer
to palaemon of Germany than to mandan of eastern North America.
Arranging the series according to affinity of variation, the Nepigon
example goes to one extreme, next follow the two Finland palaemon,
then two of the palaemon from Germany, and a number of Bow Valley
mandan; nearly all the remaining Bow Valley mandan range still
further away by an increasing size and conspicuousness of the fulvous
spots on the upperside of forewings (these spots being, in some
specimens, so enlarged, as to replace almost entirely the dark brown
of the general surface). The two palaemon 3s from Switzerland, two of
the German palaemon, and a small section of the Bow Valley mandan
3s follow a line of variation somewhat diverse from what is seen in
the major part of the series, but without special bearing on the main
question, except as further illustrating the fact that mandan is more
ready to break ranks. In one particular, all the North American
examples are alike, the spots under the hindwings are clear in colour
and distinctly in contrast with the ground colour. Part of the
Europeans agree with the North American specimens in this, and the
others have the spots suffused with dull yellow, as in Cyclopides sylvius.
The description of mandan, in Fernald’s Butterflies of Maine, indicates
that the Maine mandan is practically like that of Nepigon, and that
the spots on the underside of the hindwings are clear in colour, whilst
the description in general covers palaemon equally with that of
mandan. Edwards, in the description of Steropes skada, mentions that
the spots on the underside of the hindwings, except the outer rows, were
of a yellowish tint. Scudder describes the spots beneath the hindwing
of Hesperia mesapano as very large and silvery-white, in the Laggan
specimens the colour is a pale buff, scarcely white in any. The
specimens of the Bow Valley are, on the whole, larger than those of
Kurope and eastern North America, and are more variable in size,
ranging from the expanse of the Finland and Swiss examples, to a size
noticeably exceeding that of the German specimens; they display also
greater individual variation in the size and colour of the fulvous spots
on the upperside of forewing (Bean). Skinner notes (Can. Hnt., xxv.,
p. 257) that, though the palaemon of middle Europe and the mandan of
the White Mountains (of New Hampshire) look different enough, yet,
when the series is completed by material found between the two
extremes, there can no longer be a doubt as to their identity. He

200 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

further remarks that, in other species that occur throughout the
Palearctic and Nearctic areas, the specimens found in America on the
Pacific side are far closer to the European examples than those individuals
found on the Atlantic slope. The fact that :andan was identical with
palaemon was pointed out by Moeschler (Verh. der zool.-bot. Gesell.
Wien, Xxxiv., p. 283). Couper states (Can. Hnt., November, 1872)
that a specimen captured at Fox Bay, Anticosti. on June 26th, 1872,
did not differ in the shghtest from the European specimens; Jenner-
Weir notes (Hntom.) it at Moose Fort, on the south coast of Hudson
Bay, much resembling palaemon, common in 18838, but not observed
before.

6. var. mesapano, Scudd., “ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,” x1., p. 383 (1868)—
Resembles H. mandan, Edw. Wings above dark purplish- ee variegated with
dull orange spots, fringes dusky, blackish towards base. Primaries with a large
irregular spot in the cell ; it consists first of a square spot which occupies the whole
width of the cell, and has its outer limit at the second divarication of the median
nervule ; starting from a little beyond the lower inner angle of the square spot,
where it is divided by the median nervure, it does not reach the subcostal nervure,
and is obliquely truncated or rounded ; ‘there is a subapical row of spots; the three
subcostal ones are wedge-shaped, their apices pointed inwards; the two between
the subcostal and median nervures are smaller than the rest, sublunate, and situated
so much further outwards that their inner border runs parallel to the outer border
of the other spots; of the spots below these, the first is triangular, the second is
largest of all and subquadrate, the third and fourth are unequal and oppositely
rhomboidal ; midway between these and the base of the wing is a small roundish
spot. Secondaries with two spots between the subcostal and median nervures,
dividing equally the distance from the base to the tip of the wing, the inner ovate,
scarcely half as large as the outer roundish one, a third small ovate spot at the first
divarication of the median ner vure, and sometimes a fourth small ovate spot between
terminal divarications of the subcostal, sometimes a submarginal row of spots. —
Beneath dull fulvous, the primaries with brownish spots, the secondaries with very
large silvery-white spots, encircled with yellowish-brown; the darker parts of the
primaries are as follows :—the basal half of the wing, beneath the median nervure,
fuscous ; the basal two-thirds of the costal area obscured with fuscous; a dark spot
occupying the upper half of the middle of the cell; a large oblong quadrate spot
between the subcostal and median nervures, extending from just within the tip of
the cell (where it encloses a yellow spot) more than halfway to the outer margin ;
above its basal third a slight infuscation; a quadrate spot between the first “and
second median nervules, its outer border reaching the second median nervule ; a
submarginal row of spots just without the row of y ‘ellow spots on the upper surface;
those between the subcostal and median nervures sagittate. The spots on the
secondaries are as follows :—a very large oblong oval one in the middle of the inter-
space between the subcostal nervure and its first nervule, two spots dividing equally
the interspace, between the subcostal and median nervures, the inner oblong- oval, as
large as the first-mentioned, the outer the largest on the wing, and subquadrate ; the
latter forms one of a straight discal row of spots, subparallel to the outer border, the
others being as follows :—a spot similar to the first two mentioned, situated between
the median and submedian nervures; a small roundish or ovate spot between the
latter and the largest spot, and beyond the largest; a roundish or subtriangular
spot, half as large as the first-mentioned spot, situated near the outer angle ; above
this, at right angles to the extremity of the straight row, a small roundish spot; a
submarginal row of five small roundish spots, those between the subcostal and
‘median nervures small and marginal, sometimes obsolete. Expanse of wings one
inch. Taken at Norway, Maine, June 13th, by Mr. Smith.

It will be observed that the marked character of this form, ‘ the
underside of the hindwings with very Jarge silvery-white spots,
encircled with yellowish-brown,” brings it into line with var. albiyuttata,
Christ. (supra).

y. var. skada, “Trans. Am. Ent. Soc.,” iti., pp. 196, 214 (1871).— & expand,
1:05 in. Upperside dark brown, nearly black, spotted with ochraceous ; primaries have
minute submarginal spots opposite the cell; a median row of large size, long, ang

CYCLOPIDES PALZMON. 201

mostly angular, extending quite across the wing, excepting against the two sub-
marginal spots; a large rectangular spot at outer end of cell, beneath the lower
inner angle of which is a small trianguiar spot; along the hind margin faint traces
of points or spots, scarcely more than a few scales, excepting at apex, where are two
small clusters of scales. Secondaries have a submarginal series of points, a large
subrectangular spot on middle of disk; against this, towards abdominal margin, a
small oval spot ; another oval of rather smaller size in middle of cell; fringes pale
brown. Underside of primaries ochraceous from base to outer edge of median row
of spots, which are enlarged, confluent; within this ochrey space is a small oval
black spot in cell, another near origin of first median nervule, and a large rect-
angular black spot beneath the last in submedian interspace; the interval in
ochraceous median row black, as is also the space between that row’ and the
marginal spots, which are distinct; the two submarginal spots as on upperside.
Secondaries of a darker or brownish shade; the marginal and submarginal rows
complete, the spots being small, of nearly equal size and mostly subrectangular ;
the discal spots repeated, slightly enlarged, with black edges, and, in addition, a
similar oval spot on abdominal margin against the first oval named ;- and another,
larger, on costa against the cellular spot; all these spots of a paler shade than the
ground colour, whereas the marginal rows are concolored on a darker ground.
Received from Mr. James Behrens, and taken at Kodiak by Mr. Bischoff. This
species is allied to mandan, Edwards.

Edwards seems to have described (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., iii., pp. 196
and 214) the species twice over from the same specimens in the same
publication. There may have been some special reason for this, but
we do not follow that this is so, and simply mention the fact that
students may refer thereto if necessary.

Heeiayine.—In confinement, eggs were laid singly, and attached
firmly to the blades of Bromus asper on June 14th, 1891, and com-
menced to hatch on June 24th (Frohawk). Two eggs laid on the
same blade of grass May 26th, 1893 (Raynor). Buckler had eggs that
hatched on June 11th, 1883. Bean notes (Can. Ent., xxv., p. 148)
that he had several eggs laid one night by lamp-hght at 11 p.m. The
young larva, he says, emerges near the apex of the egg, and usually
eats little, if any more, of the shell, than is sufficient to allow of its
exit. Hggs laid July 13th, 1888, on grass, at Nepigon, hatched July
23rd (Kdwards).

Eee.—Of a very pale straw colour, comparatively smooth, with
scarcely any marblings or marks. It is,in shape, rather more than hem1-
spherical with flattened base. A number of irregular, very fine flutings
run in a general way from base to apex, the spaces between looking,
under a high power, as if irregularly pitted. The micropyle is
remarkably characteristic ; it is placed right at the apex in a small
hollowed basin, rising into a rounded elevation in the centre of the
depression, almost like an inverted cup in a saucer, except that the
central elevation does not reach up to the rim of the depression (Tutt,
May 26th, 1893). Ten days later the apex of the egg was very
dark, and the following day (June 6th) a very dark round spot was
seen occupying exactly the apex of the egg; under a powerful lens this
was shown to be the head of the larva, the brown mouth-parts, as
well as the blackish head, being exceptionally conspicuous (Tutt, June
6th, 1893). In shape, hemispherical with flat base, its colour white
and shining like porcelain. Three days before hatching, a dark spot
appears near the top, becoming, the next day, a large, dingy-greyish
blotch, which sullied the entire surface as the shell became more
transparent. The spot becomes defined as the head of the larva the
day before hatching (Buckler), The egg is-‘8mm. wide, being about
one-fifth wider than high, of a somewhat compressed conical form,

202 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

bulging a little below the middle, and becoming less in size on nearing
the base, which is rounded at the edge; the base itself is slightly
concave; the crown is rounded; the operculum is small and rather
sunken and very finely punctured; the entire surface is smooth,
showing only faint granulations and mere indications of striations on
the lower half, running from the middle to almost the base. It has a
pearly appearance, being whitish or yellowish-white in colour with
opaline reflections; shortly before hatching the colouring becomes
Opaque, and a dark leaden spot appears at the crown, caused by the
dark head of the larva showing through the shell. In ten days after
the egg is deposited the young larva emerges by eating away the
crown (Frohawk. June 24th, 1891).

Hasits oF tarva.—The young larva emerges by eating away the
crown of the egg and the sides until very little remains. Soon after
emergence it commences making for itself a little tubular dwelling,
drawing together the edges of the grass-blade by spinning about three
or four stout cords of silk, each cord composed of a great number of
strands, which quickly contract, causing the edges to come together
and sometimes to overlap, forming a compact short tube; the making
of one of these tubes occupies about four hours; generally, before
spinning, it nibbles off the extreme edge of the blade to which the
silk is afterwards attached. It feeds upon the blade both above and
below its abode, eating quite through the edge, devouring so much
that frequently only the midrib of the blade remains, and the tube is
only just long enough to conceal it; it then shifts its quarters and
prepares a new home. As the larve get older, these tubular residences
become more conspicuous. The larvais particularly active when disturbed,
and, upon the slightest touch, it rapidly runs out of its tube, either
backwards or forwards, and, after remaining quite still for a time
(sometimes as long as an hour), until all apparent danger has passed,
it retreats into its abode. Its natural movements, however, are very
slow, especially directly after a moult or when seeking a fresh spot to
make a new tube, and it appears to show no disposition to wander
away from the part of the leaf which it is eating. For moulting, the
tips of the leaves are usually drawn together so as to form little
cylindrical retreats securely fastened by spinnings of silk. From
mid-August to early September the larve devour their cases very
quickly, first eating the lower part of the leaf all but the midrib, then
devouring the top of the leaf above the tubular part, and, lastly, the
tube itself, until 1t becomes too short to hide the larva, when it is deserted
and a fresh leaf selected. When nearly fullfed they make very
imperfect tubes and are content to lie along the underside of a leat,
the top of which they soon devour. When fullfed in October the
larva draws a leaf round itself as it rests on the underside of the
leaf; if not wide enough, the space between the edges is well filled
up with whitish silk, forming thus a complete cylindrical silk-lined
hybernaculum, or it may spin two blades of grass together at their edges
thus forming a closed tube. In this, they remain absolutely quiescent
from mid-October to March. The larva under observation moved to the
end of its hybernaculum on March 12th, remained there till the 21st, when
it quitted its abode, lying quietly for some days of low temperature
until April 1st, which, being warm and bright, caused it to move
restlessly, when it began its puparium. It pupated on April 8th.

CYCLOPIDES PALAIMON. 203

Altogether it was 289 days in the larval state, and of these was fixed
for pupation five days before changing. The larva has the power of
casting its excrement sideways with considerable force, sending it a
foot or more, undoubtedly in order to prevent it fouling its domicile.
Fletcher, describing the form mandan, says (Can. Ent., xxi., p. 113), that,
in confinement, from the hatching-time, the larve were great wanderers,
frequently leaving their foodplant, and crawling all over the glass—
used as a cage; in these wanderings they spun silken paths wherever
they went. . . . . The habit was kept up through all the stages,

and, at no time, did they construct a tent by catching
several leaves together i in the manner of the larve of Pamphila mystic, P.
cernes, and P. manitoba. Directly after hatching, the young larve
climbed to the tops of the blades of grass and made a sort of tent by
catching the opposite edges together with two or three cords of silk,
about 41n. below the tip; they then attacked the edges of the leaf,
eating down each side and leaving the midrib. When at rest, during
the first three stages, they retired beneath their tents and lay extended
along the midrib. ‘Their habit of choosing wide-leaved species of
erass for food, the shape of their bodies and coloration, added to a
habit of lying extended down the midrib with the body closely
appressed, the lower part of the head protruded, and the apex drawn
back, caused these larvze to be well hidden from observation; after
the third moult they would sometimes roll the leaf of a wide species
of grass, as Panicum crusgalli, into a tube similar to those made by
Pamphila hobomok ; after the fourth moult no tent was made, the larvee
lying exposed on the upper surface of the leaves when at rest. After
attaining its full length (September 12th) it fed sparingly for about
two weeks, and then spun a mat of silk on the face of a blade of grass
and drew two other blades over it with single strands of silk; it
ceased to eat, its colour changed, and it evidently meant to hybernate
for the winter (unfortunately in the middle of November it was
attacked by mould and died).

OnToGENY oF LARVA.—First instar (June 24th, 1891): When
newly-hatched, 2mm. long; the head large, intensely black and
shining; the body cylindrical, of a creamy-white colour, including
the legs and claspers, and of a rough or velvety texture; on the
prothorax, encircling the upper half, is a black linear or crescentic
collar; there are six longitudinal series of short, fine bristles, three on
either side. After feeding two days, the body changes to a faint
bluish-green tint. The first moult occurred on July 8th. Second
instar (July 9th): About 6mm. long; the body, cylindrical and
slender, without markings; the segments well-defined, and trans-
versely wrinkled; clothed with very short and fine hairs, most minute,
eiving the surface a velvety appearance ; the colour is of a very pale
yellowish-green, in certain lights appearing of a whitish-green; the
head is large, elongated, flattened above, black and shining, as also is
the prothoracic collar. Second moult, July 17th. Third wmstar:
12mm. long; colour, very pale green, with a fine longitudinal medio-
dorsal line, a darker green, and a subdorsal green line, slightly darker
than the ground colour; each line is bordered by a paler stripe; the
head is black, mottled with pale brownish-grey on the centre of each
lobe, and a blotch above the mouth; there are five glistening black
warts, set on a glazed collar of pale green, encircling the upper half of

204. BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the prothorax; the central wart is largest; on the anal segment is an
elongated oval black mark, narrowed in the centre. On July 24th,
being 80 days old, and still in this instar, it was 12°5mm. long,
2°5mm. in diameter, and perfectly cylindrical throughout. Third
moult, on July 30th. ourth instar (August 6th): 17-5mm. long;
the body of the same shape asin previous stage; colour, pale whitish-
green ; a longitudinal mediodorsal line, rather dark green, bordered on
each side by an almost white, very fine, line, followed by alternate
darker and lighter lines, the lightest being extremely fine; then a
subdorsal darker green line, bordered laterally by a conspicuous
whitish hne, which is again bordered below by a paler and indistinct
green line, and a very faint spiracular whitish stripe, on which the
spiracles are placed; they are white, outlined by a dark, but indistinct,
ring ; the undersurface is whitish-green ; the head is about the same
width as the body, rather depressed, and of a pale greenish-erey colour,
with black markings, one central between the lobes, and one down the
middle of each lobe, the central one bifurcating and uniting the others
in front ; the eyespots are black ; both head and body are clothed with
very short stiff hairs; the anal segment is elongated, porrected and
flattened, overlapping the hind claspers; the central black marking,
previously mentioned, is, in this stage, very conspicuous; the legs
are dark grey, with whitish extremities; the claspers of the same
colour as the undersurface ; the segments are transversely wrinkled.
The fourth and last moult took place on August 17th. Fifth instar
(August 18th): Colour of a clear, pale whitish-green; at each
segmental division the skin is loosely wrinkled, each fold or wrinkle
being pale yellowish-white, especially noticeable between the first
six or seven segments; the remainder are fairly uniform in colour;
each segment is delicately wrinkled transversely, in addition to the
divisional folds mentioned. With this moult, a great and important
change takes place, z.c., in the colouring of the head, and the disappear-
ance of the oval black blotch on the anal segment (so conspicuous in
the former stage), the black warts, and the prothoracic collar. The
head is now entirely of a pale whitish-green, with a faint bluish tinge,
excepting an extremely fine central black line, separating the lobes of
the crown, and there are six tiny black ocelli; five in the form of a
crescent, and the two lowest are the most conspicuous and _ bead-like.
On each segment are a few exceedingly small black specks, only just
visible by the aid of a strong lens; the most distinct are those forming
a double longitudinal dorsal series, two in the middle of each segment ;
these appear concave, and very metallic, reflecting a high light; the
markings appear precisely similar to those in the previous stage. ‘The
legs, claspers and undersurface are uniformly pale green in colour ;
below the spiracles, the body is dilated, making the undersurface flat
and rather concave. The head is large, fully 2mm. in length, and
broad in proportion; it is porrected, and slightly compressed on
the crown; the body is about the same width as the head, and of
equal thickness throughout; the anal flap is of the same form as
before moulting; both the head and body are clothed with short fine
hair; the surface of the head finely granulated. Later (September
12th): Considerably increased in length, 23-5mm.; the colour
changed to a clear yellowish-green, but still pale; in other respects
it is the same as described. Later (October 3rd): Now 101

CYCLOPIDES PALEZMON. 205

days old; length still 23-5mm., but more robust; the ground colour
changed to a very pale primrose-yellow, the stripes of a slightly darker
hue, the white lateral line showing clearly, the spiracles brownish ;
the head, pale buff with a faint lilac tinge, a black patch above
the mouth, and brownish at the sides, the black ocelli and central line
showing as before. Later (February 9th, 1892, during hybernation) :
The colour had now changed to pearl-grey, and it had a semitrans-
parent appearance, the dorsal lines drab, and clearly pronounced.
Later (March 21st): Contracted to 18°75mm.; the colour of a delicate
cream or very pale primrose, inclining to pinkish; the lnes of a pinky-
drab, and very clearly defined, the subdorsal lines separated by an
almost pure white stripe; the head remained unaltered in colour
(Frohawk).

Larva. — Penultimate instar (?): 19mm. long. A front view of the
head shows it to be very square rather than round, 7.e., two sides, top
and bottom, flattened. The subsegmentation is noted as follows :—
prothorax undivided, mesothorax and metathorax each with three
subsegments, the abdominal segments 1 to 7 with five subsegments,
the front one being rather larger than the remainder; the 8th ab-
dominal has three subsegments (but the divisions are obscure and
there may be five), the 9th and 10th are undivided, the 10th projects
a long way behind the claspers, looking much like a Satyrid larva,
except that the projection is of the whole segment and not of two anal
tails. The abdominal spiracles are on the 2nd subsegment, 7.e., the
first of the four smaller ones, although at the spiracular level this
subsegment widens out, encroaching on others, and spreads into the
lateral flange a little below the spiracle. The spiracle of the 7th
abdominal, and more markedly that of the 8th, is placed very dorsally.
The dorsal tubercles are not determinable, but below the spiracle is a
minute brown ring (lenticle). There is a broad subdorsal whitish
band, a narrower, more defined, one below this, and a less distinct one
lower; in front, this is some distance above spiracles, but posteriorly,
where they are placed higher, they are close up to it. The prolegs
have complete circles (ovals) of crochets almost entirely in one row,
but with a smaller one or two interiorly; there is some little
deficiency in the hooks on the outer margin. The larva possesses an
‘‘anal comb,’ essentially no doubt the same appendage as that
described by Hofmann (Ent. Annual, 1878, p. 61) (Chapman.
September 5th, 1898).

Foopriants.—Brachypodium sylvaticum (Disqué), Bromus asper
(Frohawk), Cynosurus cristatus (Curtis). The larve feed freely (in
America) on all grasses offered to them, but seemed to prefer the
wide-leaved species—Panicus crusgalli, P. sanguinale, and Triticum
repens (Fletcher). |Plantayo major (Duponchel, Stephens, etc.) is
erroneous. In 1832, Duponchel (Lconographie, p. 215, pl. xxxi., fig. 91)
notes this as the foodplant of palaemon, and figures the larva thereon.
Fletcher (Can. Hnt., xxi., p. 118) put young larve on this plant, but
they refused to eat it.]

Purarium.—The fullfed larva spins the tops of the grass blades
together, forming a tent-like structure, and, along the surface of one of
the broadest blades, a little carpet of silk was spun, upon which it
rested with its head uppermost; a silk cord also encircled its body
round the 4th segment. It remained fixed for pupation at least five

206 BRITISH BUTTERFLIESe

days, after which it cast its larval skin quickly, being at one time free ~
at the anal end, and supported only by the silken belt, the cremastral
hooks, however, being fastened into the silken pad in about 20 minutes ;
the pupa assumes its final form and colour in about three hours after
pupation, altering very little in hue from the last coloration of the
larva (Frohawk). Some larvee, reared in 1888, were fullfed in October,
when they drew a grass blade round them, forming of it a complete
cylindrical silk-lined habitation. In this they remained till the follow-
ing February, when their removal caused the larve to leave the caves,
and do a little spinning on the gauze covering of, or under the top edge
of, a cylinder in which they were placed. In these webs they fastened
themselves toan anal pad and spuna silken belt round the middle, becom-
ing pupe during the second and third weeks of March. As thelarveate
nothing in spring, their hybernacula should possibly have been their
puparia (Hellins). On March 19th, 1894, a larva that had been
hybernating since the previous October, began to move, and left its
hybernaculum as soon as brought into a warm room, it would not eat,
however, and remained white and colourless. It did some spinning,
but, being disturbed, finally spun up on the glass in which it was
confined. With a general slight web over the whole area, there was
no definite extra anal pad, but, on either side of the thorax, were two
special mutton-chop-shaped pads, from the inner angles of which the
girth sprung. The girth at first crossed over the metathorax, but
later it was found crossing the prothorax ; how the change occurred was
not observed* (Chapman). :

Pura.—The pupa has a very deep groove between the metathorax and
the 1st abdominal segment, made by (or for) the girth (which is not now
init). The 7th abdominal segment is fixed; no maxillary palpi are
present; points of third pair of legs show beside tips of maxille;
second pair of legs extend beyond antenne; the cremaster forms a
bundle of very fine hooks on long shafts, terminal and slightly ventral
(Chapman. Note made from living pupa, March 21st, 1894). Length
15mm. Transverse diameter, across eyes (i.e., 1:‘5mm. from front),
2-3mm.; at the wing-spines (7.e., 4mm. from front) 83mm.; thence it
regularly tapers to 25mm. at 6th abdominal segment (12mm. from
front}), thence it tapers more rapidly but regularly to the end of the
cremastral spine, which is somewhat sharp. The nose-spine in front
is about O-6mm. across base, and 0-8mm. long, fairly conical and
sharp-pointed, but sloping out at its base to the general surface
laterally ; dorsally, its surface is in a straight line with the medio-
dorsal line; ventrally, this surface turns sharply ventrad, forming,
beneath the horn, a small surface directed to the front. Viewed
laterally, the dorsum is straight from the middle of the mesothorax to
the 5th abdominal segment; in front of this it slopes ventrally at an
angle of about 80°; behind the 6th abdominal segment it continues to
the cremaster in a curve. The head is 15mm. in front of, and apex of
cremaster 1:3mm. behind, the main dorsal line (if continued).
Ventrally, there is a nearly straight line the whole length of the

*For pupation, the larva suspended itself exactly like a Papilio, except that
the girth was loose instead of being fixed by sinking into the chitin of the dorsum

(Chapman. June, 1894).
+ The free segmentsare a little telescoped, thus abbreviating some di mensions.

CYCLOPIDES PAL=MON. 207

maxille, in front of this is the hollow below nose-horn, whilst behind,
-. the line curves to the base of cremastral spine, which is hollow
ventrally (pen-shaped). The antero-posterior diameters would be:
the head (1°3mm. from front), 1‘5mm.; at summit of mesothorax
and wing-spines (4mm. from front), 2°8mm. tapering to 2°2mm. at
posterior margin of 6th abdominal segment (12mm. from front). The
texture is semi-transparent with darker markings, the colour during
life would, therefore, be very pale ochreous. The markings area black
dorsal line from prothorax to end of cremastral spine; this just
reaches to the head ; a subdorsal black line faint on head, at back of
eyes, on mesothorax down patagia, and apparently in line with broad
black line down inner margin of forewings. Ventrally, the base of
maxilla and of 1st legs have a good deal of black, the posterior three-
fourths of the maxilla making a notable black line down the venter.
The wing-veins are clearly marked out by lines that are something
short of black. They are the 1st and 2nd anal veins, the cubital con-
tinuing straight into vein 4 (median 3), the median (fainter than the
cubital) meeting the transverse veins between 5 and 6 (median 1 and 2);
the radial is only seen just where it joins the transverse, and gives off
veins 7,8,and9; the rest of the radial, as well as the subcostal and veins
10 and 11, is wanting. These veins reach to “ Poulton’s line,” beyond
which is a spread-out colourless margin, almost 1‘0mm. wide at apex,
barely 0-2mm. at anal angle; the wing-apex is just within posterior
margin of the 4th abdominal segment. The maxille are free only as to
their extreme tips, which reach over on to the 5th abdominal, supported
by tips of 3rd legs, which reach halfway from end of wings to end of
maxille. The hindwings are a narrow colourless strip, wide opposite
the 1st abdominal, notched from the spiracle of the 2nd abdominal, and
disappearing under 1st wing just after reaching the 8rd abdo-
minal. The spiracle of the 2nd abdominal segment is barely free,
whilst that of the 3rd abdominal is covered by wing (this may be
normal for the species or only an accident in this specimen). The
glazed eyes face forwards, and, on dehiscence, each separates in one
piece, with the included area behind. The labrum is narrow and long,
and the lappets on either side (mandibles ?) are well-marked ; there is
a narrow scrap (labium) between the bases of the maxille. The
maxille reach well forward, so that the labrum is rather anterior than
ventral. The antenne reach down to about the middle of the 8rd
abdominal segment (about as far as hindwings), the 3rd legs a little
beyond (nearly to hind margin of the 3rd abdominal); the 1st legs are
considerably shorter; the 2nd legs abut widely against eyes. On
dehiscence, the headpieces separate from antenne, etc. The dorsal
headpiece is about ‘6mm. across (on either side), 0:-l4mm. wide at
dorsal, and 0-2mm. at outer, end; it remains attached to pro-
thorax, and, with the lst and 2nd segments of the thorax, splits
dorsally on dehiscence. The metathorax does not split, but
separates from the mesothorax, and the Ist and 2nd wings
separate for some distance. There is a wide hiatus between the
metathorax and the 1st abdominal segment, which was obviously
present during life, the bottom of the gap being transparent membrane ;
this looks as if it were an accident in this specimen, though the
membrane below shows that it is probably, if so, nota rare one. A
depressed line on the wings shows that the girth passed across middle

208 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of metathorax, which is a very narrow segment. The length of the
segments dorsally are about as follows: Dorsal part of head 0-2mm.., pro-
thorax 0-6mm., mesothorax 2°'4mm., metathorax0:-4mm., lstabdominal
0°8mm., 2nd abdominal 1:0mm., 3rd abdominal 1:3mm., thereafter get--
ting narrower again. The general surface has a sculpturing of minute
transverse waved ridges, anastomosing freely, and scattered over it are
a good many very minute (microscopic) hairs, apparently colourless,
their length 0:03mm.-0:04mm. ; these also occur in the inner eye area,
but not on the appendages, which have similar sculpture, but the waves
tend more to an arborescent character, as well as being more and less
pronounced on consecutive areas. The anal scar is very marked, two
large bosses facing posteriorly, being below the hollow of the cremastral
spine. On the 9th abdominal are two small rounded elevations, with
incision between—the specimen is a female, but the posterior margin of
the 8th abdominalis hardly notched, and the foveola on the 8th abdominal
is small and close to posterior margin, and so inconspicuous that the
specimen was, I see by my notes, supposed, before imago emerged, to
have been a male. The cremastral hooks very numerous, crowded
together, at the lower angle of end of spine. EHach is nearly
0:25mm. long, with a curl of a complete circle at its tip (Chapman.
Description made from the empty pupa-case of the pupa noted
above as having been examined alive, March 21st, 1894). The
pupa is 15mm. in length, fairly cylindrical, but tapering to anal
segment. Dorsal view: The head, pointed in front, in the form of
a short conical beak, 1mm. long. The eyes are rather prominent ;
the thorax is swollen in the middle, the widest part, and then
gradually tapers towards the last segment, which is elongated and
flattened; the back of the abdomen almost hollow, curving up again at
tail. The anal end rounded, but continued as a flat cremastral spike,
set at the tip with a dozen or more curled spines of different lengths.
The colour on the back creamy-white, with a very dark brown thin
central line from the head-spike nearly to the tail, a subdorsal line of
pale buff bordered with reddish-brown, and then a shorter buff line
edged below again with reddish-brown ; the wing-cases and ventral
surface pale flesh-colour, faintly tinged with dusky, the straight tongue-
case dark brown. Lateral view: The beak is slightly upturned, the
thorax convexed, and the segment next the thorax rather swollen in
the middle, so forming a rather decided depression at the base of the
thorax, where the silken cord passes round; the body gradually
tapering to the last segment, which terminates in a long compressed
curved process furnished with long hooks; the wing-cases extend down
two-thirds its length, and are only very little, if at all, swollen; the
antenne and legs are but feebly modelled; the tongue is well-defined,
dusky at the base, blending into black at the apex; the colour is
of a very pale primrose-yellow, shading into pearly-grey, and semi-
transparent on the head, wings and flap; a dark mediodorsal line
commences at the base of the beak and passes down the entire length,
eradually fading off in the anal extremity ; it is blackest on the head
and first abdominal segment, and palest on the thorax, where it is light
brown; there are two rust-red subdorsal lines, which run .parallel from
the base of the antenne to the last segment; another similar line,
united along the inner margin of the wing, passes over two spiracles,
and these run parallel with the subdorsal lines, passing just above the

CYCLOPIDES PALEMON. 209

remaining five spiracles, which are indicated by brownish specks ; at the
base of the antennz are two short and fine blackish streaks; the
antenne and wings faintly outlined with dusky brown. In general
appearance and colouring, the pupa closely resembles a piece of dead
withered grass. Five weeks later the pupa begins to change colour,
the wings turning greyish, and the eyes a deep pinkish-purple, and
finally becomes a dull leaden-grey all over. A 2? emerged five days
later (May 20th, 1892) (Frohawk).

TimE OF APPEARANCE.—This is everywhere in the Palearctic region
a single-brooded species, usually occurring for only two or three weeks
in late May or early June each year in England, France, and the
lower parts of central Europe, but varying somewhat according to the
season. In the mountains, however, the end of June and July are its
more normal time of appearance, and even early August has been
occasionally noted. Slater remarks that his observations, spread over
some 14 years, in the woods of Northamptonshire, suggest May 10th-
June 5th, as the usual time of appearance, varying, however, with the
season, specimens being on the wing, in 1893, as early as April21st. In
the Nearctic region, the species also emerges from the pupal stage earlier
or later, according to the forwardness or tardiness of the season, and
is by no means so prompt to a date as are some of the local butterflies,
There is no indication of more than one brood ina season. At Laggan
(Rocky Mountains of Alberta) the species emerges in June, the gs in
ordinary seasons appearing early in the month; the ?s during the
last half of the month; several ?s have been taken at Kmerald Lake
(5600 feet elevation) in early July, and a ? at Agnes Lake (6800 feet
elevation) early in August (Bean), Throughout British Columbia, and
the valleys along the United States’ boundary, it appears in June and
July, and was noted as occurring at Calgary, Alberta, at about 8000ft.
elevation, on June 24th, 1904; in British Columbia, at Keremeos,
4000ft., on June 15th, 1904; at Penticton, at 2000ft., on June 13th ;
at Hedley, at 4000ft., on June 10th; and by the Ilecillewaet
Glacier, 6000ft., on July 11th, 1904 (Nicholl); suggesting that its
time of appearance is_ largely modified by altitude, as in Europe. It
is also noted as occurring on June 26th, 1872, at Fox Bay, Anticosti
(Couper); in the White Mountains, it appears from June 5th to
middle of month; at Nepigon, in good condition, earlyin July (Scudder).
The most remarkable record is August 10th-24th, when butterflies were
taken at Sault St. Marie; Scudder thinks that this indicates here a
possible second brood, but remarks that it is no further south than the
White Mountains, where it is never seen later than June. In Europe, Miss
Fountaine observes that it flies in the Rohrwald, near Vienna, and in
the Szaar Forest, at the end of May, but on the top of the Maloja Pass,
in the Engadine, at the end of June. In the Lower Volga district,
Eiversmann notes it as occurring in May and early June, and Caradja,
May and June in Roumania. In Scandinavia, a single § was found at
Oplorig, near Kolverid, at 65° N. latitude in the beginning of July, 1875
(Collett). In Savoy, near Geneva, at the foot of the Grand Saleve,
the average time of appearance is from May 8th to June 5th
(Blachier). In Belgium it occurs from May to July, according to the
season (Lambillion). Duponchel says that it usually begins to appear
in the forest of Raismes, near Valenciennes, about May 10th, in one
year as early as May 6th, whilst Oberthur notes that the species is very
common at the end of May and beginning of June in the Forest of

210 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Rennes; whilst Griffith’s statement that it is double-brooded at Morbi-
han, occurring in May and again in July-August, is almost certainly’
erroneous. The following dates may prove interesting. ConTINENTAL
RECORDS : From May 5th to July 15th, in different years at Brenne
(Martin); April 28rd to May 25th, in different years, near Innsbruck:
(Fritsch); May 4th, 1860, and July 28rd, 1864, on the Zurichberg ;’
May 21st, 1864, in Hécker-on-the-Albis; May 14th, 1865, near Wallisellen
(Dietrich) ; end of July, 1865, on the Maloja (Frey) ; May 25th, 1878,
near Senftenberg (Fritsch) ; August 3rd, 1880, quite fresh at Nassfeld
(Hormuzaki); May 17th, 1888, on the Axenstrasse (Hutchinson) ;
June 16th, 1890, at Les Plans (Fison); May 29th, 1891, at Hermance;
May 31st, 1891, at Onex (Blachier); June, 1892, at Certosa di Pesio
(Norris) ; July 1st-6th, 1892, at Chamonix (Oberthiir); last weekin June,
1895, on the Maloja (Fountaine) ; mid-July, 1895, at Pejo (Lemann) ;
June Ist, 1897, at Sépey (Lowe); last week in June, 1897, just above’
Sépey; May and early June, 1898, and April 28th, 1899, at Veytaux, -
(Wheeler); end of June, 1898, in the Bernese Oberland (Oberthur) ;
June 2nd, 1899, males all going over, but females still fine at Rennes
(Oberthur); June 20th, 1899, in the Turtmannthal (Buckmaster) ;
June 26th, 1899, in the Rilska Valley (Nichoil); June 11th, 1900, in the
Val Strona; June 12th, 1900, in the Val Anzasca; July 2nd, 1901, at
Innsbruck; July 10th, 1901, at Trafoi; July, 1901, at Engelberg (Lowe);
June 27tn, 1901, in the Fluelathal; June 28th, 1901, in the Disch-
mathal; June 30th, 1901, at Flims (Fison); June 6th, 1902, at
Freiburg-in-Baden, common ; end of June, 1902, at Susa; June 26th,
1902, at Pesio (Lowe); June 26th, 1902, one specimen at Aigle
(Sheldon); May 4th, 1903, at Chantilly (Oberthtr); May 30th,
1903, at Vionnaz (Wheeler); June 28rd-24th, 1903, between
Goéschenen and Wassen (Keynes); June 17th, 1904, at Macolin:
(Lowe); July 10th, 1904, in the Juras, at 1200m.; very abundant:
in the Bois des Fréres, near Geneva, from May 5th-June 26th
(worn), 1905; the Grand Saleve, May 20th, 1905; Vuache, at
800m., May 24th, 1905; at Gaillard, May 26th, 1905; in the Grande
Gorge, on Mont Saleve, June 4th, 1905 (Muschamp); June 20th,
1905, at Loéche (Pearson); June 21st, 1905, at Villars (Lowe); May
28th, 1905, at Versoix; June 21st, 1905, at Martigny (Blachier) ;
June 27th, 1905, in the Oythal, in the Allgau district (Dadd).
British REcorDs:—In Lincolnshire, it continues on the wing till
about June 20th, when it is much wasted (Raynor) ; May Ist, 1823,
June 6th, 1826, at Milton (Henderson) ; June 20th, 1854, at Craycombe
(Trans. Wore. Nat. Club) ; plentiful May and June, 1872, 1878, and
1874, at Barnwell Wold (Conquest) ; June 2nd, 1881, not common,
near Lincoln; June 2nd, 1882, near Lincoln (Fowler); June 38rd, 1882,
at Barnwell Wold (Fraser); June Ist, 1891, at Lincoln (Mackonochie);
June 2nd, 1891, fresh at Wansford, a late season (Vipan) ; earliest
dates for the following years are May 26th, 1892, at Langworth, near
Wragby; May 4th, 1898, at Langworth; May 25th, 1894, at Legsby ;
May 27th, 1895, at Langworth ; May 27th, 1896, at Legsby (Raynor);
one bred June 6th, 1894, from an egg sent from Lincoln (Chapman) ;
May 19th, 1897, plentiful near .Wansford (Sheldon) ; two cap-
tured June 1900, at Pond’s Gate, Dartmoor (Walker); June’
15th, 1900, in poor condition, near Uppingham (Kaye); May 31st,
1905, in Bedford Purlieus, near Wansford (Newman); end of.

CYCLOPIDES PALASMON. 911

May and first week of June, 1905, a few 9s remaining on the wing
later, in the woods of Northampton and Rutland (Rothschild).
Hasrts.—In its first known British locality, Clapbam Park Wood,
in Bedfordshire, Abbot noted it as “ occurring in May and June, flying
freely in the morning, from 7 a.m. to 9a.m., very often playing in pairs
just after sunrise, or as soon as the morning fog has evaporated, its flight
being extremely short and very near the ground ; it delights to settle
on the blades of very long grasses, or Carices, and is far from being a
timid insect.’ Thisis strange, for Raynor writes that, in his experience,
the species begins to fly about 10a.m., never, so far as he has observed,
earlier, although he has been in its haunts by 9.30a.m. The Lincoln-
shire woods, where he knew the insect for five years, situated about
halfway between Lincoln and Wragby, constitute a considerable range
of apparently primeval woodland, and are very similar in character to
Monk’s Wood, in Huntingdonshire, and other well-known large woods
in the midlands. Through these woods are cut, in several parts, rough
roads, some twenty feet in breadth. These are covered with herbage
and various wild flowers, forming a favourite resort for butterflies.
Here, towards the end of May, and on till about the third week in
June, this species may be found in varying quantities, according to the
season. It is a most beautiful object as it flashes along hke a living
jewel, taking short flights from one flower to another, generally select-
ing the blue bugle, but occasionally the wild forget-me-not. ‘Towards
midday its flights are longer and more rapid, and, when chased, it
occasionally deserts the ridings altogether, and either settles on the
leaves of a hush some ten or twelve feet from the ground, or disappears
altogether over the top of the wood. It may be seen flying as late as
5 o'clock in the afternoon, after which time it is frequently found
at rest, either singly or in pairs, on long grass blades, and occasionally
on Ajuga reptans. When settled and engaged in sucking nectar from
the flowers during sunshine, it closes its wings over its back, but when
merely resting, opens them at intervals when the sun shines. Pairing
takes place in the early afternoon (Raynor). Muschamp says that
“the flight of this species is more rapid than that of its near relations,
but it never appears to rise to fly, skimming along, almost touching
the ground; it flies pretty well straight ahead, in somewhat
un-skipper-like fashion ;’’ yet Scudder says that “it is a feeble
flier for a Hesperian, keeping only two or three inches above
the ground in the roadways, much like T’hanaos icelus. At rest, the
wings are held erect and almost attingent, the antenne in a plane with
the body, divaricate at an angle of 185°, the curved tip in the same
plane with the rest ; the trunk is raised at a slight angle with the surface
of rest.’’ It loves to rest on birch bushes, around which it flies, in the
low open woods near Oberursel (Fuchs). In the duchy of Anhalt
the males appear freely some ten days before the females (Gillmer).
It is said to be extending its range in certain parts of Germany, e.g.,
Sommer records that it was first observed in Upper Lusatia at the end
of May, 1880, at Lichtenau-Lauban, but, in 1890, it was very common
there, as well as in the neighbourhood and surrounding district of
Gorlitz, as well as other places, and, by 1895, was common near
Siegersdorf. Slater says that it has, in our own woods, a habit of
dodging about in the hazel bushes and undergrowth, and soon gets out
of condition, especially in windy weather. Rothschild observes that it

912, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

loves to settle on flowers of Ajuga reptans in the ridings of our woods ;
a similar preference having been noted, 60 years before, in the forest
of Raismes, near Valenciennes, by Duponchel.

_ Hasrrat.—tIn Britain, the species is exceedingly local, confined to
a few counties, chiefly in the midlands, its occurrence outside these
being unusual and unexpected. It appears particularly to prefer the
ridings of woods, or the fields in their immediate neighbourhood, and,
in its Lincolnshire strongholds, one reads of its preference for the
ridings of Legsby Woods (Court), of Wragby Woods (Raynor), ete.
It is also noted as occurring in a wood at Uppingham (Kaye).
Raynor says that, in the Lincolnshire woods,’ between Lincoln and
Wragby, it haunts the ridings or rough roads through the woods that
are cut through the undergrowth, the margin of which, on each side,
consists chiefly of lime, oak, sallow, birch and hazel. Although the
imagines may be found in the smaller grass-grown paths intersecting
the ridings at right angles, he has never, himself, found it on the
outskirts of the woods, and feels tolerably sure that it does not frequent
them. It is common in the forests of the North of France, and in
clearings and ridings of damp woods (Duponchel), extremely abundant
in the forest of Rennes (Oberthur), in rather elevated woods around
Autun (Constant), in the arid woods of the lowlands of Alsace
(Peyerimhoff), and flies commonly among the herbage in damp spots,
near woods, in the neighbourhood of the Certosadi Pesio (Norris). Around
Geneva, this species occurs either on very rough ground, e.g., mountain
gorges, or, in the plains near, or on, the paths through woods consisting
mostly of scrub-oak, and meadows not far from the same (Muschamp).
Usually it is noted as occurring in the lower yalleys of the mountains
of Central Europe, but failing in the higher mountains, e.g., at Baden,
Alsace, etc., yet it is recorded as being abundant in the woods and damp
fields about the Glacier de Trient (Favre), and on the Maloja (Frey).
Miss Fountaine found it on the top of the Maloja Pass, on some
marshy ground at the foot of the mountains there, facing south,
whilst Wheeler says that, in Switzerland, it is generally distributed in
grassy woods, but very seldom common, also occurring in the lowlands
and hills, and in some places reaching to the mountains. It occurs
in a wood on the sides of Mount Besimauda, near the Certosa di
Pesio (Lowe), in the mountain valleys of the Enns district of Austria
(Brittinger), the Saas valley (Jones), the lovely Anzasca_ valley
(Lowe), the Rilska valley in Bulgaria (Nicholl), and the Oythal in the
Allgiu Alps (Dadd). The neighbourhood of woods, however, is its
more usual habitat, and Miss Fountaine notes it as occurring in the
Szaar, a large forest about 80 kilométres from Budapest; Duponchel
says that it is abundant in the forest of Raismes, near Valenciennes,
flying in the ridings and clearings of the woods, resting very
frequently on flowers of Ajuga reptans. In Hanover, in meadows by
the sides of woods (Glitz) ; at Aix-la-Chapelle, in the Burtscheid and
Aachen woods (Stollwerck); in meadows near woods near Barmen,
and in open woods near Elberfeld (Weymer) ; on the borders
of the woods between Kloppenheim and Igstadt, and in the Mombach
wood, on wooded slopes facing south near Wiesbaden (Réossler); in
the ridings of woods near Hanau (Limpert); open places in woods
near Giessen (Glaser); in open places in wooded districts in the
Wetterau and the Taunus (Koch); in grassy openings, and on the

CYCLOPIDES PALEMON. 913

roads in woods at Waldeck (Speyer) ; in dry deciduous woodlands in

the Dessau Haide (Stange); on the forest roads, ridings in woods,

bare places and meadows in the Mosigkau Haide district (Gillmer) ;
common in woods near Muhlhausen (Speyer) ; in meadows near woods
and in bushy places, locally, among the foothills of Silesia (Déring) ;
in meadows near woods at Dresden (Steinert); in small meadows
near woods, or on the borders of woods, near Regensburg (Schmid) ;
in the woodland meadows between Deuringen and Strassberg (Freyer) ;
in open places near Kempten (von Kolb); everywhere in the forest
_ roads in Wiirttemberg (Keller) ; in the valleys of the Black Forest, but
not ascending into the mountains (Reutti) ; in the plains and foothills
of the Salzburg district, haunting the flowery and grassy mountain
meadows, the meadows near woods, etc. (Richter) ; in the Tyrol, it is to
be found from the lower levels to the lower alpine region, not
rare in the lower valleys and the lower forest region (Weiler).
Its connection with damp situations is occasionally noted, e.g., common
in damp places in the Oberharz (Hoffmann); in damp deciduous
woods near Rudolstadt, and on the borders of the Beuche (Krieghoff) ;
in damp shady roads in woods, or on the borders of woods, near
Zeitz-on-Hlster (Wilde) ; in damp meadows near Dessau (Richter) ;
in damp deciduous woods on the foothills of the Province of Silesia
(Wocke) ; and Lowe observes that, in his experience in Switzerland,
Austria and Italy, although the species has usually only occurred to him
singly, it appears to like a certain amount of shade and damp
situations. Eversmann says that it prefers damp grassy places in
woods in the Lower Volga district, and Caradja that it haunts
openings in woods, and lowlying grounds in Roumania, Scudder
says that the butterfly is most frequently found to haunt the flowers by
roadsides, passing through thickets or woods, especially the latter, if they
are open enough to let the sun enter freely ; at Copper Cliff, Ontario,
Harrington notes it as abundant along the short wood road leading up
along the brook to the meadow; Bean says that, at Laggan (Rocky
Mountains of Alberta) it chiefly frequents grassy meadows along the
Bow river, at an altitude of 4800ft.-5000ft.; and Mrs. Nicholl observes
that the insect is common in British Columbia, and in all the valleys
along the United States’ boundary up to 6000 ft., the examples not
varying at all from European specimens.

Locauitres.—Exceedingly local in England; not recorded from
Scotland or Ireland. Bens: Clapham Park Woods (Abbott), near Luton
(Westwood). [Brrxs: Beaumont (Ent., xvii., p. 217) (wants confirmation). |
Bucks: Stony Stratford (Foddy), Linford Wood (Ent., xvii., p. 217). CAMBRIDGE:
White Wood, near Gamlingay (Abbott). Dxvon: near Dartmoor (Jermyn), near
Torquay, Ponds Gate, Dartmoor, near Ashburton (Walker). [DorsetT: Swanage
(Fowler), wrongly recorded ; corrected Ent., xxxii., p. 309.] [GuoucesTER: one
reported (Hudd).] Moreton-in-the-Marsh, two specimens (Hopkins teste Perkins).
Hants: Netley Abbey, near Southampton (Harvey), Southwick (Moncreaff),
[Winchester (List 1871)]. Hunts: Monks Wood (Doubleday), St. Ives, local
(Norris). Lincotn: near Wragby, Langworth, Legsby, Linwood (Raynor), Lincoln
(Mackonochie), Skellingthorpe, Newball (Carr), Legsby Woods, near Market Rasen
(Court), Ashby, near Brigg, Market Rasen (Cassal), Bourne (teste Stainton),
Langworth Wood, abundant (Fowler), Ropsley Wood, near Grantham (Brameld).
[? Montcomery: Blaenau-Festiniog (Hughes, Ent., xv., p. 256), wants confirma-
tion.| NortHampron: Castor Hanglands, Milton, near Peterborough (Henderson),
Oundle (Doubleday), Kettering (Sturgess), near Towcester (Clark), Barnwell
Wold, Ashton Wold (Bree), Helpston, near Peterborough (Morley), Wansford
{Vipan), Northampton (Battley), Rockingham, Whittlebury Forest, Yardley Chase

214 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(Goss). Notts: near Newark (Brameld), Stapleford (Gascoyne), West Bridgford
(Simmons). Oxrorp: Wychwood Forest (Draper), between Woodstock and
Enstone (Bree). Rutntanp: Uppingham (Kaye). [Somerser: Taunton, one
reported (Griffiths).| Surrotx: Stowmarket (teste Stainton). [Surrey: Mickle-
ham (Beattie) (almost certainly an error, wants confirmation badly).] WoRcESTER :
Berrow Hill, Martley (Edwards), Craycombe (Trans. Worc. Nat. Club).
Distrisution.—Central Europe (except Denmark), Finland,
central and southern Russia, Pyrenees, Piedmont, Dalmatia,
? Bithynia, Armenia, Labrador and Boreal America (Rebel).
AMERICA: see anted, pp. 196-201. Asta: throughout central Asia —Amur-
land (Elwes), Southern Siberia—Ost-Sajan (Oberthiir), Manchuria—Isle of Askold
(Oberthtir), Armenia—Borjom (Romanoff), ete. Austro-Huncary: Bohemia—
near Birglitz, not common (Nickerl), Senftenberg (Fritsch), Upper Austria,
throughout (Speyer), Steyer, Wels, Enns district, etc. (Brittinger), the Traun and
Mihl districts—Pfenningberg (Himsl), near Kniedorf, Gradenilm (Hander),
Freistadt, Linz (Fritsch), Lower Austria, generally distributed—Vienna, not rare
(Rossi), in the Prater, and mountain valleys near Vienna (Speyer), Kalksberg
(Rebel), the Rohrwald (Fountaine), Hernstein district (Rogenhofer), Salzburg,.
distributed but singly — plains and foothills, e.g., at the foot of the Kuhberg,
Gers- and Gaisberg, near Nockstein, etc. (Richter), near Salzburg (Fritsch), Tyrol,
in the lower parts—near Innsbruck, Tratzberg (Enzenberg), Seiser Alpe (Gredler),
Sarnthal, Bozen, Meran (Settari), Val Popena, the Dolomite district (Mann), Pejo
(Lemann), Castelrutt, in the Sarnthal (Speyer), Taufers valley (Weiler), near
Trafoi (Lowe), Platzenwiese ‘Mann), Carinthia—in the Bauer’s Wiese, near Raibl
(Mann), Schwarzenbach (Hofner), Carniola (Speyer), Dalmatia—Zara (Pregl),
Spalato (Mann), Banat, Transsylvania, distributed (Czekelius), Galicia (Gar-
bowski), Hungary—Buda-Pest district, throughout (Aigner-Pavel), Forest of Szaar
(Fountaine), Austrian Alps—Nassfeld (Hormuzaki), the Bucovina, distributed in
valleys (Hormuzaki), Styria—around Gratz (Dorfmeister), Barnschiitz (Trost),
Croatia—Hraszt, near Fiume (Mann). Brteium: Kincampois, Hertogenwald,
Campine, Ghlin (Donckier), Yernée, common (Radigués), Theux, not rare
(Mairlot), Warnant, rare (Lambillion), Luxembourg forests—Vallée de 1’Ourthe,
Hockay, not rare (Sibille), Ortho (Slégers), Etalle (Habran). Bosnra AND
Hercecovina: widely distributed up to 1000 métres—Dervent, Maklenpass, Gacko
(Hilf), Klekovaca (Apfelbeck), Trebevic (Rebel). Bunecarta anp East RovuMELia :
Rilo district—the Rilska valley (Rilokatal) (Nicholl), near Sophia (Drenowski).
FInuAnp : rare (Zetterstedt), Karelia (Lampa). France: widely distributed but
local, Brittany—Rennes, very common, Oise—Chantilly (Oberthiir), Seine-
et-Oise—Forét de St. Germain (Bellier de la Chavignerie), Forét de Bondy
(Guenée), Paris district—Vincennes Fontainebleau, Arminvilliers, ete. (Berce),
Ille-et-Vilaine — Morbihan (Griffith), Indre — Brenne (Martin), Nord — Forét
de Raismes, near Valenciennes (Duponchel), et de Clair Marais (Paux),
Allier — Chavagnac (Peyerimhoff), Indre — Forét de St. Chartier (Sand),
Brenne (Martin), Auvergne—Guéret, Mont Dore (Sand), Cher—St. Florent,
Aube—Larivan, Bois de Bailly (Sand), Puy de Dome (Speyer), Saone-et-Loire,
rather rare—Autun (Constant), Haute-Savoie —Chamonix (Oberthiir), Alpes-Mari-
times—Lantosque valley (Milliere), Haute-Garonne—Lac d’Oo, Port de Venasque
(Rondou), French Pyrenees, at low levels—St. Sauveur, etc. (Rondou), Dauphiny —
Chambery (Salvin), Doubs (Bruand), the French Juras of the Geneva district
(Muschamp), Maine-et-Loire—Baugé, Milly (D. Roy). Germany: Prussia,
rare and local—Memel, Léwenhagen, Tapiau, Frischingwald, Zehlau-Bruch,
Johannisberg— Danzig (Speiser), Pomerania—near Endingen, Pennin, Zar-
renthin (Hering), Mecklenburg-Schwerin and Mecklenburg-Strelitz (Schmidt),
Hanover—near Hanover (Reinhold), near Osnabriick, Hameln, Osterode,
near Géttingen, common (Jordan), Brunswick—near Brunswick, Wolfen-
biittel, not rare (Heinemann), Helmstedt, near Quedlinburg (Jordan), Oberharz,
somewhat common (Hofimann), Harz-Rand and Vorberge (Speyer), Westphalia—
near Miinster (Speyer), near Hoxter (Jordan), Rhine Provinces—in the Burtscheid
and Aachen Wald, common, Cologne, Miilheim, Bonn, Elberfeld, Boppard,
Bingen, Trier (Stollwerck), near Barmen, Neviges, Hilden (Weymer), near
Neuenahr (Maassen), Hesse-Nassau, ete.—Mombach Wald, between Kloppenheim
and Igstadt, near Wiesbaden (Réssler), near Oberursel (Fuchs), near Hanau
(Limpert), Oberhessen—Giessen, Friedberg, Hungen (Glaser), near Wilhelmsbad,
in the Wetterau, the Taunus, in the Weilthal, and near Schlangenbad (Koch),
near Cassel, Lindenberg, Fuchslécher (Borgmann), in theStiftswald, near Kaufungen

HESPERIIDE,. 915

(Knatz), Waldeck, near Rhoden (Speyer), Rotenburg (Jordan), Thuringia—
Steiger, near Erfurt, Schmiicke, near Burgwenden, near Arnstadt, Gotha, Rudol-
stadt, near Jena, Hisenberg, near Liebenstein (Krieghoff), Krahnberg, Boxberg, See-
berg, Lau-Leuchaer Holz (Knapp), on the Veronicaberge, near Martinsroda (Gillmer),
near Weimar, in Osterland (Speyer), Province of Saxony—Zeitz-on-Elster (Wilde),
the Dessauer-Haide (Stange), near Mihlhausen, near Neuhaldensleben (Speyer),
near Naumburg, Sondershausen, and on the Kyffhauser (Jordan), Brandenburg—
near Berlin, Finkenkrug (Rey), Silesia, in the plains and foothills, fails in the
Riesengebirge (Wocke)—near Brieg, the JZobtenberge (Déring), in the
Seefeld, near Reinerz (Standfuss), Gdérlitz (Méschler), Upper Lusatia,
near Lichtenau-Lauban, near Charlottenhof, on the Rotstein, Siegers-
dorf (Sommer), near Oberleschen, Modlau, near Donabrunnen, Sprottau
(Pfitzner), in the Glatzer Gebirge, near Fiirstenstein (Speyer), Kingdom
of Saxony—Dresden district—on the Edlen Krone, in Priessnitzgrunde, near
Dippelsdorf (Steinert), Saxon Upper Lusatia—near Quoos, near Elstra, Lobau,
Rotstein, Seifhennersdorf, Rachlau (Schiitze), near Chemnitz—Wittgensdorf,
Herrenhaide, Frankenberg, Waldkirchen (Pabst), near Leipzig (Speyer), Bavaria—
Regensburg, Etterzhausen, Schutzfelsen, Weintinger Holz (Hoffmann), near
Munich—Isarauen, etc. (Kranz), near Augsburg, Strassberg, Lech-Kbene (Freyer),
near Kempten (von Kolb), near Uffenheim (Speyer), Wiirttemberg—everywhere in
the woods (Keller), Stuttgart (Seyffer), Baden—widely distributed in the Black
Forest district, fails in the highest parts (Reutti), Thurmberg, Durlach Wald,
Hardtwald (Gauckler), Alsace—Fronhdéltz, Colmar, la Chapelle, Strassburg,
Ergersheim (Peyerimhoft), Freiburg (Lowe), Allgiu district—the Oythal (Dadd),
Bavarian Pfalz (Bertram), near Mainz rare, near Heppenheim (Speyer), in the
Bergstrasse (western Odenwald) (Glaser). GreEce (Merlin coll.). Irany: Lom-
bardy—Monti di Vill’Albese, rare (Turati), Val Strona, Val Anzasca (Lowe),
Tuscany (Rossi), Piedmont—Certosa di Pesio, the Besimauda (Lowe), common on
Monte Metajur (Norris), woods of Mandria, Stupinigi, Val di Pesio (teste Speyer),
Susa (Lowe). NretHertanps: Limburg—Maurrissen, Schaalsberg, near Valkenburg
(Snellen). Rovmania: Grumazesti, Kloster Neamtz (Caradja). Russia: Baltic
Provinces—Pichtenwald (Noleken), Gisel (Frey coll.), Kasan district, Ural district—
foothills of the Ural, Sergievsk, Saratov, Sarepta (Eversmann), Caucasus district
(Bramson), St. Petersburg (Speyer), South Bessarabia (teste Fleck). ScaNnpDINAVIA :
Sweden—rare in south (Zetterstedt), Helsingland (Siebke), Jamtland (Meves),
Lapland (Rudolphi), Norway—Alten (Schneider), Hunneberg (Lampa), to Oplorig,
near Kolverid, 65° N. lat. (Collett). Swirzzernanp: distributed throughout—from
the Juras to the Voralpen (Frey), Grisons—Bergiin, rare (Zeller), Davos
(Killias), Maloja (Frey), Kandersteg, Inden (Harcourt-Bath), the Axenstrasse
(Hutchinson), near Lake of Lucerne, Fluelathal, Dischmathal, Flims (Fison), on
the Ziirichberg, in Hécker-on-the-Albis, Wallisellen (Dietrich), Lauterbrunnen
district (Moss), Simplon (teste Speyer), Engelberg (Lowe), Geneva district—Bois des
Fréres, Vuache, Gaillard, Grande Gorge on the Saléve (Muschamp), Versoix,
Hermance, Onex, Martigny (Blachier), between Gdschenen and Wassen (Keynes),
Brunnen, Andermatt (Jones), just above Sépey, Veytaux, Mt. Barry (Wheeler),
Aigle (Sheldon) Villars (Lowe), Glacier de Trient, La Forclaz, Martigny,
Sierre, Bex, Colombiére de Fully, etc. (Favre), Vionnaz (Wheeler), Macolin
(Lowe), Immensee (Solly), Saas-im-Grund (Jones), Weissenburg—common
up to 3300ft. (Huguenin), Les Plans (Fison), Turtmannthal (Buckmaster),
Orsiéres (Baker).

Family: Hesprerip2.

This family has already been described under the name of
Hesperiinae (antéa p. 84), and is divisible into at least two well-marked
subfamilies: (1) The Phocidinae, named from the Phocidae of Hubner,
of which Phocides, Hb. (type palaemon, Cram., nec palaemon, Pall.), is
one of the typical genera; (2) Hesperiinae, containing the typical
genus, Hesperia, Fab. (type malvae, Linn.) These two families roughly
include the Astycid sections of Hiibner, 7.¢., Celebres (excluding
Pyrrhopygae), Fortes, Formales, Veteres, Vulgares, Cauti (excluding the
Mysceli), and Juvenes (excluding the Carysti and Cobalt) (op. cit., pp.
102 et seg.). The Phocidinae is an almost entirely New World sub-
family, only a few genera, with one or two species each, occurring in

216 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the Old World. The g§ usually provided with a costal fold on the
forewing, occasionally with a tuft on one of the wings, and frequently
with a tuft of long hairs attached to the hind tibie, which are usually,
but not invariably, furnished with two pairs of spurs. The epiphysis
on the front tibia is invariably present. The subfamily Phocidinae
is diagnosed by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1893, p. 15) as
follows :—

Antenne with club usually bent into a hook, but sometimes sickle-shaped,
always terminating in a fine point. Third joint of palpi, either minute or else
porrected horizontally in front of the face (as in the Ismenid section of the
Pamphilidae), never curving over the vertex. Cell of forewings always more than
two-thirds the length of costa. Discocellulars generally very oblique; nervure 5,
slightly nearer either to 4 or 6, never conspicuously close to either. Hindwing
frequently with a tail or tooth at submedian; nervure 5, never fully developed,
except in a few Old World genera.

Subfamily: Hesprrunaz.

This subfamily contains most of the Huropean Hesperiids—Erynnis
alceae, etc., Hesperia malvae, etc., Nisoniades tages, etc. It occurs
throughout both the Old and New Worlds, some of the genera being
very widely distributed. One of the main features of the subfamily is
the presence, in many genera, of a distinct costal fold in the forewings
of the $s, a character, however, that is much more common in the
New, than in the Old, World species. In many of the genera, also, the
g is provided with a tuft of long hairs attached to the hind tibie or
fore coxe. There are, invariably, two pairs of spurs on the hind tibia,
and the epiphysis of the tibie of the front legs is almost invariably
present. The species of many of the genera appear to rest with their
wings flat, and not drawn up over their backs as in the Urbicolids.
The subfamily is diagnosed by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1898,
p: 16) as follows:

Antenne seldom hooked, occasionally bluntly pomted. Palpi, with the 3rd joint
either minute. or porrected in front of the face, in the latter case, stout (and not
slender as in the Entheid group of the Phocidinae); palpi never curving over
vertex. Forewing, cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; nervure 5,
invariably nearer to 6 than to 4. Hindwing frequently lobate, but never with
a distinct tail or tooth at the submedian ; nervure 5, never fully developed.

The gs of most of the species of this group possess, as noted
above, a costal fold, often obscure, on the basal half of the forewings,
which encloses a silky down composed of delicate scales. Seudder
says (Butts. of New England, 11., p. 1639) that ‘‘ this costal fold is a
most remarkable structure, remarkable chiefly because here, and only
here, in butterflies, the marginal vein is developed to any appreciable
degree; here it is as highly developed as any other vein, and the
membrane between it and the costal vein being exceptionally broad,
it folds back upon the upper surface so as to lie next the costal
vein; so that, though the marginal vein is developed, it does not
practically form the margin, but, asin the ¢, that function is given to
the membrane in front of the costal vein, here doubled upon itself.
The purpose of this reflexion of the costal margin is to form an
enclosure, within which may be concealed the androconia, probably
scent-scales, whose odour is probably so delicate that it needs to be
bottled up, as it were, within this concealment, and, indeed, the closure
of the fold is so admirable that it is often difficult to tell whether or
not there be afold. Within this fold are several distinct sorts of scales,

HESPERIIDI, 217

each having its own special field, and these are, in general, the same

throughout the group, 7.e., each separate pavement or area bears its
own peculiar scales, which, though they vary to a considerable degree,
even in species of the same genus, are, nevertheless, generally reducible
to a single type distinct from the others.”

Scudder diagnoses the subfamily (op. cit., pp. 1873-4) under the
name Hesperidi, which he then divides into two sections, Hudamini
and Antigonini of Mabille, the former of which he says differs a little
from the latter, in the mode in which the wings are held in repose, in
which respect they generally resemble, as Wallace has remarked

(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 2nd ser., 11., pp. 263-4), the majority of
butterflies, all the wings being equally erect. . They also differ from
them in the greater stoutness of the body, and their remarkable swift-
ness of flight, which Wallace believes, exceeds that of any other insects,
the eye not being able to follow them as they dart past, and the air,
forcibly divided, gives out a deep sound, louder than that produced by
the humming-bird itself. “These higher genera, too, are almost
wholly peculiar to America, and entirely absent from Europe, while
the lower forms, Antigonini of Mabille, are common to both continents,
and, in the temperate zones, are, perhaps, nearly equally abundant in
both. In these lower forms, the wings are either perfectly, or almost
perfectly, expanded, or else they begin to show an inequality of position,
mostly peculiar to the tribe below.’’ Wallace’s statement (op. cit., pp.
263-4) that the group, consisting of the genera Pyrgus, Nisoniades and
Achlyodes, have ‘‘ the upper wings, more or less convex, and never
erect them in repose,”’ is not accurate, either of Palearctic or Nearctic
species. Scudder’s Hesperidi, sect 11., 1s described (Butts. New Engl., ii.,
p- 1445) as having :—

Ecce: With vertical ribs much higher on the shoulder than below, the cross
lines only moderately frequent, and the cells less elongated than in the preceding
section. Larva (newly-hatched): With the dorsal thoracic shield inconspicuous.
Larva (mature): With the head distinctly broader than high; frontal triangle not
distinctly carinate; dorsal thoracic shield not conspicuous. Pupa: With the
mesonotum not so long as its greatest width; cremaster slight, elongated. Imaco:
Comprising species of small size; hindwings rounded; median forking sooner than
subcostal vein on hindwing; club of antenna sickle-shaped ; last palpal joint linear,
four or more times longer than broad. Wings fully expanded in repose by day.
Genera—Thanaos, Pholisora, Hesperia.

The eggs of the subfamily, are longitudinally ribbed and trans-
versely lined (see pl. iii., figs. 1-2), and differ greatly from those of
the Urbicolines (pl. i., figs. 1-6). The larve are much thicker and
heavier, and live on plants, other than grasses, to which the Urbicolines
appear to be almost exclusively attached. The pupze are smooth,
rounded, covered with short hairs, and altogether different in form and
general appearance from the slender, pointed (at nosehorn and anus),
and very active Urbicolines. The pupa, too, is supported in its puparium
by a few slight threads fastened over the body, whilst the Urbicoline
pupa has an anal pad, girth, and often also nose-hooks, by which it is
attached to its cocoon.

Tribe: Hesprrmpt.

The tribe Hesperiidi, which contains the Fabrician genus Hesperia,
agrees almost exactly with the Vulyares of Hubner, diagnosed simply
as possessing species, which have ‘‘the wings black, with lhghter

218 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

spots,’ his main coitus, Pyrgus, containing malvae, to which Stephens,
in 1835, restricted the genus (see antea, p. 85), so that Pyrgus falls, as
also do Thymele, Fab., and Syrichtus, Bdv., as a synonym of Hesperia,
Fab. (see antea pp. 84-85). This tribe of rather small species is very
characteristically marked, the typical form of wing-markings being that
so clearly seen in the tesselations of Hesperia malvae. ‘The tribe is
diagnosed by Watson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 64) as follows :—

Antenna with club robust, arcuate, blunt at tip, no terminal crook. Palpi sub-
erect ; second joint laxly clothed with longish scales, third joint slender, blunt, almost
concealed in scaling of second joint. Forewing with inner and outer margins
subequal ; cell less than two-thirds the length of costa; nervure 12 reaching
costa well before the end of cell; discocellulars suberect, the lower the longer ;
nervure 3, shortly before end of cell, more than twice as far from 2 as from
4; nervure 2 nearer base of wing than to end of cell. Hindwing usually
evenly rounded, occasionally slightly crenulate; nervure 7 very shortly before
end of cell; discocellulars and nervure 5 very faint; nervure 3 immediately
before end of cell; nervure 2 nearly equidistant from base of wing and end of
cell. Hind tibize with two pairs of spurs.

Speyer, in 1878, under the name of Scelothriz, Ramb. (Can. Ent.,
x., pp. 147-148, 164-169), separated the genus Hesperia, as restricted
in this work, from the rest of the Hespertidi, which he described under
the name of Pyrqus, Hb., subdividing the latter into :—

Sect. A.— ¢ with costal fold.

(a) Stoutly built species, with deeply waved-toothed hindwings, and
with transparent spots on the forewings—lavatherae, Esp., althaeae,
Hb., alceae, Esp. [Erynnis, Schrk. Type alceae.]

(b) Hindwings more deeply dentated, or with the margins entire ; fore-
wings without transparent spots—proto, Esp., tessellum, Hb
eribrellum, Ev. [Muscuampia, n. g. ‘Type proto, Esp.]

Sect. B-— 3 without costal fold. Hindwings slightly dentated.

(a) Club of antenna longer than in the other species, bent behind the
middle, and thence to tip much reduced. ¢ with a trace of the
costal fold—poggei, Led. [SLoperta, n. g. ‘Type pogger, Led.]

(b) Club of antenna straight or only slightly bent, rounded at tip—
phlomidis, H.-Sch., sao, Hb., orbifer, Hb. [PoweE.iia, n. g. Type
sao, Hb. ]

Watson also subdivides the group (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898,
pp. 64-65), although his sections do not quite agree with those of
Speyer. He makes them fall into the following divisions, on their
secondary sexual characters, all of which divisions, however, appear
to us to have full generic value :—

1. Male without costal fold and without tuft of hairs on hind tibiee—spio, L.,
sataspes, Trim., zebra, Butl., galba, Fab., evanides, Butl., diomus, Hoptt., osterodia,
Trim., dromus, Plotz, vindex, Cram., transversaliae, Trim., orbifer, Latr., sae
Hb., phlomidis, H.-Sch., geron, Wats. [PowELLia,n. g. Type sao, Hb.]

2. Male with a costal fold; no tuft of hairs on the hind tibixe, but with these
tibize furnished with numerous short spines—eribrellum, Evers. [FAvria, n. g.
Type cribrellum, Evers. |

3. Male with a costal fold but with no tuft of hairs on the hind tibie—tessellum,
Hiibn., gigas, Brem., nomas, Led., pogger, Led., proto, Esp., americanus, Blanch.,
syrichtus, Fab., montivagus, Reak. [Musonampta, n. g. Type proto, Esp. |

4. Male with a costal fold and with a tuft of hairs on hind tibie—cashmirensis,
Moore, cacaliae, Ramb., serratulae, Ramb., alveus, Hb., andromedae, Wallgrn.,
centaureae, Ramb., hypoleucos, Led., malvae, Linn., cynarae, Ramb., carthami, Hb.,
sidae, Esp., antonia, Spey., sinicus, Butl., maculatus, Brem., boechoris, Hew.,
fulvovittatus, Butl., trisignatus, Mab., asychis, Godt. [Hesprrta, Fab. Type
malvae, L.]

Watson notes that all the species of this group in which the male

has a tuft of hairs on the hind tibie, are also provided with a pair of

an

’

HESPERIA. 219

scabbard-shaped scaly and hairy appendages, springing posteriorly

-. from the breast at the base of the hindlegs, and about one-third the

length of the abdomen. These appendages appear to be present in
the males of all genera which are provided with tufts on the hind
tibiz, and, when the hindlegs are drawn up, the tuft is inserted between
the appendages and the base of the abdomen.

Genus: Hesperia, [Fabricius,| Cuvier.

Synonymy.—Genus: Hesperia [-Urbicola], Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,’’ iii., 1, p. 353
(1793). Hesperia, Cuv., ‘‘'Tabl. Hlem.,’’ p. 592 (1798) ; Latr., ‘“ Hist. Nat.,”’
xiv., p. 124 (1805); ‘* Consid. Gén.,”’ p. 208 (1810) ; Leach, « Edin. Encyel.,”’
ix., p. 180 (1815); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett., a ep 34 (1816); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak.
Handl.,’’ xxxvii., p. 202 (1816); Latr., ‘ Ene. Meth.,” p. 784 (1819); Sam., ‘‘ Ent.
Comp.,’’ p. 242 (1819) ; Godt., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”’ i., p. 240 (1821); Bdv., ‘‘ Eur. Lep.
Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 26 (1829) ; Meigen, ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ p. 60 (1830) ; Dup., ‘‘ Hist.
Nat.,’’ supp. i., p. 257 (1832); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ x., p. 247 (1834); Curtis,
“« List,’’ 2nd ed., p. 316 (1837); Rbr., ‘‘ Lep. Faun. And.,’’ pl. viii., fig. 15 (1839);
Zett., ‘‘ Ins. Lapp.,’’ p. 915 (1840); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Vo.g -Ural.,’”’ p. 84 (1844) ;
H.-Sch., ‘‘ Sys. Bearb.,” p. 154 (1846); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 290 (1858) ;
Newm., ‘* Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 170 (1869); Kirb., ‘‘ Ent. Syn. Cat.,” p. 614 (1871) ;
Scudd., ‘‘ Proc. Am. Ac. Arts, etc.,’’ x., pp. 187-189 (1873) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 63
(1882) ; Scudd., ‘‘ Butts. New England,” ii., p. 1527 (1889) ; Wats., ‘‘ Proe. Zool.
Soe. Lond.,’’ p. 65 (1893) ; Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., p. 356 (1895) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Hand-
book,”’ etc., p. 10 (1897); Grote, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,’’ p. 59 (1897); Staud.
and Reb., ‘‘Cat.,’’ 3rd ed.,.p. 97 (1901); Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 292 (1902).
[Papilio-Plebeius-] Urbicola, ihinn:, ° Syst. Nat., ”? 10th ed., p. 485 (1758) ; 12th
ed., p. 795 (1767); Fab., ‘‘ Syst. Ent., ” p. 585 (1775) ; spay ee ur.

p. 345, pl. xxxvi., fig. 5 (1777) ; Selitisst 10 149 (2781) ; Goeze, ‘¢ Ent. Beit., , pt. 3)
p- 108 (1780) ; Fab., ‘‘ Spec. Ins.,’ ‘pt. p. 137 (1781) : Bergs. 5 “Nomen. p. 67, pl.
xl., figs. 8-9 (1780); Fab., ‘‘Mant.,”’ii., p. 91 (1767) ; anak ‘< Sys. Besch., eae
187, 288 (1788) ; ii., 237 (1789) ; eralinl ‘« Ins. Kal., , p. 363 (1791); Haw.,

‘‘Tep. Brit.,’’ p. 52 (1803). Papilio, Linn., ue Con ee ap. 280 (GL)
Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,” p. 181 (1763); Hufn., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,”’ ii., 1, p. 66 (1766) ;
Fuess., ‘‘ Verz.,’’ p. 32 (1775); Schiff., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ Ist ed., p. 159 (1775);
Retz., *‘ Gen. et Spec.,’’ p. 31 (1783); Schneid., ‘‘Sys. Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 277
(1785) ; Geoff., ‘‘Fourc. Ent. Paris.,”’ p. 247 (1785); Don., ‘‘ Brit. Ins.,”’ xv.,
p. 71 (1795); Hiibner, ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xcii., figs. 466-7 (1802) ; text p. 71
(antea, 1805); ‘‘Larv. Lep.,”’ i., Pap. ii., Gens Eb. figs. la-d (circ. 1800) ; IIL.,
“¢ Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 143 (1801); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., 1, p. 208
(1808); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit. Schmett.,”’ iv., p. 126 (1842). [Papilio-] Plebeius,
Mill., ‘‘ Faun. Frid.,’’ p. 37 (1764). Pamphila, Fab., ‘Ill. Mag.,’’ p. 287 (1807).
Thymale, Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,’’ i., p. 758 (1815). Pyrgus, Hb., ‘‘ Verz.,”’
p- 109 (1816); Stphs., ‘‘Illus.,” iv., p. 405 (1834); Humph. and Westd., “Brit.
Butts.,”’ p. 120 (1841); Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ 1st ed., p. 21 (1850); Westd. and Hew.,
“<Gen. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 517 (1852); Stphs., ‘‘ List,’’ 2nd ed., p. 19 (1856); Kirby,
‘‘Hur. Butts.,” p. 119 (1861); Butl., <‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 282 (1869); Riihl,
“«Pal. Gross.-Schmett.,’’ i., pp. 677, 831 (1895). Thymele, Stphs., ‘Ill. Brit. Ent.,”’
i., p. 97 (1828); ‘‘ Ins. Cat.,’’ p. 26 (1829); Wood, ‘‘ Ind. Ent.,’’ p. 9 (1839); Sta.,
‘«Man.,’’ i., p. 65 (1857). Syrichtus, Bdv., ‘‘ Icones,”’ etc., p. 231 (1832); Dup.,
“‘ Cat. Méth.,” p. 36 (1845); De Vill. and Guenée, ‘‘ Tabl. Syn. Lep. Eur.,’’ p. 120
(1835); Wallgrn., ‘‘ Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 274 (1853) ; Hein., ‘‘Schmett. Deutsch.,”’
p. 113 (1859); Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,’’ p. 215 (1874); Auriv., ‘‘Nord. Fjar.,”’
p. 41 (1888). Syricthus, Bdv., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,” p. 37 (1840); Led., ‘‘ Verh.
zool.-bot. Ges.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852): Kane, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,” p. 143 (1885); Dale,
‘Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 222 (1890). Syrichthus, Dblday., ‘‘ Syn. List,’’ p. 2 (1850) ;
Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,”’ i., p. 81 (1867); Nolck., ‘‘ Lep. Faun. Estl.,’’ p. 82 (1868)
Staud., ‘‘Cat.,”? 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz,” p. 53 (1880) ;
Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,” p. 344 (1884); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit. Isl.,”’ p. 268 (1893); Tutt,
‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 122 (1896). Scelotrix, Ramb., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 76 (1858).
Scelothrix, Speyer, ‘‘ Can. Ent.,’’ x., pp. 148, 166 (1878).

In 1798, Fabricius (Hint. Syst., ili., p. 258) separated the Rurailids
and Urbicolids from the rest of the butterflies under the name

220 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

Hesperia. Practically, he merely renamed the Linnean Plebeii,
which contained the same groups, and he retained the Linnean
subdivisions thereof—Rustici and Urbicolae—so that, instead of the
Linnean sections—Plebeit: Plebeti-Rustici, Plebeti- Urbicolae, we have
the Fabrician subdivisions—Hesperia: Hesperia-Rustici, Hesperia-
Urbicolae. Owing, however, to Fabricius noting Hesperia as a division
equal to Papilio, and not as a division of Papilio, the name has been
allowed to stand, although from the classificatory point of view a
mere synonym of Plebeit. In 1798, Cuvier cited (abl. Hlem., p. 588)
malvae, Linn., as the type of Hesperia, Fab., which rendered void
Fabricius’ later action (Jil. Mag., vi., p. 277), when, in 1807, he
restricted Hesperia to a section of ‘“ blues,” of which boetica was one,
and erected Thymele, Heliasand Pamphila fortheskippers. The diagnosis
of Fabricius for Hesperia reads (Ent. Syst., 111., p. 258) as follows :—

Palpi duo compressi, hirti, apice cylindrici nudi. Antenne clava oblonga,

szepius uncinata.
Cuvier evidently did not clearly understand the action of Fabricius in
renaming the Linnean Plebeti, for, after quoting the Linnean Plebeii,
with Papilio argus, Linn., as type, he notes: On a séparé nouvelle-
ment du genre des papillons: |

Les Hespéries (Hesperia, Fabr.) dans lesquels le renflement des antennes est
pointu, la téte grosse, et qui tiennent ordinairement les ailes horizontales, ou du
moins ne les relévent qu’a demi. Leurs chenilles ont seize jambes, et se filent une
coque—Le P. de la mauve—P. malvae (Petit; ailes d’un brun foncé, parsemées de
taches blanches).

The restricted genus Hesperia, with malvae, Linn. (ulveolus, Hb.),
as type, is, as already noted, very closely allied to the genera
Favria (cribrellum), Muschampta (tessellum, nomas, proto, syrichtus, etc.),
Poweliia (spio, orbifer, sao, phlonitdis, etc.) Sloperia ( pogyet) (see antea,
p. 218), from which, however, it can be at once separated by the
presence, in the g, of a costal fold to the forewings, and also a tuft of
hairs on the tibie of the hindlegs. The genus, under the name of
Scelothrix, Ramb., with the species maculata, Brem., sidae, Esp., cynarae,
Ramb., carthami, Hb., alveus, Hb., serratulae, Ramb., cacaliae, Ramb.,
andromedae, Wallgrn., centaureae, Ramb., malvae, Linn., was separated
from the rest of the allied species (grouped as sections of Pyrgus, Hb.),
by Speyer (Can. Ent., x., p. 148) (see antea, p. 218). His diagnosis
of Hesperia (= Scelothria, as above restricted) reads as follows :—

Club of antenna elongate, ovate, somewhat compressed, feebly falcate, rounded
at the end. Locklet long; palpi projecting more than length of eyes beyond front,
the middle joint bristly, the apical joint thick, bluntly conical, horizontal, or
directed obliquely forwards. Hind tibiz without spines. Male with much-developed
costal fold; two membranous, sheath-formed appendages on the metasternum, and
a long hair-tuft on the hind tibie. Tut of hind tibiz composed of long, fine, pencil-
like hairs.

The metasternal appendages are a pair of almost linear, rather
flat, membranous, apparently hollow structures, at first sight to be
compared with a short, broad, sabre-sheath, thickly-scaled on the
front edge, and particularly at the tip, with longer hairs. The hind
tibial tuft arises close under the knee of the hind tibize on the inner
side. It is composed of fine, long, pencil-like hairs, and is always as
long, often considerably longer, than the tibie; when drawn in, it
appears to be placed under the sheath-like metasternal appendages.
He observes that the genus approaches very near to Pyrgus in the

Puate XIX.

| i ico oan oorareaa

Fe << : 2 cs :

10 il

Photo. Hugh Main.

HeSPERIA MALY IMAGO AND PUPA. CIIRYSOPHANUS DISPAR LARVA AND PUPA.

Natural History of British Butterflies, Dec., 1906.

PuatE XIX.
(To be bound facing Plate XIX.)

HESPERIA MALVA.

Fies. 1-3.—Imago just emerged from pupa and climbed up grass stem.

Fie. 2.—Shortly afterwards (the insect reversed and crawled some
distance down stem and rested).

Fias. 4-8.—Pupa (five different views) x 2.

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR Var. RUTILUS.

Fic. 9.—Larva (spun up for pupation) x1.
Fie. 10.—Pupa (lateral view) x1.
Fic. 11.—Pupa (dorsal view) x1.

HESPERIA MALVE. 221

general appearance, markings, and habits of its species, but in the g's
certain conspicuous differences separate them readily, and, in the
matter of the tibial tuft and metasternal appendages, there appear to
be no transitional forms. The species are extremely difficult to
separate, and the specific or varietal value of many species is very
uncertain. The genus appears to be practically confined to the
Palearctic and Nearctic regions.

Scudder observes (Butts. New Eng., i1., p. 1580) that the butterflies
are of small size, and may be readily distinguished by their chequered
markings of white upon a dark brown ground, the markings generally
disposed in transverse series, especially across the middle and outer
half of the wing . . : . the undersurface of the hindwings
peculiarly variegated, lacking the regularity of the markings of the
other parts, different shades of brown, olive and yellowish-green
serving to enliven the general design, while an interrupted fringe to
all the wings adds to their tesselated appearance. He further notes
that the group is one of the most numerous in species among the
Hesperiidae, and finds its maximum of development in the north
temperate regions of the Old World, most of the species found in
North America being confined to the western part, whose fauna bears
a closer resemblance to that of the Old World than it does to that of
eastern North America. In the Old World, it extends from about
60° N. lat. to nearly 30° N. lat., and, in the central Alps of Europe,
one species (Hesperia alveus) at least goes up to 7500ft. In the New
World it extends on the east coast, including the Antilles, at least
from below the equator to 55° N. lat., and on the western coast nearly
as high.

The butterflies choose a variety of situations in which to lve—dry
meadows, open places in woods, roadsides, mountain valleys, and high
upland pastures; they rest on flowers, their wings expanded flatly when
flying actively in the sun, although, when quite at rest, they are drawn
up vertically over their backs. Some of the species are exceedingly fond
of drinking at muddy puddles and runnels of water; we have seen
near Simplon, and elsewhere, a bank, through which water was oozing,
steaming in the hot sun, so covered with specimens of Hesperia alveus,
of both sexes, that it would have been possible to cover several dozens
with a net had one been so disposed.

HesPeRia MALV#, Linné.

Synonymy.—Species: Malvae, Linn., ‘‘ Syst. Nat.,’’? 10th ed., p. 485, no. 167
nec lary. (1758); 12th ed., p. 795, no. 267 (1767); ‘‘Faun. Suec.,’’ p. 285, no. 1081
(1761); Miull., ‘‘ Faun. Frid.,’’ p. 37 (1764); Fab., ‘‘Sys. Ent.,”’ p. 535, nec lary.
(1775); Fuess., ‘‘ Verz.,”’ p. 32, no. 609, nec references (1775); Goeze, ‘‘ Ent.
Beit.,”’ ii., pt. 3, p. 108 (in part) (1780); Fab., ‘‘ Spec. Ins.,’’ pt. ii., p. 186 (nec
larva et pupa) (1781); Retz., ‘‘Gen. et Spec.,’’ p. 31(1783); Schneid., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.
Eur. Schmett.,’’ p. 277 (1785); Geoff., ‘‘Foure. Ent. Paris.,’’ p. 247 (1785) ;
Brahm, ‘‘Ins. Kal.,’”’ ii., p. 363 (1791) ; Lewin, ‘“ Insects,”’ etc., p. 96, pl. xlvi.,
figs. 8-9 (1775) ;_ Cuv., ‘‘ Tabl. Elem.,” p. 592 (1798) ; Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 52
(1803); Don., ‘‘ Brit. Ins.,”’ xv., p. 71, pl. 567, exc. larv. et pup. (1813); Leach,
‘¢ Edin. Encyel.,”’ ix., p. 180 (1815); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Handl.,’’ xxxvii., p. 202
(1816); Sam., ‘‘ Ent. Comp.,’’ p. 242 (1819); Bdv., ‘‘ Icones,’’ p. 231 (1832); Zett.,
‘Ins. Lapp.,’’ p. 915 (1840) ; Humph. and Westwd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 120, pl.
XXxvili., figs. 1-6 (1841); Kirby, ‘‘Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 119 (1862); Wallgrn., ‘‘Skand.
Dagf.,”? p. 274 (1853) ; Nolck., ‘‘ Lep. Fn. Estl.,’’ p. 82 (1868): Butl., ‘Cat.
Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 282 (1869); Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 170 (1869) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Syn.
Cat.,”’ p. 614 (1871); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soe.
Ent. Ital.,’’ vi., p. 215 (1874); Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 63 (1882); Lang, ‘‘ Butts.

999, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Eur.,’’ p. 344 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Kur. Butts.,’’ p. 143 (1885); Schilde, ‘‘ Berl. Ent.
Zeits.,’’ p. 55 (1886) ; Auriv., ‘‘ Nord Fjar.,’’ p. 41, pl. vii., fig. 9 (1889); Wats.,
‘‘Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,”’ p. 65 (1893); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross. Schmett.,’’i., pp. 677,
831 (1895); Meyr., ‘‘Handbk.,’’ p. 356 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 122 (1896);
Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,’’ etc., iii., p. 10 (1897); Staud. and Reb., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rded., p. 97
(1901); Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 292 (1902). ?Morio, Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,” p. 181,
var. 2 (exc. cit. Reesel) (1763). Fritillum, Schiff. and Den., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,”’
1st ed., p. 159 (1775) ; [Hb., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ pl. xcii., figs. 464-5 (1802);] text,
p. 71 (ante, 1805); Latr., ‘‘ Consid. Gen.,’’ p. 208 (1810); Ill., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,”’
2nd ed., p. 143(1801); Latr., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,’’ xiv., p. 124 (1805); Hb., ‘‘Verz.,’’ p. 109
(1816); Godt., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,’’ i., p. 240, pl. xii. sec., fig. 3(1821).. Malvae-minor,
Esp., ‘‘ Schmett, Eur.,”’ pl. xxxvi., fig.5 (1777). Sao, Bergs., ‘‘ Nomencla.,”’ p. 67,
pl. xl., figs. 8-9 (1780); Bkh., ‘‘Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 187, 288 (1788). Lavaterae,
Fab., ‘‘ Mant. Ins.,’’ ii., p. 91 (1787); ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,”’ iii., p. 353, no. 339 (1793) ;
‘Tl. Mag.,’’ p. 287 (1807). Alweolus, Hb., ‘‘Hur. Schmett.,’’ p). xcii., figs. 466-7
(1802); pl. exvi., fig. 597 (1805); ‘‘ Larvee Lep.,’’ i., Pap. ii., Gens Hb., figs. la-d
(circ. 1800); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2, p. 208 (1808) ; iv., p. 34 (1816) ;
Hb., ‘* Verz.,”? p. 109) (1816); Stphs-, “(ll Brit) Mnt.,” 1.5 p. 97(s2s) eee ease
Cat.,’’ p. 26 (1829); Bdv., ‘‘ Kur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 26 (1829); Meig., ‘‘ Hur.
Schmett.,’’ p. 60, pl. lviii., fig. 2 (1830); Treits., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ supp. x., pt. 1,
pp. 95, 247 (1834) ; Stphs., ‘‘Ill.,” etc., iv., p. 405 (1834) ; Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,”
p. 316, pl. viii., figs. 14-15 (1839); Wood, ‘‘Ind. Ent.,’”’ p. 9, fig. 75 (1839) ;
Bdy., ‘‘Gen. et Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 37 (1840); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beitr.,” iv., p. 126,
pl. 361, fig. 2 (1842); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,’’? p. 84 (1844); Dup., ‘‘ Cat.
Meth.,’’ p. 36 (1845) ; H.-Sch., ‘‘ Sys. Bearb.,’’ p. 154 (1846); Stphs., ‘‘ List,”’
Ist ed., p. 2 (1850); Dbldy., ‘‘Syn. List,” p. 2 (1850); Westd. and Hewits., ‘‘ Gen.
Diurn. Lep.,”’ p. 517 (1852); Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.,’’ ii., p. 26 (1852);
Stphs., ‘‘ List,’ 2nd ed., p. 19 (1856); Sta., ‘‘Man.,” i., p. 65 (1857); Speyer,
‘‘Geog. Verb.,” p. 290 (1858); Ramb., ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,”’ p. 76 (1858); Hein.,
‘¢Schmett. Deutsch.,’’? p. 113 (1859); Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,” p. 81 (1867); Frey,
‘‘Tep. Schweiz,’’ p. 53 (1880); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 222 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep.
Brit. Isl.,’’? p. 268, pl. xxxvii., figs. 1-1f (1893). Cardui, Latr., ‘‘ Hnc. Méth.,”
ix., p. 784 (1819).

ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION” .— Papilio Plebeius malvae. Alis denticulatis
divaricatis nigris albo maculatis. ‘Fn. Suec.,” i., tab. 8; Pet.,
“Gaz.,. t. xxxvi., fie. 6; Merian, “ Hur.,” 1., 6. 48; Reames
1., t. 11, fig. 6-7; Roes., ‘Ins.,” 1., pap. 1, t. 10; Wailkj yeaa
t.2,c.1. Habitat in Malva, Althaea [Linné, Syst. Nat., 10th ed.,

* At the time this description was written, no differentiation of the allied
Hesperiid species had been made, and these references include such, although the
description itself has been proved to belong to the species with which we are here
dealing. Zetterstedt says (Ins. Lapp., p. 915) of H. malvae : ‘‘ Dalm., Hesper. Sv.
202, 6, certe. Papilio, Linn., Fn. Sv., 1081, verus (dum affinium nullus alius est
cum quo confundi potest). Hesperia fritillum-minor, Fabr., “ Ent. Syst.,” 3, 1, 350,
333 (quatenus Linn. synon. verum),” etc. Wallengren says (Skand. Dagf., p. 275):
Pap. malvae sine dubio est haec species. Habitat primo vere in pratis. Linné in
sua Fauna Suecicae dixit, quod cum alia specie suecana hujus generis nullo modo
convenit, quoniam S. alveus mense Julio, S, serratulae et andromedae ad finem Junii
et in initio Julii, et S. centawreae mense Junio reperiuntur ; S. alveolus ,Hb., tamen jam
initio Maji in pratis occurrit. Preeterea loco citato legimus; ale supra nigro-fusce,
quod in Syrtchtum serratulae et andromedae, qui habent colorem fusco-brunneum,
nec in nigredinem vertentem, minime quadrat. S. centawreae et alveus quidem alas
supra nigro-fuscas, fuscas in nigredinem vertentes, habent, sed ale posticze Syrichti
alvei fere sunt immaculate, tantum maculis cinereis, obsoletioribus notate, dum
Linné nullam differentiam coloris alarum posticarum et anticarum in descriptione
indicavit, nam dixit ; ‘ ale maculis parvis sen punctis quadratis albis adsperse sunt ; ’
et S. centaureae non habet maculas quadratas parvas et nullo modo punctas, qued
tamen de Syrichto alveolo bene dici potest, quoniam ad marginem exteriorem alarum
tam anticarum tam posticarum maculas albas, que sub nomine punctorum bene sint
referendz, in eo reperimus. Hoc certe quidem sufficit, ut eo nomen Linneanum
tribuemus, quare etiam Celeb. Dalman |. c. jam observavit; ‘ Haec (Hesperia)
certissime P. malvae, Lin., verus, cum a speciebus affinibus nulla alia occurrit qui

confundatur.’ ”

HESPERIA MALVS, 2238

p. 485 (1758)|. [Papilio malvae, alis denticulatis divaricatis nigris
-.albopunctatis. (Fn. 794. Hoffn., “Ins.,” 4.6.,2f. ult. Pet., «‘Mus.,”’
35, n. 325. Papiliunculus fuscus punctis plurimis albicantibus. ‘‘Gaz.,”’
56, t. 36, f. 6. Papilio fuscus, etc. Aet. Ups., 1786, p. 23, n. 34.
Papilio alis erectis obtusis dentatis nigris; punctis albis, tesselatis.
It. @land, 3. Papilio hexapus, alis divaricatis denticulatis nigris albo-
punctatis.) Habitat primo vere in Pratis. Descriptio: Magnitudo
Argi. Corpus totum et ale supra nigro fusce. Ale maculis parvis
seu punctis quadratis, albis, numerosis adsperse sunt a parte exteriori,
margine quasi dentato, interjacentibus maculis albis. Corpus et ale
‘subtus griseo-cineree; ale ipse subtus maculis albis difformibus
inequalis magnitudinis. Antenne clavate, supra fusce, subtus albide,
annulis minimis albis. Al erectz non sunt, sed divaricate, fere uti
Phalaenae quercifoliae (Linné, Fauna Suecicae, 2nd ed., p. 285).|
Imaco.—25mm.-27mm. in expanse. All four wings blackish,
with a slight greyish-green tinge, chequered with white or creamy-
white spots, many of which are almost square; the fringes alternately
made up of white and black patches. Underside of forewings grey,
with the white spots of upperside conspicuous; that of hindwings,
ochreous, with white marks of upperside enlarged and increased.
SEXUAL DiMorPHISM.—The special characteristics of the g are:
(1) A narrow fold along the basal portion of the costa. (2) A thick
sprinkling of greenish-grey scales at the base of the forewings. (8) A
more complete central white band on the hindwings. (4) A trace of
other white spots usually towards the base of both fore- and hindwings.
The @ is almost black in colour, sometimes with a faint purplish
tinge; the spots are somewhat contracted, and the pattern shows a much
more marked contrast than in the g. ‘The undersides of the hind-
wings of the g are dull greyish-ochreous, but, in the ? , the ochreous
is often of a bright ruddy hue. The costal fold is really the turned-
up costal edge of the forewing, so that it forms, with its scales, the roof
or upper surface of a tube or passage | (compare more detailed description
of that of Nisoniades tages) (postea).|. At the bottom of this tube is
a great number of androconial scales, closely attached to each other,
and a broad band. ‘The androconia are, in this species, broadest at the
base, about 0-011mm., and always become narrower towards the apex,
drawn over in a long very fine point, their length running to 0:25mm.
Besides this, there is,in the # s,a spot near the inner side of the posterior
tibie, which is thickly beset with long evenly broad hairs, forming
together a tuft, which the insect is said to be able to spread out or
contract at will* (Aurivillius).
TERATOLOGICAL SPECIMEN.—A notch at the apex of all the wings, in
which the cilia are present, but shorter than usual (Mansbridge).
Variation.—-Considerable variation exists in the depth of the ground
colour and extent of the white markings. Sometimes the white spots
on the forewing occupy the greater part of its central area, and
form the ab. taras, Bergs. (lavaterae, Haw.), which is diagnosed by
Staudinger, as having ‘‘the white spots large and confluent’’; at other
times the markings of the forewings are normal, but the white spots of
the hindwings form a complete central band=ab. fasciata, Tutt, whilst

* Fritz Miiller believes that he detected in certain Brazilian species a faint
scent produced by similar structures.

224 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Schilde describes rather vaguely an ab. intermedia, as intermediate
between the type and ab. taras. The following appear to be the best
known forms of the species :—

1, The forewings with enlarged spots, the hindwings with reduced spots (often
only the discal showing) =ab. taras, Bergstrasser.

2. The forewings typical, the hindwings with reduced spots, as in taras=ab.
intermedia, Schilde.

3. The forewings and hindwings with the white spots not especially enlarged
or reduced =malvae, Linné.

4. The forewings typical, the hindwings with the white spots united to form a
complete central band=ab. fasciata, Tutt.

5. The forewings and hindwings both with distinctly reduced white spots (some
quite obsolete)=ab. restricta, n. ab.

6. Rather larger than the type, the white spots well-developed, and contrasting
with the black ground colour=var. australis, n. var.

7. Larger than the type, the white spots contrasting strongly with the very
black ground colour, the hindwings with a well-developed transverse band of spots
=var. melotis, Dup.

8. Larger than the type, the forewings greenish-grey, the white spots of a pure
tint, one spot in the centre of the row on the hindwings extending towards base=
var. hypoleucos, Led.

9. The ground colour of the wings brown, instead of black, the markings
typical=ab. brunnea, n. ab.

The undersides are very variable. The colour of the forewings
beneath is grey, of the hindwings grey, ochreous-grey, olivaceous-
grey, brown-grey, or brown, with the white spots of the upper-
side enlarged and increased; in the ¢g the tint is usually dull
greyish-ochreous, in the ¢@ the ochreous becomes browner, but
the colour is, in both sexes, often of a bright ruddy hue (=ab.
rufa, n. ab.); the peculiar colours of the underside are exceedingly
useful to the species, for they render the butterfly most inconspicuous
as it sits on a dried flowering stem of grass, its almost unfailing
habit when at rest. Raynor says that the most interesting form that
he has taken, is that in which the usual dull chocolate of the underside
of the hindwing is replaced by a bright red chocolate, imparting a very
handsome appearance to the specimen. ‘There are very few references
in our literature to the variation of this species, apart from ab. taras,
and these are too general to be of much service, e.g., an intermediate
form captured in South Devon, in 1902 (Rogers); one large example
approaching H. alveus in size, taken near Bude (Rothschild) ; several
red-brown forms at Ringwood (Fowler), etc. Oberthur writes (in litt.)
that he has, in his collection, a specimen in which the ground colour
of the wings is greyish-white, both above and below, in place of the
black=ab. albina, n. ab. Mrs. Nicholl states that she has three
examples of a small very brown form, taken high in the mountains
of Aragon, about mid-July. Frey notes that, on the Albula,
he got a g, the upperside of which corresponds exactly with that
of var. hypoleucos, Led., whilst the underside of the hindwings presents
the usual markings. Hilf records the capture of very dark examples at
Ubli, in the Balkans, in July, 1903. The alpine form of Central
Europe, described by Duponchel as melotis, with the black ground
colour and white spots contrasting distinctly, and with brownish
underside of the hindwings with the usual markings, is often united
with the eastern (Syrian) greenish-grey, conspicuously white-
spotted Aypoleucos, Led., which further has the underside of the
hindwings pale greenish-yellow. We think these two forms should

HESPERIA MALVE. 22.5

be kept separate. A form very closely allied to melotis, Dup.,
is quite common in all the warmer parts of southern France—
Hyéres, Draguignan, Cannes, Digne, etc., whilst the hypoleucos of Syria
is a very different-looking insect in its extreme forms. Running
through the specimens in our own collection we notice: (1) A long
series from Saeterstoen, in Norway, June-July, 1898—the gs small,
erey-haired, with abundant, but rather small, white spots, tending to join
transversely; two 2s only, somewhat darker, but spotted almost like
the gs, not quite so much white, however. These examples
belong no doubt to the typical Linnean form, with abundant spotting
exteriorly, without, however, these outer marginal spots developing into
ab. zagrabiensis, Grund. . The undersides fuscous-olive, with well-
developed white spots; both sexes the same. (2) A long series
from Digne, April, 1897-—rather larger than, but otherwise more like,
the Saeterstoen specimens than those from Draguignan, Hyéres,
etc. They are well spotted; the 9s are darker, and with rather
smaller spots. The undersides of the forewings greyish, of the hind-
wings, olive-fuscous or brown-grey, a considerable difference existing
between the extreme grey and extreme brown forms; the white markings
rather mottled. These are very close to the Linnean type in general
appearance and spotting. Afew 9? s from DignearelJarge, black, with well-
developed markings, not quite so black in the ground colour, or with such
contrasting black spots, asin the real melotis, Dup.; wecall this ab. (et var.)
australis. (8) Three 2s from Draguignan (May, 1905)—dark, well-
marked 9s of ab. australis form. (4) From Hyeres, one ?, March,
1908, one f and three ? s, April, 1905—rather large, the ¢ less in wing-
expanse than the 9 s; dark, with well-developed spots; much larger and
darker than those from Saeterstoen; remarkably good examples of the
southern form, ab. australis; underside hindwings, g rich red-brown; ? s
olivaceous-brown; the white markings distinct, somewhat silvery. (5) A
long series from Cannes, March and April, 1897, 1899, 1900, 1903— g's
smaller than 9s; of the same form as the last, the gs well-marked,
but the °s with clear white markings very strongly developed on the
forewings, also well-developed on the hindwings, particularly the upper
part of the central band. Underside of hindwings grey, olivaceous-
grey, and deep olive-brown, well-marked with white. (6) Aix-les-
Bains, May, 1897—a well-marked ?, not unlike some of the Digne
examples. (7) Locarno, April, 1899, 1903, and May, 1902—both
sexes especially black; the white markings of the forewings, particu-
larly contrasting and reminding one somewhat of those of carthami; the
hindwings dark with very white spots, in some only a few spots, in others
a well-developed transverse band ; the undersides olivaceous-brown,
in some quite brown, well-marked with white. Undoubtedly the var.
melotis, Dup. (8) Vernet-les-Bains, July 26th-August 11th, 1905—
Two eastern Pyrenean examples from Oberthur of good size, the g

slightly larger than the ? , and powdered slightly with grey at base ;
both specimens of dark ground colour, white spotting clear; both sexes
with outer marginal row on forewings obsolete, on hindwings also, in ?

rather less so than.in g ; 1n both sexes only the white discoidal spot of
hindwingsconspicuously marked. The underside of the hindwings of ¢

brown, of 2 deep brown (inclining to chocolate) ; white spots not parti-
cularly clear in tint= yar. pyrenaica, n. var. (9) Canales de la Sierra, two
3 s,one?. Intensely black like the var. melotis, spots equally white, but.

226 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

much smaller, hindwings particularly black with only the discoidal spot(or
spots) conspicuous ; underside of hindwings of gs brown, with white
‘spots almost restricted to central band; of ?, red, also with restricted
white spots=var. andalusica, n. var. (10) A g from Cogne, August,
1894. The wings covered with grey dusting; the spots of forewings
small, all, except angulated row, more or less obsolete; hindwings as
forewings, and only the costal part oi transverse row of white spots
developed; underside of hindwings pale yellowish-brown, with well-
developed white spots=var. alpina, n. var. The described forms of
this species, so far as they are known to us, are as follows :—

a. ab. zagrabiensis, Grund, “Ent. Zeits. Guben,” KVi., p. “49) fg
(1903) ; Gillm., “Soc. Ent.,” xix., p. 34 (1904).—Form, size and ground colour,
identical with those of typical H. malvae, L., but the spots of the marginal area
form a complete white band on the forewings. This band runs from the costa to
the inner margin in the same direction as does the row of white spots. The second
row of white spots in the median area consists of two large white spots, meeting, so
as to form a blackish eye, with the white spot turned to the base of the forewings.
The outer row of white spots on the hindwings is obsolete, only represented by a
weak whitish dusting, whilst the median transverse row of spots on the hindwings
consists of only two short white narrow stripes. The fringes are not chequered, as
in the type, but those of the forewings are white, and only once interrupted by a
small dash of the dark ground colour just below the middle of the outer margin ;
three dashes occur in the fringes of the hindwings, but these do not reach the outer
edge, the external half of the fringes being quite white. On the underside of the
forewings, the spots also form a distinct white band; on the underside of the
hindwings there are fewer, but larger, white spots than is the case with the type.
Near Agram—Zagrabia (Croatia) (Grund).

Gillmer remarks (Soc. Ent., xix., p. 34) that the ab. zagrabiensis
differs from ab. taras and ab. intermedia; (1) in the fringes; (2) in the
confluence of the outer row of white spots into a complete band; (8) by
the increased size of the white spots on the underside, whilst the spots
on the upperside of the hindwings are reduced, similar to those of ab.
taras and ab. intermedia.

B. ab. fasciata, Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,” p. 123 (1896); Lamb., “ Pap. Belg.,” p.
293 (1902); Wheeler, “ Butts. Switz.,” p. 6 (1903). Malvae var. c, Wallgrn.,
“‘Skand. Dagf.,” p. 274 (1853). Moryi*, Strand, ‘“‘ Nyt. Mag. f. Nat.,” xl., pt. 2, pp.
141, 163-4 (1902); xli., pt. 2, p. 182 (1904).—The forewings typical; the white spots
forming the central transverse fascia on the hindwings united into a complete
central band (Tutt).

Strand’s ab. moryt appeared to us, at first, to be a very slight
modification of ab. fasciata, viz., with the transverse band of the under-
side of the hindwings complete, and, as we were not at all sure whether
our ab. fasciata, in which the band on the upperside of the hindwings
is complete, is always so also on the underside, we were rather doubtful
whether ab. moryi would come within the limits of ab. fasciata. His
reference, however, to Wallengren’s var. c determined the matter, for
the description of this form reads: ‘‘ Fascia macularia media in parte
inferiore alarum posticarum continua maculis albis cohwrentibus
inter costam quadratam et sextam,’’ which is a clear diagnosis of ab.
fasciata.

* Strand writes: ‘‘ H. malvae is found abundantly at Odnes, and also in some
numbers at Vallo and Roikenviken. Examples of ab. taras, Bergs., were not found,
but I have a well-marked and quite intermediate specimen agreeing with
Wallengren’s var. ¢c, in which the white spots of the transverse band on the under-
side of the hindwings are joined, whilst between the 4th and 6th nervures a white
united spot is found. I name this new aberration after my friend Mory in Basle.”

HESPERIA MALV. DAF

y. ab. intermedia, Schilde, ‘‘ Berl. Ent. Zeits.,” p. 55 (1886); Riihl, “ Pal.
Gross-Schmett.,” i., p. 831 (1895); Tutt, ‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 124 (1896). Alwveolus,
Hb., “ Eur. Schmett.,” p. 71, pl. exvi., fig. 597 (1805)—Previous to 1885, I gave
considerable attention to the variation of this species, and have, as a result, fourteen
examples of taras, all ¢s; in addition, however, I have eleven specimens of a form
intermediate between the type and ab. taras, which occurs in both sexes, and which
I call intermedia. The upperside of the forewings resembles that of the type, but
that of the hindwings that of taras. Four examples (two ¢s and two ¢s) of this
form have, also, the underside of the hindwings similar to taras, whilst the other
five ¢s and two ?s have only the upperside of the hindwings of the taras form,
the underside agreeing fairly well with malvae. The difference from typical malvae,
is, however, considerable. As to the sexual relationship of these forms it is to be
noted: (1) All ab. taras are 3s. (2) No? malvae has the white marks on the fore-
wings like those of taras. (3) No taras ¢ has spots C and K on the underside of
hindwings (see pl.ii., fig. 1). (4) Both these spots are present in malvae. (5) These spots
always occur together in intermedia, not one or the other alone, as C in alveus (fig.
3). (6) In all the Pyrgus forms mentioned, spot C may be absent, except in taras $
and intermedia g and?. (7) The sao-orbifer group, notwithstanding its resemblance
to intermedia on the upperside, is, on account of the arrangement of the bands and
spots on the underside further from the malvae-taras group, than the other noted
species of Pyrgus that have not this similarity on the upperside. (8) Although
antonia reminds one of taras on the upperside of the forewings, the underside is
very dissimilar. The development of these forms is connected with sex; the most
widely divergent form from tbe type being only ¢, the ? being only transitional ;
$ intermedia tend to approach the true taras form, which the ¢s do not. The
number of taras compared with the type, also varies in different seasons, and in
different localities (Schilde).

According to Schilde’s figures of taras (see infra) and description of
intermedia, it is clear that the latter form had typical forewings, whilst
the hindwings have reduced spots, asin ab. taras. Oberthiir notes that
he has 24 examples between ab. taras and the type. Ldffler (Hnt. Zeits.
Guben, xvill., no. 20) notes that he found 2 examples of this species, which
exhibited a complete transition to ab. taras, hitherto only recorded as
a ¢ form, and concluded that the species possesses a tendency towards
the taras markings, the @ now beginning to follow the 3, which first
developed the tendency in this direction. Well-marked @ taras are
still very rare.

6. ab. taras, Bergstrasser, ‘‘ Nomenclatur,”’ etc., iv., p. 40, pl. xci., figs. 5-6
(1780) ; Latr., ‘‘ Ene. Méth.,’’ ix., p. 784 (1819) ; Meig., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ i., p.
61, pl. lv., figs. 3a-b (1830); Speyer, ‘‘ Geog. Verb.,’’ p. 290 (1858); Staud.,
“*Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); Kirby, ‘‘ Hur. Butts.,’’ p. 63 (1882); Frey, ‘‘ Lep.
Schw.,’’ p. 53 (1880); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,”’ p. 345, pl. Ixxxi., fig. 2 (1884); Kane,
' * Hur. Butts..”’ p. 143 (1885) ; Schilde, ‘‘ Berl. Ent. Zeits.,’’ p. 55, pl. ii., figs.
7-9 (1886); Barr., ‘‘Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 269, pl. xxxvii., figs. 1b-c (1893); Riihl,
‘* Gross-Schmett.,’’? pp. 679, 831 (1895); Tutt, ‘Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 124 (1896) ;
Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., iii., p. 11, fig. (1897); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,”’ 3rd ed., p.
97 (1901) ; Loffi., ‘‘ Ent. Zeit. Guben,’’ xviii., pp. 77-78 (1904). Malvae var.,
Ksp., ‘‘Schmett. Eur.,’”’ pl. li., fig. 2 (1780). dAlthaeac, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett.
Hus, i., pp. 4, 149 (with ref. to pl. li., fig. 2) (1781). Fritillum*, Fab.,
‘*Mant.,’’ ii., p. 91 (teste references) (1787); ‘‘Hnt. Syst.,’’ iii., p. 353 (teste
references) (1793); ‘‘Ill. Mag.,’’ p. 287 (1807); Lewin, ‘‘ Insects,’ etc., p. 96,
pl. xlvi., figs. 4-5 (1795) ; Stphs., ‘‘Ins. Cat.,” p. 26 (1829); Humph. and Westd.,
‘Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 121, pl. xxxviii., figs. 7-8 (1841); Kirby, ‘‘ Syn. Cat.,’’ p. 614
(1871). Altheae, Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 188, 288 (1788) ; ii., p. 237 (teste
references) (1789). Lavaterae, Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 52 (1803); Bdv., ‘‘ Gen.
et Ind. Meth.,”’ p. 37 (1840) ; Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,”’ p. 36 (1845); Newm., ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,”’ p. 170 (1869); Butl., ‘‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 282 (1869); Dale, ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,”’ p. 223 (1890). Alveolus, Hb., ‘‘Eur. Schmett.,’’ figs. 847-8 (post 1823).

* The reference (Esp., pl. li., fig. 2) of Fabricius suggests that he was here
dealing with taras. On the other hand, his description suggests alveus or carthami.
This also was Godart’s opinion.

228 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Alveolus var., Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,’’ iv., p. 126, pl. 361, fig. 3 '(1842).—P.P.U.
taras. Alis dentatis divaricatis, fuscis, albo-maculatis, punctatisque. Wings
irregularly dentated, dark brown, with white spots and dots. If this insect is a
distinct species as Scriba asserts, then the name taras would be more correct than
that of morio, as Scopoli called it*. In size and appearance, itis like saot, usually,
however, it is smaller, and the tips of the antenne, which are very prominent in
other species, are almost entirely covered with hair; the ground colour, the spotted
outer border and pattern of the hindwings resemble those of sao; the markings of
‘the forewings are also similar, but the three innermost are very conspicuous, much
larger than the others, while that nearest the lower margin is long and broad ; :on
the underside is the pattern of the upperside, and the ground colour is greenish-
grey-brown (Bergstrasser). British LOCALITIES.—BrERKs: Wokingham (Hamm).
CamBripcEe: Chippenham Fen (Rothschild). Cornwatu: Bude (Mathew). Drvon:
South Devon (Rogers), Dartmoor (Gummer), Woodbury (Kane), Exefer (South),
Lustleigh (Buckell), Plymouth (Lemann), Oxton (Studd), Instow (Hinchliff),
Torrington, Barnstaple (Mathew). Essrx: Epping (Gerrard), Hazeleigh (Raynor).
GuoucestER : Leigh (Hudd), Gloucester(Merrin), Painswick (Metcalfe), Wotton-under-
Edge (Perkins). Hanrs: Isle of Wight (Mitford), Ringwood (Fowler), Brockenhurst
(Wells). Mippiesex: Old Oak Common, Kingsbury (Godwin). Oxrorp: Cowley
(Shipp). Surrey: Woking (Russell),Godstone(Turner). Sussex: Hastings distriet
(Bloomfield), Abbott’s Wood, Battle (Jenner), Milton (Adkin), St. Leonard’s (Sweet-
love), Horsham (Jackson), Tilgate (Sheldon). ConTINENTAL LocaALiTIES.—Ast1A: Asia
Minor—Brussa (Fountaine). Austro-Huneary : Dalmatia (Mann), Lower Austria—
Hernstein, etc. (Rogenhofer), Schallmoss, near Salzburg (Richter), Glockner (Mann),
Carinthia—Wolfsberg (teste Riihl). Brnerum: Marchovelette, Beez, Fond d’Arquet,
Gedine, Brussels, St. Servais, province of Luxembourg (Lambillion). Bosnia Aanp
HercEcovina : Sarajevo, Vranica Planina, Maklenpass (Rebel). DEnmarx (Lampa).
Finuanp: Karelia (Lampa). France: Riviera (teste Rihl), Indre—Branche
d’Ardentes, St. Florent (Sand), Seine-et-Loire (Constant), Pont de l’Arche (Dupont),
Haute-Garonne, Arguenos—Pic de l’Entricada, Pyrenees (Caradja), Calvados
(Fauvel), Brittany (Griffith), Aube—Larrivour (Jourdheuille), Autun (Constant),
Rennes, Besancon, Mont Revard, Sologne, Chateaudun (Oberthiir). Grrmany:
Pomerania (Hering), Hamburg (Zimmermann), Liineburg (Machleidt), Hameln,
Osnabriick, Hanover, Gottingen (Jordan), Wiesbaden (Réssler), Oberursel (Fuchs),
Cassel (Borgmann), Waldeck (Speyer), Osterland, Crefeld, Elberfeld, Trier, Aachen
(Stollwerck), Barmen (Weymer), Giessen, etc. (Speyer),
Karlsruhe, Pforzheim, Heidelberg, Weinheim (Reutti), Alsace—Forét de Lutter-
bach (Gerber), Doiler (Michel), Basle, Banks of Weise (Peyerimhoff), Thuringia
(Krieghoff), Gotha (Ruhl), Brandenburg—Berlin, etc. (Bartel), Posen (Schultz),
Silesia (Wocke), Saxony—Dresden (Steinert), Rachlau, Lobau (Schiitze), Chemnitz
(Pabst), Bavaria—Kehlheim, Grass (Schmid), Kempten (v. Kolb), Wernigerode
Leipzig (teste Rtthl). Greece: Acarnania (teste Riihl). Irary: Tuscany—Pian
di Mugnons (Stefanelli), Lombardy—Monti di Vill’Albese (Turati). Roumanta:
Costitcha (Fleck). Russia: Baltic Provinces—Livonia (Lienig), Pichtendahl
(Nolcken), Annenhof (Huene). Swirzertanp: Gadmen, Niesen (Jaggi), Martigny,
Sion, Sépey, Gryon (Favre), Veytaux, Aigle (Wheeler), Berne (Flemyng), Weissen-
burg (Huguenin), Saas-Fée, Hermance, Fernex, Monnetier (Blachier).

This is largely a 3 aberration, ?s rarely reaching an extreme
stage in the development of the white spots of the forewings.
Bergstrasser figures (Nomenclatur, pl. 91, figs. 5-6) a specimen, under
the name of taras, with the forewings very white along the costa, and
the central transverse band of white spots strongly developed ; the
hindwings black with a marginal row of small white spots, and a
median white oe only; the underside also with the white specially

* We are unable to satisfy pamelnee as to this. Scopoli’s morio var. 2 reads as
follows: “ Alis anticis supra albopunctatis ; fimbria albo fuscoque varia; subtus
albomaculatis, eademque fimbria; posticis utrinque simili fimbria, subtus albo
car gi variis. Roes., “‘ Pap. Duirn. Cl.) ul., tabi, es vs oder Mus. Graec.,’

79, fritillarus.” its our opinion, Roesel’s ficure i is 5 probably ‘carthamaz whilst
Heil fritillarius, we believe, is an Krynnid (Urbanid). Scopoli’s description,
however, might very well apply to this insect,

Tt Sao, Ber gstrasser = malvae, Linne.

HESPERIA MALV#, 229

developed, as on the upperside; the hindwings normal. Although
none too good, Bergstrasser’s figure (1780) is distinctly that of this
aberration. Esper’s, on the contrary, figured (1780) as ‘‘ malvae var.”
in the same year, is much better, and his description under the name
of althaeae, the following year (1781) is also satisfactory. Lewin’s
figure (1795) under the name of fritillum, is also good, as are also those
of Hubner, published much later (czrc. 1823) as alveolus. Haworth
described it under the name of lavaterae, and all three names have
been frequently used for the aberration by later authors. It is
occasionally found with the type in all the European countries where
the latter occurs—Scandinavia, Germany, France, Italy, etc. It occurs
now and again in most parts of Britain with the type (see localities
supra). Schilde’s figures of this form are exceedingly good (see Berl.
Ent. Zeits., 1886, pl. ii., figs. 7-9), and students interested in the
subject should refer to this writer’s notes thereon. Miss Fountaine
observes that, in a dry sloping meadow near Broussa, in Asia Minor,
at the end of April and beginning of May, 1901, a fair percentage
of the H. malvae captured, distinctly belonged to the taras form.
Loffler observes (Ent. Zetts. Guben, xviil., pp. 77-78) that, ‘in the
ereat woods of Heidenheim, Wiurttemburg, in May, 1904, one often
observed H. malvae flying about in numbers in the ridings, or resting
on the blossoms of Taraxacum officinale. They were also frequently
to be observed sitting on the droppings of cows and horses, sucking the
fluids thereof, generally in the early morning between 8 a.m. and 9 a.m.
A great deal of variation, transitional between malvae and taras, was
observed, as well as many well-marked taras. At this time, the butter-
flies seemed freshly emerged, and were uncertain on the wing, emergence
apparently going on through the morning, till after 10 a.m. During
the second week of May only ds of malvae and ab. taras were taken,
but during the third and fourth weeks the females of both forms
emerged. As far as I know, the latter have not before been recorded,
and the catalogues only mention this aberration as a § form.”

= €. war. (et ab.) meloits, Dup., “ Hist. Nat.,” supp. 1., p. 257, pl. xlu., figs.
1-2 (1832); Ramb., “Cat. Lep. And.,” p. 76 (1858); Kirby, “Syn. Cat.,” p.
614 (1871); Staud., ‘“Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); Zell., “Stett. Ent. Ztg.,”
p. 462 (1879); Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,” p. 345 (1884); Ril, “ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”
i, p. 679 (1895); Tutt, “Brit. Butts.” p. 124 (1896); Elw. and Edw.,
eer Zool. Soc. Lond), xiv. p. “161, pl mai, fig. 29. (geni.) (1898);
Staud., “Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 97 (1901)—Expanse 12°5 lines. The upperside
of all the wings of a shiny black, finely powdered with twelve or thirteen white
spots on the forewings, placed as in the other Hesperiids of the same group, but
larger and rounder; the hindwings are traversed medially with a white band,
divided into six spots by the nervures, and between this band and the outer border,
a series of five white points (spots) ; beyond these some white shadings at the base;
the fringes white, regularly latticed with black; beneath, all the wings are grey-
brown with a slight greenish tint; the forewings have the base and apex whitish,
with a distinct repetition of a part of the upperside ; the hindwings are streaked
longitudinally with white rays, between which one sees traces of the upperside
band. It occurs in May in the Tyrol and in Switzerland (Duponchel).

This form is rather larger than typical H. malvae; the upperside
with the white and black markings rather more contrasted. Staudinger
diagnoses it none too minutely as ‘‘plerumque major, al. post.
albicantibus, signaturis confluentibus,’’ whilst Ruhl speaks of the
ground colour as ‘‘greenish-grey in the gs, more olive-brown in 2s,”
of which there is no hint in Duponchel’s description (supra). He further

230 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

says that “the pale spots, though arranged as in the type, are light
yellow in colour, and as large as those of carthami,” another point in
opposition with the original description, the remarks being evidently
taken from Lederer’s description of hypoleucos. We are inclined
to refer to Duponchel’s variety only those dark examples from the
eastern alps (the most brilliantly marked form of the species found
in Central Europe); some of the finest of these that we have seen,
came from Locarno (and were taken by Dr. Chapman there). They
are more marked with white than the equally contrasting Spanish
var. andalusica, 10 which the white markings are reduced almost as in
ab. taras on the hindwing. The southern form, var. australis, from the
Riviera, shows less contrast in its black and white, and the g s approach,
in their frequent grey hairs towards the bases of the wings, the more
typical form of northern and central Europe.

¢. var. hypoleucos, Led., “‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien.,” v. p. 193, pl. 1.,
fig. 8 (1855).—T his insect is allied to alveus, Hb., is of the same size, but with
much shorter, broader, and rounder wings than this and the allied species, and the
underside is very different ; the upperside is greenish-grey, much more olive-brown
than in carthami ; the fringe-markings and spots as in this species, but the latter
are of a clearer white, rather larger, and not so sharply angulated on the forewings;
the spots of the inner band of the hindwings are also pure white, and one spot in
the middle of this band projects considerably, even in dull-coloured specimens
(nearly as in alveolus), whereas in carthami, the whole band consists of regular
narrow longitudinal spots dusted with dark atoms, and these are also not so distinctly
prominent in alveus and var. fritillwm ; on the underside, the forewings are dark
grey, towards the costa more greenish ; the spots are here also rounder, less distinct
from the ground colour, and more yellowish than in the allied species; the hind-
wings are pale greenish-yellow, darker towards the border, shading more into olive-
brown; through the middle of the wing a pale longitudinal streak runs from the
base to the border, and the pattern of the upperside is also indicated by lighter, but
very ill-developed and indistinct, spots; there are no other markings; the fringes
are white, chequered with dark grey, on all the nervures except 1 and 5; the ¢
has also a fold on the costa of the forewings ; the club of the antenna is bright rusty-
yellow beneath. Flies from May to July in damp places, and is rather scarce. Beyrout
(Lederer).

Staudinger unites (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 97) this variety with Duponchel’s
melotis, with the note ‘‘ab. albidior.’”’ Rthl’s reference to melotis, as
we have already said, is largely based on the above description, and
he further notes that ‘‘ the ground colour of the 3s is greenish-grey, of
the @s more olive-brown, and the pale spots, though arranged as m
the type, are light yellow in colour, and as large as those of carthamt,”’
but this is hardly borne out by Lederer’s description quoted above.
Staudinger thinks the form (sens. strict.) is confined to the Islands
of the Grecian Archipelago and northern Syria, with an intermediate
form in the Taurus Mountains. Elwes (as well as Lederer) records
it from Beyrout, in Syria. Miss Fountaine says that this form was
common in the Lebanon, in May and June, 1901.

n. var. (an spec. dist.) malvoides, Klw. and Edw., “ Trans. Zool. Soe. Lond.,” xiv.,
p. 100, pl. xxiii., figs. 27-27a (gemit.) (1898) ; Staud., “ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 97 (1901) ;
Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Swit.,” p. 7 (1903)—Three examples taken at Biarritz, July 25th,
1887, a single ¢ from Granada, with all the facies of malvae, but very distinct ¢
genitalia. ‘The differences in this respect are shown by figures. The proportion of
black hair-scales in the clothing of the second palpal joint appears to be considerably
greater in malvae than malvoides. We should not have ventured to separate these
on genetalic characters alone, but the genitalia of six specimens from Denmark,
Kreusnach, Rennes, Brittany, Stettin and Brussa, are all absolutely similar, inter se;
ag are the three specimens above mentioned. It will probably be found that HM}
malvoides has a wider range and other distinctive characters (Elwes and Edwards).

_ HESPERIA MALVE. 231

Staudinger notes the form as having “the hindwings beneath
brownish, and less marked with white spots, the genitalia different, a
summer form from southwest Europe,’”’ which hardly agrees with the
distribution suggested above by Elwes and Edwards.

Kecrayine.—The eggs appear to be laid indiscriminately on the
stem, in the furrows of the small twigs, the upper- and underside of
leaves of bramble, sometimes on the edges of leaves. They may be
obtained. in confinement by sleeving a @ on bramble, wild straw-
berry, or Potentilla in the sun. The eggs are generally placed on the
underside, occasionally on the upperside, of a leaf, but much more
rarely on the stalk or on the edge of the leaf; when the ? chooses
bramble, young leaves are selected (Raynor); laid singly on bramble on
the stem or upperside of a leaf (Pristo); some sent by Raynor were
laid on the undersides of strawberry leaves close against a rib; the egg
is of a pale whitish-green colour, matching very fairly the glaucous tint
of the underside of a strawberry leaf, a whitish-green common to the
undersurface of the leaves of bramble, potentilla, and other usual food-
plants of this species (Chapman).

Ovum.—Of a pale whitish-green colour; to the naked eye appearing
smooth and round; about two-thirds of a sphere or rather less, but the
lower margin is rounded off so that the base is smaller than a correct
section of a sphere would be; the width is 0-68mm., and the height
about 0°44mm.; the vertical ribs are about 28 in number, and are not
very high or marked, nor do the spaces between them form very distinct
hollows; they diminish in number to the top, by stopping short and
by meeting, and form arim round the micropylar hollow, to which
about 12 are directly attached. This hollow is fairly circular, shallow
cup-shaped, about 0:12mm. across, and with a minute rosette of fine
cells at the bottom. The secondary ribs are very fine, and are con-
tinuous across the vertical ribs, and are about 0:02mm. apart (Chap-
man, June 20th, 1905). Rather more than half a sphere, circular in
horizontal section ; diameter about ‘7mm.; pale creamy-white (with a
suspicion of greenish) in colour; 19 or more well-developed longitudinal
ribs extending from base to shoulder of egg; this number, at shoulder,
becomes reduced, not by suppression of any of these primary ribs and
continuation of others, but by the extinction of all of them, and the
development of 9 new ones, each of which originates between two of
the primary ribs and is continued to the edge of the micropylar
depression. This is comparatively large, the bottom covered with a
number of very minute cells. Parallel with the outer margin of
the micropylar area is a large number (about 24) of fine transverse
ribs, which, curving between two longitudinal ribs, rise and cross the
latter, forming apparently a small knob at the point of junction.
Viewed from above, 14 of these ribs are observed, dividing the spaces
between the longitudinal ribs roughly into small rectangles (Tutt,
June 15th, 1896). Globular, with base rather flattened; the shell
ribbed rather irregularly with about 18 ribs, and transversely reticulated
with very even fine lines, which do not stop at the ribs, but cross
them, giving their edges a rough appearance, which is not real, but
only caused by the ribs, otherwise translucent, becoming opaque where
the lines cross; as usual, a small space on the top of the egg is covered
only with very fine concentric reticulation. The colour is very pale
green all over (Hellins). Figured pl. ii1., fig. 2.

232 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Hasgits or tarva.—The young larva makes its escape by cutting a
large round hole through the top of the egg. It then chooses the
upper surface of a small leaf of bramble, strawberry, potentilla, or
other foodplant, for its home, settling itself along the midrib, and
spinning several silken threads overhead for a covering, under which
it feeds by eating away the upper cuticle, and, when it has made a
blotch of some little extent, moves away and repeats the process on
another leaf; as it grows bigger, still choosing the upper surface of a
leaf for its standpoint, it forms its covering by drawing down another
leaf over it, fastening the edges here and there with stout threads, and
feeds away in the cave thus formed. When larger, however; it comes
out of its cave occasionally and feeds on leaves near. Its habit is to
be very sluggish, and the larva rests with its head curled round side-
ways towards its tail. The larval caves are not difficult to find on stunted
bramble bushes with small leaves, the large juicy leaves of strong
bushes apparently offering no temptation. In some districts the more
usual foodplant, however, is Potentilla frayariastrum. The larva is
fullfed at the end of August, remaining apparently dormant for days
together eating only at intervals; pupation takes place in mid-September
(20th) (Hellins). On July 14th, 1905, several larvee in, or about to
enter, the 8rd instar, received from Dr. Chapman. They were feeding
in tents on leaves of cultivated strawberry ; placed on plants growing
in pots the larve did not seem to thrive, probably owing to the dry nature
of the leaves. They appeared to be of too lazy or timid a disposition
to move from their tents and go to fresh leaves, so leaves were placed
in a bottle of water, and to these the larve were transferred, being removed.
to fresh leaves every three or four days; under this treatment they
throve much better. On July 26th, they had all reached the 4th stage,
and two days later the most forward one entered the 5th stadium, and
by August 4th most of them had reached it. They always undergo
ecdysis in the tents. Though in the 4th stadium, the larve spin the
leaves, which form their dwelling-tents, very firmly together, yet they
do not spin much silk over the floor of the tent. When in the 5th
stage the larva spins a fine silken carpet over that portion of the leaf
on which it rests. These tents are made by drawing the edges of the
leaflets together and fixing them with silk. Sometimes a larva will
rest on the upper surface of the central leaflet and draw the two edges
over it, but more often it rests underneath the central leaflet on the
veins of one side, and draws down the upper surface of one of the side
leaflets to form the cover. The two leaflets are held in place by a few
very strong strands of whitish silk. It takes the larva a long time to
spin its tent. In order to make the strands sufficiently strong, it has
to pass the spinneret over the strand many times.* Yet the silk is
strong, for once or twice a larva, even in the last stage, tired of crawling
on a paint-brush handle while being examined, has quietly let itself
down to the table by a silken thread. When feeding, the larve eat
away the apical part of the leaves forming their tent, and parts of any
other leaves which may be within reach. I have never noticed them
feeding quite exposed, except immediately after being re-fed, when they
usually nibbled the fresh leaves before building a new tent. They

* August 8th, 1905, watched a young larva of Augiades sylvanus making its
tube in grass. It passed the spinneret 33 times over one strand, which it had
already commenced before I noticed it (Sich).

HESPERIA MALVZ. 2338

appear to feed chiefly before 9 a.m. and after 5 p.m. In the later

stages, they eat the whole substance of the leaf, and the long white

hairs of the strawberry leaves were very conspicuous in their excre-
ment. On August 13th most of the larve appeared to be fullfed. They
were then more uniform, more indefinite in tint, the bands and mark-
ings being less conspicuous, and the green colour in some individuals
pervaded all the lateral, and approached the dorsal, area. Two days
later the first cocoon was spun; the larve leaving their tents and
wandering about the crumpled paper at the bottom of the jar, finally
went down between the folds of the paper and spun their cocoons. Two
which were kept in a glass tube spun-up in their tents (Sich). Lewin,
in 1795, noted that the larve webbed the edges of bramble leaves
together, and from the cover came out a little way to feed, but that
the least motion of the leaves caused them to retreat, and if much
alarmed, to fall to the ground. He, however, erroneously notes them
as fullfed, and pupating, in April.

Larva.—First instar (newly-hatched): About 2mm. long; head
and prothoracic plate, as well as true legs and middle of anal plate,
black ; the rest cinereous. Tubercles i and 11 placed widely apart, each
carrying a forked hair; ili is in normal position, also with a forked
hair, but, instead of the branches being curved apart so as to be nearly
in the same plane, parallel to the larval surface, they stand up so as
to make the hair Y-shaped ; the stem is also rather shorter than in 1
and ii; they are about O-lmm. high, a trifle longer measured across
the curved branches ; those oni and ii are rather larger but do not
stand quite so high owing to their bent-down tips; those on tubercles
iv and v are not quite so long and are simple hairs, the anterior rather
the higher. There are no other hairs except two (three ?) on the base of
the prolegs. The head has certain simple hairs, those on the prothorax
are also simple, the black plate carries five (six ?) on either side. The
prothoracic spiracle stands up as a high cone ; in front of it is a tubercle
with three (simple) hairs, at the bases of the legs are two hairs. On
the meso- and metathorax are four hairs on each side in line across
the dorsum, of these the two inner are forked ; round the anal plate
are several simple hairs. The general surface is closely studded with
minute brown points, for the most part arranged in longitudinal rows.
On the dorsum of the 9th abdominal segment are two dark round marks,
they have the appearance of hard scutella. The anal plate has a dark
central mark, longitudinal, and below itis an anal combof about thirteen
teeth. Beneath, there appear to be no hairs between those on tuber-
cles iv and v to those at the base of the legs, which are on the 1st abdo-
minal two hairs, one in front of the other ; at the same point on the 2nd
abdominal the two hairs are in transverse position; on the 7th abdo-
minal there is only one, on the 8th abdominal also, but it is further from
the middle line, on the 9th it is further back; there is another small
lair nearer the middle in the same transverse line with the other
hairs on the Ist, 2nd, 7th and 8th abdominals, but in front of it on
the 9th abdominal. The prolegs are practically complete circles, with
an outer front half of about ten small crochets, and an inner posterior
one of about six much larger ones. The claspers have about fourteen
erochets of nearly uniform size (June 27th, 1905). Second instar:
Head and prothoracic plate black, the rest dark chocolate, relieved by
the white bases to the white or colourless hairs; these are now very

234 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

numerous ; seen from the dorsum the margin of each segment has six
hairs, and there are three or four rows above this on each side. The
rows are not very definite, but sufficiently so to give an appearance of
white longitudinal lines owing to their white bases, three or possibly
four above spiracle. There are four subsegments, the first the largest,
the next three narrower, with a flat portion behind the last; the
whole having a convex surface. The hairs are on the ridges of the
subsegments and so give also transverse white lines, but both the
longitudinal and transverse lines are irregular and vague enough not
to appear so until analysed (Chapman). J ourth instar: Length
18mm. Rather slender. Colour brownish-green, the green more pro-
minent on the dorsal area; the mediodorsal line dark ; the subdorsal,
supraspiracular and spiracular lines pale. Head black, covered with
raised lines forming very irregular cells of various contours; in the
cells are small tubercles, each bearing a whitish feathered or serrated
seta. The prothorax is narrower than the head; it carries a black
shield which is divided by a pale mediodorsal line, and is furnished
with an anterior row of long white bristles, and one posterior long
white bristle, besides several shorter bristles; on the shield on each
side of the dividing line is a lenticle; between the shield and the
spiracle is a group of three warts, each with a long seta. The meso-
and metathorax have each four subsegments, while the normal
abdominal segments have five, the first of which is very much the
larger ; the 8th abdominal has three subsegments and the 9th
abdominal apparently but two. The whole surface of the skin is
covered with strong spicules, and there is also a covering of white
warts, each bearing a white club-shaped seta, the top of which is cut
into about five points. There are two sizes of these warts and sete.
They are scattered over the general surface without any readily
perceivable order. Besides these there are still larger warts with
longer sete, which no doubt represent the primary tubercles, and may
be found in the same situations as those described in the fifth instar
(see below), but the setze of ii and iv are, in the fourth instar, not so
deeply cleft at the apex. On the mesothorax in the subdorsal area is
a membranous wart with one long hair (seta). On the second sub-
segment of the meso- and metathorax are two large ochreous lenticles*,
one lower down just above ili, and one on the flange. The abdominal
segments have a lenticle just below i, and another on the flange below
the spiracle. Above the hooklets on the anal claspers is a large dark
tubercle without any seta. The anal comb has about eight teeth. In
front of the prothoracic legs is a dark transverse slit, the opening of
the chin-gland, which, when everted, shows a pair of deep depressions
in the centre. The abdominal prolegs have a complete circle of hooks,
which, however, is ratber weak on the outer posterior quadrant.
[Comparison of fourth with fifth instar: In the fourth instar the
prothoracic shield is distinctly divided by the mediodorsal line; this
is much less distinct in the fifth instar. In the fourth instar the
lenticles, which, in the fifth instar, occur above the claspers and
immediately above the spiracles, appear to be absent. ‘The seta of
tubercle ii and that of tubercle iv are not so deeply cleft at the apex, and

* The lenticles of Hesperia malvae are rather oval with a pale ochreous pleated
border, while the sunken disc is finely pitted and deep ochreous in colour.

HESPERIA MALVA. 235

_the anal comb has fewer teeth.| tflh instar: The fullgrown larva
is rather slender, much wrinkled, strongly pubescent, either greyish-
purple or greyish-green in colour, with dark and pale longitudinal
lines, and with a black pubescent head which appears a little too
large, and, as it were, not screwed quite home. Length 19mm. at
rest (22mm. when crawling). The head is large, but the much
smaller prothorax rather exaggerates the apparent size of the head.
The mesothorax is rather wider than the head, and the larva gradually
increases in bulk to the 8rd abdominal segment. The 38rd, 4th, and
5th abdominal segments are nearly of equal bulk. The body then
gradually decreases in size to the 10th abdominal, which is bluntly
rounded. When viewed in profile the dip between the head and meso-
thorax over the prothorax is not so marked as in some other Hesperiid
larve, especially as in that of Nisoniades tayes. Segmental divisions
not well marked, though the segmental divisions are distinct. The
lateral flange is very heavy. Beneath, the larva is rather flat, though
the thoracic legs, as well as the abdominal and anal claspers, are of
moderate size. The head is black covered with pale ochreous hairs.
The prothorax brown with a purple tint; the shield paler with a black
transverse line interrupted in the centre. The mesothorax ochreous
with dull purple-grey mottling on the ridges of the subsegments. The
metathorax and the abdominal segments are dull greyish-purple or
dull green, lighter in colour where the skin is folded, and much mottled
with pale dots and dull purple blotches, though less so on the 8th, 9th,
and 10th abdominals where the darker colour is less distinct. The
difference in general tint between the pro- and the mesothorax and the
rest of the larva is very marked. The dorsal vessel appears as a dark
line running from the mesothorax to the 10th abdominal segment, but
most conspicuous on those segments which bear the ventral prolegs.
The dull purple-grey subdorsal stripe is perfectly distinct, running
from the mesothorax to the 10th abdominal segment and is, next to the
dorsal vessel, the most conspicuous mark on the larva; it is bordered
above and below by a pale greenish-grey line. There isa supraspiracular
stripe, but it is more broken, and not so well-defined as the subdorsal,
though of the same colour. In the lighter-coloured individuals another
stripe is visible which runs along the thorax and first four abdominals,
between the dorsal vessel and the-subdorsal stripe. It may here be
noted that in the dark individuals the pale lines only are conspicuous,
the dark stripes being merged in the ground colour. The spiracles are
ochreous, outlined in brown, and they rest on a thin pale line which,
however, is not always visible. Beneath, the larva appears of a darker
tint owing to the stronger purplish mottling, except on the 9th and
10th abdominal segments, which are paler in colour. This mottling is
caused by the pale tubercular spots breaking through the purple colour
which, besides being arranged in the usual above-mentioned stripes,
runs transversely along the ridges of the subsegments and longitudinally
along the flange and above the claspers. The chin-gland appears as a
dark purplish spot. The legs are black with paler rings, those,
however, of the metathorax have less black about them. The claspers
are dull green with purplish mottling, and the hooklets are brown.
Head flattened in front, not deeply cleft between the lobes, suture not
well-marked nor clypeal border very distinct; epistoma light grey;
labrum with ochreous-brown margin. The surface of the head is

236 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

covered with numerous pits divided from one another by high walls; in
each pit is a black bead-like tubercle which carries a pale seta; the
seta is flattened and pointed, plain on one side and serrated or toothed
on the other; besides these, there are several longer quite. simple
sete. On each side of the face, not far from the centre, are two
round lenticles and another above the oceli. The whole surface of the
skin of the larva is covered with strong spicules; these seem to be
formed by the skin being pinched up, as it were, to a point, and forming
thereby rays of folded skin running from the point to a short distance
all round. One use of these spicules is no doubt to strengthen the
skin and yet leave it perfectly pliant. Thickly scattered all over
the surface, at more or less regular intervals, but more especially on
the ridges of the subsegments, are milk-white tubercles, each crowned
with a single somewhat glass-like seta. The tubercles are of two
sizes, all smoothed and much raised above the general surface of the
skin, which, immediately surrounding them, is pale in colour. The
corresponding sete are also of two sizes, though intermediate sizes also
occur. The smaller (0‘-lmm.) and the larger (0°24mm.) sete are
similar in structure, and there is no doubt that they are of secondary
nature. They rise from the summit of the tubercles, are stout and
bristle-like, and expand at the apex, where they form a depression
surmounted by usually five conical teeth. Round the legs, claspers,
and beneath the larva, these secondary sete, though similar in other
respects, are not expanded at the apex, but run gradually to a single
sharp point. Besides these, there are still larger tubercles bearing
longer sete of a distinctly different form. These may be the primary
tubercles. The single seta of these tubercles is flattened towards the
apex, but not expanded, and the apex is deeply cleft, so that there
are only two long slender teeth, though sometimes the two teeth are
short and conical. When the teeth are long and slender they some-
times lie so close together that the seta appears to end in a single
point. These sete occur in the following positions: On the meso-
and metathorax, there is a pair on the dorsal area of the second sub-
segment, one on each side of the mediodorsal line, and another pair,
wider apart,on the 8rd subseement; these appear to be the trapezoidals
iandii. On the lateral area there is a tubercle which looks like an
accessory tubercle, situated on the spot where the spiracle would be if
these segments bore spiracles. On the flange are two tubercles a little
distance apart, which may be iv and v, and below is another, which
may be vi. On the abdominal segments, iis on the 1st subsegment,
but 11 with a very long seta, retains its position on the 8rd subseg-
ment, iii is above and in front of the spiracle, iv with a very long seta
pointing backwards, and v with a shorter seta directed forwards, are
subspiracular and some distance apart, and vi is below these with a
rather long seta. The seta of tubercle ii and that of tubercle iv measure
0-4mm. in length, and those of the other tubercles i, 111, v and vi about
0-'3mm. The prothorax consists of four subsegments, the first two
being very small, and having the appearance of wrinkles; the third
is large, and bears the transversely elongate shield, a raised tubercular-
like swelling just below the shield, crowned with a lenticle and three or
four long sete and some shorter ones, and the large oval spiracle
which lies towards the hind margin. The shield bears eight strong
whitish sete and two minute black dots on its anterior border, and

fuesPEeRrs MALV. 937

behind these, near the centre, two ochreous black-ringed lenticles, and
some smaller setw#; it is nearly cut in two by a fine black embedded
transverse line. In front of the spiracle is another lenticle, while
below, and anterior to the spiracle, is a large whitish tubercle bearing a
stout poihted seta directed forwards; the 4th subsegment is rather
narrow. The meso- and metathorax have also four subsegments, the first
being yery narrow, and the other three more of equal width. On the
mesothorax in the subdorsal area, is a lenticle, and just behind the
lenticle is a large pale membranous wart with a long fine hair (0°-55mm.)
on its centre; both wart and hair are remarkable and totally unlike any
- other dermal warts or sete of the larva, except the two similar hairs on
the posterior margin of the 10th abdominal segment. Above the legs is
another lenticle. The metathorax is similar, but the peculiar hair and
wart above mentioned are both absent. On the 1st and 2nd abdominal
segments, which consist of five subsegments similar to the other
normal abdominal segments, there is a lenticle above the spiracle, and
another, below the spiracle, and a third (and sometimes a fourth)
beneath, in the position occupied by the legs in the thoracic segments.
The 8rd to 7th abdominal segments have each five subsegments, the
first very wide, the second half the width of the first, and the last
three much narrower, of nearly equal width; the first subsegment bears
two lenticles about its centre, one on either side, and not far from the
mediodorsal line, just below tubercle i 1; the 2nd subsegment bears the
rather ‘oval rather raised spiracle, and an oval lenticle above the spiracle
anteriorly, another on the fold, and a fourth on the clasper. The 8th
abdominal segment has three equal subsegments, the very largespiracle is
on the 2nd subsegment; the dorsal lenticles are wanting here, but those
immediately above and belowthespiracleare present. The 9th abdominal
consists of two subsegments of nearly equal width; the dorsal lenticles
are here present, and, owing to the smaller area of the 9th abdominal,
the lateral lenticles are crowded towards the dorsal so that there is a
transverse row of four lenticles; the lenticle on the fold is also
present. _ The 10th abdominal consists of the broad rounded anal flap.
Besides the usual secondary set, which spring from the posterior
border of the anal flap, two long fine hairs may be observed, and one
or two sete which appear less stout than the majority. Below the
flap is a strong fold, and below this the claspers. There is a lenticle
on the claspers, and on their outer posterior wall a little above the
hooklet, is a large, conical, purple-black, horny wart. The pointed tip
is directed backwards and the wart is without any seta. Just below
the flap some of the teeth of the anal comb are visible. The anal
comb is wider and has more teeth (about eleven) than in the pen-
ultimate instar (Sich). ullfed: Length 18mm. (22mm. stretched) ;
colour a peculiar apple-green with overlaid yellow, especially where
intersegmental membrane overlaps, and with a reddish tone on the
thoracic segments ; head quite black (but with golden hairs); a darker
green dorsal line (really dorsal vessel). Rather nearer the spiracles
than to this is a band that suggests a darker tone than that above and
below it, and really is so, in so far that it has rather fewer yellow (?) skin-
points than the rest of the surface; this band is bounded at each margin
by a very narrow and extremely tortuous yellow line; these run from
skin-point to skin-point and are of much the same tint as they are. The
spiracles are orange. Below these isa marginal flange with comparatively

238 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

long hairs. Just above this and halfway (or nearly) to spiracles, skin-
points are rare or absent; below it, is again a clear space followed by
a second (really third, the first being obsolete) flange with a good
many hairs. The subsegmentation of the abdominal segments is
proportionally 4:1:1:1 in width; on the 1st subsegment, skin-
points are very numerous and irregularly placed; on the 2nd, they
are in two incomplete rows; on the 3rd and 4th, they are in one
row (at least dorsally). The head is 2-4mm. across, the Ist thoracic
1-6mm., and the broadest portion of the larva is 3°7mm. (from 2nd
to 6th abdominal segment). ‘The head is black, really a very deep
brown, with golden (very short) hairs; these arise from ordinary hair-
bases which are situated at the bottom of cup-shaped hollows. The
whole head-surface is pitted with such hollows so closely set that they
interfere with each other so as not to be often circular, and frequently
want a portion of the margin. Except that the hairs arise from the
largest and most perfect of these, so that they seem to be the primary
feature of the surface-sculpturing of the head, it would be at least as
easy to describe the sculpturing as consisting of a network of fine
sharp ridges, with rounded hollows in the interspaces, the ridges being
of varying heights. The cups, in fact, form the ridges by intersecting
each other and not by being squeezed together. It is futile to describe
the mouth-parts without figures; the maxille and their palpi are well-
developed, and the terminal bristle of the antenna is long (0-‘5mm.).
The prothboracic plate has no median suture, but has a transverse line
rather behind the middle ; it carries a lenticle on either side near the
middle and one at either end; they are small and dark, hardly bigger
than the hair-bases. The meso- and metathoracic segments have four
subsegments, of the mesothoracic the first is evanescent in the medio-
dorsal line, the second projecting forwards. This and the two following
are of width as 24:1:1. The metathorax has the 1st subsegment complete,
and the width of the four are as 1:1°5:1:1. The lenticles throughout
are small and (except on the thoracic plate) of nearly the same colour as
the skin, so that it is extremely difficult to be quite sure of them. There is
one on each thoracic segment, rather below spiracular level. On the
abdominal segments there is one a little above (and in front of) the
spiracle, and a smaller one rather further from it and directly below.
There are apparently two close together on the 2nd and 3rd thoracic seg-
ments, at level of the upper of these. On the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th
(not on lstand 8th) abdominals are two dorsal lenticles, at, approximately,
the position of tubercle i. The skin-hairs are very numerous dorsally ;
on an abdominal segment there are about 100 on a square of the
width of the segment. The larger are less numerous, about 0:33mm.
long, the shortest are about a fourth of this length; it is impossible to
identify any of the longest as being those of primary tubercles. They
are all, apparently (large and small), bifid at the extremity, one or two
even trifid, but this may be an aberration. Many of the smaller widen
out beyond the middle, and terminate in three, four, or even five points,
suggesting a relationship to the trumpet-hairs of Nisoniades tages larva,
. and of a Lycenid pupa. Some of the larger hairs are not dissimilar,
but two other forms are commoner. One has the shaft widened and
flattened, and looks as if two hairs were combined by a thin membrane
joining them; these then approach each other terminally, but before
meeting end in separate points, with often another between them, on

HESPERIA MALV#. 239

the membrane. The other divides into two terminally, but looks as if
it wanted to divide more deepiy. The skin-points are very fine, about
002mm. apart, with a compound apex, and with lines, in a somewhat
hexagonal pattern, running from one to another. The true legs are
fuscous or nearly black, the 3rd joint rather long and narrow; claw
brown, short, with battledore palpus ; the 1st and 2nd joints have many
hairs, the 8rd joint only terminal ones. The prolegs have a complete
circle of crochets, larger on inner side. In some specimens the circle
has no sign whatever of a break, in others one crochet at inner

posterior aspect is slightly separated from its neighbours ; the circle
- could be described as troken if this hook were absent. The hooks are
well curved into about three-quarters of a circle; they are in alternate
sizes, 29 of each in one instance when counted ; the base or pedicel of
the leg has numerous true hairs, 7.e., simple, ordinary, pointed forms.
The anal plate is rounded behind, with sides approximating in front,
and is about 1mm. across, and carries numerous true hairs, with very
fine filamentous tip, the longest about 0-4mm. long. The anal comb
underneath this is about 0-6mm. long, narrower at its base, and
spreading to the ends of the spines ; each of these seems to arise quite
at the base, a rib ranning down the comb from the base to each point.
There are about 10 long ones and 4 or 5 shorter ones on each side
(Chapman, August 20th, 1905).

CoLouR CHANGES IN LARVA.—First instar (June 12th, 1874): When
newly-hatched, its colour is very pale green, with head and collar
shining black; every tubercular dot bears a pale bristle, longish and
straight on the head and anal segment, but, on the other segments bifid,
with the tips curved on either side like an unbarbed double fish-hook.
Month old (July 9th): About 4mm. long, the colour pale purplish-pink,
the head still black. Five weeks old (July 17th) : About 12mm. long,
pale green again, the whole skin thickly set with short straight hairs.
[The bifid bristles appear to be lost at the 1st moult.]| Fullgrown
(August): The last moult took place on August 1st; the larva soon
attained its full length, 16mm., afterwards increasing only in stout-
ness. When fullgrown, it is very stout; the head horny, globular, and
stuck like a knob on the prothorax, which, however, is not so strikingly
narrow as in Nisoniades tages; the skin granulated in appearance; the
head and whole body covered thickly with short fine pale hairs; the
general colour a pale ochreous-green, the prothorax pinkish, and a faint
reddish tinge over the back of the other front segments ; a thin dorsal, |
and somewhat broader subdorsal, line, not easy to be seen, of the ground
colour, and a faint spiracular line; the spiracles not much darker than
the ground colour, ringed with the same tint as the lines; the belly
freckled ; the head and collar very dark purplish-brown, the upper lip
paler (Hellins).

Puparium.—The fullfed larva spins a little cave between two or
three bramble-leaves, similar to those in which the larve live, but
fastened with stouter silk, and the openings protected by a loose, pale,
yellow webbing, and, in this, pupation takes place (Hellins). The first
point to strike one about the cocoon is that itis made of yellow silk, not of
white silk like that used in building the larval tents. This yellow colour
appears to be not inherent in the silk, but of the nature of a stain, and
applied to the silk after it has left the spinneret. I noticed some of the
silk strands were more deeply stained in one part than in others, and

240 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

also that the paper in which some of the cocoons were spun was also
stained yellowish. In one or two instances there were some yellow
threads in the last larval tents, and sometimes the cocoon would be
commenced with white silk. The leaves or other materials used in
making the cocoon are fastened together by a network, with rather
large meshes, of strong, yellow, silken strands. This network also
covers any interval there may be between the leaves, but it is not
spun on the inner surface of the material which helps to form the
cocoon. In the interior there are some fine threads spun about the
walls, and, on one side of the interior, a large platform of rather densely-
spun yellowish silk is made. On this, the larva clings until pupation
takes place. The cocoon is completed in about two days, and the
larva rests on the platform for about three days before throwing off
the larval skin. When this has been successfully accomplished, the
pupa attaches itself to the silken platform by the cremastral hooks.
When newly changed, the head, dorsum of meso- and metathorax, the
wing-cases (and the ihmb-cases ?) of the pupa are green, the rest being
clear brown, without the dark spots. After 24 hours the green
becomes bluish-grey (Sich). The pupa occupies a cocoon formed of
a strong lacework of yellow silk. The silk is, as it were, a flat tissue,
with numerous circular holes of various sizes. These draw together
any surrounding objects; the interior has a very slight coating of silk,
to which the cremaster adheres tenaciously (Chapman).

Fooppiants.—Rubus fruticosus (Hellins), R. idaews (Hubner), Poten-
tilla fragariastrum (Harwood), P. reptans (Raynor), Comarum palustre
(Lienig), Hragaria vesca (Sich), Agrimonia eupatoria, Coronilla,
Dipsacus sylvestris (teste Ruhl), Potentilla anserina (Glitz), [Plantago
lanceolata (Richter) | .

Pupa.—-Deep chestnut-brown in colour, with a series of darker
(nearly black) markings; the wings and appendages paler, as if nearly
transparent, and the green contents shining through, giving a green-
olive or brown effect, differing a little in different pups. A further
obvious feature is the clothing of short pale brown hairs, except on the
appendages. A marked and curious feature of the pupa when
thoroughly mature is the presence of a white efflorescence or bloom,
densest round the prothoracic spiracle. The form of the pupa is
characteristically Hesperiid, although it wants the nose-horn and the
free proboscis-case of the typical Urbicolid; how far these are confined
to Urbicolids, and wanting in Hesperiids, I do not know. The head
is very wide, large and distinct ; the glazed eyes are very broad, and
have the convexity directed forwards, and, being of dark colour, and
the area between them and the antenne being also a little darker than
the general surface, give one the (not altogether incorrect) impression of
their being very large eyes at either side of the head. Although there
is no frontal horn, the middle of the face is quite in front, and the
antennal origins are very dorsal. There is quite a ‘“ neck” (as seen
laterally), the mesothorax curving down in front to the prothorax,
which does not continue the curve, but proceeds more forward again.
The dorsum, except the forward curve just noted, and a trace of waist
at metathorax, is quite straight, it being the normal attitude for the
abdominal segments 5-10 to be (apparently) bent backwards, so that
the ventral outline is very curved, the dorsal straight; this results in
an exaggeration of the projection ventrally of the wing and maxilla

HESPERIA MALVA. yaoi

ends. Seen dorsally, the pupa is again widest at end of wings, 7.e.,

~ at beginning of the 4th abdominal segment, whence it narrows regularly

in a straight line to the wing-spine, and thence it falls in suddenly,
forming again a “neck” at the thoracic spiracle ; backward it tapers pro-
gressively in a curve to cremaster. A longitudinal axis of the pupa
beginning at the end of the cremaster would be close under the dorsal
line, and would come to the surface at anterior margin of mesothorax ;
one beginning at the most anterior point would be fairly central in the
pupa, more truly an axis for the greater part of its length, and would
reach the surface posteriorly at the posterior margin of the 6th
_abdominalsegment. Described in more detail ; the head, seen from the
front, is oval, the long diameter transverse; centrally isa transverse suture,
the base of the labrum; above this is the clypeus, marked more by a
double patch of nearly black colouring than by sutures, and the vertex
(dorsal) above this; below the suture is the labrum, and lower, and on
each side, two large pieces, apparently (and probably) the mandibles.
The black lines of the glazed eyes margin the ellipse at each side. The
whole surface (except labrum and mandibles) have a clothing of ruddy
brown hairs about O-4mm. long. The head dorsally has a faintly
trefoil outline, the eye on either side projecting a little, with a hollow
between it and the front of the head, which equally projects a little.
The eyes are just visible, with the antennal bases behind them. The
antenne have transverse wrinkles, and these continue till those of the
two antenne nearly meet in the middle line, yet the sutures of the
sides of the antenne die out some way before this, die out rather than
suddenly end. Between the antenna, and in front of the prothorax, is
a narrow strip, cut off from the rest of the head by a suture as definite as
that between it and the prothorax; this is the dorsal headpiece, with
longitudinal wrinkles, that continue across the suture into the front
(ventral) headpiece; it, and apparently the front headpiece, has a median
suture; its width is about 0:12mm. medially, 0-24mm. at outer ends.
This piece occurs in skippers only, amongst the butterflies. Seen
laterally, the head has a regularly curved outline. The glazed eye and
the dark area it encloses make a large partof the centre. Theantenna
behind this has the joint between scape and flagellum in line with
lower margin of glazed eye, and the scape is fairly demarcated from
the rest of head, except perhaps at one point. The hairs give the
glazed eye some resemblance to an eye with lashes and eyebrows.
Seen ventrally, the outline of the head is the same as dorsally.
The dark colour of the clypeus forms the top, the eyes have again
the appearance of an eye with lashes. Centrally, are three large pieces
well marked out, the labrum. and mandibles, the latter separated
by a narrow slip, which reaches up to the labium and extends
down for about an equal distance between the maxilla. This narrow
diamond-shaped piece has no central line, and is rather the labium
than the labial palpi. The prothoracic piece is about 0°5mm. from
back to front, and is wider at its posterior margin, as the antenna gives
it more room; at its outer posterior border is the prothoracic spiracle.
Of this, the anterior margin, swollen into a smooth rounded projecting
roll of nearly black colour, is alone visible and is very conspicuous,
especially so as it is surrounded by a white mass of powdery material,
apparently a cutaneous exudation very like that of some aphides, and
perhaps with some affinities to the asbestos-like secretion of some mature

242, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Urbicolid larvee (Thymeltcus acteon, etc.). This efflorescence is dense and
very white round the spiracle, and varies much in different specimens
as to how far and how thickly it spreads over the wing-cases, antenne
and legs. It is probably a protection against wet, as when the pupa is
dipped in water, those portions with the efflorescence, and those alone,
come out dry. The peculiar (mammalian) eye-like effect of the glazed
eye only appears when the pupa is closely examined, but the
resemblance of these spiracles to eyes is very obvious—the black lid
of the spiracle (somewhat oval), the white efflorescence around, and
the red hairs above it—and this effect 1s not much diminished when
the efflorescence extends to some distance. In looking at the back of
the pupa under a lens, so as to see both the head and thorax, the striz
of the dorsal headpiece, and a similar series in front of it, are very
noticeable. The mesothorax is 8mm. long in the middle line, hollowed
out behind at either side; its sculpturing is rather a set of separate
pits than the wrinkling of the head and prothorax ; on the abdominal
segments the sculpturing is almost entirely pitting. The hairs arise
from some of these pits, but others that look just the same are
without them. ‘The general surface is of a terracotta colouring (with
underlying green), and these pits are deep red-brown, and, to the
naked eye very largely modify the colouring. They look as if a wash
of their colour had been given to the whole pupa, and then rubbed off
except in these hollows. The metathorax is narrow in the middle,
wide laterally. In colouring it is marked off from the hindwings very
sharply, the outer end of the segment being deep brown-black, the
wing luteous. The 1st abdominal segment is divided into two (except
at the ends) by a transverse depressed line. ‘The 2nd and 38rd, and
7th and 8th abdominals have a posterior subsegment, smoother and
paler than the anterior portion, the two portions looking very similar
to the segment and intersegmental membrane on the 4th, 5th and 6th
abdominals, except that the posterior portion carries hairs. The
sculpturing of these is small dark pits, some of which carry the brown
hairs. The 4th abdominal segment requires special notice on account
of its form. It is much narrower behind than in front, its anterior
and posterior margins are not parallel as in the other abdominal
segments, but separate ventrally, so as largely to account for the
dorsal position of the remaining segments. A large part of the front
of the segment is covered by the wings, but the outline of what is
visible shows that it is nearly twice as wide ventrally as dorsally.
The 8th, 9th and 10th abdominal segments are paler than the others
and a little smoother. The others are also rather less markedly pitted
ventrally than dorsally. On the dorsum, the black markings, yet to
be described, differ from the rest of the surface only in colour; this is
not so ventrally, certain dark markings on the 5th and 6th abdominals
being smooth and free from pittings, and marked off as slightly sunk
or raised. These are—on the 5th abdominal—a transverse mark rather
behind middle of segment, almost, but not quite, continuous with a
darker circular mark beyond its extremity that might be the scar of
the prolegs, but is perhaps a little too far out. There is no transverse
mark on the 6th abdominal, but the prolegs (?) marks are repeated ;
there is another smaller mark higher up and further out. On the
small ventral portion of the 4th abdominal not covered by the wings,
are three similar marks. The dark markings of the dorsum do not

HESPERIA MALVA. 243

appear to differ very much on different pupe. There is a dorsal
series, which, on each abdominal segment, forms a large central blotch,
but becomes smaller forwards, and, on the mesothorax, is represented
by spots on either side, of which there are two pairs, one about the
middle and one behind, a third pair is perhaps represented by a dark
hindmargin to the centre of the segment. Then there is a subdorsal
line (between probable positions of 11 and i11) which is a band on
mesothorax, but divides into a series of spots towards the front of
each segment, usually with a little line behind each. Then round the
spiracles are dark blotches, a large one in front, and smaller ones, or
rather spots, one above, another below, and one behind. In both sexes,
the 9th abdominal segment is moderately broad dorsally, but laterally
is nearly evanescent, and continues round the ventral aspect as an
extremely narrow strip, and, in the male, this strip cannot be easily
distinguished from the 10th abdominal segment; it carries in the male
a minute impressed line, medially ventrally, with slightly raised
surrounding area. A smooth area (of 10th abdominal) separates this
from the similar, but much larger, anal scar. This has, in both
sexes, some cross wrinkles and folds. In the female, the appear-
ance is as if the impressed line of the 9th abdominal segment
was longer, and obtained the extra length by the retreat of the 8th
abdominal segment in the middle line. The cremaster itself
is a dense bundle of thick hairs, so closely packed that they seem
absolutely solid, and cannot be counted, 30 or 40 perhaps; a few
‘stand out a little longer than the others; each ends in a rounded
‘hook always facing inwards towards the centre of the bundle. It
remains to note the appendages. These—legs, wings, antenne, etc.—
are of a lighter colour than the rest of the pupa, due to more delicate
‘texture and the green tissues beneath showing through, so that they
are of an olive-green, with a slight brownish tint, and, in some cases,
with some snow-white efflorescence, almost always more near the wing-
bases, and on the antenne near the first spiracle. They are without
any hairs, and contrast herein also with the rest of the pupa. The
brown is largely made up by the darker colour in the lines and grooves
of the sculpturing, which is, therefore, colouring also. Except over
the broad bases of the maxille, where it is longitudinal and netted,
the lines of colour are nearly all transverse and zebra-like, but differing
on each organ, and, on the wings, modified by the venation. The
maxille begin as broad plates, and, narrowing at first, rapidly pass down
to the ends of the wings at the posterior border of the 4th abdominal.
In front, where they abut against the mandibles, they are still quite
ventral, but the mandibles above them are not so, but are involved in
the curve of the anterior end of the pupa. The 1st and 2nd legs have
each about the same margin against the eyes, so that the 1st is well
separated from the antenna. The 1st reach about half-way to end of
maxille, the 2nd more than three-fourths. The end of the antenna
reaches to about midway between these two points. The antennal
club is about as obvious as in the imago; the joints are strongly
outlined, basally they have four or five lines (brown impressed) on each,
then these get fewer till at the base of club there are two, then one, and on
the club itself, none. On the wing, the veins are all well marked, in paler,
hardly raised, lines - 1b, 1c, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10 and 11. The costal
vein only is not seen (covered by antenna?). There is also a medio-

244 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

cellular vein. The shading of these and of the spaces by the darker
lines is very regular and beautiful. Poulton’s line is very distinct.
It arises somewhere about half-way along the inner margin, passes
along the hind margin, terminating at vein 8, perhaps visible a little
beyond this, in some specimens becoming costal. The space beyond
Poulton’s line is about 0:25mm. wide at anal angle, about 0-5mm. at
vein 7, and (obliquely) from vein 8 to apex is about 110mm. The
hindwing is a narrow slip, stopping rather suddenly just before the
spiracle of the 8rd abdominal. The abdominal spiracles are incon-
spicuous, they are raised on slight cones, but only reach the general
surface level as the cones arise from oval pits with vertical walls; these
walls present a slender black line; the pits are, however, practically
absent on the posterior segments. The following dimensions of the
pupa may prove interesting :—

LENGTH FROM| TRANSVERSE ANTERO-
FRONT. Diam. POSTERIOR Diam.
Where front curves into side .. 03mm. | 2-5mm 1:‘O0mm.
Front of prothorax .. Tica» 2a DOr
Back is (1st spiracle) jy eee LET. Pg ee
Wing-spines : 2500s 3°0 ,, oes
Highest point of ‘mesothorax ay 229) 55 _ 3°0).7,5
Posterior margin of mesothorax 4:0 ,, BO) 55 Ba We
i A metathorax 4:4 ,, — ones
Be 5 3rd abdominal. . Toe aa AS) GT iene
I) 9 4th ” 8:0 9 3°2 oe) 371 )
ie) oe) 5th 9 8-9 ”? SS. 2°8 ”?
oe) 9 6th or) 9°7 ” 2°3 ” 2-2 9
8) 9 7th ” 10°5 ” i: Lf 9
Ue) 29 8th 5) ied ” ere 1:0 oe)
oe rm 9th Ga Ory: 0-625,
i ,, LOth do. — total length TED — |

(Chapman). Length about 12mm. ; thick and stumpy in outline ; the
eyes prominent, the wing-cases well developed; the whole skin rather
rough ; the middle of the head, the eyes, and the back, set with short
stiff hairs; the ground colour reddish-grey, the wing-cases pinkish-grey;
the abdomen tinged with brownish-red along the back; on the centre
of the head, on the eyes, and on either side of the thorax above the
wing-cases, are some blackish-brown marks; there are smaller marks
in pairs down the middle of the thorax, and there are transverse rows
of spots on the segments of the abdomen, the largest and darkest being
next the wing-cases; the hairs are light brownish-red; the anterior
spiracle is black, the others of the grey ground colour, ringed with
black and placed within the largest dark blotches (Hellins).

Time OF APPEARANCE.—This species, in the British Isles, is single-
brooded, occurring in May and June, but may appear a little earlier
or later, according to the season. In the lowlands of Central Europe
it is generally reputed as double-brooded, but a study of certain
critical remarks on this subject leads one to suppose that, at the most,
the species is, like all those that feed up fairly rapidly in the summer,
and pupate as soon as fullfed, only partially double-brooded, a few
(or many) imagines appearing, in peculiarly suitable seasons, as a
second brood, their progeny having to reach the pupal stage before
winter is on them. Occasional late individuals may represent this

HESPERIA MALV. 945

brood in Britain, but even such late captures as July 16th, 1902, at
Chattenden (Burrows), and August 2nd, 1902, at Thundersley
(Whittle), were, in such a backward year as 1902, possibly only late
emergences from winter pupe. ‘The effect of latitude and altitude is
very remarkable, for, at moderate elevations, 3500ft.-5000ft. in Aragon,
Cantabria, the Italian, Swiss and French alps, as well as in the
Cevennes, the Pyrenees, and the Tyrol, the end of June, July, and
early August, are frequent dates, whilst, on the Riviera, and the warm
lowland spots of the Mediterranean littoral, the earliest imagines are
to be seen on the wing by the middle of March. Some general notes
_ may be interesting as illustrating this, ¢.g., it occurs from early May
(in the Christiania district), to July (at Siredal) and August (at Ose) in
Norway (Strand); throughout the lowlands in Switzerland, from the end
of April to the end of May and later, but, in the mountains, until quite
late in July (Frey) ; in the neighbourhood of Geneva, from the beginning
of May to the end of June (Blachier); in the Balkans also, it occurs at
rather high elevations well into July (Rebel),and, in Sicily, although outin
early April in the warm lowlying parts, it occurs in July on the Madonie
Mountains at considerable elevation (4500ft.) (Palumbo) ; in April, at
Florence (Rowland-Brown). Dupont notes it as occurring as early as
April 6th, in 1893 (compare British dates for this year), but not seen
until the commencement of June, in 1902, at Pont de |’ Arche, and, in
the latter year, Moore says that it abounded, in the neighbourhood of the
Forét d’Arques, from June 26th-30th, 1902; in Ille-et-Vilaine, it
occurs in May, but at Chamonix, in June and July, at Uriage in June, on
the Mont Revard in July, at Cauterets also in July, at St. Martin Vésubie
in June, but at Vernet-les-Bains, in April, May, June, July and August
(Oberthtr) (Standen took it at Vernet between June 17th-27th, 1905);
whilst at Digne it occurs in early April, and, along the French Riviera—
Hyeres, Auribeau, etc.—the earliest examples are on the wing before the
end of March (Tutt). In the Russian Government Wolgoda, it is common
in June (Kroulikowsky) ; at Broussa, it occurs in April and early May
(Fountaine); and in May and June on the Lebanon Mountains (Nicholl);
in Crete, it occursin June (Mathew); June is also recorded for Alsasua,
in Spain (Oberthtir); June is given for the Albarracin district (Zapater
and Korb) ; whilst at the Puerto de Pajares, at a height of 4500ft., on
the Cantabrian Mountains, it was well out between July 8rd-22nd,
1904 (Chapman), and high in the mountains of Aragon, a small
form occurred about mid-July (Nicholl); whilst, even at Montserrat, June
16th, 1905, was the date on which it was taken (Standen). On the
Stelvio, it was observed in mid-July (Rowland-Brown). Double-
broodedness is recorded—for Roumania, in May and September (Fleck) ;
the Italian Apennines, near Boscolungo, in April and August (Norris) ;
the dept. of Indre, May 20th-26th, and August 5th-October 3rd (Martin) ;
May andagain July-August in Prussia (Schmidt); May-June and August,
commonly in Pomerania (Paul and Plotz); May and June in Hamburg,
and then September (Tessien) ; May and July at Gottingen (Jordan) ;
April-May and July-August at Crefeld (Rothke) ; May and August in
Hesse-Nassau (Schenck) ; May and July in Frankfort-on-Main (Koch) ;
May-June and July-August in the Berlin district (Bartel) ; April-June
and Augustin Upper Lusatia (Méschler); in the lowlands of Silesia in
May and August, in the mountains only in June (Wocke); May and
July-August at Chemnitz (Pabst) ; May, June and August in Bavaria
(Hofmann and Herrich-Schiffer) ; May-June and August in Wurttem-

246 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

berg (Keller and Hoffmann). [Rondou notes that, in the Pyrenees, it
occurs from April to September, but Rondou appears to be mixing up
Evrynnis malvarum with this species.| ConTINENTAL RECORDS.—July
23rd, 1850, on the Patscher Kofel, a ? in fine condition (Speyer) ;
May 14th, 1865, in the Riedt, near Wallisellen (Dietrich) ;
June 15th, 1886, at Andermatt, abundant (Jones); June 14th-
16th, 1890, at Tancarville (Leech); June 1st, 1892, at the
Certosa di Pesio (Norris) ; April 6th, 1893 (as late as commencement
of June, 1902), at Pont de l’Arche (Dupont); early June, 1893,
from sea-coast to 2500ft. elevation, in Corsica (Standen); August
12th, 1894, at Cogne (Tutt); July 38rd, 1895, at Martigny
(Blachier); March 24th-April 6th, 1897, in the Cannes district
(Chapman) ; April 6th-21st, 1897, at Veytaux (Wheeler) ; April 13th-
29th, 1897, at Digne (Tutt); August 6th-27th, 1897, at Beérisal
(Wheeler) ; May 5th, 1897, at Aix-les-Bains (Chapman) ; March 25th-
April 15th, 1898, in the Cannes district; April 21st, 1898, at the
Pont du Gard (Tutt); June 20th-July 9th, 1898, at Saeterstoen
(Chapman); between June 21st, 1899, and end of month, at Susa
(Rowland-Brown) ; May 27th, 1899, at Veytaux (Wheeler); May 21st,
1899, near Sophia, May 28rd, near Slivno, June 26th, in the Rilska
Valley (Nicholl) ; May 12th-June 16th, 1900, abundant at Orta and in
neighbourhood (Lowe); April 22nd, 1900, at Argostoli, in Cephalonia
(Fletcher) ; May 29th, 1900, at the foot of the Petit Moeuveran, at a
point unusually high for this species (Wheeler); one in August,
1900, at Rennes (Oberthtr); May 8rd-6th, 1901, at Larkollen, May
14th-17th, 1901, at Vallo (Strand); June 20th-25th, 1901, at Bozen,
S. Tirol (Lowe); June 28rd-24th, 1901, on Mont Sény (Nicholl); from
July 16th-August 5th, 1901, in the Cevennes (Brown); throughout
May and early June, 1901, in the Lebanons (Fountaine) ; May 26th-
June 6th, 1902, between Montreux and Aigle (Barraud) ; May 1dth-
17th, 1902, at Fredrikstad, May 17th-June 7th, at Hvaléerne, June
26th-July 17th, 1902, at Sireosen (Strand); April 6th, 1902, at Digne
(Rowland-Brown) ; April 25th, 1902, in the Seine-Inférieure (Smallman) ;
June 26th-July 1st, 1902, at St. Georges, in the Jura (Wheeler) ; June
26th-30th, 1902, near the Forét d’Arques (Moore) ; July 1st, 1902, at
the Riffel Alp (Sheldon); July 12th, 1902, at Koinsko Polie, at 600m.
(Sturany); March 30th, 1903, at Hyeres, April 6th-11th, at Auribeau,
April 13th, at Alassio, April 19th, 1903, at Locarno (Tutt) ; June
19th-28rd, 1908, at Macolin (Lowe); July 6th, 1903, at Ubli (Hilf) ;

July 20th, 19038, at Saas-Fée (Blachier); June 26th-July Ist,
1908, at St. Georges, April 20th, 1904, at Aigle (Sloper) ;
May 3l1st, 1904, at Neiderneundorf (Dadd); July 8rd-22nd, 1904,
at Puerto de Pajares (Chapman); April 24th-30th, 1605, at Hyeéres
and the Plan du Pont, May 5th-8th, 1905, at Draguignan (Tutt) ;
June 16th, 1905, at Montserrat, June 17th-27th, 1905, at Vernet-
les-Bains (Standen); July 26th-August 11th, 1905, at Vernet-
les-Bains (Oberthtr); May Ist-June 6th, 1905, round Geneva;
in same locality still quite fresh on September 8th, two specimens
of ab. fasciata (a partial second brood ?) (Muschamp); May 380th,
1905, at Niha (Graves); June 15th, 1905, at Gex, July 11th,
1905, at Simplon (Eh oumiae) British RECORDS". —Late May and

— * The following dates were received after the rest were set up :—May 16th,
1857, June 25th, 1858, at Southampton (Swinton); May 8th, 1868, at Steyning

HESPERIA MALVZ. Q4T

beginning of June, at Legsby Wood, Market Rasen (Court); May 15th-
27th, 1857, at Poynings (Image); May 20th, 1871, at Sevenoaks, May
29th, 1871, at Tunbridge Wells (Raynor) ; May 1st-June 15th, 1871,
at Wanstead (Burrows); June 15th, 1872, at Brentwood, May 80th,
1878, at Monk’s Wood, June 14th, 1878, at Woodham Ferris (Raynor) ;
June 8th, 1878, in Coombe Wood (Whittle) ; common at Willesden,
previous to 1875 (Sharp); May 23rd, 1875, at Wimbledon, June 26th,
1875, in Blean Woods, May 7th, 1876, at Wimbledon, May 21st,
1876, at West Wickham, May 28th and June 9th, 1876, in Blean
Woods, near Herne, June 17th, 1877, and May 5th, 1878, in Epping
Forest (Whittle) ; May 7th, 1882, May 8th, 1883, at Reading (Butler) ;
June 5th, 1883, at Pembroke (Barrett); June 4th, 1883, at Newstead
Park (Wright) ; May 28th-31st, 1884, in the New Forest, June 19th,
1884, in the Isle of Wight (Bankes); May 9th, 1885, at Reading
(Butler) ; May 27th, 1885, May 28rd, 1886, at Brentwood (Burrows) ;
June 1st-2nd, 1886, at Glanvilles Wootton (Bankes) ; June 13th, 1886,
at Reigate, June 4th, 1887, at Greenhithe (Whittle); May 13th, 1888,
at Reading (Butler); May 21st, 1888, near Gomshall (Whittle) ; May
17th, 1889, at Brentwood (Burrows); May 22nd-24th, 1889, at Blox-
worth (Bankes); May, 1890, in the New Forest (Hewett); May 4th,
1890, in Epping Forest (Bayne) ; May 16th, 1890, at Brentwood, May
24th, 1890, at Lockerley (Burrows); May 18th, 1890, at Benfleet
(Whittle) ; May 19th, 1890, at Brentwood (Raynor); May 26th, 1890,
at Snodland (Tyrer); end of May, and beginning of June, 1890, at
West Malvern (Dobrée-Fox) ; June 28th-July 17th, 1890, at Brocken-
hurst (Blagg); May 13th, 189), in the New Forest (Bankes) ; May 31st,
1891, at Reading (Butler) ; common from May 30th, 1891, at Brocken-
hurst (James); June Ist-15th, 1891, at Great Leigh (Burrows) ; first
appearance for year, on April 28rd, 1892, at Tring (Elliman); May 11th,
1892, near Leigh (Whittle) ; May 23rd-25th, 1892, in the Isle of Pur-
beck, May 30th, 1892, at Bloxworth (Bankes); June 2nd-12th, 1892, in
Abbott’s Wood, and at Hailsham (Tugwell) ; June 5th, 1892, at Castle
Ryan (Gordon) ; June 16th-26th, 1892, at Folkestone (James) ; April
7th, 1898, near Hereford (Blathwayt) ; April 9th, 1898, at Eynsford
(Carpenter) ; April 10th, 1893, at Stroud (Davis) ; April 14th, 1893, at
Tonbridge (Turner); April 14th-May 6th, 1893, in Epping Forest
(Hunt); April 16th, 1893, at Instow (Hinchliff); April 17th, 1893, at
Worcester Park (Kaye); April 18th, 1893, at Southend (Battley) ;
April 18th, 1893, in the Wye Valley (Nesbitt) ; April 20th, 1893, in

(White); May 14th, 1868, at Cirencester (Harman); June 5th-26th, 1869, at
Brockenhurst (Capper) ; May 16th, 1875, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); June 28th,
1877, in Chattenden Wood, May 12th, 1878, at Chislehurst, May 30th, 1881,
at Box Hill, May 11th, 1882, fourteen at Box Hill, May 17th, 1883, common at
Box Hill, May 7tb, 1886, at Box Hill (Bower); June 4th, 1887, at Cuxton
(Tutt) ; June 13th, 1887, at Greenhithe, May 23rd, 1888, at Chislehurst, June 9th,
1891, at Esher, May 9th, 1892, common at Box Hill, April 18th, 1893, at
Box Hill (Bower) ; April 30th, 1893, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); April 12th, 1894,
at Box Hill, May 4th, 1895, at Farningham, May 14th, 1895, at Bexley
(Bower) ; earliest date noted at Ashford, May 4th, 1895 (Wood); May 15th, 1596,
at Tiee (Bower); May 16th, 1897, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); June 11th, 1897,
at Box Hill, May 17th, 1898, at Box Hill, June 7th, 1898, at Oxton (Bower) ;
June 4th, 1899, at Marlow, May 20th, 1900, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke) ; June 4th,
1900, at Darenth Wood, May 21st, 1901, at Shoreham (Bower); May 25th,
1901, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); May 22nd, 1903, a few at Shoreham, May 20th,
1904, at Darenth Wood (Bower) ; June, 1904, at Carmarthen (Barker).

948 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the New Forest (Beeching) ; April 20th, 18938, at Colchester (Harwood) ;
April 22nd, 1898, in Pembroke (Jefferys); April 29th, 1893, near
Hatfield (Waldegrave); April 29th, 1898, in Chattenden (Tutt); April
29th, 1893, in Epping Forest (Freer) ; May 6th, 18938, in thousands, in
the meadows around Pinner Woods (Rowland-Brown) ; May 10th, 1893,
at Pinner (South); May 16th-27th, 1898, at Bloxworth (Bankes) ; May |
13th, 1893, at Horsley, June 10th, 1893, at Oxshott (Turner); May
23rd, 18938, at Brentwood, May 17th, 1894, at Benfleet (Burrows) ; April
20th, 1894, at Bath (Greer); May 8th-28th, 1894, at Benfleet (Whittle) ;
May 24th, 1894, at Guildford (Grover); June 8th-17th, 1894, at Brocken-
hurst (Wells); scarce in April and May, 1895, at Oxton (Studd); May,
1895, at Cheltenham (Robertson); May 30th, 1895, at West Norwood
(T. Fletcher) ; June 3rd, 1895, May 13th, 1896, at Reading (Butler) ;
April 17th, 1896, at Oxton (Studd); well out at the end of April, 1896,
was most abundant the first fortnight in May, on June 20th, a freshly
emerged specimen at Chattenden, and a worn one on June 28th, at Cux-
ton (Tutt); rather scarce, first seen on May 11th, 1896, in the Guildford
district (Grover) ; May 18th, 1896, at Church Stretton (Newnham) ;
May 22nd, 1896, in the New Forest, June 30th, 1896, at Oxshott
(Tremayne); May 23rd, 1896, in Epping Forest (Simes); July 6th,
1896, at Cairn Ryan (Gordon); May 16th, 1897, at Reading (Butler) ;
May 17th, 1897, in the Guildford district (Grover); May 17th-21st,
1897, at Balcombe (Image); May 22nd, 1897, at Hazeleigh (Raynor);
May 15th, 1898, at Benfleet, May 22nd-June 19th, 1898, at Kastwood
(Whittle); May 24th, 1898, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; June 11th, 1898,
at Reigate (Adkin); May 9th-14th, 1898, at Balcombe, July Ist, 1898,
at Theydon Bois (Image); July 2nd, 1898, at Appledore (Heitland) ;
July 2nd, 1898, on Stanmore Common (Barraud) ; May 11th, 1899, at
Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 18th and June 4th, 1899, at Hastwood
(Whittle); May 19th-22nd, 1899, in the New Forest (Prout); May
29th, 1899, at Stroud (Davis); May 31st, 1899, in Monk’s Wood,
June 10th-11th, 1899, at Shoreham, Kent (Carr) ; end of May, 1899, at
Westwell (J. K. Gardner); June, 1899, four specimens in a wood between
Penn and High Wycombe (Swain); June 4th, 1899, at Reading
(Butler); June 1st, 1899, at Mill Hill (James); June 5th, 1899, in the
Frensham district (Newland); May 17th, 1900, at Hazeleigh (Raynor);
May 19th, 1900, at Epping Forest, June 8rd, 1900, at Westwell (J. E.
Gardner); June 4th, 5th, and 6th, 1900, at Newbury (Hopson) ; May
20th, 1900, at Reading (Butler); June 4th, 1900, in the Guildford
district (Pickett) ; June 4th, 1900, on Aldbury Down, June 9th, 1900,
at Eynsford (Barraud); June 27th, 1900, a very large dark 2 at Ashton
Wold (Rothschild); June 10th, 1900, at Beachy Head (Blenkarn) ;
June 10th, 1900, at Kastwood (Whittle); June 14th, 1900, at Oxshott
(Lucas); May 10th, 1901, just making its appearance at Box Hill
(Croker) ; May 11th, 1901, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; May 18th, 1901, in
Epping Forest, June 9th, 1901, at West Wickham (J. E. Gardner); May
15thand 25th, 1901, commonin West Sussex (J. F. Bird); May 24th-27th,
1901, at Breidden Hill (Tetley); May 12th, 1901, at Reading (Butler);
May 28rd, 1901, in the New Forest (Robertson); May 25th, 1901, on
Aldbury Down, May 27th, 1901, at Bushey Heath, same date at Bricket
Wood (Barraud) ; May 24th-29th, 1901, near Burgess Hill (Dollman);
June 7th-10th, 1901, at Balcombe (Image) ; June 10th, 1901, in the
Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); May 11th and 28rd, 1902, at Tring (Barraud);

HESPERIA MALVE. Q49

May 19th, 1902, at Reading (Butler); May 24th, 1902, at Hazeleigh

— (Raynor); May 27th, 1902, at Breidden Hill (Tetley); May 24th-June

18th, 1902, at Dorking (Oldaker); June 7th and 11th, 1902, in Epping
Forest(J.EK.Gardner); June15th, 1902, at Hailsham(Browne); June 18th-
July 1st, 1902, in the New Forest (Lofthouse) ; June 22nd and 26th,
and August 2nd, 1902, at Thundersley (Whittle); June 27th, 1902, on
Stanmore Common(Barraud); June8th, 1902, in West Sussex(J.F. Bird);
as late as June 21st, 1902, in poor condition, at Oxhey Lane (Rowland-
Brown); June 5th, 10th, and July 16th, 1902, at Chattenden (Burrows);
_ May, 1903, at Brockenhurst, June 6th, 19038, on Stanmore Common
(Barraud); May 19th, 1903, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 28th-June
11th, 1903, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); June 10th-12th, 1908, at
Taunton (Tetley) ; May 29th, 19038, in the New Forest (J. EH. Gardner) ;
May 18th, 1903, at Reading (Butler); May 21st, 1903, at Oxhey Lane
(Rowland-Brown); June 28rd, 1903, at Chattenden (Burrows); April
25th-May 25th, 1904, in the Isle of Purbeck, June 17th, 1904, at
Blandford (Bankes); May 25th, 1904, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May,
1904, at Brockenhurst (Barraud) ; June 5th-13th, 1904, at Thorndon
(Whittle); June 9th, 1904, at Brentwood (Burrows); May 28rd-June
3rd, 1904, at Taunton (Tetley); May 18th, 1904, at Dorking (Oldaker);
June 8th, 1904, at Brentwood (J. EH. Gardner); May 7th, 1904, at Read-
ing (Butler); May 9th, 1905, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); not so scarce as
in 1904, first seen May 20th, 1905, at Tintern and Llandogo, one speci-
men, taken on May, 23rd very near ab. taras (J. F. Bird); June13th, 1905,
in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); May 22nd, 1905, at Loughton (Image) ;
May 7th, 1905, at Reading (Butler); occasionally between Princes
Risborough and Wendover, April to May, and as late as June 8rd, 1905
(Rowland-Brown); May 27th, 1905, in Epping Forest (J. EZ. Gardner);
June 15th, 1905, at Chattenden (Burrows); May 21st, 25th, and June,
1905, at Carmarthen (Barker) ; June 21st, 1905, latest date noted at
Ashford (Wood) ; July 16th, 1905, at Shepton Mallet (Bogue); April
25th, 1906, first example of the year seen at Tintern, at rest on
a blossom of wild hyacinth (J. F. Bird).

Hasirs. —The butterfly is very active, flying swiftly from one spot
to another in the sunshine, resting on leaves, and more often on
flowers, and frequently on bare patches on the ground. When at rest
in the sunshine it lowers its wings, sidling round so that the sun falls
directly on its almost fully expanded wines. When, however, the weather
is dull, or it has settled for the night, it draws its wings over its back,
lowers the forewings until all but the tips are hidden by the hindwings,
and, folding them closely to its abdomen, the tints of its underside
hide it very effectively. It often sleeps on grass-stems at Marlow
(Clarke). Gillmer says: ‘‘According to my experience, this butterfly is a
very fugitive creature, and very hard to follow with the eye when in
flight. In the localities of the Mosigkauer Haide (Dessau) where it
flies, it rests readily on blossoms and dry portions of plants, seldom
on the ground, and opens the wings fully, or to two-thirds, in the
sunshine. The g is commoner here than the ¢, the former appears
also somewhat earlier than the latter.”” Schilde (Berl. Entom. Zettschr.,
Xxx., p. 55) remarks, however, that ‘‘the movements of H. malvae
in nature are by no means rambling, but it remains rather a long time
in one spot. If the sun shines, it spreads the wings widely, and when it
rests in this position on the end of a dry, last year’s flower-head, or

250 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

even on a green one of the same year, 1t appears then to be protected by
mimicry. It imitates the little heads of the plants of Plantayo lanceolata
which are blooming around it. It rests, equally well-protected also,
in dull weather, when it sits, with its wings carefully folded together,
on a tuft of heather, or on the pale-coloured remains of the previous
year’s flower-heads in the grassy woodland roads, and the coloration
of the underside of the wings is in sympathy with these resting-spots.”’
Bird also notes (in litt.) that, in Sussex, when settling down for the
night, he also observed that the species was especially fond of choosing
the old seed-heads of Plantago lanceolata on which to rest, the spotted
markings on the underside of the butterfly giving to the withered spike
a remarkable likeness to the fresh inflorescence of the plant. Chap-
man, observing the species at Ste. Maxime-sur-Mer, notes (én litt.) :
‘“‘ Hf. malvae is very difficult to follow with the eye when on the wing,
especially if it be at all alarmed. It does not return to a particular
spot with much frequency, and, if at all alarmed, it need not be
expected there again. It flies very straight forward, but, before
alighting, often makes a little circle. It frequents paths and roads,
especially in or near a wood, and will often alight on the middle of
the path, its habits, in this respect, being very similar to those of
Melitaea cinxia. When it settles it at once orients itself, tail to the
sun, and sits quietly, with its wings slightly raised, so as to form a
cup or valley to catch the sunshine. It flies rather close to the ground,
but not so closely as M. cinata does when flying along a road. The
latter, however, rests just ike H. malvae, tail to the sun, and wings
slightly raised.”’ Blachier observes that, in the neighbourhood of
Geneva, it settles freely, in numbers, on the damp spots in roadways,
etc., and remains a long time in the same place, in company with
other Hesperiids, e.g., Hesperia alveus, H. serratulae, Powellia sao, and
Lycenids, e.g., Cupido minima, C. sebrus, Polyommatus icarus, Nomiades
cyllarus, and N. semiarqus.

Hasirat.—The species is not particular in its choice of habitat,
frequenting rough open places in, and the ridings of, woods, commons,
banks, meadows, and even marshland and fens, where brambles grow
freely. Wilkes says that it frequents woods and meadows; Lewin
mentions the dry parts of woods and heaths; Haworth, pastures; Curtis,
meadows, commons and woods; to which Stephens adds that it occurs
in the fens of Cambridge plentifully. Mathew says that it frequents a
marshy piece of ground on a hillside near Instow; Clifford, marshy
places at Wimbledon; and Sheldon, a marsh near Vernayaz; but the
woodlands are its chief haunts—the ridings of woods and adjacent
lanes at Silchester (Rothschild) ; a clearing by the edge of a beech-
wood, between Penn and High Wycombe (Swain); common in woods
in Kast Sussex (Jenner); occurs chiefly on rough pastures, on the out-
skirts of woods, in Hunts and Essex, and when disturbed sometimes
disapppears over the woods, being, in this respect, similar to Cyclopides
palaemon, but unlike Nisoniades tayes, which never seems to leave the
level meadows (Raynor); common in the upland woods of the Cotswolds,
rarely occurring in the vales (Watkins); frequenting open grassy places
in the woodlands of the Cotswolds (Davis); generally common on railway-
banks and cuttings, also on hills, and in woods, at Hereford (Bowell) ;
on sloping banks near the sea beyond Castle Ryan (Gordon); in a
grassy hollow near Bude, an uncultivated field at Drayton Beauchamp,

HESPERIA MALVA. 251

and among the heather near Farnborough (Rothschild). Rowland-Brown
found it in woods at Susa, and we have ourselves taken it in the earliest
spring in the lush meadows at Auribeau, on the cistus- and thyme-clad
slopes at Carqueiranne, the rough grassy openings in the arbutus-
woods behind the castle at Hyeres, the grassy garden-paths at
Draguignan, and breaks in the bush-covered slopes of Nismes and
Diene, during the last few days of March, and on through April. In
Switzerland, it occurs all through the lowlands, but goes up the
valleys, in some places commonly, to 6000ft., whilst it is met with
singly up to 7000ft. (Frey). In Bosnia and Hercegovina it appears to
be common up to about 5000ft. elevation (Rebel), and also in the Rilo
mountains, in Bulgaria (Nicholl). Although abundant in the plains,
it reaches an elevation of about 4500ft. in the Madonie mountains of
Sicily (Palumbo), and, in Tuscany, it occurs throughout the plains,
hills and mountains (Stefanelli). At Pont de 1’ Arche it prefers the
forest region (Dupont), and, in the neighbourhood of the Forét
d’Arques, near Dieppe, it swarmed on the hillsides in late June (26th-
30th), and was also abundant in the ridings of the forest (Moore). In
the Albarracin district of Spain, it occurs in the dingles and ravines of
Losilla, in the gardens of Moscardon, and by roadsides, and in the
lanes of the valley of Masegar (Zapater and Korb). Nearness to
rivers is noted by several authors—the banks of the Wiese in Alsace
(Peyerimhoft), the right bank of the Meuse (Sibille). We note that
in Hesse, H. malvae flies in spring and summer, generally on rather
bare places, roads, or rubbish heaps, also in hot sunshine on damp
paths, most commonly, however, on bare thistle-covered slopes
(Glaser). In Waldeck, in sunny openings in woods, pastures, roads,
etc., common from April (1862, as early as the 10th), or beginning of
May, till mid-June (Speyer). In Denmark it is common in openings
in woods and on peat moors, in fields and pastures; in May and
beginning of June, only one brood (Bang-Haas). In Esthonia, in May,
in damp meadows and bushy places, and on the moors (Peters).
In Kurland, only in dry places (Slevogt). In Livonia, from beginning
of May into June, in scattered woodlands, in meadows, and in grassy
spots in woods, sunning itself low in the grass, but very shy
(Nolcken). In Pomerania, it prefers grassy places (Hering); open spots in
woods in Mecklenburg, where it is often abundant (Schmidt) ; near
Friedland it is common on pastures and in copses (Stange); whilst it
prefers woods and sandy slopes in Schleswig-Holstein (Boie); at
Bremen, it prefers woody slopes (Rehberg); and in Hanover, woodlands
are favoured (Glitz); although at Elberfeld and Crefeld it preters
flowery meadows; it is also abundant throughout the Rhine Provinces
on the embankments of the Rhine, and its tributary streams, as well
as in the adjacent meadows (Rothke) ; at Wiesbaden it prefers wooded
districts (Réssler); as is also the case at Cassel (Borgmann) ; in
Thuringia, it goes up into the valleys of the higher mountains, being
sometimes abundant in the forest clearings (Krieghoff) ; whilst in the
kingdom of Saxony it also goes up into the mountain-meadows (Speyer);
in Silesia, it extends from the wood-clearings, thickets and marshes of the
lowlands, up to the high mountain valleys, etc. (Wocke). In the province
of Saxony it prefers flowery meadows near woods, and the woodland
paths of the Mosigkauer Haide, and is common in May and June,
whilst a second, but much less abundant brood, flies in the same

252 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

places in August (Gillmer). In Austria also it occurs everywhere in
the meadows of Bohemia and Moravia, whilst in Lower Austria, it
abounds in the plains, and extends up the mountains into the high
alpine meadows at Hocheck (Fritsch); similarly, in Salzburg, it
extends from the plains even above the region of alpine meadows,
occurring in the lowlands almost everywhere—in warm meadows, in
clearings on the outskirts of woods, in the rich flowery meadows, being
especially abundant on the Schallmoose near Salzburg (Richter). In
the Tyrol, it extends from the plains to the upper alpine region at
7000ft. (Hinterwaldner), and at Iansbriick, from the level of the town
to the region of the alpine pastures on the surrounding mountains
(Weiler). We ourselves found it at an elevation of above 6000ft. at
Cogne, in the Graian Alps, and Chapman on the railway embankments
at Saeterstoen in Scandinavia. These habitats, when compared with
the lovely slopes above Lake Maggiore and our own home woodland
drives in Chattenden, offer sufficient variety in the habitat of a most
interesting little species.

- BrirtsH Locanitres.—Throughout England and Wales, but exceed-

ingly local and rare in lreland and Scotland. Beprorp : Bedford—Luton,
Potton (Vict. Count. Hist.), Twin Woods, Clapham (Nash). Brrxs: near Woking-
ham (Hamm), Newbury (Hopson), common at Boar’s Hill and Bagley Wood (Gel-
dart), Radley (Burr), Reading, common (Butler). Bucks: Halton, Wavendon, near
Newport Pagnel (Stainton), Wendover district (Brown), between Penn and High
Wycombe (Swain), formerly at Drayton Beauchamp (Rothschild), Chalfont,
St. Peter (St. John), Marlow (Clarke). CampBriper: fen districts, abundant
(Jenyns), Chippenham Fen (Rothschild), Cambridge (Waters), Ely (Archer),
Boxworth (Thornhill), CarmartHen: Pendine, Oaklands (Barker). Cornwatu:
Truro (Rollason), near Bude (Rothschild). DrnpicH: Cefn Caves, near Ruthin
(Gardner). [DrErBysHtRE: Bakewell (Payne), in error (Fuller).] Drvon: plentiful
in south Devon (Rogers), Exeter, Plymouth, Teignmouth (Stainton), Sidmouth
(Majendie), Instow (Hinchliff), Oxton (Studd), Torquay (Crocker), Lustleigh
(Buckell), Dartmoor (Gummer), near Honiton, local, but where it occurs fairly
abundant (Riding), Torrington, Barnstaple (Mathew), Lynmouth (Briggs),
Silverton (Ward), Belstone, near Okehampton, at 900 feet (de la Garde), Paignton
district (Goodale). Dorsrr: Portland, scarce (Partridge), Lulworth (Dale),
Sherborne (Kimber), Wimborne, Hod Hill (Fowler), Glanvilles Wootton, Bland-
ford, Bloxworth, Isle of Purbeck (Bankes), Upwey, Chalbury Vale, Culliford
(Bogue). Essrx: Hartley Wood (Jermyn), Epping Forest (Bayne), Colchester
district — Chelmsford (Harwood), Southend (Battley), Brentwood, Woodham
Ferris, Hazeleigh (Raynor), Theydon Bois, Loughton (Image), Thorndon,
Thundersley, Benfleet, Eastwood, Leigh (Whittle), Wanstead (Burrows), Wood
Street (Smith), Great Leigh (Burrows), Dovercourt district, rare (Mathew), Ongar
Park Woods (Wright). GuoucrstrER: Cirencester (Harman), Bristol district,
generally distributed and common, Leigh, etc. (Hudd), Cheltenham (Robertson),
Gloucester (Merrin), Lower Guiting (Stainton), Stroud (Davis), Painswick district
(Watkins). Hanrs: fairly common—Southampton (Swinton), Isle of Wight, New
Forest (Bankes), Brockenhurst (Hodson), Crabbe Wood, Ampfield (Hewett), New
Forest—Lyndhurst (Hill), Ringwood, common (Fowler), Shedfield (Pearce), near
Farnborough, near Silchester (Rothschild), Purbrook Common, Stakes Wood
(Pearce), Lockerley (Burrows). Hrrrnrorp: Tarrington (Wood), Leominster
(Hutchinson), Hereford (Bowell). Hrrrs: Hemel Hempstead (Piffard), Sandridge
(Griffith), Haileybury (Bowyer), East Barnet (Gillum), Watford (Spencer),
Aldbury, Ivinghoe (Rothschild), Broxbourne Woods (Boyd), Oxhey (Rowland-
Brown), Tring (Elliman), near Hatfield (Waldegrave), Hertford, Bengeo,
Brickendon (Stephens), Bricket Wood (Perkins), Knebworth (Griffith), Bushey
Heath, Aldbury Down (Barraud). Hunts: common—St. Ives (Norris), Monk’s
Wood (Carr). Krnr: Chislehurst, Lee, Farningham (Bower), Darenth Wood
(Stephens), Bexley (Fenn), Chatham district (Walker), Snodland (Tyrer), Fork Com-
mon, Sevenoaks (Raynor), Ashford, common (Wood), Cuxton, Chattenden, Strood,
ete. (Tutt), Eynsford (Carpenter), Appledore, Folkestone (Heitland), Longfield,
near Gravesend (Jennings), Westwell (Gardner), Shoreham.(Carr), Pembury, near

. HESPERIA MALV®, 258

Tunbridge Wells, Tenterden (Stainton), Maidstone district (Golding), Greenhithe,
Blean Woods, West Wickham (Whittle), Herne Bay (Battley). Kerry: Killarney
(Salvage). Lanark: Glasgow (Gray). Lancs: Silverdale (Melvill). Lercester :
Sixhills (Rowley), Gumley (Matthews). Lincs: Legsby Wood, Market Rasen
(Court). Mippuesex: Mill Hill (James), Harrow district (Melvill), Kingsbury,
Old Oak Common, foot of Hampstead Heath, Hendon, Dolton Hill (Godwin),
Stanmore (Bond), Harrow Weald, common (Rhoades-Smith), Enfield (Sykes),
Northwood (Sich), Pinner (South), Oxhey Lane (Rowland-Brown), Willesden (Sharp),
Monmoutu: Wye Valley (Nesbitt), ‘Tintern, Llandogo (J. F. Bird), Monmouth
(Palmer). Monrcomrery: Breidden Hill, near Welshpool (Tetley). Norroix:
scarce and local—Woodton, Tyndall Wood, Ditchingham, Ketteringham,
Horning (Vict. Count. Hist.). Norruampton: Peterborough (Stainton), Ashton
Wold, Oundle (Rothschild), Northampton (Hensman). Norts: Newstead
Park, near Mansfield (Wright). NorrHumprerytanp: Newcastle (Wailes).
Oxrorp: Oxford (Stainton), Cowley, Dorchester (Shipp), Chinnor (Spiller).
PrempBroxke : Castlemartin (Puckridge), Pembroke (Jeffreys). SuropsHire: Church
Stretton (Newnham), Hopton Wagers (Boxer), Shrewsbury (Stainton). SomErRsEr:
Shepton Mallet (Bogue), Bath (Greer), Castle Cary (Macmillan), Taunton
(Tetley). Srarrorp: Betton Moss (Woodforde). SurrotK: somewhat common
(Bloomfield), Ipswich (Last), Stowmarket (Stainton). Surrey: Box Hill, Esher
(Bower), Horsley, Oxshott (Turner), Woking (S. G. C. Russell), Guildford (Grover),
Frensham (Newland), Dorking, Ranmore, Polesden (Oldaker), Worcester Park
(Kaye), Dormans Park (Burr), Coombe Wood, Reigate, Wimbledon, Gomshall
(Whittle), Croydon (Hall), Oxted (Sheldon), Riddlesdown, Shirley, Worm’s Heath,
Holmwood, West Norwood (T. Fletcher). Sussex: Abbott’s Wood (Clark), Horsham
(Jackson), near Burgess Hill (Dollman), Frant (Cox), east Sussex, common, Battle
(Jenner), Hastings, St. Leonard’s(Bloomfield), Cissbury (W.H.B. Fletcher), Worth-
ing, Lewes (Stainton), Brighton (Adkin), Poynings, Balcombe (Image), Shipley,
Cowfold, West Grinstead, Coolham (Bird), Tilgate (Sheldon), Steyning (White).
Warwick: common — Coventry (Kenrick), Hampton-in-Arden (Wynn), Knowle
(Ellis), Corley Woods (Bree), Rugby, Brandon (Rugby lists), Atherstone (Baker),
HKttington (Keighley-Peach), Wolford (Wheeler). Wrstmortanp: Witherslack
(Arkle Eint., xxi., p. 316). Wieatown: Cairn Ryan (Gordon). Wutts: Corsham
(Stainton), Salisbury (Carr), Collingbourne Wood (Rudd). Worcester: Malvern
(Dobrée-Fox), Worcester, common (Fletcher). Yorks: near York (Hewitson),
Bramkam Park (Oates), Ledstone (Smethurst), Pontefract (Hartley), Roche
Abbey (W. H. Smith), Selby (Hebson), Sheffield (Doncaster), Wakefield (Talbot),
near York (Prest).

Distripution.—Kurope, Asia Minor, Armenia, Altai, Ala Tau,
Thian-Shan, Issy Kul district, Fergana, Mongolia, eastern Siberia,
Amurland (Staudinger),alsoin Mauretania (Oberthur). Arrica: Algeria—
Lambeze (Oberthiir). Asta: Amurland (Elwes), Altai—the Talysch (Ménétriés),
Kouldja district (Oberthiir), Persia—Irak district (Young), Bokhara—Mountains Sud
V Olguine—Chemin de Taldyk, 9000ft. (Romanoff). Asza Minor: Brussa (Fountaine),
Amasia, Tokat, Cyprus (Speyer), Syria—Akbés (Oberthiir), Zebedani, Niha (Graves),
the Lebanon district (Nicholl), the Taurus (Nordmann). AvusTrRo-HuNGaRY: every-
where (H6fner), Bohemia, common—Karlsbad (Hiittner), Senftenberg, Prague
(Fritsch), Moravia — Briinn, ete. (Schneider), Kremsier, Neutitschein,
Rottalowitz, Troppau (Fritsch), Upper Austria—Steyer, Enns district, Wels
(Brittinger), Linz (Fritsch), Lower Austria—Vienna district (Rossi), Hernstein,
common up to Hocheck (Rogenhofer), Gresten (Fritsch), Tyrol, up to 7000ft.
(Hinterwaldner) —Bozen (Lowe), the Stelvio, near Trafoi (Smallman), the Patscher-
Kofel, at 6900ft. (Speyer), on the Glockner, Trient (Mann), Innsbruck, Tauferthal
(Weiler), Schliicken-Alp, Zirler-Mahder, Jaufen, Seiser-Alp, Monte Lobbia, Monte
Piano, Franzenshéhe (Heller), Salzburg—Ischl (Hormuzaki), Schallmoose, near
Salzburg (Richter), Carinthia (Lemann)—Raiblerthal (Mann), Dalmatia—Spalato
(Meyer-Diir), Carniola, everywhere (Mann), Styria—Hausdorf(Fritsch). Brneium:
throughout, common—the whole of the right bank of the Meuse, particularly abun-
dant in Luxembourg (Sibille), Dinant (Baudart), Tirlemont (Halflants), Louvain
(Schammel), Marchovellete (Wautier), Beez, Namur (Lambillion), Fond d’Arquet
(de Radigues), Godine (Crombrugghe), Brussels (Haverkampf), St. Servais (Castin),
Ortho (Slégers), Rhode-St.-Genése (Hennin). Bosnia AnD HeERcEGovINA: widely
distributed, and common up to 1600m.—-Dervent (Hilf), Koinsko Polje (Sturany),
Sarajevo (Rebel), Romanja Planina, Treskavica (Apfelbeck), Kalinovik (Schreitter),
Prozor, Maklenpass, Vranica Planina, Radusa Planina, Jablanica (Hilf), Nevesinje

954 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(Uhl), Lakat (Apfelbeck), Ubli (Hilf). Bunearta anp East Rovumezia: distributed
—near Sophia, common, near Slivno, the Rilska Valley, the Rilo district, to 1500m.
(Nicholl), near Rustschuk, Varna (Lederer), Schipka (Rebel). CHannexu IsuANDs :
Jersey—once only in the Swiss Valley, St. Saviours (Piquet). Corsica: Ajaccio
(Mann). Denmark: Skovlysninger, Torvemoser (Bang-Haas). Finuanp: south
and southeast (Lampa). France: throughout—Calvados (Moutiers), Brittany
(Griffith), Pont de l’Arche (Dupont), Forét d’Arques, near Dieppe (Moore), Tancar-
ville (Leech), Manche—Cherbourg (Nichollet), Ille-et-Vilaine—Rennes, Monterfil
(Oberthiir), Paris district (Bellier), Indre—Brenne (Martin), Aube (Jourdheuille),
Seine-Inférieure—Duclair (Smallman), Seine-et-Loire (Constant), Doubs—Besancon
(Bruand), Allier—bois de Chavagnac, Moulins (Peyerimhoff), Puy de Dome (teste
Speyer), Auvergne—Nohant, St. Florent, Guérit (Sand), Isere—Uriage, Haute-
Savoie—Chamonix, Savoie—Aix-les-Bains, Mont Revard (Oberthiir), Monnetier
(Blachier), French Pyrenees (Rondou), Basses-Alps—Digne (Tutt), Aude—La
Malepyre (Mabille), Alpes-Maritimes—Vésubie (Oberthitir), Draguignan, Languedoc
—Nimes (Tutt), Gironde (Brown), Pyrénées-Orientales — Vernet-les-Bains,
(Oberthiir), Hautes-Pyrénées— Cauterets, Basses-Pyrénées— Biarritz, Haute-
Vienne—Limoges (Oberthitir), Provence—Cannes, Pegomas, Auribeau, |’ Esterel,
Hyéres, Carqueiranne (Tutt), Cevennes (Rowland-Brown). Germany: Prussia,
very common—Rastenburg, Insterburg, Willenburg, Thorn (Schmidt), Memel,
Tilsit, Cranz, Powayen, Capornsche Haide, Wargen, Drugehnen, Dammhof,
Gross-Raum, Metgethen, Koénigsberg, Lowenhagen, Tapiau, Wehlau, Pillkallen,
Friedland, Bartenstein, Petershagen, Ludwigsort, Mohrungen, Osterode,
Allenstein, Sorquitten, Rominten, Goldap, Lyck, Johannisburg, Arys, Neidenburg,
Graudenz, Elbing, Danzig, Zoppot, Karthaus, Alt-Kischau, Lonsk, Jastrow
(Speiser), Pomerania, throughout — Julow, etc. (Hering), Endingen, Pennin,
Grubenhagen (Paul and Plétz), Mecklenburg-Schwerin and Mecklenburg-Strelitz,
everywhere common—Liibeck (Tessmann), Schwerin, Waren, Parchim (Gillmer),
Friedland (Stange), Lauenburg, Hamburg, and Schleswig-Holstein—Eutin (Dahl),
Hamburg, Altona (Tessien), Bremen and Hanover—Bremen (Rehberg), Liineburg
(Machleidt), Hanover, Osnabriick, Hameln, Géttingen, Osterode (Jordan), Brunswick
— Brunswick, Wolfenbiittel (Heinemann), Helmstedt, Quedlinburg (Jordan), foothills
of the Hartz (Gillmer), Oberharz (Speyer), Westphalia—Miinster (Speyer), Hoxter
(Jordan), Rhine Provinces, rather common-——Crefeld, Uerdingen (Stollwerck), Elber-
feld, Aachen, Trier, Barmen (Weymer), Hesse-Nassau, Oberhessen and Waldeck, dis-
tributed— Wiesbaden (Réssler), Oberursel (Fuchs), Hanau (Limpert), Frankfurt-on-
Main(Koch), Cassel (Borgmann), Waldeck (Speyer), Rotenburg-on-Fulda (Jordan),
Thuringia—Gotha, Erfurt, Seeberg, Boxberg, Krahnberg (Knapp), Rudolstadt
(Jordan), Province of Saxony—Zeitz-on-Elster—Knittelholz, Raabe, Ossig (Wilde),
Halle, Délauer and Dessauer Haide (Stange), Mést, Hirtenhau, Raumers Wiese,
Triftlinie (Amelang), near Miihlhausen, Naumburg, Sondershausen, Nordhausen,
Kyfthiuser (Jordan), Brandenburg—Berlin district (Bartel), Neiderneundorf (Dadd),
Frankfort-on-Oder (Kretschmer), Posen, everywhere (Schultz), Silesia— Brieg (Dér-
ing), Seefelder near Reinerz (Standfuss), Trebnitzer-Gebirge (Nohr), Upper Lusatia
(Méschler), Sprottau district, Miickendorf, Dittersdorf, Sprottischwaldau, Oberles-
chen, Meilerkainigt, Ebersdorf, Wichelsdorf, etc. (Pfitzner), Kingdom of Saxony—
Dresden (Steinert), Saxon Upper Lusatia — Rachlau, Loébau, etc. (Schiitze),
Freiberg-i.-S. (Fritsche), Chemnitz (Pabst), Leipzig (Speyer), Bavaria—Regensburg
(Hofmann and Herrich-Schaffer), Miinich (Kranz), Augsburg (Freyer), Kempten
(v. Kolb), Wiirttemberg, common (Keller), Baden—Freiburg, Lahr, Durlach,
Heidelberg (Reutti), Carlsruhe (Gauckler), Alsace—Forét de Lutterbach (Gerber),
Doller (Michel), Basle, banks of the Weise, etc. (Peyerimhoff), the Pfalz
(Bertram). Grerce: throughout—Islands, etc. (see p. 230) (Lederer). Irany:
throughout Tuscany (Stefanelli), Apennines—near Boscolungo (Norris), Puzzuoli
(Zeller), Roman Campagna (Calberla), Florence, banks of Arno (Smallman),
Liguria (Speyer), Italian Riviera — Alassio, ete. (Tutt), Genoa (Walker),
Piedmotese valleys—Susa (Brown), Certosa di Pesio (Norris), Cogne, Locarno
(Tutt), Lugano, ete. (Chapman), Orta (Lowe), Lombardy—Monti di Vill’ Albese,
etc. (Turati), Sicily, up to 1400m.— Palermo (Mann), Madonie mountains—
Monreale, M. Pellegrino, S. Martino (Mina-Palumbo), Osimo (Spada). Nrruer-
LANDS: Friesland, Groningen, Overijssel, Limburg, Gelderland—Harderwijk,
Brummen, Empen, Doesborgh, Doetinchem, Gendringen (Snellen). Roumanta:
Costischa, etc. (Fleck). Russta: Baltic Provinces, common (Nolcken), Caucasus
district (Bramson), Ural district—Casan, Simbirsk, Orenburg, Saratov (Evers-
mann), Govt. Wolgoda—Hisenbahn station, Kotlas (Kroulikowsky), St. Petersburg
district (Albrecht). Scanprnavia: generally up to 62°N. lat. (Aurivillius), north_

NISONIADIDI. 255

west Norway—Naes Vaerk, Christiania, Odalen, Drammen, Fagernaes-im-Amdal,
Valders (Siebke), Disenaen (Standen), Fredrikstad, Hvaléerne, Sireosen, Siredal,
Ose, Valle, Larkollen, Roikenoiken (Strand), Hunneberg (Lampa), Saeterstoen
(Chapman), Sweden—Scania, Helsingland (Lampa), Lapland, Gottland, Ostro-
gothland (Zetterstedt). Sparn: near Granada (Staudinger), Aragon—Mont Sény
(Nicholl), Cantabrian mountains—Puerto de Pajares (Chapman), Castile—Alsasua
(Oberthiir), Albarracin district—Losillo, Valley de Masegar, Moscardon (Zapater),
Catalonia—Montserrat (Standen). Swirzeruanp: throughout the lowlands, and
often common up to 6000 feet, going singly up to 7000 feet (Frey)—in the Riedt,
near Wallisellen (Dietrich), Martigny, Branson, Sépey, Gryon, Saillon, Sion, Sierre,
Grand Ferrex (Favre), Aigle (Sloper), Macolin (Lowe), Veytaux, Bérisal, ete.
(Wheeler), Berne (Flemyng), Weissenburg (Huguenin), the Juras—St. Georges, etc.
(Wheeler), the Gemmi, at 5300 feet (Speyer), Montreux to Aigle (Barraud),
near Geneva (Muschamp), Saas-Fée, Simplon (Blachier), Lucerne (Lang),
Andermatt (Jones). Turkey: Port Baklar (Walker), Crete (Mathew).

Tribe: NuisonrApIDI.

This tribe is closely allied to the Erynnid species of the last tribe,
viz., Hrynnis alceae, E. altheae and FE. lavaterae. Under the name
Thanaos,; Watson describes (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1898, p. 69) the
tribe as follows :

Antenne with club moderate, more or less bent into a curve, bluntly pointed.
Palpi porrect; second joint laxly clothed; third joint almost concealed, bluntly
conical. Forewing with inner margin longer than outer margin; male with a
costal fold ; cell of forewing less than two-thirds the length of costa; discocellulars
shghtly inwardly oblique, the lower the longer; nervure 3 shortly before the end of
cell; nervure 2 slightly nearer to base of wing than to end of cell. Hindwing with
outer margin evenly rounded; nervure 7 very close to end of cell; discocellulars
and nervure 5 faint; nervure 3 immediately before end of cell; nervure 2 almost
equidistant from end of cell and base of wing. Hind tibiz fringed with two pairs
of spines, the upper pair minute.

The two genera usually included in the tribe are—(1) Nisoniades
(type tages), in which the g has a costal fold, and (2) Thanaos (type
marloyi), in which the g is without the costal fold, but we have
already noted (antea, p. 85) that Thanaos is really a synonym of
Nisoniades, both having tages for type. Under the title Thanaos,
Bdy., Scudder gives a very complete diagnosis of the American
forms in all their stages (Butts. New England, ii., pp. 1445-1449),
much too extended to be repeated in detail here. Among his
general remarks, however, are many worthy of attention. He observes
that “the butterflies are of moderate size for Hesperiines, have ampler
wings than any other genera, excepting those immediately contiguous,
and the scales seem to be more feebly attached, since the wings are
very easily abraded. The bunch of short conical filaments which
nearly fills the opening of the prothoracic spiracles, can be protruded
to a considerable distance, so as to form a prominent tubercle-like
swelling, which has not been noted in other Hesperiine genera.”

Rambur was the first to notice the asymmetrical development of the
abdominal appendage of the g of Nisoniades tayes. Scudder says that
the same asymmetry is found in some of the neighbouring genera—
Achlyodes, etc., and doubtless in some other groups (as it has been
detected in a Heliconian). In an inconspicuous degree it has been
observed in some other Urbicolids. The asymmetry, Scudder notes, is
not only found in the lateral valves, which are sometimes of widely
disproportionate size, and serve well, also, to distinguish the different
species, but often also above, in the central hook, the posterior view of
which shows it to be sometimes remarkably lopsided. The asym-
metrical parts are entirely concealed by scales. The upper organ is

256 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

protected by an extensive posterior expansion of the terminal segment
of the abdomen, which forms a projecting hood, and which is also
provided at the tip with a heavy fringe of excessively long scales; the
clasps are themselves furnished externally with a heavy coating of
pretty long scales, which effectually hides the sculpture of the parts,
although the disparity in length of the two clasps is readily seen (e.y.,
Thanaos brizo). Scudder further states that, when a g of one of these
species is taken between the fingers, the insect frequently endeavours
to use this apparatus as an organ of defence, or, perhaps it might be
said, of aggression, much after the manner of a Panorpa or a Staphy-
linus. Of the structure of the genital organs, Scudder writes :

“The 8th abdominal segment is broadly produced above in the dg, in a convex,
entire, rounded plate, the whole fully three times as long as the preceding segment,
and furnished with very long scales; the side-pieces (clasps) of the ¢ are frmged with
numerous, not very long, hairs, and covered profusely with short scales, and are
long and slender, directed a httle upward, and apically inward. The upper organ
varies exceedingly in shape and proportionate size ; the centrum gibbous, subovoid,
contracted towards the tip, and bearing, at the extremity, a pair of hooks, occasion-
ally consolidated, and from the inferior junction of which, a minute, appressed, central
plate or tooth, dentiform on a side view, frequently depends; near the middle of the
upper portion of the centrum, the surface is either simply a little elevated, or
expanded, after elevation, into nearly horizontal alations, or it rises into a dorsal,
usually horseshoe-shaped, crest, the sides of which sometimes form conspicuous
lateral expansions, the whole crest being frequently asymmetrical in elevation and
lateral extension, and bearing, on its upper edge, an armature of spies; from the
middle of the upper surface, lateral arms extend downward, and then curve back-
ward, meeting behind, and, at their united extremities, expand into a transverse,
usually broad, field, the inferior armature well provided with spines or bristles.
Besides the asymmetry of the dorsal crest referred to, the lateral arms, the terminal
hooks, and the inferior armature, frequently partake of the same peculiarity ; indeed,
this element seems to pervade every part of the remarkable genital armature in this
genus. With some minor exceptions, the left clasp is always more highly developed
than the right, both in the configuration of the whole, and in the sculpture and
armature of the details; each clasp may be divided for convenience of description,
into two parts—an upper and a lower; the upper portion is ordinarily developed as
a broad lobe, armed on its upper edge with a row of very long, stiff bristles, pointing
backward; it has a tendency to expand in two directions, forming what are called the
upper and hind processes, according to their position ; the lobe is generally smaller
in the left clasp than in the right ; and the hind process either wanting, or minute, im
the left. The lower part of the clasp is a very long, slender, usually compressed,
often twisted, and invariably curving, blade, frequently spined or pointed at tip, its
origin marked below by a denticle; it bears, at the base of the upper edge, a short,
frequently bent or curving process, ordinarily somewhat triangular in shape, and
very often armed with spinules ; sometimes this process is wanting on the right
clasp, and it is usually more slender, and frequently longer, on the left than on the
opposite side; at their base, the clasps form a large, broad, compressed, somewhat
gibbous plate, of variable form.”

The movement of the clasps is, of course, lateral, and that
of the upper organ, vertical; but some of the constituent parts of
the latter have an independent motion, the whole central apparatus,
including the hooks, having a common vertical movement upon
the centrum, and the central tooth a forward and backward swing
upon the apical portion.

Closely allied species vary in the amount of development of the costal
fold and its enclosed androconia. These latter were described at length by
Aurivillius (Bid. Svens. Vet. Akad. Handlingar, v., p. 82),and Seudder ob-
serves that an examination of the androconia has shown, so far as these
scalesareconcerned, bow colsely some of the speciesare related toeach other,

NISONIADIDI. 257

and how very distinct others are that were supposed to be doubtfully
separable. He notes of their structure that “the dermal appendages
of the g, concealed in the costal fold of the forewing, consist of long,
basally pediform, bristles, sometimes replaced. by slender, sublanceo-
late, flagellate, androconia, or by slender twisted ribbons; sometimes
accompanied also by rod-like bristles, occasionally two-pronged at tip,
and by small, apple-seed-shaped, androconia.”’

The differences between the Nisoniadid and Hesperiid eggs are well
shown in our pl. ii., fig. 1 (Nisoniades tages) and fig. 2 (Hesperia malvae),
and these differences would appear to be constant between the groups, as
the American Nisoniadid eggs are described as “ very short, sugar-loaf-
shaped, with a moderate number of straight, not very prominent, vertical
ribs, extending from base to micropyle, the surface between them
depressed in regular curves, traversed also by numerous, delicate, trans-
verse, raised lines; the micropylar rosettea little depressed, consisting of a
few rather large, roundish-oval or kite-shaped plates, surrounding a
central minute circle, and bounded by a number of oval, angular cells,
the outermost larger than the others.”

We may here add a note of Doherty’s (Journ. As. Soc. Beng., lv.,
pt. 2, p. 113), who says that ‘‘a kind of hermaphroditism seems to
occur sometimes in the Hesperiadae. From the body of apparent 3s
of Swastus eltola and of Coladenia dan, both having periect prehensores
of the form characteristic of their respective species, I obtained one
or two well-developed eggs, exactly similar to those taken from the 9s
of the same species ; also, froma ¢g of Suwastus toona (the egg of that
species being, except for this, unknown to me) I obtained a single,
immature, blood-red egg.’’ Doherty’s knowledge of butterfly eges was
so extensive that we are astonished some remarks on this statement
have not been made.

The larve are slow and sluggish in their habits, and their genera
appearance and structure are well illustrated by our figure of Nisoniades
tages (postea) ; the large head, the constricted prothorax, the plump and
arched body, and the prothoracic dorsal shield, are all characteristic.
In the early stages, the sete 1, li, ili, iv and v are expanded apically,
those of the upper rows being much more so than the others; the sub-
spiracular hairs of the prothorax, like those of the head, being but
slightly expanded. These expanded bristles are to be found (at least up
to the 4th instar), and are described and figured by Chapman (Hnt. Rec.,
XVli., pp. 281-2, pl. xi). He observes that the larva of N. tages, in
its first instar, has a transparent hair with clubbed end, divided into
several points, assuming more or less a fan-shape, whilst, in the 4th
instar, the larva possesses hairs of a trumpet-shape, as well-developed
as those of the pupa of Chrysophanus phlaeas, and very different from
the more baton-like hairs of the earlier instars. The trumpet-hairs
stand upright, are transparent, and very minute, only 0:°03mm. to
0-04mm. high, but appear to be definitely of trumpet or calyx form, at
their bases of origin about 0:005mm.-0-007mm. wide, and spreading
out at the top to a fimbriated, or spiculated, circular margin, 0‘02mm.-
0-03mm. across, the central opening apparently reaching quite to the
base. These bases are the ordinary raised rings, with circles of
articulation in the centre, found at the base of all ordinary tubercular-
or skin-hairs; they are, however, very small (0°02mm. across), not
wider than three skin-points. Scudder observes that, after the 4th instar,

258 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the apically-expanded bristles are lost and our plate of the hairs in the last
skin shows the great change that has occurred (compare plates vi. and vil.).
He further observes that the larve are provided with a laterodorsal series
of chitinous annuli, placed in the middle of the anterior half of each
segment of the body, a laterostigmatal series of similar annuli directly
above stigmata, and a ventrostigmatal series, two to a segment, near
together, in advance of, and behind, the middle. These are the lenticles,
one of which is shown in our plate of ‘the skin of the larva of N. tages
(pl. vi., fig. 1),”’ and which Chapman says is about 0:025mm. in diameter,
a dark chitinous ring, filled with an apparently structureless mem-
brane. This same plate gives also a fairly good idea of the formation
of skin-points, as well as of the trumpet-hairs and lenticle. The
spiracles are long, oval, delicate, and slightly elevated. The prolegs
are short, rapidly tapering, apically broadly ovate, with a complete
double row of outward-curving hooklets, which are very small, not
very delicate, nor very sharply pointed, but tapering throughout. Our
plates vi and vil give a good idea of the various changes that the
larval hairs undergo in Nisontades tages.

The Nisoniadid pupa (as represented by Nisoniades tages) is very
similar to the Hesperiid (as represented by Hesperia malvae), but with
more of the Sphingid curve (like that of Sesta stellatarum), the dorsum
being hollow from the mesothorax to the 6th abdominal, the venter
prominent at the ends of the appendages, but hollow opposite the meta-
thorax. Describing the American forms, Scudder says that “the head is
somewhat distinct from the thorax, the ocellar field being subglobose,
prominent, and the anterior extremity between the eyes independently,
and considerably, tumid, accentuating their prominence, the whole
broad, scarcely depressed. Thorax tumid, and regular, above, basal
wing-tubercles slight, but enough to make the thorax just wider than
the eyes, faintly and obliquely carinate in nearly the direction of the
antenne. The upper surface of the head and thorax to the summit of
either, forms a straight, unbroken line, when viewed laterally, with a
considerable slope, at an angle of about 45° with that of the lower
surface, as far as the swollen apical half of the wing-cases, where the
body is largest. On the abdomen, on the contrary, the upper surface
is straight, or scarcely concave from the height of the thorax to the
last segment, while the under surface continues the posterior curve of
the wing-covers, curving rather strongly upward apically, so that the
whole lateral aspect of the chrysalis is that of a broad sigmoid curve.
Viewed dorsally, the body is nearly equal from the basal wing-tubercles
to the middle of the abdomen, with a scarcely perceptible constriction
at the middle of the wings, and a distinct, though shght and broad,
enlargement on their apical half; the apical half of the abdomen
tapers rapidly. The thoracic spiracle-guards are moderately large,
and semi-lenticular. There is no mandibular tubercle. The 2nd pair
of legs extends a little beyond the base of the antennal club, the 3rd
pair somewhat beyond the antennal tips, which are finely pointed,
and the tongue a little beyond the wings, and almost to the tip of the
4th abdominal segment. Spiracles oval, nearly twice as broad as
long, not prominent. Cremastral spine pyramidal, truncate, rudely
quadrilateral, longitudinally and irregularly sulcated, the hooklets
half as long, forming a flaring bunch.

The lifehistories of the species present the marked peculiarity that

NISONIADES. 259

the larve, being fullfed in autumn, do not pupate until the following
spring, pupation taking place in a specially constructed hybernating
chamber, which Scudder says may be the last larval nest, more perfectly
closed. He says that the “larve of the Nearctic species live in little nests,
made, upon the underside of leaves, either by cutting and folding over a
fragment of the leaf, and fastening it securely to the other portion by
strong distant bands of silk, or by uniting several leaves, Their nests
are always scrupulously clean. The whole interior of the nest is lined
with silk, and this is always sufficiently large to permit the inhabitant
to turn about. The caterpillars of some species eat little irregular
holes, or slits, upon either side of their nest, and this becomes a ready
mode of discovering the insect.” Our Palearctic species prefer open
sround—downs, sides of mountains, etc.—but Scudder says that the
Nearctic species prefer overgrown recent clearings, or the thickets
and woods, to which the ¢s confine themselves, while the js
are more fond of the neighbouring roads, playing about damp spots,
and resting with spread wings, with a tameness apparently quite foreign
to their nature in the thickets. In the woods, these insects roam about
with a jerky flight, never far from the ground, but with so uncertain a
movement, and such frequent change of course, that they are rather
hard to capture, and the nature of their haunts among the thickets
does not lessen the difficulty, etc. When resting at night, Nisontades
tayes, aS observed by Trimen, folds its wings roof-like over its back
like a Noctuid moth, assimilating wonderfully to a grass-head, on which
it usually elects to rest.

Scarcely represented in the Palearctic area, the species are much
more abundant in the Nearctic. Staudinger and Rebel (Cat., 3rd ed.,
p. 98) only note tayes, L. (Hurope), pelias, Leech (China), marloyi,
Bdy. (south-eastern Europe), and montanus, Brem. (eastern Asia), but
Dyar (Cat. Nth. Amer. Lep., pp. 59-61) gives 21 species as inhabiting
North America. The group appears to be restricted to the north
temperate zone, and Scudder suggests that its greater abundance in
the Nearctic, than in the Palearctic, area is to be expected from the
occurrence of all the more closely allied genera in central America. In
the Old World it extends from 85°N. to 60°N. lat., in the New World
from 28°N. to 50°N. lat.; in both it extends from ocean to ocean, and
from the plains to a considerable distance up the mountains; in the
alps of central Europe to 5000 feet, in the White Mountains to 5000
feet, in the Rocky Mountains to some 9000 feet. No species seems to
be common to the two regions.

Genus:. Nisontapzs, Htibner.

SynonymMy.—Genus: Nisoniades, Hb., ‘‘Verz.,’’ p. 108 (1816); Stphs.,
‘‘Tllus.,’’ iv., p. 404 (1834); Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 123, pl.
XXXvVilil., figs. 9-13 (1841); Stephs., ‘‘ List,” lst ed., p. 21 (1850); 2nd ed., p. 20
(1856) ; Westd. and Hewits., ‘‘ Gen. Diurn. Lep.,’”’ p. 519 (1852); Kirby, ‘‘ Kur.
Butts.,’’ p. 121 (1862) ; Butl., ‘‘ Cat. Diurn. Lep.,’’ p. 286 (1869); Kirby, ‘‘ Syn.
Cat.,’’ p. 628 (1871); Staud. ‘‘Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); Curd, ‘‘ Bull. Soe.
Ent. Ital.,’’ vi., p. 216 (1874) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,”’ p. 64 (1882) ; Lang, ‘‘ Butts.
Hur.,’’ p. 348 (1884); Kane, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,” p. 145 (1885); Auriv., ‘‘ Nord.
Fyjar.,”’ p. 39 (1888) ; Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’? p. 226 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.
Isl.,”’ 1., p. 304, pl. xl., figs. 2-2d (1893) ; Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross.-Schmett.,’’ p. 681
(1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 119 (1896). [Papilio-Plebeius-| Urbicola,
Linn., ‘‘ Syst. Nat.,” xth ed., p. 485 (1758) ; xiith ed., p. 795 (1787); Fab., ‘‘ Sys.
Ent.,’’ p. 535 (1775) ; Esp., ‘‘Schmett. Eur.,” pl. xxiii., fig. 3 (1777); p. 306
(1779) ; Fab., ‘‘ Spec. Ins.,”’ pt. ii., p. 188 (1781); Berg., ‘‘ Nomenklatur,’’ p. 39,

260 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

pl. xci., figs. 3-4 (1780); Goze, ‘‘ Ent. Beitrage,’’ ii., pl. 3, p. 110 (1780); Fab.,
*‘ Mant.,’’ p. 92 (1787); Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 188, 288 (1788); Brahm,
‘‘Ins. Kal.,’ ii., p. 363 (1791); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 51 (1803). Papilio, Linn.,
‘« Faun. Suec.,’’ p. 286 (1761); Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,’’ p. 181 (1763); Fuess., ‘‘ Verz.,”’
p. 32 (1775) ; Schiff., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ Ist ed., p. 159 (1775); Rott., ‘‘ Nat.,”
vi., p. 31 (1775) ; Harris, ‘‘Hng. Lep.,’’ p. 6 (1775); Schneider, ‘‘ Sys. Besch.
Kur. Schmett.,’? p. 278 (1785); Geoff., ‘‘Foure. Ent. Paris.,” p. 247 (1785) ;
Lewin, ‘‘ Insects,’’ etc., p. 94, pl. xlv., figs. 3-4 (1795); Hb., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,”
pl. xci., figs. 4-7, p. 70 (1802) ; ‘‘Larve,”’ etc., Lep. i., Pap. ii., Gens Ha., figs.
2a-b (circ. 1802); Ill., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 143 (1801); Ochs., ‘‘ Die
Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2, p. 214 (1808) ; Godt., ‘‘Hist. Nat.,” i., p. 241, pl. xii sec.,
fig. 4 (1821). [Hesperia-| Uvbicola, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Sys.,” iii., pt. 1, p. 354 (1783).
Erynnis, Schrank, ‘‘ Faun. Boica,’’ ii., 1, p. 158 (1801); Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,”
p. 311 (1837) ; ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 83 (1858) ; Nolck., ‘‘Lep. Faun. Estl.,” p.
82 (1868). Hesperia, Latr., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”’ xiv., p. 124 (1805); ‘‘Consid. Gen.,”
p. 208 (1810) ; Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Ency.,’’ ix., p. 130 (1815); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,”’
iv., p. 34 (1816); Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Hand.,’’ xxxvii., p. 204 (1816) ; Latr., ‘‘ Ene.
Méth.,’”’ ix., p. 780 (1819) ; Bdv., ‘‘ Hur. Lep. Ind. Meth.,’’ p. 26 (1829); Meig.,
‘Kur. Schmett.,”’ p. 63, pl. lv., fig. 4a (1830); Treits., ‘‘Die Schmett.,”’ x., p.
248 (1834); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,”’ p. 85 (1844) ; H.-Sch., ‘‘Sys. Bearb.,”’
p. 158 (1846) ; Dup., ‘‘ Icon. Chen.,”’ p. 219, pl. xxxii., fig. 93 (1849); Speyer,
‘¢ Geog. Verb. Schmett.,’’ p. 297 (1858); Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 170 (1869) ;
Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook, p. 357 (1895). Thymele, Fab., ‘Ill. Mag.,”’ p. 287 (1807) ;
Stphs., ‘‘Illus. Brit. Ent.,’? p. 98 (1828); Stphs., ‘‘Ins. Cat.,’? p. 26 (1829);
Wood, ‘‘Ind. Ent.,” p. 7, fig. 76 (1839); Westd., ‘‘Gen. Syn.,’’ p. 88 (1840).
Thymale, Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,”’ p. 758 (1815). Thanaos, Bdv., ‘‘ Gen. et Ind.
Meth.,’’ p. 37 (1840); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Meth.,’’ p. 38 (1845); Dbldy., ‘‘Syn. List,”
p. 2 (1850) ; Led., ‘‘ Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell.,”’ p. 26 (1852); Sta., ‘‘Man.,” i., p.
66 (1857) ; Wallern., ‘‘Skand. Dagf.,’? p. 279 (1853); Auriv., ‘‘ Bidrag Svensk.
Akad. Handling.,’’ v., p. 32 (1880); Frey, ‘‘Lep. Schweiz,” p. 54 (1880) ;
Buck., ‘‘ Larve Brit. Butts.,’’ i., p. 126, pl. xvi., fig. 3 (1886); Watson, ‘‘ Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 69 (1893); Grote, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,”’ p. 59
(1897); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 98 (1901) ; Lambln., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 295 (1902).
Syrichtus, Hein., ‘“‘Schmett. Deutsch.,’’ p. 114 (1859). Syrichthus, Snell.,
‘‘De Vlinders,”’ etc., p. 82 (1867). Thanaus, Kirby, ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., iii., p.
13 (1897).

This genus contains a number of closely-allied species, chiefly
North American. The original description of the genus reads
(Verzeichniss, p. 108) as follows :—

The wings above dusted with grey, marked with white spots—Nisoniades
bromius, Stoll. ; N. mimas, Cram.; N. zephodes, Hb.; N. juvenis, Hb. (juvenalis,
Abb.); N. tages, Linn., Syst. Pap., 268; Hb., Pap., 456, 457; N. aurispex, Hb. ;
N. ophion, Stoll.

Of these species, Httbner had already figured and described tages,
an insect well-known to him, and it is, without doubt, the type of the
genus. For the rest, the species are hopelessly heterogeneric. The
type was actually fixed as tages in 1834, and confirmed, in 1850, by
Stephens. Thanaos, Bdv., often used as a separate genus for marloyt,
had its type specified as tages by Blanchard, in 1836, Boisduval having
already, in 1886, figured this species under thisname. Thanaos, there-
fore, falls as a synonym of Nisoniades. Staudinger and most other
authors place in the same genus the divergent forms, tages ($ with
costal fold) and marloyi (gs without costal fold). Speyer, however
(Can. Ent., x., pp. 148, 169-170), separates them, with some doubt,
a doubt we do not share. His diagnoses of the two groups reads as
follows :—

Antenne half as long as the forewings, their club somewhat compressed,
slender, gradually dilated, and then narrowed, and more or less acutely produced,
regularly curved, lunate-falcate. Locklet long. Palpi projecting upon the front and
nearly twice the length of the eyes, with long and thick hairs, but less coarse than

NISONIADES. 961

in Pyrgus and Scelothrix ; the apical joint thick, bluntly conical, somewhat bent.
Tibiz unarmed, with long hairs. Forewings triangular, outer margin not toothed ;
fringe unicolored. ¢ with longer costal fold——NuisonIapEs—montanus, Brem. ;
tages, Linn.

Club of antennze elongated, curved, shorter than in Nisoniades, suddenly
swollen, and scarcely contracted at the well-rounded tip. Forewings more elongated
than triangular, the front margin more steeply arched above the base, the hind
margin shorter. ¢ destitute of the costal fold. All the other characters, as in
Nisoniades.—Hatuia |THanaos|—marloyi, Bdv.

Thanaos, as has been already shown, 1s a synonym of Nisoniades,
having the same type, tages. We have, therefore, suggested Hatiia
to take its place, and would name marloyi, Bdv., the type.

Speyer (op. cit., p. 169), writing of Nisoniades, notes that “the
peculiarly native country of this genus, scarcely represented in Hurope,
is North America. The characteristic feature is the form of the club
of the antenne, which is fusiform when stretched out, but which takes
the form of a narrow crescent when in its regularly curved condition.
This fundamental form is constant; the stoutness of the club and its
degree of acuteness differ according to the species. In some American
species it is very slender and finely pointed ; 1n others, as in N. tages, it
is thicker and more blunt, but never so suddenly rounded as in
Scelothria or Thanaos (Hallia, supra). The species montanus, Brem.,
is distinguished by the particularly large hindwings, with expanded
margin, also by the difference of colour and marking; the antennal
club is somewhat thicker than in N. tages, but is otherwise of the same
shape.”

With regard to the costal fold, by means of which Nisoniades (as here
restricted) is to be specially distinguished from Haillia, Aurivillius gives
(Bid. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl.,v., p. 38) the following detailed account (with
figures) thereof. He writes: ‘‘As in the preceding genus (Hesperia), the
male here is also furnished with a so-called costal fold. This costal fold
of the Hesperiids has long been known, and also been made use of as a
sexual character by many authors. The structure, as far as I know,
has never been exactly described. With the aid of the figures 24 and
25, the first of which depicts the fold in section, and the latter the
same unfolded and viewed from the upperside, I will endeavour to give
a more exact description of the structure. When it is quite closely
folded over, it appears merely as a thickening of the costa, and the
scales are set into each other so closely that it is difficult to discover the
opening. If one makes a section of it in this condition, one finds the
roof of the tube thus formed consists mostly of large and long
scales (a) attached to the edge of the costa; these meet other similar
scales (f), which stand almost upright from the wing membrane,
along the lower margin of the tube. ‘The costal margin (0) is very
narrow and insignificant; then a tube (y), immediately following this,
runs along the wing, which tube does not, like the usual wing-
nervures, form a swelling or elevation on the underside, but on the
upperside, of the wing. ‘This tube occurs in both sexes, and also in
those species in which the costal fold is absent, though, in these latter
it is less developed. It appears to me as though one could look on it
as a true costal nervure, which one so far has denied to the butterflies,
which may easily be explained, for this rib, looked at from that point
of view, appears only as a dark band running along the costal margin.
That it is really a tube may be also perceived from the fact that it

262 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

contains a trachea with air. A section through the wing at once also
clears up all doubt. It certainly would be impossible for the 3 to
open and close the costal fold, if just this very rib were wanting.
In the g, this rib is covered on the upperside with scales (c), all of
which have their apices directed backwards from the costal margin.
The anterior, which are, therefore, also the upper ones, are the longest,
and cover all the rest, which gradually become shorter. As the large
scales, situated on the edge of the costa, lie in quite an opposite direction,
there is a sharp boundary between these two parts, lke a hair-parting,
where one sees (fig. 24b, 255) a narrow margin of the outermost, quite
naked, portion of the wing-membrane. Along the dorsal side of the
costal nervure, the wing-membrane is, for a width which is almost
equal to that of the costal nervure, almost wholly naked, being covered
only with very small and short scale rudiments (d), the reason of this
is easy to understand when one observes the fold in its closed (folded)
condition. Here the costal nervure finds good space when bent inwards,
and here the hinge of the fold is found, namely, just behind the swell-
ing of the costal vein. Behind the naked space lies a fourth area (e),
which is also just as wide asthe last two. This space is almost entirely
covered by the large covering-scales which stand up behind it. It is
the spot where the androconial scales are fastened. These (fig. 23) are
here quite fine, like hairs. . . . This genus, therefore, differs very
much from the preceding (Hesperia) in the shape of the male scales,
while the costal fold otherwise is formed in the same manner in both
genera.”

NisoniaDES TAGES, Linné.

Synonymy.—Species: Tages, Linn., ‘‘ Syst. Nat.,’? 10th ed., p. 485 (1758):
12th ed., p. 795 (1767); ‘‘ Faun. Suec.,’’ p. 286 (1761); Fab., ‘‘ Sys. Ent.,’’ p. 535
(1775); Fuess.,‘‘Verz.,’’ p. 32 (1775); Schiff. ,«‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ 1st ed., p. 159 (i775),
etc. Morio, [var.] Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,’’ p. 181 (excl. cit. Roesel) (1763). Geryon,
Rott., ‘‘ Naturf.,” vi., p. 31, no. 19 (1775). Tajes, Bork., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,”’ i., p. 288
(1788). Cervantes, [var.| Grasl., ‘‘ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,’’ p. 558, pl. 17, B., 1, 2
(1836) ; Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,’’ p. 311 (1839); ‘‘ Cat. Lep. And.,”’ p. 83 (1858) ;
Frr., ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,’’ p. 417, fig. 3 (1845). Unicolor, [var.] Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,”
vi., p. 37, pl. 505, fig. 1 (1852); Staud., ‘‘ Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,’’ vii., p. 86 (1870).
[N.B.—AIl other references mentioned under the generic synonymy (anted, pp.
259-260) are referable to tages. |

ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.— Papilio Plebeius tages. Alis denticulatis
divaricatis fuscis obsolete albo-punctatis. ‘Fn. Suec.,’’ 1082; Geoff.,
“ Paris.,”’ 2, p. 68, no. 39. Habitat in Kuropa. Similis P. malvae, sed
magis fuscus (Linné, Sys. Nat., 10th ed., p. 485). [Papilio tages alis
subdenticulatis divaricatis fuscis obsolete albo-punctatis. Habitat in
pratis rarius. Descr. Parvus precedentis (malvae) magnitudine.
Caput pilosum. Ale fusce, utrinque adsperse punctis albidis obsoletis
(Fauna Suecicae, 2nd ed., p. 286).

Imaco.—26mm.-32mm. Anterior wings dull brown in colour; the
outer margin narrowly darker; a more or less broken transverse band
of darker brown longitudinal spots before, and another similar one
beyond, the middle; the space between, and narrowly on either side of,
these bands, pale grey ; a row of tiny white spots on the extreme outer
margin; two or three other small white costal dots quite close together
on the inner edge of the outer (elbowed) transverse band ; the fringes
of the same tint as the ground colour shaded with white basally.
Posterior wings of the same tint as the darker bands of the forewings;

NISONIADES TAGES. 268

a row of small white dots on outer margin; a wavy transverse row of
pale spots parallel with the outer margin, sometimes well-developed,
at other times nearly obsolete; fringes of the same tint as the hind-
wings, tipped externally with grey.

SeExuAL DimorPHismM.—The sexual dimorphism of this species is
most marked. Not only has the g a strongly-developed costal fold,
filled with very specialised androconia, the ? being without this structu-
ral peculiarity, but the colour and markings usually show distinct sexual
characteristics. The 3 costal fold of this species has already been
described (anted, p.261). The special androconial scales of this species
are quite fine, like hairs, 0-45mm.-0-5mm. in length, 0:0045mm. wide,
blunt, with a golden gloss; they have rough uneven edges, and are
distinctly hollow inside (Aurivillius). é

Variation.—This species exhibits a considerable amount of minor
variation, nor is this in any wise confined to a difference between the
specimens of the first and second broods, although the second brood
examples from southern Europe appear to be of a much deeper brown
hue than any others examined. The spring specimens appear to be,
on the whole, somewhat larger than the summer ones, although
many exceptions occur. The spring examples vary, however,
considerably in the ground colour, some being rather pale drab-
brown, others deep fuscous-blackish, whilst the transverse bands
show every intermediate stage between solidly united longitudinal
lineole, stretching for some distance across the wing, to almost
absolute obsolescence. The most striking variation, however, is
to be seen in the median area, the space between the two
dark transverse bands being sometimes wholly filled up with grey
(white) scales, frequently extending into the outer and basal areas,
giving the appearance of alternate dark and pale transverse bands.
The marginal row of dots, too, varies greatly in intensity, being some-
times very clearly marked, at other times more or less obsolescent,
whilst the three little characteristic costal dots may be reduced to one
or even none, or continued faintly through the outer transverse band.
The hindwings have a similarly variable outer marginal row of white
dots, and a faint indication of a central band of pale spots, which
suggests, in the best marked examples, an analogy with the transverse
band of Hesperia malvae. The undersides of British (and European)
examples vary scarcely at all; they are of an almost unicolorous brown
colour (sometimes somewhat brighter, at others duller), and, as the
insect sits with its wings deflexed, and not with its undersides
exhibited, it will be seen that there is no need for pattern (or varia-
tion) on the undersurface. An exception, however, occurs in the eastern
race, var. sinina, in which a row of pale (whitish) spots traverses the
underside, and forms a conspicuous character. Of the more or less
casual references to the variation of this species, we note that Kane
says that, in Galway and Fermanagh, the specimens have very distinct
grey markings on the forewings. Raynor observes that, in the Haze-
leigh district, where the species is abundant, it varies a good deal in
the coloration of the forewings, one example having the forewings of
a deep brown-black, with all the pale markings suppressed, except the
series of white spots along the outer margin. Miss Fountaine says
that the eastern Kurope and Asia Minor examples seem somewhat
darker, and less varied in pattern. Haberhauer notes that, in the

264 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Rilo mountains, the specimens are unicolorous, without definite
markings; whilst Penther records that, on the Grand Prenj mountain,
at from 800m. to 1900m., very dark examples are found from the middle
to the end of July. Mrs. Nicholl considers that the form at Granada
is something very near unicolor, although she also records cervantes as
occurring in the same neighbourhood. Lowe notes ab. wnicolor, or an
approximate form, at Susa, described by Wheeler (Butts. of Switz., p.
8) as ‘‘ab. approaimata, so-called because approaching the var.
unicolor’’; whilst Lambillion (Cat. des Pap. de la Belgique, app. p. iv)
describes an ab. minima as being about ‘‘ half as small again as the type,
the wings darker, with the markings ill-defined. .Captured at Jambes
(August, 1904), Denée (May 25th, 1904).” Zeller observes that the
Carinthian specimens, taken on the Prediel in May and the first half
of June, were decidedly larger than the German (Posen) ones, but, as
those collected at Bruck-on-the-Mur, in the beginning of August, do not
differ much from the latter in size, he queries whether the second brood
in the Carinthian Alps does not consist of equally small specimens.
On examining the long series in our cabinet from various localities, we
have made the following notes: Spring ExamMpLES—(1) Digne, April, 1897:
$s and ?s with forewings very uniform drab-brown; the ¢s hardly
ereyer than the gs; the forewings fairly well-marked ; two transverse
rows of elongated dark spots, one before and one beyond the middle; some
medially marked with grey ; white marginal dots well-marked; costal
dots 1 to 8; hindwings from unicolorous to others with fair transverse
pale band; marginal dots distinct. (2) Cannes, March and April,
1898, 1899, 1908: More uniform in drab-brown tint, less mottled than
those from Digne; the gs particularly unicolorous, with the trans-
verse, brown, lineated bands ill-marked ; the ° s more distinctly banded,
greyish medially, and larger in size; the hindwings particularly uniform,
except in oneor two well-marked ? s; the white marginal dots very indis-
tinct in some examples, particularly on hindwings; the broken-banded g's
have a particular alceae-like appearance ; one 9 almost absolutely uni-
colorous, except for a single white costal dot (bands, marginal dots, ete.,
obsolete), colour quite sooty-fuscous. (3) Draguignan, May 2nd-6th,
1905 : The largest in the collection, drab-brown in tint, variable in the
amount of transverse markings; the grey exceedingly well-marked m
some @s; traces of double pale band crossing the hindwings. (4)
Carqueiranne, 1 g, April 26th, 1905: Like those from Cannes. (8)
Briinnen, May, 1902, 2 gs: 1 g rather small, fuscous-black, with
grey shading medially, unicolorous hindwings ; the other larger, almost
unicolorous fuscous-black, with white marginal dots on fore- and hind-
wings, nearest to the Pontresina form. (6) Pontresina, 2gfs, 12,
July 1st-12th, 1900: Very dark blackish-brown, the outer marginal
area, the two transverse bands, and basal blotch, very deep in tint; the
spaces between the darker bands grey, the median area particularly
strongly banded; the row of white marginal dots conspicuous ; fringes
of forewings with basal half tinged with grey; hindwings very deep
blackish-brown, with conspicuous row of tiny white marginal dots ;
outer edge of fringes pale. (7) 13, Saeterstoen, June 25th, 1898: g
small, drab-brown, almost unicolorous. SummErR Broop—(1) Susa, 4 3's,
August, 1897: Rather bright brown tending to unicolorous, with only
slightly darker brown bands, and paler (almost ochreous) speckling.
(2) Grésy-sur-Aix, July, 1898, August, 1897: 9 3s, very like the Susa

NISONIADES TAGES.. 265

examples; 3 gs deeper tinted, darker brown markings; nearer the
Torre Pellice specimens. (8) Torre Pellice, July 25th-31st, 1901:
Deep rich sooty-brown in both sexes; 8 gf's and 2 9s, inclined to uni-
colorous, with 2 ill-developed darker transverse bands almost lost in
eround colour, no grey shading; 2 gs and 1 9, of the same deep
fuliginous tint, but with a slight tinge of grey in the discal area; in
all, the marginal row of white spots small and conspicuous, hindwings
unicolorous fuliginous-brown; 2 gs paler brown, like the examples
from Susa. (4) Fusio, 1 g, almost exactly of the dark brown Torre
Pellice form. Wheeler notes (futts. of Switz., p. 8) that there are 3
directions in which individuals of this species vary, viz. (1) Distinctness
of markings, sometimes almost obsolete. (2) Colour of lighter central
band of upperside of forewings—brown, grey, or slightly reddish. (8)
Extent of inner line of white dots on upperside of wing, varying from
a single spot on the costa toa complete series. The specially described
forms are as follows :—

1. Ground colour dark brownish-black tinged with violet, and wide, greyish,
median band=ab. isabellae, Lamb.

2. Dark black-brown, with two wide black transverse bands; the outer edged
with grey; the median space reddish=var. (et ab.) cervantes, Grasl.

3. Uniform blackish-brown = var. (et ab.) unicolor, Frr.

4. Very light grey in colour=ab. clarus, Caradja.

5. Grey-green ground colour, with distinct black and white markings=var.
popoviana, Nordn.

6. Pale grey in colour, strongly marked, central fimbria pale ; underside with
pale spots=var. sinina, Grum-Grsh.

This tabulation, however, is not at all characteristic of the forms
of western and southwestern Europe, and the following tabulation
perhaps better comprises those that have come under our notice—

¢ With transverse markings obsolete=tages, Linn.
| With ill-developed transverse markings=ab. alcoides,
Jj ua. ab.
**") With well-developed transverse. markings=ab. trans-
| versa, n. ab.
With strongly grey median area=ab. variegata, n. ab.
With transverse markings obsolete=ab. brunnea-
unicolor, n. ab.
With ill-developed transverse markings=ab. brunnea-
alcoides, n. ab.
ith well-developed transverse markings = ab.
brunnea-transversa, n. ab.
With strongly grey median area = ab. brunnea-
variegata, n. ab.
¢ With transverse markings obsolete=ab. wnicolor,
Frr.
| With ill-developed transverse markings=ab. sujfusa-

: : alcoides, n. ab.
Se ee tuscous i With well-developed transverse markings =ab. suffusa-

1. Drab-brown

2. Warm fuliginous-brown- Ww

transversa, n. ab.
With strongly grey median area=ab. suffusa-
variegata, n. ab.

Of the forms noted in this tabulation, one often finds traces of the
grey scaling medially, in both the alcoides and transversa forms, with-
out their developing into a marked grey band, and without an inclination
for the grey to extend beyond the dark transverse bands, as is the case
in variegata. Such a tabulation as this is, of course, at best, only an
approximation to the actual variation, and leaves much undealt with
and unnoticed.

266 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Of the hitherto-described forms, we suspect isabellae, Lamb., to be a
modification of ab. suffusa-variegata; cervantes, Grasl., a special
development of ab. suffusa-transversa, into a local southern race,
whilst clarus, Carad., popoviana, Nordn., and sinina, Grum-Grsh.,
appear to belong to a paler race with grey ground colour that should
precede our no. 1, “‘drab-brown,”’ in the tabulation above, and not
represented in our western examples. Bankes writes: ‘In the
palest British specimen that I have seen, taken by myself in the
Isle of Purkeck, on May 31st, 1893, all the wings have the ground
colour of a pale raw umber-brown, with well-pronounced series of
white spots; the forewings have a whitish median area, and well-
developed, dark raw umber-brown, broken fascize = fulva,n. ab. My
two darkest specimens are, one taken in the Isle of Purbeck in 1904,
and one taken at Merthyr Tydfil, south Wales, by Mr. G. Fleming, in
1908 ; these have a blackish-fuscous ground colour, with well-developed
transverse markings on the forewings, which also show the median
area lightly, though somewhat partially, suffused with pale grey. One
dark individual from Merthyr Tydfil has the central area of the fore-
wings no paler than the rest of the wing, but in Dorset specimens this
area is, in my experience, invariably paler, to a greater or less extent.”

The specially described forms, already referred to, work out as fol-

lows :—

a. ab. isabellae, Lamb., “‘ Rev.Soc. Ent. Namur,” p. 15 (1902) ; “‘ Pap. de Belg.,”
p- 296 (1902).—-Of the shape of tages, but with the forewings a little less angulated,
of a very dark velvety brownish-black, with the greyish band of the upper wings
very wide, paler, and better marked than in the type. Hindwings blacker than in
tages, with the white marginal points more conspicuous and better marked; but its
best distinguishing characteristic is the violet reflection on all the wings, which is
truly remarkable ; in tages, the tint is greenish. Fond d’Arquet—every year
occurs more or less common ; examples, with the characters strongly marked, are,
however, very rare (Lambillion).

Lambillion adds that N. tages is one of the most widely distributed
species in Belgium, and one of the least variable; insomeyears, however,
near Namur, this new aberration, in which the tint of the wings is
different from that of the type, is not infrequent.

B. var. cervantes, Grasl., “ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,” 1836, p. 558, pl. xvii., B. 1, 2
(1836); Rbr.; “ Faun. And.,” p. 311 (1837); “Cat. Lep. And.,” p. 83 (1858); Bdv.,
“Ind. Meth.,” no. 310 (1840); Frr., “ Neu. Beit.,” v., p. 56, pl. 417, fig. 3 (1845); Staud.,
“Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871); 3rd ed., p. 98 (1901) ; Riihl, “ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”
i. p. 682 (1895) ; Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,” p. 121 (1896).—Alis fusco-subnigris ; anticis,
in extremo, atomis albis aspersis, duabusque fasciis nigris, transversis, sinuatis,
denticulatis ; fasciis externis, sexto dente majore; hac fascia nonnullis maculis
cinereis in medio notata; posticis serie marginali maculis, maculaque subcentrali
rufulis, paulum distinctis. Very similar to tages, but, independently of the fact
that, in the smallest individuals, this species has the two transverse bands wider than in
the largest tages, it also differs in the form of its wings, which are more elongated
proportionally, and of which the anal angle is less prolonged, in its colour, which
is much darker, and by other characters, which will be noticed in the following
description: ‘‘ Les quatre ailes sont d’un brun-noir, les supérieures qui sont un
peu plus obscures, principalement en approchant du corselet, sont saupoudrées,
surtout sur leur moitié extérieure, de petits atomes blanes trés déliés, elles sont tra-
versées, vers leur tiers externe par une bande noire un peu sinueuse, fortement dentelée
sur les bords; mais plus du cété exterieur, ob la sixiéme dentelure, a partir de la
cote, se trouve étre la plus grande. Le milieu de la bande noire vis-a-vis cette
dentelure, offre une petite tache orbiculaire formée par les atomes dent j’ai parlé
plus haut. On retrouve souvent de semblables taches, en face des autres dentelures,
en descendant, mais moins distinctes 4 mesure qu’elles approchent du bas de laile ;
de maniére que la bande semble formée par une suite de chainons noirs, réunis, et

NISONIADES TAGES. 267

dont l’intérieur est gris. Cette méme bande offre souvent aupres de la céte, surtout
chez les femelles, deux petits traits blancs, longitudinaux, contigus, situés l'un
au-dessus de l’autre. Ses dentelures, en outre, sont liserées extérieurement par
des atomes d’un blanc plus ou moins grisatre. On voit, sur le tiers interne de I’aile,
une autre bande moins distincte et qui n’atteint point la cdte ; cette seconde bande
se rapproche, sur le milieu de l’aile, de la premiere, 4 laquelle elle s’unit quelquefois.
Entre les deux bandes et a leur bases, on apercoit un espace presque orbiculaire,
d’un brun roussatre, plus clair que le fond. La frange, séparée par une ligne noire,
de Vaile, est de la couleur de cette derniére, et parsemée de quelques poils
blanchatres. Une série de huit points blanchatres, réunis a un égal nombre de
points noiratres, placés 4 leur c6té interne, longe intérieurement la ligne noire qui
separe la frange de Vaile. Les ailes inférieures ont une teinte un peu plus roussatre
que les supérieures ; leur surface offre une tache discoidale, quelquefois un peu
lunulée, d’un gris roussatre, et a peine distincte de la couleur du fond. On apergoit
une série marginale de sept autres taches de la méme teinte, dont la troisieme, a
partir du haut de I’ aile, est plus élevée que les autres. Immédiatement au-dessus
de chacune de ces diverses taches, Vaile en présente une autre, cunéiforme,
plus obscure que le fond. La ligne noire qui sépare la frange du fond des ailes
inférieures, est longée intérieurement par une suite de points d’un gris roussatre,
peu apparents, dont souvent on ne distingue bien que les trois plus extérieurs. Le
dessous est entiérement d’un gris roussatre. La bande externe des premieres ailes
est remplacée par une serie tres récourbée intérieurement aupres de la céte, de traits
longitudinaux, larges, brundatres, dont le septieme et le huitieme reproduisent,
parfois, la tache blanchatre de la bande de la surface opposée. Les secondes ailes,
a la teinte prés, offrent le méme dessin qu’en dessus. Le corselet et l’abdomen, d’un
brun-noir en dessus, avec un reflet roussatre, sont d’un gris roussatre en-dessous.
Les palpes ont la forme de ceux de tages, mais leur dessus est brun, et leur dessous
d'un gris cendré, ainsi que les poils du thorax. Les sourcils sont noirs; les
antennes, de cette derniére couleur, sont finement annelées de blanc. a massue est
un plus allongée et recourbée que dans tages. Les pattes ont le tibia couvert de
poiuls d’un gris cendré. Les tarses sont d’un brun roussatre. J’ai donné 4 cette
Thanaos le nom de V-homme de génie qui fera toujours lune des gloires de ’Mspagne.
C'est un faible tribut de ma reconnaissance pour les moments agréables que me
procure chaque année son ceuvre immortelle, que j’ai le bonheur de} pouvoir lire dans
Sa propre langue. J'ai trouvé d’abord une femelle de cette espece, le 26 de mai;
elle volait sur les collines qui forment la base de la Sierra-Nevada. Dans la
derniere quinzaine du mois de juin, nous en avons pris plusieurs autres individus, M
le docteur Rambur et moi, sur les montagnes d’Alfakar ; elle n’est pas commune, et
il est rare de la rencontrer fraiche, car elle vole avec une grande rapidité, et presque
toujours ses ailes sont déchirées. lle aime beaucoup a se poser dans les chemins
battus ou sur les clairieres pierreuses des montagnes. Sa larve ne m’est pas
connue. Nota.—La femelle differe peu du male ; son abdomen est plus gros, et elle est
un peu plus obscure; les deux petits traits blancs du sommet de la bande externe
sont plus apparents, et les taches grises qui sont placées sur cette méme bande sont

quelquefois mieux écrites (Graslin).

Staudinger diagnoses (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 98) this aberration as “paullo
obscurior, alis anterioribus nonnunquam griseo-inspersis.” Rambur
notes (Cat. Lep. And., p. 83) that “this insect is very near N. tages,
ordinarily a little larger, of a browner tint, particularly at the bases of
the wings ; on the forewings the little white points on the costal edge,
when they exist, appear to be placed less obliquely, whilst the whitish
spots which border the fringe tend to unite and form a line, which is
wider posteriorly, so that the brown band, of which the edge is more
wavy, 1s a little farther from the margin in this part of the wing than in
tayes; the interior band is not so wide, is less regular, and appears
almost broken on its anterior third; it is formed of black streaks, often
more pointed on the outer side, and of which some beyond the middle
are marked with small wider grey spots; the band nearer the base
appears less sinuated on its internal, and a little more on its external,
edge, so that it leaves posteriorly, between it and the preceding, a wider

268 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

space, which is filled up in this area by a reddish-brown patch, hardly
visible in tages, where it does not alter the whitish-grey tint of this
space. This inconspicuous spot is, however, characteristic, and is found
in other exotic species. Sometimes the dark tint of the wings hides or
obscures the markings. The underside is darker, and the small marginal
dots have a linear form, and are larger on the forewings than in tages.
Graslin discovered this form in the low parts of the Sierra Nevada,” and
Rambur says that he found it in the neighbourhood of Granada. Freyer
notes (Neu. Bett., v., p. 56) that ‘this insect, considered by Boisduval
(Ind. Meth., p. 819) as a variety of tages, shows remarkable difference,
both in size and marking, being considerably larger, and of a browner
colour (tages having ash-grey bands and spots); the most important
character, however, is the absence of the white dots before the fringes,
which, in tages, are most striking. The underside, too, is different, for,
not only is it browner in cervantes, but the six small white spots on the
forewings are shown sharply and distinctly; tages also does not possess
the large pure white spot which cervantes shows so plainly between
the 5th and 6th nervures, almost in the centre of the wing. Cervantes
is altogether a much larger and heavier insect than tages.”’

y. ab. (an var.) wnicolor, Freyer, “ Neu. Beitr.,” vi., p. ai, pl. 505, fig. 1 (1852);
Staud., “ Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,” vi., p. 86 (1870); “ Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871) ;
3rd ed., p. 98 (1901); Riihl, “ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”’ 1., p. 682 (1895) ; "Rate, = Diet
Butts.,” p. 121 (1896); Lamb., ~ Pap. de Belg.,” p: 297 (1902). —Under the above
name Weissenborn has sent me a Hesperiid, with the remark that he received this
single specimen from Frivaldszky, who had obtained it from the Greek Islands. I
consider this specimen to be simply an uniformly brown-coloured aberration of
tages, with which it agrees entirely in form and size. All the wings, as well as the
thorax and abdomen, are uniform blackish-brown. The underside has quite the
colour of tages, and behind the apex of the wing one discerns only two light dots ;
the colour is paler than on the upper surface. “The antenne are just as in tages.
From sericea (=marloyt), to which it might also be referred as an aberration, it
differs in form and size, and it lacks the white dots on the upper surface. It should,
therefore, remain in collections under the first of these two names (Freyer).

Staudinger simply diagnoses this form (Cat., 3rded., p. 98) as “ Supra
fere unicolor,’’ but, in 1870, he had noted (Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., vii.,
p- 86) that, at the end of April and in the beginning of May, on the
Parnassus, as well as on the Veluchi, and probably also on the Taygetos,
as well as near Smyrna, NV. tages had been taken, whilst Aber had found
it in Corfu and Tinos. All the Greek specimens of tayes, he says, are less
marked than the German ones, the whitish scales on the upperside of
the forewings being almost always absent, and the white marginal
dots less distinct, and sometimes altogether absent. Staudinger further
notes that he has a very good § of this form from Weissenborn’s
coliection (whence came Freyer’s type), possibly taken in Crete. This
form is rightly or wrongly recorded from :—Buuearia: Rilo district
(Haberhauer). France: Nice (Bromilow). Grrmany: Baden, Carls-
ruhe, Wernheim (Reutti). Iraty: Certosa di Pesio (Norris).
Roumanta (Fleck). Spamn: Granada (Nicholl).

6. ab.(anvar.) clarus, Carad., “Iris,” viii., p. 611895); Lamb., “ Pap. Belg.,” p.297
(1902).—Typieal tages and ab. unicolor, Fer., are abundant ev ery Me: in Roumania
from May to September; two specimens from Grumazesti are unusually large, dark,
and distinctly marked, coming very close to var. cervantes, from Andalusia, East
Sajan, and Hadjin. I caught a specimen at Varatic on August Ist, which was very
light-grey in colour, and which exactly resembled two remarkably pale specimens
from Amasia in Staudinger’s collection. This form seems to occur in eastern

NISONIADES TAGES. 269

Europe and Asia Minor as a constant aberration of the summer brood, and is
certainly sufficiently distinct to be called ab. clarus (Caradja).

Without actual examples one can hardly tell what this aberration
is, from the description ‘‘ very light grey in colour,” exactly resembling
‘““two remarkably pale specimens from Amasia.’’ Is the ground
colour grey, or is the grey due to surface scaling? It appears,
however, to be possibly an aberrative form leading up to the eastern
race, sinina, Gr.-Grsh. (see infra).

e. var. popoviana, Nordm., ‘“‘ Bull. Mosce.,” iv., p. 443, pl. xi.., figs. 3, 4 (1851);
Alph., “Tris,” vii., p. 303, im part (1894); Rihl, “ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,” p. 682
(1895); Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,” p. 121 (1896); Staud., “Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 98, an part
(1901). Popovianus, Staud., “ Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 34 (1871).—Alez integre, ciliis
immaculatis, limbo inter costas expresse albo-punctato, macule fasciz medie alarum
posteriorum supra et subtus minute, distinctze et separate, cilia alarum anteriorum
fusco-cinerea, posteriorum albida. This insect belongs to the tages section but,
differs from that species. The ground colour is a dark grey-green, not grey-brown,
as In tages, with the black and white areas sharply distinct. The fringes of the
forewings are dark grey above, those of the hmdwings pure white. The small but
very distinct spots on the edge of the wings are limited by a deep black line on the
outside ; the white spots on the underside lie in an area of a very uniform dark
grey-green ground colour. In the neighbourhood of Kjachta, captured by Herr
Popofft (Nordmann).

Staudinger unites this variety with the sinina of Grum-Grshimailo,
although the latter notes nothing of the grey-green ground cclour
stated to be characteristic of this form. For the convenience of
students we have kept the two descriptions separate. Staudinger gives
the combined distribution of popoviana and sinina as ‘‘ Dahuria (south-
east Siberia), Amurland, North China, Asia Minor (v.), eastern
Nan Shan.”

¢. var. sinina, Gr.-Gr., “‘ Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.,” xxv., p. 461 (1890-91) ; Leech,
“ Butts. China,” p. 661 (1892). Popoviana, Alph., “ Iris,” vii., p. 303, in part (1894);
Staud., “ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 98, zn part (1901).—Alis supra et subtus pallidioribus,
griseo atomatis, maculis submarginalibus albis, ceteris distinctissimis. Fimbria
multo pallidiore. In montibus ad Dongar Aschen detectus (Grum-Grshimailo).

According to Staudinger (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 98) this is the same as
popoviana, Nordm., but Grum-Grshimailo notes nothing concerning
the grey-green colour stated to be characteristic of popoviana (see
supra). Staudinger diagnoses it (op. cit.) as: ‘“Alis punctis ante-
marginalibus albis distinctissimis; alis posterioribus ciliis albicanti-
bus.” Alphéraky notes (Iris, vil., p. 803) that ‘this form has been
taken in numbers by Grum-Grshimailo in the Sinian Alps, where it
appears to replace the type. It is found rarely as an aberration in
other countries, and he has, he says, before him, a very large and
beautiful ? of this form, taken in Borjom, in Transcaucasia. It is
probable that the specimens from Amurland, as well as those from
Asia Minor, referred to by Staudinger (Rom. Mém. Lep., vi., p. 219)
are intermediate between the type and var. popoviana.” At least the
Asia Minor examples would appear to belong to ab. clarus, Car. (supra).
Staudinger says (op. cit.) : ‘‘ According to Bremer, Radde found this
species on the Schilka and the Amur, where it is evidently local and rare.
Herz discovered the insect sparingly in China, and these specimens are
very different from the European examples, in that they have a
conspicuous row of white spots on the underside. In specimens from
Asia Minor these spots already appear to show distinctly.”’ Leech says
that these north Chinese examples, mentioned by Staudinger, appear
to agree with the var. sinina, as described by Grum-Grshimailo, the
latter collector having sent him specimens for comparison.

270 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Keexayine.—On June 8rd, 1905, I spent some time in watching
the 2s of this species deposit their eggs, in a rough field outside
Hazeleigh Wood. One specimen, particularly noted at about 12.30
(noon), fluttered low among the grass, settling from time to time on
the flower-shoots of the hairy-leaved Lotus uliginosus. I did not notice
her settling even once on the ordinary smooth form of the plant.
Hach time she alighted she deposited a single egg at the base of a leaf
on its upper surface, squirming her body all round the flower-head,
apparently with a view to discovering exactly the proper spot on
which to oviposit. She displayed no timidity, but flitted along with
the greatest unconcern. On June 18th another @ was observed, at
4.30 p.m., ovipositing on the ordinary Lotus corniculatus, in a field
where L. uliginosus does not grow, thus proving that, in all proba-
bility, this species feeds on both plants (Raynor). The egg is
apparently laid on the upper surface of a leaf of Lotus uliginosus and
L. corniculatus, being fairly conspicuous after it has been laid a few
hours, owing to the colour changing to a deep orange, recalling rather
the tint and general appearance of the ege of Huchloé cardamines. It
is laid on the very young leaflets towards the end of a growing point,
and is placed either on the upper- or undersurface of the leaf, where,
in spite of its conspicuous coloration, the folding of the leaf makes it
somewhat difficult to see without a detailed search (Tutt, June 2nd,
1905). Buckler says: ‘The pale, greenish, pellucid eggs are deposited
on the leaflets of Lotus corniculatus.’”’ We have never seen green eggs
of this species.

Ovum.—Pale yellow when laid, they soon become bright orange.
When ready to emerge are greyer, with the black larval head shining
through at top. In shape and sculpturing they have much in common
with Vanessid eggs, and are half-way between domed and sugar-loaf in
outline. They look taller than wide, but are not so, the width being
0-6mm., the height 0°54mm. This is owing to the tapering upwards, but
partly, perhaps, to the fact that the width includes the ribs, which are
high, and raised on a higher level than the hollows between them, in fact,
if the width be taken across at the bottom of two hollows, it is almost
the same as the height. The egg is widest about one-third up, thence
it narrows a little downwards and tapers upwards, but is still nearly
0-4imm. wide very near the top, which is rather flat. The ribs are ten
in some, eleven in other, specimens (ten counted in two, and eleven in
three eges), are very high and bold, almost like a piece set on the
surface, 0°04mm. wide and 0:04mm. high; seen in profile it looks
beaded along the top (a bead to each secondary rib), the bead being
formed by a thickened arched margin, with a more transparent
portion beneath ; very transparent between the secondary ribs, so that
a rib, taken sideways in a proper light, looks lke a series of arches.
They stand out even more prominently round the top; they do not,
however, continue so boldly as a ring round the micropylar area,
which is not very definitely marked off by a lower ribbing; it is about
0:14mm. across. The ten or eleven ribs diminish to about seven at
top by joining or stopping short. The secondary (transverse) ribs are
well-marked, one opposite each * bead’’ of vertical ribs, and about
0:02mm. apart; the hollows in which they lie are actually concave
from side to side (Chapman, June 17th, 1905). The egg is somewhat
dome-shaped, inclined, however, to conical in outline, being somewhat

NISONIADES TAGES. 271

more than a hemisphere, the height a little less than the diameter, the
base somewhat rounded at the edges to the front of attachment, the
apex somewhat depressed; pale yellow in colour, somewhat paler
on the projecting parts of the vertical ribs when first laid, but quickly
changing to a rich orange tint. It is conspicuously ribbed from base
to shoulder by thirteen clearly defined, rough-edged, vertical ridges,
which are reduced to seven from the shoulder to the edge of micro-
pylar area, and fade somewhat towards the base. These ribs are
crenulated and glassy in appearance, whitish-yellow in colour, owing
to reflected light, and look quite pale against the deep orange tint of
the ege; the ribs are all equally well-developed, the six ribs that stop
short not failing gradually, but being cut off sharply at point of
termination. The seven ribs, continued to micropylar area, form a
slightly-raised rounded rim around latter, which is slightly depressed ;
the micropylar cells are circularly placed around a_ barely-raised
micropylar centre, the cells decreasing in size from without to centre.
The surface of the shell is shiny, and there is a distinct trace of a fine
transverse ribbing between the vertical ribs, from base to micropylar
area. The micropyle appears to form a tiny button at the base of the
apical depression (Tutt, June 2nd, 1905).

Hasits oF LaARva.—The newly-hatched larve leave the eggs about
the middle of June, and form little caves by drawing together three
leaflets of Lotus corniculatus with glistening silken threads, each cave
being made by the two outer leaflets being drawn almost close together
(leaving space enough for the ejection of frass), the middle one being
bent over them like a curved roof, so that the cave passes easily for a
not quite expanded leaf. In these they live, abandoning them and
constructing newer ones when needed, the young larve meantime
feeding on the inner surface of the leaflets. They feed and grow
fairly rapidly, eating away the whole thickness of the leaflets forming
their caves, and, so soon as their ravages expose their bodies, they
move off and form new habitations, the change always taking place at
night, slowly and deliberately. Throughout July they continue to
hide themselves, and early in August are fullfed, when they spin a
silken hybernaculum, within which they pass the winter, resting quietly
until early April (Buckler). Chapman observes that the very young
larvee make a small nest between several young leaflets, sometimes as
few as two, which they spin firmly together; in the 3rd instar the
larve make a nest of small leaves, little larger than theinselves, lining
it with a rather close carpet of silk. At all stages the larvee jerk the
feces to a distance. Sich observes (in litt.) that he received, on July
15th, 1905, several larve from Dr. Chapman. ‘They were in, or
entering on, the third stadium, and feeding up well on Lotus corni-
culatus. They were, at first, kept in a tin box with sprays of the
foodplant, but as they did not appear to exactly flourish, he placed
some Lotus in a bottle with water, putting the whole in a soda-water
tumbler, with the larve on the plants, and covering the mouth of the
glass with muslin. In this manner they fed up well. Having some
difficulty in obtaining a good supply of L. corniculutus, the smaller
and generally smoother species, he tried the larve with L. uliginosus,
the long sprays of which were more convenient to keep in water.
‘This they took to easily, and later ate it in preference to the smaller
species. Once the caterpillars were tried with Trifoliwm repens, but

272 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

they would not touch it. When feeding they never ate the flowers of
the Lotus even when very hungry, but only the leaves, and the softer
parts of the leaf-stalks. The larvee were very inactive and could only
be induced to move by touching the claspers with a moistened artist’s
brush. By this means they were transferred to fresh supplies of food.
They generally bit savagely at the brush, but this was the only means
of defence they ever adopted. They never everted the chin-gland.
When placed on the fresh food’ they often ate a portion of a leaflet
before spinning a new tent, but they always appeared very anxious to
get under cover. The tent is made by drawing the three leaflets of a
Lotus leaf together and fastening the edges with very strong silken
strands. In the fourth and fifth stadia, and, perhaps also in the
earlier stadia, the larva spins a silken platform on which it rests.
This platform is not always on the floor of the tent, but sometimes
on the ceiling. They always undergo ecdysis in the tent, and, as
Sich does not remember to have seen a cast skin (though many cast
heads), he thinks the larvae must eat the old skin. In the fifth
stadium they are too large to be effectually covered by one Lotus
leaf, and they therefore make use of the leaflets of two or more leaves,
forming a kind of ball of leaflets. It is astonishing how well
these caterpillars are hidden. Their soft green colour, as well as
their plump shape, adds much to their powers of concealment when
living among the Lotus leaves. It is not always easy to see a larva
when one knows that it is on a certain piece of the plant, and one fancies
that, if it were of the ordinary cylindrical shape, it would be much more
easily seen among the obovate leaflets of the Lotus. The larve rest in
the tent with the head curved round to one side (either side), and, if
disturbed, they tuck the head against the 38rd abdominal segment. In
feeding, they stretch out of the tent only so far as is necessary to reach
the leaves around. They keep the tent beautifully clean, shooting
their excrement far away. One larva, noticed doing this, shot the
pellet on to a window-pane thirteen inches away with such force that
the pellet rebounded some inches. The pellets always seemed to be dry
when excreted, and are caught on the teeth of the anal comb preparatory
to being shot off. On July 28rd, all but two larvee were in the fourth
instar, and three days later the most forward specimen had entered the
fifth and final larval stadium, which most of them reached by August
Ist. Two of them noticed on August 5th, had grown very large and
very stout, but were still quite green in colour. ‘Ten days later the
larve began to lose their green tint, getting brownish, and the spiracles
became very dark. At the same time they began to shrink in bulk,
becoming more wrinkled and only ate very sparingly. A few days later
the larvee were returned to Dr. Chapman (Sich). A larva kept by Buckler,
left its hybernaculum at this time to make another retreat and then
died ; but it does not appear to be usual for the larva to leave the plant
to spin a puparium, the hybernaculum generally serving for a puparium
in nature. Chapman observes that, for hybernation, the larva likes to go
to some distance from its foodplant, and selects a fairly dry place, prob-
ably amongst dead leaves, dry grass, or, where available. under stones.
Of the larvee under observation, some spun together dead leaves, others
muslin, some paper, and one or two that escaped were found in odd corners,
generally disturbed in discovery, but one had found a bit of dead leaf,
and a bit of paper and drew them together. In all cases they appear to

‘OO6L ‘Avy ‘saufuayng ysuug fo hLopsrp] [LN

‘OOG X UVLSNI LSU AHL NI ‘OOG X UVISNI LSU AHL NI
SGOVL SHGVINOSIN'’ 4O VAUVT AO HOVAUOS-NIIC SHOVEL SHGVINOSIN’ JO VAUVT AO SUIVH (Hdd OT)
@ : ‘i

YMAD *N “A *010Ud

me ae He

: Neots .] : | 2.

SS Ss
& “ ARRAN QRN’'T
SN We Req AK &

TA @LVIg

NISONIADES TAGES. DAT hs!

prefer to get the material to form a complete enclosure, so that only
the edges have to be held together, but it must often happen, naturally,
that they fail in this, as they are perfectly prepared to close in the
deficiency with a web of silk; one or two escaped larve had used this
expedient, and two that were in pill-boxes spun in an angle, and the
whole enclosure from bottom to side of pill-box was made of silk. This
is of special pattern, being a network of which the bits are very dense,
but it is full of more or less circular holes of various sizes. Unless
disturbed in some way, the larva pupates in spring in its hybernating
cocoon.

Larva.—Frst instar (newly-hatched): Rich red-brown in colour,
with black head and prothoracic plate. [Comparing it with Scudder’s
figures (Butt. New E'ngl., pl. Ixxiii), it agrees in form with fig. 2
(Lhanaos lucilius), and in the hairs, etc., of the prothorax, but the
plate is black. The head agrees very closely with fig. 8 (Hpargyreus
tityrus) as to sculpturing and hairs; the hairs of the meso- and meta-
thorax and of the abdominal segments also agree very closely with fig.
8, if we suppose tubercle 111 to be omitted in fig. 8, on a dorsal view
like this, it is to be detected with difficulty. In tages also, on the 9th
abdominal segment, the posterior dorsal hair is a short club, like the
other, not a bristle, and ii1is present, but not iv; on the 10th abdominal
are two clubs and two bristles on either side.] 1-7mm. long. Head
black, minutely pitted, with fine minute clubbed solitary hairs at usual
sites of tubercles; 8 on either side, regularly disposed, being easily
visibleondorsal view. The prothorax is divided into several subsegments ;
the 1st has two dorsal (equally spaced) hairs on either side, the 2nd
subseement with no hair behind middle one, the 8rd with a hair behind
outer one of 1st; behind these subsegments is a subsegment without any
hairs; the prothoracic plate has four hairs on each side, two in line with
1, and two with 11; the plate is divided into three transverse pieces,
and hairs are, inner on the 1st and 2nd, and outer on the Ist and 8rd ;
lower down is a bristle. The meso- and metathorax have each two
(equally spaced) hairs on either side of dorsum of the 2nd subsegment,
also one marginal hair; one subsegment being in front of this and two
behind, without hairs. The abdominal segments are divided into 5
subsegments, of which the first is the largest, and unites with the
second at about the level of ii1; the rest go down to the lateral flange;
the 1st subsegment carries tubercle i, the 8rd carries ii, whilst 111 and
the spiracle below it are in about the line of division between the 1st
and 2nd subsegments, which (as just noted) fails at this level; below
the spiracle is a faint flange, then a more marked one carrying iv and
v, the latter fractionally the higher, and close to front of segment ; the
9th abdominal segment shows two subsegments, the 1st carrying the
sete of 1 (?), the 2nd, ii and iii (?), and a lower one v (?) where the
subsegmentation ceases; the 10th abdominal carries one clubbed hair
dorsally, one laterally, with three marginal (ordinary) hairs on each
side, behind, on the flange. Seen from above, the set arising from
iv and v form a fairly regular marginal row round the larva. The
hairs arising from all these abdominal tubercles are really short glassy
clubs (see pl. vi., fig. 1); the little clubs seem wrinkled at their thick
ends, they are only a few times longer than thick, except those on
iv and v which are longer, perhaps 0-02mm. long, and are more
definitely knobbed hairs. They average about three times as long as

274 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

broad, and are much the larger at their distal ends; their surface
rough or spiculate.« The sparkle of the little crystal hairs on the
brown larval skin, in a bright light under a glass, is remarkable, and
seems quite out of proportion to their small size, in some lights they
are seen merely as dark dots. The skin surface is minutely dotted
with darker skin-points; these appear to be minute longitudinal raised
ridges, rather than points (see pl. vi., fig. 2). The true legs are of
the same colour as the larva, short and thick; the prolegs have
about 20 black crochets in a circle, so complete that it is difficult to
say it is broken anywhere ; of the crochets, three on posterior margin
are more than twice as large as the others. No trace of lenticles
detected. [June 29th, two are now quite fat in this instar, so that the
body is much thicker than the head, and there is no definite neck. |
Second instar: Length 8mm. Head black. Body snuff-brown with
numerous black skin-points. The hairs on general surface numerous,
white, glistening, and in the sunlight sparkle like diamonds; they are
colourless, very short and clubbed, pear-shaped (attached at stalk end),
with indications of roughnesses or spiculations ; length about 0-03mm.,
and of width about 0°014mm. At probable situation of tubercle i is a
hair-base without a hair (? lenticle). Behind the anal plate are ordinary
hairs. There are five subsegments to each segment, and they bear
the relative widths of 83:2:1:1:1; the 1st of these shows two rows
of these glistening hairs, 11 or 12 being visible on either side in
a dorsal view; the 2nd has one row of 4 hairs, the 8rd one row
of 5 hairs, the 4th one row of 5 hairs, and the 5th is without hairs.
Third instar: Head large, black, almost exactly 1mm. in diameter, ©
finely, closely, and irregularly pitted; the margin between the pits
rather sharp; the head covered with abundant fine, white, feathery
hairs; according to light and aspect these are sometimes invisible, at
others, make the head look quite hoary. Neck, C‘6mm. long, at middle
1:Omm. or over in width, according todevelopment. It isnowa short thick
larva, 5‘Omm. long; greyish-ochreous; subsegmentation as before; hairs
now numerous, very short, consisting of a minute club and a stem no
longer than diameter of club; hairs still white and glistening, the club
apparently rough. Some bristly hairs round the hind margin of 10th
abdominal; the dorsal lenticles in same positions as before, are now,
relatively, a little smaller, and are annular, like spiracles. Jourth
instar (newly-moulted): Length only 7mm. long; head, a little over
Imm. in diameter; black, and as in third instar; neck 0:'7mm. long,
at thickest part 13mm. wide. Body green, with a darker dorsal line
and well-marked subsegmentation; each segment with five subsegments,
relatively 84 :14:1:1:1%in width. The glistening, short, clubbed
hairs are much as in last stadium; they form a little circle round the
dorsal lenticle on the 1st subsegment (? tubercle i); dorsally on the
2nd subsegment are two, one in front of each other, but, on the rest of
this and the three following subsegments, they are in single file; on
the 1st subsegment they are irregularly scattered (but almost sym-
metrical) rather than in two, three, or more rows. The lenticles on the

* In the second and following stadia they are more numerous, and no longer
identifiable as tubercular; relatively smaller, but actually about the same size. In
the third and fourth stadia, they become definitely trumpet- or calyx-shaped, but in
the last skin all the numerous minute hairs are quite ordinary in their form (see
plate vii).

NISONIADES TAGES. 275

prothorax are—one in the centre of each side plate (which is of same
colour as rest of larva, but differently sculptured), one in front of (and
above) spiracle, one below (and in front of) spiracle; the mesothorax
has the two last described of these; the metathorax has a dorsal one
also, and an additional one behind the second. On the abdominal
segments the lenticles are the same, but the 2nd is often wanting, and
on the 1st and 2nd abdominal segments are two large ones, one
above the other, lower down, and in line with the spiracle.
The small hairs are trumpet-shaped, as in pupa of Chrysophanus
phlaeas (Chapman). Fourth instar (full-grown): Length 12mm. ;
width of head 1‘7mm. Head very large, suture deep. Colour black,
with two small greenish spots on the crown. The head is covered with
raised lines or ridges, forming cells of very irregular shape. In each
cell, one, two, or even three, small, black tubercles are present, each
carrying a soft white hair, plain on one side and serrated, or perhaps
better described as plumose, on the other. On the head are also several
much longer, stouter sete, ending in a sharp point, and rising from
larger tubercles. Prothorax narrower than the head, and consists of
four? subsegments. The prothoracic shield not very conspicuous,
divided by a mediodorsal line, and also by a transverse crease. It
carries two dark-bordered circular lenticles and numerous warts, each
bearing a glassy-looking seta, expanded into a cup at the apex, with a
denticulated border. Below the shield is another lenticle, and
immediately below this is a wart, which bears a very long hair-like
seta (0°3mm.). Below the wart les a third lenticle, and behind this
the very large oval ochreous-brown spiracle. Between the spiracle and
the leg is afourth lenticle. The lenticles of this species have a raised, deep,
black, shining border, with apparently a flat diaphragm-like plate below.
They remind the observer exactly of a microscopical shellac cell, with
the cover-glass in position. The meso- and metathorax have four
subsegments; the mesothorax is furnished with a lenticle on the
dorsum not far from the mediodorsal line, a lateral lenticle below this,
and a third on the flange. Behind the lateral lenticle is a wart with
a very long hair (seta). The metathorax is similarly furnished, but the
wart and long hair (seta) are absent, and a second lateral lenticle takes
their place, so that there are two lateral lenticles on the metathorax,
one behind the other, and below these the lenticle on the flange. The
1st and 2nd abdominal segments have five subseements, the Ist larger
than the rest. On the lst subsegment are the two dorsal lenticles, one
on each side of the mediodorsal line. On the 2nd subsegment is the
ochreous, rather elevated, spiracle, with a lenticle above it. Below
the spiracle, on the flange, are two lenticles, one behind the other.
Below these, on the venter, are four lenticles, arranged in two pairs,
each pair occupying the space on which the clasper would grow if these
segments bore claspers. The 3rd abdominal is similar, but the claspers
take the place of the two pairs of ventral lenticles. The 4th to the
8th abdominals are also similar, except that the prespiracular lenticle
on the flange is absent. There are no ventral lenticles either on the
7th or 8th abdominal segments; the 8th has three subsegments, and
the 9th two. The 9th carries the dorsal, lateral, and flange lenticles,
but the 10th only the dorsal lenticles. On the posterior wall of the
anal claspers is a large pale orange wart, without hair or seta. The
whole skin of the larva is covered with a clothing of black spicules, and

276 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

there are numberless dark warts, perhaps thicker on the ridges of the
subsegments, scattered everywhere over the surface. Hach wart on
the dorsal and lateral areas bears a pale, short, stout, glass-like seta,
expanded at the apex into a funnel with a puckered margin. Some of
these warts and their sete are larger than others, and among the larger
ones I believe I can distinguish the primary tubercles 1 and ii. In the
ventral area the warts carry each a rather long, sharply pointed, seta.
In general shape the larva is very stout, and of a hairless, though
wrinkled, appearance. The prothorax forms a kind of neck. The
stoutest seements are the 8rd, 4th, and 5th. There isa strong lateral
flange. The thoracic legs are rather small, pale ochreous, and almost
translucent. Theabdominal claspers of moderate size, pale green, with
a complete circle of brown hooklets, apparently in two rows. The
colour of the body is pale greyish-green. The dorsal vessel gives a
dark green mediodorsal line, and there are faint pale subdorsal and
spiracular lines. Comparison of fourth with fifth instar: Besides the
ereat difference in size of the larvee when in these instars there are two
other marked distinctions. The head in the fifth instar is marked
with pale patches, which gives it an ochreous appearance, not a black
aspect, as it has in the fourth instar. The most marked and essential
difference, however, lies in the formation of the setz on the dorsal and
lateral areas of the larva (see pl. vii., figs. 1-3). In the fourth instar
these sete are short and clubbed, or cupped at the apex, in fact, so
widely are some of them expanded at the apex that the seta might
almost be described as funnel-shaped. In the 5th instar the sete of these
areas gradually run to a point, and may be described as curved spines. .
lifth instar: Length, at rest, 19mm.; outstretched, 22mm. ; width
of head, 2°5mm. Greatest width of body (8rd abdominal segment),
4mm. In general aspect the larva is short and very stout,
rather pointed at the posterior end, very flat beneath, with a strong
lateral flange. The head, owing to the remarkably small prothorax,
appears large. Both the legs and claspers are rather small.
Colour: Head blackish-grey, with six pale brown blotches, usually
arranged as follows :—On each cheek, near the suture, is a crescent
with its convex side towards the suture, the cusps are very pale; above
the black ocelli is a somewhat triangular spot, and another similar
spot just between the ocelli and the labrum. The lower part of the
labrum is conspicuously pale. The body is soft greyish-green, showing
a yellow tinge where the skin is folded, and on the 10th abdominal
segment. The anterior portion of the prothorax is paler than the
general area on account of the absence of the black spicules. The
dorsal vessel is very conspicuous as a thin dark line. A subdorsal
whitish line runs from the prothorax to the 10th abdominal segment.
There is also a slender, but less distinct, pale spiracular line. The
spiracles are pale buff. Thoracic legs ochreous with black tips, while
the ventral and anal claspers are greyish-green with brown hooklets.
The head of the larva is heart-shaped, the suture well-marked, but
the clypeal borders not very distinct. Form: When viewed from
above, at rest, the head of the larva appears large, wider than the
prothorax, which is small and narrow, but the mesothorax is wider
than the head, and the metathorax rather wider than the mesothorax.
The larva increases in width rather suddenly to the 8rd abdominal
segment, the 4th and 5th about equal to the 3rd, the 6th a little

‘OOL X @IOMNGAT HIM ‘UVESNT (ESVI) Hold
GHL NI SADVL SAGVINOSIN dO VAUVT dO SUIVET

YIM *N "HT *20Ud

TIA GV1y

‘00% X WIOMNAT
HLIM “UVESNI (GSV1) Hodld EL,
NI SHOVE SUCVINOSIN JO VAUVT JO SuIVA

G

‘Q06T ‘ounp ‘sarywayng ysiug fo hwogsipy jounqgon

‘00G X SINIOd-NIMS CNV
‘HIOILNAT HLIM “UVESNT HLYAOT AHL NI SHOVE
SUCVINOSIN JO VAUVT JO SHIVA GadVHS-LAd WAY,

NISONIADES TAGES, UL

narrower than the 5th, the 7th narrower than the 6th, the 8th much
narrower than the 7th, the 9th and 10th about the same width but
narrower than the 8th. The 10th segment is bluntly rounded. When
viewed in profile the dorsal outline of the larva is highest on the 4th
abdominal segment, whence it slopes quickly, but evenly, down to the
10th abdominal segment on one side, and to the head on the other,
but it drops suddenly at the prothorax, as if this segment had slipped
down out of place. The prothorax appears to consist of four sub-
segments, the Ist and 4th being very small. The meso- and
metathorax have each five subsegments, the 2nd and 8rd of which
are larger than the other three. The 1st to 6th abdominal segments
have each five subsegments, the 1st being very large, while the 2nd is
only a little larger than the three following. The 7th abdominal has
but four subsegments, a large, a moderate, and two small ones. The
8th has three, a large first, smaller second, and smallest third; while
the 9th has two small subsegments. The 10th consists of the long
and much wrinkled anal flap. The head is covered with deep pits, of
very irregular size and shape, surrounded by highly raised borders.
In the pits are small black warts, each with a single soft pointed seta,
plain on one side and slightly serrated on the other. There may be
one such seta or four, or even more in the same pit. There are also
several longer and stouter hairs, which rise from larger tubercles. On
the clypeus near its apex is a pair of small lenticles, similar to those
on the body of the larva, and another pair lower down and wider
apart. Most of the dorsal area of the prothorax is occupied by the
thoracic shield. This is divided by a mediodorsal line and, also
transversely, by a deep crease, which, however, terminates before
reaching the lateral borders of the shield. On the shield are numerous
dark warts, each with a short, stiff, sharply pointed seta. On each
side of the mediodorsal line, and not far from it, the shield bears a
rather oval lenticle, and there is another near the lateral termination
of the shield, and a third below on the edge of the shield. Below this
latter is a small wart bearing a very long hair (seta) (0°}5mm.). Below
the shield lies the very large ochreous spiracle with a hghter ochreous
margin. Between the spiracie and the leg is a fourth lenticle. The
lenticles of this instar resemble those of the fourth instar, being
fairly circular, ochreous, with a broad, shining, black, raised border.
Beneath, just in front of the legs, the large chin-gland is situated, and
appears as an oval swelling with a deep transverse depression in the
centre. The dorsal lenticles on the mesothorax are absent, but there
is a subdorsal lenticle. Behind this is a wart which carries a very
long hair, similar to that mentioned as occurring on the prothorax.
Perhaps this is the primary tubercle 11. Another lenticle is situated
above the legs. The metathorax has a pair of dorsal lenticles on the
3rd subsegment, one on either side of the mediodorsal line. Below
these is a pair of lenticles side by side. It looks as though the
posterior of these two represents the wart with the long hair of the
mesothorax, for that wart is not present on the metathorax. There is
a lenticle above the leg. The 1st abdominal has the pair of dorsal
ienticles on the 1st subsegment, while the lenticle above the spiracle
is on the 2nd subsegment, the spiracle itself lying between these two
subsegments. Below the spiracle, on the flange, are two lenticles, one
behind the other. Beneath the larva are four lenticles arranged in

278 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

two pairs transversely, each pair occupying the site possessed by the
legs on the metathorax. The 2nd abdominal is similar, except that
there is sometimes only one (the anterior) lenticle on the flange.
This second flange lenticle on the 2nd abdominal is an inconstant
quantity, a larva will sometimes have it on one side but not on the
other side of the body; in fact, a larva commonly has one or two
normal lenticles missing. The lenticles on the 3rd to the 8th
abdominals are similar, that is, on the lst subsegment a dorsal pair,
on the 2nd subsegment one above the spiracle, and one below on
the flange, six in all. The 9th abdominal has the same number. I
believe the 10th abdominal has a pair of dorsal lenticles, and there is
one lenticle on the outer wall of each of the anal claspers. On each
anal clasper, above the hooklets, on the posterior wall, is a large orange
tubercle, terminating in a blunt point without any seta. The anal
claspers have two or three rows of hooklets, but the circle is not
complete, there being a gap in the outer posterior quadrant. Beneath the
anal flap the teeth of the anal comb are visible. The skin of the larva
is everywhere covered with small, blunt spicules, and also bears a fairly
thick coating of small, dark tubercles, each crowned with a short, stout,
sharply pointed seta. ‘These secondary tubercles are more numerous
along the ridges of the subsegments and the flange, and also around
the claspers. They are of two sizes, the smaller bearing a seta about
0:-06mm. long, and the larger a seta about O-lmm., but there are also
intermediate sizes. As in the 4th instar, there are, among these larger
tubercles, some which I believe to be primary tubercles, of which I think I
can distinguish i, ii, and possibly iv (Sich). inal instar (fullgrown): —
About 28mm. long and 4mm. wide from about the 2nd-5th abdominal
segments. The larva is fusiform, tapering similarly to both ex-
tremities, with the exception that the head is added to the anterior
extremity. The head is about 2°8mm. across and 2-7mm. high,
measuring into the notch dorsally, but 3-Omm. if measuring the
lateral eminences; whilst the ‘‘ neck” is only 1:8mm. wide and
1‘7mm. high. The colour is green, overlaid with a brownish tint,
which gives a dirty-olive colour, most marked in front, least about the
middle segments. The head is deep brown, with paler(terra-cotta)in certain
regions, but varying in amount, and shading into the ground-colour; on
either side is a large patch on the vertex, one laterally, and two beside
the clypeus, one about the centre of the face, the other lower. The
labrum and jaws darker. The spiracles dark brown, a green dorsal
line (dorsal vessel) and a pale line half-way between this and the spiracles.
The head is rough with minute raised ridges; it is covered with
hairs, mostly very short (ochreous); each of these arises from the
bottom of a pit, or from a slight eminence at the bottom of the pit.
These pits are closely crowded together, and are of slightly varying
sizes, and slightly varying closeness, so that the ridges between them
are only approximately circles and parts of circles, and are always
rather sharp; these are the ridges that make the head so rugged in
surface; they form an excellent defence against the hairs being rubbed
off. The legs are pale ochreous, the prolegs green, as the rest of the skin.
The segments present a marked flange some way below the spiracle,
and a rounded boss on each segment (8rd member of lateral flange)
just above prolegs. There is no trace of an upper lateral flange at
spiracular level. The segments are markedly divided into subsegments.

NISONIADES TAGES. 279

On abdominal segments there are five, whose length is respectively as
4:2:1:1:1. Onthefirst, at position of 1,isadistinct black circle (lenticle),
which may actually represent 1; there is no indication whatever of ii,
except on some segments, in rather stronger hairs; but 111i may be repre-
sented by a lenticle at approximately its usual position ; iv and v are
apparently represented by two black circles, rather close together and
close to spiracle, these, like the others, are small, but typical lenticles.
Below these at a little towards the front of the segments (approximately
vi) are two lenticles close together, and one above the other. This last
pair, however, only exist on the 1st and 2nd abdominals, and iv and
v (?) fail by the time the 5th abdominal segment is reached, one or
other only existing (if any) on the 3rd and 4th abdominals. On the pro-
thorax is a plate, of the same colour (green) as the rest of the larva, with
a median suture and a transverse suture or groove, nearer the posterior
than the anterior margin. At the end, this curves forward and has a
brown pigmented patch, and at its extreme end is a small lenticle, a
rather larger one near middle line. The front portion (on each side)
carries about 45 hairs, the posterior 20; these are very minute, on brown
bases, and disposed in several irregular rows; half-way between the
spiracle and leg is another lenticle. The mesothorax appears to have
three subsegments, equal to about 3:2:1 in relative widths. There is
a lenticle in line with ii, and one near base of proleg, but one or both
of these is often absent, even on one side and not the other. The
metathorax seems to have three subsegments, or five, if the division
of 1st and 8rd into two are included as primary; the incisions are
less marked than the others, but they mark off the hairs into sections.
Reckoning five, they would measure 1:2:1:1:1; the 8rd carries
lenticles in line with i. There are a pair side by side in line with
ili, and another towards leg. The whole surface is covered with
minute hairs (about -14mm. long), colourless, arising from black
points (see pl. vil., figs. 2-3). These hairs are remarkably wide
at their origins and proceed rapidly to a sharp point, with a slight
curve. The basal width suggests that they ought to be four or five
times their length. They are in one row on the narrower subsegments,
but on the wider are irregularly disposed, but might be regarded as in
two to six rows, according to width of subsegment. They are about
‘15mm. apart in the single rows. ‘The skin-surface is closely covered
with sharp points on stellate bases, the points are less than 0:02mm.
apart. The prolegs have nearly complete circles of crochets, there is
a gap on the outer posterior aspect of about 30°; in one example, one
leg shows some chitinous points across this. The outer side has 14 or
15 crochets in single line. These are, apparently, continued round the
inner aspect, but are supplemented by a series of about twice their
length. These number about a dozen, smaller at each end of the row;
it is not very definite where they end. In one specimen, one proleg hag
a circle a little more than half the usual diameter, and with only a
single row of rather small crochets, though these are rather larger on
the inner margin (apparently, a regenerated limb). The anal claspers are
horseshoe-shaped, with the opening backwards, the crochets are in
double series throughout, but more markedly internally, or more
accurately, perhaps, those of the larger series are of greater size on that
side of the curve. The anal plate is triangular, about 1mm. across, of
the same colour as the rest of larva, except that it has a few brown dots
that are not hair-bases, but are of about the same size as they

280 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

are. It carries hairs much as the surrounding skin does, both
as to their number, size, and irregular distribution. It is, how-
ever, of a somewhat corneous texture and wrinkled on a larger
pattern than those of the head. Beneath the plate is the anal comb,
about O-6mm. wide, and the same in length; the central spines are
about that length to the number of some 13; these appear to be laterally
flattened, and with five or six terminal crenulations, the extremities of
divisions into which it tends to split. At either side the long central
spines decline gradually into smaller ones, and the base of the comb
becomes narrower, the last spine, sharply pointed, is not so very
different from some rather large skin-spicules that are adjacent. The
total spines are 21 in one specimen, 27 in another. At the extreme
anterior margin of the prothorax, medioventrally, is a minute ‘ chin-
gland” (Chapman). Final instar (July 31st, 1868) : 18mm. in length,
with the back a little arched, and the belly rather flattened, being just
of the same form as when younger; the body is very plump, and thickest
in the middle segments ; the segmental folds distinct, each segment sub-
divided into five subsegments, the broadest one in front; the head is
somewhat heart-shaped and flattened on the face; the colour of the body
is of a rather more yellowish-green than before, the minute, raised, points
blackish, the dorsal line a darker green, and the paler subdorsal stripe
delicately edged above and below with a fine faintly darker line; the
anterior pair of tubercular dots just perceptible on each segment, but
only with a strong lens; the spiracular region forms a slight ridge of
paler whitish-green, the spiracles very small and red in colour; the
head is purplish-brown as before, but with the addition of an ochreous.
streak from the crown down the front of each lobe, united below by
another broad transverse streak at some distance above the mouth, and
also a spot of the same colour on each cheek (Buckler).
Fooppiants.—Lotus corniculatus (Buckler), L. uliginosus (Sich),
lberis pinnata (Donzel), Teesdalia nudicaulis (teste Lambillion),
Eryngium campestris (Schiffermuller), Coroniila varia (Koch).
Purarium.—Unless disturbed in some way, the larva pupates in
spring in the cocoon it has made for the purpose of hybernation. In
one instance there was a branched V-shaped cable drawn across the
thoracic region, as if intended for a girth, and the cremaster holds to
silk that may have been recently spun; but, with these exceptions,
there was no proof that any additions were made to the hybernaculum
before pupation. On March 8th, 1906, some larvee that have been in
a warm room for a considerable time are still larvee, but three are found
to have pupated (Chapman, March 8th, 1906). The remainder of
these pupated soon after. One larva, however, which was sent last
autumn from Hyeres, was kept on a mantelshelf all the winter (at
Reigate), at a temperature of 70°F. and over on most days, and, its
hybernaculum being transparent, it was often seen to move within it.
English larvee kept cool all the winter till the end of February, and
then brought into a warm room, all pupated, as noted above, by about
March 15th; whilst this southern one (carried south to Hyéres again in
mid-March) only pupated on April 10th. About March 30th it opened one
end of its winter cocoon, as a provision for the emergence of the imago,
but did not come out. The head of the pupa faces this opening, and
there is, inside the cocoon, a girth; really, this consists of two strands
drawn across the cocoon, one on each side of the pupa, and attached to

NISONIADES TAGESe 281

each other ventrally, making the girth seem to be the wrong way up
(Chapman. April 12th, 1906).

Pura.—The pupa in general outline is very similar to that of
Hesperia malvae, but with more of the Sphingid curve (like that of
Sesia stellatarum). Thedorsum is hollow from the mesothorax to the 6th
abdominal; the venter*prominent at the ends of the appendages, but
hollow opposite metathorax. Length 15mm.—10°5mm. toend of append-
ages, 45mm. beyond. Seen dorsally, front very flat. A line across the
front of eyes is 2‘7mm., and the central portion of the curve in front
of thisisonly about 0°-6mm. in advance of this line; behind this, for about
1-2mm. the width is unchanged, then it widens for about 1mm. to
4-00mm. at wing-spine (merely arounded fulness); it maintains this width
to the 2nd abdominal segment, from which it widens to 45mm. at end
of 4th abdominal segment (9mm. from front), thence ittapers increasingly
(making a curved margin) to end of cremaster. Seen laterally, the
‘Sphinx curve”’ is the dominant feature. When at rest, the dorsum is
neatly straight from the 1st to the 5th abdominal; from this point the
dorsal line slopes down to the tail-end, but so much less than the ventral
line, thata longitudinal axis of the pupa (estimated) would have the endof
the cremastral spine above it by half the distance to the dorsal line (of
front abdominal segments). This dorsal line, carried forward, would
have the top of the mesothorax about 06mm. above it, and would
reach the surface again a little behind the front margin of the meso-
thorax. About 2mm. of the ventral line, behind the face, would be
about parallel to the dorsal line (of abdominal segments). Thence it
swells out to about middle of 3rd abdominal segment, and thence
retires again to end of appendages, and continues the same curve, pretty
uniformly, to end of cremaster. The antero-posterior diameter of the
pupa, at different points, would be about 2°8mm. at thoracic spiracle,
3°5mm. at middle of mesothorax, 8°8mm. at 1st abdominal, 4-lmm.
at the middle of the 8rd abdominal, 3-4mm. at the end of the 4th
abdominal segment. The pupa examined is not, perhaps, quite
mature, so the colours may yet deepen somewhat. The head and thorax
with appendages look blackish, but, on examination, are seen to be a
very deep green, with a good deal of transparency (or translucency),
the abdominal segments a light reddish-brown. The whole pupa is
shining and polished, so that one is hardly prepared to find that
(except appendages) it has a tolerably abundant coating of very short
‘pale hairs. The centre of the eyes, and some other portions, are paler
sreen, a notable feature (in colouring and form) is the cover of the
prothoracic spiracle, which is quite black, and, when taken in profile,
stands out from the smooth surface as a black cone about 0:2mm. high;
from the front it is more lke a square epaulet. On the head and
thorax one cannot say that the hairs have any special arrangement,
but, on the abdomen, there is a very definite row at the line marking
off the intersegmental subsegment, substantially, but not quite, the
posterior border of the segment; then there is another row across,
approximately, the middle of the segment, this one is less
regular, and has other hairs near it, but hardly of it. It is most
definite latero-dorsally. There are other more scattered hairs that
can hardly be interpreted as a row anterior to this. Ventrally, the
hairs are very minute and few, very nearly obsolete. The curvature of
the glazed eye is directed almost exactly forward, and the extreme front

282 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of the pupa is the base of the labrum. The labrum is triangular, apex
pointed, the mandibles rounded, hardly meeting in middle line, being
separated by the narrow diamond of labium which divides them and
the extreme bases of the maxilla. Basally, the maxille are very wide ;
they reach the end of the wings, and just project beyond by their
conical termination. The second legs reach the eyes. The first legs
end at 5°5mm. from the head-end of pupa, the antenna at 7-5mm., and
the 2nd legs at 8'2mm. All the appendages have a little transverse
wrinkling, but it does not interfere with their polished appearance, the
wrinkling being fine waves and not ridges. The neuration of the wings
is indicated by raised ribs, but isa little obscure. ‘‘“‘Poulton’sline”’ is
obvious; the region beyond it 1s smooth and whitish, narrow at the
anal angle, nearly 1‘Omm. wide towards the apex, and even a little
more if taken diagonally to the actual] apex. The cremastral spine is
small and rounded, about 0-5mm. wide, and 0-6mm. long. The
cremastral hooks are scattered over its sides and end, those at end are
so twisted in silk as to be difficult to see, let-alone count, but are
probably not more than ten or a dozen, if as many. They are about
0:25mm. long, with a smooth shaft and a large flat circular end made
by the curling round of the hair. One such hair occurs half way up
the cremastral spine, and there are several abortive ones scattered about
it, some with hardly a trace of a hook, and one or two like fine cork-screws.
In the living pupa, the dorsal head-pieces are not marked off by similar
sutures to those separating the other parts, but by a delicate line,
looking white in some lights, never dark lke the others. The living
pupa only presents the usual two (5th and 6th abdominal) free segments,
notwithstanding that, on dehiscence, other incisions open as if free,
notably those between the pro- and mesothorax and the 7th and 8th
abdominal. The genital areas form, in front, a horseshoe-shaped pro-
jecting rim on the ventral aspect of the 10th abdominal. In the 9, the
9th abdominal segment has a single transverse elevation; in the 9, is
apparently no elevation, but the two small linear pits seem to be on the
8th abdominal segment, all divisions between the segments being
smoothed out. On the dorsum of the 9th abdominal segment of a male
pupa is a curious longitudinal incision (March 8th, 1906). From a
dehisced and. mounted pupa: The maxille (together) are 2°5mm. across
(at about 1mm. from their anterior angles), their upper ends, above
this point, form, approximately, a semicircle ; at this point, each forms
a right angle, the upper (curved) edge being against the face, the lower
(outer) margin against the 1st legs; thence they narrow rapidly, so
that, at Imm. lower, both together are 1mm. across; they continue
downwards for 10mm. in all, and terminate between the ends of the
wings. A small scrap of labium appears between their upper ends.
The 1st and 2nd legs both abut equally against face and eye, the 1st,
therefore, not touching antenna. It has a leneth of 4mm., ending,
therefore, half-way down the maxille, the 2nd ends 2°5mm. further.
The antenne reach nearly the same point. The ends of the maxille,
of 38rd tarsi, and wing-apices, appreciably project beyond posterior
border of 4th abdominal segment. The eye-covers are large, the
“‘ olazed”’ portion is dotted very finely with minute points in radiating
rows, the central rough portion carries a good many fine hairs. ‘he
dorsal headpiece is a small slip, 1mm. long transversely, 0‘'2mm. at
widest longitudinally, that remains fixed to the front.edge of prothorax.

9
NISONIADES TAGES. — 283

The way in which the prothorax, on dehiscence, remains attached to
the mesothorax is remarkable. It is a piece about 1-6mm. across, and
0-6mm. from back to front, square at dorsum, but sharpened to a point,
like the prow of a boat at the outer end. When dehisced, the inter-
segmental membrane is quite a substantial plate, folded down the
middle; the two portions, flat against each other before dehiscence, open
out, each portion about O-4mm. wide, but the folds do not quite
straighten, so the pro- and mesothorax separate to something less than
the possible 0-Smm., but are held firmly together. The spiracle-cover
on the mesothorax is a large black knob, about 0-4mm. in diameter,
covered with very closely-set crowded hairs, very short and thick; giving
rather a velvety appearance. The dorsum of the mesothorax, as well
as the prothorax, and, in fact, the rest of the pupa (appendages
being only excepted), carries a fair number of fine transparent hairs
about 0-12mm.-0:18mm. in length. Across the posterior portion of
the mesothorax is a moderate number of transverse ridges or wrinkles
(little more than microscopic), and the hairs are, to some extent, along
these. On the mesothorax, these fine ridges are a marked feature: they
are narrow, with parallel sides, and, in many cases, curve forwards in
reoular waves, so as to leave little hollows behind them, in which the
hairs arise; in some cases, there is a fainter ridge close behind the other,
which curves backwards at the hairs, leaving the hairs in a little oval
Space between them. The hindwing is narrow, and, passing the 1st
and 2nd abdominal segments, ends just before the spiracle on the 3rd
abdominal. The 1st abdominal segment has hairs and ridges like the
metathorax; except along the posterior border of the segment, the
ridges are ill-developed, though, at many of the hairs, the two
ridges bending round, one in front and one behind, are specially distinct,
and have the appearance of two eyelids with the hair as the eye. An
attempt to count the hairs on this segment makes them nearly 40 on one
side. They are most numerous in the middle and at the posterior border
of the segment, and are decidedly fewer dorsally than laterally. The 2nd
abdominal segment is similarly ridged, the ridges being more conspic-
uous along the anterior border of the segment, and the hairs more nearly
in transverse rows. ‘The spiracle has a fine series of arched ridges
passing round it from the wing-margins above and below, with the
usual appearance, as if the wing had pushed the spiracle backwards,
and, in so moving, it had wrinkled up the surface in front of it. The
8rd abdominal segment is much the same, except that the ridges are
less distinct; the hairs are few dorsally, and look as if there were two
rows towards the front margin, another row medially, rather irregularly
disposed, with two posterior rows, one marginal, the other a little
forward of the margin, but a closer scrutiny shows hairs that would
mean twelve rows if each hair was in a row, so that the five rows noted
are only those where the hairs seem to fall most in regular line. On
the 4th abdominal segment the spiracle is clear of the wing, and without
puckerines. Here, also, the hairs are an anterior, a middle, and a
posterior set, each approximately in two rows, but with other hairs
elsewhere, representing nearly obsolete rows; some of the posterior
hairs are on the interseemental membrane. ‘There are no distinct
ridges, but there are many minute raised circles (or ovals), almost like
hair-bases, but without hairs. These are more numerous and more in
transverse lines towards the front of the segment (Chapman).

FS
284 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

DxHIscENcE or pupa.—On dehiscence the eye-cover remains attached
by filmy threads to the dorsal headpiece, and is quite separated from
all other parts. This contrasts very much with, say, Urbicola comma,
in which the eye-piece remains fixed between the face-piece and the
maxillz, and all attachment to the dorsal headpiece is ruptured. In
this respect, Urbicola comma is practically of ordinary obtect character,
whilst the habit in Nisoniades tages is exactly that of typical incomplete
(or micro) pupe (Chapman).

TIME OF APPEARANCE.—The species is single-brooded in the British
Isles and the northern part of Europe, occurring in May and June, except
for a few examples that appear as a partial second-brood in very hot
summers, ¢.g., 1893, in late July and early August. In Scandinavia, how-
ever, the single brood often extends from June into July, and, in the moun-
tains of central Kurope, too, the species also seems to be single-brooded,
appearing in June and July, whilst in southern France, Italy, etc., it
appears to be regularly double-brooded in April-May and July-August.
Caradja says that it occurs in two, or even three, generations between May
and September in the Haute-Garonne, but one suspects that there are
rarely more than two broods, even under the most favourable conditions,
although such records as May until September in Tuscany (Stefanelli),
and February to September in the Barcelona district (Martorell), leave
matters uncertain. As to its double-broodedness, we note that, at
Wiesbaden, it is abundant in May, a second partial brood appearing in
July (Prideaux); in Prussia, it usually occurs from early May to mid-
June, but, in warm seasons, is double-brooded, occurring in April-May,
and again in August (Speiser); occurs in April-May and again in July-
August, in Baden (Reutti); in May-June and August-September, in
Belgium (Lambillion) ; May and June in the Pont de I’ Arche district,
but as early as April 11th, in 1898, and again in August (Dupont) ;
double-brooded in the lower parts of Switzerland, April-May and again
in July-August (Frey); although Muschamp says that the second
brood is much less abundant than the first in the Geneva district. It
is also double-brooded in Austria, e.g., in Bohemia (Nickerl), Lower
Austria (Rossi), Salzburg (Richter), the Carinthian Alps (Zeller),
and the Wels district, in April and again July-August (Brittinger) ;
whilst, in Roumania, a brood in May and another in September are
noted (Fleck), and, in Lombardy, May and June, and again August,
rare (Turati), are recorded. We have ourselves found second broods
at Susa, Torre Pellice, Aosta, etc.,1n Piedmont, as well as Grésy-sur-Aix,
and several other localities, in Savoy and Dauphiny. It is possibly
double-brooded in Greece; the first brood was taken in May at
Kalavryta (Fountaine). In the high Alps, June and July are the
usual months for the appearance of the single-brood, e.y., middle to end
of July on the Prenj mountains, late June in the mountains of Bosnia
and Hercegovina, early July at Pontresina, late June at Andermatt.
The following dates will give a good idea of the variation in the time
of appearance, both at home and abroad. ConvTiINENTAL RECORDS.—
May 14th, 1865, in the Riedt, near Wailisellen (Dietrich) ; June 15th,
1886, at Andermatt (Jones); August 9th-12th, 1872, near Lucerne
(Lang); May 9th, 1887, between St. Maurice and Lavey; May
18th, 1887, very abundant at Brunnen (R. J. Hutchinson) ; August,
1888, at Rochefort (Carlier); June 14th-16th, 1890, at Tancarville
(licech); September 2nd, 1890, at Spezia (de la Garde); August,

NISONIADES TAGES. 285

1891, near Boscolungo, in the Apennines (Norris); as early as
April 11th, 1898, at Pont de l’Arche (Dupont); July 4th, 1893, the
earliest example of the second brood noticed (Bromilow); August 22nd,
1894, at Aosta; July 25th and 26th, 1896, at Grésy-sur-Aix; April 16th-
28rd, 1897, at Digne; August 10th-20th, 1897, at Susa (Tutt) ; April
6th-21st, 1897, at Veytaux, near Chillon (Wheeler); April and May,
1898, in the Val d’Ombla (Mrs. Nicholl) ; June 20th-July 9th, 1898,
at Saeterstoen (Chapman); July 24th, 1898, at Grésy-sur-Aix, August
18th-20th, 1898, at Aosta (Tutt); April 6th, 1899, at Locarno (Chap-
man); May 12th-June 16th, 1899, generally distributed, and very
common at Varallo; July 27th, 1899, at Fontainebleau (Lowe) ; June
1899, near Susa (Brown) ; March 29th, 1899, at Montreux (Wheeler) ;
May 28rd, 1899, at Slivno, in Roumelia; June 26th, 1899, in the Rilska
Valley (Mrs. Nicholl) ; April 6th, 1899, at Locarno; July 1st-12th,
1899, at Fusio ; July 1st-20th, 1900, at Pontresina (Chapman); August
18th-24th, 1900, at Grésy-sur-Aix (Tutt); May 18th, 19th, 20th,
1901, around Granada (Mrs. Nicholl); July 30th-August 5th, 1901,
at Torre Pellice (Tutt); August 9th, 1901, near Lucerne (Keynes) ;
March 31st, 1902, at Pont du Gard (Rowland-Brown); May 26th-
June 6th, 1902, between Montreux and Aigle (Barraud); June 16th-
21st, 1902, at Susa, June 24th, 1902, at Pesio, mid-July, 1902, at
Bozen (Lowe); June 26th-July 1st, 1902, at St. Georges (Wheeler) ;
June 26th-30th, 1902, on the outskirts of the Foret d’Arques, near
Dieppe (Moore); April 1st-10th, 1908, at Auribeau (Tutt); April
26th-30th, 1903, at Digne (Sheldon); June 23rd and 24th, 1908,
between Géschenen and Wassen (Keynes) ; June 11th, 1903, at Trafoi
(Lowe) ; April 21st, 1904, at Aigle (Sloper); May 11th, 1904, at the
Pont du Gard (Chapman) ; June 17th-23rd, 1904, at Macolin, abundant,
but worn July 8rd, 1904, at Grindelwald (Lowe); July 15th, 1904,
at Mendel (Rowland-Brown); July 28rd, 1904, at Basle; July 30th,
1904, at Gex; April 26th, 1905, at Carqueiranne ; May 2nd-6th,
1905, at Draguignan (Tutt); April 25th, 1905, Bellerive, near
Geneva (Blachier) ; May, very common all round Geneva, and
again much less so in July and August (Muschamp); June 16th,
1905, at Martigny; July 1st, 1905, at Bérisal (Lowe); June 16th,
1905, at Montserrat; May 30th-31st, 1905, at Tibidado, near
Barcelona (Standen) ; June 21st, 1905, near Sierre, in the Pfynwald ;
June 22nd, 1905, between Leuk and Leukerbad (Pearson); June
29th-July 12th, 1905, in the Wengen district (Moss); July 10th-
August 5th, 1905, in the Central Pyrenees, and at Biarritz (Rowland-
Brown). British rEcorps.—May 27th, 1857, at Poynings (Image) ;
June dth-8th, 1857, at Dorking (Trimen); May 30th, 1860, at
Mansfield (Brameld); September 15th, 1866, May 18th, 1867, in
Tilgate Forest (Image); May Ist, 1868, at Steyning (White); May
14th, 1868, abundant at Cirencester (Harman); June 26th, 1871, at
Folkestone; June 5th, 1872, May 30th, 1873, in Monk’s Wood (Raynor) ;
May 20th, 1872, in Darenth Wood (Bower); June I1st-10th, 1874,
in the Abbott’s Wood district (Tugwell}; May 16th, 1875, at Hurley
(A. H. Clarke); May 29th, 1875, at Great Malvern (Edwards); May
9th, 1876, in Abbott’s Wood (Dale) ; May 29th-30th, 1877, at Brocken-
hurst; May 22nd, 1878, at Sandown (Whittle); July 28th, 1879, the
first brood still out at Castle Moreton (Fox); May 31st, 1879, May
1fth, 1880, at Cuxton ; May 30th, 1881, May 11th, 1882, on Box Hill

286 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

(Bower) ; June 10th, 1882, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; May 17th,
18838, on Box Hill (Bower) ; June 30th-July 7th, 1888, at Witherslack
(Shuttleworth) ; May 30th, 1884, at Witherslack (Hodgkinson) ; June
10th, 21st, 1884, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; June 6th, 1885, at

rentwood (Burrows) : June 11th, 1885, in the Isle of Purbeck ; June
drd, 1886, at Glanvilles Wootton (Bankes) ; June 4th, 1887, at
Cuxton (Tutt) ; June 17th, 1887, near Ely (Archer); June 10th-21st,
1887, at Brentwood (Burrows); May 27th, 1888, on Box Hill; May
30th, 1888, at Reigate (Whittle) ; June 7th, 1888, at Reading (Butler) ;
May 22nd- 24th, 1889, at Brentwood (Burrows) : May 22nd, 1890, at
Hart (Bower) ; May 26th, 1890, at Shoreham, Kent (Tutt) ; ‘middle of
May, 1890, in Epping Forest (Bayne); May 17th, 1890, at Reading
(Butler) ; May 26th, 1890, in the Chatham district (Tyrer) : May, 1890,
at Portland (Brown) ; May 81st, 1890, at Lockerley (Burrows) ; a second
brood from August 2nd-September 6th, 1890, at Sidmouth (Wells); May
30th-June 6th, 1891, at Brockenhurst (James); June Ist, 1891, at
Lincoln (Mackonochie); June Ist, 1891, in the Isle of Purbeck
(Bankes) ; June 1st, 1891, at Bexley (Bower) ; April 30th, 1892, two
specimens taken at Dorking (teste Smith) ; May 9th, 1892, at Box Hill
(Bower) ; May 13th, June 17th, 1892, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes);
May 26th, 1892, at Langworth (Raynor); June 8rd-12th, 1892, at
Hailsham (Tugwell) ; June 18th-26th, 1892, at Folkestone (James) ;
July 22nd, 1892, in the New Forest (Alderson); July 29th, 1892, at
Swanage (Bloomfield); April, 1893, abundant at Riddlesdown (Fletcher);
April 10th, 1898, earliest date on which seen at Gloucester (Davis) ;
April 14th, 1898, at Instow (Hinchliff); April 14th, 1898,
at Tonbridge; May 18th, 1898, at Horsley (Turner); April 17th,
1893, at Worcester Park (Kaye); April 18th, 1898, in the Wye
Valley (Nesbitt); April 19th, 1898, in Abbott’s Wood (Esam); April
20th, 1898, near Hereford (Blathway t); April 21st, 1898, common
on Box Hill (Bower); April 22nd, 1823, at Colchester (Harw ood) ; April
22nd, 18938, in Pembrokeshire (Jetferys) ; April 29th, 1898, in Epping
Forest (Frier); late in April and early in May, 1898, at Honiton
(Riding) ; May 4th, 1898, at Langworth (Raynor); May 6th, 1893;
at Cuxton ; again on July 22nd, 1898, and following days at same
place (Tutt) ; May 6th, 1898, around Pinner Woods (Rowland-Brown) ;
May 6th, 1893, in Epping Forest (Hunt); May 10th, 12th, 31st,
also on July 28th (two fresh specimens), 18938, in the Isle of Purbeck
(Bankes); May 21st, 18938, at Brockenhurst (Tremayne); a second
brood well out August 6th, 1893, on Box Hill (Croker); also August
6th, 18938, at Guildford (Groves); April Ist, 1894, at Folkestone
(Hill) ; May 29th, 1894, at Legsby (Raynor); June 8th-17th, 1894,
at Brockenhurst (Wells); June 14th, 1894, two at Riddlesdown
(Fletcher); June 25th, 1894, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ;
August 29th, 1894, one at Upper Norwood (Fletcher); May 5th, 1895,
earliest date noted at Ashford (Wood) ; May 11th, 1895, one at Upper
Norwood (Fletcher); May 27th, 1895, at Langworth (Raynor); May
10th, 1895, on Box Hill (Bower); May 12th, 1895, at Hurley (A. H.
Clarke); May, 1895, in the Cheltenham district (Robertson) ; June
6th, 1895, ‘at Newtown (Tetley); May 5th, 1896, in the Isle of
Purbeck (Bankes); May 9th, 16th, 25th, 1896, at Newtown (Tetley) ;
May 11th, 1896, in the Guildford district (Grover) ; May 15th, 1896,
at Reading (Butler) ; May 23rd, 1896, at Lynwood; June 13th, 1896,

_ NISONIADES TAGES. 287

at Oxshott (Tremayne) ; May 28rd, 1896, in Epping Forest (Simes) ;
a second brood July 22nd, 1896, at Sandown (Prout); May 16th,
1897, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke); May 17th, 1897, in the Guildford
district (Grover) ; May 22nd and 23rd, June 3rd and 5th, July 4th,
1897, at Newtown (Tetley) ; May 22nd, 1897, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ;
June 11th, 1897, several on Box Hill (Bower); June 12th, 1897, at
Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown); May 17th, 1898, on Box Hill
(Bower) ; May 9th, 1898, at Balcombe (Image); May 26th, 1898, at
Hazeleigh (Raynor); June 19th, 1898, at Eastwood (Whittle) ; May
30th and June 23rd, 1898, at Hexham (Nicholson); June 38rd, 1898,
at Leicester (Dixon); June 8rd and 11th, 1898, at Newtown (Tetley) ;
June 6th, 1898, at Battersby (Elgee) ; June 11th, 1898, at Reigate
(Adkin); June 21st, 1898, at Hythe (Hill); May 19th-22nd, 1899,
in the New Forest (Prout); May 23rd, 1899, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ;
May 26th, 1899, in Epping Forest (Gardner); May 28th, 1899, at
Frensham (Bingham-Newland) ; June 1st, 1899, at Mill Hill (James) ;
June 8rd, 1899, on Aldbury Down (Barraud); June 4th, 1899, at
Reading (Butler); June 10th, 1899, at Hilton (Sachse); June 13th,
1899, at Marlow (A. H. Clarke) ; May 19th, 1900, near Ayr (Dalglish) ;
May 19th, 1900, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; May 20th, 1900, at Drayton
Beauchamp, June 4th, 1900, near Tring (Rothschild); May 20th,
1900, at Reading (Butler); May 24th, 1900, at Dover (Stockwell) ;
May 26th, 1900, in Epping Forest (Gardner); June 4th, 1900, at
Hexham (Nicholson); June 4th-6th, 1900, at Newbury (Hopson); June
4th, 1900, on Aldbury Down (Barraud): June 5th, 1900, at Marlow
(A. H. Clarke); June 9th-18th, 1900, in Darenth Wood and at Kynsford
(Barraud); June 11th, 1900, several at Shoreham, Kent (Bower); May
16th, 1901, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 21st, 1901, common at Shore-
ham, Kent (Bower); May 24th-29th, 1901, and again August 3rd, at
Burgess Hill (Dollman); May 25th, 1901, on Aldbury Down (Barraud) ;
May 26th, 1901, at Reading (Butler) ; May 27th, 1901, in Sandburn
Wood (Walker) ; June 7th-10th, 1901, at Balcombe (Image); June
9th, 1901, at West Wickham (Gardner); June 26th, 1901, two at
Sandburn (Bower); August 3rd, 1901, at Ditchling (Dollman); May
24th, 1902, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 25th, 1902, at Reading
(Butler) ; June 7th, 1902, at Ranmore (Step); June 11th, 1902, in
Chattenden Wood (Burrows); June 26th, 1902, at Thundersley, scarce
(Whittle) ; June 22nd-28th, 1902, at Westwell (Gardner) ; June 28th
and 29th, 1902, at Scarborough (Tetley); May 22nd and 29th, 1903,
common at Shoreham, Kent (Bower); May 28rd, 1903, in the Tring
district (Barraud); May 23rd, 1903, at Sandburn (Walker); May 28rd,
1903, between Risborough and Wendover, sometimes swarms (Rowlands
Brown); May 28rd, 1908, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 24th, 1903,
at Reading (Butler); May 29th, 1903, in the New Forest ; June 26th,
1903, at Westwell (Gardner); June 10th, 1903, at Taunton; June
20th, 1903, at Scarborough (Tetley) ; June 11th, 1903, in the Isle
of Purbeck (Bankes) ; June 12th, 1903, latest date on which seen at
Gloucester (Davis); May 20th, 1904, at Shoreham, Kent (Bower) ;
May 20th, 1904, at Drayton Beauchamp; May 24th, 1904, near
Fulbourn ; May 28th, 1904, in Chippenham Fen; June 3rd, 1904, at
Godstone ; June 4th, 1904, near Tring; June 10th, 1904, near Oundle
(Rothschild); May 21st, 1904, at Westwell (Gardner); May 23rd,
28th, 29th, 30th, 81st, June 2nd and 3rd, 1904, at Taunton; June

288 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

12th, 1904, at Scarborough (Tetley); May 25th, 1904, also a very worn
specimen June 29th, 1904, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; May 29th, 1904,
on Aldbury Down (Barraud); June 4th, 22nd, 27th, 1904, in the
Isle of Purbeck; June 17th, 1904, at Blandford; June 24th, 1904,
in the Isle of Portland (Bankes); June 6th and 8th, 1904, very
scarce, at Tintern and Lilandogo (Bird); May 17th, 1905, at Reading
(Butler); May 19th, 1905, fairly well out at Cuxton (Tutt);
May 20th-June 38rd, 1905, plentiful at Tintern and Llandogo (Bird);
May 28rd, 1905, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 30th-June 15th, 19085,
at Mucking (Burrows) ; June 13th, 1905, at Westwell (Gardner) ; June
14th, 1905, at Reigate (Image) ; latest date noted at Ashford, June 18th,
1905 (Wood); June 28rd, 1905, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ;
June 28rd, 1905, worn, at Droitwich (A. H. Clarke); May 5th, 1906,
at Reigate (Turner) ; May 18th, 1906, first specimen of the year seen
at Tintern, fairly common by May 22nd (J. F. Bird); May 12th, 1906,
at Hazeleigh, well out (Raynor).

Hasirs.—The imaginal habits of this species are extremely interest-
ine. In the early spring, on the chalk downs at Cuxton, it darts
rapidly from one bare place on the chalk to another, resting thereon
for a short time with outspread wings, and rarely choosing a flower or
grass blade on which to rest, although leaves of low bushes are not infre-
quently selected. In late July and early August, when the partial
secondbrood is on the wing in southern France and north Italy, it flies
rapidly along the roadways or pathways, repeatedly settling on the
ground in front of one, lowering its wings, or it chooses a flowery bank,
resting on a blossom with outspread wings, the convex margins of
which hang over most conspicuously, whilst it swings to and fro
in the breeze, its body turned towards the sun. In dull weather,
however, it chooses a dead flower-head of plantain, centaurea, scabious,
hieracium, etc., on which to rest, and, drawing itself below the
capitulum, is not always readily noticed, although Raynor observes
that, on cold days, the imago may be easily detected when at rest,
especially on the dead flower-heads of knapweed, on a single head
of which he has seen three specimens at rest; it also reposes on
the flowers of Plantago minor, and the old seed-heads of Juncus com-
munis, and various grasses. He says that, on May 30th, 1905, he
observed fourteen specimens, which had just settled down for the
night, upon dead flower-heads of knapweed, all in exactly the same
position, t.e., with their backs to the sun, which was shining brightly,
heads uppermost, wings folded down, wrapped over the dead, chequered,
brown, weather-worn flower-heads which form a very remarkable
similarity to the butterflies, touching which, only made them settle
down all the closer; none could be found in the immediate neighbour-
hood settled on any other plant. As long ago as 1857, Trimen recorded
the peculiar mode that the species had of resting when asleep. He
notes (/ntell., 11., p. 101) that, at Dorking, June 5th, 1857, whilst
collecting Cupido minima in a chalk-pit, just at sunset, he saw what
appeared to be a small Noctuid, resting on a thick stalk of grass, and,
on stooping to examine it, found it to bea specimen of Nisoniades
tages, apparently fast asleep, as tapping the grass on which it rested,
several times, did not cause it to move; the wings’were folded so as to
form a roof, as in most of the Lachneids and Noctuids, with the upper-

NISONIADES TAGES. 289

side outwards. He thought, at first, this might be an exceptional instance,
but on the 8th, in the same chalk-pit, during a slight shower of rain, he
found another in a precisely similar position, and so was induced to
believe that it must be a regular practice. The observation was con-
firmed by Speyer (Lep. Faun. d. First. Waldeck, 1867, p. 172), who,
several times, noted that the butterfly, when really at rest, sleeping,
carried its wings folded, roof-like, after the manner of most Noctuids.
It was later recorded by Frohawk, who, on June 12th, 1883, found a
grasshead, on which there seemed to be a Noctuid at rest. The insect
_ proved to be a specimen of N. tages, the wings held in exactly the
same position as a Noctuid when resting; the anterior wings entirely
covered the posterior wings, the head lowered so as to touch the grass,
and antenne bent back parallel with the costal margin of the wings.
The colours of both butterfly and grass-head upon which it rested, were
of wonderful similarity, and, coupled with the position taken up on the
brown tuft, were a remarkable and perfect disguise. An excellent drawing
accompanies Frohawk’s note (Hnt., xvii., p. 49). Bankes writes (im litt.)
that, ‘‘on the evening of June 23rd, 1905, he noticed, in the Isle of Purbeck,
a specimen roosting for the night on the stout brown upright seedhead
of a coarse grass (Dactylis glomerata, unless memory is at fault),
to which it was clinging, head upwards, with the forewings, which
formed a triangle, nearly concealing the hindwings, and sloping away
gently outwards from the line of their approximating dorsal margins, like
a rather flat-pitched roof from its ridge. The protective resemblance of
the butterfly to the grass seedhead was most remarkable.’’ He observes
that ‘a somewhat similar sleeping-position of N. tayes was described and
figured in Hntom., xvil., p.49 (1884), but, in that case, the grass-head was
almost horizontal, with the butterfly resting along the underside of it,
the anterior wings entirely covered the posterior, and the outward slope
of the former appears to have been more pronounced.” He further
adds: “I have noticed that N. tages, when kept in the dark in confine-
ment, does not repose with the wings closed over the back like most of
our ‘skippers,’ but holds them nearly horizontally, in almost the same
position as when it is basking in the sunshine.’’ Very few observers
have recorded the butterfly as resting on blossoms, when actively on
the wing in the sun, we only note it flying at flowers of selfheal at
Hexham (Nicholson), at flowers. of Thymus serpyllum, at Salzburg
(Richter), at flowers of Nepeta glechoma, Lotus corniculatus, Lysimachia
nemorum (J. F. Bird), ete. Schmidt reports that it rests and suns itself
commonly on the low plants and bushes, and flies blithely round the
borders of the Rugensee Woods, in Mecklenburg; whilst Glaser observes
that, in Oberhessen, it loves to run in the sunshine over the ground, or
over stones, in fields, and woodland roads, like a fly; he also notes it
as being fond of sitting in damp places. Mann also records its pre-
dilection for damp places in roads in Carniola. Gillmer observes that it
rests on blossoms of thyme and on the bare ground, spreading out
its wings in the sunshine, and remaining for a. considerable time
in one place if not disturbed; the flight is rapid, but not often sus-
_ tained for any length of time, the butterfly soon resting again. Bird
says that “this species flits about rather close to the ground, seldom
flying more than a foot or two above the herbage, except when one is
chasing another (possibly a g pursuing a ?); at this time, the two
will circle around each other and mount upwards to a height of some 8ft.

ig
290 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Their usual flight is brisk and zigzagey, but somewhat short; they are
‘more difficult to follow with theeyethan Hesperia malvae, especially when
passing over clumps of dead bracken. Flowers do not appear to be a very
great attraction, although they will sip from the blossoms of Veronica
chamaedrys, Viola canina and daisies, whilst the first example seen this
year (1906), flew repeatedly to the blossom of Nepeta glechoma, although
this had wandered into an orchard from its ordinary habitat. Usually,
when the imagines settle it is to rest, or to bask in the sun’s rays; they
‘then love to sit close to the ground, on dry bracken fronds, or other dead
vegetation, and often on patches of bare earth ; although they occasion-
ally rest on grass and low-growing plants, where the herbage is
growing sparingly. They have a curious trick of hovering about
objects, such as an old thistle-stem, or the end of a dead bramble-shoot,
frequently looking as if about to alight, but usually flying off and
choosing a less prominent object on which to settle, only rarely poising
themselves on anything so conspicuous. Like Hesperia malvae they
rest tail to the sun, and generally spread out their wings flatly or even
slightly deflected, especially when a cloud passes over the sun, but, in hot
sunshine, they occasionally raise their wings slightly, and slowly move
them, keeping the upper wings apart from the lower, more often they
raise their wings well up, sometimes so far that they almost meet. The
manner in which they disappear during a long cloudy period is rather
remarkable, nor can they be at all easily disturbed, neither are they
immediately in evidence when the sun reappears, preferring, no doubt,
to enjoy the warmth before starting to fly again. They appear not to
pass gloomy days and bad weather in the same position as when they
sleep ; at least, we cannot discover them. Nisoniades tages does not
seem to be a very pugnacious insect; it will certainly fly up at any
small butterfly that is passing, but it soon settles again, and the
habit appears principally due to a desire to investigate the character
and sex of the intruder.” It prefers to rest on the ground in the
more arid areas of the forest district of Pont de l’Arche (Dupont).
‘Raynor notes that during copulation the ? hangs downwards.
Hasrrat.—In Britain, the species is rarely found in woods, unless
they are very open, or on chalky or limestone hillsides. The open
chalk downs of Kent and Surrey, the flowery openings by the edges
of the woods capping the chalkhills, and meadows near, are its
favourite haunts in the southeastern counties, but it also occurs in the
open ridings of Chattenden and other woods, far removed from the
chalk. In Monmouthshire, one of its favourite haunts is a rough hill-
side pasturage, with masses of bracken (represented at this time chiefly
by last year’s withered fronds) growing therein. Woods almost
surround this place, and near by are thickets, and clumps of alder,
birch, hazel, bramble, etc. (J. F. Bird). At Cuxton, in Kent, it prefers
the dry, chalky slopes on the outskirts of the woods, choosing the rough
‘grassy parts, where bare patches are frequent, and sheltered corners are
formed by the shaws that run up from the fields below to join the woods
that cap the hills. It is common on the railway-banks and in the
meadowsat Market Drayton (Woodforde); on the sandhills at Llandudno
(Harding) ; also in the marl-quarries at the same place (Court); on
the heaths at Witherslack (Forsythe); on wayside ground and on
the banks bordering a large fir-wood at Hexham (Nicholson) ; on the
hillsides at Dovedale (Brown); on railway-banks and in cuttings, on
hillsides and in woods, in Herefordshire (Bowell) ; on railway-banks near

’ NISONIADES TAGES. 291

Lynwood (Tremayne) ; on a railway embankment a few miles south of
Ayr (Dalglish); in the meadows around Pinner Woods (Rowland-
Brown) ; on the uncultivated chalk-downs at Drayton Beauchamp, in
the grassy ridings at Oundle, and in a marshy spot at Godstone
(Rothschild); the woods and dry banks around Lewes (Jenner) ; and the
glades of Epping Forest (Bayne). It is found on the stony lmestone
pastures of Clare (Kane); the islands of Loch Erne (Allen); on the dry
oolitic hillsides of the Cotteswolds, in Gloucestershire (Watkins) ; and
on the roadside between Portland and Weymouth (Mathew).
Although common in Epping, only a single specimen had occurred
in the Colchester district previous to 1898, but, in that year, several
were found in the High Woods, and since then it has been quite
common there (Harwood). It is not uncommon on heaths and
old pastures, from 600ft. to 800ft. above sea-level, in northwest
Durham (Dewar) ; it also occurs in dry lanes and on heaths in both
Northumberland and Durham (Wailes). On the continent, it is
exceedingly widely distributed in a great variety of habitats, Miss
Fountaine asserting that it appears to occur everywhere in Kurope
and Asia Minor. Our own experience with it suggests very varied
habitats. The grassy uplands on the mountains around Digne, the
cistus-clad slopes at the Pont du Gard and Carqueiranne, the meadows
by the Siagne at Auribeau, the grassy banks and gardens around
Draguignan, the box-covered hill-slopes above Grésy-sur-Aix, the
flowery meadows among the vineyards at Susa, the thyme-clad wilds
near Torre Pellice, and the meadows around Basle, may be noticed as
being among the haunts of the species. It also occurs on the mountain
slopes at Grasse (Tutt), at Granada (Nicholl), at Pontresina, Fusio,
and around Brunnen (Chapman), at Macolin (Lowe), and at Mendel
(Rowland-Brown). It is not a common species at more than 5000ft.
in the Alps of Central Europe, although it has been recorded from
the Stelvio (Wocke). It goes up the Tyrolean Alps to 6000ft.
(Weiler), and, on the Prenj Mountains, in the Hercegovina, it is not
uncommon up to 5700ft. (Penther). It abounds on the hillsides in
the neighbourhood of the Foret d’Arques, near Dieppe (Moore) ; on the
coast of Brittany, from Cancale to St. Malo (Oberthir), whilst in the Pont
de l’Arche district, it prefers the dry parts of the forests (Dupont) ; and
Bruand notes it as haunting the fields and roadsides in the dept.
Doubs. It occurs on the warm slopes of the foothills near the coast at
Spezia (de la Garde), and of Corfu (Norris). In Hungary it is common
on the banks of the river at Herculesbad (Lang), and, in mater i |
although generally common, prefers dry, sunny places (Hiittner) ;

the Salzburg district, it extends from the plains up to the alps, ee
most abundant on the mountain slopes where Thymus serpyllum grows,
and is particularly plentiful on the slopes of the Gaisberg (Richter),
whilst, in the Tyrol, it also goes high into the mountains, and, about
Innsbruck, reaches from the valleys to the sub-alpine region, at an
elevation of 6000 ft. (Weiler). In Germany, its habitats appear to
be much the same as in Britain, e.y., in Pomerania, it chooses meadows
near woods (Paul and Plotz), as also it does in the Rhine Provinces
(Weymer). In Mecklenburg, it prefers openings in woods, their
borders, and the broad open paths running through them, but appears
to occur, like Cyclopides sylvius, only in the woods and forests that-are
situated on heavy soils (Schmidt). In the Oberharz, it chooses dry,

292 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

grassy places, but is more common among the foothills of the Harz
Mountains (Gillmer); in Hesse-Nassau, it is generally distributed in
fields, woods, woodland roads, bare, stony hillocks, and is sometimes
particularly abundant in stone quarries (Glaser); in Waldeck, it
haunts dry sunny openings on the borders of woods, woodland-
meadows and roadsides (Speyer), whilst, near Zeitz-on-Hlster, it is
also found in woodland-meadows and open places in woods, but, on
the Mosigkauer Haide, in the duchy of Anhalt, it is distributed
over the heaths, in dry, sunny, grassy places, and haunts the bare
spots found there (Amelung). In Silesia, it is everywhere common in
open woods and woodland-meadows, but goes up into the mountains
to about 2000 ft. elevation (Wocke), whilst it is distributed over the
whole of the ‘‘ heath ”’ or ‘‘ Haide”’ district in the neighbourhood of
Sprottau (Pfitzner). In the kingdom of Saxony, it is found on dry,
sunny slopes, or in open places in woods (Steinert), and, in Bavaria, the
borders of woods and dry sterile places are its chief haunts (Schmid),
whilst, in Anhalt, it prefers openings in woods, roadsides passing
through woods, and at Ilmenau, in Thuringia, it is common in
meadows in the drives of the Schorte (Gillmer).

Locatitres. — Generally distributed throughout the British
Islands, although local, being particularly so in Ireland and Scot-

land. Avr: near Ayr (Dalglish). [Banrr (Brown).| Brprorp: Barton
Hills (Nash), Bedford, Luton (Vict. Count. MHist.). Berks: Bagley
Wood, Boar’s Hill (Geldart), Newbury (Beales), Reading (Butler), Hurley
(A. H. Clarke). Bucks: Chiltern Hills, -Kimble district (Rowland-
Brown), Halton, Wavendon, near Newport Pagnel (Stainton), Drayton-.
Beauchamp (Rothschild), Marlow (A. H. Clarke), Stoney-Stratford (Foddy),
Buckingham (Slade). CamsBripce: Chippenham Fen, Fleam Ditch, near
Fulbourn (Rothschild), near Ely (Archer), Boxworth (Thornhill), Cambridge
(Crisp). Carnarvon: on limestone in Llandudno district (Newstead), Conway
Valley, very common (Bland), North Cardigan Bay, mouth of Conway
(Gardner), Capel Curig (Birch). CHrEsHIRE: rare and local—Wirral, between
Spital and Bromborough (Ellis), Gill Brook, near Flaybrick (Prince), Ledsham
(Sharp), near Bromborough (Gardner), Shavington Park (Thornewill), Cottrell
Wood (Edelsten), Birkenhead (Stainton). Criare: abundant throughout
the Burren—from Dromoland, Kilfenora to Ballyvaughan, Ennis (Kane), Cratloe
(Nugent). Cornwatu: ‘Truro (Rollason). Cumprrnanp: Keswick district,
uncommon and local (Beadle), Carlisle, Wreay, Gelt Wood, Newby, Silloth (F. H.
Day), Lake district—Isel, Udale and Aspatria Road, abundant (Whittaker), Castle
Carrock (Routledge), Orton, Kingmoor, Todhills, Newbiggin (Dawson). DENBIGH:
Colwyn Bay (Whittaker), Llandulas (Pitcairn-Campbell), Abergele, Pensarn,
Minera and Llangollen districts (Newstead), Llanferres, Cefn Caves, near Ruthin
(Gardner), Ruthin (Butler). Derspy: common in the dales (Fuller), Dovedale (Brown),
Lathkil Dale (Sheldon), Longstone Edge (Hill), Bakewell (Payne). Drvon:
common (Mathew), Exeter, Plymouth, Teignmouth (Stainton), Sidmouth
(Majendie), Instow (Hinchliff), Honiton (Riding), Dartmoor (Gummer), Torquay and
neighbourhood (Crocker), Lynmouth (T. H. Briggs), Silverton (Ward), Torrington
(Doidge), Paignton district (Goodale). Dorset: south Dorset, generally abundant
(Bogue), Portland (Brown), Swanage (Bloomfield), Lulworth (Dale), Blandford
(Stainton), Charmouth, Lyme Regis (Morris), Sherborne (Kimber), Wimborne,
Hod Hill (Fowler), Weymouth (Mathew), Isle of Purbeck, Blandford, Glanvilles
Wootton, Isle of Portland (Bankes). Duruaam: common (Wailes), Shull (Back-
house), Chopwell (Hedworth), Hartlepool, Black Hall Rocks (Robson), Darlington
(Stainton), Sunderland (Corder), Hart (Bower), Stanley (Dewar). [Exern (Brown).]
Essex: Epping Forest (Bayne), Colchester (Harwood), Thundersley, Eastwood
(Whittle), Hazeleigh, Shenfield, Woodham Ferris (Raynor), Raydon Wood
(Morris), Harwich (Mathew), Brentwood, Mucking (Burrows), Ongar Park
Woods (Wright). FrrmanacH: Enniskillen, locally abundant (Sinclair), Lough
Erne (Allen). Fur: the coast of the county (Gardner), Bagillt (Walker).
Gatway.: near: Galway (Birchall), Ardrahan (Nugent), Castle Taylor (Kane).

‘NISONIADES TAGES. 293

GLAMORGAN: Swansea district, Milford Haven (Robertson), near Cardiff (Shelley).
GuovucesTeR: generally distributed—Bristol district, common (Hudd), Lower
Guiting (teste Stainton), Cotswold Hills (Jefferys), Cheltenham (Robertson),
Cirencester (Harman), Castle Moreton (Dobrée-Fox). Hants: Brockenhurst
(James), Isle of Wight—Bembridge (teste Stainton), Sandown (Prout), New Forest—
Lynwood (Tremayne), Lyndhurst, Winchester (Hewett), Portsdown Hill, Shedfield
(Pearce), Ringwood (Fowler), Lockerley (Burrows). Hrrrerorp: Tarrington
(Wood), Leominster (Hutchinson), Hereford (Bowell), Woofferton (Lucas).
Herts: Tring, Aldbury Down (Barraud), Hertford Heath, Hertford (Stephens),
Oxhey (Rowland-Brown), Norton Green Woods (Matthews), Broxbourne Woods
(Boyd), Dancer’s End (Rothschild), Bricket Wood, Moneybury Hill (Gibbs),
Hitchin, Sandridge (Griffith), Kast Barnet (Gillum), Watford (Spencer). Hunts:
- fen district (Oldham), Monks Wood (Raynor), St. Ives (Norris). INvERNEss (White).
Kent: Ashford, common (Wood), Wye Downs (Raynor), Shoreham, Cuxton (Tutt),
Chatham (Tyrer), Bexley (Fenn), Hythe (Hill), Maidstone district (Golding), Darenth,
Dover (Stephens), Hynsford (Barraud), Pembury, Tenterden (Stainton), Deal (Carr),
Appledore, Folkestone Warren (Heitland), Tonbridge (Turner), Herne Bay (Battley),
Chattenden (Burrows), Sevenoaks (Holmes), Westwell, West Wickham (Gardner).
Longfield, near Gravesend (Jennings), Frant, Tunbridge, Pembury (Cox). Kerry:
Killarney—Muckross, Enniscorthy (Moffat). Kirxcupspricut (White). Lanes:
Arnside (Forsythe), Grange, abundant (Hodgkinson), Silverdale (Melvill), Chat
Moss. (Chappell), Manchester, Preston (Stainton), Holker Moss (Crabtree),
Carnforth, Wharton, Ulverston (Murray). Leicester: Leicester (Dixon), near
Loughborough (Wieldt), Gumley (Matthews). Liyconn: Lincoln (Mackonochie),
Newball, Skellingthorpe (Carr), Legsby Wood, near Market Rasen, Langworth,
Hatton (Raynor). MerrionetH: Artro valley, near Barmouth (Arkle), Festiniog
(Bairstow). Mippiesrex: Kingsbury, Stanmore (Bond), Harrow district (Rhoades-
Smith), Ruislip (Watts), Mill Hill (James), Willesden, Harrow Weald, Stanmore
Common, Pinner Woods (Rowland-Brown), Enfield (Sykes), Finchley (Southey),
Southgate (Battley). Monmourn: Wye valley (Nesbitt), Monmouth (Palmer),
Tintern, Liandogo (Bird). Monraomery: Newtown (Tetley). NortHampron:
Peterborough (Stainton), Ashton Wold, Oundle (Rothschild), Northampton
(Tomalin). NorraumperLANp: Hexham (Nicholson), Dalton (Rosie), Twizell
(Wailes). Norrs: Mansfield (Brameld). Oxrorp: Oxford (Stainton), Chinnor
(Spiller). Pxmsproxze: Pembroke (Jefferys), Castlemartin (Puckridge). Rapnor :
Wye Valley—-Erwood (Vaughan). Ross (White). Srarrs: Leycett, Coal
Pit Lows (Freer), Market Drayton (Woodforde). SurorsHirn: Shavington
Park, on borders of county (Thornewill), Shrewsbury (Stainton). Somerser:
generally distributed, and common (Hudd), Shepton Mallet, common (Bogue),
Porlock (Carr), Castle Cary (Macmillan), Taunton (Doidge). Surrorx :
locally common (Bloomfield), Stowmarket (Stainton), Sudbury district (Gerrard).
Surrey: Dormans Park, Warlingham (Burr), Dorking (Oldaker), Horsley (Turner),
Box Hill (Croker), Oxshott (Tremayne), Oxted, Purley (Sheldon), Riddlesdown,
Upper Norwood (Fletcher), Frensham (Bingham-Newland), Coombe Wood
(Stephens), Worcester Park (Kaye), Woking (Russell), Guildford (Grover), Godstone
(Rothschild), Croydon (Hall), Reigate (Whittle), Ranmore (Step). Sussex: Ling-
field, Hast Grinstead (Thomas), Poynings, Tilgate, Balcombe (Image), Abbott’s
Wood (Esam), Burgess Hill, Ditchling (Dollman), Brighton, Lewes, Worthing
(Stainton), Hastings district, somewhat rare (Bloomfield), common in east
Sussex (Jenner), Cissbury (Fletcher), Hailsham (Tugwell), Shipley (Bird),
Polegate (Hamlin), Steyning (White). Warwick: Sutton Park (Lee), Coventry
(Kenrick), Hampton-in-Arden (Wynn), Knowle, Umberslade (Kess), Corley Woods
(Bree), Rugby, Brandon, Princethorpe (Rugby lists), Atherstone (Baker), Ettington
(Keighley-Peach), Wolford (Wheeler), Coombe Wood (Longstaff). WEstTmMorRLAND :
Kendal district, Windermere, common (Moss), Lake district (Stainton), Ambleside
(Buckton), Witherslack, plentiful (Hodgkinson). Wierown: near Stranraer, near
Loch Elrig, Monreith (Gordon). WiirsHire: Salisbury (Carr), Corsham (Stainton).
WokcESTER: common (Fletcher), Bromsgrove (Stainton), Great Malvern (Edwards),
Droitwich (A. H. Clarke). Yorks: Sandburn Wood, Strensall (Walker;, Cleveland
district—Hilton (Sachse), Hull district—Humber bank, Hessle, formerly (Boult),
Levisham (Porritt), Askham Bog (Prest), Barnsley (Harrison), Bishop’s Wood,
Raskelf (Tyers), Bramham (Smith), Huddersfield (Varley), Pannal (Taylor),
Pontefract (Hartley), Richmond (Sang), Roche Abbey (W. H. Smith), Scarborough
(Rowntree), Sheffield (Doncaster), Wakefield (Talbot), York (Stainton), Battersby
(Klgee).

294 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Disrrisution.—Hurope (except polar region); western Asia, Altai,
with Dahuria, Amurland, northern China, Asia Minor, eastern Nan

Shan (Staudinger and Rebel). Asra: Asia Minor, widely distributed (Foun-
taine), Syria—Akbés, Smyrna (Staudinger), Amasia (Caradja), Transcaucasia—
Borjém (Alphéraky), western China—Siao-Lofi (Oberthiir), Altai, North China—
Pekin district (Speyer), the Sinian Alps (Grum-Grshimailo), Tibet—Koko-Nor,
Amurland (Elwes), the banks of the Schilka and Amur (Radde). Austro-HunGary :
everywhere more or lesscommon, Bohemia, everywhere—Karlsbad (Hiittner), Prague,
Senftenberg (Fritsch), Moravia—Briinn, etc. (Schneider), Neutitschein (Fritsch),
Upper Austria, throughout—Wels, etc. (Brittinger), Freistadt, Lenz, ete. (Fritsch),
Lower Austria, common—Vienna district (Schleicher), Hernstein district up to
1400m. (Rogenhofer), Gresten (Fritsch), Salzburg — throughout, lowlands and
mountains, very common on the Gersberg, Gaisberg, etc. (Richter), Tyrol—
Glockner district, Bozen, the Dolomite district (Mann), Mendel Pass (Rowland-
Brown), Innsbruck, Taufers Valley (Weiler), Schliicken-Alpe, Ratzes, Seiseralpe,
Schluderbach, Stilfser Joch, Laugen (Heller), Carinthia, throughout—the Prediel,
etc. (Zeller), Carniola (Mann), Dalmatia—Spalato, etc. (Meyer-Diir), Transsylvania
(teste Speyer), Galicia (Garbowski), Buda-Pest district, everywhere, Lipnik (Aigner),
Herkulesbad, etc. (Lang). Brnteium: throughout—very abundant around Namur,
etc—the whole left bank of the Meuse (Lambillion), and the right bank of the
Meuse (Sibille), Elderen, Haute Marlagne (Derenne), Tirlemont (Halflant), Jambes
(Naniot), Vallee de la Molignée (Lambillion), Virton (Cabeau). Bosnia anp
HeErcecovina: distributed up to 1900m.—Dervent (Hilf), Fojnica (Simonys), Sara-
jevo, Trebevic (Saraj. Mus.), the Romanja-Planina, Igman (Apfelbeck), Maklenpass,
Radusa-Planina, Jablanica (Hilf-Leonhard), the Prenj, Krstac, Plasa (Penther).
Burearia AND Kast Roumenta: near Sofia, in the Rilo mountains (Elwes),
Rilska valley, Slivno (Nicholl), Rasgrad, Rustchuk (Rebel). | Corsica (Mann).
Denmark: Skove (Bang-Haas). France: throughout—Nord (Paux), Seine-
Inférieure—Forét d’Arques near Dieppe (Moore), Tancarville (Leech), Calvados
(Moutiers), Brétagne (Griffith), Hure—Pont de l’Arche, Deux Amants (Dupont),
Ille-et-Vilaine — Rennes, Cdtes-du-Nord — coast from Cancale to St. Malo
(Oberthtr), Manche—Trouquets, near Cherbourg (Nichollet), HEure-et-Loir—
Chateaudun (Guenée), Auvergne district—Nohant, St. Florent, Sologne, Guéret
(Sand), Aube (Jourdheuille), Indve (Martin), Allier—Moulins (Peyerimhoff), Sadne-
et-Loire—-Autun (Constant), Aude (Mabille), Haute-Garonne (Caradja), Gironde
(Brown), Biarritz (Elwes), throughout the French Pyrenees (Rondou), (Pyréneées-
Orientales—Vernet-les-Bains, Hautes-Pyrénées—Cauterets (Oberthitir), Dordogne
(Tarel), Haute-Marne (Frionnet), Loire-Inférieure (D-Roy), Doubs—Besancon
(Bruand), Gard—Pont du Gard, Avignon (Rowland-Brown), Basses-Alpes—Digne
(Tutt), French Juras—St. Georges (Wheeler), Gex, etc., Savoy-Alps—Aix-les-
Bains, Grésy-sur-Aix (Tutt), Alpes-Maritimes (Milliere), Escaréne, Furacare
(Oberthiir), Nice, etc—very common (Bromilow), Cannes, Auribeau, Grasse, Var
—Hyeres, Carqueiranne, Draguignan (Tutt), Ste. Maxime (Chapman), Aisne—
Bois d’Holnon (Dubus). GERMANY : Prussia, common—Rastenburg, Dantzig
(Schmidt), Dammbhof, Gross-Raum, Metgethen, Kénigsberg, Lowenhagen,
Tapiau, Wehlau, Woterkeim, Bartenstein, Mohrungen, Osterode, Allenstein,
Diwitten, Gr. Bertung, Graudenz, Elbing, Zoppot, Karthaus, Jastrow (Speiser),
Pomerania—Forsthaus Kokendorf, Pulvermiihle, Misdroy (Hering), Pennin (Paul
and Plétz), Mecklenburg-Schwerin and Mecklenburg-Strelitz—Wismar (Boll),
Gadebuscbh, Kleinen, Wendisch-Rambow, Rugensee, the woods of the Geestland of
Mecklenburg (Schmidt), Liibeck, on the Wesloer Moor, Lauerholz, and Wesloer
Tannen (Tessmann), Schwerin, Parchim (Gillmer), Lauenburg, Hamburg and
Schleswig-Holstein—Eutin (Dahl), Hamburg (Beske), Altona (Tessien), Bremen
and Hanover — Bremen (Rehberg), Liineburg (Steinvorth and Machleidt),
Hanover (Glitz), Osnabriick, Hameln, Osterode, Géttingen (Jordan), Bruns-
wick and Harz — Brunswick, Wolfenbiittel) (Heinemann), Helmstedt, Qued-
linburg (Jordan), Oberharz (Hoffmann), foot-hills of the Harz (Gillmer), West-
phalia—Miinster (Speyer), Hoéxter (Jordan), Rhine Provinces — Uerdingen,
from Trier to Wesel (Stollwerck), Barmen, Elberfeld (Weymer), Crefeld
(Rothke), Neuenahr (Maassen), Hesse-Nassau, Olerhessen and Waldeck —
Nassau, Wiesbaden (Réssler), Oberursel (Fuchs), Hanau, Steinheimerwald,
Wilhelmsbad (Limpert and Réttelberg), Amtsbezirk Wied-Selters (Schenck),
near Giessen (Glaser), Frankfort-on-Main (Koch), Cassel (Borgmann); Waldeck
(Speyer), Rotenburg-on-Fulda (Jordan), Thuringia to 2000ft.—Erfurt (Keferstein
and Werneburg), Schwansee, in Steigerwalde and Willrodaerforste (Ent: Verein

CATALOGUE OF PALZARCTIC URBICOLIDES. 295:

Erfurt), Rudolstadt (Jordan), Province of Saxony—Zeitz-on-Elster, Raassberg, Ossig

__ (Wilde), Dessauer (Mosigkauer) Haide, Schkeuditz (Stange), Rosslau (Richter),

Miihlhausen, Naumburg, Sondershausen, Nordhausen, on the Kyffhauser
(Jordan), Brandenburg — Frankfurt-on-Oder (Kretschmer), Posen—Moschiner-
Aahéhen, Owinsk (Schultz), Silesia—Brieg (Doring), the Seefelder near Reinerz
(Standfuss), Trebnitzer-Gebirge (Nohr), Upper Lusatia (Mdéschler), Sprottau
district, Wichelsdorf, Ebersdorf, Miickendorf, Kiipper, Bullendorf (Pfitzner),
Glogau (Speyer), Kingdom of Saxony—Dresden district (Steinert), Saxon Upper
Lusatia (Schiitze), Freiberg-in-S. (Fritzsche), Chemnitz (Pabst), Leipzig
(Heyne), Bavaria—Regensburg (Hofmann and Herrich-Schaffer), Munich (Kranz),
near Augsburg (Freyer), Kempten (von Kolb), Erlangen (Speyer), Wiirttemberg,
everywhere (Keller and Hoffmann), Baden, everywhere—Carlsruhe, etc. (Gauckler),
Pfalz and Hesse-Darmstadt (Bertram), Alsace-—Forét de Lutterbach (Gerber),
Doller (Michel), Basle, banks of the Weise (Peyerimhofi). Grerxzce: islands of
Grecian Archipelago—Corfu, ‘Tino (Erber teste Staudinger), Kalavryta (Fountaine),
the Parnassus, Veluchi (Kriiper teste Staudinger). Irany: Tuscany, throughout
—Roman Campagna, etc., (Stefanelli), Lombardy—Monti di Vill’Albese (Turati),
Foligno (Zeller), Pistoiese Apennines (Verity), Apennines, near Boscolungo
(Norris), Piedmont — Chivasso (Fountaine), Torre Pellice, Susa, Val d’Aosta
(Tutt), Pesio, -Varallo (Lowe), Naples district, Calabria (teste Speyer), Sicily,
one (Ghiliani. Palumbo says that it wants confirmation), Osimo (Spada),
Spezia (de la Garde). Neruertanps: Gelderland—Empen, Zutphen, Vorden,
Arnhem, Limburg (Snellen). Rovumania: distributed (Fleck), Grumazesti
(Caradja). Russta: Baltic Provinces—Oesel, Pichtendahl (Nolcken), Cau-
ecasus district (Bramson), Volga district—Saratov, Sarepta, foothills of the
Ural by the Sakmara (Eversmann), Neurussland, throughout (Nordmann).
Scanptnavia: Norway—not above 60° N. lat. (Siebke), Saeterstoen (Chapman),
Christiansand (Morton), Christiania district, Odalen, Naes Vaerk, Laurvik,
Bergen, Kalfaret, Fldifjeldet (Siebke), Vallo, Hvaloerne, Sireosen (Strand),
Hunneberg (Caradja), Sweden—Skania to Helsingland (Lampa). Spain: Granada
(Nicholl), the Albaraccin district—Hermitage of Molino in S. Eulalia, Griegos,
Valdeminguete, near Tajo, Camarena (Zapater and Korb), Barcelona district—
San Gervasio, San Genis (Martorell), Valladolid (Oberthiir), Montserrat, Tibidado,
near Barcelona (Standen), Bilbao (Standfuss). Swirzertanp: throughout—Basle
(Tutt), Geneva district, common (Muschamp), the Valais, general from 2000 ft.-
4000 ft., also at Saas-im-Grund, Arolla, etc. (Jones), Aigle, St. Maurice, Lavey
(Hutchinson), Montreux, foot of Rochers de Naye (Barraud), Veytaux (Wheeler),
Lauterbrunnen district — Wengen, Villars (Moss), Sierre (Pearson), Riedt,
near Wallisellen (Dietrich), Lucerne (Keynes), Kandersteg (Harcourt-Bath),
Brunnen, Engadine, throughout, Fusio, etc. (Chapman), Pontresina (Nicholson),
Andermatt (Jones), Lake district—Locarno, etc. (Chapman), Lucerne (Lang), Leuk
and Leukerbad (Pearson), Sépey, Rossiniére, Val d’Hérens, Visp Valley (Tasker).
Turkey: Port Baklar (Walker), Crete (Weissenborn teste Staudinger).

CATALOGUE OF PaLmaRcCTIC URBICOLIDES.

URBICOLIDES. Satarupa, Moore
HESPERIIDE. : nymphalis, Spr.
PHOCIDINE. HESPERIINE.
PuHocrp1pt!. NISONIADIDI.
Orthophetus, Wats. Hallia, Tutt
omeia, Leech marloyi, Bdy.
Capila, Moore pelias, Leech
translucida, Leech var. erebus, Grum-Gish.
Achalarus, Seud. Nisoniades, Hb.
bifasciatus, Brem. tages, Linn.
var. contractus, Leech ab. isabelle, Lamb.
simplex, Leech ab. alcoides, Tutt
proximus, Leech ab. transversa, Tutt
Celenorrhinus, Hb. ab. variegata, Tutt
maculosa, Feld. ao. brunnea - unicolor,
consanguinea, Leech Tutt
tibetana, Mab. ab. brunnea-alcoides, Tutt
Daimio, Murr. ab. brunnea-transversa,
tethys, Mén. Tutt
var. chinensis, Staud. ab. brunnea-variegata,
-sinica, Feld. Tutt

diversa, Leech ab. unicolor, Frr.

296

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ab. approximata, Lowe
ab. suffusa-alcoides, Tutt
ab. suffusa-transversa,
Tutt
ab. suffusa-variegata, Tutt
ab. fulva, Bankes
var: cervantes, Grasl.
ab. clarus, Carad.
var. popoviana, Nordm.
var. sinina, Grum-Grsh.
montanus, Brem.
var. nigrescens, Leech
leechii, Elw. and Edw.
ERYNNIDI.
Erynnis, Schrk.
alceae, Esp.
var. australis, Zell.
althez, Hb.
var. beeticus, Rbr.
lavatherx, Esp.
HEsPERIDI.
Sloperia, Tutt
poggei, Led.
var. lutulentus,
Grsh.
Muschampia, Tutt
proto, Esp.
var. mohammed, Obth.
leuzese, Obth.
staudingeri, Spr.
var. plurimacula, Chr.
var. proteus, Staud.
var. prometheus, Grum-
Grsh.
Favria, Tutt
tessellum, Hb.
var. nomas, Led.
var. dilutior, Ruhl
var. gigas, Brem.
var. kuenlunus, Grum-
Grsh.
cribrellum, Evers.
var. obscurior, Staud.
nobilis, Staud.
Hesperia, Fab.
antonia. Spr.
var. gigantea, Staud.
side, Esp.
carthami, Hb.
var. moeschleri, H.-Sch.
var. valesiaca, Riihl
einare, Rbr.
andromede, Wallgrn.
centaurese, Rbr.
serratule, Rbr.
ab. tarasoides, Rbr.
var. cxecus, Frr.
var. major, Staud.
var. alveoides, Staud.
cacaliz, Rbr.
speyeri, Staud.
alveus, Hb.
ab. funginus, Schilde
var. conyzex, Gn.
var. carling, Rbr.
var. onopordi, Rbr.

Grum-

var. cirsii, Rbr.
var. iberica, Grum-Grsh.
var. sifanicus,Grum-Grsb.
alpina, Ersch.
var. darwazica,
Grsh.
malvs, Linn,
ab. albina, Tutt
ab. taras, Bergs.
ab. intermedia, Schilde
ab. zagrabiensis, Grund
ab. fasciata, Tutt
ab, restricta, Tutt
ab. brunnea, Tutt
var. (et ab.) australis, Tutt
var. melotis, Dup
var. hypoleucos, Led.
var. pyrenaica, Tutt
var. andalusica, Tutt
var. alpina, Tutt
ab. rufa, Tutt
? var. malvoides, Elw. and
Edw.
Bremeria, Tutt
bieti, Obth.
maculatus, Brem.
var. amurensis, Staud.
var. thibetanus, Obth.
var. zona, Mab.
var. albistriga, Mab.
var. sinicus, Butl.
oberthueri, Leech
Powellia, Tutt
geron, Wats. -
phlomidis, Hch.-Sch.
var. jason, Kind.
orbifer, Hb.
ab. eucrate, Frr.
var. tesselloides,
Sch.
ab. hilaris, Staud.
var. lugens, Staud.
sao, Hb.
ab. eucrate, Ochs.
var. therapne, Rbr.
var. ali, Obth.
URBICOLIDE.
AEROMACHINZ.
AEROMACHIDI.
Taractrocera, Butl.
flavoides, Leech
Ampittia, Moore
trimacula, Leech
delailama, Mab.
Aeromachus, Nicév.
chinensis, Elw. and Edw.
piceus, Leech
inachus, Mén.
catocyanea, Mab.
CYcLOPIDINaz.
CycLopPipip1.
AvuBERTIA, Obth.
micio, Obth.
dieckmanni, Graes.
var. gemmatus, Leech
christophi, Grum-Grsh.

Grum-

Heh.-

CATALOGUE OF PAL/ARCTIC URBICOLIDES. 297

niveomaculatus, Obth. christi, Rebel
flavomaculatus, Obth. acteon, Rott.
argyrostigma, Evers. ab. virescens, Tutt
Cyclopides, Hb. ab. distincta, Tutt
pulchra, Leech ab. obsoleta, Tutt
abax, Obth. ab. clara, Tutt
houangty, Obth. ab. extensa, Tutt
silvius, Knoch URBICOLINE.
palemon, Pall. URBICOLIDI.
ab. aurantia, Tutt Urbicola, [Linn.,] Barb.
ab. excessa, Tutt comma, Linn.
ab. restricta, Tutt ab. clara, Tutt
ab. lutea-excessa, Tutt ab. intermedia, Tutt
ab. lutea-restricta, Tutt ab. suffusa, Tutt
ab. melicertes, Schultz ab. pallidapuncta, Tutt
(esperi, Tutt) ab. extrema, Tutt
ab. circumcincta, Tutt ab. conflua, Tutt
var. (et ab.) albiguttata, ab. juncta, Tutt
Chr. ab. centripuncta, Tutt
var. mandan, Edw. var. (et ab.) flava, Tutt
var. mesapano, Scudd. var. (et ab.) pallida, Tutt
var. skada, Edw. var. dimila, Moore
Heteropterus, Dum. var. (et ab.) catena, Heyd.
morpheus, Pall. var. (et ab.) alpina, Bath
Leptalina, Mab. var. florinda, Butl.
unicolor, Brem. var. mixta, Alph.
ab. ornatus, Brem. var. manitoba, Scudd.
Dejeania, Obth. var. colorado, Scudd.
bicolor, Obth. var. idaho, Edw.
Apostictopterus, Leech var. oregonia, Hdw.
fuliginosus, Leech var. nevada, Edw.
THYMELICINE. var. laurentina, Lyman
THYMELICIDI. var. assiniboia, Lyman
Adopea, Billberg var. manitoboides, Fletch.
lineola, Ochs. var. columbia, Scudd.
ab. pallida, Tutt var. juba, Scudd.
ab. clara, Tutt var. viridis, Edw.
ab. brunnea, Tutt Augiades, Hb.
ab. suffusa, Tutt bouddha, Mab.
ab. ludoviciz, Mab. similis, Leech
ab. semicolon, Staud. sylvanoides, Leech
ab. intermedia, Tutt subhyalina, Brem.
var. (et ab.) major, Tutt var. thibetana, Obth.
ab. major-clara, Tutt sylvanus, Esp.
flava, Briinnich ab. paupera, Tutt
ab. pallida, Tutt ab. obsoleta, Tutt
ab. pallida-virescens, Tutt ab. opposita, Tutt
ab. suffusa*, Tutt ab. clara, Tutt
ab. suffusa-virescens, Tutt ab. extensa, Tutt
ab. reversa, Tutt ab. juncta, Tutt
ab. obscura, Tutt ab. obscura, Tutt
var. iberica, Tutt var. norvegica, Tutt
var. syriaca, Tutt | var. (et ab.) anatolica,
var. (et ab.) major, Tutt — Plotz
Thymelicus, Hiibner var. hyreana, Christ.
sylvatica, Brem. | var. (et ab.) venata, Brem.
var. occidentalis, Leech var. tochrana, Riihl
hyrax, Led. var. (an spec.) faunus,
leonina, Butl. Turati
var. astigmata, Leech ochracea, Brem.
nervulata, Mab. Halpe, Moore
stigma, Staud. lueasii, Mab.
hamza, Obth. varia, Murr.

* Qwing to a slip (anted, p. 107), A. flava ab. suffusa is said to be a parallel
form with A. lineola ab. suffusa. This is wrong, as it is parallel with A. lineola
ab. brunnea. Itis A. flava ab. obscura that is parallel with 4. lineola ab. suffuea.

298 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Padraona, Moore alcides, H.-Sch.
dara, Koll. var. abriman, Chr.
Gegenes, Hiibn. coerulescens, Mab.
nostrodamus, Fab. IsMENIDZ.
Baoris, Moore ISMENINE.
zelleri, Led. ISMENIDI.
? thyone, Leech Ismene, Swains.
pellucida, Murr. aquilina, Spr.
jansonis, Butl. ? jankowskii, Obth.
Parnara, Moore Hasora, Moore
bada, Moore anura, Nicév.
guttatus, Brem. Rhopalocampta, Wallgrn.
Chapra, Moore benjamini, Guer.

mathias, Fab.
Superfamily IL: Ruratimss.

The ‘“ Coppers,” “‘ Blues,’’ and ‘“‘ Hairstreaks,” as one of the chief
groups of this superfamily is popularly called, are closely united by
marked oval, larval, pupal, and imaginal characters, and, in their
wider relations, are found to show considerable connection with
the other main group, the Erycinids. The earlier authors
referred our only European species of the latter group, Hamearis
(Nemeobius) lucina, on account of its superficial resemblance to
the Meliteas, to Linné’s Hamadryades, but its structural details
lead one to include it among the Erycinids (also known as
Lemoniids and Riodinids), a family particularly abundant in
tropical America, but with some species in North America and the
Malay region. Scudder has worked out, in considerable detail, the
similarities and the differences of the two groups under the name
Lycaenidae, treating these as subfamilies, Lemoniinae and Lycaeninae.
He says (Butts. of New England, i., p. 771): ‘In the perfect stage
we find important characters common to these two groups, and dis-
tinguishing them from the rest of the butterfly world. Their small
size and delicate structure would at once be remarked; the front of the
head between the eyes is much narrower than high, which is not true
of any other group; the eyes are not in the least prominent, they are
notched on the inner margin above to give room for the antennal
sockets, which the narrowness of the head between the eyes here
renders necessary. As all these are characters which concern the
fundamental structure of the head, and are not found elsewhere, they
must be regarded as of considerable taxonomic weight. The antenne,
including the club, are invariably straight, with none of the curves so
common elsewhere, and especially in the lower groups. Both of the
subfamilies agree with the Nymphalids in the slight separation of the
meso- and metathorax. The neuration of the wings is extremely
simple. The structure of the front legs has been so often insisted
upon, that it is not necessary to more than mention it, but it should
be borne in mind that the difference between the two subfamilies is
comparatively slight, while they both differ from all other butterflies
in the broad fact that the front lees of the g are, and those of the ?
are not, aborted; in no other group, excepting in the single aberrant
subfamily, Libytheinae (on that account placed here by Bates), are the
legs sexually heteromorphous, while here it is universal, though
varying in degree. The difference between the two subfamilies is one
of degree, the difference between it and other families is one of
independent character, Add to this the unique character of the

RURALIDES. 299

_ abdominal appendages of the g, shared by both the subfamilies, and
_we have a totality of characters, drawn from all stages, held by these
two groups in common, and in distinction from others, which cannot
be exceeded by any other combination of subfamilies in a homogeneous
whole.” Kirby, however (Handbook, etc., p. 7), commenting on this,
says that ‘‘ there are many differences between the two groups thus
united by Scudder, and even in pattern and general appearance they
are so dissimilar, that there are very few species belonging to either of
them which would be likely to be mistaken for the other, even at the

first glance, by anyone who was fairly well acquainted with the general
appearance of butterflies.’ He adds that “the Lemoniids and
Lycenids may be taken as, in some measure, representative of separate
faunas, for the Lemoniids, with the exception of a few somewhat
aberrant Old World genera, are almost entirely confined to tropical
America, whilst the Lycenids are almost entirely an Old World
group, if we except the tropical American species allied to Thecla.”

Chapman, dealing with the phylogeny of the Ruralides from the
standpoint of pupal structure, comes, however, to exactly the same
conclusion as Scudder. He says that, amongst butterfly pupe, above
the Urbicolids, there appear to be two great divisions, one containing
the Papilionides (with their Pierid and Nymphalid derivatives), the
other containing the Ruralides (Ruralidae or Lycaenidae and Erycinidae).
There has been so much specialisation in various (and often in parallel)
directions in these two groups, that exceptional pupz may seem to
travel far from that typical of the group to which they belong. Still the
broad differences are nearly always present, the pupa of the Ruralid
sroup is distinguishable from that of the Papilionid by the short,
squat, rounded form, and by the head being quite on the ventral
aspect of the pupa, as if the round squat form had been gained by
pushing both extremities underneath ; they are further distinguishable
in that the Papilionids have horns and processes that are part of the
pupa itself, but rarely, if ever, any hairs, whilst the Ruralid pupa has
always hairs more or less in evidence, though it may occasionally have
pupal-processes also, like those of Papilionids. When we come to
differentiate the Ruralides into their two great divisions of Ruralidae
(Lycaenidae) and Erycinidae, there is no character that seems to be
constant. The Erycinid pupa has the 2nd leg well developed upwards,
so as to reach the face (eye) and separate the 1st leg from the antenna,
whilst in that of the Lycznids the 1st leg is best developed upwards,
its base stretching right across the face and touching the antenna, so
that the 2nd leg does not reach upwards to the face. As a rule, the
Lycenid pupa is high, whilst, in many Krycinids, the pupa is very
flattened, making them often show, with exaggerated conspicuousness,
the width across the 8rd and 4th abdominal segments, which
distinguishes many pupz of this group from those of the Papilionid
stirps. The pupa of Hamearis (Nemeobius) lucina, our only British
Erycinid, might, however, so far as this character is concerned, be a
Lycenid. All the Lycenid pupe, so far examined by me, have been
completely solid, without movement; it is probable, however, that in
some of the less specialised Lycenid subfamilies, forms retaining
movement occur, since, in the Hrycinidae, the Euselasiinae have the
normal two movable segments, the Lemoniinae have one, whilst in the

Hamearinae (Nemeobiinae), as exemplified by Hamearis (Nemeobius)
lucina, the pupa is solid, as in the Lycenids.

800 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Scudder further says that the larve may be at once distinguished
from all others by the small size of the head, their more or less onisei-
form, and never elongate, shape, and by the brevity of their legs and
prolegs, forcing some of them to glide rather than to creep. Not afew
are known to avail themselves of their small head, extensible neck, and
oblique position of the mouth, to burrow into pods, seeds, and fruits.
The larva, as it leaves the egg, is,.in both of the divisions of the group,
distinguished by the presence of chitinous annuli or lenticular eleva-
tions, serially arranged on the dorsal side of the body. This character
they appear to share with the Urbicolids, in which, however, the position
is somewhat different. The onisciform shape of the Ruralid (Lycenid)
branch makes these recognisable at a glance, but even when they are
cylindrical they differ from those of every other group in their abbreviated
form. In the Lemoniid (Erycinid) branch there is greater variability
of form, but none of the great elongation of the body, characteristic of
the other families, is to be observed; in both groups they differ from
most other larve, and agree together in the incomplete structure of the
posterior part of the head, the chitinous skull presenting here no
downward slope, the softer membrane of the succeeding segment being
attached to near the summit of the head, so that the head becomes
more or less retractile, sometimes, certainly to a very slight degree,
within the prothoracic segment, while the head itself has a very
decided obliquity.

The egg appears to be, throughout the group, uniformly broader
than high, a character, however, that it shares with the typical section
of the Urbicolids and the Parnassiids; oblate spheroidal in shape, often
much flattened, becoming, in its extreme forms, echinoid, tiarate, or
turban-shaped in general appearance. Scudder says that the agree-
ment of the Lycenids and Lemoniids in the characters of their eggs,
is so complete, that it is impossible, with the limited knowledge of the
Lemoniid eggs at disposal, to formulate any satisfactory diagnostic
distinctions. In the solitary Huropean representative of the Hrycinids
(Lemoniids), however, t.e., Hamearis (Nemeobius) lucina, the sculpture
is very different from that of the general type presented by the
Palearctic Lycenids.

Chapman further finds that the antenne of the two Ruralid groups
offer considerable resemblance. He writes (in litt.) that the antenns
of the Lycenids and Hrycinids only differ in degree, the simpler forms
being very much alike, with cylindrical joints and sense-hairs gener-
ally distributed over the unscaled area, and with the bristles arranged
chiefly in a terminal circle on each joint, as in Urbicolids. In a large
proportion, however, of Erycinids (Lemoniids) there is a more or less
developed ventral groove, which resembles that of Papilios, and differs
from that of Pieridsand Nymphalids, in that the fine sense-hairs are found
outside, as well as within, the groove, whilst, in the two latter families
(both of which have grooved antenne), the sense-hairs are confined to
the grooves. The Lyceenids, therefore, have preserved throughout a
form of antenna that is only found in those Papilionids and Erycinids
(Lemoniids) that have these organs least specialised. Though
specialising as much, perhaps, as these other families in many other
ways, they were satisfied with very little modification in their antenns.
(See also Nov. Zool., v., p. 374.)

RURALIDES. 801

Scudder gives the following diagnosis of the superfamily (Butts. of
New England, ii., pp. 767-768) :—

Imaco.—Of small size. Head rather small; front always higher than broad,
usually half as high again as broad; vertex separated, sometimes partly, sometimes
wholly, from occiput by a transverse sulcation; the eyes neither prominent nor
projecting beyond the general contour of the head. Tongue inserted below the
middle of the lower half of the eye; papille of tongue very long and slender
polyhedral, equal, the angles terminating at the truncate or hollowed tip in acicular
points, the central process exceedingly slender, blunt tipped; they are attached
close to the outer edge of the tongue, confined to the apical tenth or thereabouts,
and are always separated from each other by at least half their own length.
Antenne inserted in distinct pits, so far at the side as to infringe upon the eyes,
the middle in direct continuation with the sides of the front; the club straight.
Labial palpi very slender, cylindrical, of nearly uniform diameter. Prothoracic
lobes reduced to a mere lamina. Thorax moderately slender, not much compressed,
the upper surface moderately arched, sometimes a little less so above ; mesoscutellum
pretty large, lozenge-shaped, forming about a right-angle between the halves of the
mesoscutum into which it does not greatly project, the suture between the two
slight, the two pieces together forming posteriorly a reversed blunt cone; meta-
thorax only slightly separated from the mesothorax. Wings almost always broad
aud short, the forewings almost invariably simple, the hindwings frequently with
thread-like tails. Forewings: costal nervure terminating at from a little less
than half to about two-thirds the distance from the base to the apex of the costal
margin; subeostal nervure with two or three superior, and one inferior, branches ;
all simple, excepting the last superior, which is frequently forked; at least one of
the superior branches is emitted before the tip of the cell, and the third, when
present, beyond ; the inferior nervule, united to the nervure by a very slender vein ;
the nervure itself terminates below the apex of the wing; cell closed by a slender
vein, sometimes almost obsolete ; median nervure with three branches, itself not
reaching the border; internal nervure short, running into the submedian nervure
close to the base. Hindwings: costal nervure terminating at or near the middle of
the apex of the costal margin, sometimes emitting upward from near the base, a
curved precostal shoot ; subcostal nervure with three branches, itself not reaching
the border, the third nervule connected at its base by an exceedingly slender vein,
such as closes the cell; median nervure with three branches, itself not reaching the
border; submedian nervure terminating at or just without the anal angle; internal
nervure terminating generally near the middle of the lower margin. Forelegs of
the female like the other legs, although with less profuse armature and with naked
tibial spines; of the male shorter, and either the armature and joints as in the
female, excepting on the last joint, where all the apical armature is wanting, and, in
their place, generally a single, triangular, slightly curving, median hook; or the tarsi
are one-jointed, and entirely devoid of armature. Genital organs: Eighth dorsal segment
of male abdomen entire on posterior margin, the upper organ mesially cleft, and the
sides variously developed, but usually much expanded, with a pair of slender,
tapering, elbowed or strongly arcuate arms attached to the base, and with no
median hook ; clasps forming slender and elongated or else tapering blades, some-
times bristled at the tip, the intromittent organ long and slender, often to an
excessive degree.

Ovum.—Tiarate or oblate spheroidal in shape, more or less deeply and densely
reticulate, the angles of the reticulations often filamentous or spiny, the micropyle
frequently sunken in an abrupt pit.

Larva (newly-hatched).—Head generally smaller, never larger than the succeed-
ing segments, smooth, generally with few hairs on the lower half, and none on the
upper, the posterior margin encroached on by the softer integument behind, so as not
to extend behind the summit of the head in a downward curve. Body cylindrical or
subcylindrical, generally largest anteriorly, and tapering from the very front back-
ward, furnished with long, longitudinally ranged, tapering, spiculiferous, cuticular
appendages, sometimes as long as the body, and with a larger or smaller number of
longitudinally ranged, larger or smaller, chitinous annuli or smooth lenticular
elevations. First and last body segments, and sometimes others, with a corneous
dorsal shield. Larva (adult)—Head smaller, generally much smaller, than the body,
oblique, the mouth being thrust forward, with only few hairs on minute papille,
without tubercles or spines, with scarcely any or no posterior contractions of the

802 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

cranium, often completely retractile within the segment behind. Body onisciform
or subonisciform, never elongate, often long-ovate, the sides sometimes tectiform,
furnished with longer or shorter pile, among which are sometimes longer, longitudinally
ranged, hairs or bristles; never spined, but occasionally furnished with fleshy
or filamentous processes longitudinally arranged or confined to the Ist thoracic or
8th abdominal segments. Legs and prolegs generally short.

Pupa.—Fastened by a silken girth around the middle, and by cremastral hooks
to a silken pad at the tail, in almost any position, but with the head never lower or
much lower than the tail, and always in close embrace of the surface. With rare
possible exceptions (Bar), never enclosed in more of a cell than the loose attach-
ment of the flaring edges of a leaf might give. Short, stout, compact, rounded, with
no angular, and few rounded, prominences, in front bluntly, rounded, though some-
times feebly emarginate, the ventral surface almost perfectly flat ; head wholly upon
the ventral surface, invisible from above ; prothorax large.

As has been already noticed, the Erycinids (Lemoniids) are charac-
teristic of the New World, the Ruralids (Lycenids) of the Old World,
and are found in the tropical parts of each, rather than the temperate,
although the Lycenids of the Old World form a fair proportion of the
temperate butterfly fauna, confined in these cases, however, to a few
tribal forms. In North America the Lycenids are poorly represented
except on the western coast, being elsewhere much overshadowed by
the numbers of the Nymphalids and Urbicolids.

The imagines are, on the whole, smaller than those of any other
large group, except, perhaps, the Urbicolids, which are also in many
species comparatively small; they are, however, usually brightly
tinted, and often exceedingly brilliant in hue. Scudder says that
their delicate and brilliant markings, together with the nimble and
varied flight of many, scarcely excelled by the most vivacious of the.
Nymphalids, mark them as gems in the lepidopterous world. Their
wings are almost always entire, excepting when the inner half of the
hindwing develops a tail, often of excessive length and delicacy, a
mere thread of colour.

Scudder gives the following diagnostic comparison of the two
families that comprise the superfamily Ruralides :—

Kee.—Converging sept extending from walls of cells towards their centre
ERYCINIDZ (LEMONIID2).
No converging sept thrown off from walls of cells
RuraLip# (LycH=NIpz).
Larva (newly-hatched).—Body with chitinous, dorsal, and substigmatal shields
on every segment, in which the haired pape are confined, and only
subdorsal annuli .. : ERYCINIDA (Lemontp).
Body with chitinous shields of greater or less extent and distinctness,
only on first thoracic and last abdominal segments, no substigmatal shields,
and with annuli on the sides of the body cas Ruranipx (LycHNID#).
Larva (adult).—Head at least half as broad as the middle of the body; the
latter scarcely onisciform ‘ Erycinip& (LEMONIDS).
Head less, generally far less, than half as broad as the middle of the
body ; the latter more or less onisciform on Ruraip& (Lyc#Nip2).
Pupa.—Body elongate, sparsely clothed with long hairs
Erycrnip&® (LEMONIID2).
Body contracted, sparsely or densely clothed with short hairs or other
dermal appendages ; uk Rurarip® (Lyc@NIDz).
Inaco.—Labial palpi minute, only the minute apical joint surpassing the face ;
forewings provided with a distinet internal nervure ; hindwings scarcely
channeled to receive the abdomen, furnished with a precostal nervure, the
costal nervure only running to the middle of the costal margin; fore
tarsi of g with rare exceptions, without spines or claws
Erycmntp& (LEMonmp2).
Labial palpi well-developed, porrect, half or more of the middle joint
surpassing the face; forewings with ‘excessively brief, hardly perceptible,

RURALIDES. 808

internal nervure; hindwings channeled on basal half to receive the
abdomen, without a precostal nervure, the costal nervure running nearly
to the end of the costal margin; fore tarsi of ¢ armed abundantly beneath
and at tip with spines one : a RuraLip#& (Lyc#NIpz).

The superfamily is crate Gaowe as the Lycaenides, a name
derived from the Fabrician Lycaena, but it is puzzling to understand
why the much older Linnean name has been passed over. As already
noted (anted, p. 82), Linné, in 1758, united (Syst. Nat., 10th ed., pp.
482 et seq.) the “hairstreaks,” “ blues,” ‘‘ coppers,”’ and « skippers,”
under the name Plebeii, separating, however, the three first-named
sections as Rurales from the “skippers,” which he called Urbicolae.
Rurales, therefore, is thé oldest name under which the superfamily, we
are now considering, was first separated from the allied superfamilies ;
we, therefore, retain the superfamily name Ruralides. Linné’s Rurales
comprised the following species :—

PLEBEII. —Rovrates—Papilio Plebeius Ruaus cupido, betulae, prunt, quercis,

marsyas, thamyras, arion, argus, argiolus, rubi, philocles, temantes, athemon,
caricae, phereolus, lysippus ‘and virgaureae.
Scopoli, Fabricius, Borkhausen, Haworth, and others of the early
authors, maintained this group name, but the heterogeneous nature of
the group was detected by various writers, including Schiffermuller
and Denis, Borkhausen, Latreille, Fabricius, etc. In 1763, their
subsequent division was foreshadowed by Scopoli (Ent. Carniolica,
p. 175). He strangely uses the specific names, in a more or less
generic form, and the species as varieties, thus :—

RURALES.

Papiito Pruni—type*, var. 1, var. 2.

Papruio Rubi.

Papinio Argus—arion, argus, argiolus, idas, coridon, alexis (each with
several subvarieties).

Papitio Virgaurea—type+, form a major.

It will be observed that Argus here is used in quite a generic form.
It is subdivided, and described by means of a series of seven diagnoses,
the first a general diagnosis, the remainder agreeing with the six
species afterwards described at length. The want of precision as to
varieties, species, and the greater divisions as here exhibited is most
interesting.

In 1775, Schiffermuller and- Denis (Schmett. Wien., pp. 180-6,
et seg.) make this “Group Il”’ of their system, and define it as having
‘‘woodlouse-shaped larve.’’ The group is subdivided into the follow-
ing sections :—

Routiir.—Larve oblongoscutate ; imagines of a glittering-gold colour—
virgaureae, hippothoé, chryseis, helle, phlaeas, xanthe, circe.

PoLYoPHTHALMI.—Larve gibboscutate ; imagines with many-ocellated spots—
endymion, daphnis, arion, alcon, acis, damon, damaetas, argiolus, alsus, corydon,
adonis, alexis, agestis, argus, aegon, hylas, battus, amyntas.

SuBcAauDATI.—Larve depressoscutate ; imagines short-tailed—rwbi, betulae,
quercus, pruni, spini.

We may here note that Borkhausen (Sys. Bearb., 1., pp. 184 et seq.)
divides his Horde V, Plebeti-Rurales, into the same rise eroups (or
families as he terms them).

* ««Type’’ possibly = w-album ; ‘‘ var. 1’’ possibly =‘licis ; ‘‘ var. 2’’ possibly =
prunt.
+ ‘Type’? =virgaureae ; form a major possibly = hippothoé,

304 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

In 1777, Scopoli provisionally grouped (Introductio, etc., pp. 481-3)
the butterflies into most incongruous genera, the species being arranged
in sections, according as they were marked with (1) silver or golden
bands (Argyreus), (2) ocellated spots (Argus), (8) tails (Pterourus),
(4) blotches (Battus), (5) bands (Graphium). The Ruralids (‘‘ coppers,”
‘blues,’ and “ hairstreaks’’) are distributed throughout these groups
(genera) in the most remarkable manner.

In 1780, Kluk (Zwierz. Hist. Nat., iv., p. 81), after briefly describing
the butterflies in general, says that they are to be grouper in five
genera, the last of which is—

Genus V—Puepetius divided into—

RuraLtes —Plebeius cupido, etc.

UrpicoLa—Plebeius comma, etc.
This is the first (and we believe only) occasion in which Plebetus was
used generically by the early authors.

In 1781, Barbut fixed betulae as the type of Ruralis. He gives
(Gen. Ins. Linn., p. 178) :—

Present. RuraLtEs—Ruralis, example P.P.R. betulae, Linn., no. 220.

In 1798, Fabricius (Hint. Syst., ii1., p. 258) renamed the Linnean
Plebeti, calling the group Hesperia. He, however, maintained the
Linnean subdivisions, calling the combined “ coppers,’’ ‘‘ blues,’ and
‘‘ hairstreaks ’’—Rurales.

In 1798, Cuvier refers to certain species as illustrative of the
Linnean groups, his 6th group (f) being :—

Les Plébéiens—PieBen—Papilio argue.

In 1801, Schrank described (Fauna Bon, pp. 206 et seq.) the Linnean
Rurales under the name Cupido. He subdivided the genus into three
very natural groups, viz :-—

Cuprpo.—A. Gold glanzende Schildfalter.
(a) The males almost unspotted—C. virgaureae, Lin., hippothoé,
W.V., chryseis, W.V., etc.
(b) Both sexes spotted—C. phlaeas, W.V., circe, W.Y., etc.
B. Vielaugige Schildfalter.
(2) Without reddish-yellow transverse band on underside of
hindwings—C. arion, Gdéze, alcon, W.V., acis, W.V.,
damon, W. Wie damoetas, W.V., argiolus, W.V., eumedon,
Ksp., corydon, Scop., adonis, W.V., alexis, W.V., agestis,
W.V., argus, W.V., battus, W.V., puer, Schrk., etc.
C. Klein schwanzige Schildfalter—C, rubi, W.V., betulae, Linn.,
querctis, Goze, pruni, W.V., spini, W.V.
In 1802, Latreille (Hist. Nat., i1., pp. 397-8) simply notes the
group as :—
Purse (Cupido, Schr.).
1. Les petits porte-queue. Example Papilio pruni, Lin.
2. Lesargus. Example Papilio argus, Lin.
3. Les bronzés. Example Papilio virgaureae, Lin.
In 1803, Haworth described (Lep. Brit., pp. 87-49) the group
under the name Rurales, and subdivided it as follows :—
Caupatm.—Papilio Plebeius Ruralis betulae, pruni, quercts, rubi.
Cuprem.—P.P.R. dispar, virgaureae, chryseis, phlaeas.
CarvuLe®.—P.P.R. arion, corydon, adonis, icarus, hyacinthus, argus, idas,
artaxerxes, argiolus, cymon, alsus.
It will be observed that ‘‘ Cupree’”’ and ‘“ Ceerulee”’ are adaptations
of the popular names of ‘‘ coppers’ and ‘‘ blues.”’

RURALIDES. 305

In 1804, Latreille (Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat., xxiv., pp. 184-185, pp.
199-200) gives a series of genera with their respective types, of which
one is—

Genus Potyommatus—Hesperia argus, Fb.

In 1805, Latreille (Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins., xiv., pp. 116 et seq.)
uses the genus Polyommatus with exactly the same force as Cupido,
Schrank. -He does not even go so far as Schrank in making any
subdivisions. In its inception, therefore, Polyommatus, Latr., like
Cupido, Schrk., is identical with Rurales, Linn. Latreille’s genus is
diagnosed as follows :—

Inner margin of hindwings forming a trough for reception of abdomen. Palpi
naked at end. Claws of feet very small, hardly perceptible—Polvommatus betulae,
Linn., quercis, Fab., pruni, Fab., boeticus, Fab., rubi, Linn., argus, Fab., adonis,
Fab., meleager, Fab., corydon, Fab., arion, Fab., erebus, Fab., cyllarus, Fab., acis,
Fab., argiolus, Fab., alsus, Fab., myopa, Geoff., xanthe, Fab., phlaeas, Fab.,
virgaureae, Fab.

As illustrating the genus Polyommatus, he figures P. corydon (pl. evii.,
figs. 1-2).

In ioe Hubner published his Tentamen, in which only one detail
is of importance here, viz., the creation of the genus Rusticus with
type argus, Hb. nec Linn,

In 1807, Fabricius published (Jliy. Magy., vi., pp. 285 et seq.) his
classification of the butterflies. In this he subdivided the Rurales into
several groups, of which those that concern us here, are :—

Hesperia.—(a) Hesperia amor, helius, faunus.
(b) H. vulcanus, marsyas.
(c) H. boetica, aemon.
Lycazna.— (a) Hesperia mars, echion.
) H. amyntas, rubt.
c) H. meleager, arion, corydon, adonis, ledi, virgaureae, phlaeas.
THECLA.— Hesperia betulae, spini, quercis.

In 1809,* Latreille (Gen. Crust. et Insec., iv., p. 206) gave the
foliowing dissective diagnosis of his genus Polyommatus—

I. Alz postice caudate vel dentate, sinuate, aut saltem ad angulum analem
producte.

(1) Genus Tuecua, Fab.—Pap. betulae, spini, cerasi, quercis, etc.
(2) Genera Hesperia et Lycmna, Fab., Pap. boeticus, meleager, rubi,
phlaeas, virgaureae, etc.

II. Als inferiores margine postico integro, dentibus caudisve nullis.

(1) Genus Lyca/na, Fab.—Pap. argus, corydon, alsus, etc.

In 1810, Latreille (Consid. Gen., etc., p. 440) places under the
French name ‘“ Polyommate,”’ betulae, quercis, boeticus, argus, de Fab.

In 1815, Leach (Hdin. Fncycl., 1x., pt. 1, p. 185) gave the Lycaenida
as family II of the Papilionides, and grouped them under two genera
as follows :—

Tuecia.— T. betulae, pruni, quercis.

Lycmna.—(a) L. dispar, chryseis, virgaureae, phlaeas, rubt.

(b) L. corydon, adonis, dorylas, argus, idas, artaxerzes, alsus,.
argiolus, cymon.

In 1816, Dalman (Vetens. Acad. Handl., pp. 48 et seq.) named his
Phalanx IX, Zephyrus, another name that had practically the same
comprehensive value as the Linnean Rurales, the Schrankian Cupido and
Latreille’s Polyommatus. He subdivided, however, Zephyrus, into the
following sections :—

* Scudder wrongly gives the date as 1807 (Hist. Gen. Butts., p. 253).

306 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Avrotis.—Z. quercis, betulae (type), pruni, w-album, ilicis.
Heroves.—Z. hippothoé, chryseis, virgaureae, phlaeas, helle, garbas, rubi.
Cyantris.—(a) Z. arion, alcon, cyllarus, argianus, argiolus, alsus.
(b) Z. tcarus, adonis, alexis, agestis, ewmedon, optilete, battus,
argus.

It will be observed that Auwrotis is nothing more than the Thecla of
Fabricius, ¢.¢., Cupido, section ¢, of Schrank. Heodes is practically
identical with section a of Lycaena, Leach=section ¢ of Cupido,
Schrank. Cyaniris separates the ‘“ blues ’’ from the “ coppers.”’

Oken, however, in 1815, following Fabricius and Latreille in the
use of Thecla, utilised (Lehrb. Zool., i., p. 717) Hesperia for the
‘“goppers,’’ and followed Latreille in restricting the name Lycaena to
the “ blues,’’ which he subdivides and arranges as follows :—

Lycmna (= Cupido).—150 species.

I. Underside of the hindwings without reddish-yellow band.

(1) Wings unnotched—L. arion, alcon, ewphemus, erebus, cyllarus,
acis (semiargus), argiolus, damon, alsus, lysimon, pheretes.
(2) Wings notched—L. daphnis (meleager).

II. Underside of the hindwings with yellowish transverse band — L.
corydon, dorilas (hylas), adonis (bellargus), icaria (amandus), alexis,
eros, orbitulus, agestis, eumedon, admetus, optilete, argus, aegon,
hylas (baton), battus, amyntas (argiades).

Hesperia.—H. helle (amphidamas), circe (dorylas), thersamon, gordius, hipponoé

(alciphron), chryseis (hippothoé), eurybia, hippothoé, virgaureae, phleas, ballus, rubi.
Tuecia.—T. quercis, baeticus, telicanus, spint, ilicis, aesculi, acaciae, w-album,

pruni, betulae.

In 1816, Ochsenheimer (Schmett. von Huropa, iv., pp. 24 et seq.) uses
only the name Lycaena, but follows out Oken’s subdivisions exactly,
adding one or two species, but making no other difference.

In 1817 (February), “R.L.” (an anonymous reviewer of
Ochsenheimer in Jena. Allg. Lit. Zeit., 1., p. 280) uses Aricia for
Ochsenheimer’s family A (the ‘“blues’’), Lycaena for family B (the
‘‘ coppers,” Thestor ballus, and Callophrys rubt, etc.), and Thecla for
family C (other ‘“ hairstreaks,”’ etc.).

In the same year (September), Zincken (reviewing the same work
in Allg. Lit. Zeit., 11., p. 75) proposes the new name Chrysoptera for
Ochsenheimer’s family viii (B) (‘‘coppers,”’ Thestor ballus and Callophrys
rubi), and Thecla for family ix (C) (other ‘ hairstreaks,”’ etc.).

But by far the most important work published, commenced to see
the light from about 1816 to 1818, viz., Hibner’s Verzetchniss. In the
Ruralides, however, the author did not find quite so clear a field as in
the Urbicolids and some other groups, and by a misuse of the name
Lycaena (of which he erroneously notes werodice as the type, this not
being one of the original species), and, dropping all the hitherto-used
names, gives a detailed classification under new titles, the part that
concerns us here being as follows (pp. 66 et seq.) :—

Tribus.—GENTILES.

Stirps 1.—AGRopIz@TI.
Family A.—ADoLESCENTES.

Coitus 1.—Eummi1—Humaeus minyas, Ab.

Coitus 2.—Nom1apm—Nomiades acis, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 5, Hb.,
Pap., 269-271. N. pheretes (atys, Hb., Pap., 495-496, 548-549). N.
damon, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 6 (biton, Sulz., Gesch., 18, 9,
Hb., Pap., 275-277). N. damoetas, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 7, Hb.,
Pap., 266-268. N. erebus, Knoch, Beytr., ii., Pap. 4, Hb., Pap.,
260-262. N. alsus, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 9, Hb., Pap., 278-9. N.
alcon, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 4 (arcas, Esp., Pap., 34, 4-5, Hb.,

RURALIDES. ' 807

Pap., 263-5). N. euphemus, Hb., Pap., 257-9. N. arion, Linn.,
Syst. Pap., 230, Hb., Pap., 254-6. N. lysimon, Hb., Pap., 534-5.
Coitus 3.—AGriapm—Agriades daphnis, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 2 (et
endymion, no. 1) (meleager, Esp., Pap., 45, 2, Hb., Pap., 280-2). A.
cajus, Cram., 319 D, E. A. panoptes, Hb., Pap., 670-3 (? zachaeus,
Hbst., 311, 9-10). A. argiolus, Linn., Syst. Pap., 234 (acis, Fab.,
Mant. Pap., 687. A. cleobis, Esp., Pap., 40,3; Hb., Pap., 272-4). A.
ladon, Cram., 270, D, E. (et mycilus, 282 F, G.). A. admetus, Esp.,
Pap., 82, 2-3, Hb., Pap., 307-309. A. orbitulus, Prunn., Lep., 158
(meleager, Hb., Pap., 522-5, 761-2). A. corydon, Schiff., Verz., Pap.
no. 10, Hb., Pap., 286-8. <A. dorylas, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 19
(hylas, Esp., Pap., 45, 3, Hb., Pap., 289-291). A. adonis, Schiff.,
Verz., Pap. no. 11 (bellargus, Esp., Pap., 32, 3, Hb., Pap., 295-7).
A. golgus, Hb., Pap., 688-9. A. agestis, Schiff., Verz., Pap., no. 13,
Hb., Pap., 303-6. A. eumedon, Esp., Pap., 52, 2-3, Hb., Pap.,
301-2, 700-1. A. icarius, Esp., Pap., 99, 4 (amandus, Hb., 283-5,

752-5).

Coitus EE ey ree battus, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no.
17 (telephii, Esp., 41, 2, Hb., Pap., 328-330). S. hylas, Schiff.,
Verz., Pap. no. 16 (amphion, Esp., Pap., 53, 1, Hb., Pap., 325-7).

Coitus 5.—Lycmipm—Lycaeides argus, Linn., Syst. Pap., 232, Hb.,
Pap., 316-8. A. aegon, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 15, Hb., Pap., 313-5.
Ey. optilete, Knoeh, Beytr., 1:, Pap. no. 3, Hb., Pap., 310-2. LL.
cyparissus, Hb., Pap., 654-7 (nanus, Herbst, 312, 1-2).

Coitus 6.—Ever=—Lveres amyntas, Schiff., Verz., Pap. no. 18
(tiresias, Esp., Pap., 34, 1-2, Hb., Pap., 322-4). EH. polysperchon,
Bergst., Nom., 44, 3-5 (tirestas, Hb., Pap., 319-321).

Coitus 8.—Lampipa—Lampides numerius, Stoll., 38,7,7G. L. zethus
(alexis, Stoll., 38, 3,3). L. helius, Cram., 201 F, G (esra, Herbst,
285, 5-6). L. baalliston. L. boeticus, Linn., Syst. Pap., 226, Hb.,
Pap., 373-5 (boetica, Fab., Ent. Hesp., 77). L. plato, Fab., Ent.
Hesp., 103. L. archius, Cram.,181C. L.celerio, Fab., Mant. Pap.,
625 (celeno, Cram., 31 C, 0). JL. aratus, Cram., 365 A, B.

Family B.—VILuicantTEs.

Coitus 4.—CuHrysopHani—Chrysophanus phlaeas, Linn., Syst. Pap.,
252, Hiibn., Pap., 362-363. C. timeus, Cram., 186 E, F. C. helle,
Schiff., Verz., Pap. M, 4 (amphidamas, Esp., Pap., 53, 1, Hiibn.,
Pap., 331-3). C. thersamon, Esp., Pap., 89, 6 (xanthe, Hb., Pap.,
346-8). C.gordius, Sulz., Gesch., 18, 7-8, Hb., Pap., 343-5. C.
hyllus, Cram., 43 B, C (hylla, Fab., Spec. Pap., 466. C. hipponoé,
Rsp., Pap., 35, 5). lampetie, Schiff., Verz., Pap. M, 8, Hh.,
Pap., 396-9. C: chryseis, Schiff., Verz., Pap. M, 3, Hb., Pap., 337,
338, 355. C. eurybia, Ochs., Schm., i., 7, 37 (euridice, Hb., Pap.,
339-342). C. virgaureae, Linn., Syst. Pap., 253, Hb., Pap., 349-351.
C. hippothoe, Linn., Syst. Pap., 254, Hb., Pap., 352-354. C. circe,
Schiff., Verz., Pap. M, 7, Hb., Pap., 334-336.

Coitus 9. —TuHrstorrs—Thestor petalus, Cram., 243, C, D. T. ballus,
Fabr., Mant. Pap., 729, Hb., Pap., 360, 361, 550.

Family C.—Armatt.

Coitus 1.—Lyc1—Lycus niphon, Zutrige, 203-4. L. rubi, Linn., Syst.
Pap., 237, Hb., Pap., 364-5. L. gryneus (damon, Cram., 390 C, D).

Coitus 2.—Strymonrs—Strymon mopsus, Hb., Ziitr., 135-136. S. prunt,
Linn., Syst. Pap., 221, Hb., Pap., 386-387. S. betulae, Linn., Syst.
Pap., 220, Hb., Pap., 383-4. S.w-albwm, Knoch, Beytr., ii., Pap.
no. 1, Hb., Pap., 380-1. S. esculi, Hb., Pap., 559-560, 690-1. 8S.
tics, Esp:, .Pap.,.39, 1 6b, Hb:., Pap., 378-9. S. acaciae, Pab.,
Mant. Pap., 655, Hb., Pap., 743-6. S. melinus, Hb., Ziitr., 121-2.
S. lynceus, Fab., Ent. Hesp., 73, Hb., Pap., 692-3. 8S. spini, Schiff.,
Verz., Pap. O, 5, Hb., Pap., 376-7. S. beon, Cram., 319 B, C (Hb.,
Rust. Arm. Poeas). 8S. pan, Dyrur., ii., 23, 4 (pann, Fab., Ent.
Hesp., 67). S. mars, Fab., Spec. Pap., 501 (acis, Cram., 175 C, D).

Coitus 4.—Biruynes—Bithys tyrrhenus (erix, Cram., 82 B). B. cubentus,
Cram., 3837 F,G. B. cethegus, Stoll, 38,5,5 EH. B. vesulus, Cram.,
340, J.K. B. sicheus, Cram., 144°C, D. B. lydus (eryx, Cram., 143
D). B. tephraeus. B. leuwcophaeus, Hb., Ziitr., 87-88. B. sphinz,

808 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Fab., Syst. Pap., 329 (dindymus, Cram.,46 F, G. B. strephon, Fab.,
Syst. Pap., 344 (cyllarus, Cram., 27C, D. B. querctis, Linn., Syst.
Pap., 222, Hb., Pap., 369, 370, 368.

In 1817, Latreille (Cuvier’s Regne Animal, iii., p. 558) details at
length one species as representing Polyommatus. He notes it as :—

Potyommatus.—L ’argus bleu, Geoff., Engram., Pap. Europ., xxxviii., no. 80,
g, h (Papilio alexis, Hb., lx., pp. 292-294).

In 1818 (Nouv. Dict., new ed., p. 509), he rightly cites to aleavs,
Hb., “l’argus bleu’ of Geoffroy, which he had previously cited to
‘“‘argus,’’ thus showing what he first understood by ‘‘ argus ”? when he
fixed it as the type of Polyommatus.

In 1819, Latreille (Hncy. Méth., ix., p. 595) again deals with his
genus Polyommatus (which, he says, comprises the three genera of
Fabricius) as follows :—

Potyommatus.—Palpes inférieurs de longueur moyenne ou courts.

Tuecia, Fab.—Papiiio betulae, prunt, lynceus, etc.

Hesperia, Fab.—Papilio boeticus, telicanus, anyntas, etc.
Lycmna, Fab.—P. gordius, phlaeas, virgaureae, alexis, adonis, corydon, etc.

In the same year, Samouelle (Mnt. Usef. Comp., pp. 241-2) follow-
ing Leach, gives the same subdivisions as the latter, viz. :-—

Tuecia, Fab., Leach (Polyommatus, Latr.).—Feet in both sexes all alike, nails
scarcely produced beyond the pulvilli, which are large; antenne gradually
clubbed ; the ciub elongate, cylindric oval; hindwings tailed.

(a) Antenne gradually clavated—Thecla betulae, pruni, quercus.
(b) Antenne abruptly clavated—Thecla rubt.

Lycaina, Fab., Leach (Polyommatus, Latr.).—Legs alike in both sexes ; nails
projecting beyond the pulvilli, which are small; antenne with an abrupt club,
somewhat ovate, compressed, or spoon-shaped.

(2) Hindwings more or less tailed—Lycaena dispar, chryseis, virgaureae,
phlaeas.
(b) Hindwings with the posterior margin entire—Lycaena corydon, adonis,
dorylas, argus, idas, artaxerxes, alsus, argiolus, cymon.
Overlooking Oken’s restriction, and following Leach and Samouelle,
we find Curtis, in 1824 (Illus. Brit. Ent., fo. 12), naming phlaeas
the type of the genus Lycaena, an action altogether ultra vires, as it
had already been restricted to the ‘‘ blues.’’ In 1829 (op. cit., fo. 264),
we find him following Swainson, and naming betulae as the type of
Thecla (Swainson, Zool. Illus., i-11., p. 69).
In 1828, Stephens (lllus. Brit. Hnt. Haust., 1., p. 74) groups the
family under the name Lycaenidae, which he subdivides into the
following three genera : —

(pubescentes THECLA.
| nudi .. Lycmna.

‘Capitulo haud compresso. Oculi
| oti compresso on oh .. PoLyomMatus.

Antenne

In these he groups the following species :—

Tuecia.—T’. betulae, quercis, pruni (=w-album), spini, rubi.

Lycmna.—L. phlaeas, chryseis, dispar, hippothoé, virgaureae.

Potyommatus.—P. argiolus, alsus, acis, urion, alcon, corydon, adonis, dorylas,
icarius, alexis, eros, argus, agestis, artaxerxes.

In 1882, Boisduval (/cones, etc., pp. 48 et seq.) groups the section,
under the name Lycaenides as follows :—

Potyommatus, Latr.—P. dispar, Haw., ottomanus, Lep., vallus, Fab. "4

Araus.—d. icarius, escheri, dorylas, eros, calliopis, artaxerxes, aquilo, donzelu,
admetus, rippertii, dolus, sebrus, lysimon, melanops, erebus, ewphemus, alcon, tolas.

RURALIDES. ; 809 ©

‘ In 1832, Duponchel (Hist. Nat., supp.1., pp. 387 et seq.) gives the
following grouping :-—
LycmnipeEs, Leach.
TuHecra, Fab.—T. betulae, pruni, w-album, acaciae, aesculi, lynceus, spini,
quercts, evippus, rubt.
fs Araus, Bdv.—A. battus, hylas, aegon, pylaon, bavius, calliopis, optilete,
pheretes, orbitulus, aquilo, eumedon, agestis, artaxerces, rhymnus, eros,
donzellii, alexis, escherit, icarius, adonis, dorylas, corydon, meleager,
iolas, arion, erebus, euphemus, alcon, cyllarus, saportae (melanops),
lysimon, admetus, damon, dolus, rippertii, acis, sebrus, alsus, argiolus,
tiresias, amyntas.
Lycana, Fab.—L. boeticus, telicanus.
Potyommatus, Latr.—P. ballus, phlaeas, ottomanus, virgaureae, hippothoé,
eurydice, chryseis, hiere, gordius, thersamon, xanthe, helle.

In 1885, however, Stephens grouped (Illus. Brit. Ent. Haust., iv.,
app. p. 404) the species after Hubner, as follows :—
Tribus I]. GeENTILEs.
- AGRODIATI.
ADOLESCENTES.
Nomraprs.—N. acis, alsus, alcon, arion.
AGRIADES.—A. argiolus, corydon, dorylas, adonis, alexis,
agestis, wcarius.
LycmipEs.—L. argus.

VILLICANTES.
CurysopHanus. — C. phlaeas, chryseis, virgaureae,
hippothoé,
ARMATI.
Lycus.—L. rubt.
Strymon.—S. prunt, betulae, w-album, ? spint.

Biruys.—B. quercis.

In 1840, Westwood (Synopsis Genera Brit. Ins., p. 88) writes :—

Lycanipm, Leach (Polyommatidae, Swains.),

Tueciua, Fab. (Lycaena pars, Ochs.).—Club of antenne elongate; eyes
pubescent; hindwings generally tailed—5 species. P. betulae, L., Curt. 316.

Lycmna, Fab. (Polyommatus, Latr.).—Club of antennz ovate ; eyes naked ;
hindwings not tailed—5 species. P. phlaeas, L., Curt. 12.

Potyommatus, Latr. (Argus pars, Scop.).—Club of antenne abrupt, compressed ;
eyes pubescent or naked ; wings entire; posterior obsoletely denticulated—13 species.
P. arion, L., Lewin, pl. 37.

In 1844, Herrich-Schiffer gives (Sys. Bearb., i., pp. 111 et seq.) the
following grouping of the Lycenides, which he still maintains in only
three genera :—

Lycmna.
I. Ale posteriores ecaudate.
1. Als posteriores subtus sine maculis rubris.

A. Alz omnes loco ocellorum maculis irregularibus subtransversis
albis—rhymnus, Evers.

B. Ale posteriores subtus loco ocellorum maculis magnis ovalibus
albis—pheretes, Ochs.

C. Ale posteriores ocellis.

A, Ale posteriores omnino rotundate.

a. Ale subtus ante limbum immaculate aut serie duplici
macularum obsoletarum nigrarum, exterioribus rotun-
datis, interioribus lunatis.

a. Loco ocellorum alarum anteriorum strige oblique—
argtolus, L.
6. Ocelli rotundati.

1’. Alarum posteriorum ocelli areolarum 2-5 arcum
formant extrorsum convexum, 5-7 concavum ;

aut 2-5 stant linea recta, itidem 5-7.
A’. Ale posteriores subtus vitta longitudinali

media nivea.

310 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

nea A’. Alarum posteriorum ocelli anteriorum
multo minores—damon, Fab., damo-
cles, Kef., epidolus, Bdv.

B’. Ocelli alarum omnium aequales—
donzelti, Bdv., rippertii, Bdv.

B’. Ale posteriores subtus sine vitta alba.

A’. Alarum anteriorum series ocellorum
antice a limbo valde recedit—
cyllarus, Fab., melanops, Bdv.

B’. Alarum anteriorum series pseudocell-
orum sinuata, in areola 2 et 6a
limbo~ remotior ac medio—acis,
W.Y., dolus, Hb., admetus, Esp.

C’. Alarum anteriorum series cum limbo
fere parallela—sebrus, Bdvy., alsus,
Fab., jolas, Ochs.

2’, Alarum posteriorum ocelli areolarum 2-4 linea.
stant recta, itidem 5-7, at 5 basi multo~
propior ac 4—erebus, Fab.

b. Alzesubtus ante limbum serie duplicimacularum nigrarum,
interioribus rotundatis, exterioribus obsoletioribus sub-
lunatis—alcon, Fab., euwphemus, Ochs.

c. Als anteriores subtus ocello uno aut pluribus intra basin
et lunulam mediam, omnes ante limbum serie duplici
macularum nigrarum interiores lunate, exteriores
rotundate—arion, Linn., lysimon, Ochs. _

B. Als posteriores in costa 2 maris angulate, in 1b, 2 et 3 foem
inse acute dentatwe—daphnis, W.V.
2. Subtus ante limbum macule rufe.
A. Inter lunulam mediam et basin alarum anteriorum ocellus unus
aut alter.
A. Ocellus cellule. 6 alarum posteriorum linea recta inter ocellos
cellule 5 et 7 positus.

a. Ale posteriores subtus inter seriem ocellorum et maculas
limbales nulla vitta alba.

a. Ale posteriores supra sine maculis rubris, anteriores
lunula media nigra—battus, W.V., hylas, W.Y.
(et var. panoptes, Hb.).

GB. Ale posteriores supra maculis rubris a cellula Lb,
usque ad 3 aut 4. Ale anteriores lunula media
nulla—bavius, Evers.

b. Ale: posteriores subtus inter seriem ocellorum et maculas
limbales cellule 3 et 4 alba.

a. Cilia immaculate; ale anteriores et posteriores
subtus concolores—alexis, Fab., eros, Och.,
eroides, H.-Sch., boisduvalii, H.-Sch. ;

B. Cilize (saltem in alis anterioribus) nigro-notate, ale’

posteriores subtus anterioribus paullo obscuriores—
corydon, F., adonis, F.
B. Ocellus areole 6 alarum posteriorum multo propior basi ac
oceilus cellule 5 et 7—orbitulus, Esp., aquilo, Bdv.
C. Ocellus cellule 5 alarum posteriorum deest; cost albido
irrorate—dardanus, Friv.
B. Alse anteriores subtus a basi usque ad maculam mediam innotatee.
A. Macule limbales exteriores nigre, non argenteo-nitide.

a. Subtus a basi alarum posteriorum vitta alba inter ocellos

cellule 3 et 4 ad limbum currit.

b. A macula media alarum posteriorum vitta alba inter
ocellos cellule 4 et 5 ad limbum currit—ewmedon,
Ochs.

c. Ale posteriores inter oculos cellule 3 et 4 maculasque
limbales albe.

a. Ale anteriores supra macula media nivea—artaxerzes,
Fab. .

B. Supra macula media nivea nulla.

RURALIDES. 311 :

1’. Oculus cellule 6 alarum posteriorum basi multo »
propior ac oculi cellularum 5 et 7.
A.’ Mas et foemina fusca—agestis, W.V.,
idas, Ramb.
B'. Masargenteo-coeruleus—anteros, Kind.
2’. Oculi cellularum 5 et 7 linea stant recta aut
subrecta.

A’. Ale omnes subtus maculis laete rubris.

A’. Cilizw innotate—dorylas, Hb.

B'. Ciliz subtus ad basin in costis nigro-
punctatew—escheri, Hb., hesperica,
Ramb.

B’. Subtus vix rudimentum macularum rubra-
rum—admetus (wegen der kaum zu
erkennenden rothen Flecke der Unter-
seite schon p. 116 aufgezahlt).

d. Ale postice sine maculis et vittis albis—icarius, Esp.
(amandus, Hb.), bellis, Friv.
B. Macule limbales externe in alis posterioribus ceruleo-argenteo-
nitide.
a. Subtus macule rubre alarum posteriorum cellulas 1)-7
occupant, alarum anteriorum cellulas 1b-6.
a. Tibiz antice inermes—zephyrus, Friv., argus, Linn.
GB. Tibise antic processu apicali uncinato—aegon, Bork.,
bella, Bisch.
b. Subtus macule rubre alarum posticarum solum cellulas -
le, 2-3 occupant.
a. Ocelli omnes nigerrimi.
1’. Ale postice omnino rotundatse—optilete, F.
2’. Ales posteriores in costa 2 dentatze—fischert,
Evers.
@. Ocelli seriei alarum posteriorum fundo non obscu-
riores—trochilus, Friv.
II. Als posteriores in costa 2 caudate.
1. Alxw omnes lunula media subtus crassa; ocelli cellularum 2 et 6 alarum
omnium basi propinquiores—psittacus, Friv.
2. Ale omnes lunula media subtus tenui, ocellorum series fere recta—
amyntas, F.
3. Ale subtus nec ocellis nec lunula media—telicanus, Hbst., baetica,
Linn.

Potyommatus, Bdv.
I. Ale posteriores subtus serie duplici macularum limbalium, fasciam rubram
includentibus.
1. Subtus in alis anterioribus ocellus 1 aut 2 inter basin et seriem oculorum
in cellula 1b; lunule limbales intus niveo cincte—helle, F.
2. Subtus in alis anterioribus basin versus preter oculos cellule medi
nullus oculus, lunule limbales intus nunquam albo cincte.
A. Subtus ocelli alarum cellularum anteriorum 1b-7 per paria verti-
caliter positi.
A. Subtus macule limbales in duplici serie alas omnes percuyrunt
—circe, W.V., thersamon, F. (xanthe, Hb.).
B. Subtus macule limbales externe solum in alis posterioribus
—gordius, Esp., hipponoé, Esp.
B. Subtus ocellis alarum anteriorum cellularum 1b-4 in lineam fere :
rectam positis, solum ocello cellule 3 basi parum propiore.
A. Als posteriores subtus grisee—chryseis, F., eurybia, O.,
candens, Bisch.
B. Ale posteriores subtus cinerez basi late ccrulescentes—
hippothoé, L.
II. Als posteriores subtus ante limbum sine maculis nigris fasciam rubram
includentibus.
1. Alex posticze subtus ocellis regulariter pallidius cinctis, versus limbum
obscuriores, lunulis aurantiacis—ottomanus, L.
2. Ale posteriores subtus oceflis perparvis, solum extrorsum pallidius
cinctis—virgaureae, L., phlaeas, L.

812 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

THEcLA, Fab.
I. Supra fusce, non ceerulex.
1. Ale posteriores ecaudate ; subtus virides.
A. Alz posteriores subtus violaceo-cineree basi latissime virides, ante
limbum serie plerumque triplici punctorum minimorum alborum
—ballus, F.
B. Ale omnes subtus lete virides—rubi, L.
2. Ale: posteriores in costa 2 cauda apice alba.
A. Subtus fusce aut grisezx.
A. Alarum posteriorum fascia limbalis rubra in cellula 1¢ omnino
ccerulea—spini, F.
B, Alarum posteriorum fascia limbalis rubra etiam cellulam 1c
percurrit. ;
a. Linea alba alarum posteriorum a margine anteriore usque
ad costam 2 fere recta—pruni, L., w-album, Kn.
b. Linea alba alarum posteriorum inter marginem anteriorem
et costam 2 irregulariter fracta et interrupta.
a. Hujus linez partes singuli subrecti—acaciae, F.
3. Hujus lines partes, presertim in alis anterioribus et
in cellula le alarum posteriorum angulati—ilicis,
O., aesculi, O.
C. Subtus aurantiaca—betulae, L.
II. Supra cerulez aut cceruleo-nigricantes—quercis, L., roboris, Esp.

In 1845, Duponchel shghtly modified (Cat. Méth., pp. 28 et seq.)
his previous grouping of the Lycznids, and gives :—

Tuecua, Fab.
A. Ailes inférieures avec une queue—betulae, L., pruni, L., w-album, IL,
acaciae, F., aesculi, H., lynceus, F. (ilicis, H.), spint, F. (lynceus,
Ksp.), quercus, L.
B. Ailes inférieures sans queue—evippus, Ill. (roboris, Esp.), rubi, L.

Ponyommatus, Bdv.—ballus, F., phlaeas, L., ottomanus, Lef., virgaureae, L.,
hippothoe, L., eurydice, H., chryseis, F., hiere, F., (hipponoé, O.), gordius,
Hsp., thersamon, F., xanthe, F. (circe, Ill.), helle, F.

Lycmna, Bdv.
A. Ailes inférieures munies d’une queue linéaire—boetica, L., telicanus,
Hbst. (boeticus, Esp.), amyntas, F ., fischeri, Evers.
B. Ailes inférieures sans queue.
a. Sans lunules fauves marginales—argiolus, L., sebrus, B., qalsus, F.,
acis, W.V., welanops, B., lysimon, H., cyllarus, F., alcon, F.,
euphemus, H., erebus, F., arion, L., meleager, Esp., iolas, H.,
admetus, Esp., rippertti, B., damone, Evers., damon, F., dolus,
H., epidolus, B., donzelii, B., orbitulus, Esp., aquilo, B., pheretes,
O., pheretiades, Evers.
b. Avec des lunules fauves marginales, en dessus ou en dessous—hylas,
F., battus, F., bavius, Evers., aegon, Bkh., argus, L., optilete, F.,
coelestina, Evers., eumedon, Esp., idas, Ramb., artaxerces, F.,
agestis, Esp., pylaon, Fisch., rhymnus, Evers., eros, O., everos,
Kinder., anteros, Kinder., alevis, F., escheri, H., hesperica, Ramb.,
cyane, Evers., icarius, Esp., adonis, F., dorylas, H., corydon, F.
In 1850, Stephens (List, pp. 16 et seq.) gives the following
grouping :—
LycHNIDz&.
THECLA.
Strymon betulae, pruni, w-album.
Bithys quercis.
Lycus rubi.
CurysopHAnus.—C. phlaeas, virgaureae, chryseis, hippothoé, dispar.
POLYOMMATUS.
Pithecops argiolus.
Nomiades alsus, acis, arion.
Agriades corydon, adonis, alexis.
Lycaeides aegon, agestis, salmacts, artaverxes.

RURALIDES. Bille

The later historical material bearing on this group is of little
importance either in showing the origin of the family, subfamily,
tribal or generic names, which, by 1850, were all practically settled so
far as our Palearctic fauna is concerned. We have, therefore, only to
add our summary of the data used in fixing the types of the genera
that we shall be called upon to consider in the systematic part of our
work that follows. These genera and their types are :—

[1758] 1780. Pueperrus, [Linné,] Kluk.—First used in generic sense by Kluk
in 1780. MHeterotypical. Crotch, in 1872, erroneously states that Cuvier, in 1799,
fixed argus as type, but Cuvier does not use the name generically. Besides Crotch’s
indication, Kirby, in 1896, fixed the type as argus (aegon).

[1758] 1781. Rurawis, [Linné,] Barbut.—Heterotypical in its use by Linné.
Type fixed as betulae by Barbut in 1781.

1801. Cuptpo, Schrank.—Heterotypical. Type fixed in 1870 by Kirby as
alsus (which, he says, is included in Schrank’s puer as ¢ of that species).
Schrank’s ¢g puer is a tailed species=argiades. Alsws (=minima) accepted as type
by Tutt, in 1896.

1804. Ponyommarus, Latreille.—Genus founded independently to cover exactly
the same ground as Cupido. Type fixed in 1804 as argus (=icarus) by Latvreille.
Confirmed by Latreille in 1817 as icarus, with reference to Hiibner, figs. 292-4.

1806. Rusricus, Hiibner.—Created solely for argus, Hb. (argyrognomon),
which is therefore the type. Falls before Plebetus, [Linné,] Kluk.

1807. THrcua, Fabricius.—Heterotypical. Type fixed in 1821 by Swainson
as betulae, Linn. Confirmed by Curtis in 1829, and by Westwood in 1840. Falls
therefore as a synonym of Ruralis, [Linné,] Barbut.

1807. Lycana, Fabricius.—Heterotypical, containing ‘‘ blues’”’ and ‘‘ coppers.”
Restricted by Latreille in 1809 to the untailed ‘‘ blues,’’ and by Oken in 1815 to
the ‘‘blues.’? Type fixed in 1824 by Curtis as phlaeas, but this action ultra vires
in face of previous restriction. Type fixed in 1838 as arion by Thon.

1816. ZrpHyrus, Dalman.—Type fixed by Dalman as betulae, therefore falls
as a synonym of Thecla, Fab., and Ruralis, [Linné,] Barbut.

1816. Avrotis, Dalman.—Dalman’s section of Zephyrus containing betulae,
therefore falls as a synonym of Zephyrus, Dalm., Thecla, Fab., and Ruralis,
[Linné,] Barbut.

1816. Hroprs, Dalman.—Only virgaureae cited in the generic synopsis
(p. 63), therefore this is the type.

1816. Cyanrris, Dalman.—Only argianus (=semiargus) cited in the generic
synopsis (p. 63), therefore this is the type.

1817. Aricta, R. L.—Created for Ochsenheimer’s fam. A, the ‘‘blues.’’
Used by Herrich-Schiaffer in 1839 for agestis (astrarche), which must, therefore, be
taken as the type.

1817. CuHrysoprera, Zincken.—Created for Ochsenheimer’s fam. viiiand fam.
ix, ‘‘coppers”’ and “‘hairstreaks.”’? Virgaureae should be taken as the type, this
being the species of which the larva was best known to Schiffermiiller and
Ochsenheimer, both of whom use the larval characters in their diagnosis of the
section. Falls as a synonym of Heodes, Dalm.

1818 circa. Hamearis, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Type designated lucina by .
Curtis in 1830, confirmed by Westwood in 1840.

1818 circa. NomiapEs, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Restricted by Stephens in
1835 to acis, alsus, alcon and arion. Type fixed in 1873 by Scudder as semiargus
(acis). Therefore falls as a synonym of Cyaniris, Dalman.

1818 circa. Acriapes, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Restricted by Stephens in
1835 to argiolus, corydon, adonis, alexis, agestis, dorylas and icarius. Doubtfully
restricted further in 1858 by Kirby to corydon and astrarche (agestis). Stephens’
restriction renders Scudder’s action, in 1875, of fixing orbitulus as type, ultra
vires. We would suggest corydon as type.

1818 circa. Lycmuprs, Hiibner.—Contains argus (argyrognomon) the type of
Hiibner’s genus Rusticus, of which it is therefore a synonym. Falls also before
Plebeius.

1818 circa. Evrrrs, Hiibner.—Created for amynitas (argiades) and its var.
polysperchon. Argiades is therefore the type.

1818 circa. Lamprpes, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Used in 1869 by Newman
for boeticus. Confirmed by Kirby in 1896.

814 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

1818 circa. CurysopHanus, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Restricted in 1841 by
Westwood to phlaeas, hippothoé and virgaureae. Type fixed in 1875 by Scudder
as hippothoé.

1818 circa. Scourrantipes, Hiibner.—Created for battus, Hb. (orion, Pall.), —
and hylas, Hb. (baton, Bergs.). Type fixed in 1896 by Kirby as orion.

1818 circa. Tuestor, Hiibner.—Erected for protumnus and ballus. Restricted
by Lederer in 1857 to ballus, excluding protwmnus ; ballus therefore becomes type.
Used also thus in 1861 by Staudinger.

1818 circa. Lycus, Hiibner.—Type ‘fixed in 1835 by Stephens as rubi, but
the name preoccupied from 1787 (in Coleoptera).

1818 circa. Briruys, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Restricted in 1835 by Stephens
to quercts, and confirmed by him in 1850; this is, therefore, the type.

1818 circa. Srrymon, Hiibner.—Heterotypical. Restricted in 1835 by Stephens
to pruni, betulae, w-album and spini. Scudder’s action, therefore, in 1872, in
fixing titus as type is ultra vires. We would suggest pruni as type.

1820. Caunopurys, Billberg.—Type fixed in 1875 as rubi by Scudder.

1827. Nermxostius, Stephens.—Created for lucina, sole species and therefore
type. Falls as a synonym of Hamearis.

1828. PirHecors, Horsfield.—Heterotypical. Horsfield described hylax at
length, citing also alsus, lysimon, pheretes and damon. We consider hylax
Horsfield’s type.

1839. TomarEes, Rambur.—Created for ballus; sole species and therefore
type. Falls as a synonym of Thestor, Hb.

‘ 1858. Lmosoris, Rambur.—Created for roboris; sole species and therefore

e.
is 1881. Zrzera, Moore.—Type fixed by Moore as minima, therefore falls as a
synonym of Cupido.

1906. Rumicta, Tutt.—Created for phlaeas, which is therefore the type.

1906. CrLasrrina, Tutt.—Created for argiolus, which is therefore the type.

1906. Laneia, Tutt.—Created for telicanus, which is therefore the type.

: 1906. Lowesta, Tutt.—Created for dorilis and alciphron, the form being the ~
ype.
Family: Ruratipe.

This family comprises some of the most beautiful and interesting of
the Rhopalocera. The glorious and vivid tints of the ‘‘blues”’ and
‘“coppers’’ on the upperside, the exquisite delicacy of their underside
markings, the conspicuous sexual diversity in colour and markings, and
the frequent sprightliness of their habits, mark them off as certain to
attract the earnest attention of all lepidopterists. The Palearctic
members of the family subdivide very naturally into three sections,
the Ruralinae (Theclinae), or hairstreaks, the Lycaeninae, or blues,
and the Chrysophaninae, or coppers. The family is much more
developed in the subtropical than in the temperate regions of the
earth, the Lycenids being particularly numerous in the Old World,
the Ruralids (Theclids) in the New World, although they extend in
both hemispheres in such a manner as to give more than a fair
sprinkling to the species of the temperate fauna, or, as Scudder
says: ‘They are far more abundant in the tropics than in the tem-
perate zones, but even in the latter, especially in Europe, they form
a large proportion of the species.’’ A very few species appear to be
common to both hemispheres, but many genera present very closely
allied species, especially in the north temperate zone. There are many
general characters in which this family shows alliance with the
Urbicolids, in spite of the great differences that exist between them.
Of these we need only mention—(1) The tendency to flattening of the
Ovum, so that the vertical axis is less than the horizontal. (2) The
presence of lenticles in the larve of both groups. (8) The similarity
in certain antennal characters.

Of the structural features of the Ruralids to be noticed, the egg is
very characteristic. It is generally very opaque, thick-shelled,

RURALIDE. 315

-echinoid, or tiarate, in shape, usually covered with a most beautiful
surface ornamentation, often of a surpassing beauty only equalled in
our experience in the eggs of the Limenitids; rarely is the reticulation
low, or the egg comparatively smooth; details of the eggs of the
various species may be obtained from our extended descriptions. )

The larve are characterised by their ‘‘onisciform”’ or ‘“‘woodlouse’’
appearance. Very rarely, even in their early stages, are they at all :
inclined to be cylindrical; they are generally covered with minute '
microscopic hairs, or hair-points ; their prolegs are usually very short,
and their gliding movements have often been compared with those of
slugs. The large prothorax and small head (exactly opposite to the
condition found in the Urbicolids) are remarkably suited to the peculiar
habit that the larve have of withdrawing the head within the pro-
thoracic segment; the abdomimal segments are peculiar, and the
terminal segments have often the appearance of being quite united, or
coalesced. The presence of an eversible vesicle on the dorsum of the
7th abdominal segment, from which a sweet fluid, beloved of ants, is
secreted, and the further development of a pair of lateral evaginable
processes on the 8th abdominal segment, whose function is unknown,
are also to be noted.

The pupa is short, thick, ovate in outline, and rounded; the head and
anal segments are turned ventrally, the waist developed, but still of con-
siderable thickness; the surface usually covered with fine hairs;
generally attached Papilionid-fashion by a cremastral attachment and
body-girth ; sometimes, however, unattached, or quite free.

Of the imaginal structures the front pair of legs are atrophied in
the §, but not in the ?. Scudder notes that this atrophy consists of
a complete or partial loss of the normal terminal appendages. In the
Ruralids (Theclids) the tarsi are armed at the tip with a pair of spines,
which are only slightly larger and more curved than the others, while
the inferior surface of the tarsi is furnished with an irregular mass of |
spines on either side ; in the Lycenids, the terminal armature consists
of a single, median, tapering claw, scarcely curved, while beneath,
the tarsi are supplied with only two or three rows of spines; in the
Chrysophanids a single median spine, differing from the others
only in size, occupies the tip, while the undersurface of the tarsi
is armed with frequent spines usually clustered upon the sides. Of.
the antenne, Jordan says (Nov. Zool., v., pp. 411-12) that the Ruralids
have preserved a most ancestral form of arrangement of bristles, and
adds that (1) the dorsal side is never without scaling, (2) the fine sense-
hairs distally are of very low type, (8) the configuration of the ventral
surface is ancestral, but sometimes shows faint indication of Hrycinid
specialisation, (4) sense-bristles are ancestral on distal joints dorsally
and ventrally ; sometimes specialised as in Erycinids, seldom as in
Hesperiids. The Lycenids stand in relationship with Erycinids,
probably also with Urbicolids. With regard to the femoral spine
described by Horsfield and Westwood as being present on the middle
pair of legs, Scudder says ‘‘ these are nothing more than an arrange-
ment of the scales, or hairs, for the greater mobility of the legs; the
denuded femur and tibia show here no process and no depression
whatever.”’ Scudder gives the following diagnosis of the family (Butts.
of New England, i1., pp. 791 et seq.) :-—

316 BRITISH’ BUTTERFLIES.

Imaco: Head small; front flat or a little tumid, usually protuberant below ;
vertex separated from the occiput by a continuous sulcation ; antennz consisting of
from 28 to 34 joints, very slender, thread-like, scaled, from as long as to half as long
again as the abdomen, the club rather distinct, long and equal, occupying from”
one-third to one-sixth of the whole antenna; palpi slender, of moderate length,
compressed, half the palpus surpassing the face. Thorax variable, though not
greatly, in stoutness, never very stout, sometimes a little compressed; posterior
angle of mesoscutellum well marked, acute. Forewings with internal nervure
obscure or obsolete; hindwings with no precostal nervure, the costal extending
nearly, or quite, to the tip of the costal margin, the basal half of the inner margin
channelled to receive the abdomen. Forelegs of ¢ with naked tibial spurs and
sometimes a few spines, the tarsi five-jointed and armed like the forelegs of the ¢,
excepting that paronychia and pulvillus are wanting, and, in the place of the claws,
either slightly modified apical spines, or the same connate, forming a triangular,
slightly arcuate, median hook. Middle tibize as short as, or shorter than, the hind
pair. ¢$ GENITAL oRGANS: Upper organ consisting mainly of extensive lateral
alations, developing differently in the various groups, narrowly united at the base
medially, but always bearing on either side beneath a long and slender, strongly
bent or curved, tapering, pointed arm, the extremity of which is directed either
backward or partially upward; intromittent organ excessively long, slender,
expanding at the tip; clasps slender, generally tapering and much longer than
broad, usually pointed at the tip, and but slightly armed or wholly unarmed.

Ea@a: Echinoid or demiechinoid in shape, much broader than high, the centre
of the summit usually depressed considerably ; surface pitted, generally con-
spicuously, with deep or shallow cells, usually bounded by rather heavy walls;
micropyle often seated at the bottom of a deep and narrow depression.

Larva (newly hatched): Generally agreeing in the form of the body with the
mature larva, but with the contrasts of the summits and sides a little more
pronounced ; sometimes almost or quite cylindrical ; armed at the angle formed by
the flattened dorsal region and the sides, with a series of papille emitting hairs,-
some at least of which are exceedingly long, curving backwards and minutely
spiculiferous ; also, at the fold separating the sides from the expanded venter, with
a series of very numerous papille, bearing long, straight, laterally extending
hairs ; on the sides one or more longitudinal rows of papille.

Larva (mature) : Head small, well rounded, narrower than the narrowest part
of the body, smooth, more or less retractile within the prothorax. Body com-
paratively short and broad, onisciform, the under surface flattened, the upper
transversely arched, the dorsal field flattened and the sides often more or less
compressed ; broadly rounded in front, the Ist thoracic segment very large and
tumid, more sharply rounded behind, the last abdominal segment alone being about
as long as broad; otherwise nearly equal or tapering slightly posteriorly ; armed
with no conspicuous appendages; spiracle of the 8th abdominal segment almost
invariably above the line which the others follow. Legs and prolegs very short
and small.

Pura: Body short, thick, plump, rounded, with rare exceptions (e.g., Meniseca)
entirely without angulations, excepting a very slight, blunt, elevation at the base of
the wings ; broadest at about the 3rd abdominal segment, tapering from there in
either direction, more rapidly behind than in front. Head entirely on the under
surface, the division between thorax and abdomen only slightly marked. Both
extremities very bluntly rounded; the whole lower surface straight, often much
flattened. Head not at all prominent, the. ocellar prominences wanting. The
prothorax largely developed. Wings scarcely raised above the general surface,
their edges not at all thickened. Mesothorax stout, not greatly elevated, but
broadly arched longitudinally. Metathorax large at the sides, narrow in the
middle. Abdomen large and stout, at first broadly arched longitudinally, in the
posterior half the slope falling very rapidly to the tip, which is on a level with the
under surface. Cremaster appressed to the body (in Meniseca only forming an
independent prominence), broad, the hooklets (except in /'eniseea) either wanting
or placed in a curving row at the sides and posteriorly, very slender, generally
rather short, the stem equal, the apical portion suddenly expanding into a trans-
verse slightly convex lamella bent strongly over, the apes transverse. Attached in
almost any position by a girt across one of the basal abdominal segments, and

RURALID®, ay eh

feebly secured behind by seizing the silken threads with the joits of the posterior
segments or the few hooklets.

The family is to be subdivided into at least three very characteristic
subdivisions, of the inter-relation of which we have, however, at
present, no very clear and distinct knowledge. These are the “ hair-
streaks,’’ the ‘‘ blues,’’ and the “ coppers,’’ which Scudder has treated
as tribes of equal value, giving somewhat elaborate sy ee, in support
of this view. These are based (Butts. of New England, 1i., pp. 797-8)
on the different stages, as follows:

Eee :—Flattened tiarate, almost as much depressed above as truncate below ;
central depression of summit (including, but not limited to, the micropylic pit) one-
fourth or more the diameter of the egg, or the whole summit flat; angles of cells
marked by prominences rising conspicuously above the general surface.

Generally larger, the central depression (as above) covering one-
fourth to one-half the width of the egg, the micropylic pit generally
deep .. THECLIDI.

: Generally smaller, the central depression generally covering from
one-half to three- fourths the width of the egg, the micropylic pit com-
paratively shallow os oliveaintprs
Domed, tiarate, much less depressed ‘above than truncate below, the central
depression of the summit less than one-eighth the diameter of the egg, the whole
summit otherwise distinctly convex; angles of cells without, or with, only
slight prominences .. .. CHRYSOPHANIDI.

Larva (newly- hatched) -—Head noticeably n narrower than the body; prothorax
scarcely larger than the others ; last three abdominal segments more or less fused and
furnished above in the centre with a large, sunken, subcircular area, in front of which,
on either side, is a curving series of several smooth naked papille T'HrEciipr.

Head nearly, or quite, as broad as body; prothorax distinctly larger than the
others ; 7th abdominal segment wholly free, and with no papille besides those of
the longitudinal series.

Prothorax not greatly larger than the others; last two abdominal
segments fused ; uppermost range of bristles latero-dorsal, these generally
not much longer than width of body .. : a Lye NIDI.

Prothorax generally very much larger ‘than the others; the 8th
abdominal segment wholly free; uppermost range of bristles subdorsal,
generally almost, or quite, half as long as body CHRYSOPHANIDI.

Larva (mature) :—Head excessively small, not one-fourth, sometimes not one-
sixth, the width of the body; dorsal shield of prothorax wanting, or else covered
with hairs as thickly as the neighbouring parts. . 3, Lycnipt1.

Head moderately small, generally at least one-third, sometimes one-half, the
width of the body; dorsal shield of prothorax distinct and naked, or clothed much
less abundantly with hairs than the neighbouring parts.

Highest portion of body-segments lying behind the middle, generally
next the posterior edge, or, if on the middle, with the posterior slope
more abrupt than the anterior; head generally smaller than in Chryso-
phanidi, capable of being extended two or three times its length beyond
the body .. .. THECLIDI.

Highest portion of body- segments at the middle, orinfrontof the middle
of the segments, the anterior “slope the more abrupt ; the head generally
larger than in Theclidi, not capable of special extension CHRYSOPHANIDI.

Pupa :—Dermal appendages formed of cylindrical spiculiferous and pointed,
or apically stellate, hairs.

Dermal appendages tapering only at the tip, the spicules inclined at
a slight angle. Whole body shorter and stouter than in Lycaenidi, the
abdomen especially being very short and full, rarely more than half as
long again as broad Bes 22] (Laecuuper.

Dermal appendages tapering throughout, or apically stellate, the
spicules, when present, inclined at a right angle. Whole body longer and
slenderer than in Theclidi, the abdomen, especially, being more elongate,
generally nearly twice as long as broad .. Liyc#nipt1.

Dermal appendages short, distinctly fungiform, without spicules CHRYSOPHANIDI.

Imaco :—Third superior subcostal nervule of forewings simple; under surface of

hindwings generally with continuous,orsubcontinuous,markings THeEciipr.

318 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

- Third superior subcostal nervule of forewings forked ; under surface of hindwings
generally with discontinuous, though ranged, markings.

Stouter bodied, with colours of upper surface usually more or less
violet ; spines on under side of tarsi comparatively few, and ranged in
pretty regular series; clasps tapering, apically pointed Liycmntpt.

Slenderer bodied, with colours of upper surface more or less coppery ;
spines on underside of tarsi numerous, and clustered irregularly at the
sides; clasps subequal, apically rounded re .. CHRYSOPHANIDI.

It may be advisable here to give Meyrick’s grouping of the family,
to show how the selection of a single relatively unimportant character
for a subdivision on broad lines, may lead one into the most conspicuous
error. A comparison of the characters used by Scudder and Meyrick
respectively, and their results proves instructive. Meyrick classifies
(Handbook, etc., pp. 342 et seq.) the group thus :

Lycmnip®: Anterior legs developed, but tarsi of ¢ more or less abbreviated,
or with one or both claws absent; posterior tibiz without middle-spurs. Fore-
wings: 7 absent, 8 and 9 stalked or coincident. Hindwings without precostal
spur. Ovum flattened spherical or subcylindrical, reticulated and sometimes ribbed,

seldom smooth (ZL. arion). Larva stout, with few hairs. Pupa attached by tail
and a central belt of silk, or sometimes unattached or subterranean.

1. Forewings with 6 outof9 .. sad .. \ 1. Tamers
Forwings with 6 separate .. ae ee 2

2. Eyes glabrous .. ae a oe .. 2. CHRYSOPHANUS.
Kyes hairy on -. 38. Lycmna.

1. Tuecua, F.—Eyes hairy. “Club of antenne elongate. Forewings: 6 out of
9, 8 out of 9 or absent—T. rubi, T. pruni, T. w-album, T. betulae, T. quercis

2. CHRYSOPHANUS, Hb.—Eyes glabrous. Club of antennse elongate. JF ore-
wings: 6 separate, 8 and 9 stalked—C. argiades, C. minimus, C. semiargus, C.
astrarche, C. phlaeas, C. dispar. ,

3. Lycmna, F.—Eyes hairy. Club of antenne elongate. Forewings: 6
separate, 8 and 9 stalked—L. baetica, L. argiolus, L. corydon, L. bellargus, L.
aegon, L. icarus, L. arton.

Such a grouping as this needs no condemnation. On the strength
of the eyes being “ glabrous”’ or “ hairy” one finds Cupido minimus,
Chrysophanus dispar, Aricia astrarche, etc., in one genus, and Lampides
boetica, Celastrina aryiolus, Lycaena arion, Agriades corydon, ete., im
another.

Our own grouping (British Butterflies, pp. 146 et. seq.) in 1896,
reads as follows:

Division : Lycanipa.
Family: Lycmnipa.
Subfamily : Lyc#ninas.

Tribe: CHRYSOPHANIDI.
Genus: CurysopHanus—C. dispar, C. phlaeas.

Tribe : Lyc@nrptr.
Genus: Lycmna—L. arion.
Genus : Curprpo—C. minima.
Genus : NomrapEs—WN. semiargus.
Genus: Potyommarus—P. corydon, P. bellargus, P. wtcarus, P.

astrarche.

Genus: PLeBErus—P. aegon.
Genus : Evrerres—H. argiades.
Genus: Cyantris—C. argiolus.

Tribe : THecuipt.
Genus : CaLLopHrys—C. rubt.
Genus: ZepHyrus—Z. quercus, Z. betulae.
Genus: Turecta—T’. w-album, T. prunt.

Family : Lemonrp2.
Subfamily : Lemont.

Trine : NeMerosrIpt.

Genus : Nemeosrus—N. lucina.

Prater Ka

N\ Y
AY

BriTisH CHRYSOPHANIDS.

Natural History of British Butterflies, Oct., 1906.

Pratt XITI.

(To be bound facing Plate XIII.)

RuUMICIA PHLHAS ¢.

39

9

9

99

2.
ab.
ab.

ab.

ab.

CHRYSOPHANID IMAGINES.

ALBA.

INFRA-
EXTENSA.

INFRA-
RADIATA.

BIPUNCTATA.

ab. EXTENSA-

CONJUNCTA.

oie)

ri

10.
Ilia
12.
13.

14.

RuMICIA PHLHAS ab. KOCHI.
ab. RADIATA ¢.

99 39 39 ? :

- Be ab. DISCO-
JUNCTA.

i - ab. INFRA-
RADIATA.

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR ¢.
33 33 g e
- ,, (underside).

CHRYSOPHANIDI. 319

In 1897, Grote accepted our classification with some slight modifi-
cations (Schmett. von Hildesheim, p. 41), and grouped the superfamily
as follows :

Family: Lyc@nip2.
Subfamily : THecuinz.
Tribe: THEcLINI.
Genus: CaLLopHrys—C. rubi.
Genus: THrecira—T. spini, T. ilicis, T. prunt, T. w-album.
Tribe : ZEPHYRINI.
- Genus: Avrotis—A. quercius.
Genus: ZepHyrus—Z. betulae.
Subfamily : Lyca@ninz.
Tribe: Lycmnint..
Genus: LycaIpES—L. aegon.
Genus: Rusticus—R. argus.
Genus: NomtapEs—N. semiargus.
Genus: Potvommatus—P. corydon, P. icarus, P. bellargus.
Genus: Lycmna—L. arion.
Genus: Cuprpo—C. minima.
Genus: Cyantris—C. argiclus.
Tribe : CHRYSOPHANINI.
Genus: Hropes—H. phlaeas.
Genus : CHrysopHanus—C. hippothoé, C. dorilis.
Family : Nemropiipm.
Subfamily : NeEmEosiinz&.
Genus: Nemrosius—N. lucina.

Chapman agrees in the main with Scudder’s grouping. He sug-
gests (in litt.) that the family falls into three very characteristic groups
of subfamily value (so far as the Palearctic species go), which he calls
the Lycanine, CurysopHaniné, and Tuecuina, the last-named having
its elements more widely distinct than the others. He says that the
‘coppers’? come much nearer to the ‘‘ blues’”’ than to the ‘‘ hairstreaks.”
Callophrys rubi and Thestor ballus are unquestionable Theclids, the
separation between them and the other ‘“ hairstreaks ”’ is an arbitrary
boundary, that between them and the “ coppers’’ is a broad neutral
boundary, whose inhabitants we do not know. Lampides (boeticus) is
distinctly a Lyczenid allied to Hveres (argiades), Celastrina (argiolus), and
Langia (telicanus), none of them very near each other, Lampides
perhaps furthest from the “blues,” as typified by Agriades (corydon,
etc.)., v.e., judged by their genital organs; the ‘“‘blues”’ being the more
generalised group.

The habits and habitats of the butterflies included in this family
are exceedingly varied. The Ruralids (Theclids) appear to prefer wooded
districts, their larve being largely restricted to trees and bushes for
food, but the ‘“‘coppers”’ and ‘blues,’ whose larve mostly feed on low
plants, are to be found in almost every conceivable situation—woods,
fields, downs, moors, lanes, roadsides, marshes, etc., all have their
particular species. So in the highest latitudes and altitudes, certain
species of “blues” are to be found, never coming into the lower ranges
of latitude, or into the valleys, but keeping to their own altitudes on the
edges of glaciers, where the winter is long, and summer short;
such are the beautiful Polyommatus pheretes, P. eros, and many other
species.

Subfamily: CurysopHanine.
Tribe: CHRYSOPHANIDI.

This subfamily is the Chrysophani of Hiibner (Verz., p. 72), the

oldest name carrying a genus with it, although the Rutili of Schiffer-

820 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

miller and the Cupreae of Haworth are older, and equally suitable,
eroup names. The species of this tribe comprise some of the most
brilliant of our Palearctic species, their bright refulgent copper colour
elistening in the sun, sometimes shot with a most delicate violet hue,
sparkling gems bathing in the hot sun of our alpine valleys, or walking
round and round, working their hindwings like revolving dises, hustling,
fighting, drinking nectar from the flowers, the acme of beauty and self-
indulgence. The sexual diversity is usually great, and, whilst in some
species, e.g., Loweta dorilis, the g is quite black-brown, and the @ may
be copper; in Chrysophanus hippothoé the 3 is copper tinged with purple,
and the @ brown-black often with scarcely any copper init. Some of
the species are coppery in both sexes, marked with transverse series
of square black spots; others have fine delicate tails (reminding one
of the hairstreaks); and, whilst the undersides of some are scarcely
separable in their markings from those of the Polyommatids, in others,
there are fewer markings than in the hairstreaks. Scudder says:
“This group contains the stoutest of the Lycaeninae, and is far
less numerous in species than the tribes already mentioned. Their
heavy markings and the lustrous reddish or fulvous tint of their upper
surface, which has won for them the popular name of ‘coppers,’
distinguish them at a glance from other groups. Their hindwings
rarely bear the thread-like tails peculiar to many of the Lycaeninae,
although, in some exotic genera, the anal angle is sometimes considerably
produced. The disposition of the markings of the undersurface closely
resembles that in the Lycaenidi, to which they are much more nearly
allied than to the Theclidi. Many of the species frequent moist, boggy
places, while others rejoice in the full blaze of the sun in arid pastures or
by the roadside. Their flight is quick, usually short, abrupt, and rather
infrequent; they seldom wander far; hke some of their allies they are
often very pugnacious, darting from their resting-places at any passing
object.”’

The Chrysophanid egg is very characteristic, and its peculiarities
are well exhibited in our pl. iu, figs. 3, 4, 5, 6 where are exhibited
ova of Rumicia phlaeas (figs. 8 and 4), Heodes virgaureae (fig. 6), and
Chrysophanus hippothoe var. gordius (fig. 5). The large open cells that
form so striking a feature of its sculpture, have no real near approach
in the eges of other Ruralids known to us, e.y., the Thestorids, as
exemplified by Thestor hallus (pl. iv., fig. 1), the Callophryids, as
exemplified by Callophrys rubi (pl. iv., fig. 2), the Lycznids, as
exemplified by the eggs of Aricia var. artawverves, Polyommatus tcarus,
Agriades bellarqus, A. corydon (pl. iv., figs. 8, 4, 5 and 6 respectively),
etc. The nearest approach to them appears to be shown by the eggs of
A. corydon (pl. iv., fig. 6) The eggs are laid singly, but often several
on a single plant.

The Chrysophanid larva is essentially Ruralid in structure, 7.e.,
it is of the typical outline, common to ‘blues”’ and “ hair-
streaks,’ but is, perhaps, rather less markedly raised dorsally.
Chapman considers that the larva of Chrysophanus dispar is the most
markedly lmaciform of those examined, differing in this respect
widely from Rumicia phlacas and Heodes viryaureae, which are
very similar to each other. The marginal flanges are noticeably
closely applied to the surface on which the larva crawls. Besides
the usual tubercular hairs, minute skin-hairs. are very abundant
but not visible without a lens; their trumpet-shaped tops are very

Prarn ay
(To be bound facing Plate ITJ)

Eecs or URBICOLIDS AND CHRYSOPHANIDS.

Fig. 1.—NISONIADES TAGES. Fic. 4.—RoUMIcIA PHLAAS.
Fig. 2.—HESPERIA MALVZ. Fic. 5.—LoOwWEIA ALCIPHRON Var. GORDIUS.
Fie. 3.—RUMICIA PHLAAS. Fic. 6.—HEODES VIRGAURE.

All x20 diameters.

Prats IIT.

Photo. A. LH. Tonge.

Eaas oF URBICOLIDS AND CHRYSOPHANIDS.

, December, 1905.

Ves

.

ritish Butter

Natural History of B

CHRYSOPHANIDI. 321

characteristic. These have the appearance of white points scattered
over the surface of the almost transparent skin; full descriptions of
the lenticles and other larval structures will be given in our detailed
descriptions of the larve.

The Chrysophanid pupa is of characteristic Ruralid form, and will
be described in detail later. Taking the pupa of Rumicia phlaeas as
typical of the Chrysophanids, and that of Ruralis betulae as typical of
the Ruralids (Theclids), one finds that the former differs from the
latter in its more uniform width, in the better developed ventral
abdominal segments, in the prolongation of the antenne beyond
the wings, the absence of puckering and folding on the extreme
edge of the outer margin of wing, also in the better developed
cremaster, and the more marked wing neuration. They are similar in
having short maxille, in the ventral position of the glazed eye, in the
distance of the antennz from each other when they leave the ventral
surface, in the conspicuous first spiracle, in the traces or scars of
supraspiracular tubercles, and in the base of the first pair of legs
covering the base of second pair. Chapman has pointed out (nt. Rec.,
Xvul., pp. 172 et seg.) the peculiar structures of the pupal skin of
Rumicia phlaeas, illustrating it by figures, which we reproduce on our
pl.x., figs. 1-2. He compares the skin-structure with that of Thestor ballus,
while he has described and figured (nt. Rec., xvii., p. 145, pl. v., figs. land
2). He observes that, on the dorsum ofa pupa of Rf. phlaeas, there is a
number of points joined together by fine ridges; the points are of two
kinds, very distinct in their nature and structure, and yet, perhaps,
identical, in that certain intermediates exist. Those that are most
definitely pointed are very much smaller than those of T. ballus, and,
although the structure of some is not very evident, in most it seems to
consist of a raised thick ring with a central knob, that is hardly part
of the ring, but set within it. The ring is very smooth in outline,
both inside and out, and the inner little knob is separated from it by
a paler ring that looks very similar to the membrane, or articulation
of a hair; the little knob seems to be of simple structure, and without
any of the stellate form of those in 7. ballus. The other form of
“points” are veritable hairs, ¢.e., they have definite circular bases,
just like those of ordinary hairs, and, centrally, is articulated a movable
structure, that can only be morphologically a hair. These hairs are,
however, of very elaborate structure; they are hollow, and expand at
the tops, so as to be trumpet-shaped, the bell of the trumpet being
large, wide, and expanded, or they may be likened in form to the well-
known fungus, the chantarelle.. The margins of the bell, however,
are not smooth, but cut up into quite a chevaua de frise of spikelets,
and, in some specimens, can be made out into an inner circlet of
sunilar needlepoints, a little way within the bell. One or two specimens
suggested that these inner spikes were on a separate membrane, that,
when the specimen was fresh, formed a dome-shaped cover to the open
mouth of the trumpet. One suspects that the first class of points are
really hairs ike the second, in an abortive or undeveloped state, and,
on comparing, critically, these structures with those of T. ballus, the
stars on that pupa would seem to be similar, morphologically, to the
hairs of Rh. phlaeas, but reduced, like those of the first kind of points on
Rh. phlaeas, to a mere base, but still preserving, in their stellate form,
the fringed and spiculate idea involved in the trumpet of R. phlaeas.

322, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Continuing his studies, Chapman deals with the sculpturing of the
pupal skin of ©. dispar (illustrating his further notes by the figures
which we reproduce in our pl. xi., fig.2). The pupal surface is, as in
that of R. phlaeas, marked out in small polygonal areas by raised ribs,
which have, at their junctions, rounded tubercles, of which the darker
interior shows some indication of radial division into sections; the
arrangement being, probably, indentical with that of 7. ballus (Ent.
Rec., xvii., pl., v., fig. 1), in which the cells, however, are much
smaller and the ribs and tubercles larger, the latter with more obvious
detailed structure. One observes, in C. dispar (pl. xi., fig. 2), that, of the
ribs that usually join the tubercles, some sometimes fail to do so, and
lose themselves by spreading out on the flat areas, often fairly close
together, but with the aspect of preferring to take a slightly different
direction, and finish rather than meet their neighbours. (This phase
is well-illustrated in 7’. ballus.) In some areas all the tubercles are
bunched up to their neighbours, and there are no loose ends; in others,
the ribs merely continue the hexagonal structure of the tubercles and
alternate with neighbouring ones, instead of meeting them. Although
at first suggesting that these tubercles represented skin-hairs, the idea
seems doubtful, since they never by any chance carry hairs. The few
very small hairs that occur on the pupa of 7’. ballus always occupy the
clear interspaces, and are, therefore, the representatives of the trumpet-
hairs of the Chrysophanids. It is especially to be observed that, in A.
phiaeas and C. dispar, the trumpet-hairs arise from bases in the inter-
spaces, and never from the ribs or their associated tubercles. The
trumpet-hairs of Heodes virgaureae, described and figured by
Chapman (Hnt. Rec., xviil., p. 89, pl. iv., figs. 1 and 2), are exhibited
in our pl. xi., fig. 1, and might well be called ‘“‘umbrella” hairs. They
are most numerous near the spiracles, and towards the latter segments,
but also exist over most of the spiracular region. Hach has a long
narrow pedicel and a flat umbrella-like top, the latter appearing to
include a lower surface spreading out from the stalk, and a separate
dome-like top, the latter studded with raised points, but this is some-
what doubtful, and the top may be really centrally depressed, and be,
in fact, merely the upperside of what, on the other view of the
structure, has been called the lower surface. They appear to be
0-:06mm. in height, and of nearly the same diameter. The fig. 2 shows
the form and distribution of the surface spicules, also that the structure
is really of “trumpet” form, and that there is no top apart from the
expansion of the side of the hair. It also indicates the want of
relation of the origin of the hairs to the fine network of ribbing, and
the knobs at their points of intersection, noted in the other species.
If our pl. xu., figs. 1 and 2, be compared with pl. x., figs. 1 and
2, a very definite difference will be seen between the pupal sculpture
and hairs, otherwise so much alike, of Rumicia phlaeas and Chrysophanus
dispar. In the former, there appear to be no hairs, except the trumpet-
hairs, whilst in the latter there are long hairs (0‘08mm.-0°17mm.) of more
ordinary type. These occur, however, only in the circumspiracular
region, including the prothorax. Hach hair is a little swollen on its
last third, and from the surface of this portion arises a number of
fine spicule, generally standing out at right angles to the axis of the
hair, and producing a very different appearance from the spiculated
hair so often met with.

CHRYSOPHANIDI. 328

Chapman further observes (pl. xii., fig. 1) that, in Chrysophanus
dispar, the great mass of the circles unprovided with hairs are no
doubt lenticles; some, he says, may be hair-bases, where the hairs have
been lost, and those that are not obscured (by air), are seen to possess
a membrane or diaphragm of minutely dotted structure, like that usually
met with in lenticles. The spiracle is of elaborate structure, and may
be described as an oval tube, nearly as long as it is wide, with the
Opening it presents diminished to a central sht by membranous out-
erowths in the sides, nearly meeting in the middle; each of these
‘seems to be a pillar of transparent material, expanded at top into a flat
plate. This differs much, if not in essential structure, from that of
Rumicia phlaeas, in which each spiracle has an outer projecting mass, of a
chevaux de frise character, looking as though the pillars (in C. dispar)
did not end within the spiracle, but, bending, emerged from the middle
of the spiracle, and then turning outwards in rounded batons closely-
set together, of a length rather greater than half the width of the
spiracle, formed a sort of outer basket-shaped structure, but of such
transparent materials that it is difficult to decide whether it does
consist of a number of separate batons, or whether the lines are only
grooves on a continuous structure. The pupe of C. dispar and of
Rf. phlaeas, he says, present certain spiculated areas that very strongly
suggest the spicule on Nepticulid pupe and those of other lower micro-
lepidoptera, which are the forerunners and primary forms of the rows
of spines so well-developed on the pupe of Tortricids and various
other of the higher micro-lepidoptera. They agree with these micro-
spicule in their distribution and in their attitude, 7.e., directed back-
wards (not dorsally but terminally). They are very small, but are
more or less similarly arranged in rows. On the forward abdominal
segments they are dorsal only. On the 7th and 8th they are also
lateral, and on the 9th and 10th they occur ventrally and over wider
areas. In both species they occur as an anterior band along the
anterior borders of the segments, and a posterior close to the hind
margin. The anterior row occurs in R. phlaeas on all segments 2-9,
the posterior on 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 8. ‘The posterior row on 2nd
abdominal segment is quite forward of the posterior margin, without
being quite in the middle of the segment. This is also the case in C.
dispar, in which the anterior row exists on 2, 6, 7, 8 and 9, and the
posterior on 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.

Plate xu., fig. 2, represents a portion of the cremaster of CU. dispar.
The cremaster consists of a very large number of hairs about 0:14mm.
long, with a double anchor-like hook, or pair of hooks, at the free end.
Just above these, on the right, is seen an area of skin-points, which
are very similar to, and continuous in distribution with, those already
referred to as forming the micro-like rows. These rows of spicules
have no apparent relation with any larval structures ; the full-grown
larva of Rf. phlaeas has spiculated hairs, but no skin-points, the skin-
surface being divided into a mesh of hexagonal cells by a fine
network of lines. Chapman says that it seems difficult to avoid
looking for some relationship with some micro-ancestor to account
for them, and yet it is almost more difficult to explain their
survival, since they must have been useless for their original
functions for many ages. It is, however, no easier to suggest
any other origin for them, or to imagine what useful functions

324 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

they can now perform. To return to the cremastral area
and its hooks, it is impossible to satisfy oneself as to the
limits of the 9th and 10th abdominal segments. On the ventral line,
the 7th segment is clear enough, but the 8th is so contracted and
fused with the 9th, that even its limits are doubtful. Except on the
ventral line, the posterior margin of the 8th is definite enough.
Within the circle it encloses, to take the specimen of C. dispar before us,
and specimens of R. phlaeas agrée with it, we find first in the dorsal
half, an area much like the rest of the pupa, with buttons, ribs, and
trumpet-hairs, but with a small central area smooth, except for some
lines radiating from its centre. ‘This has all the appearances of a scar,
not unlike that of the horn in Sphingids, but whether of some injury
or normal might be doubtful, were it not that other specimens present
a very similar appearance. Turning to the ventral half of the area, we
find it more delicate and transparent, and divided across the middle by
a suture, which does not, however, reach either side. The whole of
the area is armed with the cremastral hooks, except a portion in the
middle line, slightly behind the suture noted, but chiefly between it
and the front of the segment. In the middle of this clear area are
two projecting points side by side, and, running forwards from between
them, two fine ridges with a groove between, ending in front by widening
out into a rounded lappet, with a surface of extremely fine spiculations.
This appears to be at a different level from the portion of segment that
seems to overlap it from either side and carries the hooks, and one
might suppose this to be 9th and the hooks on the 10th, but those
immediately behind the surface are continuous, without intervening
suture.

Scudder gives the following diagnosis of the group (Butts. of New
Fingland, i1., p. 970) :—

Inaco: Colour coppery. Club of antenna equal for most of its extent, rather
long, and very slender, being two or three times as broad as the stalk, and from
four to six times longer than broad. Patagia very long and slender, usually three
or four times longer than broad; subcostal nervure of forewings with three superior
branches, the outermost forked, the nervure itself running in a direct, or nearly
direct, course, to just below the tip of the wing; tarsi armed beneath with frequent
spines, usually clustered upon the sides; fore tarsi of the ¢ armed at tip witha
single median spine, differing from the other spines only in size, and considerably
curved. Upper organ of ¢ appendages formed of a deeply cleft plate, whose lateral
halves have the appearance of a tapering appendage, and bear at their extreme
base slender, elbowed lamine, directed backward; clasps subequal, and at tip
bluntly rounded : intromittent organ acicular, not apically flaring.

Kee: Tiarate, but domed, truncate beneath, but not above, the sunken portion
of the upper surface, together with the micropylic pit, including less than one-eighth
of the diameter of the egg; the pit itself generally, but not always, moderately
deep; surface either simply and finely reticulate, with a scarcely raised tracery, or
pitted with polygonal cells, the angles of which do not rise conspicuously above the
general surface.

Larva (newly-hatched) : Head as broad as the body. Innermost dorsal bristles
arranged partly in a subdorsal series, one long and one short bristle to a segment
in each row; infrastigmatal series with three bristles to a segment.

Larva (adult): Body scarcely narrower in proportion to its length than in
Lycaenidi, but slightly broader than in Theclidi; segments arched somewhat; body
clothed uniformly with very short hairs, or with longer hairs arranged in transverse
series, sometimes springing from elevated bosses.

Pupa: Body very variable in form (if Feniseca be included), but either not
forming a single uniformly contoured mass (Jeniseca), or else a single, long, oval
mass, slenderer, and relatively lower, than in the Yheclidi, and generally more
elongated than in the Lycaenidi ; dermal appendages fungiform.

CHRYSOPHANIDI. 325

The variation of the Chrysophanid imagines is most interesting,
_ particularly that phase in which the g's take on a lovely purple gloss,
as in Loweia alciphron and Chrysophanus hippothoé. But another form
of variation in the Chrysophanids has attracted still greater attention.
It is what may be termed the suffusion of the ground-colour of the
wings, and is well-illustrated.in the southern forms of Rumicia
phlaeas. In central Europe the gs and ¢?s of this species are of a
rich golden colour, in all the broods, with a tendency for the gs to
become suffused in occasional examples of the summer brood; in the
north, the ground colour of both sexes is paler and brighter, with no
tendency to suffusion, whilst, in the south of Kurope, the g's are
mostly suffused in the summer broods, some of them being practically
black. In central Europe again, the 3s of Chrysophanus hippothoé are
of a rich golden-copper; in the subalpine regions the gs are tinged
with purple, and the ?s are brown, with hardly a trace of the copper
ground-colour; in Scandinavia the ?s may be (often are) of almost as
rich a copper tint as the gs. In Loweia dorilis, on the other hand, in
central Kurope, both § sand ¢ s are almost uniformly black-brown, with
hardly a sign of copper tint; in the southern parts of Kurope, with
little or no change in the gs, the 9s are sometimes of a brilliant
copper, z.e., exactly the converse of C. hippothoé and R. phlaeas, which
get darker with increased temperature. Still more puzzling is Loweia
alciphron, which, in the hot valleys of south-eastern Kurope, produces
gs so suffused with violet, and ?s so suffused with brown, that the
ground-colour and markings entirely disappear, in both sexes, on the
upperside, although, in the hot valleys of south-western Hurope, they
become gloriously brilliant golden-copper, with strongly-marked rows
of black spots in both sexes, and form the var. gordius, the 2 of which
even surpasses that of C. dispar in brilliancy, whilst in the hot valleys
of western Italy the race maintains its gordius brillancy of ground-
colour, but the basal areas of the hindwings become black, in some
senses, forming an intermediate stage between the south-eastern and
south-western forms, although possibly an entirely separate specialised
development of the var. gordius.

The sexual dimorphism of the Chrysophanids is practically as
marked as in the ‘“‘ blues,” but there appears to be an entire absence
of specialised androconia. The sexual differences appear to consist of
—(1) The difference in the coloration and markings of the wings.
(2) The difference in their shape and contour. As a rule, the g's have
unicolorous golden wings, with black margin; the ?s have golden
wings, with transverse rows of black spots, in some species, however,
becoming entirely black-brown, with the exception of the marginal
band, in a few, indeed, becoming wholly black-brown, the copper or golden
colour being quite obsolete. In Heodes virgaureae and H. ottomanus, the
golden g rarely has a discoidal lunule, and the ? is usually paler in tint,
with a transverse row of dots, discoidal spot, a browner-black margin, ete.
In Chrysophanus thersamon, C. dispar, and C. hippothoé, the 3 has a
discoidal lunule, the hindwings tend to be shaded, and the markings of
the underside make a good attempt to show through on the upperside
of the wing; the 3, too, tends to get a purple gloss at higher eleva-
tions. In Loweia alciphron, L. dorilis, and L. subalpina, the 3 is, in
all the typical forms, suffused entirely with purple and blackish-brown,
whilst the @ is more usually tinged with the characteristic copper of

326 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

the group. It appears that amphidamas forms a separate group
in its sexual dimorphism; the g, a typical ‘‘copper’’ butterfly,
suffused with violet; the 9 brown, with a marginal band of spots,
reminding one of Aricia astrarche. Rumicia phlaeas has the sexes
marked alike, but shows very characteristic difference in the outline
and general form of the wings. One stnall group, comprising thetis and
ochimus, presents the sexual differences noted in Chrysophanus, but, in
addition, under certain conditions; these species have delicately tailed @ s,
which appear to be confined to certain broods, and not to be found in
others, the tails not of the character of those of Heodes ottomanus,
Rumicia phlaeas var. eleus, etc., but lone slender ‘extensions.similar to
those of Strymon (Thecla) w-album, ete.

Scudder says “the insects of the group are peculiar to the temperate
regions; south of the tropics a single species occurs in South America,
two or three are found in New Zealand, and large numbers in Africa,
though probably not appertaining to genera represented in northern
latitudes. The mass of the species, however, is found in the northern
hemisphere, and especially in the Old World. With one exception,
American genera are either identical with, or very closely allied to,
those of Europe, and this resemblance is most marked when the species
of the western half of the continent are compared with those of the
Old World.”

Genus: Roumicra, Tutt.

Synonymy.—Genus: Rumicia, Tutt, ‘‘ Ent. Rec.,’’ xviii., p. 131 (1906).
Papilio, Linn., ‘‘ Faun. Suec.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 285 (1761); Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,”’ p.
184 (1763); Hufn., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,’’ ii., p. 80 (1766) ; Schiff. and Denis, ‘‘ Schmett.
Wien.,’’ Ist ed., p. 181 (1775) ; Fuess., ‘‘ Verz.,’’ no. 606 (1775); Rott., ‘‘ Naturf.,”’
vi., p- Ll (1776); Bergs.; ““Nomen-,” pl: Ixv., figs. 5-6 (1780); Schneids) *“Sye-
Besch.,’’ p. 235 (1785); Bkh., ‘‘ Sys. Besch.,’’ i., pp. 148, 272 (1788); Brahm,
‘Ins. Kal.,”’ p. 137 (1791); Hb., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,” figs. 382-3 (1798); text, p.
54 (circ. 1805) ; Hb., ‘‘ Raupen,”’ etc., Pap. I., Gens A. b.c., figs. la-c (cire. 1800);
Tll., ‘‘Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 256 (1801); ‘‘ Ill. Mag.,”’ iii., p. 201 (1803) ;
Ochs., ‘‘Die Schmett.,”’? i., pt. 2, p. 87 (1808). [Papilio-] Plebeius, Miiller,
‘‘Faun. Frid.,”’ p. 37 (1764). [Papilio-Plebeius-] Ruralis, Linn., ‘‘ Sys. Nat.,”
xlith ed., p. 793 (1767); Fab., ‘‘ Sys. Ent.,’’ p. 527 (1775); Goeze, ‘‘ Ent. Beit.,”
p. 41 (1780) ; Fab., ‘‘ Spec. Ins.,”’ i1., p- 126 (1781); ‘‘ Mant. Ins.,” p. 80 (1787);
Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,”’ p. 42 (1803). [Plebeius-] Ruralis, Esp., ‘‘ Schmett. Eur.,”’
p: 287,.pl: xxii., fig. (1777); pl. Ix. (cont) x), fig. 5 (1780); ps iG2eneeem
(cont. xii.), fig. 5, p. 72 (1780). [Papilio-] Ruralis, de Vill., ‘‘Car. Linn.
Ent. Faun. Suec.,’’ p. 70 (1789). [Hesperia-] Ruralis, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,’’
iii., pt. 1, p. 311 (1793); Panz., ‘‘Scheffer’s Icones,’’ etc., p. 138, pl. exliii.,
figs. 3-4 (1804). Cupido, Schrk., ‘‘ Faun. Boica,’’ ii., p. 208 (1801). Polyom-
matus, Latr., ‘‘ Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins.,” xiv., pp. 116, 121 (1805); ‘‘ Gen.
Crust. Ins.,’’ p. 206 (1809); ‘Enc. Méth.,’’ ix., p. 670 (1819); Godt., ‘* Hist.
Nat.,’’ i., p. 204, pl. x., fig. 1 (1821); Bdy.,-‘*Mur. Lep. Ind.,”) padiyiezoye
Meig., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,”’ ii., p. 43, pl. li., figs. 5a-c (1830); Bdv., ‘‘ Gen. et Ind.
Meth.,’’ p. 9 (1840); H.-Sch., ‘‘Sys. Bearb.,’’ i., p. 134 (1843); Dup., ‘‘ Cat.
Meth.,’’ p. 29 (1845) ; Wallgrn., ‘‘ Skand. Dagf.,’’ p. 198 (1853) ; Speyer, ‘* Geog.
Verb. Schmett., i., p. 253 (1858); Ramb., ‘‘Cat. Lep. And.,’’ p. 35 (1858) ;
_ Dblidy., ‘‘Cat.,’’? 2nd ed., p. 2 (1859); Hein., ‘‘ Schmett. Deutsch.,’’ p. 91 (1859);

Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,’’ i., p. 64 (1867); Nolck., ‘‘ Lep. Fn. Estl.,’’ i., p. 54 (1868) ;
Newm., ‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 115, fig. 38 (1869); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’? 2nd ed., p. 9
(1871); Curd, ‘Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital.,” vi., p. 109 (1874); Frey, ‘‘ ep.
Schweiz,’’ p. 13 (1880); Lang, ‘‘Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 95, pl. xxi., fig. 4 (1884);
Kane, ‘“‘Bur. Butts.,”’ p. 31 (1885); - Auriv., ‘‘ Nord. Fyjar.,” po Sipe
fig. 23 (1888-91); Riihl, ‘Pal. Gross-Schmett.,”” p. 217 (1895). Lyczena,
Fab., ‘Ill. Mag.,”’ vi., p. 286 (1807); Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Ency.,” ix., pt. 1, p.-129
(1815); Sam., ‘‘Ent. Comp.,” p. 241 (1819); Curt., ‘‘ Illus. Brit. Ent.,”’ fo. 12
(1824); Stphs., ‘‘Illus. Brit. Ent. Haust.,” i., p. 79 (1828); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu.
Beit.,’’ ii., p. 97, pl. 151, fig. 112 (1836); Ramb., ‘‘ Faun. And.,’’ p. 263 (1839);

RUMICIA. 327

Wood, ‘‘ Ind. Ent.,”’ p. 7, pl. ii., fig. 56a (1839); Westd., ‘‘Syn. Gen. Brit. Ins.,”’
-.p. 88 (1840); Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg.-Ural.,’’ p. 64 (1844); Kirby, ‘‘Syn. Cat.,” p.
343 (1871); ‘‘Eur. Butts.,” p. 56, pl. xv., figs. 2a-b (1879); ‘‘ Handbook,”
etc., p. 125, pl. li., figs. 5-6 (1896). Hesperia, Oken, ‘ Lehrb.,’’ i., p. 717
(1815). Heodes, Dalm., ‘‘ Vet. Ak. Handl.,’’ xxxvii., pp. 63, 91 (1816) ; Scudd.,
‘Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.,” x., p. 187 (1875) ; ‘‘ Butts. New Eng.,’’ ii., p. 998
(1889) ; Dyar, ‘‘ Nth. Amer. Lep.,” p. 41 (1902); Chapman, ‘Ent. Rec.,” xvi., p.
167 (1904). Chrysoptera, Zinck., ‘Allg. Lit. Zeit.,” iii, p. 75 (1817).
Chrysophanus, Hiibn., “‘ Verz.,’’ p. 72 (circ. 1818) : Stphs., ‘‘ Illus. Haust.,” iv.,
app. p. 404 (1834); Westd. and Hewits., ‘‘Gen. Diurn. Lep.,”’ ii., 498 (1852);
Sta., ‘‘Man.,’’ i., p. 55 (1857) ; Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts.,’’ p. 92 (1862); Butl., ‘‘ Cat.
Diurn, Lep.,” p. 172 (1869); Buckl., ‘‘ Larve,”’ etc., i., p. 91, pl. xiii., figs. 4-4c
(1885) ; Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 49 (1890); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit. Isl.,”’ i., p. 62, pl.
ix., figs. 2-2) (1893); Meyr., ‘‘ Handbk.,’’ p. 346 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’
p. 152 (1896); Staud., ‘‘Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 74 (1901); Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,”’
p. 207 (1902) ; Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 18 (1903). ;

We have already shown (antea, p. 313) that virgaureae is the type
of Heodes, since Dalman cited this species alone in his generic
synopsis (p. 63). Scudder’s action, therefore, in fixing the type of
Heodes as phlaeas, was ultra vires, and we, therefore, found it neces-
sary to create Rumicia for phlaeas (Ent. Rec., xviii., p. 181). Scudder
gives an extremely detailed diagnosis of the genus under the name
Heodes, his description (Butts. New England, ii., pp. 990-998) reading
as follows :

Imaco.—Head moderately small, densely clothed with scales, which are elevated
to high tufts behind the antenne, and furnished also with numerous hairs, above
very long and arching forward, behind longest and downward, in front rather long,
diminishing in length downward. Front flat, above a very little sunken down the
middle, and, at the upper extremity, a distinct, narrow, rather shallow, longitudinal
groove; on the lower two-thirds, a little full down the middle, at the bottom slightly
tumid, barely surpassing at a single point the front of the eyes; less than half as
high again as broad, of the width of the eyes as seen in front; upper border not
raised, the corners considerably hollowed in front of the antenne; lower border
rather broadly rounded, the sides straight. Vertex scarcely elevated in the middle,
laterally buttressing the antennz, well separated from the occiput by a broad,
pretty deep, transverse, nearly straight sulcation, deepest in little pits, in the
middle and behind the antenne ; occiput slightly but broadly sulcated along the
middle longitudinally. Eyes not very large nor full, naked. Antenne inserted
with their posterior edge in the middle of the summit, separated from each other
by a space, equal to the width of the second antennal joint; half as long again as
the abdomen, composed of 31 joints, of which 12 form the strongly depressed,
elongated club, which is about three times as broad as the stalk, four times as long
as broad, the first four or five joints increasing very gradually in size, beyond
which the club is equal and terminates by the rapidly decreasing size of the last
two or three joints, which form a very short but pointed cone. Palpi very slender,
rather less than half as long again as the eye, the apical joint fully half the length
of the penultimate, clothed only with recumbent scales, while the rest are
densely clothed with erect scales, much the longest beneath and thinly fringed
below with long straight hairs projecting forward and upward. Patagia compara-
tively broad and oval at base, the posterior half forming an equal, slender, straight,
very bluntly-pointed lobe, scarcely one-third as wide as the base; the whole is
fully three times as long as broad, the inner border slightly hollowed just before
the middle, the outer deeply, at the base of the posterior lobe. Forewings three-
fifths as long again as broad, the costal margin bent and slightly convex in the
middle of the basal third, beyond very nearly straight, the tip scarcely curved
downward, the outer angle abrupt, but rounded off; outer border slightly and
regularly curved, inclining at an angle of about 75° to the costal margin; inner
margin scarcely hollowed and angulated at the middle, the outer angle rounded off.
Costal nervure terminating at the tip of the cell; subcostal with three superior
branches; the first arising at the middle of the outer four-fifths of the cell; the
second midway between the origin of the former and the apex of the cell; the
third at, or barely before, the apex of the cell, forking midway between the base of
the nervule and the end of its upper branch; cross veins transverse. obsolete,

§28 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

scarcely perceptible even next the main veins; cell half as long as the wing and.
nearly four times as long as broad. Hindwings considerably and roundly expanded
next the base, beyond, fully half-way to the tip, scarcely convex, then curving
downwards rather rapidly and somewhat abruptly (¢), or roundly and not to so
great an extent (¢); outer border broadly rounded, very slightly produced and
angulated at the lower median nervule, slightly and roundly emarginate in the
mediosubmedian interspace ; inner margin broadly expanded at the base, beyond
scarcely convex, slightly bent just before the straight apex, the angle abrupt and
scarcely rounded. Submedian nervure terminating on the outer border, just
beyond the anal angle; internal nervure terminating considerably beyond the
middle of the inner margin. Legs: Fore tibie five-sixths the length of the hind tibie
(2), or scarcely shorter than they (¢); the spurs naked ; fore tarsi fully as long
as (2?) or a little shorter than (¢) the tibiew ; the last tarsal joint either similar to
the same part in the other legs (¢), or small, tapering, armed with only a stout,
apical, tapering spine, which differs from the other spines of the under surface
which crowd up to it only in size, and furnished above with very short and dense
hairs instead of scales (g). All the femora provided with a fringe of rather close,
long hair on the under surface. Middle tibize as long as (<¢) or a little shorter
than (2) the hind tibie ; armed beneath with rather short and slender, scattered
spines and apically with a pair of rather long and stout spurs, only the tip bare.
First joint of middle and hind tarsi rather strongly gibbous in the male; in the
female of the usual appearance, considerably more than equalling in length all the
other joints combined; second, third, and fifth joints about equal, the fourth
smallest; joints armed beneath rather profusely with rather long and slender,
scattered spines, mostly collected in crowded rows at the sides, an apical pair on
each joint a little longer than the others, the under surface devoid of seales excepting
on the first joint; claws small, compressed, not stout, tapering, finely pointed,
faleate, but not very strongly curved ; paronychia double, the superior lobe as broad
at base as the claw, nearly straight, considerably exceeding the claw in length, the
tip enlarged and very broadly rounded, almost docked; inferior lobe moderately
slender, equal, the tip pointed, about as long as the claw and curving considerably
both toward the claw and inward ; pulvillus inconspicuous.

GenitTaLia.—Male, abdominal appendages with the lateral flaps of the upper
organ forming bent and equal cylinders, the proximal halves parallel and enclosing
between them a deep and equal mesial cleft, the distal halves bent downward and
outward ; lateral arms strongly arcuate, but not bent; clasps coarse, stout, bullate,
several times longer than broad, well rounded.

Ovum.—Demi-echinoid in shape, the base being very broadly docked, flat, not
curved at the edge, from which it is very broadly arched, not high; the cells are
very large and conspicuous, bounded by heavy, elevated walls, are irregular in
outline, but disposed in obscure, irregular, horizontal and oblique rows; the cells
are smallest at the base, increase in size upwardly, largest on the upper portion of
the sides and decrease again at and around the summit. Micropyle rosette lying
on the floor of an infundibuliform cavity, and composed of minute cells, bounded
by low, heavy walls.

Larva (newly-hatched).—Head broadest at summit, the sides as far as the
bottom of the ocellar field tapering a little, scarcely convex; below tapering rapidly,
the lower surface broadly rounded, crown of hemispheres broadly rounded, rather
deeply and broadly cleft between them. Body largest at anterior extremity,
tapering a little on the thorax, both as seen from above and from side, very slightly
on the abdomen; posterior well rounded, above a little depressed, below greatly
flattened, much as in the mature forms of the family. First thoracic segment
furnished with a transverse, double row of very long hairs curving strongly forward
over the head ; remaining segments furnished as follows: first, a subdorsal row of
hairs seated on high and slender papillwe, two on each segment, one central and
exceedingly long, curving backward, and, when viewed posteriorly, curving first
outward and upward and then upward and inward, tapering very slowly to a fine
point, anteriorly very minutely spiculiferous, the other posterior and a little outside
the former, not very long, nearly straight but turned backward, tapering, slender,
finely pointed, apparently smooth ; second, a ventrostigmatal row of hairs seated
upon rather high papille, three on a segment, long and slender, quite straight,
turned a little backward, very minutely spiculiferous on both sides, finely pointed ;
third, a laterostigmatal series of large, circular, crateriform papille or annuli, one
in the centre of the lst to 6th abdominal segments, and a similar papilla on
the 7th segment in place of the smaller and outer subdorsal hair; fourth,

RUMICIA. 329

an infrastigmatal row of smaller, but still pretty large, papille, one in the centre of
the 1st to 8th abdominal segments, and immediately behind them a minute,
supplementary, posterior wart. Legs not very long, but moderately slender, the
last joint tapering, the claw pretty stout, not greatly curved. Prolegs nearly
sessile, the circle of hooklets very large, forming a circle or oval, open interiorly,
nearly as long as the segment and containing ten very minute, but not very slender,
moderately curving claws, separated from each other by a space more than equal to
their thickness.

Larva (mature).—Head small, smooth, well rounded, broadest just below the
summit, no broader than high, very slightly full on the sides at the broadest point
and at the ocellar field, deepest in the middle, but scarcely narrowing above, the
front broadly rounded on a lateral view, the triangle large, scarcely higher than
broad, but reaching two-thirds way up the front, the sutures a little impressed ; a
few hairs or the triangle, labrum and lower part of the head. Antenne long, the
basal joint prominent, longer than broad, moderately stout, tapering; the second
cylindrical, as large as the apex of the first, but only a little more than half as long
as broad; the third as broad as the second, increasing a little in size at the apex,
nearly twice as long as broad, the fourth minute, conical, sharply pointed. Ocelli
six in number, four of which are placed close together, the lower two a little more
separated than the others, in a strong curve, the arc of a small circle, its convexity
forward, whose centre is occupied by the fifth ocellus; the sixth is placed below
the others, a little outside of the extension of a line connecting the lower two of
the curve, and as far from the lowest as that is from its neighbour; the central
ocellus and the middle one of the anterior five are the largest, the lowermost the
next, and the others equal. Labrum large, broad, longitudinally rugose, its front
border very broadly rounded and but little excised. Mandibles slender, not broad,
their edge oblique, very deeply dentate, the teeth being long and very slender,
tapering, sharply pointed, rather distinct, five or six in number, and the space
between adjoining ones roundly, deeply, excised. Maxillary palpi with the joints about
equal in length, growing successively smaller, cylindrical, the terminal conical; inner
palp resembling the terminal joints of the outer but smaller; spinneret conical,
short, rather slender. Body regularly, equally, and considerably arched from one
extremity to the other; the separate segments also rather prominently arched,
especially in the middle of the body, and therefore quite distinct; viewed from
above elliptical, the front end rounded a little more bluntly than the hinder extremity,
scarcely tapering posteriorly. Dorsal field scarcely, if at all, depressed, but strongly
arched and elevated on across section. Body very delicately and closely shagreened,
covered with numerous, irregularly scattered, equal hairs, arising from nearly
imperceptible warts ; the hairs short, scarcely tapering, bluntly pointed, frequently
and minutely, though coarsely, spiculiferous, the raised points scarcely directed
towards the tip of the hair, but almost perpendicular to the surface of origin.
Spiracles small, obovate, more than half as long again as broad. Legs short but
rather stout, tapering rapidly, furnished on the inner side with bristles, the last
joint rather slender and appressed, the claw rather long, compressed, heeled,
moderately slender, curved a little, supported on either side by a long bristle.
Prolegs very short and plump, furnished at the tip with a couple of short pads,
each supplied with twelve to fourteen hooklets, arranged in a double row, so that
all those of one proleg form an open crescent; the hooklets are long, moderately
stout, tapering on the apical half, bluntly pointed, not strongly curved, distant
from one another by fully twice the diameter of one of them.

Pupa.—Very little more than twice as long as broad; the sides of the body
from one extremity of the wing to the other straight, or with a barely perceptible
hollowing next the division line between thorax and abdomen, very slightly
divergent posteriorly, so that the body is broadest at the 4th abdominal segment ;
here it is somewhat angulated, the posterior end tapering at once and forming an
elliptical curve, the tip well rounded. In front of the wings the body tapers
rapidly, and has a rounded, scarcely appressed front, the basal wing prominence
being marked only by the angle the front part of the body makes with the wings.
Viewed from the side, the flat bottom is uniform throughout; the posterior third
of the thorax is very nearly equal, but slopes forwards a very little, its hindmost
extremity a very little, the most elevated, roundly angulated in the middle of the
posterior two-thirds, and sloping in front of it downward and forward about equally,
scarcely curved. Abdomen very broadly arched above, highest, and a very little
higher than the thorax at the 3rd abdominal segment, beyond the 4th abdominal
‘segment with a pretty strong, downward curve, the lower edge of the 8th abdominal

330 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

segment being the most posterior point, the whole of the 9th abdominal segment
directed forwards; the downward curve at the posterior is much more rapid than
at the anterior extremity of the body. Transversely the middle of the thorax is
well arched, the sides sloping away from each other at an angle of about 70°, with
a scarcely perceptible hollowing, the summit rather broadly rounded; abdomen
regularly rounded‘ forming an almost exact semicircle. More than three-fifths of
the tongue exposed. Body covered equally with a very delicate tracery of slightly
raised lines, crossing each other irregularly, and on the wings forming elongated,
irregular, oval cells; at other places there is a little wart at the intersection of the
lines; the surface within these cells is not infrequently occupied in part by an
independent wart of similar size, giving rise to a fungiform papilla, the basal two-
thirds of the pedicel slender and equal, the apical third rapidly expanding to a wine-
glass-shaped disc, hollowed above, the horizontal edges of which are fringed with
fleshy pointed cilia. Hooklets pretty long and exceedingly slender; the stem
equal, straight on basal, slightly curved on apical, half; the expanded portion fully
four times as broad as the stem, bent strongly over but not at all appressed to the

stem, as the upper portion of this is curved, transverse, the sides turned backward
considerably.

Rumicia pHLmAS, Linne.

SynonyMy.—Species: Phlaeas, Linn., ‘‘ Faun. Suec.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 285 (1768) ;
Miull., ‘‘ Faun. Frid.,”’ p. 37 (1764); Hufn., ‘‘ Berl. Mag.,”’ ii., 1, p. 80 (1766); Linn.,
-* Syst. Nat.,”’ xiith ed., p. 793 (1767); Fab., ‘‘Sys. Ent.,” p. 527 (1775); Schiff.
and Den.,‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ Ist ed., p. 181 (1775); Rott.,‘‘ Naturf.,”’ vi., p. 115 (1775);
Esp., ‘‘Schmett. Eur.,’’ pl. xxii., fig. 1 (1777); pl. lxii. (cont. xii.), fig. 5 (1780) ;
Goeze, ‘‘ Ent. Beit.,’’ p. 41 (1780) ; Bergs., ‘‘ Nomen.,’’ pl. lxv., figs. 5-6 (1780) ;
Hab., “Spec. Ins.,”’ 1., p. 126 (1781)5 “Mant. Ins.’ p. 80:'(1787)-eBknn sys
Besch.,’’ i., pp. 148, 272 (1788); de Vill., ‘‘ Car. Linn. Ent. Fn. Suec.,”’ p. 76
(1789) ; Fab.<* Ent: Syst.,’? ii. pt. 1, p. 311-(1793); diewim} "ins: Giessen
p. 86, pl. xli., figs. 3-4 (1795); Hb., ‘“‘ Hur. Schmett.,’’ figs. 362, 363 (1798) ;
p- 54 (circ. 1805); ‘‘ Raupen,’’ etc., Pap. I., Gens A. b. c., figs. la-e (circ. 1800);
Ill., ‘‘ Schmett. Wien.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 256 (1801); Schrk., ‘‘ Faun. Boica,’’ ii., p. 208
(1801); Haw., ‘‘ Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 42 (1803); Panz., ‘‘ Schaeffer’s Icon. Ins. Rat.,”’
2nd ed., pl. exliii., figs. 3-4, p. 138 (1804); Latr., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,” ete., xiv., p. 121
(1805); Fab., <‘ Ill. Mag.,’’ vi., p. 286 (1807) ; Ochs., *‘ Die Schmett-|7 1., pi-12,
p. 87 (1809); Latr., ‘‘ Gen. Crust.,” etc., iv., p. 206 (1809), etc. Virgaureae,
Scop., ‘‘ Ent. Carn.,’”’ p. 181 in part (1763); Fuess., ‘ Verz.,” no. 606 (17foy
Harris, ‘‘ Eng. Lep.,’’ p. 2 (1775). Phleas, Oken, ‘‘ Lehrb. Zool.,’’i., p. 717 (1815).
[N.B.—AIl other references mentioned under the generic synonymy (anted, pp.
326-327) are referable to phlaeas. |

ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.— Papilio phlaeas alis subangulatis fulvis
nigro-punctatis, subtus albo marginatis; secundariis canescentibus.
[Papilio hexapus; alis rotundatis fulvis; utrinque punctis nigris.
“En.,’ 807. Merian, “Gall.,” t..164. , Pet., ‘““ Mus.,” p. 34) ween
Papilio minor aureus ex nigro permaculatus. . Raj, ‘“ Ins.,”’ 125, no.
20. Papilio parva, alis exterioribus circa margines nigricantibus,
media parte rufis, serici instar splendentibus, maculis longis nigris
pictis.}| Habitat in pratis Westmannize. Drscr.—Corpus sequenti
(viryaureae) minus. Ale primores supra fulve margine nigro, disco
punctis nigris passim confluentibus. Subtus disco lutez, punctis nigris
annulo albo cinctis. Secundarize supra fusce: postice fascia fulva
posterius dentata; subtus canescentes punctis parvis, fuscis; postice
fascia lineari rubra. Ad angulum ani ale postice emarginate sunt,
omnino ut in sequente (Linné, Maun. Suec., p. 285).

Imaco.—25mm.-35mm. The forewings of a bright coppery red
tint, with black-brown hind margin ; a transverse row of square black
spots parallel to hind margin, black discoidal spot, another between
this and base. Hindwings brown-black, with scattered coppery scales ;
bright coppery-red hind margin, edged with rim of blackish spots.

SexuaL pimorpHisM.—Aurivillius says that the only sexual differ-

Puate XVI.

(To be bound facing Plate XVI.)

RUMICIA PHLZAS.

Fic. 2.—Imago Rumicia philaeas (just emerged, wings partly unfolded).
Fie. 3.— ,, ny a (wings just expanded).

Fic. 1.— ,, ue en (resting).

Fie. 4.—Larva x1.

Fie. 5.—Larva spun up ready for pupation (dorsal and lateral views) x1.
Fic. 6.—Pupa (dorsal and lateral views) x 1.

®@

HEODES VIRGAURE®.

Fics. 7-8.—Pupa of Heodes virgaureae x2.

LowEIA AMPHIDAMAS.

Fies. 9-11.—Pupa of Loweia amphidamas (three views) x2.

Prarn, X Vi.

Photo. Hugh Main.

Larva, PUPA, AND IMAGO OF RUMICIA PHLEAS. CHRYSOPHANID PUPE.
Natural History of British Butterflies, Dec., 1906.

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 831

ence observable in the species is that observed in the structure of the

-- front legs throughout the family. There is, however, a marked

difference in the general build of the sexes, in the shape of the wings,
and in the general brilliancy of the colouring, the ¢ having more
pointed, the ? more rounded or squared, wings; the g also being more
prone to darkening of the ground colour, the ? to a clearer and more
brilhant tint, whilst the spots in the latter sex usually occupy a less
proportion of the wing (see also posted p. 337).

Variation.—The variation of Rumicia phlaeas is one of the most
difficult subjects of which we have to treat. In the colour, one finds
an enormous amount of variation, extending in the one direction to the
change of the coppery-red ground colour to white, in the other direction
to its suffusion with black to such an extent that some extreme speci-
mens may, without exaggeration, be termed black. The aberration
with the white ground colour, ab. schimidtii, is of occasional occurrence
throughout the greater part of its range, being apparently most rare in ex-
treme northern and southern localities, but the difference in the brilliancy
of the coppery-red tint is largely a matter of geographical range, coupled
with the season of emergence, as is also the strong suffusion shown in
the darkest examples. In central Europe, for example, the specimens
of the spring brood are bright coppery-red, so also are most of the
summer examples, with, however, a strong tendency, in some, to
suffusion, especially in hot seasons: In the northern parts of its range
the coppery-red, although hardly so intense, is even lighter than the
spring broods of the central area. In the southern and eastern parts
of its area the specimens of the spring brood are bright, like those of
the summer brocd of the central area, but a large percentage of the
examples of the summer broods are deeply suffused with black, often,
in addition, with a distinct tail to the hindwings. This form is known
as ab. (et var.) eleus. That these forms are really largely a result of
temperature has been, to a great extent, proved by the experiments of
Weismann and Merrifield, which may be here noted at length. In
1888, specimens of A. phlaeas were captured in the neighbourhood of
Camaldoli, near Naples, and laid an abundance of eggs, of which some
were reared at Naples by Schiemenz, others at Freiburg by Weis-
mann.

(1) The Neapolitan egys reared at Naples.—These were laid, in early
May, on Rumex acetosella; the larvee were fed up on this plant, and
produced 86 butterflies between June 26th and 29th. These are all
characterised by a very broad, deep, black margin on the upperside of
the forewings, and by very large, deep, black spots; many also exhibit
the black powdering of the brilliant red-golden ground colour charac-
teristic of the var. eleus, but the latter character is very unstable, and
very unequally developed. Three degrees may be separated, according
to the extent of the black powdering on the forewings, as follows :—

a. Darkest form :—Only three to five small washed-out spots remain of the
red-gold of the ground colour; all the rest of the surface of the wings is powdered
with deep black, and only exhibits scattered red-golden scales, which produce a
slight golden lustre. Only slight traces of red-golden spots can be recognised
outside the band of black spots. Hight specimens of this form.

8. Intermediate form:—The red-golden ground colour is visible outside the
band of black spots in the form of definite spots, but all the lower half of the wing

is strongly powdered with black. Twelve specimens of this form.
y. Brightest form :—The lower half of the wing, from the base to the band of

332 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

spots is powdered with black, which does not extend outside the same. Twelve
specimens of this form.

Weismann says that all three forms merit the name of var. eleus,
although they vary greatly just in the characteristics exhibited
by the black powdering of the upperside of the forewings. This he
considers a peculiar variability of the summer brood of R. phlaeas at
Naples. He observes that a specimen from Greece, and one from
Corsica, are even blacker than var. a (supra), as they have no red-
golden spots, but only a slight golden lustre, which results from
scattered golden scales. He further notes that 71 specimens from
Tokio, captured June and July, 1887, and, therefore, all belonging to
the summer brood, have a very broad black margin, and large deep
black spots, but the black powdering of the red-gold ground colour is
also of very varying strength; only 8 are equal in darkness to the
specimens just noted from Greece and Corsica, in many others only
the basal part of the lower half of the wings is powdered with black,
and 14 specimens are without any powdering, beautifully red-golden,
so that here, also, great variability of the elews character prevails.

(2) The Neapolitan eqys reared at Freiburg.—F rom part of the same
lot of eggs, some 70 larvee emerged between May 22nd-26th; the
larve fastened themselves up from June 6th, but were, before pupation,
divided into two lots, as follows :

a. Larve and pupe kept at ordinary room temperature, from June 9th-13th,
at 20°C., and from June 14th-22nd at 18°C. During this time 35 imagines
emerged. Of these, 8 were decidedly eleus, the rest exhibited no black powdering
of the red-gold, but all had broader margins of a deeper black, and larger spots
than the German phlaeas, and even than Sardinian phlaeas of the spring brood.

GB. These larve were, at the commencement of pupation, placed in the cellar,
or refrigerator. As pupation, at the temperature of the latter, 6°C.-10°C., did not
take place, they had to be subjected to a temperature a little over 10°C.; under
these conditions pupation was delayed for some time, and took place between June
22nd to July 25th. The pupe were then kept in the refrigerator at from 7°C.-10°C.,
where several butterflies emerged between August 27th and September 16th. It
was evident that the dampness of the refrigerator not infrequently rendered the
red quite pale yellow, so some of the pups still remaining were brought into a room,
where 18 more butterflies emerged between September 17th and October 18th. The
rest remained in the refrigerator, and later emerged at 10°C.-11°C., most of them
crippled, although very few to such an extent that the colour could not have been
recognised... In reference to brilliancy of colour, it was all one whether the imagines
left the pups in the refrigerator or in theroom. Of the 51 butterflies that emerged,
only 2 are somewhat powdered with black, one of which emerged August 27th, the
other on September 15th. All the others are bright red-gold, and have very small
black spots ; but the majority have a broad and deep black margin, and, especially,
the black of the apex of the wing often spreads to the uppermost spot of the
band of spots, while, at the same time, it extends as a broader stripe along
the costa to the base of the wing. These are characters which are not present in
German specimens; and is such a mixture of characters of the southern and
northern forms as is unknown to one in specimens captured at large. The duration
of a lower temperature for a very long time does not produce any increase of the
effect that can be recognised. To be sure, the two darkest specimens emerged
tolerably early, viz., on August 27th and September 15th, but perfectly bright
examples emerged on August 31st, September 5th, 6th, 7th, and 10th, and then,
again, some rather darker specimens on September 20th.

(3) German egys reared in Germany.—Egegs laid by captured @ at
Leipzig, in August, 1889. On August 20th, placed in a room with
a temperature of 10°C. The first larva hatched August 27th; all the
eges then placed in a hothouse where temperature fluctuated between
20°C. and 80°C.; all the larve, 35, appeared between-August 27th and

RUMICIA PHL#AS. 333

31st. On September 12th, they were placed in an “ incubator,’’ the
temperature kept at about 27°-29°C., pupation taking place therein
between September 15th-24th—25 pup in all; which produced 23
butterflies between September 19th and October 5th, the remaining
pupe not emerging. The temperature of the incubator was gradually
raised from 24°C. on September 25th, to 88°C. on September 29th.
The imagines divided as follows:

a. Hight specimens closely resembled the ordinary German C. phiaeas, so that
the raised temperature had no effect on them.

8. Two specimens can be described as var. elews, as they are as strongly powdered
with black as many specimens of the darkest variety of the butterfly reared at
Naples. Both specimens emerged on September 27th, i.e., two days before the
end of the period of emergence, and, consequently, were not subjected to the highest
temperature, 37°C.-38°C., but only to a temperature of 23°C.-29°C.

y. Thirteen specimens are somewhat darker that the ordinary German form.
They have the black margin a little broader, the black spots somewhat larger. The
black powdering of eleus is also present to a very slight extent, and principally on
the lower half of forewing, from base towards the band of spots only. A sharp
distinction cannot be drawn between these and the unaltered ones first mentioned.
As a summary of the results, it will be noted that the eggs of
Neapolitan butterflies more frequently produced butterflies powdered
with black at Naples than when reared at Freiburg in a room at ordinary
summer temperature, and resulted in butterflies without any black
powdering when the pupa were kept at 6°C.-10°C.; on the other hand,
eggs from north German phlaeas produced two specimens powdered
with black, similar to Neapolitan eleus, when the pupe were subjected
to 24°C.-88°C. Weismann considers that experiment 2 (supra) proves
that temperature only operates during the pupal period, its operation
during the larval period being without effect, since the Neapolitan
larve, all reared at the same room-temperature, and only treated
differently during and after pupation, produced strikingly different
coloration in lots a and 8. He thinks that there can be little
doubt that there is a greater tendency towards black colouring in
the southern summer broods, although the spring brood in the south is
as pure red-gold as in central Europe, etc. Merrifield’s experiments
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1898, pp. 68 et seq.) tend to show that the
difference in appearance, between the phlaeas from southern Europe and
England, is not necessarily to be attributed to the existence of races of
different colouring, but may be due to the difference between the
temperatures to which the individuals are exposed in the two climates.
Starting with eggs laid by English phlaeas, he obtained 70 pupz, and
forcing (or retarding) them at different temperatures, obtained results .
as follows:

a. Ten pups. Forced at 80°F.-90°F. (representing a very hot continental
summer temperature) (figs. 1 and la). Emerged in six days. Spots large, not
sharply defined; dusky suffusion of forewings.

B. Six pupe. Temperature of room, about 70°F. (English summer tempera-
ture). HEmerged in 11-15 days. Spots smaller; copper colour more vivid; black
more intense.

yy. Six pupe. Placed in a cool shady place out-of-doors, 56°F .-58°F. (rather
cool summer or late spring temperature). Emerged in 22-23 days. Copper colour
still more vivid; copper band on hindwings broader.

6. Ten pupx. Placed in a cellar at uniform temperature of about 56°F.
Emerged in 29-33 days. These are very similar to last lot.

e. Six pups. Placed in refrigerator at about 47°F. (temperature of cold spring).

Only three emerged, and these took 57-59 days to develop. Effects noted in y and
6 intensified. -

334 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

¢. Number unstated. Kept at 33°F. for ten weeks, then at 55°F. for five weeks
(winter and spring temperatures) (figs. 2 and 2a). About half died or were crippled.
In those which emerged all the effects of the low temperature are shown in their
extreme—light colour of coppery parts, reduced size of spots (one or two of which
have almost disappeared); the breadth and conspicuousness of the coppery band on
hindwings, which ceases to be serrated, though coppery scales are often prolonged
along nervures, from band towards base of wings.

yn. Six pups. Exposed at 33°F. for nine or ten weeks, then at 90°F.; all
emerged in from 5-6 days. These have most of the features of lot a, which were
never at a lower temperature than 80°F.-90°F., and especially the dusky suffusion
of bases of forewings, and reduced size of coppery band on hindwings. The
contrast in colouring between these and the last lot, £, is noticeable.
Merrifield observes that the principal effects on:colour appear to be
produced, not by long exposure to severe cold, but by expusure, during
the period when the active part of the pupal changes has begun, to
(1) great heat, producing duskiness; (2) moderate cold, producing
vividness and intensity of colouring in both the coppery and the dark
parts, smallness of spots, and great enlargement of the copper band
on the hindwings. Merrifield further remarks the interesting
parallelism apparently produced naturally by temperature in the
American insect—R. hypophlaeas, of which, Scudder remarks that
the spring individuals (7.e., those which emerge in colder weather)
are of a more fiery red, and the orange band on the undersurface of
the hindwings is broader ; while, in later broods, viz., those emerging
in the hot American summer, the markings are less vivid and less
distinctly defined. He adds that there is also a longer tooth
on the margin of the hindwings, a feature that appears to exist
in a slight degree in the phlaeas reared by Merrifield at a high
temperature, the orange band on the undersurface of the hindwings
being, in all these examples, very inconspicuous. Frohawk, however,
notes that the markings on the undersides of all the wings are consider-
ably stronger in those exposed to high, than in those developed
at lower, temperatures, and in those at the lowest temperature the
spots on the forewings are much redueed in size, and on the hindwings
are almost obliterated. Weismann’s comparison of these experi-
ments (Hnt., xxix., p. 88) is interesting, and there is no doubt
that the difference observed in the appearance of the specimens
is merely due to a modification of the chemical processes in
the development of the colour-material in the scale in which a high
temperature produces darkening, and moderate cold a brightening of
the colour. It is clear, however, that the changes that may be
produced artificially are limited by the racial variation exhibited in
this species in the widely different latitudes that it inhabits, and
that the races of warm climates react more readily to higher, and
less readily to low, temperatures, whilst those from cold climates
react more readily to low, and less readily to high, temperatures.
Weismann gives (/nt., xxix., pp. 74 et seq.), too, considerable details of
the variation in the markings of phlaeas, independent of climate. He
notes, with regard to the development of blue spots on the outer margin
of the upperside of the hindwings in both sexes, that as many as four
may be present, but often one or other of the spots is only indicated by
scattered blue scales, frequently only by a single one, and not infre-
quently no trace of the spots is to be seen at all. If specimens from
the south be compared with those from the north, it is seen that well-
developed spots and their indications are much more frequent, but

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 335

that no correspondence exists between climate and the degree of
perfection of the spots. He illustrates this by noting that, in his
collection, the following facts are observable :

1. With 3-5 well-developed blue spots.—One example from Lapland; 1 from
Sardinia (spring brood) ; 1 from Corsica (summer brood) ; 1 from Lindau (summer
brood); 3 from Japan (summer brood); 8 from Japan (spring brood); 2 from
ae oe at Freiburg at a room temperature); 3 from pup developed at

2. With slight indications of blue spots, i.e., exhibiting blue scales in fewer number
and more scattered.—One example from Lapland; 3 from Sardinia (spring brood) ;
10 from Genoa (summer brood) ; 3 from Greece (summer brood) ; 2 from Berlin ;
4 from Lindau; 12 from Leipzig (pupe at 27°C.-31°C.) ; 28 from Japan (summer
brood); 14 from Japan (spring brood); 14 from Naples (reared at Naples, summer
brood) ; 23 from Naples (reared at Freiburg at room temperature), 6 from Naples
(pupz developed at 7°C.-10°C.).

3. Without a trace of blue.—One example from Genoa (eleus); one from
Greece (eleus) ; 3 from Lindau (summer brood); 8 from Leipzig (kept at 24°C.-30°C.);
7 from Japan (spring brood).

The largest and most beautiful blue spots are possessed by some
Japanese specimens of the summer and spring broods, one Sardinian,
and one Lapland, example. The blue spots are consequently individual
variations, formed everywhere under the most varied temperatures,
often appearing only slightly, and, still more frequently, only suggestively,
as single blue scales. Weismann also notes, relative to the red band
on the underside of the hindwing, that there are, on the grey-brown
ground colour of the underside of the hindwings of phlaeas, brick-red
lines along the outer margin, referred to in books as “confluent
reddish lunules’’; they are, in reality, very often distinct as separate
lunules in cells 1-5, but they are frequently also joined together in a
line running in an almost zigzag shape, from which the red spreads
inwards to a narrow washed-out band. This red marking varies, but,
as it seems, independently of temperature; and is local to the extent
that individuals of a particular district all seem to present an almost
equal development of it, e.g., 72 Japanese specimens, of the summer
brood, have a broad and vivid brick-red coloured band, in opposition
to the specimens from all other countries with which he was able
to compare. Felder founded, indeed, his chinensis on this peculiarity.
Specimens from north Germany always have only a narrow red
line or disconnected marginal lunules, which are sometimes
strongly, sometimes slightly, brick-red; the Lapland specimens also
have these lines very distinct, just as the south German and Berlin
specimens, and also most specimens of eleus from Greece, Corsica, and
Genoa; sometimes, indeed, the red is very dull, yet never entirely
missing. The lunules, which are the feeblest in colour, and most
washed-out in marking, are those of the Neapolitan specimens, which
were subjected to the cold as pupx; and, so far, consequently, the
formation of this character depends upon the temperature, etc. We
have already explained (Hnt. Record, vi., pp. 185-186) what we
consider the causes of the colour-variations produced artificially in this
species. The attempt to produce a “ tail’’ in the summer brood of A.
phlaeas, is also commented on by Weismann. He says that a short tail
on nervure 2 of the hindwing, and a pointed prolongation of the
anal angle is given as a character of eleus, yet it is not confined to this
form, but is also occasionally, though more rarely, present in the pure
red-gold form. He suggests that the tails can be arranged in three

336 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

grades as “well-developed,” “medium,” and ‘‘slight,’”’ and he observes
that captured specimens exhibited this erading as follows :

1. Well-developed tails.—One example from Lindau; one from Freiburg ;
one from Berlin (eleus); one from Sardinia (first brood); eleven from Genoa
(second brood, mostly eleus); two from Greece (eleuws); one from Sicily (eleus) ;
many from Japan (summer brood).

2. Medium tails.—One example from Lindau; one from Freiburg ; one from
Sardinia (first brood); one from Greece (eleus ?); many from Japan (second
brood); some from Japan (first brood).

3. Slight tails—Two specimens from Lapland; two from Sardinia (first
brood) ; many from Japan (first brood).

The captured examples show that the tail is more often present in
the summer brood and in a hot climate, than in the spring brood and
in a northern climate, a conclusion supported by the fact that, of the
32 Neapolitan specimens reared at Naples, 30 had them well-developed,
and 2 medium, and none had them only slightly. The examples reared
from Neapolitan eggs at Freiburg, at a living-room temperature, pro-
duced 8 with well-developed, and 13 with medium to slight, tails. The
examples from Neapolitan eggs reared like the last, but from pupe
placed in a refrigerator, produced 15 specimens with medium to slight
tails, and 11 specimens with them entirely wanting. The develop-
ment of these structures, therefore, appears, in Weismann’s opinion,
to be connected with temperature operating during pupal development.
Chapman gives (nt. Rec., xvi., pp. 167 et seq.) some most interesting
notes on the variation of this species, more particularly in western Kurope,
and he records the following general conclusions on some observations
made on specimens from various British and extra- British localities, and
exhibited at the South London Entomological and Natural History
Society: (1) Size: This does not seem to depend on place or season, but
on the period spent in the larval state, though there is much variation
in any one locality, as temporary strains that are hereditary. There is
thus some tendency for the more northern specimens to be the larger,
the Lapland specimens examined being amongst the largest. These
are also the only certainly single-brooded specimens shown; the species
is, however, usually single-brooded in Scotland. The most uniformly
small specimens shown are those bred this autumn (1908) at Reigate.
These were reared at a temperature not less than 85°F’. throughout. They
had plenty of food of good quality, and their rapacity and continuous
feeding struck one very much, as well as the very few days they took
to feed up. Their small size is due, therefore, to rapidity of growth,
and not in any way to starvation, development outstripping the possibili-
ties of the mere mechanics of eating. Nevertheless, it seems very
frequently the case that the eleus form presents very large specimens.
The phlacas form may be small from starvation, having passed the
winter as larva, whilst the summer form may have fed up slowly on
fine fresh grown food in the cooler early summer, and have only been
submitted to an elews-producing temperature when it has reached the
pupal stage. (2) Horm: There seems considerable difference in the
sharpness of the apical angle, the wing looking short and square in
some specimens and long and pointed in others. The difference is not
perhaps very great, and setting may sometimes exaggerate the appear-
ances. Still two specimens from Arcachon and two from Susa that
have been selected, seem very pointed, and two from Torre Pellice very
square, others from these same localities are otherwise, and one is

RUMICIA PHiLAZASe» 837

unable to associate these forms with either place or season. Tails :
One point as regards form is the development of tails. No large pale
specimen has any development of tails, in the dark ones there is great
variation, but there seems to be a tendency for the tails to be better
developed in the small than in the large ones. Seaual differences :
Although unablein many cases to distinguish the sexes of the specimens,
yet.it appears to be usually the case that the pointed-winged specimens
are gs and the square ones ? s, a sexual dimorphism that is common
to the rest of this group, and very notable in its near ally Loweia
dorilis, to which also some (¢ ?) specimens approximate in having,
not the tail, but the anal angle somewhat produced. (8) UVolour:
Apart from the greater or less abundance of black scales there is
a difference in the richness or paleness of the copper colour, as a
rule, the darker specimens having the richer colour. The greatest
variation in colour is in the amount of black scaling. This occurs
in two very distinct ways, viz., by greater extension of the black
areas, spots, hind margin, etc., and by the invasion of the copper area
by a suffusion of black scales. The former not unfrequently occurs
with hardly any of the latter, but suffusion of the copper is almost
always associated with some increase of the black areas. The evidence
of the specimens submitted is to the effect that both these features are the
result of heat in the earlier stages, that is, that they are entirely climatic,
and in no definite way geographical or racial. There are specimens
that might be ordinary English ones from France, Switzerland, Italy
and Spain, and all intensities of suffusion occur through ab. suffusa
to var. eleus. The Locarno examples are interesting. Specimens,
taken in 1902 immediately after a very cold spell, during which they
were no doubt in pupa, were ordinary typical specimens though
emerging in May; in April, 1908, the specimens approached ab. suffusa,
though taken in April; the weather was then cold, but had just
before (when the specimens were in pupa, doubtless) been fairly warm.
What causes some specimens to confine the darkness to increase of
spots, and others to add suffusion, is not at all elucidated. Those that
affect suffusion, often have the spots with a sort of halo around them,
that is not the deep black of the spots, nor yet suffusion of the copper.
Chapman’s specimens, he says, reared in heat, areremarkableas having the
spots and margins much increased, so that the spots form a continuous
band, yet they are very well defined, and the copper in most of them
is bright, only one of the captured specimens is quite like them, one
from Bronchales (central Spain). The pupz of some of the specimens
reared by Chapman were kept very damp, others very dry, but there is
no difference in the resulting butterflies. Amongst Pickett’s captured
English specimens are several that are quite the form sujfusa, and one
or two approach, in some degree, Chapman’s bred ones, showing that it
is climate and not our race of R. phlaeas that prevents eleus being a
common form with us. They also show that the want of sutfusion in
these bred specimens has nothing to do with the type of the race,
though, whether it arises from some special cause in their treatment,
or is hereditary in the actual brood experimented with, cannot be
determined. Chapman does not deal with aberrations, so says
nothing about schmidtii, and forms named by Oberthur and others,
but he refers to the Lapland form. This, he says, is large, pale,
tolerably typical above, except that the black spots of the hindwing

838 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

are much more easily seen than in the type, and, perhaps, that the
blue spots are the rule, rather than, as elsewhere, the exception.
Beneath, however, the black spots of the underwings, and the orange
mareinal line, are pronounced in a way that no other form approaches.
Staudinger calls this hypophlaecas, Boisd., and says that it is identical
with the American form. Though Scudder regards the American form
as abundantly distinct from the Huropean, he does not appear to have
been aware of the identity of the Lapland form with the American
(some of the specimens exhibited agree exactly with his description of
the American form), whilst it is difficult to regard the Lapland form as
distinct from our ordinary form, though we possess no specimens from
intermediate districts to show the gradation. Chapman is not quite
sure, but thinks the “warm” varieties have the underside of the hind-
wing distinctly of more uniform tint and freer from spots and orange
marginal line than the type. He mentions that Merrifield has shown
that the effect of a high temperature in producing dark specimens of
phlaeas, takes place during the pupal stage, whilst the imago is maturing
within it, and that warmth in an earher pupal, and in the larval, stage,
has little or no effect. He adds that ‘ we speak of the difference between
phlaeas and elens as a seasonal one, but this is not strictly correct.
It is an individual change due to the direct action of temperature,
there is no distinct alternation of forms asin Araschnia levana and
prorsa, or as in our English Knnomids, alternations which Merrifield
found he could break through only with difficulty. In R. phlaeas each
individual is prepared, up to the pupal stage, to take either form. How
then, he asks, may we arrange the ordinary (7.e., not aberrational) forms
of phlaecas (west Huropean)? We may, with lhttle hesitation, accept
hypophlaeas as a distinct geographical race or subspecies. When we
come to eleus, we must, I think, in the first place use the name in two
senses ; it is primarily the name of the darkest form of phlaeas. It
must also be oiven to the southern race of phlaeas. The experiments of
Weismann, Merrifield, Standfuss, Fischer, etc., bring out apparently,
that the southern races respond with much greater readiness to the
proper temperature stimulus that produces eleus, than the central
Juropean form does. There also exists a belief that the normal (cool)
form of this southern race is darker than central Kuropean R. phlaeas.
In some cases this is probably true. Whether essentially darker, or
merely responding more easily to stimuli to become darker, it has a
sufficiently different constitution to be recognisable as a race, though
not, perhaps, so definitely a subspecies as we may take hypophlaeas
to be. The name of this southern subspecies would necessarily be
eleus. We cannot but recognise, however, that Enelish phlaeas can
provide elews, and very commonly takes the transitional form of sugfusa,
Tutt, whilst specimens exhibited demonstrate that, to the south of
the Alps and in Spain, the race eleus can produce tolerably typical
examples of phlaeas. We have then :

Rumicia phlaeas, phlaeas f.t. phlaeas |

Central Europe.
be We ai »> eleus~ |
eleus ,, phlaeas) ,
I South HKurope.
Ys 5, eleus
a phlaeas, hypophlaeas Lapland.

It must also be recognised that edeus, besides such transitional forms
as suffusa, presents a large, dark, suffused form, and a smaller,

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 3389

brighter, clearer form, with the dark marking increased, but not

-. suffused. Pickett’s captured specimens from Dover present no extreme

form, but demonstrate clearly that English R. phlaeas varies in the
intensity of the copper, and varies a considerable way towards the
darkening that constitutes elews, both by increase and by suffusion of black,
whilst J believe that many English collections contain fully-developed
eleus. One of this year’s (Dover, August) specimens is suffusa, well on
towards eleus, so that, even in a year (1903) lke the present, examples
succeed in finding warm places in which to pupate. A Dover specimen of
August, 1902, is nearly as dark, as well as two or three May specimens
- from Clandon. They have all been obviously selected as nice specimens
and represent rather the well-marked and rich-coloured examples,
and do not fairly show a normal proportion of paler copper, with
smaller spots and narrower border. The majority are, in fact,
though not by a good way as far as sujfusa, yet an appreciable
distance on the way to being eleus. It is curious this should be
even more the case with the May (1902), than with the August
specimens (Dover, 1901, 1902, 1903). Carpenter’s beautiful ex-
hibit of about 112 bred specimens of three several broods, from three
parents, showed each brood to be of tolerably uniform type and so far
different from the others that it might almost have been possible to
separate them again had they been mixed together; yet the total differ-
ence was not great. All were reared in an unheated greenhouse, and
the uniformity of each brood may be referable to the uniform
conditions under which all its individuals were reared, but more
probably arose from an hereditary identity. The parents were not
exhibited with them. All were very fine bright specimens, a little
more darkly marked, perhaps, than an average of Hnelish captured
examples. Specimens emerging in July, 1896, from an Abbott’s Wood
parent, were well spotted, and some, emerging July 15th-21st, slightly
suffused. Those of June, 1897, from Folkestone parents, were paler
with smaller spots (cooler period of emergence). From a Bude parent,
specimens, emerging September, 1902, were larger, brighter, and well
spotted. Montgomery’s series had, unfortunately, nothing but memory
to co-relate the specimens with the facts of their education. They
formed a long series of about 300. They were from four ? s taken at
Greenford, Middlesex. The four broods were raised together. HKeggs
laid August 5th-31st. There was considerable mortality in the larve
and some of those that were smallest on September 24th were turned
out. The first emerged September 13th, and up to October 9th, 240
emerged. On October 6th, the temperature fell decidedly, especially
the night temperature, and remained low for two or three weeks; 60
emerged during, and just after, this perilod—October 10th-20th, 50;
October 28rd-28th, 9; and one on November 7th. Of the whole
number five or six are slightly suffused and with dark veins. These
were amongst the earliest emergences (up to the date of first emerg-
ence the mean maximum temperature was 71:2°F.). Amongst the mass
of emergences of ordinary aspect were five remarkable for their small
size (about 19mm.), and not very different from 20 to 25 that emerged
amongst the last 50 or 60, of which some were as small as 21mm.,
these were also pale in the copper and rather weakly spotted. Apart
from discoverable temperature effects, some specimens were remark-
able for having the row of spots less in pairs than usual, but more in a

340 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

continuous sweep (like those of Chrysophanus hippothoé and Loweta
ampiidamas), and others had them very close up to the discal spot ;
there is much variation in width of dark margin, and exact position
and size of spots, without anything strikingly extreme. Blue spots
were fairly represented in all forms. The American R. hypophlaeas,
as described by Scudder, agrees very closely indeed, as has been
already noted, with the Lapland form. The specimens differ
in one point. The three large apical spots that he in a
slightly curved line, one in each interneural space, are con-
tinued, in my specimens bred at 95°F., by one or two others,
in the next one or two spaces, that continue exactly the sweep
of the curve of the three below. Average English and many European
examples are without any trace of these extra spots, and Scudder
makes no mention of their occurrence in any American forms. In the
European speciniens, the first of them is not unfrequently present, but
does not continue the line of the three below, and occupies a more
apical position. This spot is always present (or almost always) in the
Lapland specimens, and, in them, is very decidedly moré apical, so as
to seem moved outward, just as the lowest of the three is beyond the
upper one of the pair below. In a considerable proportion of the
Lapland specimens the second of these extra spots is present, and lies
in the line of the three spots, without reference to the dislocation of
the preceding one. Beneath, the spots are repeated, and where both
are present, they look like a pair standing above, and one to either
side of, the top of the three usual spots. Although the dislocation of
the first extra spots is so variable in amount, or even absent (as in my
bred ones), I have not seen sufficient specimens possessing them to say
how far it marks a peculiarity of race. It is certain, however, that
this pronounced development of these spots in the Lapland specimens,
contrasts very decidedly with their absence in American forms. One
would, however, expect to meet with them in some American speci-
mens, even although so careful an observer as Scudder had not seen
them.’’ Chapman further notes that Moore showed a specimen from
the Himalayas, from whose upper wings all copper had disappeared,
except a few spots outside the row of spots, though the hindwing was
nearly typical and with blue spots; whilst American specimens from
Indiana(U.S.A.), Cape Breton and Halifax, were small (26mm.) but other-
wise very like the Lapland specimens. Several of the eastern and south-
eastern forms have been specially named, ¢.g., owiana, Gr.-Gr., chinensis,
Teld., comedarum, Gr.-Gr., etc., but there has been no suspicion
of any want in their specific connection with phlaeas. Concerning
the American form, however, much doubt has arisen, as has
already been suggested, and many lepidopterists still consider it
distinct. Whether this be so, or not, we are not prepared to say,
but give herewith Scudder’s notes on the variation (and life-history)
of the American insect. He says: ‘‘ According to Pryer, phlaeas is
very strongly affected by temperature ; the first brood, which appears
in Japan in March, is very brightly coloured, while the later summer
broods are much darker, and the male almost black. Zeller makes
a similar statement concerning Sicilian specimens, though, in Switzer-
land, according to Meyer Dir, the differences are not nearly so great.
In H. hypophlacas (americana), also, we find such differences, but
whether they vary in the north and south I do not know. Specimens
of the spring brood in Massachusetts are of a more fiery red, and the

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 841

orange band of the under surface of the hindwings is broader; while,
-in the later broods, the markings are less vivid and less distinctly
marked, and there is a longer tooth on the margin of the hindwings.”
Seudder’s detailed account of the American insect (together with
Boisduval’s original description) is given later. Frohawk observes (Hut.,
XXv1., p. 294) that, in 1898, at Balham, among a large number captured,
were specimens varying from Zin. to 12in., thus differing in size more
than 4in. The colour of all was very brilliant, varying from light
eolden-copper to deep fiery-copper, whilst two approached var. schmidtiz,
one having the left forewing pale silvery-gold, shading into copper at
the base, the other with the right forewing silvery-white. The size of
the spots in different specimens varied from small dots to bold blotches.
Two examples, he says, are exceptionally fine aberrations, having the
copper bands of the secondaries replaced by a black band formed by the
enlargement of the submareinal velvety-black spots, and the ground
colour of these wings lustrous steel-grey; in one, a few of the nervures
show coppery scales, whilst the other has only the merest trace of
copper on one or two nervures; both are females. In the other speci-
mens, the coppery band varies in width; in one, the copper is extended
along the nervures, and the rest of the wing is sprinkled with copper
scales. The blue spots, which sometimes occur on the secondaries, are,
in one of the specimens under consideration, conspicuously shown, and
are five in number on each wing; these spots are also present, but less
apparent, in two other examples. He then goes on to argue that the
specimens present facts that are adverse to Merrifield’s views on the effects
of temperature on the colouring of R. phlaeas (Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
1893, p. 62), etc., as he quite expected to find the majority of specimens.
with the coppercolouring dull and the black markings pale, corresponding
with Merrifield’s high temperature forms, because (considering the
vast numbers he saw on the same piece of ground at the same
time, all having evidently been bred close by) they must necessarily
have all been subjected to high temperatures during their various
stages, and especially while in the pupa, as the temperature, both day
and night, remained very high for weeks previous to, and at the time of,
emergence, yet he found his expectation exactly reversed, as all the insects
he examined were of brilliant colouring, the copper being rich and bright,
and the black deep; in most cases, indeed, they closely resembled his.
low temperature forms. Merrifield-observes (Hnt., xxvi., pp. 338 et seq.);
that the specimens obtained by Frohawk are quite consistent with his.
recorded experiments, and points out that, although the summer of
1893 was a very hot one, yet, during the time that the captured
Specimens were in pupa, the average mean daily temperature of the
southeast of England was less than 65°, and, during the critical
twelve days only about 60°, and that the recorded temperature of the
time they were pupz in no sense approached the 80° and upwards to
which the pups dealt with in his “high temperature” experiments
were subjected. Merrifield adds that Frohawk’s specimens corres-
ponded very well with those reared in his experiments at low tempera-
ture, ¢.g., 56°-58°, etc.

Tue NortH AMERICAN FORMS.

The North American race of this species has been variously known
as hypophlaeas and americanus, and appears to be, on the whole, little

342 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

less variable than the Palearctic insect. No form so white as our ab.
alba, usually, but erroneously, called schmidtit has yet been taken there,
but an approach to our ab. intermedia is found in the fulliolus of Hulst,
whilst two of our best known European forms, ab. obliterata and ab.
fasciata, were first described from American specimens. [Reference to
these must be made (posted).; It is quite clear from Maynard’s note
(Butts. New England, 1886, p. 41) that most of the European aberrations
that show variation in the spotting of the forewings occur in North
America as frequently as they do in Europe, whilst the suffusion noted
in our summer examples in the Palearctic region is also recorded from
North America, Weir observing (Hnt., xvil., p. 50) that phlaeas, taken
at Moose (Hudson Bay), has the wings suffused with black, with but very
faint traces of orange visible, both sexes being as dark in colouras $ L.
dorilis. Chapman has already pointed out the characters of the American
race, and made (antea, pp. 3387-3888) some comparisons between this and
Scandinavian examples. Schneider says (Tvomsé Mus. Aarsheft., xv.,
p. 20) that ‘all the Scandinavian Arctic specimens belong to var.
americanus, distinguished by the lighter bluish-green underside, and
apparently the much stronger and more sharply defined black dots on
the underside of the hindwings. He says, further, that it is difficult
to find any constant characters on the upperside between the northern
and southern Scandinavian examples, although the distribution of red
and black appears to be more variable in the north, especially as regards
the hindwings. He thinks that R. phlacas reaches its finest and largest
development in the northern areas of its distribution, e.g., the largest
from Troms6 measured 28mm., an expanse greater than that of his ex-
amples from central and southern Kurope. He adds that Arctic examples
are also distinguished by their light and bright yellowish-red colour.

a. var. (anspec. dist.) Hypophlaeas, Bdv., ‘‘ Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,’’ 2nd ser., x.,
p. 291 (1852); Morr., ‘‘Syn. Lep. Nor. Amer.,’’ p. 84 (1862); Scudd., ‘‘ Bull.
Buff. Soc. Sci.,’’ iii., p. 128 (1876); Streck., ‘‘Cat. Am. Lep.,”’ p. 101 (1878) ;
Scudd., ‘‘Butts.,’’ p. 166, figs. 4, 7, 25, 42, 58, 105 (1881); Edw., ‘‘ Rev. Cat. Lep.,”’
p. 59 (1884); French, ‘‘ Butts. Hast. Un. Sta.,”’ pp. 283-4, figs. 75-77 (1886); Seudd.,
‘‘Butts. New Enel.,”’ ii., pp. 998 et seq. (1889). Americana, Havrr., ‘‘ Ins. Inj. Veg.,”’
3rd ed., pp. 273-4, fig. 104 (1862). Americanus, D’Urb., ‘‘Can. Nat.,”’ v., p. 246
(1860); Morr., ‘‘Syn. Lep. N. Amer.,’’ p. 91 (1862); French, ‘‘ Rept. Ill. Ins.,”’ vii.,
p. 158 (1878); Fern., ‘‘ Butts. Ma.,’’ pp. 89-90, figs. 27-28 (1884); Schéyen, ‘* Ent,
Tids.,” vi.,p. 141 (1885); Mayn., ‘‘ Butts. New Eng.,’’ p. 41, pl. v., figs. 52 a-c (1886);
Staud., ‘‘ Rom. Mém.,”’ vi., p. 156 (1892); Schneid., ‘‘ Troms. Mus. Aarsh.,’’ xv.,
p. 20 (1893). Phlaeas, Godt., ‘‘Kne. Meth.,’’ ix., pp. 609, 670-671 (1819) ; Bdv.,
“‘Lep. Am. Sept.,” pp. 123-24 (1833); Harr., ‘‘ Hitch Rept.,” p. 590 (1833); Emm..,
‘« Aor, New Yk.,’’ v., p. 216, pl. xlvi., fig. 4 (1854); Morr., ‘‘Syn. Lep. N. Am.,”
p. 84 (1862). Hypophleas, Staud. and Reb., ‘‘ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 74 (1901).—Trés
voisin de notre phlaeas, mais plus petit, avec les points plus marquées, les ailes
plus arrondies; le dessous des ailes inférieures d’un cendré-blanchatre, avec la
bande fauve marginale bien marquée. Nord de la Californie. Il se retrouve dans
tout le nord des Etats-Unis (Boisduval). Imaco.—Forewings brilliant orange-red,
with a metallic coppery lustre; near the base, especially on the lower half, a very
little darker ; the median veins in the ¢ dark brown; the costal border, as far as
the subcostal nervure (excepting the extreme base), the outer border, for the width
of at least the interspace, more broadly above, and the apical half of the inner
border, dark grey-brown with a slight greenish tinge; in the ?, the costal border
is only marked in this way very narrowly on its apical half, the basal half being
either greenish-grey, or like the prevailing colour of the wing, but with a decided
greenish hue. ‘The wing is ornamented by eight straight, quadrate, transverse,
very dark mulberry-brown or black bars, each crossing an interspace ; two are in
the cell and the others form an irregular, transverse, series, in the middle of the
outer half of the wing; one is near the middle of the cell, just over the first divarica-
tion of the median, but does not reach either margin of the-cell; another borders on

RUMICIA PHLAS. 343

both sides, the extremity of the cell; three others, the first of the transverse series,
are found respectively in the two lower subcostal and the subcosto-median interspaces
(and occasionally a fourth, small and obscure, in the next interspace above) forming a
curving row, the interior edge of the lower one being midway between the extremity of
the cell and the outer margin, and the upper spot removed inward from it by its own
width; one, in the upper median interspace, is removed inward by twice its
width from the one aboveit; and that in the lower median interspace by half its own
width outward ; the lowermost, in the medio-submedian interspace, is removed
inward from the one above it by twice its width, and its exterior edge is at twice
an interspace’s width from the outer border; the spot at the extremity of the cell
is broader than the others, sometimes equalled by the lowermost; basal half of
the fringe like the outer border; apical half pallid or whitish. Hindwings dark
grey-brown, scarcely with a greenish tinge, the central portion of the basal third
of the wing with more or fewer scattered, greenish-coppery, scales, the inner half
with numerous grey-brown hairs; outer border edged delicately with dark brown,
followed by a broad band of orange-red, broader than an interspace, extending from
the inner border to the middle of the upper subcostal interspace, interrupted in
the middle of each interspace by a small, round, blackish spot, occupying the
exterior border of the band, or causing it to be sharply crenulate; next the
slightly sinuous interior edge, in the middle of each interspace, is a faint, vague,
roundish spot, slightly deeper in tint than the prevailing colour, often scarcely
discernible, capped by a cluster of perhaps half-a-dozen pale blue scales, and
these again by another indistinct dark spot; the extremity of the cell is marked by
a narrow, blackish stripe ; fringe as in the forewings, the pale exterior half inter-
rupted with brownish at the tip of the lower median and submedian nervules. ¢
GenrtTaL1a.—The ¢ appendages with the bent elongated lateral alations compressed,
cylindrical, equal throughout, rounded at tip, and somewhat swollen anterior to it,
the distal half bent abruptly downward, and somewhat outward ; lateral arms
tapering regularly to a fine point, sickle-shaped, the curve nearly equal throughout.
Clasps forming a tumid subequal lamina three to four times as long as broad,
broadest beyond the middle, the apical third curving a little inward, roundly
truncate at tip, the upper posterior corner roundly angulate and slightly produced.
SEXUAL VARIATION.—

MEASUREMENTS IN MILLIMETRES. MALeEs (27). FEMALES (17).

Smallest Average [Largest Smallest |Average | Largest

Length of forewings 25 | 14°5 | 13°25 | 14 15

12 3°2
Length of antenne 6°6 | (Saxe ars) 1S | ST Ne |
Length of hind tibiz and tarsi BS | 4 | sos | a! 4-25 | |
Length of fore tibiz and tarsi 2.75 | 3 oad 3 34 1 8S |

Varzation.—(1) Ab. fasciata, Streck., ‘‘Cat. Amer. Macro-Lep.,’’ p. 101 (1878).—
In the row of spots in the middle of the outer half of the wing, each spot, though
pertectly distinct from the others, is expanded a very little exteriorly, and very
much interiorly; the spots beyond the cell joining that which borders the outer limits
of the same; those in the median interspaces extending nearly, or quite, to the base
of the interspaces, and that of the medio-submedian interspace is, in one instance,
as long as broad, and in the other twice as long as broad, instead of being, as
normally, half as long as broad. On the undersurface, the wings have the normal
pattern, etc. (2) Ab. obliterata, Scudd., ‘‘ Butts. New Engl.,’’ ii., p. 1001 (1889).
—In this there is a partial and nearly complete obliteration of the extra-mesial
spots of the front wing, both above and below. One such specimen is figured by
Maynard (Butts. New. Engl., v., fig. 52a) with no spots at all. Curiously, the
most persistent of all the spots, whether above or below, is the upper of the two
beyond the cell, which is sometimes reduced to the merest dot of black (below,
encircled with white). The two cellular spots remain unchanged, etc. (3) Ab.
fulliolus, Hulst, ‘‘ Ent. Amer.,’’ ii., p. 182 (1886).—In this the coppery-red is re-
placed by an equally glowing, somewhat sooty, yellow. [Scudder suggests that it corres-
ponds in hypophlaeas with the ab. schmidtii of phlaeas.| (4) An aberration (Bull.
Brooklyn Ent. Soc., ii., p. 8) with the undersurface of the hindwing on the right
side marked by red dashes, running from base to exterior margin (/este Scudder).
EKee.—Cells subcireular, but angulated, the largest about -19mm. in diameter, the
smaller about -1mm., excepting next the base, where they are only -045mm. broad ;

344 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

they are bounded by distinct, heavy, greatly elevated walls, thickened at the
junction of several cells; the surface within the cells is shallowly concave, and
marked by delicate, excessively tortuous, lines, covering the whole area, and giving
it the appearance of frosted glass. Micropyle rosette -12mm. in diameter,
made up of little lenticular cells, about ‘Olmm. in diameter. Colour very delicate
pale green, the walls of the cells white or hoary. Height -29mm., breadth -62mm.
Compared with the egg of phlaeas, the egg of hypophlaeas agrees entirely in size
and proportions with that of phlaeas, but the surface is more rugose, the rugosities
more connected in tortuous lines, and are also slightly more pronounced in hypo-
phiaeas than in phlaeas, besides which, the cells in our species are slightly smaller,
and consequently more numerous. In making its exit, the larva eats only the
summit of the egg, where the pits are small and separated by thin walls.
Oviposition.—When laying her eggs the female flies to a plant of sorrel, remains
nearly or quite still, often for two minutes or more, and then walks down the
plant, moving this side and that, in search for a suitable spot, until finally,
turning entirely around and curving the body downward, she deposits a single
egg; this occupies about three seconds, and then she crawls back and at once
takes flight. The eggs are usually laid near the base of the leaf on the rounded
surface, but sometimes on the leaf itself, indifferently above or below, and
occasionally on the stem; many eggs may be laid on a single plant, but I have
never found more than one on a leaf in free nature. Five females confined in
June, over sorrel, laid 120 eggs, of which 51 were laid on the upper surface, 45 on
‘the under surface, 8 on the edge of the leaves, and 16 on the stems. They hatch
in from 64 to 10 days, according to the season.. FooppLants AND Habits OF
Larva.—The caterpillar appears only to feed on the common sorrel (Rumezx
acetosella, Linn.), although several persons, apparently quoting Harris, say that
it devours also the dock (Rwmex crispus, Linn.), and other species of the genus.
Harris, however, merely suggests that it may do so. The Kuropean phlaeas is also
said to feed both on dock and sorrel, although recently Prittwitz has affirmed that
it devours only the latter (Rumex acetosa). Mr. Lintner informs me that our insect
will feed on clover. Larva.—First stage: Head pale testaceous, the sutures of the
triangle blackish-fuscous ; ocelli blackish-fuscous ; edge of labrum and mouthparts
tinged with ferruginous, body pale yellowish-green, with a dark brownish spot on
the top of terminal segment; warts both simple and hair-bearing, blackish-fuscous,
those of the latero-stigmatal series with a pale centre; hairs pale brownish ;
stigmata testaceous; legs greenish-yellow; claws fuscous; prolegs yellowish.
Length 1:12mm., width -26mm.; length of superior longest hairs -S5mm., of
superior shorter hairs -14mm., of lateral hairs -17mm. ; width of head -25mm.
Second stage: In this stage the whole aspect of the creature has changed on a
minute inspection. The form becomes less exaggerated in its distinctions between
front and hind end, the body is broadest at the second thoracic segment, and,
instead of the single series of excessively long, spiculiferous hairs, there are now
a multitude of series with spiculiferous hairs, but the hairs are not nearly so curving
nor so long, and all are of the same length; there are about 25 hairs to a segment ;
besides these the crateriform warts have increased in number, are lower down
than before, not all in one row, several on a segment of unequal size, and varying
from segment to segment, and even apparently at the two sides of the
body. The skin is delicately shagreened, and the body is of a pale, pellucid
brown colour. Spiracles black rimmed. Length, 2°2mm., breadth *5mm.,
Third stage: Head blackish-castaneous, antenne pale. Body, above and below,
delicate grass-green, slightly darker along the middle of the sides; a faint, dusky,
dorsal line. Hairs brownish-fuscous, curving backward a little. Spiracles luteo-
fuscous. Legs slightly infuscated, tipped with fuscous; prolegs of the colour
of the undersurface. Length 3°5mm., breadth Imm., height ‘8mm. Fourth
stage: Head pale yellowish-green, edged below, including the bottom of the
ocellar field, with blackish-fuscous, the suture of the triangle marked with fuscous ;
labrum rimmed with whitish ; mandibles reddish-fuscous. Body as previously
described ; in some instances a dorsal stripe, and a broad, ventro-stigmatal band
around the whole body ; dull roseate, the colour apparently confined to the hairs.
Length, soon after moulting, 5mm., breadth 1°75mm., height 1°35mm. Last
stage: Resembling the former altogether, excepting that all the specimens with
roseate stripe and margin, which I have reared, become wholly green atter the last
moult. Length 14°5mm., breadth 4°25mm. Just before pupation the fungiform
appendages of the coming pupa appear as white hemispherical papille, dotting the
surface of the caterpillar. Pupa.—The general colour is light brown or livid, tinged

RUMICIA PHLZAS, 345

with very pale yellowish-green. The thorax is darker and tinged with ferruginous,
dotted and spotted with blackish-fuscous, a subdorsal pair at the highest point of
the mesothorax. There is a rather broad, blackish-fuscous, dorsal streak on the
mesothorax, and, on either side a similar dark band follows the hinder edge of the
mesonotum, and reaches the base of the wing; the dorsal region of the abdomen is
infuscated. The lower surface is paler; the eyes are reddish-brown; and the
interspaces of the wings are mostly filled with blackish-brown streaks, darkest
toward the upper border. On the abdomen are many rows of roundish black dots,
arranged in longitudinal series, as follows: A faint dorsal row placed centrally ;
a faint subdorsal series placed posteriorly ; a laterodorsal series placed anteriorly ;
a lateral series placed anteriorly; close to it a laterostigmatal series placed
posteriorly ; a stigmatal series placed posteriorly, further back than the other
posterior dots, and composed of two confluent dots; an infrastigmatal series placed
posteriorly, and on the posterior segments, having a companion on the anterior part
of the segment; a lateroventral series placed centrally, and a double subventral
row. Raised lines covering the body, russet; the short fine hairs reddish or
blackish; the lower equal portion of the pedicels of the fungiform papillz blackish-
fuscous, the discs colourless. The warts on which the papille are mounted are
°0127mm. in diameter, the pedicel half that diameter, and the equal portion
0-47mm. long; the expanded portion is ‘025mm. long, and the disk -055mm. in
diameter. Length 9-5mm., height 3-5mm., breadth at thorax 3-25mm., breadth at
abdomen 4:°25mm. Enemries.—This insect is subject to at least two hymenop-
terous parasites. Expecting that so common a species would have its enemies, I
collected a large number of eggs, laid naturally, at Norwich, Conn., in June, but
only one of them had been attacked. ‘The little parasite, Telenomus graptae, ate
its way through the bottom of one of the cells on the side, on June 28rd.
Another parasite is Ichneumon versabilis, a much larger insect, which attacks
the larva and emerges from the chrysalis; one came out fifteen days after
pupation. Gentry asserts that it is also destroyed by the wood pewee (Con-
topus virens) and the night-kawk (Chordeiles virginianus), as he has taken large
numbers both of the larva and imago from their stomachs. ‘TIME OF APPEAR-
ANCE.—It is double-brooded in the northern, triple-brooded in the southern,
parts of its range, changing in New England at about 43° 15’ N. lat., but
with some variation, or not far north of the dividing line between the Canadian
and Alleghanian faunas ; throughout Maine, at least as far south as Brunswick,
in the White Mountain region of New Hampshire, and probably in Williamstown,
Mass., it is double-brooded ; it is triple-brooded throughout Massachusetts (excepting
perhaps in parts of Berkshire) including the elevated towns of Andover and Prince-
town, as well as in Albany, N.Y., and Walpole, N.H. We may perhaps add to this
list Milford and Dublin, N.H. and Sudbury, Vt., although in the first two localities,
at least, the appearance of the broods is somewhat later than in Massachusetts,
the dates agreeing better with those Saunders has furnished for Ontario, where
he believes it to be only double-brooded. In the southern, or triple-brooded districts,
the insect makes its first appearance from May 10th-23rd, according to the season.
[Dr. Harris raised one specimen from chrysalis on May Ist, but this was probably
under artificial conditions. He, however,reports one capture as early as March 15th,
and Dr. Packard another in Brunswick, Me., April 3rd, both of which seem to be
altogether exceptional, and the result of unusually warm weather acting upon
chrysalids in very favourable stations.] It becomes common in about a
week, and continues until about the end of the third week of June. The
eggs are laid during June, and, in advanced seasons, during the latter part
of May; after six or seven days, or if very early, as much as ten days,
these hatch; the larve become fullgrown during the latter part of June
and early July, and, after about ten days spent in the chrysalis, evolve
a new brood of butterflies. This first appears between July 5th and 10th,
becomes abundant by the 19th or 20th, and continues until after the
middle of August, sometimes until almost the end of the month. The eggs
are probably laid during the last week of July, and the first half of August, as
pairing is then common ; the earliest caterpillars become fullgrown toward the
middle of August, while the chrysalids continue for a longer period than in July,
sometimes for 19 days. The third generation of butterflies is much the most
abundant, and appears in the latter part of August, generally by the 26th, but,
sometimes, not until the early days of September ; the butterflies continue to emerge
from the chrysalis until the middle of September, when the brood is most abundant,
but it has generally entirely disappeared by the close of the month. The eggs of

346 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

this brood are deposited in September, are hatched in eight days, and the larva
probably changes to chrysalis before winter. Some of my larvee, however, did not
reach their last stage until October, and such may possibly hybernate in this
condition, or, as Sprague believed, perish altogether. Where the butterfly
is double-brooded the first generation does not make its appearance until June,
usually between the 4th and 10th, though a few specimens may occasionally be seen
in favourable seasons late in May ; it becomes common by the 19th or 20th, and
lasts until nearly the middle of July ; in the extreme north, however, as at Quebec
and Cacouna, it does not seem to appear before the last of June, and probably
continues throughout July. The period of the earlier stages is undetermined,
excepting that the chrysalis generally lives about twelve days, but the second
brood of butterflies is first seen between August 6th and 12th, and continues
to emerge until the close of the month, and flies until the end of the
third week of September; the eggs are probably laid late in August and
early in September, giving the larva ample time to attain its growth
and change to chrysalis before winter; the chrysalis is found hanging
upon the under surface of stones. Hapits anp FuicHtT.—The butterfly
alights on stones and twigs and suns itself, or flits away among the
clover-heads. It never flies long distances, nor rises more than a foot or
two above the ground, but flutters rapidly from side to side, with a peculiar
motion; after each flutter the wings are apparentiy closed an instant, for
during flight their under surface is distinctly visible. It is very pugnacious,
attacking, and pursuing, larger butterflies, and even assaulting the monster Carolina
locust (Dissosteira carolina) in its short and heavy flight. When two of the Heodes
meet, they circle rapidly and coquettishly about each other, always keeping near
the ground. In keeping with its activity is the fact that it is one of the first
butterflies to appear after sunrise, and one of the latest to disappear at nightfall.
It is on its unceasing rounds the livelong day. Gosse, in writing of this insect,
says (Can. Nat., p. 219) it would be, perhaps, the most splendid butterfly we have
if its size corresponded with its beauty. The richness of the glowing, flame-coloured
wings is worthy of admiration, and the under surface is very delicate, and I do not
see that it is less beautiful because it is diminutive, though, if it were as large as
a Swallow-tail or a Camberwell Beauty, it would strike the attention more readily.
It is curious to watch their proceedings at pairing-time, which remind one strongly
of the English sparrows. One may be seen perched on a leaf, its hindwings quite
still and horizontal, while the front pair are slightly raised and in a constant flutter.
Its follower will be close behind it, apparently unconcerned, but as it walks after
the leader, the latter walks off a little further ; the little play will proceed a while
when the leader flies away, quickly followed by the other. Which sex takes the
lead in this performance I have not determined. PostuRES AND SLEEP.— These
butterflies are very fond of resting on bare spots fully exposed to the sun; wher-
ever they alight, even if on a twig, they at once turn around so as to bring their
backs to the sun, and open their wings at right angles, the forewings partially
concealed by the hind pair; the antenne diverging at an angle of from 95°-100°.
When resting in the shade, the wings are closely appressed, the forewings concealed
by the hind pair, so that the costal edges are brought together; the antennsz
viewed from above, are perfectly straight, and spread at an angle of 85°, their tips
being about 11mm. apart; when viewed from the side they are slightly curved
downward, but otherwise are straight and nearly continuous with the body. When
walking, even on a perpendicular surface, the tip of the abdomen is trailed on the
ground and the forelegs are used like the others. When they emerge from the
chrysalis they at once seek a vertical surface to expand their wings, which then
hang, when fully expanded, so that the costal edges of all the wings are together,
and the inner edges of the hindwings just touch the surface of rest; the antenne
are then held quite horizontally (or later are slightly raised), and are scarcely
parted, the clubs often in actual contact. Miss Caroline G. Soule, observing this
butterfly clinging, toward sunset, to grass blades with drooping wings, made some
experiments to see how soundly it slept (Psyche, v., p. 42). She says: ‘*‘ Approach-
ing one, I gently touched the grass, but the butterfly remained as before, I
shook the grass, then shook it less gently, but the butterfly did not stir.
Then I picked the blade and carried it in my hand, not taking any care to keep it
upright, for five blocks (in the city), and even then it was only as the sun struck
the grass, when I crossed the street, that the butterfly awoke, and lazily flew to a
shady place, resting as before. I followed, and this time a touch was enough to
startle it. I did not arouse it a third time, but afterwards, in the country, I tried
the same experiment several times, always with the same result. I have always

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 347

found the butterfly in the same position, more than half way up the grass blade, in
- the shade, and with the head up, the wings drooped to an acute, instead of a right,
angle with the body. It certainly sleeps very soundly, and, when aroused, does not
become so active as in the middle of the day. I have waked and disturbed one six
times, each time immediately after it had settled down after a former awakening,
and, even the last time, it flew but ten steps or so, and settled down as before. I
once counted 7 perched for the night on grass-blades within an area of four
square feet. I have generally found them on buffalo or herd’s grass, about half
way down the stalk, but with the head downward, the costal edges of both wings
together, the abdomen bent back to an angle of 135° with the thorax, the antenne
straight forward, parted at an angle of about 15°. Disrrisurion.—This. member
of the Alleghanian fauna is widespread, invading the southern portions of the
Canadian fauna and extending to the Pacific coast ; its very abundance has prevented
its specification in many places, so that our knowledge of its southern limit is not
very definite. It is, however, usually common in Maryland (Uhler) and is even
painted by Abbott with the memorandum ‘‘ met with by Elliot on his tour to
the mountains ”’ i.e., the Alleghanies of Georgia ; although it occurs in California,
and is stated by Saunders to be found in Canada from the Atlantic to the Pacific,
it has not been traced across the continent, but only indicated at one or two points
west of the Mississippi, such as Oxley Ranche, between Fort Macleod and Calgary
(Geddes), and lowa (Chic. Mus.); the westernmost points east of this in which it
has been obtained are Racine, ‘‘common’’ (Hoy) and Beloit, Wisc. (Chamberlin); it
is, however, abundant enough in northern Illinois (Worthington) ; Michigan (Mich.
Univ. Mus., Harrington), and at Sault St. Marie (Bethune), and evidently must be
connected with California through more northern latitudes. Eastward it occurs in
Nova Scotia (Brit. Mus., Jones) and Cape Breton (Thaxter), and, in the north, has
been taken at Cacouna (Saunders), Quebec (Bowles), Montreal, generally common
(Caulfield), River Rouge District (D’Urban), and Ottawa (Billings, Fletcher), and
has even been taken at Moose Factory, James Bay (Weir). Of late years specimens that
have been credited to this species have been reported as taken in Norway. Itis found
throughout New England almost as abundantly in the White Mountain district as
elsewhere, and is one of our commonest species. Haunrs.—It is found most
commonly in dry, sandy or gravelly, barren spots, favourable to the growth of
sorrel, and is particularly common by the sides of paths in dry pastures or upland
highways. It constantly invades the town, and, a fire itself, seems to delight in
finding the hottest places for its gambols. Near Quebec, Mr. Bowles finds it ‘‘ in
rocky places where there are mossy spots.”’

Whether this life-history will prove sufficiently convincing to all
lepidopterists that the American hypophlaeas is merely a variety of our
Rumicia phlaeas, or a distinct species, we do not know. Jor our-
selves, we are satisfied that it is no more than a local race, and has
no clearly marked structural specific characters. Schéyen, Schneider,
and other Scandinavian lepidopterists have no hesitation in referring
their Arctic form to americanus, to which, also, Staudinger refers the
insect from Amurland—Sutschan.

B. ab. fulliolus, Hulst, ‘‘ Ent. Amer.,’’ i., p. 182 (1886). Fulliola, Scudd.,
‘* Butts. New Engl.,’’ p. 1002 (1889).—C. americanus var. fulliolus, nov. var. A
variety of this common species in which the coppery-red is replaced by an equally
glowing somewhat sooty-yellow (Hulst).

Scudder observes that, in this form, “ the coppery-red is replaced
by an equally glowing, somewhat sooty, yellow,” and suggests that it
corresponds in the American hypophlaeas, with the ab. schinidtit of
phlaeas, although it appears to us to be much nearer our ab. intermedia,
of which it would appear to be simply a suffused form. Scudder
further notes that “it is, perhaps, not different from a specimen
captured at Ellsworth, Maine, in 1886, by Mr. Carl Braun, in tolerably
fresh condition, which is remarkable for having the fiery-red of the
upper surface uniformly bleached to a pale but glistening saffron; a
faded trace of the original brilliant colour is found only on the griseous
costal margin of the front wings and at the anal angle of the: hind-
wings.”

348 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

y. var. feildeni, Mchach., ‘‘ Jn. Linn. Soc.,” xiv., p. 111 (1878); Dyar, ‘‘ List
Nth. Amer. Lep.,”’ p. 41 (1903).—28mm.-29mm. ; differs from typical phlaeas (and
also from americanus) in the brilliant copper colour of the anterior wings being
much less fiery and more subdued and with brassy reflections (especially in the
3), so that the colour might almost be termed brassy rather than coppery; the
spots, normal in number and position, but smaller; the dark border narrow and
silky greyish-black with grey fringe, the dark costal margin scarcely indicated; on
the posterior wings, the ground is of the same silky greyish-black as in the border
of the anterior, the pale submarginal band pale orange, with occasionally the
faintest indications of bluish spots above it. Beneath, the anterior wings are
greyish-orange (with the ordinary spots), the border and the posterior wings pale
cinereous ; on the latter wings, the dark dots are very faintly indicated, and there
is also only the faintest indication of the red submarginal band. Three examples
(two ¢, one ?) from lat. 81° 45’ (McLachlan).

McLachlan adds that he was at first inclined to place this very distinct
variety as aform of americanus, but the posterior wings are more tailed
than in any examples he had seen of that species, although scarcely so
much so as in ordinary phlaeas. The common origin, he says, of both
species can scarcely be doubted. No species of Rumea was found in
these high latitudes, but Oawyria reniformis occurred at all the stations,
and in all probability serves as the foodplant.

THE CENTRAL AND EASTERN ASIATIC FORMS.

The variation of the eastern forms combines that of the north and
south of Hurope, often in a greatly enhanced and very extreme manner.
This variation has already been referred to (antea, p. 832) where we
quote Weismann’s remarks on the eastern examples in his collection.
Speaking of examples taken in Séhol, in Tartary, Lucas says: ‘‘ They
are lareer than those found in Europe, for their expanse is about
32mm., further, the shining coppery-tawny of the forewings above is
often very bright and inclined to reddish ; the black spots, which are
also very large, have their edges of a yellowish-white. The blackish-
brown of the hindwings above is very deep, whilst beneath, these same
wines are of a clear ashy, with the spots more strikingly developed,
larger, and of a deeper black; one also notes that all these
spots are surrounded by an edging of a paler ashy than the ground
colour of the wings; the wavy “‘briquetée”’ line, corresponding with the
tawny band of the upperside, is much wider than in European speci-
mens, more strongly developed, and of a bright reddish-tawny.”’
Baker notes (in litt.) that two specimens in his possession from
Turkestan are “the largest he has seen, both bright, but the g slightly
suffused ; the hindwings with broad red bands and with a row
of blue spots; beneath, the hindwings are very pale ochreous-grey,
with small distinct black points.” Pryer, in his remarks on this
Species in Japan, says (hop. Nihonica, p. 16) that it ‘ varies
greatly in size and coloration, according to the time of year that
it emerges in the imaginal state, early spring forms being small
and brightly coloured, often with a row of blue spots towards the outer
margin of the hindwing, but, as the temperature increases, the examples
become larger and darker, until they reach a size nearly twice that of
Knelish specimens. During the hot months, the $s are often quite
black, and this continues until the last brood in November. A
difference of 20 miles is, however, sufficient to account for small hght
coloured gs occurring in one locality, and black 3s in another, e.g.,
some years ago, in November, I collected the small light coloured 3's

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 349

_ in the neighbourhood of Yokohama, and the next day took black gs
in Boshin, not more than 20 miles from Yokohama, whilst, by working
from Boshin, towards the north, through Kadzusa, I found the dark
form to be less abundant, until at Kanosan, they were entirely replaced
by the pale form.” Kaye observes (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1900,
pp. 89-90) that “ the spring broods of phlaeas in Japan and Britain are
practically indistinguishable on the upperside, but, on the underside of
the forewings of the Japanese specimens, the white rings round the
spots are most pronounced, and the blotches on the hindmargins are
_ five or six in number, instead of three, as in the British examples; on
the underside of the hindwings the ground colour is of a silvery-brown,
and the black spots edged with white are more pronounced; the colour
of the red band, too, is much more vivid. . . . . In the black
summer form the red band is much widened and very brilliant.”’
Leech simply notes that, in Japan, ‘‘it is an extremely variable
species, both in size, colour, and markings; during the summer
the typical form gives way entirely to var. eleus, a few intermediate
forms occur, the specimens darker in some localities than in others; the
largest and darkest I found at Nagasaki, in July” (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,
1887, p. 414). Later, he records (Butts. of China, i1., p. 899) the insect as
common throughout Japan and Corea; and adds that he ‘“‘ met with
the large bright form, var. chinensis, Feld., at Ningpo, and received the
same form from Kiukiang, together with the dark (elews) form. The
Species was not met with in western China.” At Wei-hai-wel,
T. B. Fletcher observes that the insect is triple-brooded, and that ‘‘ the
Specimens vary much according to the time of year. Many examples
are large, and comparatively light coloured, and could hardly be
separated from large British specimens. Those taken in the spring
(April) are much more typical (¢.e., the copper colour is paler) than the
generality of Asiatic specimens ; those taken in June are small and
much suffused with black, whilst those captured in September are
large and dark.” He says that they are all referable to var. chinensis,
Feld., and the two later broods fall under var. eleus, Fb., and that he
has seen none so black as those he had taken in Japan (summer brood),
in which the copper is almost wholly concealed by black scales (/nt.,
Xxxlv., p. 156). He further adds that, ‘‘at Chifu, the spring specimens
are quite typical, but that summer and autumn examples are darker,
and fall under the head of var. elews, although they are not nearly so
dark as some of the Japanese summer brood.’’ The following are the
described Asiatic forms :

a. var. turanica, Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross.-Schmett.,’’ p. 747 (1896); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,’’ p. 153 (1896).—An intermediate race between the typical form and var.
eleus ; the upperside only slightly darkened; the underside very pale. Tura (Riibl).

From Ruhl’s description, one would conclude that this was a local
race, and not an aberration, differing, not only in the tint of the
upper-surface, but also in the character of the underside.

B. var. oxtana, Grum-Grsh., ‘‘ Rom. Mém.,”’’ iv., p. 365 (1890); Riihl, ‘ Pal.
Gross-Schmett.,”” p. 747 (1895); Tutt, ‘Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 153 (1896).—In the
month of May, phlaeas is found everywhere in the Pamirs, but not beyond 4000ft.
In the month of August, the second generation is on the wing, this, however,
cannot be referred to eleus, because, although “supra nigricans,”’ it is not ‘‘caudata.”’
Besides, as far as I recollect, it is a transition to the form of phlaeas from Bokhara,

which I describe as oziana, Gr.-Gr., and which differs from the type (1) by the
very dark coloration of the wings of the gs above; (2) by the very pale coloration

350 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

of the whole undersurface of the hindwings. Kabadian in mid-May (Grum-
Grsbimailo).

Ruhl notes the g as ‘‘ very dark above, the underside of hindwings
very pale, not tailed.”

y. var. comedarum, Grum-Grsh., ‘‘Rom. Mém.,” iv., p. 365 (1890); Ruhl,
‘« Pal. Gross-Schmett.,” p. 747 (1896) ; Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’? p. 154 (1896).—The
form which I have reported from the southeast of the Kounjout mountains, approaches
the var. oxiana very closely. Unfortunately I have only a single ¢ , on which it is
difficult to establish a new variety. Its distinctive characters are: (1) The largest
example of phlaeas in my collection is 3lmm., whilst the form which I here
describe is 36mm. (2) The coloration above is very pale. (3) The coloration of
the underside is paler than in oxiana, all the spots are very large and particularly
strongly developed on the hindwings. In case this form should be found constant,
I propose to callit comedarum. Taken on the Col Beik, at 14000ft. elevation, in
mid-July (Grum-Grshimailo).

6. var. chinensis, Feld., ‘‘ Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien.,’’ xii., p. 488 (1862) ;.
Leech, ‘‘ Butts. of China,’’ ii., p. 399 (1893-4); Fletcher, ‘‘ Entom.,’’ xxiyv.,
p. 156 (1891); Riihl, ‘‘Pal. Gross-Schmett.,” pp. 218, 747 (1896).—From
Shanghai. This differs from European and western Asiatic examples by
its greater size; much larger spots on the forewings; narrower marginal band on
the upperside of the hindwings; large conspicuous spots on the underside.
Described from a single ¢ (Felder).

Leech says (Butts. of China, i1., p. 899) that this insect differs from
typical specimens in its larger size, much broader spots of the fore-
wings, narrower marginal band on the upperside of the hindwings,
and larger, more distinct spots on the underside. He adds that he
met with this form in the Snowy Valley at Ningpo, the specimens
being much larger than any others in his collection ; he also received
the same form from Kiukiang, together with the dark (elews) form.
See also Fletcher’s remarks (anted, p. 349).

Tur InpDIAN FORMS.

Nicéville says (Butts. of India, p. 817): ‘‘ There is no doubt that
the local races of this species (in India) are the immediate effect of the
different climates in which they live; the darkest form, timeus, occurs.
where the rainfall is heaviest, and the vegetation consequently most
luxuriant, stygianus and baralacha inhabiting far more barren and rain-
less regions. It is also certain that an absolutely complete gradation
of forms between all the Indian races, at any rate, could be shown,
were sufficient material available, but this does not prevent the local
races being distinct and capable of discrimination at their respective
headquarters.”’ The following are the original descriptions, etc., of
the Indian forms:

a. var. timeus, Cram., ‘‘ Pap. Ex.,’’ ii., p. 137, pl. clxxxvi., figs. £, F (1777) ;
Moore, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ 1865, p. 506 (1865); Butl., ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soe.
Lond.,’’ 1886, p. 368 (1886); Nicév., ‘‘ Butts. India,’”’ ili., p. 315, pl. xxvii., fig.
205 (1890). Timaeus, Doh., ‘‘ Journ. As. Soc. Beng.,’’ lv., pt. 2, p. 180 (1886).—
The red colour on the upperside of the wings, and the dirty-yellow ground colour
of the underside of the forewings, are shining, exactly as that of P. virgawreae and
P. phlaeas, there being much resemblance between the last-named and that we
figure. It belongs, like the others, to the ‘‘Argus’’ group (Papilio Plebeius Ruralis).
It was taken in Smyrna (Cramer).

It is remarkable that this name was first given to an aberrational
form occurring in Smyrna, which becomes racial in India. The
figures of Cramer must be consulted, as well as his description, to get an
idea of the form described. Cramer’s figures are crude, but the fore-
wings are deeply suffused along the inner margin, the suffusion
extending up to, and largely including, the discal spots; the costal and

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 351

outer margins broad; the copper, therefore, runs as a longitudinal
band through the discal area to outer marginal band, extending beyond
the discal cell downwards between the submarginal row of spots and
outer band. The hindwings have a characteristic red marginal band,
with a row of four bright blue spots and long tails. The underside of
the forewings orange-red, with the black spots surrounded by white;
of the hindwings deep grey-brown, with a wide red-brown marginal
band and a fine red antemarginal line, the spots practically nil, a fine
transverse line between the middle of wing and the marginal band.
_Nicéville observes (Butts. of India, ii., pp. 815-6) that Cramer
described this form from Smyrna, in Asia Minor; that there are
numerous specimens of it from Persia in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, and that it occurs from Kashmir to Naini Tal, at any rate at
suitable elevations on the outer ranges of the Himalayas. He describes
it as follows: “3,2, 1-3ins.-1-7ins. ¢, larger than the typical form ;
upperside of forewing very much darker, the coppery colour almost
entirely overlaid with blackish; the black spots larger; otherwise as
in the typical form. 2, iarger; upperside of forewing with the lower
basal area thickly overlaid with blackish scales, having the apical and
outer portions alone of the coppery ground colour quite clear. Hind-
wing with the discal blue spots often very large and prominent, other-
wise as in the typical form.” He also says that Colonel Lang notes
that “this species has a wide distribution in the northwest Himalayas;
common in the outward ranges, Kasauli, etc., appearing here and
there up to Upper Kunawar, in very various climates. It, however,
disappears in certain gaps, as it were, which are occupied by C. pavana.”’
Butler notes that Major Yerbury found it common at Murree, and
along the hills in Thundiani in August and September, and adds that
‘timeus appears to be a tolerably constant form, resembling, on the
upperside, stygianus from Kandahar, but from this, the darker colour
and red band on the underside of the hindwing at once separate it.”
Butler records also timeus from Kandahar; Lang reports it as common
at Naini Tal at 5500ft. to 7000ft., and Doherty remarks of Kumaon
specimens that, ‘‘comparing the prehensores of my specimens of timeus
with those figured by Dr. White, I should suppose the species distinct
from the European phlaeas;’’ he also met with it at Naini Tal at
between 6000ft. and 7000ft. above Garbyan, and at Kalapani, northeast
Kumaon, from 11000ft.-15000ft. ©

B. var. stygianus, Butl., “Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,” p. 408, pl. xxxix., fig. 5 |
(1880); “Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,” 5th ser., ix., p. 208 (1882); Nicév., “ Butts.
of India,” iii., p. 316 (1890)—¢, smoky-brown; the primaries in certain lights
shot with fiery copper; spotted with black as in C. timeus (? elews, Fabr.); two
small orange spots beyond the interrupted black discal series; the hindwings with
a slender, undulated, deep, reddish-orange band on a black ground near the outer
margin ; above it a series of four or five pale blue hastate spots, and above these again,
beyond the end of the cell, two black dots; a black dash at the end of the cell; fringes
greyish-white ; body blackish. Wings below, very like C. timens, but considerably
paler, the submarginal black spots of primaries less distinctly white-bordered ; the
apex and outer margin of primaries, and the ground colour of the secondaries, very
pale grey. Expanse of wings lin. 4lin. The ¢? larger than the ¢; the primaries,
with the outer third of the cell, and the subapical area, bright orange; the black
spots larger, otherwise similar; below slightly yellower in tint all over, so that the
ground colour of the secondaries has a pale brownish, rather than greyish, hue ;
expanse of wings, lin. 5lin. Common in April and May, abundant in June. This

insect is considerably larger than C. phlaeas, and has the costal margin of the
primaries longer (Butler).

352 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

In 1882, Butler observed that “an examination of 41 examples
obtained at Kandahar, in October, has shown that the form cannot be
specifically separated from C'. phlaeas. Leech observes (Butts. of China,
li., p. 399) that stygianus, Butl.,as wellas timeus, Cram., are both referable
to the form of phlaeas known in Europe as var. eleus, Fab. Besides other
details, stygianus is not ‘tailed,’ and has a row of blue spots bordering
the orange outer-marginal band of the hindwing, the former being a
marked character of eleus, the latter not noticed in that form. Swinhoe
also notes (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1885, p. 340) that, ‘‘ with a long
series, containing the typical forms of phlaeas, Linn., timeus, Cram.,
and stygianus, Butl., it is absolutely impossible to separate then.
Quetta, September; Kandahar, October to January.’ Nicéville, how-
ever, writes (Butts. of India, p. 816): “In the Indian Museum, Calcutta,
are a pair of this species, taken by me at Darcha, in Lahoul, in July,
1879. Roberts found it common at Kandahar in April and May,
abundant in June. In my collection are many specimens of both
sexes—trom Quetta (September) and Kandahar (October and November),
taken by Swinhoe; from Bushire, in Persia, taken in April; from
Astor, 7700ft., taken in September by Biddulph, and from Pangi, taken
by Ellis, in October. All these examples are larger than typical
phlaeas, the § on the upperside of the forewing darker, and the under-
side of both wings paler. They are smaller than the local form
tumeus, the § on the upperside of the forewing brighter, in the ?
bright orange rather than coppery. If the local races of phlaeas are to
be discriminated by separate names, stygianus appears to me to deserve
to be so separated, as much as timeus or baralacha, though the describer
himself has failed to find characters of sufficient specific value to enable
him to keep it distinct from phlaeas.”’

y. var. baralacha, Moore, “Journ. As. Soc. Beng.,” liii., pt. 2, p. 25 (1884) ;
Nicéville, ‘‘ Butts. of India,” iii., p. 317 (1890).—Expanse, 1°37ins. ¢. Differs from
specimens of the same sex of phlaeas var. stygianus, Butl., taken in the neighbouring
country of Lahoul. Upperside of forewing golden-yellow, with a blackish quadrate
spot in the middle of the cell, a larger spot at its end; three oblique subapical
spots, and three lower discal spots, the lowest spot being the longest and curved ;
from the three subapical spots, some black speckles proceed to the discocellular
spot; the costal edge is very narrowly bordered with brown, and the exterior
margin has a narrow macular brown border of half the width of that of the above-
mentioned species. Hindwing golden greyish-brown, with a broad, pale red, outer
marginal band, which is very slightly indented with black at the end of the veins
on its outer border, and, on the inner border, by a row of indistinct blackish spots
surmounted by blue-grey scales, above which is a discal row of five or six smaller
black spots, and also a black lunule at the end of the cell. The underside of similar
colour to that of the above species; forewing with the spots as on the upperside,
but pale bordered, also a spot at the base of the cell, two small spots on the costa
above the discal series, and three linear spots on the exterior margin above the angle,
these latter spots being nearer the margin, hindwing with less defined, red-streaked,
marginal band, the discal and other spots also comparatively larger. Baralacha
Pass, 16060ft., Ladak, taken July, 1879, by de Nicéville (Moore).

Nicéville observes (Butts. of India, ii., p. 317) that “the type (and
only known specimen) of this local race is in the Indian Museum,
Calcutta, it is of large size, true expanse 1-5ins. (7.e., measured from
apex of forewing to centre of thorax and doubling the amount) ;
coloration a little paler than in the same sex of stygianus, the black
spots on the upperside of the forewing larger, and the costal and outer
borders narrower.”’

eee is)

RUMICIA PHLZAS. S55"

AFRICAN FORMS.

The species is common throughout northern Africa, where its
different forms of variation are essentially the same as those of
southern Europe, and must be considered therewith. Two African
forms appear to have been described, viz. :-—

a. var. phlaeoides, Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 74 (1901). Phleas var., Baker,
‘‘Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 200 (1891).—Alis posterioribus subtus fascia anti-
marginali dilutiore (cinerea) distincta. Madeira (Staudinger).

Baker states (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 200) that, in Madeira,
“the species is common; the usual form of the species very dark,
both the wings being suffused all over with very dark scales. Paler
specimens are evidently rare, the ordinary ones being certainly darker
than var. eleuws. I have before me specimens from almost every
country where it obtains, but, with the exception of one extraordinary
and almost black eleus from Broussa, none are as dark as the Madeira
insects.” He adds (in litt.): “I have about twenty Madeiran specimens,
the majority of which are the form phlaeoides, Staud., and, to my mind,
it is the finest form, though not the largest; they are deep-red copper,
strongly suffused with bronzy-brown, with large dark spots, very broad
termen, and secondaries with the red border narrow, the spots below
on secondaries obsolete, their place being taken by a dark suffused
band. Two of the examples are almost like typical English specimens
as to their upperside, all the Madeiran specimens, therefore, not being
of the dark form. They all came from the hiils, and were, no doubt,
all taken before mid-July.”

B. var. pseudophlaeas, Lucas, ‘‘ Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr.,’’ p. 499 (1866) ; Auriv.,
‘«Rhop. Aithiop.,’’ p. 382 (1898).—This species ( phlaeas) also inhabits Abyssinia,
but the specimens coming from this part of Africa are very remarkable on account
of the pale tint of the wings above and beneath, and are so far distinctly modified
by climatic influences as to form an excessively curious variety. This variety,
which might even form a distinct species near C. phlaeas, is distinguished by its
constantly pale ground colour, by the hollowing of the outer border which is

scarcely marked, and by the anal angle which terminates in a very prolonged tail,
and for it I propose the name of pseudophlaeas.

VARIATION OF THE WESTERN FORMS.

Our western (Huropean and North African) phlaeas are subject to
considerable variation in size, colour, markings of the forewings,
markings of the hindwings, etc. - In size, specimens vary from about
18mm. to 88mm., in wing expanse, both these measurements being
extreme in opposite directions. Pfitzner records a g only 20mm. in
expanse, taken in the Sprottauer Haide, August, 1898, whilst Hill notes
one taken at Sandy, in Bedfordshire, 21-‘9mm. in expanse, the same size
as the smallest noted by Frohawk (antea, p. 341). Those examples
under 22mm., however, we should consider very smal! and suggest
for them the name ab. minor, n. ab.; those above 82mm. are ab-
normally large, and might be termed ab. major, n. ab. In ground colour
there are several shades. ‘The well-known white form, ab. alba, has
long been erroneously called schmidtii; the brassy-coloured form 1s
known as intermedia ; the clear copper or golden-red is the typical phlaeas ;
whilst it is suggested that the intense bright fiery-red form should
be known as ignita, n. ab. All these various colour forms may be,
themselves, subject to various modifications of markings, both in the
fore- and hindwings, and necessitate a combination of two aberrational

354 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

names to distinguish them. Speiser says that examples with larger or
smaller albinistic patches on the wings are not rare in Prussia. Many
similar pathological aberrations, in which the pigment more or less
fails, have been recorded in Britain as approaching ab. schmidtii,
etc. We do not consider ab. alba or ab. schmidtii to be pathological
aberrations, in the sense of those presenting pallid spots or patches in
an otherwise normal wing. We have, therefore, separated such from
our consideration of the forms alba and schmidtii, and give here notes
on apparently really pathological examples :—

(1) A g taken August, 1904, at Tintern, has the outer portion of the left

forewing pallid, the pale area forming an irregular patch from the apex to middle
of inner margin, the copper colour being more affected than the black spots and

border ; the hindwing also, on that side, has two small whitish splashes on the

marginal band (J. F. Bird, in litt.).

(2) A grey and straw-coloured ¢, having one side paler than the other; all
the wings very shiny and somewhat iridescent. Several other examples with
portions of one or more wings pallid or bleached (Sabine, Hnt., xxxii., p. 284).

(3) An aberration with the costal margin of both forewings, the outer margin
of the right forewing, and the marginal band of both hindwings white, the hind-
margin of the left forewing normal. It is, therefore, entirely bordered with white
except this one margin, and has a very curious appearance. Captured on railway
embankment at Hartlepool (Robson).

(4) A specimen with four orange spots on forewings, and two orange spots on
hindwings (Harper, Ent., xxviii., p. 360).

(5) A pale fawn-coloured aberration, taken at Worcester, July 24th, 1865
(Edmunds, Ent. Mo. Mag., ii., p. 236).

(6) A specimen taken near Carlisle, in 1899, with a large bleached patch on
the right forewing (F. H. Day, Victoria County Hist. Cumberland).

(7). A specimen with a white silvery blotch on each forewing at Fort Rowner,
Gosport, on August 16th, 1892 (Mackett, Hnt., xxv., p. 288).

(8) A partly silvery specimen taken at Benfleet, without further detail, is
recorded (Battley).

(9) An example with one of the hindwings whitish (Clark, Ent., v., p. 260).

(10) A specimen bleached to a straw-colour approaching ab. schmidti, taken
near Favour Royal, co. Tyrone. Another with only one forewing of this form, all
the rest of the insect being normal (Kane, Ent., xxvi., p. 241).

(11) An aberration with the outer portion of the normal copper of the fore-
wing bleached, and almost white, the base and disc retaining the copper hue;
the hindwings normally coloured, and of the caeruleopunctata form. Capper
collection [Mosley, Vars. of Brit. Lep., p. 11 (1896). }

(12) A specimen with the coppery scaling broken up by orange markings
(Webb, Ent., xxi., p. 133).

(13) A bred example with one wing cream-coloured, the others the typical
colour (Peyerimhoff, Cat. Lep. Als., p. 23).

(14) An abnormal specimen with the left inferior wing small and pale (Fenn,
Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1890, p. 44).

(15) An example taken at Beckenham, August, 1886, the left hindwing being
almost white (Buckstone, Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 109).

(16) A pale creamy patch on the left forewing towards the apex, and involving
part of the transverse submarginal row of spots. Taken August, 1898, in Fontaine-
bleau Forest (Tutt collection).

(17) A specimen from the river Malso has a light whitish-yellow spot in-
distinctly defined on both forewings (Schneider, T'’romsi Mus. Aarsh., xv., p. 20).

The following (among many other) bizarre, and unclassifiable,
forms have been recorded by various lepidopterists :—

(1) An aberration, taken at Doncaster, September 3rd, 1895, the upperside
normal, except that the hindmarginal band of the hindwing is slightly paler than
usual, but on the underside of the same wing there is a large patch coloured like
the forewing, i.e., with black spots on a tawny ground (Corbett).

(2) An aberration with ocellus on underside of left hindwing, similar to the
marginal ocelli on the underside of anterior wings. Captured in North Devon in
1881 (South).

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 355

(3) A specimen, captured in the Isle of Wight, with a small patch of copper
- with a black spot in it on the underside. This gave me the idea of a clumsy
attempt at patching, but the insect was taken by myself, and, of course, the
colouring was quite natural (South).

[(4) The undersurface of the right hindwing marked by red dashes running
from base to exterior margin (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., ii., p. 8).]

(5) Two odd-sided examples, the spots or markings quite different on the two
forewings in each case. Erith, September, 1899 (Sabine, Hnt., xxxii., p. 284).

VARIATION IN COLOUR OF MARKINGS.

a. ab. hiibneri, n. ab. Phlaeas var., Hb., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,”’ figs. 736-7 (circ.
_1805) ; Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ pl. xxviii., fig. 8 (1841).—Hiibner
figures (736-737) the upperside and underside of an example of phlaeas, in which
all the ordinary ruddy ground colour of the fore- and hindwings is coppery, as in
the type, but the margin of the forewings is blackish-grey, rather darker towards
the apex ; the usual spots are present, but white; whilst the hindwings have the
whole of the usual dark parts whitish—the basal, central, and narrow outer-
marginal areas—the usual copper hindmarginal band alone being of the normal
colour. The underside is similar, all the usual dark parts are pale grey, whilst on
the hindwings the basal area is pale, followed by a greyish band, then by the
normal copper band, and lastly by a narrow, grey, outer-marginal edging. This
figure is, no doubt, that which Humphreys and Westwood have figured (Brit.
Butts., pl. xxviii., fig. 8), but they have made the copper colour bright yellow, and
all the rest of the wings (including the spots) white. Barrett refers to this figure
{Lep. Brit. Isles, i., p. 63).

It is amazing that almost all authors, including Staudinger (Cat.,
2nd ed., p. 9), have referred Hubner’s figures to schmidtii, Gerh.,
combining them with Esper’s figure as the latter form. The form
figured is, in fact, exactly the converse, for, whereas in Esper’s figure
the ground colour is changed to white, and the black spots are normal,
in Hubner’s figure the spots are changed to white, and the ground
colour is normal. Sepp copied Hubner’s figure in the frontispiece of
the Besch. Ned. Ins., vol. v., but the colouring is somewhat different.

B. ab. webbi, n. ab.—The coppery parts normal ; the spots on forewings sooty ;
the other parts replaced by creamy-drab. [This appears to be, in spite of the
difference in the choice of colour terms, the specimen described by Barrett (Lep.
Brit. Isles, i., p. 63) as having the coppery parts normal ; the spots of the forewings
of a faint lead-colour ; the usually black margins and hindwings pale yellow. |

y. ab. infuscata, n. ab.—The coppery parts replaced by pale creamy-drab; the
spots and borders of forewings sooty; the hindwings darker drab.

One supposes that the two last named examples described by
Mosley [Vars. of Brit. Lep., p. 11 (1896)]| from the ‘“‘ Webb ”’ collection,
might almost be referred to the pathological group. He describes
another example as having ‘‘the coppery parts normal; the spots
blackish; the hindwings and margins of forewings drab,” which
appears to fall within the limits of ab. webbi.

VARIATION IN GROUND COLOUR.

a. ab. alba, n. ab. Schmidtii, Snell., ‘‘ De Vlind.,’”’ p. 64 (1867);
Saude, 9). Cat.,. 2nd ed: p. 9 (1871); Langs, “‘Butts. of Burope,”’ p.
96, pl. xxii., fig. 1 (1884); Kane, ‘‘Hur. Butts.,”’ p. 31 (1885); Barrt.,
step. brit. Isles,’ i., p. 62, pl. ix., fie. 2a (1893); Buhl, *< Pal: Gross-
Schmett.,”? pp. 218, 747 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 153 (1896); Obth.,
‘« Hitudes,”’ etc., p. 12, pl. v., figs. 70-71 (1896); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 74
(1901); Lamb., ‘‘ Pap. Belg.,’’ p. 208 (1902); Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,” p. 18
(1903). Phlaeas var., Eisp., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,’’ ii., p. 62, pl. lx. (contd. x.), fig. 5
(1786); Stphs., ‘‘ Illus. Haust.,’”’ i., p. 80 (1828); Westd., ‘* Brit. Butts.,” i., p.
94, pl. xxviii., fig. 8 (1841); Newm., ‘Brit. Butts.,’? p. 115 (1869).—The
usually coppery portions of the fore- and hindwings of a beautiful shiny
silvery-white; the black markings normal. DBRiTISH LOCALITIES.—Agenr-

356 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

DEEN: Pitcaple (Reid). Brrxs: Streatley, Henwood (Vict. Count. Hist.).
CUMBERLAND: near Carlisle (F. H. Day). Dery: Derby (Hill). Essex: on the coast,
St. Osyth (Harwood). GuLovucrstER: Bristol (Allis). Hants: Ringwood (Fowler),
Winchester (Tomlin), Portsmouth dist., Highgrove (King), Isle of Wight (Sequeira)
—Shanklin (Leech). Hrnrrrorp: Hereford (Blathwayt). Herts: Watford (Arkle).
Kent: Blackheath (Green), Plumstead Common (Dawson), Dartford Heath (Youens),
Folkestone (Giles), Erith (Sabine), Beckenham (Buckstone), Birch Wood (Stephens).
Lancs: Oldham (Edleston). NortHuMBERLAND: Newcastle (Rosie). Norts: Sherwood
Forest (Birchall). Oxrorp: Oxford (Holland). Perrusutire (Carrington). RENFREW:
Paisley (Stewart). StarrorD: Barlaston Down (Frohawk). Surrey: Croydon (Long),
West Norwood (Harley-Mason). Surrotx: Near Ipswich (Stephens). Stoke-by-
Nayland (Mathew). Sussex: Tilgate Forest (Tugwell). Tyrone: Favour Royal
(Kane). Yorxs: Newby (Leighton), Strensall Common, Sandburn, Thirsk

(Walker), near Huddersfield (Porritt), Doncaster (Clark), CONTINENTAL DISTRI-
BUTION.—FRancE: Fontainebleau (Kane), Maine-et-Loire—St. Christophe-du-Bois.
(Delahaye), Digne (Oberthiir). GrRmany: Prussia, near Wargen (Macy), War-
nicken (Draudt), both of these in August (Speiser), Boberg, near Hamburg, in July
(Tessien), near Parchim, end of July, 1877 (Gillmer), a ¢ on the Hiilserberg,
near Krefeld, in August, 1895 (Rothke), near Wiesbaden (Blum), on the field-path
between Niederkaufungen to the Stiftswald, in July (Borgmann), occurs rarely
among the typical forms in Thuringia (Krieghoff), two near Gotha (Knapp), one
near Wahren, and one in the Hohburger Schweiz (Verein Fauna, Leipzig); several
times captured near Weinheim (Meess and Spuler), Kutin (Gerhard). Ivraty: near
Florence, prov. Lucca—Viareggio (Verity). NrTHERLANDS (Snellen). Swirzer-
LAND: Martigny (Sloper).

Esper, who first figured this form, calls it ‘‘ Plebetus Ruralis phlaeas
var.,’ and says that his ‘‘fig. 5 shows that the copper colour of phlaeas
may change into white; the upperside is as fresh in colour as in the
ordinary form, but the ground colour is white; on the pale-coloured
underside, however, one observes the almost obsolete pale red-yellow
marginal band; the specimen figured was taken in a meadow near
Neustadt-on-the-Aisch, and is in Gerning’s collection.” Hsper’s figure
(pl. lx., contd. x., fig. 5) is excellent ; the usual dark part and spots of
inky blackness; the ground colour of the wings pure white; the
underside of the forewings also shows the white ground colour, with
black spots and grey margin. The hindwings rather brownish-grey,
strongly sprinkled with tiny black dots, and showing a row of yellow
marginal lunules edging a series of black lineations. This is the var. 7
of Stephens, who describes it as having ‘‘ the disc of the wings pure
white, but the spots and borders as in the type.’ Oberthur figures
two 3s (tudes, etc., 1896, figs. 70-71), one taken in England, the
other at Digne, and also notes (op. cit., p. 12) a ? from Tilgate
(Tugwell collection). Lang describes it as the form in which “all
those portions of the wing that are normally copper-coloured, are
brilliant shining white,” his figure being taken from a specimen
captured in Perthshire. He further adds that ‘it is found most
commonly in the southern districts of the territory imbhabited
by phlaeas, but it occasionally occurs in the more northern
parts.”” The records seem to show it to be commonest in the
more central parts of its area in Europe. Many examples have
been taken in the British Islands, and the dates of capture show
that they are not confined to a particular brood, although taken more
frequently in the autumn, eg., a specimen May 19th, 1868, at
Doncaster, the part usually of a bright copper colour being of a
splendid silvery-white; it ig also a very large example (Clark); one
with the copper colour superseded by silvery-white, at Shanklin, in
October, 1880 (Leech); a beautiful silvery-white aberration at

RUMICIA PHLA:AS, 357

Giffords Hall, Stoke-by-Nayland, October 4th, 1893 (Mathew); one fine
example taken September 9th, 1896, at Erith (Sabine); one with all
the parts usually copper-coloured, silvery-white, with a slight tinge of
cream at the base of the wings, taken September 18th, 1€98, at
Hereford (Blathwayt) ; a specimen in which the copper ground colour
is replaced by white, at Bristol (Allis); in our own collection we have
an example with the ground-colour white, the spots of the forewings
quite black, the outer marginal border brownish-black, the hindwings
of the same tint, the ordinary marginal copper band of the latter
white, like the ground colour of the forewings; the specimen was
caught near Dundee, in 1886, by Kirk. Other recorded captures are
August, 1870, near Huddersfield (Porritt) ; a 9, August 18th, 1872, in
Sherwood Forest (Birchall); June 20th, 1889, on Plumstead Common
(Dawson); August 28th, 1889, on Dartford Heath (Youens); August, 1889,
at Folkéstone (Giles); at Croydon (Long); September 24th, 1899, at West
Norwood (Harley-Mason); September, 1901, near Paisley (Stewart) ;
October 11th, 1901, at York (Walker); August 5th, 1906, at Chingford
(Pether); Gregson notes (Hnt., i11., p. 211) six examples in his collection,
with all the copper colour replaced by silver, one of which, he says,
is truly magnificent. Fowler notes the capture of an example of
ab. alba and several others approaching it, at Ringwood. Sloper
records the capture of a specimen, August 13th, 1901, at Martigny.
Of specimens of the alba form taken in Italy, Verity notes
(under the name schmidti) (Ent., xxxvil., p. 57) three examples
taken in the neighbourhood of Florence, in September, 1901, one
with the marked tails of eleus, the other two slightly suffused with
pale coppery reflections; five also, in 1908, near Viarreggio, one pure
milky-white, another with metallic reflections, the third with both left
wings normal, the right wings of schmidti (i.e., alba) form (ab.
dextroalba); a fourth with the forewings pure white, but the sub-
marginal band of hindwings copper colour (ab. anteroalba), whilst a
fifth is exactly the reverse of this, having the forewings of normally
bright colour, but the band of hindwings white (ab. posteroalba).
Hering notes (Stett. Hint. Zeitg., 1840, p. 155) the capture of an
example, like one of those mentioned by Verity, viz., with white
forewings, the black markings normal, and the hindwings of the usual
colouring; Gregson notes a similsr aberration (Ent., i1., p. 211)
described as having ‘‘ both forewings silvery, the hindwings normal.”’
In the Tugwell collection was an aberration with only one white
wing ; Gregson also describes (loc. cit.) another with one silver fore-
wing, and all the rest normal, whilst Jordan records the capture, in
the Visp valley, at the end of June, 1878, of an example with one
white forewing, the other three wings being normal. Fuchs calls
a pathological specimen with the inner half of left forewing whitish,
ete. (Stett. Hint. Zty., 1889, pp. 249-250), ab. albicans.

B. ab. alba-caudata, n. ab. Phlaeas ab., Verity, ‘‘Entom.,’’ xxxvii., p. 57
1904).—The ground colour white, the markings normal, as in ab. alba, but
the hindwings showing the distinct tails of the eleus form.

Verity records (Hnt., xxxvii., p. 57) the capture in the neighbourhood
of Florence, in September, 1901, an example of the ab. schmidti (i.e.,
our alba) with the marked tails of eleus.

y. ab. schmidti, Gerh., ‘‘ Beit. Schmett,’’ p. 7, pl. x., figs. 3a-b (1853).
Phlaeas var., South, ‘‘ Entom.,’’ xxvi., p. 305 (1893).—This beautiful and peculiar
aberration of phlaeas was figured by Hiibner and Esper, and is also mentioned by

358 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Ochsenheimer. Itis extremely rare, although now becoming more frequent in
collections; the specimen that I possess was caught by Schmidt, in a pasture at Eutin
(Gerhard). [The ab. schmidtii, Gerh., is the pale creamy form, not, as is generally
assumed by lepidopterists, the silvery-white one. Gerhard’s pl. x., fig. 3a (upperside)
and fig. 3b (underside) have the ground colour pale cream, this tint supplanting the
ordinary copper colour, both on the forewings and the margin of the hindwing, the
dark parts of the wings—outer margin of forewings and base of hindwings—being
brown. Gerhard’s reference of Hubner’s figs. 737-738, our ab. hiibneri, and Esper’s
pl. lx., fig. 5, our ab. alba, to his schmidtii is quite inexplicable, as neither of these
aberrations at all resembles the Eutin example that he figures under this name. ]

This aberration, in which the parts of the wing usually copper-
coloured are of a creamy tint (variously described as “ straw-colour,”
‘‘ pale yellow,” and ‘‘intermediate between the type and schmidti” ),
is ovcasionally met with in Britain. An example of this form is
described in detail by South as follows: ‘‘ The forewing shining pale
straw-colour ; the costa is broadly black along the apical half, and
suffused with black along the basal half; the outer margin is also
broadly black, and the spots are typical. Hindwings black; marginal
band rather broader than usual, and of the same straw-colour as fore-
wings; base of wings dusted with shining straw-coloured scales ;
fringes greyish-white ; undersurface of forewings pale straw, but
quite typical in all other respects; of hindwings typical. Captured
by Sabine, September 7th, 1893, near Dartford.” Of this form,
Chittenden notes (Hnt., xxxili., p. 317) the capture of a pale yellow
specimen at Ashford, Kent. Ruston records that, in August, 1878,
an example was taken at Chatteris, in which all those portions of
the wing, usually red, were of a light cream colour on the upperside,
the underside of a dull stone-colour, instead of reddish-brown as in
the type, which, however, it resembles in all other respects. Harpur-
Crewe records the capture of a straw-coloured specimen at Erwarton,
near Ipswich, in 1857 (teste Bloomfield, Lep. of Suffolk). Kenward
exhibited at the meeting of the South London Entom. Society, held
January 12th, 1898, pale straw-coloured aberrations of phlaeas taken in
Kent during the year 1892. Kaye records the capture of a “‘ yellow”’
example on June 9th, 1902, on the shores of Caragh lake, Kerry.
Harding notes the capture, at Church Stretton, September 9th, 1906,
of a specimen with the ground colour of a lovely creamy-silver, the
spots greatly enlarged and much clouded (Fnt., xxxix., p. 235).

6. ab. schmidtti-caudata, n. ab.—Of a pale creamy ground colour, with typical
markings, but the hindwings tailed.

e. ab. cuprinus, Peyer., ‘‘ Cat. des Lép. d’Alsace,’’ Ist ed., p. 8 (1871); 2nd
ed., p. 23 (1880).—Pallide lutea. Paturages les plus élevés des Vosges—Hohneck,
Rotabac, ete., Basses-Rhin—vallée d’Andlau.

One supposes this may be translated ‘‘ pale yellow.’’ Whether
this is a special mountain race or not is doubtful. It may have to be
referred to our ab. schmidti.

¢. ab. intermedia, Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,” p. 153 (1896); Wheeler, “ Butts. of
Switz.,” p. 18 (1903).—Ground colour brassy, instead of bright coppery-red ;
markings as in the type (Tutt).

This form is not at all uncommon, especially in the early brood,
and it has been repeatedly taken in various localities. Glover notes that,
at Guildford, the species is triple-brooded, the first brood always scarce,
. and ‘the few specimens obtained of it so far, all agree with ab.
intermedia, Tutt, the forewings being brassy or golden, instead of

_ RUMICIA PHLAS. 359

coppery.”’ Sabine records the capture of a gold-coloured 3 , in Septem-
ber, 1899, near Erith, he also states that he bred an example, in July,
1903, at Erith, of a ‘‘pale golden”’ colour, whilst, in September and
October, 1904, he bred nine examples of this golden aberration, which
formed a striking contrast with the very typical forms he also bred from
the same lot of larve. ae Beles the capture of an example of a brassy
or yellowish tint (Hint. Rec., iii., p. 214). Harwood records pale golden
forms from the coast of Hasan: Our own British examples, strangely,
appear to be all summer captures, a long series of twelve fine speci-
mens from Kingsdown, August I1st-3rd, 1887; two from Arran,
August 15th, 1893; and one from Cuxton, September, 1898. Our
continental captures, on the other hand, suggest that it may not be
uncommon among the spring emergences in South France; thus, we
have examples from Auribeau, near Cannes; Hyéres, where several
examples, taken in the Plan-du-Pont, April 27th, 1905, were of this
form, as well as a single one captured at Costebelle, April 24th, 1905;
some of these specimens are of an exceedingly pale tint, inclining
distinctly to the brassy hue of intermedia, the spots distinctly small.
Lowe says that ab. intermedia is not infrequent in Guernsey. Fletcher
observes that a strange aberration was taken on the “Great Wall”’ at
Shan-hai-kwan, on September 19th, 1898, with typical markings, but
with the ground colour of a very pale golden-yellow, and the usual
black markings irrorated with golden scales; the black spots on the
forewings very small, and the marginal band on the hindwings much
enlarged.

n. ab. intermedia-caudata, n. ab.—Like ab. intermedia in colour and markings,
but with the tails of the hindwing developed as in eleus.

This is a most unusual form in Britain. We have ourselves
several specimens among our intermedia, taken at Kingsdown, August,
1887; Cuxton, September 10th, 1891, etc. One suspects, however,
that it is not so uncommon in the south of France, as we have
examples from Auribeau, ?, April 8th, 1903; Hyeres, ¢ , April 27th,
1905, etc.; also from Fontainebleau, June 28th, 1897; whilst a 9? at
Susa, mid-August, 1897, was a most unexpected capture. One is
recorded by Mrs. Holmes from near Sevenoaks, of the colour of brass,
with two projections on the lower wing.

0. ab. typica-caudata, n. ab.—Of the ordinary typical colour and markings, but
with the development of the hindmargin of the hindwings into tails, as in ab. eleus.

In July, 1908, Sabine bred, from the Erith district, a normally
coloured example with abnormally long tails, and, as a rule, this form
is considered a rare aberration in Britain; although we have several
examples taken in August, 1887, at Deal; one at Cuxton (ab. minor),
on September 10th, 1891, Canterbury, August, 1890, etc. In southern
France, however, where the spring specimens are normal in colour, the
tails are often very well developed, and we have such from Hyeres, 2,
March 30th, 1903; Auribeau, g, April 6th, 19038; Locarno, 2 g's
slightly, 1 2 strongly, tailed, May and June, 1902, etc. But they
also occur in other districts in the summer, e.g., we have examples
from Fusio, ?, July 12th, 1899; Broncbales, g¢, August 8rd-5th,
1901; Albarracin, ¢, July 28th, 1901; Fontainebleau, several g's,
mid-August, 1899; Malta, three large 9s, July 17th, 1897; Le
Batiaz, near Martigny, small ¢ , August 25tb, 1905, etc. Others of

360 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the bright ignita ground colour=ignita-caudata, are in our collection
from Aosta, mid-August, 1898; Bejar, ?, July, 1902, etc. :

u. ab. purpureotincta, n. ab.—The ground colour of a deep copper hue, tinged
with purple. Marked like the type.

Sabine records the breeding, in July, 1908, from larve found in the
Erith district, two examples of a very much darker copper hue, tinged
with purple on the basal half of the wings.

VARIATION IN MARKINGS OF FOREWINGS.

a. ab. obliterata, Scudd., “Butts. New Engl.,” i1., p. 100i (1889). Phlaeas
var., Stphs., ‘‘ Illus. Haust.,” 1., p. 80 (1828); Gerh., “‘ Beit. Schmett.,” pl. xxxix.,
figs. 6a-b (1853). Philaeas ab., Obth., “ Etudes,” ete., p. 13, pl. v., fig. 72 (1896).
—In this there is a partial and nearly complete obliteration of the extra-mesial
spots of the front wing, both above and below. One such specimen is figured
by Maynard (Butts. New England, pl.v., fig. 52a) with no spots at all, but the most
extreme case I have ever seen has some dots left. Curiously, the most persistent
of all the spots, whether above or below, is the upper of the two beyond the cell,
which is sometimes reduced to the merest dot of black (below, encircled with
white). The two cellular spots remain unchanged, etc. (Scudder).

Oberthur combines (Htudes, etc., 1896, p. 13), under the description
‘‘supra minus punctata,’ Scudder’s ab. obliterata and our ab. bipunctata,
and says that, in this form, ‘‘ the ordinary black submarginal spots of
the upper wings are disappearing ; the figures are taken (no. 72) from
a ? captured at Cancale in August, 1898, and (no. 73) from a still
more extreme @ , taken at Vernet (Pyrénées-Orientales) in July, 1894.
The individual figured by Gerhard (pl. xxxix., figs. 6a-b) belongs to this
aberration, but, in addition, appears to show a tendency to albinism,
since the normal fiery colour is replaced by a pale tint. Herrich-
Schiffer, however, had (Sys. Bearb., figs. 521-2) already figured the
same specimen, which Gerhard really only copied, and very badly
coloured.’’ Oberthtr’s fig. 73 is a very fine example of our ab.
bipunctata, only the discoidal spot and a small discal dot between this
and the base of the forewing being present; fig. 72 shows, in addition,
a trace of the submarginal series as tiny black points. It is Stephens’
var. y, which is described as having ‘‘ the forewings of a pale rufous-
copper, with the spots very small, and several of the inner ones
obliterated.’ We captured an example, the ground colour, however,
of the intermedia form, in the Isle of Arran, August 15th, 1898, the
three spots forming the costal series, and the lowest one of the row, alone
being noticeable. Fowler records the capture of examples at Wimborne,
in 1888, with scarcely any spots at all. Crass captured an example at
Prestwich Carr, with several of the black spots on the forewings sup-
pressed. Hamm records similar specimens from the Reading district,
also in 1898, and exhibited an example at the meeting of the South
London Entomological Society, held May 24th, 1894, in which the
usual black spots were represented only by three apical and two costal
dots (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1894, p. 39).

B. ab. bipunctata, n. ab. Americanus var., Mayn., “ Butts. New Engl.,” v.,
p. 41, fig. 52a (1886). Phlaeas ab., Obth., “Etudes,” etc., pl. v., fig. 73 (1896).—
All the spots of the submarginal transverse row absent, the spotting of the forewings
restricted to the two in the discal cell.

Oberthiir gives an excellent figure (tudes, 1896, pl. v., fig. 78) of
this form, a ?, which was taken at Vernet-les-Bains in July, 1894.
Barrett observes that a British example with only two spots on the

RUMIOIA PHLZAS,. 861

forewings is in the “ Webb” collection. Scudder records that
Maynard (Butts. New Fnql., v., fig. 52a) figures an American example
of this form, of which Maynard observes (op. cit., p. 41) that, ‘‘in
some examples, the band on the forewings is quite narrow, and there
are only two spots, these being in the central cell; in these examples
the spots on the underside are often normal.’ The aberration, how-
ever, must be exceedingly rare.

y. ab. unipunctata, n.ab. Phlaeas ab., Nussey, “ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,”
p. 44 (1893); ‘‘ Ent. Rec.,” iii., p. 215 (1893)—A still more extreme form in the
direction of obliteration, only the median spot on the forewing being present.

This is a still rarer form of the type with obliterated markings, all
the black spots of the forewings being absent except the discoidal one.
It is recorded (Ent. Rec., ili., p. 215) that Nussey exhibited at the South
London Entomological Society, held on August 25th, 1892, an example
with only the central spot on the forewings present.

6. ab. ampunctata, n. ab.—Without any spots on the forewings, the whole area
of the wing, from the outer marginal band to the base, and from costa to inner
margin, being of an uniform copper colour.

Barrett notes that in the ‘‘ Capper”’ collection is a specimen devoid
of spots.

e. ab. remota, n.ab. Phlaeas ab., Obth., “Htudes,” ete., levee HetOn np alte
(1896).—This is described by Oberthiir as ‘ punctis nigris remotis.’ The six black
submarginal spots undergo a displacement towards the margin, and, at the same time,
may be reduced to four points ; the example reproduced in fig. 75 is an English example
from the collection of Howard-Vaughan. A @? from the Sheppard collection is an
exaggeration of this form; except the two cellular spots, which remain normal, the
other spots of the upper wings are only indicated by single blackish scales.

The essential character of this form is less the small size of the sub-
marginal row of dots than their movement towards the outer margin.
We have not often met with extreme forms of this species, the best being
examples captured in Fontainebleau Forest, June 28th, 1897, in which
the spots are small, and well out towards the margin, as described by
Oberthur, and one taken at Cannes, in April, 1898. One notes also
the same peculiarity in some of the Locarno examples taken May and
June, 1902, whilst others, captured at the same time and place, have the
spots also placed quite close to the outer marginal band, but, instead of
being small, they are somewhat elongated and form an excellent
combination of the remota-juncta characters. From Malta, too, we
have examples, taken in March, 1897, in which the dots are small and ~
far out towards the margin.

¢. ab. parvipuncta, Strand, “Nyt. Mag. f. Natur.,” xl., p. 163 (1902).—With
very small and widely separated spots in the transverse row, sometimes only
indicated by indistinct points (Strand).

This aberration almost falls within the limits of ab. remota, but the
spots are not moved towards the margin, and it differs from ab.
obliterata in that none of the spots are actually absent. Strand
named this form from six Scandinavian examples, taken in the
Suldal, in August, 1901, which he described as “ having very small,
widely separated, spots in the transverse row, sometimes only indicated
as indistinct points.’ Schédyen also notes the form as occurring
in Finmark. We have a very good example taken in Fontainebleau
Forest in mid-August, 1899. Some of the specimens from the Cannes
district, taken in March and April, and from the Locarno district

362 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

in April and May, approximate to, but do not fully reach obliterata,
the spots being small without being really absent. There appears to be
a tendency to very small spots in the transverse submarginal row, in many
of the examples taken in the Rivierain spring. Adkin notes the capture,
on September 4th, 1893, of examples at Eastbourne, with the sub-
marginal row of black spots on the primaries reduced to ae dots.

n. ab. magnipuncta,n.ab. Phlaeas var. 8, Stphs., “Illus. Haust.,’ i., p. 80
(1828) —The black spots in the submarginal transverse row crossing the ee
much larger than usual, but not actually united.

This is the var. g of Stephens, who diagnoses it as having “ the
anterior wings above of a deep dusky-copper, with very large, nearly
confluent, spots; the posterior wings with a very narrow waved band.”’
Adkin notes a specimen from Eastbourne, with large spots, the costa
and nervures thickly dusted with black scales. Mathew observes that
Teneriffe specimens have much larger black spots than British
examples. We havea 2 with a particularly large, outer, discal spot,
taken at Stresa, on August 20th, 1905, etc.

6. ab. juncta, n.ab.—The spots, forming the transverse submarginal row that
crosses the forewing, large, but quadrate, united to each other directly, or by short
dark streaks, along the nervures, so as to form an united zigzag band across the
forewings.

Raynor notes (im litt.) : ‘‘ The aberration in which the submarginal
series of black spots on the forewings cvalesce more or less completely,
I have from Hunstanton, August, 1899; also a specimen from Erith,
taken by Sabine, and one at Colchester, by Harwood, August, 1906.”
This is really a well-marked and frequent aberration, wonderfully well
shown in some of the specimens experimented on by Chapman, and to
which reference has already been made (anted, pp. 8386 340). We have
British examples taken at Deal, August, 1887, Canterbury, August, 1890,
Cuxton, September 10th, 1891, Kingsdown, August Ist, 1897, etc. Wealso
possess such examples from Locarno, taken May and June, 1902,
some having the characters of this aberration combined with those of
remota, the specimens having the spots joined zigzag fashion, yet pushed
out so as almost to touch the outer marginal band, to which they are
united by black nervures. This is remarkable, as the spring specimens
in the Riviera have both small and distant spots. A very good ¢ of
this form was found on the Brévent, in mid-August, 1902. The
aberration was also common in certain specimens taken in mid-
August, 1899, at Fontainebleau; most of these latter were also tailed,
so that they form a combination of juncta-caudata ; another of this
combined form was taken at Le Batiaz, near Martigny, on August 25th,
1905. The character of this aberration is frequently exhibited by
examples of the suffusa and eleus forms, e.g., near Stalden, August 5th,
1904, a suffused g of the juncta form was captured, whilst, in Spain,
it is a striking feature in many dark specimens captured at Cuenca,
Moncayo, Bejar, Albarracin, etc.

i. ab. kochi, Strand, ae Mag. f. Natur.,” xl., pp. 162-3 (1902). Phlaeas
abs, Obth., Etudes,” etc 13, pl. v., fig. 74 (1896).— —The spots, which form
the transverse row bey ond ae middle of ‘the for ewings very large, elongated on the
inner side in a wedge-like manner and touching each other. Two examples, taken
on the dry, sun-baked, stone-covered slopes in the Suldal (Strand).

The transverse row of black spots crossing the forewings, between
the discoidal cell and marginal band, on the upperside, considerably

RUMICIA PHLAAS, 363

elongated, the spots usually becoming somewhat wedge-shaped, the
pointed ends directed towards the base. This is the aberration
described by Oberthtir as ‘supra radiata,’ of which he gives an
excellent figure (74), a @ taken at Vernet-les-Bains in July,
1894. He describes it as having the normally square black spots,
comprising the submarginal row on the forewings, replaced by a
series, each of which is elongated in the form of a “ goutte,”’ and
adds that ‘‘the Guénee collection contained a ? from Chateaudun,
presenting a slightly weakened example of this form of the species, but
on the underside instead of the upper, whilst from the Howard- Vaughan
collection camean analogous g from Folkestone, but morecharacteristic.”’
Sabine notes (Hnt., xxxi., p. 284) the capture, in September,
1899, in the Dartford district, of some four or five examples,
with elongated, wedge-shaped spots, approaching streaks. Mitchell
records the capture, at Barnes, of a specimen with the spots on the
forewings very large and elongated. Adkin notes (#nt., xxvi., p. 365)
the capture, at Kastbourne, of examples in which the black spots com-
prising the submarginal row on the forewings show a tendency to
elongation; and Barrett (Hnt. Mo. Mag., xxv., p. 83) mentions one
taken at King’s Lynn, which was of normal colour, but had the black
spots doubly wedge-shaped. We have a specimen of the intermedia-
caudata form, taken August Ist, 1887, at Kingsdown, in which the
spots have undergone some extension in the direction of this aberration.

k. ab. extensa-conjuncta, n. ab. Fasciata, Scudd., “Butts. New Engl.,” i1.,
pp. 1000-1001, 2» part (1889). Phlaeas var., South, ‘“Ent.,” xxxvi., p. 289
(1903) —With the black spots of the transverse submarginal row on the forewings,
enlarged as in ab. extensa, but, in addition, the 2nd and 3rd united to the discoidal
spot.

This is a very rare form. Of this aberration we give two repre-
sentations, both apparently ¢s (pl. xii., figs. 7-8). An example
of this form was captured on Wanstead Flats by J. A. Cooper, and
is figured Hnt., xxix., p. 191, the spots in the transverse submarginal
band on the upperside of the forewings being developed into lineole,
pointing towards the base of the wing; it is noted, however, that the
elongation of the spots is confined to the uppersurface, the undersurface
being completely normal; [an analogous underside example is figured,
Fint., xxvi., p. 305, fig. 1, captured by Sabine, at Erith, in 1898.]
South records (Hnt., xxxvi., p. 289) the rearing of a 9, by Sabine,
in July, 1908, in which spots 1, 2, 8 and 5 of the antemarginal
series are extended inwards, forming conspicuous black bars; 2
and 3, in addition, being united with the outer discal spot. Adkin notes
(fint., xxvi., p. 865) the capture, at Eastbourne, of a form ap-
proaching this aberration, in which the 8rd spot of the submarginal
series is connected with the discoidal spot by a black streak. Scudder,
under the term fasciata, includes (Butts. New Hnyl., 11., pp. 1001-2)
several aberrations of the fasciated type. Among others, he describes
the one (extensa-conjuncta) under consideration, from ‘‘ two examples
taken August Ist, at Newton, Mass., within a few minutes of each
other, which are almost exactly alike, the variation affecting only the
row of spots in the middle of the outer half of the wing, each of which,
although perfectly distinct from the others, is expanded a very little
exteriorly and very much interiorly, the spots beyond the cell joining
that which borders the outer limits of the same, those in the median

364 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

interspaces extending nearly, or quite, to the base of the interspaces
(in one instance, the spot in the lower median interspace reaches only
halfway to the base), and that of the medio-submedian interspace is,
in one instance, as long as broad. On the under surface the wings are
of the normal pattern.’’ He then adds that these suffused specimens
are by no means excessively rare, that he has taken them himself in
several places in eastern Massachusetts, that Sprague has found them
in Wollaston (July 10th and 27th), that Edwards has a long series
captured in and about Readville, all in places in the vicinity of Boston,
where they appear to have been most frequently, or almost exclusively,
noticed. He adds that, ‘“‘in general, the suffusion is caused by the
basal extension of the outer row of spots on the upper surface of the
front wings, which fill the whole breadth of the interspaces, often
barely showing a line of tawny scales along the intervening nervules.
In the most extreme cases there is a slight expansion externally, so as
to approximate the broad dark band formed by the suffusion to the
marginal band, but most commonly this does not occur, and usually
the interspaces are less completely filled from nervure to nervure over
the overrun ground, so that each spot is more or less wedge-shaped,
the apices pointing baseward, an appearance which gains in effect from
the actual narrowing baseward of all but the two lower interspaces in
which this suffusion appears. Sometimes, indeed, the suffusion is
reduced to a mere enlargement of the spots of the extra-mesial row
with a wedge-like tongue thrust a short distance baseward, occasionally
farther on one wing than the other; or it may be merely indicated by
an enlargement of all the spots in the wing (except the mid-cellular
one, which is never affected by this or any other variation), with
scarcely, or no, sign of any special longitudinal expansion.” Here it
is quite clear Scudder combines at least three of our forms—(1) ab.
maynipuncta, the spots enlarged, but not specially lengthened ; (2) ab.
kocht, the spots enlarged longitudinally, and forming a transverse
series, without, however, any uniting with the discal spot; (8) ab.
extensa-conjuncta, also enlarged longitudinally, and, in addition, those
outside the discal spot extended sufficiently to become united thereto.

X. ab. centriconjuncta, n. ab.—The spots of the submarginal transverse series
of the forewings enlarged and moved up closely to the discoidal spot, and united
directly therewith and with each other, forming a large and central seriated blotch
across the middle of the wing.

Such an example is stated by Barrett to be in the ‘‘ Webb”
collection ; he notes it as having “ the entire centre of the forewings
occupied by a broad, deep, black band of coalesced spots.” In this
aberration, instead of the discoidal spot being of normal size, to which
the spots directly outside are joined by their slender, extended, points,
as is the case in ewtensa-conjuncta, the outer discoidal spot itself forms
part of the enlarged fasciated band, often placed quite near the middle
of the wing. Whether Scudder’s most extreme form belongs here or
not, is doubtful, but, as he makes no mention of the discal spot, one
must assume it to be present; at any rate, it cannot be the extreme
ab. fasciata, in which the outer discal spot is lost. Maynard observes
(Butts. New Fngl., p. 41) that, ‘‘in some New England specimens,
the margin is greatly widened, and the spots elongated, so as to form,
with the first spot in the central cell, a large black patch. In these
examples the spots on the underside are considerably enlarged.”

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 365

uw. ab. fasciata, Streck., “‘ Butts. and Moths Nth. Amer.,” p. 101 (1878); [?Seudd.,

~. “ Butts. New Engl.,” ii., pp. 1000-1, zn part (1889) ;] South, ‘‘ Entom.,” xxvi., p. 305

(1893). Phiaeas var., Weston, ‘‘ Entom.,” xi., p. 25 and fig. (1878). Fasciatus, Ckl.,
“Entom.,” xxii., p. 99 (1889); “‘ Ent. Rec.,” i., p. 320 (1899); ix., p. 331 (1897).
—g¢. All the black spots on the uppersurface of primaries, save one within the
discoidal cell, are enormously enlarged and confluent, forming a broad, somewhat
irregular, black band extending from costa to the inner margin. Undersurface
exactly asin common form. Florida (Strecker).

The character of ab. fasctata by which it is to be distinguished,
is that all the spots on the upper surface of the forewings, except
the one in the cell further towards the base, unite to form the
central transverse band. The outer discal cellular spot is lost
by union with the transverse series, the members of which
are enlarged and moved towards the centre of the wing. This
character is excellently shown in the figure in the Entom., x1.,
p- 25. As we have just observed (supra), Scudder describes (Butts.
New England, 11., pp. 1000-1001) as fasciata, certain specimens in
which, ‘‘in the row of spots in the outer half of the wing, each
spot, though perfectly distinct from the others, is expanded a very
httle exteriorly, and very much interiorly; the spots beyond the
cell joining that which borders the outer limits of the same; those
in the median interspaces extending nearly, or quite, to the base
of the interspaces, and that of the medio-submedian interspace, in
one instance, as long as broad, and in the other twice as long as broad,
instead of being, as normally, half as long as broad. On the under-
surface, the wings have the normal pattern,” etc. This form clearly is
not the true fasciata. It is remarkable that the true fasciata form was
renamed, quite independently, by Cockerell, who applied the same
name as had Strecker, to the fasciated insect described and figured by
Weston (Hntom., x1., p. 25). This figure has all the spots comprised
in the transverse submarginal row of the forewings concentrated
into a thick continuous transverse band, stretching across the wing,
the discoidal spot being entirely absorbed therein; the hindwings
marked as usual; the markings on the underside entirely normal,
without showing the slightest trace of the black band so conspicuous
on the upperside. The specimen was taken at Finchley, August 7th,
1876. Hodge notesan example with the spots of the forewings confluent,
resulting in a rather distinct crescent-shaped mark on each forewing,
taken at Eastbourne, July, 1881. Lusby captured a specimen at High
Beech, with the black marks on the forewings forming a group in the
centre of the disc. Harwood (Vict. Count. Hist. Hssex) says that black-
banded examples have been found at various times on the coast of Essex.
South observes (Hnt., xxvi., p. 305) that we sometimes find examples
with the spots much larger than usual and often tending to confluence.
The extreme limit to this phase, he says, in the variation of this insect,
‘‘appears to be reached in var. fasciata, Strecker; in the Hntom.,
1878, p. 25, is a figure of a banded example of C. phlaeas, taken in
Middlesex, which is certainly the form described by Strecker,” and
he adds that ‘‘intermediates between var. fasciata and the type are not
rare in Britain; Mr. Sabine captured three examples this year, in
all of which the black spots are very large, and those of the transverse
series inclined to coalesce; the outer discal spot in one example is
almost united with the fourth spot of the transverse series; in another
specimen, the third and fifth spots of the transverse series are pyriform.”’

366 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

v. ab. latomarginata, n. ab.—The black outer marginal border of the forewings
considerably extended towards the centre of the wings.

Clark observes that he has a specimen, from Abbott’s Wood, with a
broad, black, hindmarginal band to the forewings, reaching to, and
including, the transverse row of spots. Bromilow records that an
exaggerated form was taken on the French Riviera, at Caussols, on
August 7th, 1898, in which the dark hindmarginal border of the fore-
wings was twice as broad as in the usual elews, and was jet-black, the.
copper colour, too, of all the wings being of a fiery-red; on the
hindwings there were no traces of the row of blue spots which are
sometimes present. Imms notes that the gs'taken in Sutton Park
often have the coppery colour much intensified, and the black edging
of the wing considerably widened. Kane also says that specimens
with broad hindmarginal black bands and large spots, are occasionally
taken in Ireland. We have an exceptionally broad-bordered example
of the suffusa type, with the nervures also strongly outlined in black,
and the spots of the submarginal row of large size, taken at Bobbie in
mid-August, 1901; also large @s taken in Malta, July 17th, 1897,
with broad outer margin, large spots, and also tails to the hindwings, ete.

&. ab. nigroapicata, n. ab.—Having a broad black band extending all along the
outer margin of forewings, and much intensified at the apex, where it runs inwards,
enclosing the three black spots there situated. A very fine form (Raynor collection)
taken by Harwood at Colchester, August 2nd, 1906.

This form might be, perhaps, added to the melanic series, but as it
only involves the band and apex, and the ground colour is not influenced,
it may be maintained here.

_ 0. ab. melanophlaeas, Vill. and Guén., “Tab. Syn. Lép.,” p. 36 (1835) ; Obth.,
“Eitudes,” etc., pp. 13-14, pl. v., fig. 76 (1896).—Differs only from phlaeas in that
the forewings are entirely brown, and only lightly powdered with golden-tawny
(fauve-doré) at the base; the hindwings with the whole or part of the antemarginal
tawny band also sometimes obliterated. South of France, also near Paris. This is
possibly only an accidental aberration of phlaeas, but it is frequently found; we
have taken it near the Bois de Boulogne (Villiers and Guénee).

This is really a combination of ab. latomarginata and fasciata, in
which the margin is largely increased, the transverse row of dots
elongated, the discoidal spot also elongated, the whole resulting in a
suffusion of the greater part of the forewing. Oberthur says that
black shades, or streaks, obscure the whole of the anterior part of the
forewing; and that his fig. 76, taken in the Bois de Boulogne, near
Paris (from the Bellier collection), represents this form, called melano-
phlaeas by Villiers and Guénee. The Boisduval collection contained
another, absolutely similar. He adds that “it must not be confounded
with turcicus, Gerh., with which, however, it might be linked by
transitions.’’ It is also recorded from Biarritz by Rondou.

a. ab. basilipuncta, n. ab.—Forewings with an additional black spot in the
discal cell towards the base. ¢, Tintern, August, 1906; captured by J. F. Bird.

VARIATION IN MARKINGS OF HINDWINGS.

a. ab. caeruleopunctata [Staud.,] Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,” p. 218 (1895) ;
Tutt, “Brit. Butts.,” p. 153 (1896); Wheeler, “ Butts. of Switz.,” p. 19 (1902).
Phlaeas var. 6, Stphs., “ Illus. Haust.,” i., p. 80 (1828). Coeruleopuncta, Strand,
‘Nyt Mag. f. Natur.,” xl., p. 163 (1902).—A row of small blue spots, varying
from one to five in number, and from a single scale to a fairly large spot in size,
situated just within the inner edge of the coppery-red submarginal band of the
hindwings.

Riihl refers the name to Staudinger, with the diagnosis * having
very bright and numerous blue spots on the hindwings. Central

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 367

Asia.”’ We cannot discover that Staudinger described this form. It
is the var. 6 of Stephens who diagnoses it as having “the hindwings
more or less spotted with blue towards the coppery band.’ This
form, with a row of blue spots just inside the coppery outer
marginal band of the hindwings, appears to be frequent in all the
races of the species found in the Old World. We have already quoted
(antea, pp. 334-335) Weismann’s remarks thereon, and also Chapman’s
(antea, p. 840), and we may here note that, in addition to the eastern
Asiatic races, Nicéville observes (Butts. of India, p. 817) that, in India,
_the var. stygianus usually has a series of 4 or 5 pale blue hastate spots,
directly above the inner edge of the coppery hindmarginal band of the
hindwing. They are also shown very strongly in Cramer’s figure of
timeus, from Smyrna. In Europe, examples are recorded from Scandi-
navia, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, France, Italy, and Spain, and it
is very frequently observed in the British Isles. We note that, on April
20th, 1903, at Locarno, almost all the specimens had a very strong
marginal series of red spots on the underside of the hindwings, and a
row of blue spots just inside the hindmarginal band on the upperside
(an example is reproduced in our pl. xil., fig. 3), and, in our own
collection, we particularly note the blue dots in the spring form from
south France and the Riviera, Digne, Cannes, Auribeau, Hyeres, and
Albenga, in both sexes. The summer brood of Susa only shows the
spots in a small proportion of specimens, although, in one example
from here, there are some scattered blue scales, not only in the ordinary
position, but also nearer to the base; they often occur in specimens of
the summer brood taken at Aosta, Torre Pellice, Crissolo, and also in
the same brood at St. Michel-de-Maurienne, St. Jean-de-Luz, Arcachon,
as well as on the Petit St. Bernard and the slopes of the Brévent in
August, where the species is probably only single-brooded; in Switzer-
land, examples with blue spots have been taken also, in August, in the
Saas-Thal, etc. The Malta specimens (March and August), and those
from Beyrout (May) are also well-marked in this direction. They are
almost entirely absent in Spanish examples, the ?s only occasionally
showing one or two small blue points, a ¢ from Bejar, taken in July,
1902, is the best in our Spanish series. They are also unaccountably
absent in a long series taken in Fontainebleau Forest in mid-August,
1899. Of the Scandinavian examples, Strand observes that, of some 108
examples taken in Suldal, in 1901, 57 belonged to the form which has
blue spots on the inner side of the marginal band of the hindwings; in
most of these examples, these spots are only weakly developed, some-
times scarcely visible without a lens; in 51 they are absent. From this,
Strand concludes that about one-half of the individuals of the second
brood (to which all his captures belonged) are of the blue-spotted form.
Schneider, in his account of the Tromsé phlacas, says (Troms. Mus.
Aars., xv., p. 20) that, here, the blue spots along the hind-margin of
the hindwings are often strongly developed, and this is particularly
noticeable in most ¢ 9s, while they are often entirely wanting in the
os. Chapman notes the examples at Bodé as being very bright in
tint, and with blue spots on the hindwings; and those in our collection,
taken at Bossekop, 1897, are particularly well-marked. The aberration is
common in Britain, although South asserts that the blue spots are rarely,
if ever, so large and conspicuous in British examples as they are in
‘specimens from eastern Asia, They are frequently mentioned in

368 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

records of the capture of the species, e.g., Bird notes that specimens are
quite common, with from two to five spots, at Tintern; Rait-Smith,
that they are common at Abertillery; Carpenter, that they were
- present in almost all the specimens of a brood reared from eggs laid by
a @ taken at Abbott’s Wood; Sabine, that they are frequent
near Dartford; he captured an example in October, 1901, with
unusually large blue spots, whilst in July, 1903, from the same
district, he bred “‘two dark Gopper-coloured examples, tinged with
purple on the basal half, one of the latter with rather large blue spots
on the hindwings.’’ Beadle records them from Keswick, and we have
a long series (17) taken at Deal, in August, 1887, showing the range
of spotting in the specimens taken that year, and extending from a
single scale to four well-developed blue spots. Raynor observes (in
vit.) : ‘* I have two specimens, each with four faint blue spots, bred
from eggs found at Brentwood, August, 1891; also similar specimens
caught at Colchester, September, 1900, and Hunstanton, August, 1899,
one with three blue spots at Hazeleigh, September, 16th, 1901; several
with two blue spots each at Hazeleigh ; and one, with six blue spots,
very large and beautiful, taken in north Kent by L. W. Newman, August,
1908, is in my cabinet.” Dalglish notes its occurrence at Inverglas,
September 18th, 1895. Kane observes that examples with more or less
blue spots on the hindwings occur in Ireland, and Lowe that the blue-
spotted form is frequent in Guernsey. Lambillion states that it occurs
occasionally in Belgium. Standen notes that, at Vizzavona, in Corsica,
an exceptionally fine form occurs, many of which show a beautiful
series of blue dots on the inner margin of the copper band of the hind-
wing. lang observes that the dark form that occurs at Gibraltar has
frequently a row of more or less distinct purple spots between the base
and the marginal copper band on the hindwings. In Germany, it is
not often mentioned, although Gillmer says (tn litt.) that it is common,
occurring almost everywhere with the type; it is, however, recorded
as occurring near Schwerin and Parchim (Gillmer), and also as
found in August along the railway-bank from Hanau to Friedberg
(Limpert and Rottelberg), etc. In France, it is noted as occurring
in the Hautes-Pyrénées—Gédre (Rondou), Var—Hyeéres (Rowland-
Brown), whilst R. F. Brown, writing from the Bordeaux district
(Le Nat., 1880, p. 180), observes that a small percentage of
his captures are spotted with blue, all, however, @s. It would
appear to be a less frequent aberration in North America, and Mans-
bridge notes (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1894, p. 124) that the examples
taken in the “Indian Territory,’’ North America, had no blue spots
on the hindwings, otherwise they were like British specimens. The
aberration is found in almost all the described forms, so that we may
have ab. fasciata-caeruleopunctata, ab. eleus-caeruleopunctata, var.
timeus-caeruleopunctata, ab. obsoleta-caeruleopunctata, etc.

B. ab. cupreopunctata, n. ab.— With the row of little blue spots frequently found
on the inner edge of the coppery-red hindmarginal border of the hindwings, replaced
by little coppery-red spots.

Of this form, Sabine records the capture of examples in September,
1899, in the Erith district (/nt., xxxii., p. 284).

y. ab. subradiata, n. ab. Phlaeas var. ¢, Stphs., “ Illus. Haust.,” i., p. 80
(1828).—With delicate copper-coloured streaks, extending for a short distance
along the nervures from the hindmarginal copper-coloured band towards the base.

_ RUMICIA PHLAS. 369

This form must not be confounded with ab. radiata, in which
_ similar delicate streaks replace the hindmarginal band, the latter itself
being obsolete; in this aberration the bandis present, and the fine streaks
commence on its upper edge, and then run for a short distance in the
direction of the wing-base, as in ab. radiata. Sabine records the
capture of an example in October, 1901, near Dartford, with the black
before the band on the hindwing delicately streaked with copper-
colour. It is the var. « of Stephens, who describes it as having the
hindwings with faint radiating coppery lines as in the ? of C. dispar.
We have examples from Cuxton, August, 1881, and the South Fore-
land, August, 1890, both ?s, and the latter with traces of blue dots.
Among our continental captures we note specimens from Albenga,
April 18th, 1908; Locarno, April 20th, 1908; the Petit St. Bernard,
August 3rd, 1898, etc., so that it is possibly well distributed.

6. ab. radiata, Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,’ p. 153 (1896) ; Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. of
Switz.,” p. 19 (1903). Phlaeas var., Nich., “‘ Ent. Rec.,” iv., pl. D, fig. 6 (1893).—
With radiating wedge-shaped lines of copper-colour, passing up from the outer
margin towards the base, and taking the place of the usual submarginal copper-
coloured band (Tutt).

We reproduce in our pl. xii., figs. 11-12, a g and @ of this form.
The earliest example of which we have record is noted by Davis as
having been captured in April, 1865, the usual copper-coloured margin
of the hindwings being in this specimen absent, and only represented
by three, short, faint, reddish streaks at the extremity of the nervures,
and a minute spot of the same colour at the anal angle. Adkin notes
the capture of a specimen at Hastbourne with the copper band of the
hindwing represented by five narrow streaks on the wing-rays, the rest
being obliterated by the black colour; another in which the copper
colour is visible only on one wing-ray near the anal angle. Both
examples have the row of blue dots that are occasionally present
in the species, and, in both, the undersides are normal (Proc.
Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. 129), so that each forms a combined
radiata-caeruleopunctata. Hamm also records (op. cit., 1894, p. 39),
an example with the band so interrupted as to form a regular
series of marginal streaks. Miss Sotheby describes a specimen, also
taken at Eastbourne, without the usual copper-coloured band, but
having a red pencil-like mark in lieu thereof. Sabine records the
capture, at Erith, on September 9th, 1896, of an example of normal
colour, but with the marginal band of the hindwings only represented
by slight streaks. He also notes (Hnt., xxxil., p. 284) the capture,
in September, 1899, in the Erith district, of seven or eight specimens
without the red band of the hindwings, but having from one to five
red pencil-like streaks in place thereof. The example of this form,
ficured Hnt. Rec., iv., pl. D, fig. 6, was taken at Walthamstow by
Jackson. Oberthiir notes (Etudes, 1896, p. 18) that he hasa g and
? with the nervures marked by a golden streak, thus making a
transition between ab. obsoleta and the type. .

eamabeousale.a, lutte. Brit. butts,” ps 153, (1896) ; ne “Butts. of
Switz.,” p. 19 (1903). Phlaeas var. ¢, Stphs., “Illus. Haust.,’ of De OO. (1828):
Pilacas, ap. Obth., “Etudes,” etc., p. 13, pl. v., fig. 17 (1896). Extincta,
Fuchs, “Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat.,” pp. 120, 121 (1899)—The form in which the
red marginal band of the hindwings is altogether obsolete (Tutt).

This is the extreme form in the direction of the loss of the copper-

370 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

coloured marginal band on hindwings. It is the var. ¢ of Stephens,
who diagnoses it as having “the posterior wings above totally of a
dusky colour, without the cupreous marginal fascia, the specimen
here described having been taken on Wimbledon Common in April.”
Nussey exhibited an example with hindwings entirely of a dark fulvous-
brown hue, at the meeting of the South London Entomological Society,
held August 25th, 1892 (Hnt. Rec., 1i1., p. 215). Rait-Smith records the
capture, at Abertillery, of an example without the red band on the
hindwings, and Frohawk notes, taking one on Sussex downs, on July
28th, 1899, without the usual copper band on the hindwings. _Inter-
mediates of various stages occur, besides, ab. radiata (supra).
Adkin records one taken at Eastbourne, with the copper band of the
hindwings all but obliterated. Clark exhibited, in November, 1890,
at one of the meetings of the City of London Entomological Society,
an example with black hindwings, and another, taken in May, 1890,
on the downs near Brighton, in which the copper band on the hind-
wings is reduced to a couple of small spots. Still observes that, in
1893, the specimens taken in low-lying parts of Dartmoor, were almost
black, with no red showing at all on the hindwings. Prout notes an
aberration, taken in the Isle of Wight, in August, 1901, much suffused
with dark colour, especially at the outer margin of the forewings, and
on the hindwings, only a very small patch of red colour remaining at
the inner angle of the latter. Barrett appears to connect this with ab.
obliterata, although this is not our experience. He says: ‘‘ In another
recurrent and apparently local form, the hindwings are entirely black
or nearly so, the marginal coppery band being partially or wholly
obliterated ; occasionally, in such specimens, the majority of the spots
in the forewings are obliterated, and, in some cases, the margins broadly
blackened.” This possibly refers to the single example taken at
King’s Lynn, and described (Hnt. Mo. Mag., xxv., p. 83) which had ‘the
hindwings entirely black, the forewings very broadly margined, and
the usual row of black spots nearly obsolete.’’ The ab. obsoleta is the
form figured by Oberthtir, in 1896, and described as being “‘absque
vitta marginali rubro-aurea,” the figure being made from a British
example from the ‘‘ Howard- Vaughan ” collection. He notes (Htudes,
1896, p. 18) that ‘‘the marginal golden-red band of the hindwings has
disappeared,”’ that he possesses “six other examples besides that figured,
all from England, whilst one ? of this form also possesses the little
series of blue spots which is sometimes present above the fiery-golden
submarginal band,’ a combination of obsoleta-caeruleopunctata. Fuchs
notes (Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., 1899, pp. 120-1) that he caught, on
July 18th, 1887, on the Roesling mountain, a g in which the normal
copper-coloured band on the hindwing is obsolete both on the upper
and undersides, so that the tailless hindwings are uniform grey-brown
above. . . . . This hindwing aberration, he says, can be designated
as eatincta. Of course, the name falls before obsoleta.

VARIATION DUE TO SUFFUSION OF GROUND-COLOUR.

Reference to Weismann’s remarks (antea, pp. 831-338) will show
that eleus has been used in so general a manner as to include all the
different southern suffused examples, independent of their special
characters, or the amount of suffusion. By many lepidopterists it
has (including ourselves) been referred to as “the southern race,”

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 371

whilst Mrs. Nicholl records ‘‘ black specimens of eleus, July 9th, 1898,
at Blagaj,in Bulgaria. Chapman has attempted (anted, p. 338) to meet
‘ this difficulty by showing that elews has been used in two senses, first,
aberrational (the darkest form of phlaeas); secondly, variational or racial
(as the dark southern race), but it is quite clear that, although this is
so, Fabricius, originally, merely described a suffused example from
Germany as eleus, and the usage of the name in a varietal or racial
sense is due to recent writers, and one is unable now to unravel from
the records of eleus, those that refer to (1) slightly suffused and
tailed forms, (2) slightly suffused and untailed, (8) much suffused,
tailed, and (4) much suffused, and untailed, forms. If such a
racial name has any standing, it certainly should be Zeller’s aestivus
(see infra). “Throughout southern France, northern Italy, Spain, the
Balkan peninsula, Asia Minor, and Syria, as well as along the whole
of the north of Africa, from Egypt to the Canaries, the summer brood
varies in degree from practically typical to almost black, the specimens,
however, asa whole, being markedly suffused, compared with the spring
forms, and some districts producing a markedly larger proportion of
dark specimens than others. In 1865, Lucas noted (Ann. Soc. Ent.
France, p. 499) that ‘the examples from the south, and even from the
centre, of France, have the upperside of the forewings more browned,
whilst, in the ?s, the hollowing of the outer border of the hindwings
is very pronounced, forming, in a way, two small tails.” It is remark-
able, however, how bright are the spring (March-May) forms along the
French and Italian Riviera—Albenga, Cannes, Auribeau, Agay, Hyéres,
and even at Draguignan and Digne—the examples being quite as
pale as our own spring examples and with even smaller dots, and
the costa being quite free from any suspicion of shading or suffusion ;
they are very different from the April and May specimens taken in the
Italian lake district, at Locarno, where the ground colour is much
redder, the spots extended into the juwncta form, and united with the
outer marginal band by black nervures, the costa also slightly suffused,
yet, in the Riviera, the summer brood is especially dark, suffused
examples from the end of June onwards largely replacing the pale
typical forms of the spring. EHven as far north as Fontainebleau
there is some suffusion in the August brood, whilst at St. Michel-de-
Maurienne the suffusion is most pronounced ; very dark too, and well-
tailed, are the specimens from Arcachon, much more so than those
from St. Jean-de-Luz in the same district. In Piedmont there is con-
siderable admixture of forms in the summer broods, some of the
August specimens at Susa being almost typical, others quite dark, and
but few particularly well tailed, whilst at Torre Pellice and Bobbie
the gs are well suffused and tailed, and most of the 2s are almost
typical, the darkest g¢ in our collection from this part of Piedmont
coming from Crissolo, at the foot of Mont Viso. Forbes, comparing
specimens captured from mid-August to mid-September, 1876, in
the Italian lake district (Bellagio, Pallanza, etc.), with others from
Tingland, says (Hnt. Mo. Mag., xili., p. 248) that ‘the Italian
specimens have the markings less distinct, the copper-colour
redder, the spots smaller, the costal margin of the primaries
darker, and the marginal band broader than any English examples
examined. The underside of the primaries, too, is redder, leaving
the circumscription of the eyes and the veins of the wings paler.”

372 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Lowe, writing of the May and June insects from the same
district (Orta Novarese), in 1900, observes that they were of ‘quite
usual forms, except that an occasional ? was taken with a great
increase of the caudation of the hindwings, and much suffused with
black, apparently var. eleus.”” The Spanish summer examples from
Cuenca, Moncayo, Bejar, Avila, Albarracin, etc., are very characteristic—
on the whole dark, the gs well tailed, the spots of the submarginal
series on forewings united, the nervures dark, but particularly are
they noticeable for the absence of blue spots, scarcely any ever being
present in the Spanish g's, and very rarely even in the 9s, the latter,
though usually tailed, have a much more typical copper coloration
than the gs. Of the variation of this species, in its still more
southern localities, there are many interesting records. Geller, in
1847, wrote (Isis, xil., p. 39) of the Sicilian examples :

‘¢a, Vernus: alis anterioribus laete igneis, margine nigricante angustiore,
posteriorum margine vix unidentato.

B. Aestivus: alis anterioribus igneis nigrofumatis; posterioribus subcaudatis.
During the warmer months the species is very common everywhere
in Italy, and I found them most abundantly in the villages on Hina,
even beyond the forest region, on the flowers of Senecio, so very
plentiful there. I caught the first specimen, a beautiful ¢, in the
mountains near Messina, on February 15th, the first brood lasting till
the end of May; the beginning of June ushered in the beautiful
second brood, distinguished by its much more splendid pure fiery tint,
like that which characterises the German specimens flying in May and
June, and usually those occurring in summer and autumn also; on
the forewings the blackish band is narrow, the black dots small;. on
the hindwings the orange-red band is remarkably wide, and the hind-
marginal angle of the first branch of the median nervure hardly even
slightly prominent. This brilliant colour is lost in the hot summer
months. The black outer margin of the forewings then becomes wider,
reaches up to the spots, often overlaps them, and loses itself as a cloud
or shading, which darkens the most radiant part of the wing, the basal
third. This darkening is more marked in some specimens than in
others, and more complete in the g than in the @, and such
areas as are not absolutely covered lose their vividness and lustre,
particularly the areas directly before and behind the discoidal
spot, which are never completely covered. The black spots are
eenerally large, mostly without sharp outlines, and of a deeper black in
their centres than on their edges. On the hindwings the red band
narrows and shortens, whilst the hind marginal spots enlarge
and encroach still more on the band. ‘The anal angle, however,
is enlarged and frequently develops into a small conspicuous tail into
which the red colour of the band throws a small tooth, whilst at its
tip are blackish hair-scales intermixed with a few whitish ones. On
the underside the different generations agree, only those examples
that have the darkest upperside, have the underside of the forewings
pale, whilst small light blue scales before the red band of the hindwings
are rare; they occur, however, in both generations. I have already
noted (Isis, 1840, p. 128) that dark phlaeas occur in Germany ”’ (see
posted). Fletcher says (Hnt., xxxvill., p. 318) that, in Malta,
‘the species is abundant, and occurs throughout the year, although, of
course, only occasional examples are to be met with in the winter

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 3713

months. larly spring specimens are typical, but the hindwings
beneath are generally greyer than in the north European form; those
found from May onwards are referable to edeus.’”’ Mathew says that
the insect occurred in December, 1896, January and February, 1897,
and it was swarming when he returned to the island in July, 1897, the
specimens then being ‘“‘large and dark, of eleus form.” He further
notes. that, ‘‘in Turkey, the insect is abundant at Gallipoli, Constanti-
nople, Salonika, and on the Asiatic shores of the Gulf of Ismid, Sea of
Marmora, and Dardanelles. Examples taken in spring and early
summer are usually similar to those obtained in England, but, in late
summer and autumn, they are mostly the dark form eleus of Fabricius.
At the island of Pachalimon, in the Sea of Marmora, on June 17th,
1878, a very hot day, this variety was met with in great abundance,
and they were such an extremely dark form that it gave the idea,
at first, that it was a new species. The island is full of deep little
" ravines running from the interior to the beach, and here these butter-
flies had congregated in immense numbers to shelter from the intense
heat, and I often had more than a dozen in my net at a time (Hnt. Mo.
Mag., vol. xviu.). In Gibraltar, he adds, it occurs throughout the year,
the early forms typical, the summer specimens dark and of the elews form;
so also in Crete and Corfu, and this is probably the case in all the
Mediterranean littoral localities.” Walker similarly notes (in litt.) that,
“on both sides of the Straits of Gibraltar, Malta, Sicily, Tangier,
etc., the species occurs all the year round, the specimens taken from
late autumn to April being exceedingly like our ordinary summer
specimens, perhaps rather warmer in tone on the hindwings beneath,
whilst those taken in June and July are very pronounced eleus,
some with very little of the copper-colour remaining, the ground-
colour being almost entirely suffused with black. JI think the
summer specimens are even darker in Malta and Turkey than
in Gibraltar.” Nicholson observes (Hnt., xxvii., p. 118) that
“the Corsican examples come close to eleus, but do not exhibit the
tails quite so conspicuously as the true elews, and are considerably blacker
than eleus; moreover, they do not appear to be temperature forms
like eleus, but rather a well-marked local race. They occur throughout
the season, and at various altitudes, the majority of the specimens
examined coming from the slopes of Pointe Ceppo, just above
Vizzavona, where the mean temperature would be decidedly below
that of the south of England.’”’ Mathew observes (im litt.) that
‘‘examples captured in Madeira and Teneriffe in the spring, are a trifle
larger and brighter than English specimens, but, at Madeira, in the
fall of the year, I have seen them almost as dark as var. eleus.’’
Mrs. Holt-White (Butts. of Teneriffe, p. 42) says that ‘‘some specimens
have been found much darker in colour than those described, the
difference being so great as to suggest the possibility of a distinct
variety.’’ Bethune-Baker notes (in litt.) that, “in June, at Guelma, in
Algeria, the specimens were eleus with large spots, the hindwing below
very soft and pale with evanescent markings. The Asia Minor examples
vary considerably, those taken in Brussa are very dark.’ Of the latter
he has a series of some 20 specimens taken in June, July, and
September, and he says that these are the darkest he has, ‘the copper,
when visible, pale in colour, the spots suffused and large, the spotted
band on the primaries largely confluent. In three specimens there is

374 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

no trace of copper at all on the forewings, but, on the hindwings, the
terminal band is deep red, and the tails long for the species; in most
of the specimens from this place the tails are prominent. Two
examples from the Taurus mountains scarcely differ one whit from our
English ones.’ Swinton says that, ‘‘ at Jerusalem, the dusky Mediter-
ranean form of phlaeas occurs, with the tails of the hindwings more or
less long.”

The suffused or melanochroic forms of this species may be grouped
as follows :— é

1. The ground colour slightly suffused along the costa, the inner margin, and
the outer portions of the nervures (sometimes extending inwards,. almost to the
base) ; hindwings without tails=ab. initia, n. ab.

la. Asin 1, but the hindwings markedly tailed =ab. initia-caudata, n. ab.

2. The ground colour of forewings suffused, leaving the discal area still
fulvous; hindwings with fulvous marginal border, but not markedly tailed=ab.
suffusa, Tutt.

2a. As in 2, but the hindwings markedly tailed =ab. eleus, Fab.

2b. Thefulvous colour confined toa narrow, longitudinal stripe of the forewing
extending from base to outer margin, and including the discal spots; hindwings
markedly tailed=ab. turcicus, Gerh.

3. The ground colour of forewings entirely suffused with blackish-brown,
including the discal area, through which the fulvous tint shows only feebly; hind-
wings with fulvous marginal border, not markedly tailed=ab. fuscata, n. ab.

3a. As in 3, but the hindwings markedly tailed =ab. fuscata-caudata, n. ab.

Dealing with these in more detail we find much interesting in-
formation, difficult, however, sometimes to refer to its own particular
form. Our notes on the melanic aberrations read as follows :

a. and B. abs. initia, n. ab., initia-caudata, n. ab.—The costa slightly suffused,
the nervures darkened, the inner margin towards the base with brown suffusion.
The ab. initia without, the ab. initia-caudata with, tails to the hindwings.

Both these forms are fairly common in the summer brood of this
species, in Britain as well as in central Hurope. They form the first
step in the direction of the more markedly suffused forms, the suffusion
first showing itself faintly along the costa, along the nervures, and along
the inner margin towards the base of the forewings. Where the darker
forms occur in the south as frequent aberrations, these also occur and
look almost typical by comparison, so slight is the suffusion.

y. ab. suffusa, Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 153 (1896); Speis., ‘‘ Berl. Ent. Zeit.,”’
p. 135 (1902); Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 18 (1903) Transiens, Fuchs,
‘¢ Jahr. Nass. Ver. f. Nat.,’’ p. 120 (1899).—The ground colour coppery-red, suffused
with black, the markings as in the type. Throughout centraland southern Europe,
etc., chiefly in the examples of the summer and autumnal broods.

This is the form in which the coppery-red ground colour is very
appreciably present, but, instead of maintaining its usual brightness,
the colour is distinctly suffused with darker scales. Like elews, it is
brighter in the discal area of the forewings than elsewhere, this area
extending downwards, slightly beyond the submarginal row of spots.
The suffusion is most marked along the costa, along the inner
margin, over the basal third of the wing, and along the whole of the
nervures, but more particularly towards the outer margin. It is not
markedly tailed as in ab. eleus, although the anal points are sometimes
slightly developed in this direction. It is possibly the darkest form usually
obtained in Britain, and probably includes most of the British and German
examples recorded under the name eleus. | We have taken specimens at
Deal, August, 1887, Cuxton, August, 18938, and July 6th, 1898. James

- RUMICIA PHLAS. 375

observes the capture of some specimens, between July 31st and August
- 8rd, 1900, in the Deal district, that were uniformly dark and dusky, some
being very extreme. [James adds that the heat was excessive in mid-July,
in 1900, at the time when these examples would have been in the
pupal stage.] Still observes that, on Dartmoor, the examples taken
in lowlying situations are darker than those found on the open moor,
and that those taken in 1893, in spite (!) of the great drought, are
almost black, with no red showing at ail on the hindwings (ab.
obsoleta). Barrett observes that the suffused is a recurrent form,
occurring most frequently on open heaths, in Britain, several smoky
suffused specimens sometimes being taken about the same spot; quite
a little colony of such were found by Mrs. Fraser in a hollow of a hill-
side, forming part of a heath on the borders of Surrey; he also records
(Ent. Mo. Mag., xxv., p. 88) others of the same form, taken on a
boggy bank near King’s Lynn. We have found this, perhaps, the
commonest form in the valleys of southeastern France and northern
Italy in July and August, ey., at Susa, between August 11th-20th,
1897, the species varied much in tint, some specimens (chiefly
females) were quite bright in tint, others intermediate, suffused more
particularly on the costal margin and base of the forewings, leaving
the discal area still brightly fulvous, others were suffused all over, with
the copper colour, however, showing faintly before and beyond the discal
and submarginal spots, but yet appearing as quite dark specimens. It is
difficult to separate those records of little suffused examples from those
rather more so, although Ruhl’s twranica is described as intermediate
between the type and var. eleus, and Fuch’s transiens also is similarly
described. Transiens certainly falls within our suffusa, but turanica
appears to be a special Asiatic form presenting both upper- and under-
side variation racially. Fuchs observes that his transiens has the
colouring of the upperside of the wing approaching eleus, t.e., golden-
brown, with plentiful black dusting between the branches of the median
nervure, but never exhibits the anal tail of eleus, the most marked
examples never showing more than a faint indication thereof. He
notes, however, that it is found only in the summer brood, the spring
and late autumnal specimens in the mid-Rhine district being quite
normal. He further records the capture on July 13th, 1887, in the
Riesling mountain, where transiens occurred, aspecimen with the fulvous
band of the hindwings obsolete, the forewings tending in tint to eleus, but
each with a central spot as transparent as glass. Speiser notes that, in
east Prussia, the majority of the examples of the second brood, in warm
seasons, differ from the typical specimens by the more or less strongly
suffused ground colour, and he notes that such form a transition to the
var. eleus, which, however, is also tailed on the hindwings. Real edeus,
he says, are rare in Germany, although occasional examples occur, but
the darkened form without tails are numerous. Réossler says that the
form occurs singly in Wiesbaden ; Schumann, that it is not rare in
the summer brood in Posen. We have found the form distributed
throughout Savoy and Piedmont, though not commonly, e.y., St.
Michel de Maurienne, July 29th-August 4th, 1897; at Susa, August
11th-20th, 1897; Torre Pellice and Bobbie, August, 1901; we also have
examples captured at Arcachon, July, 1902; Fontainebleau, August,
1899 ; in Spain, at Avila, July, 1902; Bronchales, August, 1901; and

376 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Moncayo; also occasionally in the Swiss valleys, e.g., Saas-im-Grund,
August 7th, 1904, etc.

6. ab. eleus, Fab., ‘‘ Ent. Sys. Supp.,” p. 430 (1798); Heyd., ‘‘Cat.,”’ p. 12
(1851); Werneb., ‘‘ Beitr.,’’ p. 395 (1864) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 9 (1871);
Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 95 (1884) ; Kane, ‘‘ Handbook,” etc., p. 31 (1885) ; Pryer,
‘‘Rhop. Nihon.,’’ p. 16 (1886); Leech, ‘‘ Butts. of China,” p. 400 (1893-4) ; Rihl,
‘“Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’”? p. 218 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 153 (1896);
Weism., ‘‘ Hntom.,’’ xxix., transl. pp. 30 et seq. (1896); Obth., ‘‘ Etudes,’’ p. 14
(1896) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 74 (1991) ; Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 19
(1903); Chapm., ‘‘Ent. Rec.,’’ xvi., p. 170 (1904). Phlaeas var., Zell., ‘‘ Isis,”’
p. 128 (1840).—Hesperia Rusticus alis emarginatis fuscis; anticis utrinque disco
fulvo nigro punctato, posticis fasciola fulva, subtus cinereis nigro punctatis.
Habitat in Germania. Affinis certe H. helle at omnino distineta. Antenne
fuse, albo annulate, clava oblonga nigra, apice ferruginea. Ale antics fusce
disco fulvo nitido, punctis majoribus nigris, subtus cineree disco fulvo punctis
subocellaribus atris. Posticee valde emarginate et fere bicaudate, fusce, nitide
fascia abbreviata, dentata, fulva, subtus cinerex punctis minutis nigris strigaque
postica obsoleta, fulva (Fabricius). Britis LOCALITIES. —Esgsex: coast district
(Harwood). Hants: New Forest (Bayne). Kent: Deal, Cuxton (Tutt), Dover
district (Pickett). DistrrpuTION.—Arrica: Morocco—Tangier, ete. (Walker) ;
_Algeria—Guelma, June, 1884 (Baker). Asia: Japan (Pryer), Asia Minor—
Broussa, August and September, 1903 (Fountaine), Smyrna, Beyrout,
Marmarice district (Mathew); Syria—Zebedani, Ain Zahalta, July 10th, 1904
(Graves), Jerusalem (Swinton). Avusrro-Huneary: pretty general in summer
brood — Herculesbad, July 12th-20th, 1900 (Lang). Brnerum (Lambillion).
Corsica: Ajaccio, May 30th, 1893 (Standen), July, 1899 (Lang), July 12th-24th,
1903 (Rowland-Brown), Tattone, Corte, common July 9th-19th, 1904 (Rosa),
France: Fontainebleau (Tutt), Arcachon, early July, 1901 (Chapman), Ville-
franche (Mathew), Nice, almost replaced type in summer of 1893 (Bromilow),
St. Martin Vésubie, July 26th, 1903 (Rowland-Brown), Alsace—near St. Louis
(Kundeg). Grrmany: Prussia—¢? near Lych, August 1st, 1877 (Sanio); Sachsen-
wald, in hot summers (Laplace), singly near Liineburg (Machleidt and Steinvorth),
rare in Thuringia (Knapp), not rare in second brood in Berlin district (Bartel and
Herz), one, July, 1898, near Reuthau, another, August, 1900, on the Sandberge,
near Zeisdorf (Pfitzner), once near Grimma, once near Beucha (Verein Fauna,
Leipzig), ¢ near Regenstauf, July 15th, 1875 (Schmid), near Kempten, on the
mosses (von Kolb), rare in hot summers, Baden (Meess and Spiiler), in the Wild-
park, near Karlsruhe (Gauckler). Grexzcr: throughout the summer—Mesolonghi,
June, 1900 (Fountaine), Athens, Salamis Bay, Poros, Platea, Corfu, August 4th-
12th, 1897 (Mathew), Navarino (de la Garde). Irany: throughout, in the summer
—Sicily (Zeller), Naples district—Camaldoli (Weismann), Capri (Browne), Florence
district (Verity), Piedmont— Orta Novarese, June, 1900 (Lowe), Susa, Torre Pellice,
Bobbie, Aosta, etc. (Tutt), Gardone, August 1st, 1900 (A. H. Jones), Leghorn, Pisa,
Brindisi, Ancona (Mathew). Matra (de la Garde). Scanprnavia: second brood,
Suldal, Stavanger, August-September, 1901 (Strand). Srmrvra: Belgrade (Tutt coll.).
Spain: throughout in summer brood—Andalusia (Staudinger), Moncayo, Bejar,
Bronchales, etc. (Chapman), Gibraltar, Algeciras, San Roque, Balearic
Isles—Minorca, August 19th, 1874 (J. J. Walker), Majorca, April 8th-20th, 1906
(A. H. Jones). Swirzertanp: in the summer brood singly, more frequent in
the southern valleys—Val d’Anniviers (Tasker), Bérisal, end of August, 1898,
Brigue, August 30th, 1898, Bellinzona, dark and abundant, July 15th, 1904
(Wheeler), Sion, Sierre, Niouc, Visp (Favre), Stalden (Tutt). Turkey: Port Baklar
(Walker), Gallipoli district (Mathew), Crete, Isle of Pachalimon, June 17th, 1878,
very abundant and very dark (Mathew).

It is generally assumed that elews, Fab., comprises the darkest
tailed southern forms. The original description was made from a
German example, with fulvous disc to the forewings, fulvous
hindmargin on the hindwings, and with the ordinary “spots 3 the
sround colour more suffused than the type, but evidently not at all
the most extreme form in this direction. Of the German suffused
forms, Zeller writes (/sts, 1840, p. 128): *‘ The aberration, mentioned
by Ochsenheimer (p. 20), flies near Frankfort and Glogau, in July and

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 377

August, together with the ordinary phlaeas. The fiery colour remains
purest on the forewings, before and behind the spot which lies on the
discocellular. The brown hindmargin extends almost to the row of
black spots. The female, which may be considered as belonging to
this variety, has a less broad, brown margin, and besides the above
mentioned space, the space between the margin and the row of spots
remains pure fiery colour, though darker than usual.’’ Nor must it be
confounded with melanophlaeas, Vill. and Guén., which, if the figure of
Oberthir (tudes, etc., 1896, pl. v., fig. 76) be trustworthy, has the whole
discal area, from the outer margin to the base, suffused with black,
the suffusion being brought about by the modification of the spots
into elongated longitudinal streaks, which occupy the whole of this
area. Staudinger diagnoses it as “supra multo obscurior, al. post.
plerumque caudula parva.’ The form is distinguished from ab.
suffusa by the tails on the hindwings. Strand notes eight specimens
taken August 25th to September 17th, 1901, in the Suldal, which he
considers should be referred to eleus, F., although some differ but
little in colour from typical examples. One suspects that these latter
may be referable to ab. typica-caudata (anted, p. 859). As to its
distribution in Britain little is known.

e. ab. turcicus, Gerh., ‘‘ Beit. Schmett.,” p. 5, pl. v., figs. 5a (¢), b-c
(¢) (1853); Obth., “Etudes,” etc., pp. 13-14 (13896).—The specimens that I
figure were sent to me by Bischoff, of Augsburg, as ottomanus; from the latter,
however, as well as from phlaeas, it is to be distinguished by its conspicuously dark
coloration (Gerhard).

This aberration is described by Oberthtir (Htudes, etc., 1896, p. 14)
as having “the upper surface of the wings, except the marginal border
of the hindwings, which remains golden-red, suffused until it becomes
deep blackish-brown, giving the insect the appearance of a 3 wanthe
(dorilis) from Paris; this form is strongly developed in Syria, Trans-
caucasia, northwest India, and Japan, and transitional forms are not
rare in the Pyrénées-Orientales, Sierra Nevada, and Corsica ; one even
finds strongly developed turcicus near Paris and Rennes, but less
frequently than in the south.”’ Our examination of Gerhard’s figures
(5a, $3; 5b, underside; 5c, 2) hardly bears this out. Our notes
read; “The ground colour dull coppery; the black parts suffused
with brown; the copper very little suffused in g¢ , much more so in 9,
the latter having the copper colour confined to a longitudinal stripe
running from base to outer marginal band, and including the discal
spots, and the 2nd and 8rd of the three topmost spots belonging to
the submarginal transverse row that crosses the forewings; the copper
band on the hindwings rather narrow and inclining to orange, not
bright red. The tails are well produced. The underside of forewings
dirty orange, the black spots ringed with white; of hindwing uni-
colorous reddish-grey, darker on margin, no dots.’’ The form ( @ ) really
differs little from eleus, Fab., only it has a band-like streak of copper
from base to outer margin, instead of the usual median patch,
narrowing basally and widening outwardly. Maintaining the name
for this limited form, we have examples from Italy—Susa, August,
1897, Crissolo, August 5th, 1901, Torre Pellice, August 7th, 1901 ;
from France—Arcachon, July, 1902; Spain—Moncayo, Bejar, Avila,
July, 1902, Bronchales, early August, 1901; Malta—July, 1897;
Syria—Beyrout, Servia—Belegrade, Austria—Orsova, July, 1898;

378 | BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Bulgaria—the Rilo, May 28th, 1899. Gerhard’s representation of eleus
(pl. v., fig. 8, called a g, but looks like a ¢) is a bright coppery-red
example, with very faint, and rather small, black spots on forewings,
and very wide'red hindmarginal band on hindwings; the tails are fairly
developed. There is no suffusion shown in this figure, so that his
turcicus is much nearer the true eleus, Fab., than is his so-called eleus.

¢. ab. fuscata, n.ab.—The forewings suffused with blackish-brown, including
the discal and submarginal areas, through which only a faint suffused tinge of
copper appears; the hindwings with copper marginal band and not tailed.

This agrees much more with Oberthur’s turcicus (supra) than does
the latter with turcicus, Gerhard. Forms suffused to this extent are
always rare, except in the Mediterranean districts. Peyerimhoff notes
the occurrence of examples in Alsace with the disc of the forewings
entirely suffused with black.

mn. ab. fuscata-caudata, n. ab.—The whole of the forewings suffused with
blackish or blackish brown, the discal area only showing very faintly the position
of the copper areas before and beyond the discal spot; the marginal border of the
_ hindwings fulvous; the outer margin tailed as in ab. eleus.

This is one of the darkest forms of phlaeas, and occurs as a rare
aberration in the southwestern parts of its distribution, more commonly
in the eastern paris of the Mediterranean area, e.g., the Balkan
peninsula, Greece, Asia Minor, Syria, etc. Weismann also notes
it as occurring in Corsica. Staudinger’s diagnosis of eleus (Cat., 2nd
ed., p. 9), ‘‘ caudata, supra nigricans,” agrees better with this form
than with eleus, Fab. His later diagnosis of eleus (Cat., drd ed.,
p. 74), ‘‘supra multo obscurior, al. post. plerumque caudula parva,”
although somewhat wider, still fails to note the fulvous discal area of
the F'abrician elews. We have examples closely approaching this from
Piedmont—Crissolo; Spain—Bejar, Bronchales; Syria—Beyrout ;
and Corsica—Bastelica.

VARIATION OF THE MARKINGS ON THE UNDERSIDE OF WINGS.

There is considerable variation in the ground colour of the underside
of the wings, which extends from pale whitish-grey to warm brown and
red-brown whilst the outer marginal band of the hindwings, sometimes
quite strongly marked with orange, is, on the other hand, absolutely
obsolete in some specimens with every possible intermediate stage
in different individuals; similarly, the spots on the underside of
the hindwings vary from tiny specks (a mere dusting) to fairly
large, strongly marked, well developed, dots. There is also
considerable difference in the size of the spots of the forewings,
and these are often conspicuously outhned with a pale circum-
scription, But, apart from this general variation, more marked
aberrational forms occur, chiefly in the direction of the extension of
existent spots, or by the union of two independent dots by a marked
streak. We give illustrations of the most marked of these in pl. xiil.,
fies. 4, 5, 18, 14. On this subject, Scudder writes (butts. of New
England, p. 1001): ‘* The underside of the wings rarely varies to any
material extent in American specimens, and the variation is mostly
confined to the brief cuneiform extension (but not in any other way
enlargement) of the extra-cellular spots of the front wing; but, whatis
remarkable is that a suffusion (extension) of spots of the upperside of
the forewings is often correlated with obsolescence, or almost complete

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 379

bliteration, of the extra-mesial spots of the underside, and this seems to
be more likely to occur the deepex the suffusion above; in one instance,
however, and this the most extreme case of suffusion (extension) of
the upperside spots, known to me, not only are the extra-cellular spots
of the underside of the forewings much elongated, on one side nearly
reaching the cell, but the spot in the lower median interspace is also
considerably enlarged, while, upon the hindwing, several of the extra-
mesial spots, otherwise of normal size, send shoots towards the base,
and the two costal spots are elongated on both wings, and on one
actually united into a long sublunate stripe. The same is the case
to a less extent in one other specimen, while, in a third, also an
extreme case of suffusion above, not only are the spots of the extra-
mesial row of the hindwing almost wholly (some of them wholly)
obliterated, but on one side both, and on the other the inner, but not
the outer of the costal spots, have also disappeared.” On the variation
of the undersides of some specimens, taken by Sabine, in the Erith
district, in 1898, South observes (#nt., xxvi., p. 806) that ‘the black
spots on the primaries are very frequently distinctly ringed with
yellowish, but the spots on the hindwings are not well defined as a
rule. In some examples, however, the black spots are not only
distinct on the hindwings, but these wings have also a black transverse
waved line, edged externally with pale greyish-brown.” Chapman
observes that ‘the undersides of examples, taken between July
10th-17th, 1898, at Bossekop, were of a much cooler grey tone than
in the English form.” The most remarkable underside aberration, is
one corresponding with our ab. extensa or ab. eatensa-conjuucta of the
upperside (antea, p. 363). It has the submarginal row of black dots
extended as wedge-shaped marks towards the base (see pl. xiil., figs.
4,14). There are, of course, intermediate forms between the most
extreme aberrations in this direction and the type. The union of the
two discal spots of the forewings by a longitudinal line (ab. disco-juncta,
n.ab., see pl. x1il., fig. 13), and the formation of costal and inner marginal
streaks on the hindwings (ab. infra-radiata, n. ab., see pl. xiii., fig. 5)
are also occasionally met with. The marked streaked forms noted
above we would describe as :—

a. ab. infra-extensa, n. ab., pl. xiii., figs. 4,14. Phlaeas ab., South, ‘‘ Ent.,”
XXvi., p. 305, fig. 1 (1893); Buckstone, ‘‘ Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc.,’’ p. 109
(1899); Fountaine, ‘‘ Ent.,’’ xxxvii., p: 137 (1904).—The spots forming the sub-
marginal transverse row on the forewings lengthened, and pointing towards the
base of wing.

South figures (Fnt., xxvi., p. 805, figs. 1 and 2) two underside aberra-
tions captured by Sabine, at Erith, September 7th, 1893. Fig. 1, our
infraextensa, Shows a form which may be compared with our eatensa-
conjuncta on the upperside. It has the spots of the submarginal row
extended in the same manner, the fourth spot from the costa joining the
base of the discal cell, the sixth much prolonged, and the seventh en-
larged, whilst, on the hindwings, the two costal spots, are united together,
forming a costal streak. Buckstone exhibited, at a meeting of the South
London Entom. Society (Proc. South Lond. Ent. Soc., 1899, p. 109), an
example with the spots on the undersurface of the inner margin of the
forewings elongated towards the base of the wings, taken at Beckenham,
August, 1886. Miss Fountaine records the capture of a 2 , at Broussa,
in August, 1903, which had the submarginal row of black spots on the

380 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

underside of the forewings elongated into broad black bands, almost
confluent.

B. ab. disco-juncta, n. ab.—The two spots in the discal cell joined so as to
form a distinct basal lineola. This rare aberration is reproduced in our pl. xiii.,
fig. 13.

y. ab. infra-radiata, n.ab. Phlaeas ab., South, ‘‘ Ent.,’’ xxvi., p. 305, fig. 2
(1893).— ¢. In this aberration, the variation is confined to the undersurface of the
hindwings; these haveall the black spots well defined, including a large quadrate one
about middle of the costa, and an elongate one on the abdominal margin towards the
anal angle. Erith (South). This appears to be represented in our pl. xiii., fig. 5.

TERATOLOGICAL EXAMPLES.—''he following are interesting records :—

a. A large ¢ of ordinary type, minus the left forewing, and with.the left hind-
wing suffused much after the style of C. dispar. Bred by Sabine, September, 1904
(Ent., xxxvii., p. 285).

GB. A large @ with the forewings and hindwing on the left side of ordinary
type, the right hindwing fully formed but much smaller than the left hindwing,
the marginal copper band very wide, and the colour considerably paler than that
of the remaining wings. Taken August, 1890, at Deal (Tutt coll.).

GYNANDROMORPHIC EXAMPLES.—The following are the only recorded
cases that we can trace of possible gynandromorphic specimens :—

a. There is often considerable diversity in the vividness of colour of different
individuals of the same species of butterfly or moth, one being much more beautiful
than the other; in the same individual, however, one wing, in general, exactly
corresponds with the other, its fellow; but I once took a ‘‘ small copper ”’ in the
month of September, which had a very apparent difference in the colour of the
wings, the left forewing being much lighter on both surfaces than the right, though
neither was defaced in any degree (Gosse, Can. Nat., p. 220).

Scudder considers this to be a possible case of hermaphroditism. It
appears, at least, very doubtful.

B. Left wings ¢; right wings?; the antenne just the opposite, the ines
one being on the ¢ side; the wings are very distinctive (Sabine, EHntom., xxix.,
p. 315).

Keerayinc.—The eggs are laid on the upper- and undersurface of the
leaves of sorrel and on the stems. A @ caught in early June, 1905, laid
nine eggs on one large sorrel leaf, and eight on the adjoining stem (above
the leaf) (Raynor). On September 7th, 1868, I followed a ? for more
than two hours over a large pasture, and saw her deposit her eggs on
plants of sorrel; she did not fly in the usual brisk manner of this
species, but only a short distance at a time, and never laid more than
one egg on a plant, so that I conclude, the larve are solitary; between
each two eges that she laid, she settled frequently on some tall bent of
grass or other prominent post, and basked in the sun. Several other
@s were observed with the following results: The egg was almost
invariably laid on the midrib of the leaf close to the stalk; the smaller
plants of sorrel were chosen on which to deposit the egg, indeed,
sometimes a plant with not more than three or four leaves, and those
not larger than threepenny pieces. On three occasions, whilst carefully
searching larger plants, I have found two eggs on a leaf, but, in two of
these cases, only one ege was laid by the same ?; I never lost sight
of any particular insect I was following, and carefully avoided frightening
it. I noticed that the ? s often settled on the ground, and walked some
distance, searching apparently for the sorrel, and, in this investigation,
as also in selecting a place on a leaf for the egg, they seemed to make
use of their antenne, which were depressed and passed carefully
over the leaves (Farn). Oviposition takes place in the afternoon.
The female flutters over Rumea acetosella, choosing plants on

RUMICIA PHLZEAS. 381

banksides, sides of ditches, depressions of ground. It alights on the
- plant, and, keeping its wings partially opened, it curves its abdomen,
and walks deliberately over a leaf with the abdomen pressed against
it. When it reaches a suitable place (generally on midrib, near
junction of petiole and leaf) it closes its wings with a jerk, deposits the
ovum, flies off and repeats the process. The ovum generally is on
the upperside, as above described, but I have found ova in nature on
the underside, and on the petiole. The ova are laid singly. (I once
thought I saw an ovum laid on Ranunculus repens, in a ditch, but could
not verify) (Harrison). On September 29th, 1895, 2s were seen
busily engaged depositing their ova on dwarf plants of Rumeaw acetosella,
and, on examination, a profusion of ova was discovered on them; ova laid
July 8th, 1900, hatched July 17th and 18th, all the imagines emerged
between August 21st and 28th, 1900 (Prideaux). Hawes notes
(Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1898, p. 189) that, in September, 1898,
in a grassy lane between pasture-land which is dry and open, and where,
besides many species of grasses, Lotus, Galium, Cardamine, etc., abound,
and where, especially, species of Rumea, common sorrel (Rf. acetosa), etc.,
grow in quantity, R. phlaeas was abundant, and that, “on September
23rd, the first plant of R. acetosa inspected showed about a dozen ova
placed anywhere on the leaves, upper- and undersides, and even along
the stalks when exposed. Succeeding clumps were equally productive,
and, in some cases, individual leaves of a plant were literally besieged
with eggs, e.y., a withered leaf on a long stalk projecting on the foot-
path, was found to have twenty-one eggs and four young larve attached
to it; altogether, in an hour, more than 100 ova were selected, and at least
twice as many left for future observation of the larve. This abun-
dance was, ina manner of speaking, quite local. One side of the
grassy lane faces the southeast, and catches the early morning sun,
there is no ditch, and the sorrel and dock grew quite commonly under
a hedge in a dry gravelly soil; here, although dock was equally plenti-
ful with the sorrel, the latter plant was always preferred, indeed, on
only one clump of dock were ova and larve found, and these on a
young and stiff-leaved plant. The luxurious growths of common dock
were entirely neglected, as also were both species of Rumea when
growing amongst the turf, or in a damp ditch running the length
of the opposite side of the lane.” Bird notes of the egglaying
of R. phlaeas: ‘1 watched, near Tintern, several females ovi-
positing on August 80th, 1906. The females of this species do not,
so far as I have noticed, alight directly upon the plant they eventually
lay on, but settle on some other plant close by, such as a buttercup, or
plantain leaf, a grass stem, etc., where they remain for some little
while, perhaps, half a minute or so, resting in the sun. Then, if the
sorrel plant be quite adjacent (it is generally within a foot or two of
their resting-place), they crawl to it, otherwise they will use their
wings. After reaching the sorrel they walk all over the surface of the
leaves, frequently feeling them with their abdomina, but always laying
their ova on the underside. Small plants are invariably chosen (at
least, by the second brood), laying even on quite small seedlings. I
saw one egg laid on a little seedling that might easily have been covered
by a crown piece. One ? I watched I thought had made a mistake
and oviposited on grass, but I found, when securing the egg, that she
was too good a botanist, or rather her instinct was too strong for her

382, BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

to be deceived by appearance. She had correctly determined the plant
as sorrel, notwithstanding the fact that every leaf had been completely
eaten off, leaving only the bare stalks, and it was upon one of these
she laid her egg, and on the underside! I never saw more than one
egg laid on a leaf, and only once two laid on the same plant; the
female that did this laid four eggs at one bout, commencing with these
two on one plant, and then crawling across a dry cowpad to two other
little plants, layimg one on each. I kept four ova from different
females, three only hatching five days after being laid. ‘Two of the
larvee are still (October 2nd, 1906) alive, and growing very slowly.”
Newman says that “the ege is laid on the leaves of several species of
Rumex as R. obtusifolius, R. pulcher, R. acetosa, R. acetosella (docks
and sorrels).’’ Merrifield also says that eggs are laid, in confine-
ment, on dock or sorrel. Buckler, that they are laid on leaves of
Rumex acetosella. [Bromilow notes (Soc. Hnt., viil., p. 178) that
he observed a @ laying her eges on the dry leaves of Trifolium
filiforme, near Vence-Cagnes, in the Nice district, on April 4th, 1898 ;
the two bluish-white eggs he found were round, with a flattened base,
by which they were attached to the underside of a leaf.| For
Scudder’s note on the subject, see antea, p. 344, and for the length of
the egestage in the different broods in North America, see antea, pp.
345-346.

Hec-ParasttEs.—Scudder says that the eggs are attacked by one of
the little egg parasites, Telenomus graptae, which emerge through one
of the lateral cells of the ege. ,

Ovum.—The egg is 0-61mm. in diameter, and less than 0-3mm. high,
just a little less than a hemisphere. If it varies from a hemisphere in
form, it 1s in the direction of having been rather more than a hemisphere,
but alittle sunk and flattened on top, alittle bulging at the top of thesides.
At first glance it appears to be pure white, but, on closer examination, this
appears to be due to the sculptured surface, a very evident underlying
green occupying the hollows. The surface is covered with large
(comparatively to size of ege) hollows, of approximately spherical
surface, each hollow 100° to 120° of a sphere in diameter. It is not,
perhaps, self-evident in R. phlaeas, but is so nearly so in the similar egg
of Heodes virgaureac, that it may be assumed that there is a simple dome-
shaped eggshell, and that the sculpturing is in a frothy or corky layer
superficial to this. Probably, its whiteness is due to the inclusion of
minute air bubbles. These superficial hollows vary a good deal in
different eggs; usually they have a spherical surface, but now and
then they appear to have a flat bottom, 7.e., down on the real egg-
surface, and the divisions between them are more walls than portions
of a continuous solid layer. The relative sizes of the hollows at
different parts of the egg also vary a good deal, especially about the
micropylar region. In some, the micropylar region is the bottom of a
cell that looks much like the rest of the cells. In others it seems to
be a special hollow, surrounded by smaller cells. In all cases,
probably, the micropylar area is the surface of the eggshell proper,
free from the frothy coating that affords the general sculpture, and
this area may have more or less the aspect of one of the hollows of
this sculpture. A specimen mounted in “ balsam” seems to show this.
It happens to be one with very large cells to the general sculpture,
0-15mm. or 016mm. in diameter, in one or two of those measured.

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 383:

The micropylar area is about O-llmm. in diameter, and is crowded
with small reticulate cells, more or less hexagonal and more or less
whorled in their arrangement from the centre outwards, so that,
from the centre outwards in the curved line of the whorl,
one may count five to seven cells, each, therefore, not far from
Scudder’s measurement of them, viz., O-‘Olmm. in _ diameter.
Centrally is an area about 0°02mm. in diameter, in which are four
or five black or brilliant (according to illumination and _ focus)
points (the actual micropyle?). Surrounding the micropylar area, or
rather bounding it, is a margin of the frothy superstructure, and this
being nearly transparent in the “ balsam,”’ cells like those of the micro-
pylar area are seen to continue out beneath it, until the coating is too
thick to admit of certainty; these cells are only slightly larger than
those of the micropylar area. Scudder’s figure of the micropyle
of this egg (hypophlaeas) gives a good idea of the relation of the area
to the surrounding pits, but is quite diagrammatic, showing two rows
of cells in the micropylar mesh, each separate and distinct, instead of
five or more rows pressed together honeycomb fashion. The egg has a
central hollow 0:09mm. in diameter, with a central minute, darker
point; round the central hollow are eight cells varying in diameter from
0:08mm. to 0:08mm., round this are larger ones 0:09mm. to 0:14mm.
in diameter, and the cells are, if anything, larger down to the base.
(Scudder describes the egg of hypophlaeas as having smaller cells
round the base. I suspect eggs of phlaeas could be found of this form,
and eges of hypophlaeas of the form observed in the specimens I am now
examining.) Although the impression is strong that these spherical
depressions are circular, this is not so, they intersect each other, and
the appearance is as if the frothy material were still plastic after the
impressions were made. The lines of intersection are not curves
hanging from point to point, but are distinctly angulated at the lowest
point,and the triangular projections, where these depressions meet, have
tolerably flat sides, meeting in fairly straight lines, and terminate in a
point, never in a surface. The margin of each hollow, therefore,
where they are fairly regular and hexagonally placed, consists of six
angular points and six re-entering angles between them, low and flat,
but otherwise like the spikes of a conventional stage crown. The
texture (or marking) of the surface within the hollows is dotted and
confused, and seems to be best described as the result of what really is,
probably the fact, viz., the vesicular structure of the white superficial
sculptured coat of the egg (Chapman, October Ist, 1906). Twelve
eges examined, except in size, appear to resemble exactly the
ege of Heodes virgaureae. They have a diameter of ‘55mm. at the
base, height -33mm.; in shape, they represent a rather depressed
segment of a sphere, the surface of which is covered with hexa-
gonal, honeycomb-like cells, of pretty considerable size; at the
apex, the micropylar cell, surrounded by six smaller cells; the lower
rounded basins of the cells are extremely finely reticulated. The
ground colour is grey-green; the strongly projecting hexagonal cell-
walls are whiter; the base of the egg is ight green (Gillmer). Circular
in outline, rather flattened, though convex, of a light cream colour,
very coarsely reticulated with whitish raised network. Two days
before hatching the colour changes to greyish (Buckler). The egg is
figured by Clark, Ent. Rec., xii., pl. xi., fig. 1; see also our pl. iil., figs. 3
and 4. For Scudder’s description of the egg, see anted, pp. 343-344.

384 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

VARIATION OF OvuM.—When first laid the ova are faintly greenish,
soon turning to a faint green-grey, and then slightly brown, as the
time of hatching approaches. The eggshell is opaque and compara-
tively thick. The ovum hatches in from 5-24 days, depending on the
temperature. The ova vary greatly, but fall into two groups, those
with small cells, and those with a few larger ones. Those with small
cells are the larger ova, those with large cells are the smaller ova.
Diameter, -4mm. to -5mm.; thickness, five-twelfths of diameter. (1)
Description of larger type of ovum.—Ovum button-shaped, i.e, like a
flat dome, and has the appearance of being honey-combed or sponge-
like. The bottoms of cells faintly greenish, and dotted and striated.
There are two (generally) series of intersecting lines, which are white
and undulating. These give rise to a series of polygons, mostly fairly
regular hexagons. These lines as they approach points of intersection
ascend and thicken, giving rise to a series of triangular pyramids.
Some ova, owing to the variation in size of polygons, do not have two
series of lines, but are marked with irregular polygons all over. Base,
or attached area, green and faintly cross-hatched. Micropylar area
appears darker green to naked eye, and is roughly polygonal and finely
punctured. The micropyle is surrounded by an incomplete ring of
very small irregular polygonal cells. Next is a fairly complete ring of
nine cells, mostly pentagons, one-eighth area of average cell area.
Then we have cells produced by the intersecting lines as above. Some
of these are heptagonal where they adjoin two of the ring cells. (2)
Description of smaller type of ovum.—The micropylar area is as above.
Following this are only two rings of cells, all hexagons; in the first
ring, seven cells, and in the next ring, ten cells. These smaller ova
are thicker and more convex than the first form (J. W. Harrison).
These two forms of ova are figured respectively in our pl. 111., figs. 3, 4.

Hapits oF tarva.—Scudder says (Butts. New Engl., p. 1005) that
‘‘the caterpillar makes its exit by eating only the summit of the egg,
where the pits are small, and separated only by thin walls; usually it
feeds upon the undersurface of a leaf, and, while very young, eats little
holes of about its own size halfway through; afterwards, it ploughs
its way through the parenchyma of either surface, making straight or
slightly curving grooves as wide as its own body, and several times
longer; when still older it devours the leaf at the edge.” Harrison says
‘‘the emerging larva eats a small circular hole from the apex of the
ovum, large enough for escape without, however, devouring the rest of
the egg.’”’ ‘At first the larve are greenish (September 5th, 1905),
changing later to straw-yellow (September 15th), and then to bright
ereen ; the larve eat small irregular-shaped patches from the under-
side, and nearly through the sorrel leaves, leaving only the upper
epidermis remaining; they cling tightly to the leaves by means of
their anal claspers ’’ (Wood); when preparing for a moult the small
larvee appear always to rest on the lower side of a leaf. Buckler
says that the young larva is sluggish, and though it occasionally
eats holes through the leaves, it more generally makes a little
channel on the undersurface just the width of its body, and about
its length, so that the larva lies sunk in this channel, about on
a level with the surface of the leaf. It then either quits this
to make another similar hollow in which to rest, or else it con-
tinues to lengthen the channel already made, always keeping to the

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 385.

undersurface of the leaf, eating the green cuticle there, which is much
__ thicker than that on the uppersurface of the leaf. The third (or fourth)
instar appears to be the critical one. In the summer brood, a larva of
6mm. will grow to nearly 16mm. in six days, and feed up to pupating
stage in four days longer, whilst in the autumnal brood the larve of
this size slacken off, and become more or less sluggish, preparing for
hybernation. Hawes observes (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1898, p. 140)
that, in nature, he has never found larve feeding on the upperside of
the leaf, and that they appear like those of Hamearis (Nemeobius) lucina
on Priumla, to attach themselves to the underside, 7.c., on the side
least exposed to the light and their feathered enemies, where each
larva eats out small portions and rests in the cavities so made, from
time to time wandering to the other parts of the same leaf during
the first week or so of its existence. At this early stage it is difficult
to detect with anything like certainty, and the best plan is to gather
the riddled leaves with the eggs and eggshells, and keep them in a dry
situation -well surrounded with fresh leaves of the foodplant. Scudder
further observes that just before pupation the fungiform appendages
of the coming pupa appear as white hemispherical papille dotting the
surface of the caterpillar. The different rate at which larve from the
same batch of eggs feed up is very marked in all the broods. Raynor
observes (in litt.) that, from eggs laid in early June, 1905, the fastest
larve commenced to pupate on July 20th, that by July 24th there were
eight pupe, and, of the remaining larve, some were fullfed, and others
yet quite small. Sabine notes (Hnt., xxxvii., p. 285) that, of a large
number of larve reared from August-laid eggs, in 1904, many had
pupated by the end of September, and produced imagines in October,
whilst, at that time, the greater part of the remainder, consisting of
some hundreds, were only half-fed, or little more; so that one supposes
most would hybernate, as is usual, as larve, and not attempt to feed up
and produce imagines the same autumn. Cooper also observes that, from
egos laid August 2nd, 1884, some of the larve fed up rapidly on a
growing plant of sorrel, pupated, the imagines appearing between
September 19th and 22nd; at this time, other larve belonging to this
batch were nearly fullgrown, and others still quite small; the former
would, of course, attempt to complete their life-cycle in the year, the
small ones, no doubt, would hybernate. Chapman notes that, ‘‘on
September 3rd, 1906, a small brood of larve, from eggs laid about a
fortnight previously, differed to such an extent that one is in the pupal
state, two or three are girthed up, six or seven nearly fullerown, the
remainder (two or three dozen) still small, fond of bunching themselves
up almost into little balls about 4mm. long, and 2mm. thick; they
still eat, and for the moment evidently are not thinking of hybernating
(the last few days has been 90° in the shade, or thereabouts). By
September 12th these small ones, however, had made no progress, and
seem now to eat nothing. They show a few white points (trumpet-
hairs) absent in larvee of Chrysophanus var. rutilus at hybernating stage.”’
Prideaux states that Rumea acetosella 1s so hardy a plant that,
even in severe winters, it probably affords the most suitable resting-
place for the over-wintering larve of R. phlaeas to rest upon, he
adds that the larve hybernate at different ages and feed in mild
weather. The earliest and best placed of the hybernating larve
feed up very rapidly in the spring. Hodgkinson says they are already

886 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

to be found fullfed in April, when one is searching sorrel roots for
Gelechia larve. At Brighton, Johnson found individuals well fed on
March 26th, 1893, but this was a phenomenally early year. Newman
states that the summer larve feed up in about 20 days, and when
fullfed rest on the underside of leaves of the foodplant, in a flat
position closely appressed to the surface; if disturbed or annoyed, a
larva falls from its foodplant, and assumes a crescentic form, the two
extremities approximating, but hot meeting; after a time it resumes
its wonted appearance, and glides over the surface of any object on
which it may happen to rest, exactly in the manner of a slug, no
‘separate motion of the body or legs being perceptible. Schneider says
that, at Tromsé, the larvee certainly hybernate at very various ages, and
this accounts for the long drawn-out period of flight, but Strand speaks
of a certain second brood in the Suldal and various other places in
Scandinavia. For the different lengths of larval life in the various
broods in North America, see antea, pp. 345-3846. Buckler notes that,
“when fullfed, and the larva has taken up its position for pupation,
it becomes somewhat shorter and thicker, more rounded in outline,
the pupal stage being fully assumed after two days.”

VARIATION OF LARVA.—The larve when fullgrown present varying
forms, but these may all be briefly dealt with. The larva is green,
sometimes entirely green, which may vary from pale yellowish-green
to dark green, but often with pinkish or purplish dorsal and spiracular
stripes ; these may vary from faint and narrow lines to full-coloured
and wide lines, extending, in some examples, respectively, downwards
and upwards, until in the most extreme cases they meet, and the green
is lost in the pinkish or purplish suffusion. Hawes says (Proc. Sth.
Lond. Ent. Soc., 1898, p. 140) that the larve, when large, present
varying forms, which may roughly be divided into those that are
merely grass-green, and those that have, besides, dorsal and spiracular
pink stripes ; these latter are very handsome, and appear to produce a
large proportion of § imagines, although not exclusively confined to
that sex.

Larva. — First instar (newly-hatched): Ashy-grey, with black
head ; a double dorsal crest of dark hairs, half as long again as the
larva is thick; larva about 1mm. long, 0:3mm. wide; lateral hairs
white, shorter, difficult to see; a very small, square, dark mark for
prothoracic plate; some black dots, but no hairs, between dorsal and
marginal hairs; dorsal ridges not sharp (April 26th, 1906). First
instar (fullfed): shows a good deal of colour and marking; about a
third of the way from dorsal to lateral flange is a yellowish line, a band
consisting of a yellow stripe on each segment, obliquely upwards and
backwards, so that that on one segment starts just below the end of
the last one; it is bordered above and below by a narrow red shade;
there is some reddish shading halfway from this to lateral flange,
which has a reddish shade above it; the line of tubercles on dorsal
flange has a good deal of reddish; the lateral flange is not coloured,
but agrees with the ground colour, which is of almost a flesh tint
rather than a green. The little larva is barely 2mm. long when
stretched, and the dorsal hairs of i are about O-6mm. long, and
bent to about 60° of a circle; they stand erect, the curve giving
a backward sweep, with the effect of a fine crest when the larva is
viewed sideways; they are finely spiculated; those of opposite sides

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 387

arise so close together, that, whilst hardly appearing to have their
bases conjoined, it is difficult to be sure they have not, especially on
the forward segments. Tubercle 11 carries a short hair 0-lmm. long,
deflexed, arising close to, and outside,i. Halfway between this and
the spiracle, in middle of segment, is a large lenticle (a little larger
than spiracle). Shghtly above this, and at the posterior border of the
segment, is a very minute hair, and a similar one about halfway
between the lenticle and spiracle; this varies in position, usually
rather nearer spiracle; on one side of one segment it is close under
the lenticle ; again, there is a similar minute hair behind, and a little
below, spiracle. In two specimens (British), on the 4th, 5th, and 6th
abdominal segments, in front, and outside i, where an accessory hair
is common in Lycenid larve, is a small hair of peculiar structure ; it
is not more that about 0:01mm. long, and is fan-shaped, with several
points at the end. In two Riviera specimens these are absent, except
that, on one side, in one specimen, on the 6th abdominal segment, is
a similar hair, but a little more baton-like in shape. Below the
spiracle (on flange) are three hairs on a level, the middle one a little
the longest, 0-2mm.; on the 3rd, 4th, and 6th abdominal segments
there is a fourth smaller hair in front of these; lower is a very large
lenticle, then a small hair (0‘02mm.), and then two at the base of the
prolegs. On the 7th abdominal, i is present, with four lenticles
behind it. On the 8th abdominal, i is present, with two lenticles
behind it. On the 9th abdominal, i is present, and the two hairs are
some little way apart, and there are no lenticles. The lenticle
between i and the spiracle is absent on the 7th, 8th, and 9th abdominal
seoments. The 10th abdominal has an anal plate, with two lenticles
on each side, and with five hairs beside and behind it, on a surface
with long sharp skin-points; the 8th (with 9th) abdominal segment
shows four marginal hairs. The submarginal lenticles, which are very
large (twice the diameter of the spiracle), are present only on the 8rd,
4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal segments, but on the 1st and 2nd its
place is taken by a long hair. On the metathorax the spiracle and the
lenticle above it are absent; there are four equal marginal hairs; in
line of submarginal lenticle are two small hairs, with a small lenticle
behind them. On the mesothorax, tubercle 11 carries a hair exactly
like i (at least there is such a hair, that it truly represents 11 1s another
matter); there are four marginal hairs, and a lenticle in front of them,
two hairs and a lenticle below, as in metathorax; no hairs at the leg-
bases. Onthe prothorax are seven marginal (?) hairs on either side, which
run round below plate, but above spiracle; below the spiracle there is
one hair. The plate is square, with three long hairs at each anterior
angle, minute ones behind, of these the largest (very small) are near
the posterior angles. The general surface is faintly reticulated with a
largish mesh. The front of the prothorax is nodulated with rounded
skin-points, much closer together than the meshes of the skin-netting
behind. The prolegs have thirteen to fifteen hooks, more than usually
in a complete line (not divided into two pads) (May 5th, 1906).
Second instar (newly-moulted): The colours are more blurred and the
white-yellow band looks straight; there are two sets of hairs on the
slope between the dorsal and lateral flanges, but the slope is a little
rounded both in this and the first instar (fullfed). [The typical
Lycenid slope is not at all marked, except in quite young larve in the

388 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

first instar, and then nothing to approach say—the larve of Ruralis
betulae.| Same instar (well-fed): The larva at rest is 8mm. long,
15mm. wide, an extremely short, round item, nearly as high as wide.
In one case the larva is green, with perhaps darker dorsal, and pale
lateral, line, and even, perhaps, some intermediate lines; in another,
the dark dorsal line is faintly pink; in a third, there is a strong
pink tone both dorsally and laterally. There is still quite a definite
‘“‘ slope ’’ from the dorsal to the lateral ridges. Looking at the larva
end-wise, there is the double dorsal row of black hairs, with shorter ones
along with them, and some very short ones dorsal to them; then there
are the lateral flange hairs, curved downwards in an upper and lower
row, and the ‘‘ slope’ is divided into three, about equal, portions, by
two rows of hairs, the upper curved upwards, and about half as long
as the long dorsal, the lower nearly as long and curved downwards ;
some shorter intermediate ones are not satisfactorily determined. The
hairs are more numerous and about 0:2mm. to 0:°3mm. (a few 0-4mm.)
long. The prothorax has, over the dorsum, about thirty hairs on each
side, not specially arranged or grouped. The spiracle is right back in
the incision, looking as if in mesothorax; it is accompanied by two
lenticles and a hair; there is a group of smaller hairs down in
front, with, across the front, a number of pale circles, that may be
lenticles, the inner two seem to have colourless hairs. Doubtful as to
whether belonging to pro- or mesothorax are two median lenticles,
a fine hair, near the middle, on either side. On the meso- and
metathorax, on spiracular level, are two hairs, accompanied by a lenticle
that looks exactly like a spiracle, being on the same horizon; each of
the abdominal spiracles is accompanied by two lenticles, looking very
like it; on abdominal segments 6 and 7 there is an extra (making
three) lenticle and a hair; these are all above and behind the spiracle;
on abdominal segment 8, a hair and two lenticles; a little above this,
and to the front of the segment, on the mesothorax and abdominal
segments, is a hair, another at the posterior border of the mesothorax.
Dorsally, taking two large central hairs to represent tubercle 1, we have
ul just behind and outside it, a median small hair between, a hair
(small) in front of 1, and another further out and further forward, close
to the front border of the segment, a longish hair lower (i11?), then the
front border one, and the one against spiracle; the marginal group
numbers about eight; the seta oniis about 0-4mm. in length, those
on 11 and ili are nearly as long, and so are some of the marginals.
On the anal plate are eight or ten hairs and four lenticles. The hairs
are difficult to distinguish from a score or more round posterior margin.
The prolegs carry four hooks (in three sizes) on each pad. ‘The skin-
surface is divided by a pavement-network, each cell of which carries a
minute central spicule. Third instar (laid up for moult): 75mm.
long, 2mm. wide, 2mm. hich, at the 2nd abdominal segment, which is
the highest point. The colour green, with red dorsal ana lateral lines,
and variations as in last skin. The width is also greatest at the 2nd
abdominal seement; it narrows slightly to the 6th, more to the 8th,
whilst the 9th and 10th abdominals give a rounded end, just as the
prothorax does in front. There are no definite dorsal ridges, but, from
the narrow rounded top, two “ slopes’’ fall to lateral flange; they are
quite marked, but are a little full and rounded, not flat. Some of the
dorsal hairs are still a little longer than those on slopes, but, except

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 389

that there is a barer place between the spiracles and lateral flange, the
hairs are tolerably equally distributed ; those above the spiracle black,
those below pale ; brilliant white points are irregularly scattered on sur-
face. The larva differs from its appearance in the fourth and last
instars by the hairs being a little differentiated between top and sides, and
in having few white points. In the third instar the hairs are shorter than
in second instar, 0:3mm. down to 0-lmm., and are more numerous. The
lenticles also are much smaller proportionally, those about spiracles less
than half the diameter of spiracle, instead of being very like them. There
is some space free from hairs just below the spiracles, but, for the rest,
the hairs are everywhere distributed, but are still in groups; the dorsal
patch contains about twelve hairs on either side, of which two larger
ones may represent 1 and ii, but others are of nearly same size; the
area possesses two or three lenticles (asymmetrically placed). The
“‘ slope’ down to spiracle has about eighteen hairs; its larger area
makes it look less crowded than the dorsum; the hairs also are smaller.
This area has seven or eight lenticles, of which the circumspiracular
three or four form part. After an interval comes the marginal group,
about twenty-two hairs and three lenticles; a group of eleven pale
small hairs and a lenticle are at about the site of tubercle vi, and a
less group of smaller hairs at vu. The hairs round front and back
margin are very numerous. The prothoracic plate is small, tinted,
with two hairs posteriorly (a pair), and one or two minute ones,
and several lenticles. The prolegs have the two pads (usual in
Liycenids), of which each has six or seven hooks, very large, long,
and powerful; on the inner side of the prolegs is a separate line
of six or seven very small hooks. The skin-surface has a more or less
hexagonal epithelium. The white points (the forerunners of the
trumpet-hairs of pupa) are very beautiful objects when magnified, they
are white, with long curved branches. Suppose a fir-cone (one with
more numerous scales than Pinus sylvestris) had a long white spine
branching from each scale and curving upwards, all the spines
arranged in proper tactical order, it would be something like it. On
an end view, the white cone hairs have a slightly whorled appearance,
and the ends of the branches seem dilated; most views give the
impression that the branches, or spicules, are not free and separate, as
they usually look, but are held in place by some envelope or connecting
medium. They are more numerous in the last instar. fourth instar:
In the fourth instar, the hairs are a little more numerous, and are
longer than in the third; the longest about 0'}5mm. The distribution
is much the same, but it is difficult to draw a line between a dorsal
group and one belonging to the slope, and the bare space below
spiracle is actually narrower than in the third instar. There may be
forty-five hairs from dorsum to spiracle, twenty-six or so in marginal
eroup, thirteen or fourteen at position of tubercle vi. The lenticles
are proportionally much smaller and very numerous, fourteen from
dorsum to spiracle. The prothoracic plate is long, pointed at each
end, and with two pointed branches on each side, making it look some-
thing like an animal’s skin nailed out to dry; it carries four or five
hairs on either side. The skin between the head and prothorax, or, at
least, the margin in front of the marginal fringe of hairs, has very
numerous, and very short, colourless hairs (not skin-points) ; the pro-
legs have seven or eight hooks, and also about eight very minute ones

390 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

in a row, right down on the inner margin. Fifth instar: The last
skin is plentifully studded, not only with black hairs, but with brilliant
white points, of which there are over fifty, above lateral flange, on one
side of an abdominal segment; they are nearly as numerous below.
The hairs are very numerous, more than a hundred on one side above
spiracle; they cannot be recognised as ina group, but are fairly equally
distributed. The marginal set are, however, thicker and longer, and
those of vi and vii are still grouped; lenticles are abundant. The
pads of prolegs carry fourteen to sixteen hooks, and there are five to
eight in the inner marginal set of small ones; those on the pads are in
two or three sizes; on the claspers the two pads have about sixteen and
twenty-five hooks. There is no trace of subsegmentation, nor of
oblique lateral stripes, as seemed to be promised in the first and second
instars. There is not only nothing that would attract attention as a
double dorsal flange, but it is difficult to persuade oneself that it still
exists even theoretically. The upper surface of the larva is rounded from
one lateral flange to the opposite, and is much higher than in the larva of
Chrysophanus var. rutilus, and, consequently, much less suggests a slug-
like form. The general skin-surface hasa very fine tessellated reticulation,
without anything like skin-points. Skin-points, however, exist on the fine
membrane forming the neck; they are extremely fine and close together,
and almost colourless. This neck is about as long as the head, just
enough to enable the head to be invaginated within the prothorax,
with a little assistance from the incurving of the skin margin. Except,
perhaps, in the first part of its first instar, the larva cannot be said to
burrow at all, as those of many Lycenids do, so that this structure can here
be of no use for that purpose, it is not much longer than in many other
(non-Lyceenid) larve. The true legs are pale ochreous. The widths
of the head at the several instars are, approximately, first 0°24mm.,
second 0:-40mm., third 0:-60mm., fourth 0-90mm., fifth 1:35mm., giving
a ratio of enlargement at each moult of two to three, a trifle more at
the first moult (Chapman. May 14th, 1906). The fullfed larva is
15:7mm. in length, thick in proportion, somewhat onisciform, but with-
out any dorsal ridges or hollows; the back curved, sloping on the sides,
and at each end, where it tapers a little. The prothorax is rather longer
than the others, bilobed at its front margin, the sides dilated a little
below the spiracular region; the segments very well defined by close and
moderately deep divisions; the belly flat, or rather hollow; the head
very small, and hidden beneath the projecting lobes of the prothorax,
as are all the legs beneath the body. The head is pale brown in colour,
with a darker brown spot at the base of the papille, and just above the
mouth a, thin streak of darker brown runs across ; the skin of the body
is green and velvety, irrorated with minute flesh-coloured dots, each
emitting a light brown, shortish, fine bristle; there is a faint
appearance of a brownish dorsal line, the spiracles are flesh-coloured
and tolerably distinct; on the prothorax is a fine flesh-coloured dorsal
line, rather sunk between the lobes; all the legs and prolegs pinkish
flesh-colour (Buckler). Quéescent stage preceding pupation: The color-
ation still marked—dorsal area red, subdorsal bright green, with pinkish
lavender where they blend; these are olive-green when seen laterally,
rather pink when seen dorsally down to spiracles, beneath the latter pink,
especially bright along flange; the pink below front segments tends to be
more olive (Chapman. May 16th, 1906. Pupated May 18th). Newman

RUMICIA PHLEAS. 891

also describes the fullfed larva (Ent., 11., p. 122). For Scudder’s
_ description of the various larval instars see antea, p. 344.

Pupation.—A larva, laid up for pupation, May 16th, 1906, has made
quite a cocoon by fastening adjoining leaves, etc., with white silk,
apart from the pad on which it rests. There appears to be very
frequently a ‘‘ cocoon”’ to the extent of a few threads, attaching any
object lying laterally or dorsally. The larvais suspended by the ter minal
cremaster and by a girth, consisting of a number of strands more or
less separate. The girth passes rather forward to its attachments,
i.e., 1f it were exactly transverse from its attachments it would cross
over the metathorax. On May 18th, pupation took place. The girth
then fell across the 2nd abdominal segment. It usually falls so far for-
ward as to be perhaps more properly described as being in the incision
between the 1st and 2nd, but it may even cross the outer posterior
angle of the 1st, abdominal segment. On the other hand, it may be as far
_ back as just in front of the spiracleof the 2nd abdominal segment. There
is no provision (as for instance in Papilio machaon) that the girth shall take
an uniform position, still less that it shall be fixed there. The larva that
pupated on May 18th, remained, when a pupa, of the same colours as the
_ larva—red, green, with some yellow, and studded all over with brilliant
white points ; these seem to be the same as the white points of the larva,
but, on examination with lens, are seen to be the umbrella- or trumpet-
hairs. By the 20th, however, the pupa had lost all its brilliance ; it
is now of a deep reddish-brown, compounded of a terra-cotta ground
colour and much deep brown spotting, concentrated dorsally and
laterally into bands, also denser, round the margins of the thoracic seg-
ments, and between veins of wings. Under a lens, the black dots and net-
ting of the surface give very strongly a false impression of a clothing
of black hairs. The trumpet-hairs, instead of being conspicuous and
brilliant as when first moulted, now require considerable magnification
and some search to discover. The larval skin is still entangled
amongst the silk near the cremaster ; the girth is between the lst and
2nd abdominal segments, passing rather backwards from its attach-
ment; spiracles whitish-yellow, the cover of the prothoracic one very
conspicuous (Chapman). Buckler says that the fullfed larva spins a
silken web to which it attaches itself, also a triple thread round the body
behind the thorax, and thus pupates. Newman observes that it attaches
itself to the underside of a leaf or to a petiole, and there pupates, the
extremity of the pupa uncurved and furnished with extremely minute
hooks, by which it is attached to the web previously spun by the larva;
it is also fastened by a surcingle round the waist (Hnt., 11., p. 122).
For pupation it fastens itself to a stem by means of some silken threads
(Rossler) ; the pupa is fixed by a girth to strong stems of plants
(Pabst) ; the chrysalis is found hanging upon the undersurface of
stones (Scudder).

Fooppriants.—Humex acetosa (Schiffermiiller), Rumea acetosella (Paul
and Plotz). Where dock and sorrel are equally plentiful, sorrel is
always preferred, and only on some young stiff-leaved plants of dock were
ova and larve found (Hawes, Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1898, p. 39).
Newman suggests (Fnt., i., p. 122) Rumewx obtustfolius, and R. pulcher.
Fiddledock, ? R. pulcher (Bate, Ent. Rec., viu., p. 802). Rumesx crispus,
R. scutatus (Stefanelh). Hawes and Merrifield one “dock,” without
specifying the species, etc. Moncreaff notes (Fnt., ii., p. 41) that, on

392 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

December 17th, 1865, he found a number of caterpillars of phlaeas
feeding on dock and “ ragwort.’’ [One suspects ‘‘ ragwort’”’ to be a
mistake. Boie records Poa annua, an evident error. |
Parasites.—Ichneumon versabilis attacks the larva, and emerges
from the pupa; one emerged fifteen days after pupation (Scudder).
Pupa.—llimm. long, 6°25mm. wide in the thickest part of the
abdomen; very thick and dumpy in appearance, the depression
between the thorax and abdomen slight; wing-cases rather long, but
not projecting; the abdomen turned down near the blunt tip; the
parts around the head rounded. Of usual Lycznid type; pale brown
in colour, with reddish tinge, freckled with darker brown, distinct
reddish to black-brown mediodorsal line. Neuration outlined on wings
pale. Thorax broadly margined with blackish; the abdomen with
three rows of black dots on each side, those of middle row the largest ;
spiracles oval and flesh-coloured; surface of wings and legs smooth,
other parts covered with short trumpet-hairs., Dorsalview: The prothorax
large and prominent, forming the anterior edge. The first spiracle
some distance from antenna, with a pale, prominent lip; a slightly
raised mediodorsal ridge on thorax; the metathorax narrow medially,
wide laterally. The 1st thoracic segment slightly depressed; the 2nd,
drd, 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal segments well developed and
moderately straight, the remainder curved gradually backward
(ventrally). Hach abdominal segment slightly depressed in anterior
part. A row of supraspiracular black dots on either ‘side, one
above each spiracle. Lateral view: ‘The antenna comes up and
crosses the front part of the head and ends on the frons. -The
glazed eye, ventral to antenna. The 1st spiracle, prominent, in line
of separation of meso- and prothorax, some distance from antenna.
Base of wing slightly raised ; with the inner and outer marginal edges
smooth. The wing dark brownish with pale neuration marks, the
latter not reaching outer margin of wing; the hindwing scarcely
traceable, but just evident at base and anal angle. ‘The spiracles
on the 2nd to 7th abdominal segments conspicuous, that on 1st
abdominal segment under the wing, on the 8th abdominal segment
aborted. A row of small, black, supraspiracular dots. Cremaster blunt
with red hooks. Ventral view: Head rounded, bounded anteriorly and
laterally by the antenne, the bases of which unite in the middle of the
frontal line. The maxille comparatively short, ending about two-
thirds down the length of the wing. The first pair of legs wide at top,
covering base of second pair, and ending at about two-thirds down
maxille; the second pair reaching nearly to end of maxille. The
antenne, separated by width of pupa at head, are in contact below
maxille, and extend beyond tips of wings; antenne faintly segmented ;
surface of legs and maxille mottled. Raised transverse ridge extends
from the antenna on one side to antenna on other, and forms boundary
of maxille and first pair of legs. Glazed eye lunular, depressed,
black, with brownish raised margin, extends from base of first pair of
lees to antenne. Wing very slightly protuberant just above base,
transversely depressed in centre owing to cincture ; streaked longitudi-
nally with pale and dark brown, the paler lnes showing neuration.
The antenne pressed into the 5th abdominal segment, the remaining
abdominal segments much contracted. The cremaster rounded, blunt,
made up of two ill-developed lateral ridges, sparingly covered along the

RUMICIA PHLAAS. 393

line of the ridges and the end with red hooks. The 9th abdominal seg-

-. ment with two raised points, one on each side of a median longitudinal

fissure. Surface of abdominal segments bearing short trumpet-hairs
(Tutt, June 13th, 1893). The pupa is 11mm. long, thick and rounded,
2mm. from front, it is 8mm. high at mesothorax, and 4mm. at 3rd
abdominal segment after a slight waist; it is still 3mm. high, 2mm.
from the posterior end, 7.¢., at the 6th abdominal segment. In occasional
specimens the wings encroach on, and are attached to, the 5th abdominal
segment. Generally they do not pass the usual position on the 4th. The
widths are almost identical with the heights, but the venter, being fairly
straight, the dorsal curves are about double the depths (or curvatures) of
the lateral ones. The trumpet-hairs are easily made out (with a lens),
but are inconspicuous, except when the pupa becomes very dark before
emergence, when they stand out brilliantly as white points. The
spiracles are pale, but not conspicuous; the cover of the prothoracic one
is a bright little yellow line. The projection of metathorax repre-
senting -the hindwing ends just before the spiracle of the 2nd ab-
dominal segment. The last six abdominal segments ventrally measure
altogether only about 1mm., so much are they narrowed; a further
Imm. of the ventral aspect of the pupa consists of the dorsal surfaces
of the 9th and 10th segments; so that, though, ventrally, the pupa
extends 2mm. beyond the ends of the wings and antenne, only half
of this is the true ventral surface. The pupa seems entirely incapable
of any movement, yet, on dehiscence, there is usually some opening
dorsally of the 5th to 6th abdominal incision, and sometimes of those
immediately before and behind it, 4th-5th and 6th-7th. In mounting
a@ Specimen other incisions may open a little without actual fracture.
The cremastral region is a flat round area, about 1:4mm. in diameter,
consisting of the 9th and 10th abdominal segments. The suture
between the 9th and 10th segments is lost, except for a small medio-
dorsal portion. Across the middle of the 10th segment is a transverse
ridge or suture, hardly raised at all, with a mediodorsal branch. This
ridge, which represents, no doubt, the transverse end of the cremastral
spine (as seen in Pieris and Vanessa) is just over 1mm. in length, and
carries on either side about 86 brown hooks (probably brighter in
colour in the living pupa). They are about 0-05mm. long, pro-
portionally very thick, slightly curved, and end in anchor-shaped
or double hooks. Some traces of the suture between the 9th and 10th
abdominals may be seen or imagined ventrally; on the ventral aspect of
the 9th abdominal, is a central eminence, not very clearly double, with
(in different specimens) from one to ten similar hooks on either side,
outside and beyond, not on, the eminence. There is, indeed, much
variation in the distribution of the hooks. In one specimen, the
hooks of the 10th abdominal segment are dorsal to the terminal suture,
and this series 1s continuous laterally with the first series, forming a
circle, most dense laterally, round the anal scar, broken only in front
by the eminence of the 9th abdominal segment. In a specimen with
the anal scar well marked, it is a smooth area with a small point on
either side and radiating lines especially dorsal and ventral to it. The
8th abdominal segment in front is distinct in 3 specimens, obscure in
its demarcations from the 9th abdominal in ¢s. The eminence on
the 9th abdominal is finely spiculated, as are also, but less markedly,
the margins of several hind segments, the general surface being

394 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

homogeneous. The extension of the cremastral hooks, not merely
laterally along the 10th abdominal, but on the 9th abdominal, beside
the genital eminences, is strongly reminiscent of the double cremaster
of Alucitids (Pterophorids). The pupal skin has an elaborate sculpturing
of remarkable interest. That on the dorsum shows a number of points
connected together by fine ridges. These points are of two kinds,
very distinct in their nature and structure, and yet, perhaps, identical,
in that certain intermediates exist. Those that are most definitely
‘‘ points’ are very much smaller than those of Thestor ballus, perhaps
one-eighth or one-seventh of them in diameter; of some, the structure
is not very evident, but, of most of them, it seems to be very parallel
to that of Thestor ballus, viz., a raised thick ring, with a central object
that is hardly part of the ring, but set within it. The ring is very
smooth in outline, both inside and out, and the inner little knob is
separated from it by a paler ring, that looks very similar to the
membrane or articulation of a hair. The little knob seems of simple
structure, and without any of the stellate form of that in Thestor
ballus. The other kind of ‘‘pomts”’ consist of veritable hairs, 7.e.,
they have definite circular bases, just like those of ordinary hairs, and,
centrally is articulated a movable structure that can only be morpho-
logically a hair. ‘ These hairs are, however, of very elaborate structure}.
they are hollow, and expand at the tops so as to be trumpet-shaped,
the bell of the trumpet being large, wide, and expanded, or they may
be likened in form to the well-known fungus, the chantarelle. The
margins of the bell, however, are not smooth, but cut up into quite a
chevaun-de-frise of spikelets, and, in some specimens, an inner circlet of
similar needle-points can be made out a little way within the bell.
One or two specimens suggested that these inner spikes were on a
separate membrane, which, when the specimens were fresh, formed a
dome-shaped cover to the open mouth of the trumpet. One can hardly
help theorising that the first class of points are really hairs like the
second, in an abortive or undeveloped state, and, on comparing,
critically, these structures, with those of Thestor ballus, the stars on
that pupa would seem to be similar, morphologically, to the hairs of
Rumicia phlaeas, but reduced like those of the first kind of points on
R. phlaeas, to a mere base, but still preserving in their stellate form, the
fringed and spiculate idea involved in the trumpet of R. phlaeas (see
plate x., figs. 1 and 2) (Chapman). Newman describes the pupa (Fnt.,
il, p. 121). Scudder gives a good detailed description also (see anted,
pp. 344-345).

VaRIATION OF PuPA.—-The colour of the pupa varies alittle. In all
cases a certain green basis exists, but it is, more or less often, one
would say at first glance, completely, overlaid by a brownish shade,
giving a more or less olive result. This, again, is modified by dark,
almost black, markings, which vary a great deal in extent, often fairly
distributed, usually more pronounced on anterior half of pupa (including
the 1st abdominal segment), and sometimes making the thorax nearly
black. The markings may be described as marblings, but massed a
little into a dorsal line, and more abundant across the front of the
thorax, and halfway between dorsum and spiracles. On the abdominal
segments may be especially noted two black spots, which are usually
very distinct; one halfway between dorsum and spiracle, the second
lower, and posterior to the first ; these occur on many Lyczenid pupe ;

Photo. F. N. Clark.

Fic. 1.—PupaL skin or Rumicta PHLmas x 120.

Fic. 2.—TRUMPET-HAIRS OF RUMICIA PHL&As x 200.
Natural History of British Butterflies, Sept., 1906.

RUMICIA PHLEAS: 395

they are very distinct, usually, on that of Lampides boctica. Amongst a
few pup the following variation may be noted: —

1. Fairly typical, these two black spots distinct. —

2. Markings less pronounced; two spots can be made out, as also another
(more dorsal) which occurs in many Lycenid pupe.

3. Pale; spots evanescent. 3

-4, Dark; spots obscured by excess of black markings.

CoMPARISON OF PUPH AND PUPAL DEHISCENCE oF RuUMICIA PHLHAS
AND CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR.—-I'wo empty pupa-skins of R. philaeas,
received July 1st, 1906, from Mr. Tonge, are both attached to a
piece of card, apparently quite naturally. They are much flattened
on both abdominal and thoracic areas, thus presenting a marked
contrast with the boldly upstanding appearance of -the pupa of
Chrysophanus dispar, as regards its abdomen. They also show a
dead surface to the naked eye, as opposed to the dull, but smooth,
polished appearance of that of C. dispar. This deadness is
partly caused by irregularities of surface, but is largely due to the
erowth of trumpet-shaped hairs scattered over the surface generally,
instead of being restricted to the areas surrounding the spiracles, and
to the strength of the surface-sculpturing, which is much bolder than
in the pupaof C. dispar. It 1s also, to a certain extent, due to colora-
tion, the skin being of a pale, dull, umber-brown, with darker mottling
of greater or less intensity, and with a series of black spots. This series
consists of a mediodorsal row, of one to each segment, replacing the
mediodorsal band of C. dispar, from the 1st to the 6th abdominal seg-
ments, and a pair set side to side on the 7th abdominal. The splitting
at dehiscence spoils the view of the thorax, but this, I think, has a
narrow, dark, mediodorsal line in place of the spots. There is a series
of two obliquely-set spots above the spiracle, as in C. dispar, but they
are black instead of white, and their centres are depressed; another
series of single spots occurs between these and the mediodorsal series,
but there are no oblique stripes. There is also a series of sub-
spiracular spots, which again are black instead of white, as in C.
dispar. Traces of three rows of ventral spots are also present. The
spiracles are conspicuous, large, raised, and slit-shaped. They appear
somewhat more raised than in C. dispar, but this is possibly due to the
rising of the depressed area since the dehiscence, as those of C. dispar
also seem more elevated since the emergence of the imago. The mode
of attachment of the pupa of R. phlaeas is the same as in the larger
species, but, of course, no curled leaf is present. The girth is, however,
stronger, and, in both the pupe of R. phlaeas, is caught in the incision
between the 1st and 2nd abdominal segments, instead of lying on the sur-
face of the segment; additional threads are present across the thorax, but
none below the band, neither do I see any trace of the laterally attached
returning threads, mentioned in the account of C. dispar (see posted).
The pupal dehiscence, as in C. dispar, is by way of a rupture down the
mediodorsal line of the thorax, and between the metathorax and the 1st
abdominal segment, as wellas, ventrally, between the prothorax, head, and
antenne, and also between the pro- and mesothoracic segments, so that
the prothoracic piece is separated into two, and either completely
detached, or left hanging by the internal membranes. There is, how-
ever, one marked difference between the pupe of this species and C. dispar,
on dehiscence, in that the antenna-cases do not separate from the head-

396 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

piece in C. dispar. The coloration of the ventral area of R. phlaeas is
rather darker than the dorsal, especially the antenna- and haustellum-
covers. ‘T'he wing-cases show darker mottling between the veins (Bacot).

‘TIME OF APPEARANCE.— The species is single- brooded, double-brooded,
triple-brooded, or continuously-brooded, according to its habitat, as
determined by its altitude, or latitude, or both. It may, therefore, be
seen on the wing at some part or other within the limits of its
distribution, from the commencement of January to the end of December.
Walker notes, at Gibraltar (Hnt. Mo. May., xxiv., p. 175), the occurrence
of a specimen on January 1st. 1888. There is no doubt that, in the most
extreme northerly points of its distribution, 1t is single-brooded, with
a long hybernating period as larva; in the greater part of its habitats
in the north temperate regions, both of the Palearctic and Nearctic
areas, it is double-brooded, the first brood of imagines (from hybernating
larve) appearing from April to early June, the second in late July and
early August, with a strong tendency to form a partial third brood
emerging in October, which is converted into a very complete third
brood in summers and autumns with suitable meteorological conditions.
In the south of its range, in the Mediterranean area, this triple-
broodedness is complete, whilst the imagines of October often attempt
a further brood, which is responsible for the records of imagines
occurring in December, January, or February, which one occasionally
meets with in the sheltered southern parts of Hurope, North Africa, and
southwestern Asia. In the Nearctic area the times of appearance are
almost the same as in the Paleearctic,. but Scudder appears to take no
account of its extreme northern outposts nor its habitats at high
altitudes, nor, indeed, to give much detail concerning its habits in its
most southern localities in North America; still, his account (already
given anted, pp. 845-346) of the variation in its times of appearance at
various latitudes in America, gives sufficient material for useful
comparison with our own data. As bearing directly on this question
of various-broodedness is the question of its ability to hybernate in the
larval stage in various stadia rather than in one fixed stadium, and also
the habit of the winter larve, nibbling as it were, even in temperate
regions, whenever the weather is at all mild, in order to enable them
to get.as much growth as possible before their more rapid development
in spring. Schneider insists that the species occurs at Troms6, from
mid-June to mid-September, in one long drawn-out brood—giving as
specific dates of capture—June 26th, 1877, June 21st, 1888, June 380th,
1884, June 28th, 1886, June 21st, 1890, July 7th, 1891, July 29th,
1897—whilst Strand records that the species is doublebrooded in the
Suldal, one brood appearing in June, the other in August, and both
these Scandinavian records are possibly accurate, when one compares
the different climatic conditions of 694°N. lat. and 59°N. lat., whilst
Schneider’s record is somewhat substantiated by Chapman’s, who
found the species not uncommon between July 10th-17th, 1898, at
Bossekop, in 7O°N. lat. In support of its continuous-broodedness in
the south, Walker’s dates for Gibraltar and the surrounding country
are interesting. These are (in litt.}—January 1st, 1888, on the rock
at Gibraltar; February 28th, 1888, in the Cork Woods; February
28th (one), March 7th, April 8th, 1887, in the Cork Woods; June 4th-
June 28th, 1887, in the Cork Woods (var. eleus); June 9th, 1888, in
the Cork Woods (var. eleus); August 20th, 1887, near Algeciras (var.

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 397

eleus, worn); September 1st, 1874, on the Rock; November 20th, 1886,
at Gibraltar; December 8rd-24th, 1887, near San Roque. His further
dates from various Mediterranean localities are—At Malta, June 29th,
1874, observed, July 4th, 1874, swarms (darker than in Britain),
July 16th, 1874 (strange dark form); Mahon in Minorca, August 19th,
1874, observed; at Gibraltar, September Ist, 1874; at Tangier,
September 10th, 1874; at Palermo, October 30th, 1874; at Taormina,
Sicily, November 4th, 1874; at Malta, February 21st, 1875, normal
(not the dark summer form); at Leghorn, September 14th, 1875;
Vesuvius, lower slope, October 2nd, 1875; Malta, October 14th, 1875,
and April 5th, 1876, observed; September 10th, 1876, common,
very dark and suffused; Port Baklar, April 14th, 1878, first
brood, June 11th, 1878, second brood, very dark and_ suffused,
like the Malta summer specimens; Malta, July 8rd, 1893 (var.
eleus). We have only one date for Abyssinia, viz., January 8rd,
1902, at Fiarrer (Brit. Mus. Coll.). In northwest India, Belu-
chistan and the surrounding countries, the species also appears to
occur all the year round, e.g., it is recorded from Kandahar from
October to January, very common (Swinhoe); April and May, common,
also in June, abundant (Roberts), at Quetta, in September (Swinhoe).
One suspects that, on the Baralacha Pass, at 16060ft., where it was
taken in July, 1879 (Nicéville), the species is single-brooded. In the
Western Himalayas, at Mussoorie, and, in the interior, from 5000ft.-
8000ft. elevation, the species is certainly on the wing from March to
September (McKinnon and Nicéville). In Thibet, the species was
taken at Gyangtse, 13000ft. elevation, in June, 1904, and at Lhasa,
September 21st, 1904 (Walton). In the Himalayas, at Thundiani, on
August 24th, 1886, and September 24th, 1885; at Dalhousie, September
9th, 1891; August 7th, 1882, at 10000ft., at Huttos, also October 29th,
1883, at Mandi, at 4000ft. (British Museum collection). In Mooltan there
is a succession of broods throughout the summer, the specimens from the
Punjaub all being decidedly larger than those from Upper Burmah and
the Shan States, where it is also very common (Manders). In the eastern
parts of Asia it appears to occur very much as in Europe, e.g., Fletcher
reports it as being abundant at Wei-Hai-Wei from April to October,
the species apparently triple-brooded, whilst Pryer says that it occurs
in Japan, at Yokohama, from March to November, whilst the capture
of the species, July 16th-28th, in Kamschatka, by Herz, suggests nothing
as to its time of appearance throughout the year. In the Pamirs it is
reputed to be double-brooded, one brood occurring in mid-May, the
other in mid-July ; it is possibly only single-brooded on the Col Beik,
where Grum-Grshimailo captured it at 14000ft. elevation in mid-July ;
a specimen in the British Museum collection is dated “ July 20th, 1887
(Grum-Grshimailo).” In Turkestan, Fedchenko took it on April 19th,
1874,near Samarkand. In Asia Minor it is recorded from March to May
—in Cilicia, as a first, and later as a second, generation (Holtz), but
there appears to be little doubt from incidental records that, through-
out the Levant, the species is to be found pretty regularly from March
to November, with occasional individuals between November and
February. In Italy it is recorded from February to November, and
in the French Riviera the earliest spring examples appear in February and
continue until well into November; the very early and very late examples
are distinctly, however, only ‘‘forwards”’ of the first (spring larvee) and

. 398 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

‘fourth’ (or winter larve) broods respectively. Bromilow notes a
larva pupating at Nice, October 2nd, 1892, which gave an imago on
October 30th. In Germany the insect appears much as in Britain,
although, of course, considerable difference occurs according to latitude
and altitude, the general suggestion being the occurrence of two or
three broods in a yeat, thus we read—in Mecklenburg, from May to
October, probably in three generations (Stange) ; near Crefeld, from
May till October in two or thtee generations (Rothke), in Wiesbaden,
three generations, May, July, and September (Réossler); near
Frankfort-on-Main, from April to October, probably in _ three
broods (Koch), near Cassel, in several generations, throughont the
whole summer, in early seasons appearing already in April (Borg-
mann); near Berlin, from April to November, in several generations
(Bartel and Herz) ; flies from May to October, in two or three genera-
tions, near Chemnitz, in the kingdom of Saxony (Pabst); near
Regensburg, in May, August, and October (Schmid). Other lepidop-
terists suggest only two broods, each continuing for some time, e.g., near
Hamburg, where the insect flies in May and again from July to October
(Laplace); near Bremen from spring till autumn especially frequent
in late autumn (Rehberg) ; the first brood commences to appear at the
end of April (as early as April 18th, 1854), the second at the commence-
ment or middle of July, at Waldeck (Speyer); near Zeitz, in April-
May and July-September (Wilde) ; in Brandenburg, in May-June and
again July-September (Pfitzner); near Frankfort-on-Oder, in May and
again in July-August (Herrmann); near Brieg, in Silesia, in April-
May and again in August-September (Déring) ; in Baden, in April-May
and July-October (Meess and Spuler); aronnd Munich from end of April
till end of September (Kranz); in Hesse, from May until October (Glaser);
near Schwerin, May 13th-June 11th, 1904, again July 20th-August 10th,
when the second brood was over (Gillmer). Further interesting notes
from the south are as follows: In the Alpes-Maritimes, it flies almost
the whole year and everywhere (Milliére); March, 1866, at Malta
(Mathew); from March-May, 1866, at Rome; June, 1866, at
Florence; July, 1866, at Como (F. B. White); May 16th, 1872, at
Marseilles; June 11th-17th, 1872, at Naples; July lst, 1872,
at the baths of Lucca; July 12th, 1872, at Bellagio (Ff. Walker) ;
July 9th, 1887, at Vernet (Hlwes); very common at Turin,
July, 1878 (Swinton); May 81st, 1884, at Syracuse; June 27th,
1884, at Catania; June 30th, 1884, at Atna; July 28rd, 1884, at
Messina (also March 16th, 1884, at Messina) (Zeller, British Museum
Collection) ; June 5th-20th, 1890, at Digne (A. H. Jones); May 380th,
1898, at Ajaccio (Standen) ; June 22nd, July 16th, August 6th, 1893,
in Corsica (Yerbury); May 1st-7th, 1894, at Digne; July 7th-17th,
1894, at Vernet-les-Bains (Nicholson); April 10th, 1896, at Florence;
April 12th, 1896, at Lugano (Rowland-Brown); July 19th-23rd, 1896,
at Tancarville (Leech) ; March, 1897, and July 14th, 1897, at
Malta (Mathew); March, 1897, at Cannes (Chapman); April 16th-
21st, 1897, just appearing at Digne (Tutt); April 28th-May 10th, 1897,
at Hyéres (Buckmaster); June 18th-26th, 1897, at Fontainebleau ;
July 29th-August 4th, 1897, at St. Michel-de-Maurienne; August
11th-20th, 1897, at Susa (Tutt); March 6th, 1898, at Hyeres
(Yerbury) ; May 5th, 1898, at Hyéres (Rowland-Brown) ; June
22nd, 1898, at Susa (Brown); July 28th-August 2nd, 1898, at

RUMICIA PHLZEAS. 399

Bourg St. Maurice; August 3rd, 1898, from 500ft.-1000ft. above the
highest point of the Little St. Bernard Pass; August 5th-12th, 1898,
at Pré St. Didier ; August 14th-15th, 1898, at Aosta (Tutt) ; February
24th, 1899, at La Bocca; March 12th, 1899, at Grasse; April 6th-
20th, 1899, at Locarno (Chapman); May 19th, 1899, at Val André
(Turner); June 16th, 1899, near the Pont du Gard; June 18th-28rd,
1899, at Digne; June 25th, 1899, at Nice; June 28th-July 7th, 1899,
at St. Martin Vésubie; July 9th-14th, 1899, at Corsica—Vizzavona,
Bastia; July 17th, 1899, at Annot, in the Basses-Alps (Lang); July
1st, 22nd, 1899, at Fusio (Chapman); fairly common at Orta, middle
of May, 1900 (Lowe); August Ist, 1900, at Gardone (A. H. Jones) ;
September 2nd-14th, 1900, at Rennes (Oberthur); February 27th,
1901, at Cannes (Chapman); July 3lst-August 9th, 1901, at Torre
Pellice and Crissolo; August 9th-18th, 1901, at Bobbie (Tutt); July
16th-August 5th, 1901, in the Cevennes—Florac, etc.; March 31st,
1902, at the Pont du Gard (Rowland-Brown) ; June 28rd-28th, 1902,
at the Certosa di Pesio (Lowe); August 8rd, 1902, at Hesdin
(Rowland-Brown) ; October 9th, 1902, at Beaulieu ; October 17th,
1902, at Digne (Rowland-Brown); March 28th-April 2nd, 1908, at
Hyéres; April 6th-10th, 1903, at Pegomas and Auribeau; April 8th,
11th, 1908, at Agay; April 18th, 19038, at Albenga (Tutt); April 11th,
1903, at Menaggio (Sich); April 20th, 1903, at Locarno (Tutt); April
27th, May 11th, 1903, at Remoulins (Sheldon); late May, and
August 11th, 1903, at Val André, in Brittany (Turner); July 12th-
24th, 1908, in Corsica; July 26th, 1908, at St. Martin Vésubie
(Rowland-Brown) ; April 24th-May Ist, 1905, at Hyeres (Tutt); June
17th-27th, 1905, at Vernet-les-Bains (A. H. Jones); July 10th,
1905, also at Le Vernet (Rowland-Brown); August 21st, 1905, at
Stresa (Tutt). In the most south-western portion of its area we
have: Very abundant February and March at Tangier (Blackmore) ;
April 28rd-80th, 1880, at Cintra; May 18th, 1880, between Sao
Barnabe and Sao Bartholomeu do Messines (Katon) ; June 12th, 1880,
at Palmas, in the Canary Islands (British Museum Collection) ;
December 17th-18th, 1881, at Laguna, Teneriffe (Mathew); May 10th-
16th, 1882, at Philippeville (Elwes); February, 1885, common, -at
Lambessa (Bethune-Baker); throughout May, 1890, at Madeira
(Mathew) ; June Ist, 1895, at Ronda (eleus) (Nicholson); February
5th-March 8rd, 1896, at Cintra (Yerbury) ; June 28rd-24th, 1900, at
Mont Sény, Catalonia (Witty) ; December 3rd-5th, 1900; March 15th-
21st, 1901; April 8rd, 1901, at Tangier; May 18th, 1901, at Rasdouna;
June 10th, 1901, at Marrakesh ; throughout August-September, 1901,
at Tangier; July 18th, 1901, at Imentalla, in the Atlas mountains
(Meade-Waldo) ; July 8rd-22nd, 1904, at Puerto de Pajares; July
28th-Aueust 6th, 1901, at Albarracin ; August 8rd-5th, 1902, at Bron-
chales (Chapman); end of December, 1901, to middle of March,
1902, at Teneriffe, everywhere (Hlliott); March 15th-18th, 1902,
at Jerez de la Frontera (Lang); October 27th, 1902, at Granada
(typical form) (A. H. Jones); July 12th-24th, 1903, at Moncayo
(Chapman); March 7th, 1904, at Teneriffe (Crawshay); May 30th-81st,
1905, at Barcelona (Standen),etc. Of the dates, from more eastern places
we have: May 28rd, 1862,in Naxos, May 17th, 1865, at Attica (Merlin
collection) ; April, 1885, in Galilee, May, 1885, in Lebanon (Pratt) ;
July 9th-August 4th, 1895, throughout the Mendel and Campiglio

400 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

districts (Lemann); May 19th, and July 20th, 1896, at Jerusalem
(Swinton); October 2nd, 1896, at Lemnos, October 6th and 28rd, 1896,
at Salonica, June, 1897, at Canea and Suda Bay, August 4th and 12th,
1897, at Malta (Mathew) ; July 18th, 1897, at Wolfsberg (Lemann) ;

June 15th, 1898, at Beyrout (Mathew) ; July 9th, 1898, at Blagaj,
-May 21st, 1899, in the valley of the Ister, June 12th-26th, 1899, in the
Rilska Valley, July 30th, 1899, at Rilo, April 30th, May 2nd, 1900, at
Brummana (Nicholl) ; May 18th, 1900, in Morea (Elwes) ; J uly 12th,
-1900, at Herculesbad (Lang); J uly 27th, 1900, on the Brenner Pass
(Rowland-Brown) ; April 12th, 1901, at Malta, April 20th, 1901, at
Cort (Ub: Fletcher) ; July Ond, 1904, at Trient (Keynes) ; July 10th,
1904, at Ain Zahalta, August 7th, 1904, at the mouth of the Dog River,
near Beyrout, May 11th, 1905, near Jaffa, May 18th, 1905, near
Damascus, May 28th-30th, 1905, in the Zebedani district, May 29th,
1905, at Baalbek (Graves), etc. In Switzerland, Frey says that it
occurs from April-July, and August-September; Wheeler says that his
earliest specimen was taken at Veytaux, the first week in May, 1899.
- Other notes are: August 13th, 1872, at Amsteg (Lang); July, 1885,
at Disentis (uemann); June 1st, 1886, at Brunnen (Jones); August
Ist, 1894, at Saas-F’ée (Rowland-Brown); August 6th, 1897, August
1st, 1898, at Bérisal (Wheeler); July 12th, 1898, at Fusio (Chapman);
July 1st-13th, 1899, at St. Niklaus (Rosa); August 25th-September
7th, 1899, in the Lucerne district (Sanford); July 2nd, 1900, at Davos
(Sloper) ; July 5th-380th, 1902, at Villars (Moss) ; August 19th, 1902,
at Chamonix (Tutt); July 21st, 1903, at Bérisal (A. H. Jones) ;
August 17th, 1908, at Chamonix (Tutt); July 15th, 1904; at
Bellinzona, July 28rd, 1904, at Roveredo (Wheeler); July 28rd,
1904, at Basle, August 5th-7th, 1904, in the Saasthal, August
25th, 1905, at La Batiaz (Tutt), etc. In the Channel Isles we have:
Early broods not abundant, fairly common in September, in Guernsey
(Lowe) ; August 21st-28th, 1886, in Jersey (Jordan); May 28th, 1887,
at Ferman Bay and Moulin Hoult Bay (F. A. Walker); June 14th,
1887, at St. Peter’s, Guernsey (Hawes); April 24th, 1893, on the
‘“‘ Gouffre,’’ Guernsey (Hodges); April 18th, 1898, in Guernsey (Lowe) ;
one in May, another July 13th, and again August 10th, 1899, in Alderney
(Luff). .In the Baltic Provinces it is double-brooded, occurring from
early May into June, and then from early August into September
(Nolcken). In Scandinavia, at Saeterstoen, June 20th-July 2nd, 1898
(Chapman); June 18th-28th, July 9th, 1900, at Flodmark (Morton).
As to its time of appearance in Britain, Lewin made it triple-brooded,
one brood appearing in late April (the produce, Lewin wrongly says,
of chrysalids that have survived the severity of winter), the latter end
of June sees the appearance of a second brood, and at the latter end
of August a third brood is flying. Curtis says, on the authority of
Dale, that there are three broods appearing in succession from the
beginning of April to November. Stephens, like Lewin, makes it
triple-brooded, the broods occurring respectively in April, June, and
August. Dale himself records the latest dates in his own and father’s
diaries to be November 5th, 1803, and November 8th, 1876, and the
earliest April 2nd, 1838, and April 22nd, 1893 (//nt., 1900, p. 351).
iven as far north as Durham, Harrison notes it as triple-brooded,
occurring in June, September, and a partial brood in October and
November (nt. Rec., xvil., p. 254), whilst, in Essex, Raynor says that.

RUMICIA PHLAS. 401

in warm summers there is a third brood, emerging from the middle of
September to the middle of October, e.g.,1900. Dalglsh says there
are three broods in the Clyde basin, the first in May, the last in
October, the earliest recorded dates for the district being May 15th, 1891,
and May 19th, 1900, the latest October 3rd, 1896. Other dates noted
are, May 30th, 1857, at Southampton (Swinton) ; July 7th-8th, 1870,
just appearing at Bolt Head (Mathew) ; May 20th, 1871, at Wanstead
(Burrows) ; May 25th, 1872, at Monk’s Wood (Raynor) ; April 22nd,
1874, at Dry Drayton (Walker) ; July 18th, 1876, at Abbott’s Wood
(Dale) ; August 2nd, 1876, near Beachy Head (Sich); August 6th,
1877, at Chislehurst (Bower); August 20th-September 1st, 1877, at
Tresco (Crewe); May 11th, 1878, at Mottingham; July 14th, 1878, at
Brandon (Bower); May 30th, 1878, in the Rugby district; May 24th,
1879, in the Rugby district (Napier); August, 1879, at Tresco (Norgate);
August 24th, 1879, at Yarmouth and Lowestoft (Lockyer); first seen
in the year, September 10th, 1879, at Maldon (Fitch); August,
1880, at Dover (Gowland); July 27th, 1881, in the Isle of Purbeck
(Bankes); May 7th, 1882, at Bexley (Bower); August, 1882, at Truro
(Benson); August 7th, 1882, between Witley and Farnham (Oldfield);
September 16th and 28rd, 1882, at Folkestone (Hall); May 28rd,
1886; May 28rd, July 14th, August 4th, 5th, 27th, 1887, in the
Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; July, 1887, in Argyleshire (F. A. Walker) ;
July 20th-August 10th, 1887, in the Chepstow district (Ince); August
Ist-20th, 1887, abundant on the Deal sandhills (Tutt); August
6th, 1887, at Beckenham (Reid); June 13th, 1888, in the Isle of
Purbeck (Bankes); June 28rd, 1888, in Delamere Forest (Arkle) ;
August 23rd, 1888, between Wimborne and Blandford (Ward) ;
September 18th, 1888, at Sandy (Hill); June 5th, August 12th-31st,
1889, in the Isle of Purbeck ( (Bankes); June 22nd, 1889, in Delamere
Forest : July 15th, 1890, between Aberdovey and Glandovey (Arkle) ;

August 12th, 1890, at Ramsey, Isle of Man (Jager); August 15th,
September 11th, 1890, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); August 29th,
1890, at Newlyn (Burrows); May 380th, 1891, at Great Leigh;

September 9th, 1891, at Loughton (Burrows) ; August 11th, 1891, at
Andreas, Isle of Man (Clarke); August 15th, September 8th, 1891, in the
Isle of Purbeck ( (Bankes) ; egg deposited August 2sth, 1891, at Finchley,
larva pupated October ond, T1891, imago October 25th, 1891 (Hawes) ;

another imago emerged N ovember 12th, 1891, having taken three months
to complete ‘its life cycle from the time the egg was laid (Hawes); May
20th, 1892, at Shoeburyness (Bower); May 21st-June 7th, 1892, in
the New Forest (Ridley); May 81st, 1892, at Langworth (Raynor) ;
June 2nd-12th, 1892, in Abbott’s Wood (Tugwell); June 18th-26th,
1892, at Folkestone (James); July Ist-14th, 1892, at Salcombe
(Prideaux); July 27th-August 17th, 1892, in Wicken Fen (Tutt) ;
July 29th, 1892, at Witherslack (Arkle); August 10th, 1892, at
Rainham ; August 26th, 1892, at Southend (Burrows); August
10th, 17th, 1892, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes) ; last week in
September, 1892, at Hastings (Bird) ; exceedingly abundant in 1893,
from April to October, the hot dry summer evidently suited this species
(Tutt); April 15th, 1893, at Tonbridge (Turner) ; April 18th, 1893,
in the Wye valley (Nesbitt): April 18th, 1893, at Southend (Battley) ;

April 18th, 1893, at Instow (Mathew) ; April 19th, 1898, at-
Instow (Hinchliff); April 20th, 1898, at Forest Row; May 18th, 1893,

402 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

at Horsley (Turner); April 21st, 1893, at Abbott’s Wood (Esam) ;
April 22nd, 18938, at High Beech (Freir); April 22nd, 1893, at Black-
pool (Stones); April 22nd, 1893, at Woking (S. G. C. Russell) ; April
23rd, 1898, onward, in every month except May up to October 29th, at
Painswick (Watkins); April 25th, July 7th, August 29th, September
brd, 1898, all at Chiswick; July 17th, 18938, St. James’ Street, London;
August 24th, 1893, at Hastings (Sich); April 27th, 1893, at Lee
(Bower); May 6th, 1893, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown) ; May
21st, 1893, at Brockenhurst (Tremayne); July 3rd, August 25th, 26th,
29th, September 15th, 1893, Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); July 6th, 1893,
at Monkswood (Blake); July 10th, 1898, at Morthoe (Sheldon) ; July
22nd, August 22nd, 18938, at Cuxton, imago emerged November 2nd,
1893, from pupa received from Guernsey in October (Tutt); July 27th-
81st, 1893, in Wicken Fen (Bouskell) ; August 7th, 1898, near Find-
horn (Mutch); August 18th, 1893, at Walthamstow; August 28th,
18938, at Swanage (Freir); May 6th, 1898, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-
Brown); May 21st, 1898, at Brockenhurst (Tremayne); September
Ist-20th, 1893, at Tenby (Meynell) ; September 5th-6th, 1893, in pro-
fusion, near Balham (Frohawk); September 7th, 1893, near Dartford
(Sabine); third brood near Birmingham, September, 1893 (Bath) ;
September 19th-October 5th, 1893, at Dawlish (Tremayne); Sep-
tember 20th, 1893, at Lochearnhead (Rowland-Brown) ; October
16th, 18938, at Panton (Raynor); last specimen seen, newly emerged,
November 1st, 1893, at Micheldean (Searancke); a late brood at
Ringwood, did not emerge till November 12th, 1893 (Fowler); April
19th, 1894, at Salcombe (Turner); April 30th, 1894, at Ashtead
(Prideaux) ; May 7th-mid-October, 1894, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-
Brown); May 12th, 1894, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); May 24th,
1894, at Hartsholme (Raynor); July 10th-25th, 1894, at Stonehaven
(Dalglish) ; August 14th, 1894, at Rainham (Burrows) ; August 15th,
1894, at Swanage (Bromilow); August 25th, 1894, at Douglas
(Mackonochie); September 23rd, 1894, at Pett (Bird); earliest date
noted at Ashford, May 4th, 1895 (Wood); May 9th-October 17th, 1895,
in the Isle of Wight (Prideaux); May 28rd, 1895, at Rainham (Burrows);
May 29th, 1895, at Mottingham; August 15th, 1895, common at Lee
(Bower); May 1st-12th, 1896, at Hereford (Chapman); May 6th, 1896,
earliest date noticed in Stroud (Davis); May 17th, 1896, at Lezayre
(Clarke); May 28rd, 1896, in Epping Forest (Simes); May 25th and
27th, 1896, at Langworth (Raynor); July 12th, 1896, at Old Hall,
near Ipswich (Frost); August 3rd, 1896, at Tunbridge Wells (Tremayne);
September 29th, 1896, at Chiswick (Sich); May 21st, 1897, two at
Dartford Heath (Bower); May 24th, 1897, at Woodham Ferris, August
Qnd, 1897, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); August 2nd, 1897, at Shere
(Tremayne); May 21st-28th, 1897, at Laugharne (Jefferys) ;
May 27th, August 11th, 1898, at MHazeleigh (Raynor); June
22nd, 1897, at Gourock (Dalglish); July 20th, October 9th, 1897, at
Bentley (Burrows); October 18th, 1897, at Truro (Rollason) ; October
21st, 1897, one very fine at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 28th, 1898, at
Laugharne (Jefferys); August 20th, 1898, at Shoreham (Bower) ;
August 25th, 1898, at Greenhithe (Image); August 31st, 1898, at
Fulmer (Bird); specimen as late as October 13th, 1898, at Hrith
(Sabine); July 29th, 1899, at Shipley; September 13th, 15th, 1899,
at Oxshott (Bird); July 28th, 1899, very abundant on the Sussex Downs

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 403

(Frohawk); August 1lst-September 11th, 1899, at Swanage (Kemp) ;
August 8th, 1899, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); August 12th, 1899, at Irvine
(Dalglish) ; August 6th-9th, 1899, at Hailsham (Carr); August 10th,
1899, in the Shotwich district (Arkle); latest date noted in Stroud,
September 4th, 1899 (Davis); September 5th, 1899, into October, at
Llanstephan (Bingham-Newland); abundant September, 1899, in
Devonshire (Jefferys); September 9th, 1899, at Broxbourne (Gardner) ;
May 14th, 1900, at Mottingham (Bower) ; May 19th, 1900, near Ayr ;
August 4th-20th, 1900, at King’s Cross, Arran ; September 23rd, 1900,
at Gourock (Dalglish) ; May 81st, 1900, at Wye; August 7th, 1900,
at Hazeleigh (Raynor); June 9th-14th, 1900, at Eynsford (Barraud);
June 11th, 1900, at Polegate (Blenkarn) ; June 4th, 1900, at Westwell;
September 15th, 1900, in Epping Forest (Gardner) ; August 9th-17th,
1900, at Weston-super-Mare (Whittaker) ; August 11th-27th, 1900, at
Folkestone (Pickett); August 14th, 1900, at Sheerness (Fletcher) :
August 20th, 1900, at Fulmer (Bird); August 25th, 1900, at Dartmouth
(Bankes) ; September 21st, 1900, on Wimbledon Common (Bishop) ;
November 2nd, 1901, at Seaton (Haton); November 3rd, 1900, at
Truro (Rollason); May 27th, 1901, in Sandburn Wood (Walker) ;
May 20th, 1901, at Cowfold (Bird); May 29th, 1901, at Hazeleigh
(Raynor) ; May-to mid-July, and again in mid-August-September 29th,
1901, at Dorking (Oldaker); July 20th and September 14th, 1901, at
Wakering (Whittle); August 2nd-September 10th, 1901, at Burgess
Hill (Dollman); August 9th-19th, 1901, at Porlock (Carr); August
19th-20th, 1901, at Lynton (Oldaker); August 30th, 1901, at
Dartmouth (Bankes) ; September 20th, 1901, at Westwell; October
12th, 1901, in Epping Forest (Gardner); September 30th, 1901, at
Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown) ; October 28rd, 1901, at Clevedon
(Jefferys); May 25th, August 19th, 1902, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ;
May 31st, 1902, at Dorking (Oldaker); May 380th-June 2nd, 1902, at
Brockenhurst (Barraud); August 1st-12th, at Brockenhurst (White) ;
August Ist-September 13th, 1902, at Burgess Hill (Dollman); August
10th-24th, 1902, at Deal (Browne); August Ist, 1902, in the Isle of
Purbeck (Bankes); August 21st, 1902, at Forres (Gardner); August
21st, 1902, at Mucking; August 27th, 1902, at Cuxton (Burrows);
August 22nd, 1902, at Cowfold (Bird); August 23rd, 1902, at
Harrow Weald, common; August 24th, 1902, on Stanmore Common ;
September 6th, 1902, on Box Hill (Barraud); May 26th, 1902, at
Shoreham; October 8th, 1902, in poor condition, at Chislehurst
(Bower) ; June 25th, 1902, at Deal (Carr); June 2nd, 1902, September -
7th, 1902, at Colesborne (Elwes); October 8th, 1902, at Salisbury (Carr);
May 6th-October 29th, 1903, at Harrow Weald (Rowland-Brown); May
28th, August 22nd, 1903, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); May
30th, 1903, at Mucking; June 30th, 1908, at Tuddenham; August
12th-21st. 19038, at Bentley (Burrows); May 30th-June 1st, 19038,
at Brockenhurst (Barraud); June 29th, 1903, at Hazeleigh (Raynor);
July 29th, 1908, on Exmoor; September 16th, 1908, in Epping Forest
(Gardner); August 1st-14th, 1903, at Brockenhurst (Wright); August
6th-21st, 19038, at Storrington (Bird); August 12th, 1903, at Folkestone
(Pickett) ; August 8th, 1908, near Bognor (Oldaker); September 28rd,
1903, at Chislehurst (Bower); June, 1904, in the New Forest (Barraud);
August 5th-September 8rd, 1904, at Tintern and Llandogo (Bird) ;
August 7th, 8th, 1904, in the Isle of Purbeck (Bankes); August 8th,

404 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES,

1904, at Hazeleigh (Raynor) ; August 21st, 1904, at Benfleet (Whittle);
August 27th, 1904, in Epping Forest (Gardner); October 15th,
1904, at Hazeleigh; October 20th, 1904, at Danbury (Raynor) ;
May 21st, 1905, common near Carmarthen (Barker) ; May 26th-30th,
1905, at Aldeburgh ; August 19th, 1905, at Loughton (Image); May
80th and July 24th, 1905, at Hazeleigh (Raynor); May 31st, June
drd, 10th, 22nd, July 28th, August 8th, 14th, 17th, 1905, at Tintern
and Lilandogo (Bird); June 28th-October 9th, 1905, at Mucking
(Burrows) ; August 5th, 1905, on Aldbury Down (Barraud); August
6th, 1905, at Shoeburyness (Whittle); August 12th, 1905, at Abertillery
(Rait-Smith) ; latest date noted at Ashford, September 8th, 1905 (Wood):
April 19th, 1906, at Reigate (W. N. Jups); dates for 1906 in the
Tintern district, first brood (?)—May 15th, June 8rd, 5th, 8th, 9th,
12th, 18th; second brood (?)—August 6th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 16th,
18th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th, September 1st (J. F. Bird) ;.
June 8th, earliest seen of first brood, July 25th, 1906, earliest seen of
second brood, September 18th, 1906, latest seen of second brood, all at
Hazeleigh; September 20th, 1906, earliest seen of the third brood, at
Danbury (Raynor); August 4th, 1906, on Wimbledon’ Common
(Smallman) ; October 11th, 1906, common at Mucking (Burrows).
Hasirs.—In addition to the notes published by Gosse (antea, p.
346), concerning the pairing habits of this species, Harrison notes
(Ent. Rec., xvil., p. 254) that the species pairs at about ll a.m. On
one occasion a was observed to alight on a thistle-plant (without
flowers). It raised its abdomen and vibrated its wings, standing in
such a position that the head was furthest from the ground. A @
soon appeared and alighted beneath the ?, its head being in the same
direction; the 2 appeared to be rather coy; the g turned his abdomen
nearly parallel to the thorax, when the @ moved further up the
stem and repeated the process. ‘This took place three times, and then
copulation took place. Another pair was found in copula, on a flower-head
of ragwort; the wings remained partly opened and both specimens were
probing flowers. These two pairs remained 7v copula about 65 minutes.
Farn says: ‘‘A sheltered corner of a field, on September 7th, 1868,
where a quantity of thistles grew, appeared to be the rendezvous of C..
phlaeas, as both gs and ¢?s were in abundance, and I observed that,
if a flirtation between any two was likely to end in the more material
object, that of propagating the species, they quitted the assemblage
and retired to some distance, and I also noticed that the 9s, whilst
depositing their eggs, avoided that part where C. phlaeas congregated
most, although the sorrel grew in greater abundance there than else-
where.’ The butterfly is a most active little creature, alighting on a
roadside-bank, or flower, to sun itself, or flitting restlessly from flower
to flower, quarrelling occasionally with other individuals of its own
kind, or fearlessly attacking much larger species; occasionally it
chooses a leaf by a hedgeside or wood-riding, and we have seen it thus
resting on hazel, dogwood, and other bushes, walking slowly round,
dropping its hindwings lower than its forewings, and bringing itself to
a standstill in such a position that the sun falls full on its richly
glowing wings. But the insect can be still enough, and, having
settled on a flower, whose nectar delights it, it draws up its wiugs
closely over its back and is soon almost without knowledge of its
surroundings. Smith observes that, in Norfolk, it flashes about in

RUMICIA PHLEAS. _ 405

much the same fashion as the ‘“‘ blues,’’ without being quite so exploring,
the flights seem to be shorter and more rushing, and 1t will often drive
away an insect larger than itself. In the alpine valleys of central
Kurope it occasionally visits the runnels by the wayside, with the
numerous other species found in such situations, but its visits are rare,
even more so than those of Heodes virgaureae, which also is never
attracted to the same extent as are the ‘ blues,’’ Erebiids, and some
‘“‘ skippers.’’ Mathew observes that, on one occasion, he visited the
Island of Pachalimon, one of a group in the Sea of Marmora, and the
immense swarms of phlaeas there were very remarkable. It was a
terribly hot day, and the butterflies had collected in shady spots in the
ravines where the sun could not penetrate; a blow with a beating-
stick brought them out of the bushes by hundreds, and he had often
more than a dozen in his net atatime. The examples were very dark
of the eleus form. It is, however, as a rule, a lover of the sun, and
Swinton observes that, at Jerusalem, the insect haunts the roadsides,
flying away and returning to settle on the sunny ground or the wall of
a vineyard. In Britain it is certainly an active insect, haunting
flowers of various kinds, e.g., Thymus serpyllum, at Cuxton (Tutt),
Lupatorium cannabinum, at Tintern (J. F. Bird), sea-holly, in company
with Pyrameis cardui and Plusia yamma, on the sand-dunes of Yarmouth
and Lowestoft (Lockyer), flowers of scabious at Abertillery (Rait-Smith),
lavender at Clevedon (Mason), etc. We have seen as many as a dozen or a
score on a single small patch of thyme in full blossom in early August, at
Cuxton and Halling. Smallman observes (in litt.) that, ‘unlike Poly-
ommatus icarus, Ft. phlaeas is found as commonly in the garden as in the
meadow, and it is found at almost all flowers, especially those belonging to
the Compositae. R. phlaeas has a much stronger flight than P. tcarus,
and is, therefore, much more difficult to catch, but when it settles
it often remains on the same flower for two or three minutes at a
stretch. ‘This species usually settles on the upper flowers or on
the top of the grass unless the sun is obscured when it generally
settles close to the ground, still, one may often find it sunning
itself on a closely-cut lawn or on gravel paths, in which latter
position it is very difficult to see when it has its wings closed. ‘I’his
butterfly invariably settles with its head higher than, or on the same
level as, the rest of its body and with the wings fairly well open, the
latter being kept at about an angle of 185° with each other, whilst the
antenne are kept parallel with the wings. The head is usually kept
directly away from the sun, but, when feeding, this butterfly has a
habit of slowly turning round and round on a flower, and always, as
far as my observations go, from right to left. Although the wings
are usually kept at an angle of 185° with each other, still one often
sees specimens with the wings more closed, and the butterfly at times
slowly opens and shuts its wings when settled. When the wings are
widely opened, as mentioned above, the hind margins of the hindwings
are wrapped round the body and the forewings are kept very forward,
so that there is a considerable space between the fore- and hind-
wings, but the more erect the wings are kept the less space there is-
between the fore- and hindwings. Like P. icarus, R. phlaeas usually
closes its wings on the sun going behind acloud.”’ Watching an example
sunning itself on a clump of what looked like a white-flowered
marjoram in full bloom, at Digne, in mid-August, 1906, we observed

406 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

that, so soon as it settled, it sidled round till its back was to the sun,
the latter shining fully upon it; it then opened its forewings, each
falling through an angle of about 45°, dropping, however, its hind-
wings still lower, possibly at about 60°, so that the forewings rarely
fell as low as the hindwings whilst thus engaged; it also loved,
in the torrent beds there, to explore a head of Kupatoriwm
when sunning, and its appearance then is very different from that
when it is feeding or preparing for sleep, when, with the underside
of its hindwings only visible, its brilliant tints are entirely hidden
from view. We have already noted that, occasionally, it rests on leaves
in preference to flowers, ¢.y., in a rough, overgrown, thistly field, near
Digne, in August, 1906, the gs walked about and sunned themselves
on the leaves, and Raynor notes that, on October 15th, 1904, a sunny,
but cold, day, he saw a specimen of f. phlaeas fly up from the ground
and settle on an oak-leaf (about three feet from the ground). Its habit
of early rising has repeatedly been noted. TF reir observes (Hnt., xxvii.,
p. 185) that, on August 18th, 1893, he saw fully two dozen flying about
one flower-bed at 6.15 a.m., at Walthamstow, the morning already
extremely hot and dry, the mean temperature at the time 72°F’.
Chapman observes that, in July 1898, at Bossekop, it was often seen
on the wing as early as 8 a.m. (Hnt. Mo. Mag., xxxv., p. 28). At
Troms6, Schneider says that its flight is extremely shy and erratic,
and, as it haunts districts that are difficult to negotiate, it is not easily
taken. Here, too, it has a long period of flight, being observed as
earlyas June 21st (in 18838 and1890), and as late as September 8th (1891),
but the specimens certainly all, he says, belong to one long brood. It
haunts the flowers of Lotus and Vicia, and is also fond of sunning itself
by the roadsides on heaps of stones. On the Island of Huko, several
Specimens were observed on July 21st, 1891, with P. icarus, sucking
nectar from the flowers of Lotus. Strand states that there are distinct
differences in habit between the arctic and southern phlacas, and speaks of
the southern insect as a quiet, almost sluggish, insect, flying in meadows,
etc., whilst, in the far north, it is very shy and wild, and haunts rocky and
almost inaccessible places. It has never struck us that phlaeas was a par-
ticularly sluggish and innocent insect. Glaser says that, in Germany,
the butterfly likes to run on roads, or to visit flowers; Thymus
serpyllum, etc. It walks about boldly, sucking the nectar, and may
then be captured with the fingers. In Anhalt, the butterfly often
rests on the ground, opening its wings fully in the sunshine, or
sits with closed wings on the flowers, sucking the nectar thereof; the
butterfly has a pretty rapid flight (Gillmer). In England, the species
varies greatly in its abundance and rarity in different years. In 1887
and 1893, it was very generally abundant, even in places where it
usually is comparatively rare and only occasionally met with.
Regarding this, Hawes says (Proc. Sth. Lond. Ent. Soc., 1898, p. 136)
that, after phlaeas had become comparatively rare in Britain, it slowly
gained ground, until, in 1893, it was extraordinarily abundant. In that
year, in the Finchley district, the first brood appeared abnormally early,
being well out at the beginning of May (specimens were seen commonly in
April), the second brood was on the wing about July 10th (or fully
three weeks before the usual time). This brood, which is the most
regular as to time and numbers, scarcely ever fails to put in an appear-
ance during the first week in August ; but, this year, many of the larvee

RUMICIA PHLZAS. 407

from the July imagines were fullgrown, and the third brood began to
emerge during the last week of August, and was well out early in
September, in fact, except for a slight lull at the beginning of August,
specimens were to be seen throughout the summer, every day visiting
the flowers in gardens, fighting in pairs in the streets, often being carried
away on the wind, but chiefly congregating in favoured rough corners and
lanes, and the banks of the railway, where the early morning sun seems
especially to have drawn them out into full flight before 9a.m.”’ This
was pretty generally the case all over the southern parts of the British
Islands in this year, and, in October, 1893, another almost full emergence
took place, the specimens appearing, indeed, well on into November. The
dry, hot spring and summer of 1893 were evidently distinctly favourable
to the development of phlaeas. Newman notes the species as excessively
abundant at the end of September, 1868, and observes that he never
saw sO many specimens together as on September 30th, at Klm Hall,
Wanstead ; a bed of verbenas seemed a great attraction to them. We
have already noted Scudder’s remarks (antea, pp. 846-7) on the resting-
postures of this butterfly, and its sleeping-habits, as recounted by Miss
Soule (op. cit.). On the same subject, Smallman writes (in litt.):
“Whilst observing the sleeping-habits of P. icarus, in early August,
1906, on Wimbledon Common, a few examples of R. phlaeas were also
noticed on the dead heads of Serratula tinctoria, but, although R. phlaeas
is distinctly commoner than P. icarus here, I was only able to find two
or three specimens asleep, so I assume they do not, as a rule, sleep on
the dead heads of S. tinctoria, or on the grass. This butterfly sleeps
head downwards, wings closed, the forewings almost completely hidden
by hindwings, except the tips ; the antenne held in a line with the body,
and at an angle of about 45° with each other. This species had also
ceased to fly at 5.40 p.m.”’ Although one of the earliest of the newly-
emerging species to be seen on the wing in the spring, it is also, in
Britain, the last non-hybernating butterfly to be seen on the approach
of winter.

Hasirat.—lt is difficult to say what are the chosen haunts of this
lovely little insect, yet one may not write ‘‘everywhere”’ against it, for
there are many spots where a specimen may never be seen. Dis-
tributed as it 1s, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, in both the Old and
New Worlds, and from the warmest north temperate regions to far
within the Arctic circle, and from the low hot plains of southern
Europe and Asia, up the mountains to an elevation of from 800Oft.
(in the Basses-Alpes) to 15000ft. (in northeast Kumoa), it yet selects
its chosen places in which to live, and as, in America, it 1s said to prefer
dry, sandy or gravelly, barren spots, or the sides of paths in dry
pastures or upland highways, frequently invading towns and finding
the hottest corners for its gambols, so, in Europe, it selects sandhills
and sand-dunes, sloping chalkhills and flowery wayside banks,
meadows, wood-ridings, heaths and moorlands, mountain pasturages,
and other innumerably different spots. In Britain, it loves our open
chalkhills in the southern and eastern counties, the limestone slopes
of the western and northern counties, the sandstone of the south-
western, etc., e.y., the downs at Halling (Ovenden), and at Fresh-
water (Hawes), the sandhills at Deal (Tutt), and near Findhorn
(Mutch), especially abundant on the dry Triassic sandstone area
of the central and northern parts of Nottingham (Goss); the

408 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

heaths at Newbury (Kimber), the moorlands of the western Highlands
(Tutt), rough stony ground edging the woods near Truro, and at
Weston-super-Mare (Whittaker), whilst fine bright examples occur in
the Isles of Bute and the Great Cumbrae (Swinton), and so on..
Donovan says that it is very common in almost every field and
meadow, delighting in sunny situations, by the hedges on roadsides,
much-frequented footpaths, &c. Lewin says it is abundant in almost
every place where grass grows. Curtis notes it as occurring almost.
everywhere in England and different parts of Scotland, on heaths,
grassy commons, banks, and roadsides. Stephens says that it frequents
commons, pastures, roadsides, heaths, and marshy places. - In Ireland
it is common in woods, fields of clover and lucerne, and warm sunny
roadsides, etc. (Kane), and, in Guernsey, it haunts “‘The Goutfre,” the
slopes of which, in April, 1898, were covered with gorse and dog-daisies
(Hodges). Schneider says that, at Tromsé, the butterfly inhabits most
difficult country, ey., the steepest banks in the Tromsdal, its most
favoured haunt here being the flowering southern extremity of the island
of Troms6, which it shares with Polyommatus icarus, resting on the
flowers of Lotus corniculatus and Vicia, growing in rocky places. Above
the Floifjeld it was seen on July 12th, 1883, at a height of about 300.
metres. Although distributed over the Arctic region of Scandinavia,
Schneider thinks it is mostly confined to the coast districts. Strand -
says that, in the Suldal, the species occurred very commonly on dry,
sun-heated, stone-covered slopes, in 1901. In France, the chosen spots
are much as in Britain. Along the Riviera, the thyme-clad slopes of
Provence and the Esterel, the lush meadows with their spring flowers
lying by the sides of the turbulent water-courses, and the flower-clad
banks by the roadsides; in central France the meadows and heaths on
the outskirts of Fontainebleau Forest open up quite new ground, as
also do the seaside sand-dunes on the coast of Brittany, and the sloping
hillsides above the lovely Lac Bourget, near Grésy-sur-Aix; then there
are also the weedy fallow-fields at Digne, and the marvellous ravine,
with its turbulent stream flowing into the Kaux-Chaudes; the glorious
flower-clad slopes in the mountain valleys of Bourg St. Maurice, and
the steep stony road leading to the summit of the Little St. Bernard,
as well as the mountain pastures 500ft.-1000ft. above; whilst in
the Basses-Alpes, on the slopes, far up above the Lac d’Allos, the
Species occurred singly, up to 8000ft., as well as on the stony slopes,
comparatively low down, between Allos and Colmars. In Germany,
it occurs from the plains to the tree limit. In the Hartz also, it
occurs, as well as on the higher mountains, up to the alpine region,
though most common from 1800ft. to 2500ft (Speyer). It is noted
near Lubeck on hght ground (Tessmann) ; in sandy places overgrown
with Rumex along the eastern slope of the ‘‘ Kleinen Hees,’’ near
Uerdingen (Stollwerck); common in fields and clearings in woods.
near Elberfeld and Barmen (Weymer); in dry sandy places near
Neuenahr and Altenahr (Maassen) ; along the borders of the Sterger-
wald and Willrodaerforst, on grassy slopes (Verein Erfurt); in
meadows by roadsides and in woods at Dresden (Steinert); in,
meadows and roadsides at Chemnitz (Pabst); in sunny dry places,
grassy outskirts of woods, banks by roadsides, etc., at Waldeck
(Speyer); on the roadsides near Zeitz (Wilde); almost all dry
places near Halle (Stange), and around Frankfort-on-Oder (Krets-

RUMICIA PHLZEAS. 409

‘chmer) ; also along the sides of the dykes in the latter locality
(Herrmann) ; on lawns and fallow fields near Munich (Kranz); on
moorlands and mosses near Kempten (von Kolb). In Switzer-
land, it is widely distributed, but not generally common, except
south of the Alps (Wheeler). In Italy, it occurs almost every-
where, on the mountains, woodlands, fields, and gardens, both
on the mainland and the islands of Corsica, Sardinia, and Sicily
(see antea, p. 3872). In the valleys of Piedmont it is often
particularly abundant, e.g., the flowery openings in the woodlands
at Torre Pellice; the stone-covered slopes at Bobbie; the upland
meadows and vineyards at Susa; the steep zigzags at Crissolo; whilst,
in the vineyards and gardens on the slopes above Locarno, Lugano, and
other delightful places, on the ‘‘lakes,” it abounds. Throughout Tus-
cany it is to be found in gardens, fields, meadows, and woodlands, on
plains, hillsand mountains (Stefanelli). In Spain,it occurs on the Rock
at Gibraltar, as well as the neighbouring Cork woods; the sierras of
Albarracin; whilst Lang notesitas being found inasmall forest of gigantic
umbrella pines at Jerez de la Frontera, in Andalusia. In Bulgaria,
Mrs. Nicholl records it on broken ground in the Rilska Valley, where
granite blocks had rolled down from the precipices on a sheltered
meadow at the foot of the woods, and overgrown with all kinds of
flowering weeds, intersected by a tiny stream forming a sort of natural
rockwork. In Palestine, it loves the hot steaming pathways inter-
secting the meadows and vineyards; whilst in Syria, it is found in all the
pinewoods, covering the precipitous heights above Ain Zahalta; it
haunts the wooded railway banks covered with flowering crucifers at
Dumar, the dry open banks being much more prolific than the woods
at Damascus (Graves) ; in Cilicia, it occurs in the coast districts and
lower hills (Holtz). Of other habitats in the mountains of India, of
China, and the Japanese Islands, as well as in Abyssinia and the
Canary and Madeira Islands, we have already spoken. In the Pamirs
it flies everywhere, but not above 4000ft., but on the Col Bak it
occurred at 14000ft. elevation (Grum-Grshimailo). Although occur-
ring throughout Mauretania and the Levant, and extending to
Abyssinia, it appears to miss Egypt, and Graves notes that though he
has collected at Cairo, Alexandria, Aboukir, the Maryut district, Port
Said, Helouan, Kalyub, and Gizeh, he has never seen phlaeas, nor
heard of the insect as occurring there.

Locatitres.—Distributed throughout the British Islands from the
Orkney Isles to the Scilly Isles, and from Kent to Galway. Kane
says that it occurs throughout Ireland, more abundant in the northern

counties. ABERDEEN: coast districts (Esson), abundant throughout (Reid), Alford
common (McLean), Pitcaple (Connon). ARGYLLsHIRE: throughout (Dalglish),
(F. A. Walker), Kilberry (Cottingham), Tayvallich (Swinton), Port Ellen—Islay
(Branston-Jones). ARRAN AND Bute: throughout—King’s Cross (Dalglish),
Island of Great Cumbrae in the Clyde, Ettrick Bay. Ayr: through-
out (Dalglish). Banrr (Brown). Berns: generally distributed (Barrett), Sandy
(Hill), Bedford (Nash). Brrxs: common (V. C. H.), Newbury (Kimber). Brecx-
nock (Jefferys). Bucks: Buckingham (Slade), Stony Stratford (Foddy), Fulmer
(Bird), Chalfont St. Peter’s (St. John), Chilterns, common—Kimble, Wendover
district (Rowland-Brown). CamrripGE: Wicken Fen (Bouskell), Boxworth (Thorn-
hill), Cambridge (Crisp), Chatteris (Ruston), Ely (Archer). CarmarTHen: Llan-
stephan (Bingham-Newland), Laugharne (Jefferys), common near Carmarthen
(Barker). Carnarvon: Llandudno district (Harding), Conway Valley (Bland),
Aber (Barraud). CHeEsHIRE: generally distributed and common (Day), Dela-
mere Forest, Beeston Castle Hill: (Arkle), Macclesfield (South). Cork :

410 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Glandore, Timoleague, Courtmacsherry, Ummera Woods (Donovan). Corn-
waLL: Polperro (Perrycoste), Newlyn, Penzance (Burrows), Truro (Rollason),
Polzeath, near Padstow (Gibbs), Godolphin (Spiller), Scilly Isles (Adkin),
Tresco (Norgate). CUMBERLAND: common all over the county—Carlisle
(F. H. Day), Silloth (Wilkinson), Keswick (Beadle). DrnpicgH: Colwyn Bay
(Imms). Drrsy: generally distributed and common in south, scarcer towards
north—Ashbourne (Jourdain), Bakewell (Fuller), Repton (Garneys), Bretby
(Gibbs), Melbourne (Crewe), Kirk Langley (Fuller), Little Eaton (Hill), Heanor
(Rhodes). Devon: common throughout the county—Bolt Head (Mathew),
Instow (Hinchlitf), Honiton (Riding), Paignton (Goodale), Dawlish (Tremayne),
Dartmouth (Bankes), Exmoor (Gardner), Torquay (Crocker), Seaton (Eaton),
Teignmouth (Rogers), Devonport, lLydford, Buckfastleigh (de la Garde),
Torrington, most seasons scarce (Doidge), Silverton common (Ward), north
Devon (South), Lynmouth (Briggs), Lynton (Oldaker), Morthoe (Longstaff),
Sidmouth (Majendie), Salcombe (Turner). Donrcau: north Donegal—Ards (Kane).
Dorset: south Dorset generally abundant (Bogue), Wimborne, Hambledon Hill,
and Hod’s Hill (Fowler), halfway between Wimborne and Blandford (Ward),
Sherborne (Douglas), Glanvilles Wootton (Dale), Lyme Regis (Charles), Swanage
(Bromilow), Isle of Purbeck (Bankes). DumBarron: throughout (Dalglish).
DurHam: generally distributed — Hartlepool (Robson), Sunderland (Corder),
common at Stanley (Dewar), Durham (Harrison), Darlington (Backhouse),
Redewater (Howse), Upper Teesdale (Lees), Finchale (Brady). Etern :
Strathspey (Gordon), Forres (Gardner), near Findhorn (Mutch). Essex:
generally common, especially on the coast (Harwood), Walthamstow (Freir),
Benfleet, Shoeburyness, Great Wakering (Whittle), Southend (Battley), Har-
wich district (Mathew), Brentwood, Rainham, Woodham Ferris, Danbury,
Hazeleigh (Raynor), Loughton (Image), Epping Forest (Gardner), High
Beech (Freir), Maldon (Fitch), Wanstead, Great Leighs, Mucking, Loughton
(Burrows). Fire: Fife (Brown). Forrar: common (Duncan). Gatway:
Connemara (Birchall). GLamorean: near Swansea (Robertson), Cardiff, fairly
common, but only one specimen seen in 1903 (Shelley). GnoucrsTER: common
throughout (Griffiths), Cheltenham (Robertson), Micheldean (Searancke), Bristol
(Allis), Stroud (Davis), Painswick (Watkins), on the Gloucester bank of the Avon,
near Bristol (Gardiner). Hants: common throughout the county (Goss), Ring-
wood (Fowler), Isle of Wight (Prideaux), Ventnor (South), Shanklin (Leech),
Freshwater (Hawes), Totland Bay (Rowland-Brown), Fleet (S. G. C. Russell),
Brockenhurst (Tremayne), Lyndhurst (Lockyer), Forest of Bere (Hawker), New
Forest (Ridley), Fort Rowner, Gosport (Mackett), Southampton (Swinton), Frensham
district (Bingham-Newland), Winchester (Tomlin). Hrrrrorp : common.—Hereford
(Chapman) ete. HErts : common in southwest Herts (Rowland-Brown), Broxbourne
(Gardner), St. Albans and Harpenden (A. HE. Gibbs), Bricket Wood (Perkins),
Sandridge (Griffith), Hitchin (Durrant), Haileybury (Bowyer), Watford (Spencer),
Aldbury Owers, Tring (Elliman), Bushey Heath (Barraud), Stevenage (Matthew),
Cheshunt (Boyd), Rickmansworth (South). Hunrs: Monkswood (Blake).
InveRNESS: Strathglass (White). Isn= or Man (Salvage): Andreas, Lezayre
(Clarke), Ramsey (Jiger). Kenr: generally common everywhere (Battley),
Chatham and Rochester districts, Cuxton, Strood, Halling, Cliffe, Chattenden,
Deal sandhills, St. Margaret’s Bay, etc. (Tutt), Eynsford (Barraud), Cranbrook
(Marshall), Sheerness (Fletcher), Chatham (Walker), Greenhithe (Image), West-
well (Gardner), Sevenoaks (Mrs. Holmes), Folkestone (Freke), Dover (Webb),
Dartford (Sabine), Tonbridge, Brockley (Turner), Lower Fant, Maidstone
(Golding), Ashford, Bexley Heath (Wood), Chislehurst, Mottingham, Lee, Dartford
Heath, Shoreham (Bower), Wye (Raynor), Tunbridge Wells (Tremayne),
Beckenham (Weir). KincarpINE: common (Duncan), Stonehaven (Dal-
glish), coast districts (Esson), Muchalls (Reid). Lanark: throughout
(Dalglish), Castle Douglas (Mackonochie). Lancasutre: generally distributed
and common (Day), abundant (Sharp), Prestwich (Melvill). LrrcrstrrsHrre :

common throughout (Bouskell). Lincoun: Panton, Hartsholme, Castor,
Lanegworth, Legsby (Raynor), Lincoln district (Carr), near Brigg (Cassal).
LonponpERRY (Salvage). Mippuesex : Kingsbury (Godwin), Great Stan-

more (Rothschild), Chiswick (Sich), Harrow-Weald (Rowland-Brown), High-
bury (Hodge), Mill Hill, Northwood, Harefield (South), near Enfield (Sykes),
Stanmore Common (Barraud), Hammersmith, Acton, Ealing, Northolt,
Northwood (Bird), Clapton (Bacot), Stamford Hill district (Prout), Isleworth
(Fenn). MurronerH: between Aberdovey and Glandovey (Arkle), Tan-y-Bwlch

RUMICIA PHLAS. 411

(Blagg), Barmouth (Imms). Mipuorn1an: Balerno (Carlier). Monmovurn:
Abertillery (Rait-Smith), Chepstow district (Ince), Tintern district, Llandogo (Bird),
Monmouth (Palmer). Monaguan: abundant (Kane). Montcomery (Tetley). Nor-
¥oug: King’s Lynn (Barrett), Yarmouth, Lowestoft (Lockyer), Downham Market
(Smith), Hunstanton (Raynor). NorrHampron: Northampton (Goss), near
Oundle (Bree), Peterborough, Yaxley, Holme (Morley). NorraumBrerLanp: gener-
ally distributed (Robson), Twizell (Selby), Newcastle (Backhouse). NorrincHam:
Nottingham district (Leivers). Oxrorp: common all round Oxford (Geldart),
Watlington (Lucas). Prrsies: Peebles, common (Black). PEMBROKE :
Castlemartin (Hodge), Tenby (Meynell). Prrtu: Earn district, Forth district,
Gowrie district, Perth district, Athole district (White), Lochearnhead (Rowland-
Brown). Rapnor: Erwood district (Vaughan). Renrrew: throughout—
Gourock (Dalglish). Roxspuren (Douglas): Melrose (Beveridge). Ruruanp:
Stoke Dry (Raynor). Setxr«: Galashiels (Haggart). SHeTranps AND ORKNEY:
Hoy (McArthur). SHropspire: Ludlow (Blackmore). SomrersreT: common
throughout (Griffiths), from Portishead to Burnham very general (A. P.
Gardiner), in Leigh Woods, Bridlington (Gardiner), Taunton (Tetley), West
Compton, very scarce (Bogue), Porlock (Carr), Clevedon (Jefferys), Weston-
super-Mare (Whittaker), Castle Cary (Macmillan). STAFFS: common,
Madeley (Daltry), Stafford (Freer), Burton (Brown), Tatenhill (Anderson),
Cannock-Chase (Thornewill), Chartley Park (Harris). Strriine: throughout (Dal-
glish). Svurrotrk: common (Bloomfield), Stoke-by-Nayland, Stratford St. Mary
(Mathew), Aldeburgh (Image), Needham Market (Raynor), Bentley, Tuddenham
(Burrows), near Ipswich (Frost), Brandon (Bower). Surrey: generally distributed
(Goss), Reigate, common (Tonge), Boxhill (Barraud), Wimbledon Common, Herne
Hill (Smallman), Dulwich (Helps), near Balham (Frohawk), Guildford (Grover),
Woking (S. G. C. Russell), Horsley (Turner), Kenley (Carrington), between
Witley and Farnham (Oldfield), Dorking, common everywhere (Oldaker),
Oxshott (Bird), Sutton (Carpenter), Virginia Water (Raynor), Shere (Tremayne).
SussEx: common, and generally distributed (Goss), west Sussex, common
(Fletcher), Abbott’s Wood (Dale), Eastbourne (Sotheby), Balcombe (Hamlin),
Hastings, Pett, Shipley, Cowfold, Storrington (Bird), near Beachy Head
(Sich), Burgess Hill (Dollman), Hailsham (Carr), Bognor (Oldaker), Alfriston
{Smallman), St. Leonard’s (Bloomfield), Forest Row (Turner). Tyrone: Favour
Royal (Kane), common, in suitable localities (Greer). Warrrrorp : Roanmore
(Wood). Warwick: common everywhere (Wainwright), Birmingham district
(Bath), Rugby district (Napier). WerstmeatH: Mullingar (Middleton). West-
MORLAND: Witherslack (Arkle), Kendal district (Moss). Wuickntow: Glendalough
(Pearson). Wits: Calne (Eddrup), Savernake Forest (Kimber), Salisbury (Carr).
Wicetown: throughout (Dalglish), Wigtown (Gordon), Monreith (Morton).
WorcesTER: common (Fletcher). Yorks: common throughout (Porritt), very
sparingly near Rotherham in hot dry summers (Brooks), Cleveland district—
Ayton, Eston, Middlesborough (Lofthouse), Doncaster (Clark), near Newby
(Leighton), near Scarborough, scarce (Tetley), Thirsk, Sandburn Wood (Walker),
Sheffield, rare (Hall), Hull district (Boult).

Distripution.—Throughout the greater part of the Palearctic
and Nearctic regions, extending in Africa as far south as Abyssinia,
and in Asia through north India, Thibet, and part of China. It
extends to an extremely high latitude far within the Arctic area.
Arrica: the countries touching the Mediterranean sea-board (? excluding Egypt), as
far back as the Atlas Mountains, at 5500ft. (Meade-Waldo), the Canary Isles,
Madeira (Mathew and J.J. Walker), Abyssinia (Lucas). America: Atlantic States
(Dyar), extending across the United States to the Pacific coast, California, Canada
(Scudder), Labrador (Moore), up to Moose Factory, James’ Bay (Weir), and as far
as lat. 81° 45’, at Discovery Bay, in Grinnell Land (Feilden teste McLachlan). Asta:
throughout, except middle and southern India, and the southeastern portion of the
continent, Corea—Gensan, Chemulpo (Leech), Wei-hai-Wei (Fletcher); China—
Chusan Isles (J. J. Walker), Chifu (T. B. Fletcher), Snowy Valley, Ningpo,
Kiukiang (Leech); Japan—Hakodaté (T. B. Fletcher), Kiushiu, Nagasaki (Leech),
Wadatoge, Kisogawa, Kobé, Nikko (Brit. Mus. Coll.), Yokohama, Boshiu, Kadzusa,
Kanosan (Pryer); Amurland — Parchen-by-Chab (Graeser), Sutschan district
(Dorries), Pokrofka, Permskoe Miilki (Graeser), the Ussuri (Maack), Kamschatka
(Herz); Thibet — Lhasa, Gyangtse (Walton); India — western Himalayas —
Mussoorie, up to 8000ft. (McKinnon and Nicéville), Himalayas— Thundiani,

412 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Dalhousie (Brit. Mus. Coll.), Mandi (Young), Simla (Sharpe), Pangi (Elwes),
Huttos, 10000ft., Goorais Valley, Kokser (Leech Coll.), Dugi, 12000ft. (Thomp-
son), Rala, ete. (McArthur), Kurrachee, Katti (Brit. Mus. Coll.), Chitral—Drosh
(Leslie), Shishi-Kuh Valley (Colomb), Hunza (Conway), Ladakh (Adair); the Altai
Mountains (Biisk, in Brit. Mus. Coll.); Turkestan—Samarcand (Fedchenko) ;
Bokhara—Kabadian, the Pamirs, to 4000ft., Kounjout Mountains, Col Beik, at
14000ft. (Grum-Grshimailo); Turcomania—Achal Tekke district—Goktepe, Germob,
Krasnowodsk, Daghescan, Kasumkent (Christoph); Afghanistan—Candabar (Brit.
Mus. Coll.); Persia—north Persia, Gjas, Astrabad, Lenkoran (Christoph), Teheran
(Jourdain), Irak (Young), Osch (Grum-Grshimailo); Transcaucasia, everywhere—
Derbent, Ordoubad, Lenkoran, etc. (Romanoff); Armenia—Alexandropol (Christoph);
Syria—Palestine, Jerusalem (Swinton), Galilee (Pratt), near Jaffa, Dumar, Zebedani,
Baalbek, Jebel Barouk, Beyrout, Ain Zahalta, Damascus, etc. (Graves), the Lebanon
and Antilebanon—Brummana (Nicholl); Asia Minor—Broussa (Fountaine), Cilicia
(Holtz), Lemnos, Smyrna, Beyrout, Marmarice, Besika Bay, Artaki, Tchanak,
Corfu, Crete, Canea, Suda Bay, Cyprus (Mathew), Rhodes (Loew). Europs—
Austria: everywhere common (Hé6fner), Bohemia—Prague (Nickerl), Karlsbad
(Hiittner), Budweiss, Senftenberg (Fritsch) ; Moravia—Briinn (Schneider), Ieglau, .
Kremsier, Neutitschein, Rottalowitz, Troppau (Fritsch); Upper Austria—Freistadt,
Linz ; Lower Austria—Gresten, Vienna (Fritsch), Hernstein district (Rogenhofer) ;
Salzburg, nowhere frequent, mostly singly (Richter) ; Salzburg—Tyrol, from the
valleys to 6000ft. (Hinterwaldner), Mendel, Cortina, etc. (Tutt), Glockner district,
‘Bozen, Trient (Mann), near Innsbruck, from 1850ft. to 6000ft., Taufers Valley(Weiler),
the Brenner (Rowland-Brown), Bregenz, Trotzberg (Fritsch); Wolfsberg (Lemann),
Carinthia—near Raibl (Zeller) ; Hausdorf, St. Jakob, Oberhaag ; Styria—Admont,
etc. (Fritsch); Carniola—Upper Carniola, very common, Dalmatia (Mann); Hungary,
abundant throughout (Fountaine), Herculesbad (Lang). Brterum: common
throughout—particularly abundant near Namur (Lambillion), Frameries, near Mons
(Dufrane), Dinant (Lenoir), Rochefort (Carlier), etc. Bosnza anp HERCEGOVINA:
throughout—up to 1600m.—Dervent (Hilf), Visoko (Simonys), Ljubiéna (Sturany),
Treskavica (Apfelbeck), Bjelasnica (Rebel, to 1600m.), Maklenpass (Hilf), Nevesinje
(Uhl), Blagaj (Nicholl), Trebinje, Bilek, Vucija Bara (Rebel), Volujak (Apfelbeck).
BuLGARIA AND East Roumenia: throughout, up to 1500m. in the Rilo—Sophia,
Samakow, Kostenec, Rasgrad, Rustschuk, Slivno, Schipka (Rebel), Ister, in the
Rilska Valley, the Rilo Dagh, to 4000ft. (Nicholl), Burgas (Apfelbeck). CHANNEL
Isnanps: Guernsey, Alderney, common, Herm, Sark (Luff), Jersey (Piquet).
Corsica: throughout — Vizzavona (Rowland-Brown), Corte, Tattone, Ajaccio
(Rosa), etc. DENMARK : throughout (Bang-Haas). Fryzanp: south and southeast
(Lampa). France: throughout (Berce), Allier (Peyerimhoff), Alpes-Maritimes—
Nice, Beaulieu (Rowland-Brown), Villefranche (Mathew), St. Martin Vésubie
(Lang), Var—Hyeres, Costebelle, Cannes, Pegomas, Auribeau, Agay (Tutt), La
Bocca, Grasse (Chapman), Aisne—St. Quentin, etc. (Dubus), Aube (Jourdheuille),
Aude (Mabille), Brittany, throughout (Griffith), Ariege—l’ Hospitalet, Ax, ete.
(Rowland-Brown), Basses-Alpes—generally, Digne, Beauvézer, Colmars, Allos, ete.
(Tutt), Basses-Pyrénées—Biarritz (Rowland-Brown), St. Jean de Luz, Guéthary, ete.
(Chapman), Bouches-du-Rhone—Marseilles (Walker), Arles, Aix, ete. (Rowland-
Brown), Calvados (Montiers), Cétes-du-Nord-—Val André (Turner), Cher, Creuse, Can-
tal (Sand), Doubs (Bruand), Dordogne (Tarel), Eure (Dupont), Eure. et-Loir(Guenée),
Gard—Remoulins, Pont du Gard, Nimes, Aigues-Mortes, ete. (Rowland-Brown),
Gironde (Brown), Hautes-Alpes—Abriés, Larche, etc. (Tutt), Hautes-Pyrénées, to:
5000ft. (Elwes), Gédre, ete. (Rondou), Haute-Garonne (Caradja), Haute-Savoie—
Annecy, Chavoire, Chamonix, etc. (Tutt), Ille-et-Vilaine —Rennes (Oberthiir),
Indre—Nohant, etc. (Sand), Indre-et-Loire—Tours (Meade- Waldo), Loire-Inférieure
—Nantes (D-Roy), Lozére—Florac, Mende, Maine—Rheims, etc. (Rowland-Brown),
Manche — Cherbourg (Nichollet), Maine-et-Loire— St. Christophe-du-Bois (Dela-
haye), Nord (Paux), Puy-de-Dome (Sand), Pas de Calais—near Hesdin (Rowland-
Brown), Pyrénées-Orientales—Vernet-les-Bains (Nicholson), Sadne-et-Loire (Con-
stant), Savoie—St. Michel de Maurienne, Grésy-sur-Aix, Chambéry, Bourg St.
Maurice, Little St. Bernard, etc. (Tutt), Seine—Paris district, Courbevoie, Pare
Maison Lafitte (Walker), La Varenne, St. Maur (Ragonot), Seine-et-Marne—
Fontainebleau (Tutt), Seine-Inférieure—Tancarville (Leech), Somme—near Crécy,
Vaucluse—Avignon (Rowland-Brown). Grrmany: Prussia—Memel, Tilsit, Konigs-
berg, Insterburg, Rastenberg, Thorn, Graudenz, Marienwerder, Elbing, Danzig,
etc. (Speiser) 5 Pomerania—Stettin (Hering), Greifswald, Stralsund (Paul and
Plotz) ; Mecklenburg—Neustrelitz, Friedland, Siilze, Rostock, Wismar, Schwerin,

RUMICIA PHLAS. 413

Parchim, ete. (Gillmer); Liibeck, Lauenburg, Schleswig-Holstein, Hamburg,
everywhere common—Liibeck (Tessmann), Eutin (Dahl), Ratzeburg, Mélln, Lauen-
burg (Gillmer), Hamburg (Laplace), Kiel, Schleswig, Flensburg (Gillmer) ; Han-
over, Brunswick, and Oldenburg, everywhere common—Liineburg (Machleidt and
Steinvorth), Celle, Hanover (Glitz), Brunswick, Wolfenbiittel, Helmstedt (von
Heinemann), Harz, Géttingen (Jordan), Hameln, Bremen (Rehberg), Oldenburg,
Aurich, Osnabriick, etc.; Westphalia, Lippe, Waldeck, everywhere common—
Minden, Minster, Paderborn, Hoxter, Iserlohn, Dortmund, Detmold, Rhoden,
Avolsen, Korbach (Speyer) ; Rhine Provinces—Duisburg, Elberfeld, Cologne, Bonn,
Aix, Coblenz, Trier, etc. (Stollwerck); Hesse-Nassau— Wiesbaden (Réssler), Frank-
furt-on-Main (Koch), Hanau (Limpert and Réottelberg), Rheingau (Fuchs), Wied-
Selters (Schenck), Giessen (Dickore), Biedenkopf, Griinberg, Friedberg (Glaser),
Gelnhausen, Rotenburg (Jordan), Cassel (Borgmann); Thuringia—EHisenach, Gotha,
Meiningen, Hildburghausen, Coburg, Ilmenau, Rudolstadt, Weimar, Altenburg, etc.;
Province of Saxony—Miihlhausen, Nordhausen (Jordan), Erfurt (Keferstein and
Werneburg), Naumburg, Halle (Stange), Zeitz (Wilde), Torgau, Wittenberg,
Magdeburg, Halberstadt, Quedlinburg (Reinecke), Neuhaldensleben, Stendal, etc.,
Anhalt — Bernburg, Céthen, Dessau, Zerbst (Gillmer); Brandenburg — Berlin
(Pfiitzner), Niederneundorf (Dadd), Kottbus, Guben, Frankfurt-on-Oder (Kretsch-
mer), Landsberg, Kiistrin, Prenzlau, Wittstock, Ruppin, Perleberg, etc. ; Posen—
Bromberg, Meseritz, Lissa, etc.; Silesia—Glogau, Liegnitz, Gorlitz (Méschler),
Breslau, Oppeln, Ratibor, etc.; Kingdom of Saxony—Dresden (Steinert), Chemnitz
(Pabst), Leipzig (Verein Fauna Leipzig); Bavaria—Wiirzburg, Niirnberg, Regens-
burg (Hofmann and Herrich-Schaffer), Augsburg (Freyer), Miinich (Kranz), Kempten
(von Kolb); Wirtemberg—Stuttgart (Keller and Hofmann), Heilbronn, Reutlingen ;
Baden — Heidelberg, Karlsruhe, Freiburg (Meess and Spuler), the Palatinate
(Bertram) ; Hesse-Darmstadt (Glaser) ; Alsace—St. Jean de Croix, etc. (Peyerim-
hoff); Heligoland (Gatke). Grrerce: Athens, Phalerum, Salamis Bay, Platen,
Poros (Mathew), Attica, Parnassus, Naxos (Merlin Coll.), Morea (Elwes), Corfu
(Fletcher), Navarino (J. J. Walker). Irany: Riviera—Albenga (Tutt), Ancona,
Brindisi, Florence, Leghorn, Pisa (Mathew), Piedmont—Pré St. Didier, Little St.
Bernard Pass, Susa, Torre Pellice, Bobbie, Crissolo, Aosta, Chatillon, Locarno,
Stresa (Tutt), Bellagio (F. Walker), Menaggio (Sich), Como (White), Gardone
(Jones), Orta Novarese, Certosa di Pesio (Lowe), Baths of Lucca (F. Walker),
Palermo, Leghorn, Naples—Vesuvius (Walker), Capri (Browne), Camaldoli, near
Naples (Schiemenz), Sicily—throughout (Zeller), Taormina (Walker), Messina,
Etna, Syracuse, Catania (Zeller), Tuscany, throughout (Stefanelli), Florence,
Viareggio, near Lucca (Verity), Apennines— Boscolungo, etc. (Norris), Rome
(White), Turin (Swinton), Tivoli, near Rome (Rowland-Brown). Maura: abun-
dant throughout (Fletcher). NerHernanps: everywhere (Snellen). Porruca.:
Lisbon (Mathew), Cintra, Sao Barnabe, Sao Bartholomeu do Messines (Eaton).
Russia: through Russia in Europe (Erschoff)—St. Petersburg (Fedchenko), Volga
district—Casan, Saratov, rarein south Ural district (Hversmann), Astrakhan, Sim-
birsk, Samosk, Kuzzan, Orenberg, Ophemski, Archangel, Olonetz, Ekateristz Stavra-
pol, Tavrachisk (Erschoff and Feild), Baltic Provinces, common (Nolcken), Kurtenhof
(Teich), Wiatka dist. (Kroulikowsky), Novorosiisk (Lachte), Podolia (Elwes Coll.).
Scanprnavia: Norway, south and centre, not uncommon—Christiania, Laurvig,
Grue, Laurgaard—Gudbrandsdal, Hamar, Odalen, Naes Vaerk, Arendal, Strande-
barm, Bergen, not rare—parts of Alten, Finmark (Siebke), over the whole Arctic
region—Porsanger, common, Tromsdal, Malselvdal (Schneider), Saltdalen, Karas-
jok, Sydvaranger (Schéyen), Malnes in Vesteralen, Grété in Vestfjorden (teste
Schneider), Hammerfest (Staudinger), Bossekop (Chapman); from Skane to North
Finmark (Wallengren), Suldal, etc. (Strand), Saeterstoen, Flodmark (Morton),
Roldal (Walker), Ormeim, Romsdal (Jordan), Tveta (Elwes Coll.), Bydal—
Jemtland (Rowland-Brown). Sparmn: Ferrol, Vigo, Gibraltar (Mathew),
Algeciras, San Roque, Ronda (Nicholson), Catalonia—Mont Sény (Witty),
Andorra (Rowland-Brown), Andalusia, very common (Rambur), Jerez de la
Frontera (Lang), Castile (Leech Coll.), Granada, Balearic Isles—Minorca,
Mahon (J. J. Walker), Majorca (Leech Coll.), Pera (Zeller Coll.). Moncayo, Bron-
chales, Avila, Puerto de Pajares, Albarracin—Cuenca, Tragacete, Bejar (Chapman).
SWITZERLAND: widely distributed, but not generally common, except south of the
Alps, singly up to 4000ft. or more—Brigue, common, Bérisal, common, Chiasso,
common, Veytaux, Arzier, Veyrier, Martigny, Onex, Disentis, Davos, Fusio
(Wheeler), Aigle (Tasker), Sion, Sierre, Niouc, Visp, Stalden (Favre), Villars
(Moss), Lucerne district (Sanford), Basle, Saas Thal, Visp Thal (Tutt), Bellinzona,
Roveredo (Wheeler), Locarno (Tutt), Lugano (Chapman), Trient (Keynes), La _

414 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Batiaz, Stalden to Hiiteck (Tutt), Ziirich district (Elwes), Brunnen (Jones), Le
Prese, on the Italian side of the Bernina Pass, 3000ft. elevation (Ff. B. White),
Amsteg (Lang), Neuchatel (Rowland-Brown). Turkey: Constantinople, Galli-
poli, Salonika (Mathew), Port Baklar, etc. (J. J. Walker).

[VaRIaTIon (continued from p. 880).—Schultz notes the two
following minor aberrations of Rumicia phlaeas (Ent. Zeit. Guben,
Xvill., p. 184) :—

1. ab. auronitens, Schultz, ‘‘ Ent. Zeit. Guben,”’ xviili., p. 134 (1905).—Alis
posticis supra in basali et media area aureomicantibus. In this form the broad,
dark area of the hindwings is shot with a red-golden glow at the base and in the
central area up to the light hind-marginal band, the glow being absent in typical
specimens.

2. ab. cuneifera, *Schultz, ‘‘ Ent. Zeits. Guben,’’ xviii., p. 134 (1905).—Alis
anticis subtus striatis=forma elongata, Schultz. The form with enlarged spots
occurs in the darker tailed autumn brood; two specimens in which the spots of
the central row on the underside of the forewings have a partial stripe-like and
partial wedge-like form (¢ from Dusseldorf, ¢ from Corsica). ]

Genus: CurysopHanus, Hibner.

Synonrymy.—Genus: Chrysophanus, Hb.,‘‘ Verz.,”’ p. 72 (1816-1818); Stphs.,
‘« Tllus.,’’ etc., iv., app. p. 404 (1835) ; Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 95,
pl. xxix., figs. 1-6 (1841); Stphs., ‘‘List,’’ p. 18 (1850); Morr., ‘* Hist. Brit. Butts.,”
p. 127, pl. liv., figs. 1-5 (1853); Sta., ‘‘ Man.,’’i., p. 55 (1857); Seudd., ‘* Gen. Rev.,””
p. 141 (1875); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 45 (1889); Seudd., ‘‘ Butts. New Enegl.,”’ ii.,
p- 972 (1892); Barr., ‘‘ Lep. Brit. Isles,” i., p. 56, pl. ix., figs. 1-1b (1893) ; Leech,
‘Butts. China,’’ ii., p. 397, pl. xxvili., figs. 4-6 (1893-4); Meyr., ‘* Hand-
book,”’ etc., p. 546 (1895); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’? p. 149, pl. i., fig. 10 (1896);
“¢ Hint. Rece.,”’ vili., p. 57 (1896); Staud. and Reb., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 73 (1901) ;
Wheeler, ‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’? p. 13 (1903); Gillm., ‘‘Ins. Borse,’”’ xxilil., p. 43
(1906) ; South, ‘‘ Butts. Br. Isles,” p. 148, pl. xeviii., figs. 1-5 (1906). [Papilio-
Piebeius-] Ruralis, Esp., ‘‘ Hur. Schmett.,’”’ i., p. 342 (1779); pl. xxxviil., figs. 1-2
(1777) ; Haw., ‘* Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 40 (1803). Papilio, Lewin, ‘‘ Ins. Great. Brit.,”’
p- 84, pl. xl.,. figs. 1-3 (1795); Don:, ‘“ Brit. Ins.,”? p. 4, pl. eexvil (19s) eee
‘« Schmett. Hur.,’’ p. 54 (1803); pl. lxx., figs. 352-4 (1799); pl. exev., figs. 966-8 (1833);
Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., pt. 2, p. 77(1808). Lycaena, Leach, ‘‘ Edin. Eneyel.,”
ix.. pt. 1, p. 129 (1815); Sam., “Ent. Usef. Comp.,’”’ p. 241 (1819); Curt., “ Brit.
Mint.,”’? fo. 12, figs. 1-3 (1824); Stphs., ‘‘ Illus. Brit. Hnt.,” 1) piss ieee
Stphs., ‘: list,” ete., pf. 2, p. 22 (1829); “Nomen. Brit. Ins..7 pe s8.(feeaam
Dale, ‘‘ Loudon’s’ Mag.,” vii., p. 69 (1834); Freyer, “Neu. Beitr.” Sis poses.
pl. 127, figs. 1-2 (1836); Wood, ‘‘Ind. Entom.,” p. 7, pl. m1., figs. 59a-b
(1839); Kirby, ‘‘ Eur. Butts. and Moths,” p. 55 (1879); ‘‘ Handbook,’’ ete., ii.,
p. 117, pl. 1., figs. 1-3 (1896). Polyommatus, Godt., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,” i., p. 200,
pl. 9 sec., 5, pl. 10 sec., 3 (1821); Bdv., “ Icones,’’ i., p. 44, pl. x., figs. 1-3 (1832);
Dup., ‘* Hist. Nat.,’’ supp. i., p. 81, pl. xiii., fies. 3-6) (1832) ; ““Cany Mieont ae
30 (1844); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 2nd ed., p. 8 (1871); Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 114,
fig. 37 (1874); Lang, ‘“‘ Butts. Eur.,’’ p. 90, pl. xix., fig. 4(1881); Kame, ** Hur.
Butts.,’’ p. 28 (1885) ; Leech, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,’’ p. 414, pl. xxy., fig. 3
(1887); Graes., ‘‘ Berl. Ent. Zeits.,’? p. 75 (1888); Alph., ‘‘Rom. Mém.,” yv., p.
103 (1889) ; Horm., ‘‘ Soc. Ent.,’”’ viii., p. 130 (1893) ; Caradja, ‘‘ Iris,” vill., p. 3a
(1895); Rihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ 1., pp. 209, 744 (1895) ; Obth., ‘‘ Etudes,”’
etc., xx., p. 8 (1896).

The genus Chrysophanus was created by Hiibner for the whole of
the Palearctic “coppers,’’ and was diagnosed (Verzeichniss, p. 72) as
follows :—

The wings above shining golden-red, beneath marked with black spots and
yellowish-red patch (band)—Chrysophanus phlaeas, Linn., C. timeus, Cram., C.
helle, Schiff. (amphidamas, Esp.), C. thersamon, Esp. (xanthe, Hb.), C. gordius,
Sulz., C. hyllus, Cram. (hylla, Fab.), C. hipponoé, Esp. (lampetie, Schiiff.), C.
chryseis, Schiff., C. eurybia, Ochs. (euridice, Hb.), C. virgaureae, Linn., C.
hippothoé, Linn., C. circe, Schiff.

The genus, as described above, was hopelessly heterotypical, but it

* Evidently not so specialised a streaked form as our ab. infra-extensa (anted
p. 379).

CHRYSOPHANUS. 415

was restricted in 1841, by Westwood, to phlaeas, hippothod, dispar, and
virgaureae.. The type was fixed in 1875 by Scudder, in his Generic
Revision, etc., p. 141, as hippothoé, Linné, and confirmed by the same
author (Butterflies of New Mngland, u1., p. 972), where he describes, in
detail, the genus Chrysophanus, as follows :—

Imaco.—Head moderately large, densely clothed with scales and rather
abundantly supplied with long, curving hairs of equal length in all parts. Front
even, not swollen in any part, except in the least possible degree in the middle
below, where it barely surpasses the front of the eyes; half as high again as broad,
and of the width of the eye on a front view ; upper border marked by the faintest
possible transverse ridge, its angles rather deeply hollowed in front of the antenne;
lower border rather strongly, not broadly, rounded. Vertex slightly elevated in the
middle and at either side, to form low buttresses behind the antenne ; separated
from the occiput by a broad, rather deep, slightly curving sulcation, having a slight
pit in the middle, which affects the height of the occiput just behind. Eyes not very
large, moderately full, naked. Antenne inserted with the posterior border in the
middle of the summit, separated by a space equal to the width of the basal joint of
the antennee; nearly, or quite, half as long again as the abdomen, composed of
thirty-three joints, of which thirteen form the depressed cylindrical club, which is
two and a half times broader than the stalk, five times longer than broad, increases
very gradually in size at the base, is equal for most of its length, and bluntly
pointed at the extremity, three or four joints eatering into the diminution of size.
Palpi slender, fully half as long again as the eye, the middle joint tapering only on
the apical third, the terminal joint more than halt as long as the penultimate, and
clothed with recumbent scales only, while the others are densely scaled, especially
below, and furnished with a heavy fringe of very long, projecting, hairs. Patagia
very long and slender, somewhat arched, and slightly tumid, nearly, or quite, forr
times as long as broad, tapering on the basal half, the apical half about one-third
the width of the base, equal or very slightly enlarging, nearly straight, the tip
broadly rounded ; upper border not excavated. Forewing two-thirds as long again
as broad, the costal margin slightly and equally curved at base and tip, the middle
two-thirds nearly straight; outer margin very broadly and uniformly rounded,
having such a general direction as to form an angle of about 65° with the costal
margin, the angle rounded off; inner border scarcely concave on the basal two-
thirds, the angle well-rounded. Costal vein terminating some distance before the
tip of the cell, subcostal with three branches, first arising a little (3), or somewhat
(¢), beyond the middle of the upper border of the cell; second about two-thirds
(3), or nearly three-fifths (¢), the distance from the origin of the first branch to
the tip of the cell; third at the apex of the cell, its forks originating midway (¢),
or a little less than midway (¢), from the tip of the cell to the apex of the wing ;
cross veins transverse, obsolete except next the main veins ; cell rather less than
half the length of the wing, and three-and-half times as long as broad. Hindwings
with the costal margin broadly and roundly expanded next the base, beyond nearly
straight, near the apex sloping off towards the outer margin, sooner and more
abruptly in the ¢ than in the ¢. Outer margin rather broadly and regularly
rounded, fuller, especially on the upper half, in the ? than in the ¢; inner border
abruptly and considerably expanded at the base, beyond straight or scarcely convex,
scarcely emarginate for a short space next the tip, the angle rounded off. Sub-
median neryure terminating at the anal angle; internal nervure terminating
considerably beyond the middle of the inner margin. Fore tibiz less than three-
fourths (3), or about five-sixths (¢), the length of the hind tibie, the spurs naked;
the tarsi either nearly equalling the tibiz (¢), or from three-quarters to four-fifths
their length (¢); terminal joint of fore tarsi either like that of the other legs (2);
or small and tapering, feebly divided by faint impressed lines into simulations of
joints, the tip armed with only a single apical hook, ditfering from the spines which
crowd up to it only in being longer and a little more curved ; furnished above with
short dense hairs, instead of scales (¢). All the femora provided with a fringe of
rather close long hairs on the undersurface. Middle tibie either as long as (2 ) or
a little shorter than (¢) the hind tibis, rather abundantly armed beneath, and to
a slight extent on the sides, with not very long but slender spines, and at the apex
with a pair of moderately short and slender spurs scaled nearly to the tip. First
joint of tarsi fully equalling the others together, the next three diminishing in
regular ratio, the fifth equal to the second; the joints furnished very abundantly
beneath, with very long and rather slender spines, excepting on the basal joint, mostly
collected upon the sides, and in a naked field; an apical pair on each joint longer

416 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

than the others; claws small, not stout, compressed, tapering, considerably and
regularly, but not very strongly, curved; paronychia double, each lobe fully as long
as the claw, equal, very slender, the superior straight, the interior curving strongly
inward and forwaid ; pulvillus inconspicuous. GENITAL orGANS.—Lateyral alations
of upper organ of male abdominal appendages pretty large, bent strongly downward
in the middle, divergent, leaving an U-shaped opening between their bases ; lateral
arms very long and slender, acicular, strongly bowed. Clasps very uniform in
size from base to tip.

Eec.—Slightly more rounded above than below, the base being rather broadly
truncate; cells small, those in the middle of the egg disposed with some regularity
in diagonal rows, the walls of irregular height. being much elevated into rounded
bosses at the lines of juncture. Micropyle rosette occupying the whole floor of a
pretty deep infundibuliform cavity, the sides of which are abrupt. [See posted
pp. 439 et seq.] ;

CATERPILLAR AT BIRTH.—The only specimens I have seen being dead, and dried
bodies extracted from eggs which did not hatch, I can only say that the caterpillars
of this genus when they first emerge resemble those of Heodes in almost every
particular, but that the secondary warts of the infrastigmatal row are apparently
absent. (See postea pp. 443 et seq. |

CrrysaLis.—Considerably more than twice as long as broad, the sides of the
body straight, and parallel from one extremity of the wing to the other; behind the
wings the abdomen, as viewed from above, is elliptical, well rounded; in front of the
wings the body tapers rapidly, and has an appressed rounded front, the basal wing-
prominences being marked only by the angle the front part of the body makes with
the wings. Viewed from the side, the flat bottom has the anterior fourth raised at
a slight angle; the thorax is highest, and nearly equal, on the posterior third, in
front of it very broadly arched, sloping about equally downward and forward.
Abdomen very broadly arched above, highest and very slightly higher than the
thorax at the 3rd and 4th segments, the last four segments curving rapidly down-
ward, the posterior point being at the summit of the 9th segment, below which it
curves forward slightly ; the downward curve at the posterior is much more rapid
than at the anterior end of the body. ‘Transversely, the middle of the thorax has
a parabolic curve, well rounded above; the abdomen is well arched, regularly
rounded, considerably higher than a semicircle. More than three-fifths of the
tongue is exposed. Basal wing-prominence consisting of a broad, low, rounded,
slight elevation, which would be scarcely noticeable but for the narrowing of the
anterior part of the body. Body covered equally with a very delicate tracery of
lines, equally raised everywhere, excepting at the points of intersection, where there
are minute warts; they cross each other irregularly, forming angular, moderately
large, cells; within the cells is frequently seated a large wart, giving rise to a
fungiform bristle, the basal three-fourths of the pedicel equal, moderately stout, the
apical fourth rapidly expanding to a shallow, greatly expanded, infundibuliform
disc, the horizontal edges of which are fringed with fleshy ciliate lobes. Hooklets
of cremaster rather long and slender, the stem equal, straight on basal, curved a
little on apical, half, the expanded portion transverse, three or four times broader
than the stem, curved strongly, over the apical margin nearly straight, the sides
strongly produced laterally, and somewhat backward. [See posted pp. 450 et seq. |

There appear to be only three Palearctic species belonging to the
genus, viz., Chrysophanus dispar, Haw., splendens, Staud., and hippothoe,
Linn., but these are among the most beautiful insects in the
Palearctic fauna. The species lampon, lLid., thersamon, Lsp.,
omphale, Klug., satraps, Zell., and asabinus, H.-Sch., form another
closely-allied little generic group. Scudder says that there ‘seems
to be only a single species (Chrysophanus thoe) in America, confined to
the eastern side of the continent.’ ‘The group,”’ he says, ‘‘comprises
some of the larger Chrysophanidi. The wings of the sexes differ in colour-
ing, though, at least in the American species, but little in form,”’ ete.
The sexual difference is very marked in the Palearctic species, the g
being uniformly bright golden-red or copper, with black outer margin
and discoidal lunule, the ¢ of the same tint, but with parallel rows of
black spots, as in the allied genera (Kwnicia, Loweia, etc.), the hind-
wings also with a row of black spots, the undersides, especially of the

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 417

hindwings, being spotted very similarly to those of the blue butterflies.
The @ is more square-winged than the g. Scudder says that “ the
American ”’ species is double-brooded, and probably winters in the
ege-stage. The two commoner Palearctic species, Chrysophanus
hippothoé and C. dispar, hybernate in the larval stages. Both species
are usually single-brooded in central and northern Europe, although,
occasionally, partial double-broods occur in the warmer parts of their
distribution.

In our account of the tribe, we omitted (antea, p. 826) our notes of
the gynandromorphism recorded within its imits. These we now add.
They are as follows :

HEODES VIRGAURE®, L.—a. Complete gynandromorph. Right hand side ¢,
left ¢. Captured near Magdeburg, in 1893 (Rithl, Pal. Gross-Schmett., p. 741).

6B. Halved. Right hand side ¢, l6mm.; left ¢, 14mm. Captured near
Berlin (Wiskott, Lep.-Zwitter, etc., p. 10).

y. Right side g, left side ¢; offered by Ribbe in his sale Catalogue, no. 14
(Schultz, Berl. Ent. Zeits., xlix., p. 79).

CHRYSOPHANUS HIPPOTHO/ var. EURYBIA, Ochs.—Incomplete. Left wings,
also right forewing, ? ; right hindwing, by colour and marking, with preponderance
of 3 characters. Underside ¢. Form of abdomen ¢. Captured by Wiskott at
Saas Fee (Wiskott, Lep.-Zwitter, etc., p. 11).

LowrEIA ALCIPHRON, Linn.—Complete gynandromorph, distinctly divided.
heft side ¢. right side ¢. Caught by Treue, near Strassberg, in 1895. In the
“«'Thiele Coll.,”’ Berlin (Schultz, Illus. Woch. fiir Ent., ii., p. 364).

LoweIa4 AMPHIDAMAS, Esp.—a. Left side ¢, right side ¢. Ordinary size,
without partition line on body, and no difference of the antenne. The difference
in the wings on the two sides most pronounced, the g side with the normal blue
gloss, the ¢ side entirely without. The forewing of the right side hardly perceptibly
longer than the left. Underside without marked dlfference. In Berlin Museum
Coll. (Klug, Jahrb., 1834, p. 256).

6. Right side g, left side ¢. Extracted from pupa found near Leipzig, 1893
(Riihl, Pal. Gross-Scimett., p. 220).

y. Equally divided. Right side completely g, left completely ¢. Recorded
(in litt.) by Lorez of Ziirich (Schultz, Illus. Woch. fiir Ent., i., p. 321).

6. Completely halved. Right side, wings and antenna, ¢; left side, ¢. Body
inclining te ? inform. Genitalia with traces of both sexes. Captured 1896. In
coll. Hartmann, of Rerchenbach (Schultz, Illus. Woch. fiir Ent., ii., p. 364).

e. Left side ¢,12mm.; right side ¢, 11mm. The ¢ side conspicuous by its
blue tint. No difference in antenne. Body ? in form. Reared in Saxony. in
Wiskott coll. (Wiskott, Lep.-Zwitter, etc., p. 11).

§-n. Two complete gynandromorphs. (¢) With the left side ¢, the right side
?. (7) With the right side ¢, the left side ¢. In both specimens the difference
of sex is conspicuously distinct in the wings, the ¢ side, in both cases, having the
red colour very restricted, and the blue gloss spread over the wing, whilst the ¢ side
has the red very much more developed, and there is no trace of the blue gloss.
The ¢ side has the wings shorter and narrower than those of the ¢? side. Both
probably from near Leipzig. Inthe ‘‘ Hoffmann coll.,’”? Cologne (Schultz, Illus.
Zeits. fiir Ent., iii., p. 102).

t. Gynandromorph. Left wings ? (of the typical form reared from winter
pupe), right wings ¢. Wing expanse 25mm., the ¢ forewing a trifle larger than
the ¢ forewing. The abdomen is fuller‘and stouter on the left, than on the right,
side. ‘The end of the 9th abdominal segment on the right side, with a distinct
lower flap; the end of the 8th abdominal segment on the left side, with longer
grey-black hairs, conspicuously inoicating it as the last segment on that side, so
that the body appears as if cut off unevenly. Reared by Standfuss, at Ziirich,
February 20th, 1898, from a pupa received from Leipzig (Schultz, Illus. Zeits. fiir
Entom., iii., p. 102).

x Gynandromorph. Mentioned without description (Ent. Zeits. Guben, xi.,
p- 186).

CHRYSOPHANUS DiIsPAR, Haworth.

Synonymy.—Species: Dispar, Haw., ‘‘Lep. Brit.,’’ p. 40 (1803); Leach,
“¢Kdin. Eneyel.,’’ ix., pt. 1, p. 129 (1815); Sam., ‘‘ Ent. Comp.,” p. 241 (1819) ;

418 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Curt., ‘‘ Brit. Ent.,” fo. xii.. figs. 1-3 (1824); Stphs., ‘‘1llus. Haust.,”’ 1., p. 82
(1828); Dup., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,”’ supp. i., pl. xili., figs. 3-6 (1832); Bdv., ** Icanecus
i., p. 44, pl. x., figs. 1-3 (1832); Dale, ‘‘ Loudon’s Mag.,” vii., p. 60 (1834);
Wood, ‘‘ Ind. Entom.,”’ p. 7, pl. iil., figs. 59a-b (1839) ; Humph. and Westd., ‘‘ Brit.
Butts.,’’ p. 95, pl. xxix., figs. 1-6 (1841); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Méth.,’* p. 30 (1844); Morr.,
“Hist: Brit. Butts,,”’ p. 127, pl. liv., figs. 1-5 (1853); Sta.; “ Mam)? i) gop
(1857) ; Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,” 2nd ed., p. 8 (1871) ; Lang, ‘‘ Butts. Eur.,” p. 9, pl. xx.,
fig. 1 (1881); Kane, ‘‘ Kur. Butts.,’’ p. 82 (1885) ; Graes., ‘‘ Berl. Ent. Zeits.,”’ p.
75 (1888); Alph., ‘‘Rom. Mém.,” v., p. 103 (1889); Dale, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,” p. 45
(1889); Barr:, ‘*lhep. Brit. Isles,’ i., p. 56, pl. ix., figs. 1-10) (W893) ileeeme
* Butts. China,” ii., p. 397,, pl. xxviil., figs. 4, 6 (1893-4); Dale; “* Minis)’ spas
(1894); Meyr., ‘‘ Handbook,”’ etc., p. 346 (1895); Riibl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross. Schmett.,”’
pp. 209, 744 (1895); Carad., ‘‘ Iris,” viii., p. 35 (1895) ; Tutt, “ Brit. Butts.,”’ p. 149,
pl. i., fig. 10: (1896); “Hint. Ree.,”? -vill., p: 57 (1896); Obthiy) = Mim@eaee
Xx., p: 8: (1896); Kirby, ** Handbook,’’ ete., ii., p. 117, pl. 1) fies eomtaaae
Mervin, ““Eint. Rec.,” xi., p. 208 (1899)5 Staud., “Cats” “ordeds ape
(1901); Wheel., ‘““Butts., Switz.,”’ p. 23 (1903); —‘Gillmer, ““inss Sores
Xxill., p. 43 (1906); South, “Butts. Br. Isl.,” p. 148, pl. xeviil., Hes iee
(1906). Hippothoé,* Esp., ‘‘Schmett. Eur.,’’ p. 350 (1779); pl. xxxviil.,
figs. la-b (1777); Fab., ‘‘ Mant.,’’ pt. 2, p. 79, in part, reference to Esper. etc. (1787);
Thewin, ‘‘ Ins. Gr. Brit.,”’ p. 84, pl. xl., figs. 1-3 (1795); Don., ** Brit. Ims.,”7 val,
p. 4, pl. 217 (1798); Hb., ‘“‘ Eur. Schmett.,’? p. 54(1805), pl. Ixx., figs. 352-4 (1799); Hb.
and Gey., ‘‘ Kur. Schmett.,’’ pl. excv., figs. 966-8 (1833); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,”’ 1., pt.
2, p. 77, 2? 83 (1808); God., ‘‘ Hist. Nat.,’’ 1., p. 200, pl. ixsec., 5, pl. xsec., fig. 3 (1821);
Freyer, ‘‘ Neuere Beit.,’’ ii., p. 55, pl. 127, figs. 1-2 (1836); Dup., ‘‘ Cat. Méth.,”’
p. 30 (1844); [? Evers., ‘‘ Faun. Volg. Ural.,’”’ p. 63 (1844) ;] Hein., ‘‘ Schmett.
Deutsch.,’’ p. 89 (1859) ; Newm., ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 114, fig. 37 (1874). Rutilus,
Werneb., ‘‘ Beitr..”” 1., p. 391 (1864) ; . Horm., ‘‘ Soc. Eint.,”” vil, po dal it aan
Caradja, ‘‘Iris,”’ viii., p. 35 (1895). Auratus, Leech, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,”
p. 414, pl. xxxv., fig. 3 (1887). (See also posted, pp. 432 et seq.]

OrigInaL pDEscRIPTION. — Papilio Plebetus Ruralis alis igneo-
cuprels puncto margineque nigris, posticis subtus pallide cceruleis
punctis numerosis, margineque cupreo. Habitat: Imago f. Jul. in
Paludibus arundinetis in comitatu Cantabrigiense ubi, certis at non
determinatis annis, frequens. Nova et pulcherrima species ad
Angliam ; nuper detecta a me et amicissimis meis W. Skrimshire et I.
Skrimshire M. D. et olim in Walla celeberrimo Hudsono Botani-

* In the Ent. Mo. Mag., xxii., p. 64, Mr. Butler considers that the Linnean
species should be C. dispar, Haw. (rutilus, Wernb.). In my Lepidopiera Scandi-
navicae Rhopalocera (1853), I have already said ‘‘ P. hippothoé auct., non in Suecia,
est repertus, quare synonymiam Linnei citatam, F'.S., no: 1046, ad hance speciem—
P. chryseis: W.V.—pertinere credo. Descriptio a illustr. viro, l.c., data nullam
differentiam prbet:--Statura P. virgaureae ut in descriptione Linnei dicitur cum
P. chryseis etiam magis cum P. hippothoé congruit.’’ When I wrote these words,
the Scandinavian peninsula had been by no means so fully explored as it now is,
and, at that time 1 thought it not impossible that C. dispar might be found. I then
did not give C. chryseis its Linnean name. During the twenty-two years that have
since elapsed, our country has been thoroughly searched, and in no place has C.
dispar been found. It is, therefore, impossible that such a butterfly can have
escaped the observation of the numerous collectors who have since investigated the
peninsula. The species that Linneus described in his Fuwna Suecica, should be
one that occurs in Sweden—‘‘ Habitat apud nos rarissime’’ are the words of
Linneus. No species other than C. chryseis has been found in Sweden to which
the Linnean description is applicable. Messrs. Staudinger and Kirby are thus
right in giving to C. chryseis the name hippothoé of Linneus. C. dispar does not
occur in Denmark nor in Finland, but C. chryseis is found in both. In Sweden
and Norway C. chryseis is nowhere common, but oc-urs here and there in the
southern and middle provinces, and I am sure it is the P. hippothoé of Linneus.
Dalman, in his Uppstdllning af Sveriges Fjfirilar (1816), also says, concerning P.
hippothoé (=dispar) :— anne unquam in Suecia inventa haec species ? mihi num-
quam obvia, quare fere crediderim synon. Linnei forte ad sequentem (=cliryseis)
pertinere (Wallengren, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxii., p. 90).

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 419

corum: sed nunquam in Scotia, ut amicus meus HE. Donovan ex
informatione erronea dixerit. [Pap. dispar, “ Prod. Lep. Brit.,”’ p. 3.
P. hippothoé varietas, Esper, “‘ Schmett.,” t. 84, f.1. P. hippothoe,
Lewin, ‘*‘ Pap.,” pl. 40. P. hippothoé, Don., “Br. Ins.,” pl. 117, nec
aliorum auctorum, que ultima species optime delineata est in Roes.,
“Ins.,”’ cl. 2, t. 87, f. 6-7. Mas. Valde aftinis Pap. gordio, Esperi et
Roemeri, at non eadem.] Expansio alarum 2 une. Descriptio:

Mas. Alee primores supra nitidissime fulvo-cupreex, puncto disci “sub-

lunari sesquialtero, margine postico, apice et ipsa costa nigris. Subtus
pallidiores cupreo-fulve punctis 10 ocellaribus pupilla majuscula nigra
iride alba, tres antic subtus costam longitudinaliter posite, 7 postice
in striga transversa versus costam parum arcuata; preter has, striga
punctorum nigrorum sine iride ad marginem posticum: demum margo
albicans. Ale inferiores subemarginate supra nitidissime fulvo
cupree, puncto oblongo disci, marginibusque nigris; 1n maregine postico
maculis 5 subtrigonis nigris introrsum spectantibus: subtus pallide-
ceerulee punctis numerosis nigris subocellaribus, 5 anticis sparsis, pone
has lineola nigra, tune striga postica undata ex punctis 9, omnibus
cum lineola, albo cinctis pro iride; tandem fascia cuprea ad marginem
posticum (que margines haud attingit), singulo latere punctis 8 nigris
sine iride; denique margo albida. Femina mari subtus omnino
similliima, ‘sed supra valde discrepat, unde nomen ; ale primores supra
paulo obscuriores quam in mare, maculis 10 nisris, 3 anteriores subtus
costam longitudinaliter posite, 7 in striga postica arcuate; margo
posticus magis fuscus quam in mare. Ale inferiores fusce, venis
fasciaque postica sexdentata (que margines haud attingat) cupreis. In
utroque sexu antenne nigre albo annulate, ciliis alarum omnium
albidis utrinque (Haworth).

Ivaco.—85mm.-50mm. Forewings deep orange-red or orange-
copper, with a narrow black hindmarginal border, somewhat extended at
apex; antemedian and discal spots black, smallin g, large in 2 ; in the
latter an angulated submarginal transverse series of roundish black
spots. Hindwings of the same colour as forewings, with black
marginal border and slender discal lunule; in 2 a transverse sub-
marginal series of extended spots running towards discal spot, the
median, inner-marginal, and basal amas suffused with fuscous, except
along nervures. Forewings beneath orange, with black spots edged
shi whitish ; hindwings greyish, bluish basally; an orange marginal
band paenied with, black dots, a subterminal row of ioe aiceal
lunule, and five basal dots, black, edged with white. Fringes of all
the wings white.

SEXUAL DimorPHIsm.—The sexual difference in this species is most
marked. The ¢ is entirely of a bright coppery-red colour, with a fine
hnear discal streak, on all four wings; a smaller black spot, between
the discal spot and the base of the forewings, and a narrow,
black, marginal border to both fore- and hindwings. The @ is
of the same fiery tint, but has, in addition to the black discal
spot, one and sometimes two black spots between this and the
base, larger than in the g, also a broader marginal band, and,
in addition, a submarginal transverse row of interneural black spots ;
the nervures, too, are often black, especially towards the outer
margin; the hindwings are brownish-black, with coppery-red sub-
marginal band and nervures, and narrow black hindmarginal band;

420 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

the discal spot, and an elongated transverse series of interneural black
dots, usually standing out clearly in the fuscous-shaded median area.
There is considerable difference in the outline of the wings of the two
sexes, that of the g being distinctly narrower and more pointed at
the apex, that of the ? broader and squarer. On the average the
? is larger than the g.

HisroricaL-account oF British CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR.—Itisaremark-
able fact that the oldest figures and description of our British insect
occur in Esper’s Schmett. Hur., 1., pl. xxxvui., figs. 1-2 (1777), p. 850
(1779). Whilst describing it under the name hippothoé, he expresses the
gravest doubt of its being specifically identical with hippothvé, Linné.
‘The upperside,” he says, ‘‘is of a more fiery and glossy colour than
P. virgaureae, has a much broader outer marginal band; the @ has on
the upperside very extraordinarily regular spots, whilst, in hippothoé,
the upperside is darker and brown. ‘The upperside differs still more
strikingly from,and has nothing in common with, either P. virgaureae or
P. hippothoe. ‘The wings of the former are, on the underside, of the
same yellow tint, the hindwings with single dots and spots bordered
with white. How different from the insect figured! The underside of
the wings of the latter (hippothoe) is dirty yellowish-grey, the eye-
spots more numerous, standing in a different position. Compare
this with the insect figured! Here the underside is grey, with
a vivid tinge of blue, and a broad margin of the same colour;
the eye-spots are bordered by a white edge, whilst the bright red
marginal band is alone almost enough to distinguish it. ee
The originals from which the figures are taken are from the
collection of Councillor Jung, in Uffenheim (Bavaria). Of its habitat,
time of appearance, larva, and natural history, nothing can be
learned.’’ It was first noticed asa British species by Lewin, Insects of
Great Britain (1798), p. 84, pl. xl, figs. 1-8, also under the name
hippothoé. He states that ‘“‘some specimens were met with by a
gentleman in Huntingdonshire, on a moorish piece of land, and were
afterwards sent to Mr. Seymour, of Dorsetshire, who presented them
to the late Dowager-Duchess of Portland, and are now in the collection
of J. J. Swainson.’’ In 1798, Donovan, in The Nat. Hist. of British
Insects, vil., p. 4, pl. 217, described and figured the insect, noting that
“our P. hippothoé is the largest and rarest of the butterflies called
‘coppers;’ we have heard that this insect has been lately found in
Cambridgeshire. Our specimens were met with in Scotland; the 9
is larger than the g, and has a greater number of black spots on the
wines.” It was not until Haworth published the Lepidoptera Britan-
nica, in 1808, that the name dispar was applied to our British insect,
which was then described as ‘“‘ a new and very beautiful species.” ‘This
author informs us that ‘‘ the butterfly, in July, frequents the marshes
of Cambridgeshire in certain but undeterminable years,” further, that
it is a new and very beautiful species, lately detected by himself and
his very dear friends, W. Skrimshire and F. Skrimshire, M.D., and
formerly in Wales by the celebrated botanist, Hudson. He also adds
that the species ‘“‘has not been taken in Scotland, as Donovan has
affirmed from erroneous information.” It would appear that the Messrs.
Skrimshire first saw this butterfly near Ely, in 1797 or 1798, and that,
knowing it was not a common one, they afterwards went with Haworth
to capture it. The Aberdeen locality for dispar appears to have been

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 421

maintained by Samouelle, who, in 1819, gives (Ent. Usef. Comp.,
p. 241) the names of three copper butterflies as inhabiting Britain,
besides the small copper (Aumicta phlaeas). ‘These are: (1)
“ Lycaena dispar (the large copper), Papilio hippothoé of Donovan.
Inhabits the fens of Cambridgeshire, and has been observed near
Aberdeen, in Scotland.” (2) ‘‘ Lycaena chryseis (purple-edged copper).
Inhabits Europe; in Britain it is extremely rare.” (8) ‘* Lycaena
virgaureae (scarce copper). Inhabits Europe; very local in Britain.
It is found in some parts of Huntingdonshire.” ‘There can be little
doubt that L. dispar and L. viryaureae, as mentioned above, refer to
the same species. The maintenance of the Aberdeen locality, first
started by Donovan, is quite inexplicable in the face of Haworth’s
previous remarks. Before leaving Haworth’s own published remarks,
it may be well to quote a letter of his on the subject to the Rev. W. T.
Bree, who communicated it to Ann. May. Natural History, 1884, vii.,
p. 522. In this, Haworth remarks: ‘‘ Some entomologists once made
an excursion into the fens for the purpose of taking the beautiful Lycaena
dispar, or large copper butterfly, which, it is well-known, frequents low
marshy grounds. The coppers were captured in good abundance. It
so happened that the following winter proved to be a very wet one, and
the entire tract of land where the coppers had been found was com-
pletely inundated, and actually lay under water for a considerable time.
The entomologists deemed that the flood would certainly destroy the
coppers, and that the race would become extinct in that part of the
country. The next summer, however, the butterflies were found again
on the very same spot, as plentifully as before. Subsequently, the
tract of land was submitted to the action of fire, and the whole surface
burnt, with a view to agricultural improvement. After this opera-
tion, the coppers were no longer met with in that particular locality.”
In 1824, Curtis notices (Brit. E'nt., fo. xii) the species, under the name
of dispar (with references to Haworth, Esper, Lewin and Donovan), and
records its capture in Yaxley Meer, whilst, in the 2nd ed. of this work,
he states that ‘‘ This splendid butterfly was first discovered in Wales
by the celebrated botanist, Hudson, and Dr. Skrimshire took it
many years since on Bardolph Fen, in Norfolk. Of late years, it has
appeared in vast abundance at Whittlesea Mere, in Huntingdonshire,
and has been found from June 25th to August 10th, and, at the
beginning of July, the larva, pupa and imago, have all been found alive
on thesame day. This butterfly is very active, and in windy weather
conceals itself amongst the highest reeds. It frequents, on fine days, _
the spaces covered with sedges and coarse grass that spring up where
reeds have been cut down.” . Kirby and Spence (1826) make reference
to this species, in their Introduction to Entomology, in the following
sentence :—‘ Morasses also have their peculiar insects. In this kind
of district, in the Isle of Ely, has been taken that scarce and beautiful
butterfly Lycaena viryaureae, by a Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge,”
showing that, even then, the nomenclature, as in use among British lepi-
dopterists, was somewhat mixed. Mr. C. W. Dale asserts that, after the
capture of the specimens mentioned as having been taken by Haworth
and the Messrs. Skrimshire, the next specimens were taken at
Whittlesea Mere, by Thomas Speechly, an old boatman in his father’s
employ, in July, 1819, and subsequently by his father himself and the
Messrs. Standish. He says: “It appears to have occurred in great plenty,
as several hundreds were taken within the next ten years by the London

499 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

collectors, who visited Whittlesea and Yaxley Meres during the month
of July, for the sole purpose of obtaining specimens. In 1827,
Mr. Haworth took fifty specimens in a single day in Bardolph Fen,
Norfolk; a few also were taken at Benacre, in Suffolk” (British
Butterflies, p. 47). In 1828, Stephens wrote of this species as follows :—
‘“‘This splendid insect appears to be confined to the fenny counties of
Cambridge and Huntingdon, with the neighbouring ones of Suffolk
and Norfolk, unless the account of its capture in Wales by Hudson be
admitted; but this may probably be the following species (hippothoé),
which may, moreover, eventually prove synonymous with L. dispar.
In the first two localities it appears to occur in great profusion, as
several hundred specimens have been captured within these last ten
years by the London collectors, who have visited Whittlesea and
Yaxley Meres during the month of July, for the sole purpose of
obtaining specimens of this insect, which is also stated to occur on the
coast of Suffolk, at Benacre, but that locality, may, however, belong
to the next insect (hippothoe)”’ (Illus. Brit. Fint., 1., p. 82). It is very
dubious for which of the “coppers’’ Stephens’ hippothoé was meant.
One would, on reading his comparison of it with L. dispar, be inclined
to agree with him that it was an aberration of the latter, “‘ the female
of hippothoé differing from that of L. dispar in having the spots on the
uppersurface of the anterior wings smaller, and in having the entire
disc of the posterior wings above dusky, clouded with deeper spots, and
without the fulvous nervures; the undersurface has fewer and smaller
spots than L. dispar.’ The general remarks that follow, however, tend
to lead one to the conclusion that he had imported continental speci-
mens of hippothoé (like those of chryseis and virgaureae, which Stephens
also describes) ; for he writes of the insect, described under the name
of hippothoé, ‘* The inferior size of the above insect, as well as
the differences in the number and size of the ocellated spots on the
lower surface of the wings, and the colour of the uppersurface of the
inferior ones of the female, combined with the circumstance that,
amonest several hundreds of L. dispar, which have been taken at
Whittlesea Mere, not one specimen occurred agreeing with the above
definition, seem to point out the present insect as a different species.
The wale which I possess was in the late Mr. Beckwith’s collection,
and the female is in that of Mr. Haworth, who informs me that he
obtained it many years since from an old cabinet that was formed by
a gentleman residing in Kent, and which contained scarcely any
insect that was not the production of that county, hence called the
‘Kentish Cabinet,’ which renders it probable, as Mr. Haworth
surmises, that the true locality of the insect is Kent.’ So little
care was taken in those early days to separate British and continental
specimens that one is driven to conclude that this must have been
an importation, nor should it be overlooked that it was hippothoé and
not dispar that was in these early days recorded from Kent. That
either Stephens’ or Haworth’s specimen was a Kentish hippothoé, we do
not fora moment believe. The description snggests somewhat that the
species might possibly be the rutilus form of C. dispar, but our actual
knowledge of the matter is nil. It may be further argued that there is
something to besaid in favour of considering these smaller, dark specimens
to be really British (but not Kentish) specimens of the rutilus form, for
Mr. G. Bethune-Baker states that this form was undoubtedly taken in

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 423

Britain. He writes:—‘‘I have known for many years that my father
took both ordinary C. dispar and var. rutilus some time between 1625 and
1834. My father tells me he captured all his specimens (eight in num-
ber) himself, all of which are in my collection, viz., five gs and three @ s.
One male is typical rutilus, another almost typical, but with slightly
larger spots, whilst a third is midway between dispar and rutilus, the
remaining two are true dispar. Of the females, one is fairly typical
rutilus, another is on the upper side like the darker specimens
occasionally taken on the continent, viz., with larger spots on the
upper wings, but the spots beneath are decidedly larger than any of
my var. rutilus, whilst the third is true dispar” (Hnt. Mo. May., vol.
Xxvill., p. 190), and Mr. Sheldon has since questioned (Fut. [ec., vill.,
p. 114) whether three examples in the “ Tugwell coll.,” catalogued as
taken in “Say and Seal Park,’ were anything more than normal
rutilus of the continental type. About 18338, Geyer, in his continua-
tion of Hiibner’s Sammluny Europdischer Schinetterlinge, pl. exev.,
fies. 966-8, gave some very good drawings of the British form of the
insect under the nanie of hippothoe. But the day of extinction was
not very remote, for, in 1847 or 1848, the last capture of this species
in Britain was made by Mr. Stretton, who took five specimens in
Holme Fen. In 1899, Merrin recorded (Mint. Rec., xi., pp. 208-209)
two reputed Monmouthshire examples, but, like the famous Langport
(Woodland) and Weston-super-Mare (Crotch) specimens reported to
have been taken in Somerset early in the nineteenth century, and the
specimen noted from Worcestershire in Hastings’ Jilus. of Nat. Hist.
of Worcestershire, p. 188, one would like more authentic information.
Thenceforth, all references to British C. dispar are in the nature of
reminiscences of what the insect was. Many of these reminiscences
are interesting. One of these was penned by Mr. Sam. Stevens, who
writes, ‘‘ I well remember, at the meeting of the British Association
at Cambridge, in the year, I think, 1844 or 1845, I was introduced
by Mr. Vernon Wollaston, or the Rev. Hamlet Clark, to a man of the
name of Rawlinson, the ‘Pie-man,’ as he was called. He used to
go out for gentlemen of the university, to collect for them in the
Fens—plants, insects, and other objects of natural history—in the
summer time, but in the winter he sold pies. Rawlinson asked me
if I wanted caterpillars of the large copper; I said 1 could do with a
few. Two days afterwards he brought me a dozen; I told him six
would be enough, which I purchased of him at the price he asked,
sixpence each. JI took them home and bred five fine and perfect
specimens. At that time one could buy the butterfly, from Argent
and other London dealers, at 1s. and 2s. each. If one could only have
anticipated what has happened, I should certainly have taken the dozen
caterpillars and laid in a large stock of butterflies, for a little fortune
might be made out of them” (Science Gossip, 1894, p. 20). Another
reminiscence, which, written as it was by a professional collector (the
late, “‘old Harding,” of Deal), has a pathetic interest, as it tends
to do away with the pleasant fiction, in the belief of which we have
all made ourselves comfortable, that collectors had no direct hand in
the extermination of this beautiful species, but that the untoward
result was brought about by the drainage of their haunts. This, how-
ever, 18 what Harding has written :—‘‘ About forty years ago Mr.
Benj. Standish (the grandfather) heard that dispar, as then called, had

424 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

been seen in thefens . . . . He gota painting of the butterfly,
coloured by his father, and went down to the fens and showed it to
people there, but no one knew anything about it. Mr. Drake, at the
‘Checkers,’ told him that a man lodged there who worked in the fens,
cutting reeds, who was a most likely person to know. When the
man returned from work Standish showed him the drawing and said,
“Do you know anything about a butterfly like this?’ ‘Yes,’ said
the man, ‘I saw some to-day.’ ’ ‘ Well,’ said Standish, ‘ what shall I
give you to take me to the spot.’ ‘No,’ said the man, ‘1 intend to
take a lot up to London.’ Standish then offered him five shillings to
take him to the place, but the man would not divulge the locality,
even for a promise of two shillings for each insect captured. The
landlord, however, told Standish where the man worked, and he was
successful in finding the place and took a fine lot of P. hippothoe. It
soon got wind among the folks at the fen that they were worth two
shillings each in London, and two men came from Cambridge and
secured a large quantity, which they took to London in boxes full and
sold them at sixpence each. I went down about three years after
and got some of the larve. ‘They appeared to be very local, and
most numerous where their foodplant—the water-dock—was most
abundant. The larvee were collected by all persons, young and old.
I bought two dozen larvee of an old woman for ninepence, from which
I bred some fine specimens, and sold them at one shilling each. Mr.
Cole, at Holme Fen, took a large quantity of them. His back-yard
was quite close to their locality. The last time I was there Mr. Cole
said he had not seen one for some years. ‘There was the foodplant
in plenty on the same spot but no larve. They had been too closely
hunted for” (Hnt., xvi., p. 180). The facts that its foodplant existed
‘in plenty’’ long after the insect had gone and that ‘the larve had
been too closely hunted for,’’ speak volumes. The records of more
recent authors are, of course, all culled from the ancient publications.
Even as late as 1857, Stainton gives two species of British coppers,
besides Chrysophanus phlaeas. These are: (1) “ Chrysophanus dispar
(large copper), and (2) Chrysophanus chryseis (the purple-edged copper).”’
Of C. dispar he writes: “1, 7'". Bright copper-red, with one or
more black spots on each wing; hind margins black. U.-s.—H.-w.,
pale blue, with distinct black spots, vii-vill. Larva green, with a
darker dorsal stripe, and one paler stripe on each side (Freyer). On
Rumea hydrolapathun (great water-dock) and R. aquaticus, Vi.
Formerly found at Whittlesea Mere and Yaxley”’ (Janual, 1., p. 55).
Stainton then quotes Mr. Bond as follows: ‘You are quite right in
supposing that I have had personal acquaintance with living C. dispar.
I much fear that I shall never have the pleasure again, as I am quite
sure they have disappeared from the Cambridge and Huntingdonshire
fens. All I can tell you about their habits is this, that they were very
active and shy, and would only fly when the sun shone; they would
always settle on a thistle when they could find one in bloom, flying off
to attack any insect, no matter what, that might come anywhere near
them; not always returning, but generally passing on to another
place. It was very little use following them if you missed your first
stroke with the net, as they went away like the wind, and seldom let
you get a second chance; indeed, it was difficult to follow them, as
keeping your eyes on them and the boggy places was rather a ditticult

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 495,

job.” Newman (1871) adds a little. Among other things he says:
‘* Varieties of this species are not common; in those that have passed
through my hands there has been a remarkable uniformity of colour-
ing, but Mr. Dale informs me that he possesses a female almost
entirely black.” He then adds, “ My acquaintance with the caterpillar
and chrysahs was made very many years ago, in Mr. Doubleday’s
garden at Epping, where the very plant of Rumex hydrolapathum, on
which the caterpillars fed, is still in existence.’”’ The present writer
believes that he possesses, thanks to the great generosity of Dr.
Chapman, one of the very last specimens that Mr. Doubleday bred on
that plant. Of the variability of the dates of appearance, Mr. Newman
eives the following facts: ‘‘CaTerpinLars appeared at the beginning of
June, 1841; July 24th, 1827. Curysatips on July 25th, 1827.
Burrerruies, June 25th, 1826; July 3rd-5th, 1833; July 19th, 1827;
August, 1819; August 4th, 1821.’ These dates were obtained from
Mr. J. C. Dale. Newman had quite given up the idea that this
beautiful species had ever occurred anywhere except in the counties of
Cambridgeshire and Huntingdonshire. In the former county he says it
was taken ‘‘ in plenty at Whittlesea Mere (J. I’. Stephens); not taken
in Cambridgeshire since 1845 (Thomas Brown).”’ Of its occurrence in
the latter county we read: “ Yaxley and Holme Fens. The latest
capture, consisting of five specimens, was made by Stretton, in either
1847 or 1818; they were all purchased by Mr. Harrington. I was at
Yaxley for several successive years after this, but never saw another
specimen or heard of another being taken” (I*. Bond). Newman
does not give Norfolk and Suffolk, to which counties we have already
referred as producing specimens, on the testimony of Stephens and Mr.
C. W. Dale, but there is no reason to doubt the former occurrence of the
insect in these counties. There is one little item in the history of C.
dispar which we have not been ableto fathom. This originates in a report
of the meeting of the South London Entomological Society, held on
March 9th, 1898, where we read that ‘‘a discussion arose as to the
the occurrence of Polyommatus dispar, Haw., at Camberwell, fifty years.
ago, and Mr. Fenn and Mr. Tugwell, both recorded probable Kentish
specimens previous to 1848” (Hint. Rec., iv., p. 121). We have already
quoted what Stephens says of a species of ‘large copper,’”’ supposed
to have been captured in Kent, lone antecedent to the date of his
work (1828), and which he described under the name of hippothoé.
The only other reference that we can find bearing on the subject is a
quite recent paragraph, which is rather more detailed than Stephens’
remarks, although evidently referring to the same specimens, by
Mr. C. W. Dale, who writes: “It (var. rutilus) has been recorded
as British under the name of hippothoé. Concerning this my
father wrote in Loudon’s Magazine for 1884: ‘Mr. Haworth told
me that they came out of an old cabinet called the ‘ Kentish Cabinet,’
_ and were said to have been taken near Faversham. I had a male and a
female from the late Mr. Latham, which were from Capt. Lindegren’s
cabinet, whence, probably, all the supposed British specimens came’ ”’
(British Butterflies, p. 46). This is all we can find relating to Kentish
specimens of Chrysophanus dispar except what we have already noted (antea
p. 422). Some of theimpossibilities relating to the records of the occurrence
of this species may be mentioned. We have already stated that Donovan
considered that specimens were taken in Scotland, whilst Haworth records

496 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ib as having been taken formerly in Wales by the celebrated botanist,
Hudson. Mr. J. B. Hodgkinson, of Preston, states in the Hntomoloyist’s
Weekly Intelliyencer, vol. iv., p. 10(1858), that he saw a specimen ‘in Cum-
berland,”’ that he took ‘avery deliberate look at it and lost it after all.”
Thisset the ball rolling, for, in the same Magazine, p.131, Mr. W. Winter,
of Ranworth, says: ‘‘Thisspecies has again appeared in the fens here; I
saw four yesterday, but missed themall.’’ This was on June 19th, 1858.
One is recorded (H/ntom., vol. vi., p. 221) as having been seenon Hackney
Marshes. I doubt whether any one of these (and others not men-
tioned) has a suspicion of probability in it. Tor very many years it was
fondly supposed that we had this fine species all:to ourselves, as it was
well known that Duponchel’s (Hist. Nat., 1., xii1., 8-6) and Boisduval’s
(lcones, 1., X., 1-3) figures, described under Haworth’s name, were from
British specimens; but, when Staudinger’s Catalog der Lepidop., ete., was
published in 1872, it was found that, although C. dispar was confined
to Eneland, yet it was only a form of a species well distributed over
the continent. This latter was the rutilus of Wernebure (Btr., 1.,
p. 391), the hippothoé, of Hubner (figs. 852-4), Ochsenheimer (1, 2, 88),
Godart (1, 9'sec. 5, 10 sec. 8), and Freyer (127). It had, by then, been
captured in ‘‘ France, Germany, South-Eastern Europe (citr. Graecia),
Bithynia, Armenia and the Altai.” Iarby also considers the true dispar
type confined to Eneland. The var. rutilus, which occurs on the conti-
nent of Kurope, is diagnosed by Staudinger as being smaller, with smaller
spots; but,as the British specimens of dispar vary greatly in size, and, as
some are certainly not larger, and others much smaller, than large rutilus,
some other distinction was necessary. This was apparently provided by
Mr. Howard Vaughan, who drew attention to the much broader hind mar-
einal orange band on the underside of the hindwings in British specimens
of C: dian, when compared with var. rutilus. Lane says that all thecon-
tinental specimens which he has seen ‘‘ belong to the var. 7 utilus, and are
so distinct that there ought not to be any confusion between them and
the true typical form once taken in England.” He further adds:
‘¢The most distinctive feature of rutilus, however, is the narrowness
of the orange band on the underside of the hindwings, near the hind-
margin. I have examined a great number of specimens of rutilus, and
also of dispar, with the object of fixing upon some constant character
by which they may be differentiated, and have never seen a specimen
of rutilus with the hind marginal band so broad and so well defined as
it always appears in dispar. I am, therefore, inclined to look upon
this character as diagnostic ”’ (Butterflies of EKurope, p. 91). This was
all dehghtfully clear, and those who had invested their gold in British
“coppers ’”’ breathed freely again, for it had been just recently asserted
that a form, quite undifferentiable from British’ C. dispar, had been
found in the Pontine Marshes near Rome, and in Egypt (!), and it is
well known—such are the peculiarities of rare (and even extinct)
British species—that the occurrence of the same form abroad would at
once be accompanied by a great increase in the number of bona-fide
British specimens. The latest disturbance, however, on the ‘“‘ copper ”’
horizon was started by Mr. Bethune-Baker, who asserts that he has
specimens of var. rutilus of undoubted British origin, captured in the
Fens years ago with the ordinary dispar. Of course, this is, from a
scientific point of view, the most natural thing possible, for there is
no doubt that all local forms of a species will occasionally appear as

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 427

chance aberrations in all localities where the species occurs under other
variations.. But it is unfortunate from the speculator’s point of view,
for now he cannot insist that the var. rutilus, which are occasionally
offered for sale as British, are not in reality so. Two undoubted var.
rutilus were offered for sale as British, in the auction rooms, and, we
believe, purchased as such, on April 13th, 1896, and pace Lang,
our own powers of discrimination are not at all equal to the task
of separating some undoubted British dispar from undoubted
Continental rutilus. Mr. Bethune-Baker’s remarks are quoted
in extenso in an earlier part of this paper. There are still
some hundreds of British CU. dispar in existence, but every year
lessens the number. Accident, and the falling of old cabinets
into a neglected condition, are the two main causes of the reduced
numbers. Hence the price of C. dispar will always be on the up-
erade. When we commenced to collect, in 1871, no dealer’s list
priced the finest C. dispar at more than 15s., and anything over a
pound -for a good specimen was looked upon as exorbitant. Slowly
and surely as the number of specimens has decreased, and the
number of buyers has increased, the price has steadily advanced,
until now £5 5s. for a really fine male, and £5 10s. fora really fine
female, can be looked upon as ordinary market prices. In the sale
of the ‘“‘Burney”’ collection, in 1896, males touched £6 10s. and
£5 15s., whilst females reached £6 10s., £6, and £5 15s. In the
“Hry”’ collection, in 1896, 8 gs produced £36, and 6 9s £30 5s.,
whilst £6 15s., £6 Gs., and £6 per specimen were reached ; also in
1896, a fine @ in the ‘“ Tugwell’ collection went for £6, and a
large g produced £7 7s.; a female aberration of C. dispar in the
“Howard Vaughan” collection for £6 10s. In the “ Briges’”’
collection, sold in 1896, the highest prices were, for a g £5 10s., for a
2 £5, whilst a record prica of £8 8s. was produced by a specially
fine example. In the ‘‘Stevens’’ collection, sold 1900, 14 examples
produced £71 15s, the lowest price being £2 for a dwarf g, whilst a
fine example of the same sex brought £8, other examples produced
£6, £5 15s., £6 5s., £6. In the ‘‘ Crowley”’ collection, sold 1902,
the highest price for gs was £5 10s., and for 9s £6 and £7 per
specimen. In the ‘ Mason”’ collection, sold 1905, 16 specimens
produced £80 6s., the highest price being £& for a fine ?-in which the
basal spots of the forewings were united. High as these prices are,
they are nothing to what may be expected in the not very distant.
future, when ‘‘coppers’’ may produce figures more nearly approach-
ing the prices that have been given for Great Auk’s eggs. To anyone
who can see the humorous side of things there is much to be
amused at when the sale of C. dispar is on. There is the pro-
fessional, who will give a couple of guineas for any specimen, in the
poorest condition, if perfect; but who will not look at the most
brilhant example if it has an antenna missing. He knows his
market, and he never buys the latter. Then there is the’ keen
amateur, who bides his time, watches the sale of the less important
collections, and tells you he has a series of 10 or 12 specimens, for
which he has not paid more than £2 or £3 each, and which are quite
as fine and perfect as specimens which, in better known and better
advertised collections, have producedabout £5. Then there is the wealthy
collector, who must have the specimen, and simply runs all opposition

428 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

off its legs. It may be urged that this is derogatory to science, and
that we should not descend to these particulars. We can but reply
that this is the only method left now by which one can collect British
CL Ghispan

VariaTion.—The Doubleday collection contains 15 British-captured
gs and 139s of this species. In size there is very little difference in
the sexes, the variation in both running from about 83mm. to 47mm.,
but no chance of exact measurement exists. In colour, one of the gs
is rather more orange-yellow than the rest. All have a well-developed
discoidal spot on the forewing, and all but one show some trace of
a second spot between the discoidal spot and,wing-base. In some
this spot is very faint, in others very well developed. Among the
13 ¢s there is distinctly more variation, e.g., there 1s considerable
difference in the size of the spots forming the submarginal row
crossing the forewings, some being quite twice as lone as the
others, whilst, in all, the tendency is to elongation in a longitudinal
direction. Three examples have two spots between the discoidal and
the base, one other has an exceptionally large discoidal spot, whilst the
two spots between thisand the base are united intoa long, somewhat wedge-
shaped, streak, filling up the greater part of the discoidal cell, and with
the point towards the base (=ab. cuneiyera). The hindwings of the 9s
vary greatly. The most marked form is that in which the basal and cen-
tral areas of the hindwings are entirely black, except for the fine coppery-
red nervures which run up from the outer marginal coppery-red band
towards the base; this black area includes the black spots which are
not distingnishable therefrom. Others have the basal and central areas
(particularly the latter) distinctly paler, the tint being rather of a brown
than blackish, tinged with coppery, the two transverse rows of spots
black, each spot united with its fellow between the same pair of nervures,
into longitudinal streaks. In some others the basal area is quite golden,
i.e., the golden gloss overlies a somewhat brown ground colour, the
spots black and distinctly forming two rows; lastly, some have the
whole central and basal areas golden-brown with no distinct line of
demarcation between the colour of the outer coppery-red band and
central and basal areas; the spots forming the two transverse
rows in these specimens are usually very small, and one 9? has
only the inner row of spots. When these black spots fail, it is
usually the outer row that tends to disappear first. The undersides
of two examples have the hindwings of a delicate pale grey-blue, the
black spots on the fore- and hindwings being surrounded with white.
Dale writes (//nt., xxvii., p. 60): ‘There is considerable difference
in size, the smallest in my collection measuring 1 in. 5 lin. across the
wines and the largest 2 ins. 2 lin. It also varies in outline, and, of two
fs taken at Trundle Mere, in Hunts, the forewings of one are long
and acute and of the other short and obtuse, but they do not differ in
any other respect. The g is of an effulgent coppery colour, with a
larger and a smaller black spot on the forewings; in the var. rutilus the
second spot is absent*; this variety has been occasionally taken in
England in company with the type, and Haworth recorded it under the
name /ippothoé. There is considerably more variation in the 9. This
sex has two larger black spots above the centre of each forewing, and a

* This is not necessarily so (see posted, p. 430).

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 499

row of seven between the centre and the hindmargin, which is broader
than that of the male. The outer row of spots are elongated, like those
of Lycaena arion, but vary somewhat in size, and I have a specimen in
which the two middle spots of this row are larger than the rest. The
hindwings of this sex are of a brown-black above, much irrorated with
copper, the veins being copper-coloured, and running into a broad copper
band near the hinder extremity, the edge itself being brown, with six
triangular black-brown spots extending into the copper band, and giving
it a lobed appearance. The hindwings of some specimens are almost
black, and, being hardly irrorated with copper at all, the broad copper
band stands forth very distinctly. I have one grand variety, almost
black, with the markings much suffused. Mr. Sidebotham had a
variety of the opposite extreme, being of a silvery-white, like the
var. schinidtit (=alba) of C. phlaeas.” Giard notes that a large variety
approaching dispar, and similar to the specimens of the first brood
found in the Bordeaux region, occurs in the Somme district. Of these
Bordeaux specimens, Brown notes (Le Naturaliste, 1880, no. 23, p. 180)
that the examples of the second brood are not at all remark-
able, agreeing with those: described and figured by Godart, whilst
the specimens of the first brood answer in size and brilliancy of
colour almost exactly with the two figures that Duponchel gives of
P. dispar, and the difference is so insignificant as to be almost
imperceptible. Gaschet says that, although the Bordeaux examples
are like dispar, there is some little difference, but Brown states
that he cannot see any real difference, and curiously suggests
that Enelish dispar were simply specimens of the first brood,
whilst those of the second, being small and incomparably less beautiful,
were not required, and so not collected. Verity observes (/nt., xxxvii.,
pp. 56-7) that, of three specimens captured in the small marshes that
extend along the coast of Tuscany, the two ?s he possesses, differ
strikingly from specimens from Modena and other localities, by their
smaller size (one not being larger than a good-sized phlaeas), and by the
minuteness of the spots on the forewings (see Hnt., xxxvil., pl. iv., fig. 12).
This specimen looks very ike the small second-brood examples of the
species from Hungary, Servia, etc. Fleck notes(Lep. Rumaniens, p. 16): “In
Roumania, the spring specimens are generally far larger than those of
the second generation, from which they also differ somewhat in colour.
This large spring Roumanian form, of which the females reach 42mm. in
wing expanse, has been named vernalis by Hormuzaki; the ? form, sayit-
tifera, of which two examples have been taken at Kloster Neamtz, may
possibly be referred to the var. awratus.’’ Ruhl also reports thespecimens
taken in the Province of Saxony as being very large. On the other hand,
Blachier says (in litt.) : ‘‘ The specimens taken by Rehfous at Glanon-
sur-Sadne, in August, 1905, were of small size, expanding only 30mm.-
dlmm.” Hefurther says that he “also possesses, from near Bordeaux, a
very small specimen of only 26mm. expanse, whilst Verity has recorded
one of only 25mm. from Spezia.” He further adds that all the French
examples he has seen have been ‘of small size, usually 30mm. or less,
whilst examples taken near Berlin at the end of June, 1901, were much
larger, the largest g measuring 385mm., the largest @ 40mm.”
Blachier then observes that a pair coming from the Altai mts., have a
similar appearance and shape to the German examples, the § with a
well-marked black spot in the middle of the discoidal cell of the upper

430 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

wings, as in the ¢?, but he believes that this detail is found in certain
European examples. Miss Fountaine found a very small form of the
butterfly common around Kavaran Szakul at the end of July, 1898,
whilst near the Kammerwald, in August, most of the specimens were
much larger. Courvoisier notes (Jlitt. d. Schwetz. Hint. Gesell., X1.,
p. 22) of the Lycznid variation, certain ‘forme confluentes multi-
plices,’’ with subdivisions—‘ (i) ‘Forma radiata a’ illustrated by
phlaeas § , having the discoidal spot confluent with the transverse row
of spots, leading to confluence of the basal spot with the discoidal as
well. It appears to be more frequent in hypophlaeas than with us, and
has been named fasciata.” ‘ (2) ‘ Forma radiata b’ illustrated by rutilus
?, having the transverse line of spots confluent with the outer
marginal lunules, leading on to confluence between the discoidal spot
and marginal lunules and even between the basaland discoidalspots.”’ He
describes another group as ‘‘ Forme luxuriantes,” illustrating his sect. e
of this group again by “examples of rutilus $ 2 , in which extra spotsap-
pear in situations otherwise spotless, and, in this species, sometimes, form
elongate dashesatthe baseofthe wings.” Leonhardt observes (Ent. Zeits.
Guben, xvill., p. 58) a 3 with albinism developed on the onter and inner
mareins of the right forewing; taken in Upper Alsace near Htiningen. In
the British Museum coll. the British gs (six) of dispar follow those in the
Doubleday coll., so far as the spots between the discal one and the base is
concerned, viz., two have a distinct extra spot, one has none, and three
have very faint traces, whilst all more or less show sufficient brilliancy
on the outer margin of the hindwings to suggest the band that is so
distinct in the @. Five of the seven 9s are richly coloured, two are
distinctly yellower in tint, a feature quite common in the German
yutilus, yet not characteristic of the type as described by Ochsenheimer.
This paler-tinted form wecallab. subcuprea,n.ab. Inallthe British ? sthe
spotson theforewings are large. ‘bree of these ? sshow only onelargish
spot between the discal cell and the base, three others showa second small
spot, whilst one specimen has this second spot developed intoa wedge-like
streak, ending in a fine point towards the extreme base of the wing, butnot
united with the normal spot between the discal spot and the base as in the
? in the “ Doubleday coll.” already described as ab. cunetyera. In the
rutilus in the British Museum collection this second discal spot is rare,
and in noné is the wedge-like streak developed. Of the submareinal series
of spots, the two middle ones are considerably elongated in three of the
British examples, but variation in this direction is much more frequent
in the long series of 2 rutilus from Germany. On the whole, these
latter examples have much smaller spots in this submarginal series,
but they show so complete a gradation that one might group them as:
(1) ab. sayittifera (with all the spots much extended, the 2nd and 8rd from
the costa almost or quite reaching the discoidal spot, the 4th and 6th some-
times with somewhat dot-like endings); (2) ab. excessa (the spots extended,
with small separated spot extensions at their inner ends); (8) the typical
form (with fair-sized spots); (4) ab. parva (with small spots); (5) ab.
subobsoleta (with disappearing spots) ; (6) ab. obsoleta (with the series quite
absent). Still more remarkable, however, is one example (originally
from the Leech coll.), with the spots sufficiently united to form an
almost transverse band (=ab. transversa). This, with another
example from the same collection, looks as if it had been reared
under unsuitable environmental conditions, the bands being broad,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 431

the dark colour somewhat faded, and the outermarginal copper band
on the hindwings much reduced. The German rutilus, too, are very
variable in the hindwings, and show gradation in colour from
wholly brown-black (extending from the outer marginal copper band to
the base, with scarcely even a trace of copper nervures, and no trace
whatever of the transverse rows of spots), to the hindwings having the
“same tint as the forewings, presenting only a marked discoidal lunule
and slight fuscous shading towards the base and along the inner margin,
with barely a trace of, or no, spotting anywhere in the ground colour ;
intermediate stages have well-marked nervures, and one, or two trans-
verse rows of spots are, of course, frequent, although, as a rule, the spot-
ting of the hindwings in German rutilus tends to obsolescence, so that the
hindwings of the 2 s may vary in: (1) having the whole area from hind-
marginal band to the base uniformly blackish-brown (=ab. niyrescens),
(2) ditto, but with fine copper nervures (=ab. neurata, n.ab.), (3) with
the outer portion divided into marked wedge-shaped spots (= ab. cuneata,
n. ab.), (4) with the basal area somewhat paler and two rows of trans-
verse spots showing (=ab. bilineata, n. ab.), (5) ditto, with only inner
row of spots (=ab. wnilineata, n. ab.), (6) with the hindwings almost uni-
colorous and unspotted (=ab. suppressa, n. ab.). The absence of the
fine discoidal lunule on the hindwing of the ¢ 1s rare; it is practically
absent in a specimen from Silesia, quite absent in an example from
Greece and another from Bosnia, whilst both this and the discal spots
of the forewings are absent in some examples of var. auratus from Korea.
The much less brilliant ground colour of both fore- and hindwings,
especially in the ?s, the want of intensity in the dark markings, the
broader bands, the darker nervures, and the more uniform-sized spots on
the forewings, and the rather dull, uniformly-tinted, basal and median
areas of the hindwings, appear to be characteristic of the Hastern
Kuropean and Western Asiatic races. The females of the auratus form
from Korea are of the subcuprea tint, 7.e., inclining to flavescent in colour
In size, there is considerable variation, the smallest Huropean examples
that have come under our notice are a gf, 27mm., anda ?, 38lmm.,
from Germany, in the British Museum coll. We have others nearly
as small from Buda-Pest and Belgrade, and would consider anything
under 34mm. as being exceptionally small (=ab. minor, n. ab.).
Lowe says that 2g s taken at Neu Breisach, June 14th, 1901, measure
respectively 29mm. and 389mm., the two ? s8lmm.and 387mm.,and adds
that here they vary much in size, and are small compared with English
dispar and Berlin rutilus, for he has a ? from the latter locality measuring
42mm.; we have seen examples from Spandau, near Berlin, expanding
48mm. Thesmallest British example in the British Museum collection
is a 2 of 39mm. expanse. Fenn notes that the measurement of fifteen
British examples in his collection run— $ s,— lin. 8hin., lin. 72lin.,
Lin. 8lin. (2), lin. 84hin. (4), lin. Olin. (2), lin. 9$lin. ; ? s—lin. 74$hn.,
lin. 84lin., lin. 9lin., lin. 10lin. [We havea @ rather larger than
the largest of these, viz., with a wing-expanse of 49mm.] Of these
examples, Fenn notes that, “four of the males have, on the upperside,
a more or less pronounced second spot between the central discal spot
and the base of the forewing; the black central lunule on the hindwing
also varying greatly in intensity. Of the ? upperside, the general
variation is—in the marginal blackish band of the forewing, which is
deflected at a greater or less distance from the anal angle, and in the

432 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

intensity of a 8rd spot between the two central (subdorsal) spots
and the base. In one specimen this 8rd spot is obsolete. The hind-
wing of the @ in some examples has a distinct row of spots-below the
central spot, but these are often lost in the black radii. The spots on
the underside of both sexes vary considerably in size.” Edwards has two,
the measurements of which are fg =44mm., ? =46mm. Raynor hasa
? in his collection in which the two large discal spots on the forewings
are joined together by a narrow black neck, constituting n. ab. punctijuncta ;
expanse of wings 44mm. We have already noted one in the Doubleday
coll. (and another, rather less developed, in the Brit. Museum Coll.) in
which the second discal spot 1s united with the third, and then continued
onwards tothe baseasalarge wedge-shaped spot =ab.cunetqgera. It would
be interesting to know the cause of the change in ground colour in two
3 s in our own collection, both being of a dull tawny-brown instead of
the normal copper colour=ab. brunnescens. We have seen no others
lke them. They came into our possession many years ago, and were
of this same peculiar tint then. We have also in our collection a British
3s reputed to be the last example bred by Doubleday in his garden at
Epping. It is slightly weakened on the left side, and has a small
pallid patch towards the middle of the outer margin of the left forewing,
whilst the margin of the left hindwing is also rather pale, but the most
remarkable feature of this example is amost beautiful and delicate purple
tinge on both hindwings, but most marked on the right, extending from
the inner side of the obsolete outer marginal band well on towards the
base, reaching beyond the discoidal cell, as well-developed purple wedges
=ab. purpurascens, n. ab. This development of a purple tinge -
in this species is most unusual. The races and aberrations of this
species that have been already described are as follows:

a. var. rutilus*, Wernebg., ‘‘ Beit.,’’ pp. 243, 391. 494 (1864); Staud., ‘‘ Cat.,”’
2nd ed., p. 8 (1871); Kirby, ‘‘ Kur. Butts. and Moths,”’’ p. 55, pl. xiv., fig. 12 (1879) ;
hang, ““Butts: Kur.,’” p. 91, pl. xx., fig. 1 (1881); Rom, “Mem ahaa
(1884); Locke, ‘‘ Soc. Ent.,’’ ili., pp. 12-13 (1888); Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett.,’’ pp.
209, 745 (1892); Horm... “Soc. Hnt.,” vill., pp..58, 130/893); uti. isenu
Butts.,” p. 150 (1896) ; Staud. and Reb., ‘‘ Cat.,” 3rd ed., p. 73 (1901); Wheeler,
‘‘ Butts. Switz.,’’ p. 13 (1903); Reb., ‘‘ Ann. K. K. Nat. Hof. Mus.,’’ p. 185 (1903);

* This is purely a ‘‘ nov. nom.’’ with no independent description or even
explanation. Werneburg has shown earlier in his work (Beit., p. 243) that the true
hippothoé, Linn., is chryseis, Ochs., and this obviously leaves hippothoé, Auctt.,
in need of anew name, When Werneburg comes to the tabular comparisons of
the works of Schiffermiiller and Fabricius this is supplied, for he gives (op. cit., p 391):

WIEN. VERZ. GrEN. INS. Spec. INs. Mant. INs. Ent. Syst. | Name IN OTHER
MANT. AUTHORS.
ios 1777. i 1781. 1787. 1793.
M. 2. 3538-54. 568. 723. 172. { Rutilus, M.
Hippothoé Hippothoé. Hippothoé. Hippothoé. | Hippothoé. | | Hippothoé, O.
(20).

Werneburg’s note 20 (on p. 494, at the end of the tables) says: ‘‘ Hippothoé, W.V.,
is without doubt=hippothoé, O., for, as the Viennese entomologists give also, in
addition to this butterfly, virgawreae, chryseis, and hipponoé, O. (lampetie,
W.V.), distinctly denoted, there remains no choice.’’ Fabricius, in 1777 and 1781,
obviously mixes up hippothoé, O., and chryseis, O. He first separates the two in
1787. Thus the diagnoses of rwtilws will be successively, Schiff., ‘‘ Wien. Verz.,’’
Fab., ‘‘ Mant.,’”’ p. 723, and Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., p. 84, and especially the
latter, as that is actually bracketed with the n. nom. in the synonymy, and appealed
to for the determination of the older authors. We therefore use this description
above for this particular form,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 438

p. 180 (1904); Gillm., ‘Ins. Borse,”’ xxiii., p. 23 (1906); Zobel, ‘‘Ins. Bérse,’’
Xxlll., p. 48 (1906). Hippothoé, Schitf., ‘*‘ Wien. Verz.,”? p. 181, no. 2 (1775);
Fab., ‘‘Gen. Ins. Mant.,’’ pp. 353-4, in part (1777); ‘‘ Spec. Ins.,” p. 568, in part
(1781); ‘‘ Mant. Ins.,”’ p. 723 (1787); ‘‘ Ent. Syst.,’”’ p. 172 (1793); Hb., ‘‘ Schmett.
Kur.,’’ pl. lxx., figs. 352-4 (1799); Ochs., ‘‘ Die Schmett.,’’ i., p. 84 (1808); God.,
“Hist. Nat.,’”i., p. 200, pl. ix sec., fig. 5,x sec., fig. 3 (1821); ** Ene. Méth.,” ix.,
p. 668 (1823); Freyer, ‘‘ Neu. Beit.,”’ ii., p. 55, pl. exxvii (1836). Rutila, Kirby,
‘*Handbook,’’ etc., ii., p. 91, pl. li., figs. 3-4 (1896).—This insect is generally
larger than P. virgaureue which is closely related to it. The g is, on the upper-
side, of a glossy fiery colour, with a black costal and outer edge, which is
particularly strongly marked at the apex of the forewings; without any bluish sheen,
and with black spots on the hindwings. The forewings have a narrow longi-
tudinal central spot, the hind ones, a fine streak; the fringes are white. The ? is
lighter in colour, with.a broader, black, outer edge, two similarly coloured central
spots standing abreast, and a bent row of spots on the forewings; the hindwings
are brownish-black, with black effaced spots and a glossy red marginal band.
On the underside, the forewings of both sexes, are reddish-yellow, bluish-grey
towards the edge, spotted, with black on the outer margin, the black spots bordered
with yellowish, placed as on the upperside of the ¢. ‘{he hindwings bluish ash-
grey, darker towards the base, with many black, white-margined spots, and a
reddish-yellow marginal band dotted on either side with black spots. This butterfly
is found in northern and southern Germany [also in Sweden] (Ochsenheimer).
The name rutilus is generally applied to the continental and
western Asiatic form of this species. Staudinger (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 73)
diagnoses it as: ‘‘Maculis nigris minoribus, presertim subtus’’; whilst,
in the 2nd edition, p. 8, it was described as ‘‘ var. minor, maculis
minoribus.” It was first confused with hippothoé, Linn., but there
seems to be little doubt that the insects described by Fabricius (Mant.
Ins., p. 723) and by Ochsenheimer (Die Schmett., 1., p. 84) really
belong to this species. In 1821, Godart described (list. Nat., 1., p. 200)
the species from various localities in France, “the § of a ‘ fauve-
ponceau’ (tawny-red) with a narrow black border, entire on the fore-
wings, interiorly crenulated on the hindwings; there is also a black dis-
coidal mark near the centre of each wing, that on the hindwing being
finer and curved. The @ has the upperside bright tawny, with the
margins and spots black; the upperside of the hindwings blackish,
with a tawny marginal band, hollowed on its outer edge. The under-
side of both sexes is as in chryseis, but the hindwings are bluish
towards the base, and there is a black streak in the discal area instead
of the two ocellated spots.’? In 1886, Freyer (Neu. Bettr., 11., p. 55),
after referring to Geyer’s then recent figure of the larva, says that
‘‘ the imago on the upperside closely resembles P. virgaureae, but the
underside is very similar to P. hippothoé, only that the hindwings are
lighter ash-grey, with a dash of blue, and the ocellated spots somewhat
smaller; the ? is very different on the upperside from the allied
species. The black central spots on the forewings distinguish this
butterfly from its allies. It is generally larger than virgaureae, but I
have here examples that are smaller than that species.’’ He adds that
“the butterfly is found in south Germany and Switzerland, and is
scarce.” In the Societas E'ntom., viil., p. 58, Hormuzaki observes that
‘this insect 1s abundant in two broods everywhere in Bucovina, even
up to the mountain region. The examples of the spring brood are
larger, reaching to 40mm. in the ? s, and coloured more vividly red. In
the 2s also, the spots on the forewings vary much in form, sometimes
being large and circular, at others pointed towards the base; occasion-
ally placed irregularly, particularly the upper three spots (from nervure
M, towards the costa), which are sometimes pushed somewhat out

434 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

from their normal position. The inner margin and the base are
occasionally blackened very strongly. The hindwings are of an
intense black-brown, only the nervures (particularly the branches of
the median) vivid gold-red; the red-yellow band of the outer edge is
broad and sharply defined; the black spots on the hindwings are scarcely,
if at all, discernible from the ground colour. On the underside the
hindwings are light bluish-white in both sexes, and, on the forewings,
there are occasionally one or two black basal spots, with pale edging, a
feature only shown by P. amphidamas.” He then says that this form
is, In his opinion, the typical form dispar, Haw., and adds: ‘‘ The
smaller autumnal form appears in August and September, is 28mm.-
38mm. in expanse, is less vividly coloured, the row of spots on the
forewings being very pronounced, occasionally almost exactly as in the
spring form (referred to dispar), although, frequently, the spots are
dot-like or lengthened. The hindwings are rather grey-brown, with a
golden-red gloss, so that the black spots stand out more conspicuously,
whilst the red marginal band is less sharply defined. Many specimens,
however, are exactly like the spring form. The underside of the
hindwings is generally of a more ashy-grey tint; the basal spot is also
occasionally present.”’ This form he says is rutilus, so that he
considers the first brood dispar and the second brood rutilus, ete. One
suspects that the first brood is much more likely to have been the form
best known to Ochsenheimer, from Germany, throughout the greater part
of which country the second brood is very rare and only partial. Later,
Hormuzaki changed his opinion, and named (Soc. F'nt., vill., p. 180)
the spring form (referred above to dispar) vernalis, adding that Caradja
had told him that the large spring brood specimens of this species which
are common everywhere in Roumania (e g., Closter Neamtz, Bucharest,
etc.), although resembling dispar, were not that form, and he, there-
fore, advised him to call it var. (gen. 1) vernalis. Ruhl notes (Pal. Gross-
Schmett., p. 744) that three examples of dispar he examined, were not
larger than rutilus, but that larger examples did occur, up to at least
44mm. The g, he says, “hardly differs on the upperside from rutilus,
whereas the ? has a broad, black, marginal band, with all the black
spots very strongly developed; the base, too, is tolerably broadly,
but not strongly, dusted with black, although much more con-
spicuously so than in rutilus. The hindwings are almost entirely
deep black, but the red marginal band is very broad and strongly
developed, whilst some of the nervures are slightly tinged with
red. ‘The underside is much more strongly spotted than in rutilus,
the front wings also are more heavily marked, much more vividly
coloured, the grey of the outer margin, also, is a shade darker,
as well as that of the hindwings. The hindwings are not, as
usually noted, more dusted with blue, but, on the contrary, the gs
are more faintly dusted than are those of the specimens of rutilis under
examination, whilst, in the @ dispar before me, there is absolutely no
trace of blue, but the marginal band of the hindwings is much
broader and more brightly coloured than in rutilus.’ Rebel says
(Ann. Nat. Hofm. Wien., p. 180) that the second brood examples,
appearing in Bosnia in August, are smaller than the spring specimens.
Zobel also exhibited, on September 28th, 1905, at the Berl. Ent.
Verein, ¢ sofa second brood of rutilus, which, he said, had probably been
then bred for the first time in Berlin. TF assl is said to have breda 9?

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 435

of the same brood at the end of August, 1905. Zobel’s specimens were
smaller, but did not differ in colour and markings on the upperside of
the forewings from those of the first brood, but the underside of the
hindwings, however, was of a rather blackish blue-grey colour, the
marginal eye-spots on the underside of the forewings somewhat
elongated into streaks, whilst the base had a second ocellated spot.
‘Ruhl observes that the specimens taken near Magdeburg, in Saxony,
are very large. Gullmer has a Magdebure g of 387mm. expanse, and
a ? of 43mm.

B. ab. sagittifera, Horm., ‘‘Soc. Ent.,’’ viii., p. 58 (1893); Carad., ‘‘ Iris,”’
vili., p. 35 (1893).—There is a remarkable and not rare aberration of this autumnal
form, which I caught in abundance in the year 1890, in Crasna, and in 1892, in
Gurahumora (Bucovina), which deserves special notice. I call it ab. sagittifera.
As the name itself indicates, in this aberration, all the black spots of the forewings
are strongly lengthened inwards into arrow-head marks, so that the two spots
in the cells between the third median nervule and the lower margin, and the
upper and lower margins, are confluent with the discoidal spot (Hormuzaki).

Caradja says (Jris, vill., p. 85) that, in Roumania, P. dispar var.
rutilus takes the place of viryaureae, and flies in numbers everywhere
in the meadows and pastures, and by the roadside ditches. He
says: ‘I took it near Kloster Neamtz, Agapia, Grumazesti, Peatra,
Hango, Bacau, and Slanic, up to 900m. elevation. It has also been
observed near Jassy (Coll. Leon), Dulcesti (Hormuzaki), Comanesti
(Leon), Bucharest (Haberhauer). The first generation flies in June ;
the specimens are, on the average, far larger than the examples of
the second generation, from which they also, besides, differ in coloration.
Hormuzaki named this large spring form var. gen. 1, vernalis
(s0¢. Hnt.. vill., pp. 58, 1380), the 9s of which measure up
to 42mm. The second generation, he says, flies from August 17th
up to October. One meets the 9s very frequently on thistles and
Centaurea flowers; the gs fly uncommonly quickly, going straight
ahead, and very seldom settle. As, during flight, they flap the wings
together, the brilliant red of the upperside flashes only for the briefest
moment in the observer’s eye, and the insect is again immediately lost
to sight. In the @s of the first, as well as of the second, generation,
the upperside of the hindwings up to the sharply margined red hind-
marginal band is quite dark, and without any red admixture, just as
in the var. auratus, Leech, from the Amur district and the Korea. The
2 ab. sagittifera, Horm., of which I took two examples near Kloster
Neamtz, would be best placed under var. auratus. In this beautiful
form the golden-red colour of the forewings is mostly darker than in
var. rutilus, and the black spots are much elongated towards the base
in wedge-like forms. The hindwings up to the red hindmarginal band
are always intense black-brown. There are, in Staudinger’s coll.,
two typical ab. sayittifera, from Taschkend and Lepsa. The species is
widely distributed in all the surrounding countries.”

y. ab. nigrolineata, Verity, ‘‘Ent.,’? xxxvii., p. 57 (1904).—I propose this
name for a new aberration, of which I have a specimen collected near Modena,
September 6th, 1900. It may be said to correspond with the ab. radiata, Tutt, of
C. phlaeas, having on the forewings each of the black spots of the subterminal row
greatly increased in size and prolonged across the submarginal brown band to the
base of the cilia. On the hindwings the black dots are so enlarged and lengthenedas
to fill up entirely the internervular space up to the edge of the coppery band. The
copper-colour also differs greatly on the forewing from that of type, as it is thickly
strewn with scales, which give it a much richer reddish tone. ‘l'hese scales are in
every respect similar to those that may be seen very thinly strewn here and there
on the forewings of some ? specimens of var. rutilus. On the underside of the

436 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

forewing each spot of the submarginal row is greatly prolonged cutwardly and ends
in a Sharp point, which, in the case of the last three spots, blends-itself with the
corresponding small black dots plainly visible in the type on the inner edge of the
hind marginal grey border. The hindwings have nearly no blue at the base (Verity).

Verity’s reference to R. phlaeas ab. radiata, Tutt, is very wide of
the mark, as the latter is a purely hindwing aberration (see antea,
p. 869). Hus description suggests a very close similarity with the
following form, ab. radiata, Obth.

6. ab. radiata, Obth., ‘‘ Variation chez Lépidoptéres,” p. 8, pl. v., fig. 69
(1896). Rutilus ab., Reb., ‘‘ Ann. Nat. Hofm. Wien.,’’ xix., p. 180 (1904).—The
insect occurs at St. Quentin, where the examples approach in size the extinct form
from England but withous the latter’s brilliancy. The, only aberration that we
possess is that figured pl. v., no. 69. It is the butterfly mentioned by Bellier
de la Chavignerie (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1858, p. 306) with this notice: ‘¢.
—The ocellated spots on the underside replaced on all four wings by long, very
thick, black streaks. Germany.’ (Oberthiir, Variation chez Lépidoptéres,
pp. 8-9).

Oberthir’s figure shows a most remarkable aberration, with a series
of longitudinal streaks, from 2mm.-4mm. in length, running round all
four wings parallel to the margin, formed by the union of the
angulated and outer marginal series of dots by black transverse lines.
The spots on the rest of the wings are remarkably small. Rebel notes
a g¢ from Dervent that corresponds with the ab. confluens of C. hip-
pothoé, diagnosed by Staudinger (Cat., 3rd ed., p. 74) as ‘* punctis
subtus confluentibus.”’

e. var. auratus, Leech, ‘‘ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,” p. 414, pl. xxxv., fig. 3
(1887) ; Alph. ‘‘Rom. Mém.,’’ v., p. 103 (1889); Staud., ‘‘Rom. Mém.,”’ vi., pp.
154-5 (1892); Leech, ‘‘ Butts. China,”’ ii., p. 397, pl. xxviii., figs. 4-6 (1893-4).
Riihl, ‘‘ Pal. Gross-Schmett,,’’ i., pp. 210, 745 (1892); Tutt, ‘‘ Brit. Butts.,’’ p. 150
(1896) ; Staud. and Reb., ‘‘ Cat.,’’ 3rd ed., p. 73 (1901); Lang, ‘‘ Ent.,’’ xxxviii., p.
124 (1905). Hippothoé, Brem. and Grey, ‘‘ Schmett. Nord. China,’’ p. 10 (1853). °
Rutilus, Fixsen, ‘‘Rom. Mém.,”’ ii., p. 283 (1887). Dahurica, Graes., ‘‘ Berl. Ent.
Zeits.,’’ p. 75 (1888).—Expanse of wings, ¢ , 12inches, ? ,ldinches. ¢.—Uppersur-
face of all the wings bright golden copper, with narrow black outer margins, fringes
black, except on the inner margin of the hindwings; on the outer margins of the
hindwings are six black dots, the two nearest the anal angle being nearer together
than the others. ?.—Forewings golden copper, much suffused with darker scales,
margined broadly on the outer border with black; two black discoidal spots,
followed by a band of broad black dashes, extending across the wing; hindwing
sooty-black, bordered by a broad golden copper band notched at the edges.
Underside of both sexes :—Forewings yellowish-buff, bordered on the outer margin
with dirty grey, inside of which is a row of seven very distinct black spots; on the
disk is a second irregular row of black spots; there are three spots in the discoidal
cell, the outer one of which is the largest. Hindwings greyish-buff, outwardly
margined by a broad orange band, bordered on each side with a row of black
dots; an irregular arrangement of black spots, margined with dirty white, is
scattered over the remainder of the wing. I took this species, during heavy rain,
at rest on stems of a coarse grass in a swampy gully near the monastery of
Chang-Do, about twenty-five miles south of Gensan, in July, 1886. ‘This species
is allied to P. dispar, but its colour resembles ochimus; the fringes are black,
the discoidal spots are absent on all the wings of the male, the female has a row
of dashes on the forewings instead of spots, and the disk of the hindwings is
not suffused with copper; the underside is also different (Leech). [Later he
writes: ‘‘ Alphéraky states that a specimen of this variety was taken in June, 1886,
by Potanine, near Hé-Tchén, in the province of Kansou. He also remarks that
the specimens of C. dispar recorded by Fixsen, from Corea, as var. rutilus are
really referable to var. awratus. Staudinger considers that var. dahwrica, Graeser,
is identical with my var. auratus. It would appear, therefore, that C. dispar is
represented in east Asia by the auratus form only, and I think that the specimens
recorded as P. hippothoé by Bremer and Grey are probably referable to this form
of dispar ’’ (Leech). |

Staudinger diagnoses this eastern form as: “ § supra impunctatus,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 437

2 al. post. nigricantibus ; subtus al. post. griseis, non cerulescentibus.”’
In 1889, Alphéraky, in his account of the “Lepidoptera captured by
Potanine in China and Mongolia,” writes: ‘‘A g, taken on June 26th,
1886, near the village of Hé-Tchén, belongs, without doubt, to auratus,
Leech, which, however, is only a variety of P. dispar, a variety very
close to rutilus, and from which it is to be distinguished by the narrower
black border of the wings, by the absence of the discocellular spot on
the forewings, as well as by the tawny antemarginal band on the
underside of the hindwings being a little wider. It is certain that the
specimens taken by Fixsen, in Corea, and referred (om. Mém., il1., p.
283) by him to rutilus belong to auratus.’ Of these specimens, Fixsen
says that ‘they vary in size, some being smaller and some larger, yet
they do not essentially differ from the rutilus of North Germany.
The ? exceeds the usual form in size, has the ground colour of a
darker tone, whilst the marginal band of the forewings, and the black
of the hindwings is deeper, and more intense. Flies from July 4th
to August 25th, the wing expanse of the § 17mm.-19mm., of the ¢
18mm, 20mm.” The previous year, however, 7?.e.,in 1888, Graeser (Berl.
Ent. Zeits., 1888, p. 75) had renamed this eastern form, var. dahurica,
observing that both sexes of ‘‘this very constant local form of
Polyommatus dispar, were taken in considerable numbers, from mid-
July until the commencement of August, near Pokrofka. It differs
so distinctly, not only from dispar, Haw., but also from rutilus,
Wernebg., that it deserves to be separately named. So far as the
upperside of the gs is concerned, in this variety, the black discoidal
spot of the forewings is always absent, and so, too, is the fine black
discocellular line of the hindwings. This spot and line are visible
in the g examples of dispar and rutilus before me. The hindwings
of the ? of this variety are entirely unicolorous blackish-brown, except
the red marginal band, never tinged nor streaked with red veins as in
dispar and rutilus. From these again, dahurica differs much more
conspicuously in both sexes on the underside of the hindwings, which,
in this, are not bluish-white, but smoky-grey with a faint silky-like
gloss due to the darker ground colour; the white margins of the black
dots and spots stand out much bolder than in the other forms. The
red marginal band of the hindwings is more sharply defined than in
rutilus, and extends to nervure VI. On the underside of the forewings,
on their outer margins, is a very regular row of black spots, the first
of which is at the apex, the last near the inner angle, between the first
two nervures. This row of spots is, in dispar and rutilus, likewise
present, but is much more irregular, and less conspicuous. In size,
the specimens vary, the gs from 27mm.-37mm., the ?s from 31mm.-
42mm.’ In 1892, Staudinger observes (Rom. Mém., vi., pp. 154-5) that
“Christoph sent him a ? which had been caught in the middle of
July near Raddefka (Dérries), a similar one from Askold, a pair
from Bikin, and a number of specimens from Sutschan. One of the six
3s from the latter district shows traces of the black discal spots on the
upperside of the forewings.’”’ ‘‘ Graeser,”’ he says, ‘‘ caught this insect
in numbers near Pokrofka, and calls the European and Central Asiatic
forms rutilus, whilst he names this striking Amurland form dahurica,
although a year previously, Leech had described it as auratus, from
examples taken in Corea, south of Gensan. Of specimenscaught by Herz,
in Corea (not far from the spot. where Leech captured his examples),

438 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Fixsen says that they do not differ specially from the rutilus of North
Germany, but I suspect that Herz’s specimens are also referable to
auratus, and that Fixsen overlooked the chief distinctive characters,
such as the absence of the black discal spot in the centre of the fore-
wing of the g on the upperside, the complete absence of reddish on the
dark parts of the hindwings of the @ , and the differently coloured under-
side.’ Leech observes, as already noted ( Butts. China, ii., p. 897), that he
took auratus “during heavy rain, at rest on stems of coarse grass, In a
swampy gully near the monastery of Chang-Do, about 25 miles south
of Gensan, in Corea, whilst Alphéraky (Rom. Mém. Lep., v., p. 103) states
that a specimen of this variety was taken in June, 1886,-by Potanine,
near He-Tchen, in the province of Kansou. He also remarks that
the specimens of C. dispar recorded by Fixsen, from Corea, as var. rutilus,
are really referable to var. auratus, and that Staudinger (Rom. Mém. Lep.,
vi., p. 154) considers that var. dahurica, Graeser, is identical with his
var. auratus; so that it would appear that C. dispar is represented in
Hastern Asia by the auratus form only, and he thinks that the specimens
recorded as P. hippothoé, by Bremer and Grey (Lep. Nord. China, p.
10), are probably referable to this form of dispar. According to
Klwes (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 887), Bremer records C. vir-
gaureae from Pekin, but Leech was unable to find the work in which this
record is published. Lang notes (Hut., xxxviil., p. 124) the capture of
one g and one @ of var. auratus, on August 8th, 1897, at Vladimar
Bay, in Russian Tartary. He says that ‘‘ these examples exactly tally
with Staudinger’s diagnosis, ‘ g supra impunctatus, ? al. post. nigri-
cantibus; sub. al. post. griseis, non cerulescentibus.’ Lang thinks
that these are nearer the true British type than the Euro-Asiatic
rutilus 1n general appearance and size, and in the width of the
submarginal band on the underside of the hindwings; but there is only
a trace of a discoidal spot in the g, and an entire absence of the blue
basal shading (on the underside) found in true dispar. The hind-
wings of the @, above, more resemble those of @ C. hippothoé.” Our
Own impression of the awratus we have examined is that they are
usually very much farther removed from the British dispar than most
first brood specimens of .rutilus. As a-matter-of fact we have examined
several Huropean rutilus that we could not possibly separate from
some undoubted British dispar.

TrRaToLocicaL specimmns.—The following notes may prove of
interest: (1) The upper wings long and acute. (2) The upper short
and acute. Both specimens gs, and taken near Trundle Mere, in
Huntinedonshire. ‘hey do not vary in any other respect. [The note
was accompanied by a sketch in which the outline of the smaller insect
was drawn within the outline of the larger, these outlines exhibiting
a very obvious degree of variation.] (Dale, Ann. Alay. Nat. Hist., vil.,
p- 60). (8) g.—Rigbt side normal, the forewing of the left side
curved inwards, directly below the apex, on the outer margin; the
outer margin of the left hindwing also curved inwards, tending to
form a little tail at the anal angle (Tutt coll.). (4) 9 .—Left side
almost normal, just a little shortened, giving an appearance of
stumpiness, the right forewing slightly hollowed at the middle of the
outer margin (Tutt coll.).

Eaciayinc.—The eggs are laid singly, or in twos, threes, or fours,
on the underside of a leaf of Rwwmea hydrolayathum. When the larva

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 439

leaves the egg, it gnaws out a circular hole at the apex, extending to
the six cells surrounding the micropylar depression, giving the figure
of a six-sided crown, Asa rule, the 2 lays its eggs in July, from
one to four on a leaf, and where a greater number is found, one may
rely on the fact that more than one @? has oviposited on the same leaf.
This frequently happens owing to the cutting down of the foodplant in
July, and the consequent limitation of the leaves on which eges may
be laid. Bartel says that he has found up to twelve on the underside
of a leaf (Gillmer). Ova laid singly, more rarely in pairs, or three
together, on the undersurface of the leaves of the foodplant. Before
emergence the larva eats out a large hole from the centre of the egg,
consuming the micropylar pit and parts of the ribs, but after leaving
the egg, it does not eat any further portion. The shell, when the larva
has left it, plainly shows the great contrast that exists between the
stout walls of the egg and its base, or floor. This latter is very thin
and transparent, allowing the surface of the leaf on which it is laid to
be seen ‘through it (Sich). Nicholson notes (in litt.) that he sleeved
a 2 taken June 11th, 1892, at Budafok, over a piece of Rumea
hydrolapathum, and placed it in the sunshine; although the @ was
rather worn and had deposited most of her ova, she laid a dozen on
June 12th-13th. These hatched on June 20th.

Ovum.—This singular egg is semi-tiarate, very depressed above, flat
below (except when it fills a depression in the leaf on which it is laid).
On the upper surface, in the centre, is a deep pit, at the bottom of
which the micropyle lies. The vertical axis in the centre of the egg
only measures 0-26mm., but the ribs rise, above this, to a total height
of O-35mm. At the base of the egg the horizontal axis measures
066mm. The central pit, or cell, above mentioned is more or less
circular, about 0-18mm. in diameter, and furnished with a very strong
wall. On the inner side of this wall there is, occasionally, a ring of
small shallow cells. From this wall run either six or seven very strong
irregular ribs, which increase rapidly in bulk as they approach the
periphery. [With regard to the variation in the number of ribs
present in the egg, it is not a question of one @ laying six-ribbed eggs,
and another laying seven-ribbed eggs, as I have dissected out of the
same 2 both six- and seven-ribbed eggs.| The interspaces between
these coarse wide ribs are occupied by a series of three, very large, very
deep, more or less circular, cells, placed one above another, the upper-
most cells, about 0‘O8mm. in diameter, forming a ring of either six or
seven cells, according to the number of the ribs, round the micropylar
pit. The middle cells of the series are larger, about 0:13mm. in
diameter, and form a ring of either six or seven cells round the egg,
below the first-mentioned ring. Below this ring is the third ring of
cells, of the same number, and about the same size as the first ring.
This last, or lowest, ring is close to the base of the egg. Below there
cells the ribs have become so broad, that they are joined together, form-
ing the uninterrupted basal portion of the wall of the egg. The whole
surface of the egg shows a rough, irregular, cellular structure. The
small rosette, about 0‘08mm. in diameter, is composed of five more or
less pear-shaped cells radiating from a common centre. It cannot be
called neat, but isin keeping with the somewhat coarse moulding of
the rest of the egg. The cells surrounding the micropyle, and running
up the sides of the pit, are numerous, and of roundish shape, but they

440 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

are much wrinkled, and it is difficult to make out their contour. The
basal portion of the shell of the egg is evidently very plastic when the
egg is first laid, as when the ege is detached from the leaf, the base
shows a replica of the leaf-surface in which the stomata of the leaf are
often very clearly represented. The colour of the upper part of the
egg is pale brown, with a pink tinge; the base beneath is pale grey
(Sich, July 31st, 1906). The ege forms a segment of a sphere, about
°63mm. diameter at the base, and ‘31mm. perpendicular height. ‘The
surface is covered with cells or pits. At the apex is the large micro-
pylar depression, from the edge of which six rows of cells ran down-
wards, and between which are six well-developed ribs. Each row of
pits consists of three large cells of different size, the uppermost one the
smallest, the lowest the largest ; sinilarly, with their depth, the upper is
the most shallow. ‘The micropylar cell is, as a result, surrounded by
six smaller cells. The sides and floors of the cells appear to be
minutely dotted, also the border of the base where the six ribs ter-
minate. The colour of the egg is whitish, but before hatching it
changes slightly, and becomes somewhat tinged with flesh-colour
‘Gillmer).

Hapits oF Larva.—Some eges laid June 12th- 18th, 1892, at
Budafok, hatched June 20th, the larve were brought to England, and
by the 28th the number was reduced to five; they were put on a dock,
probabiy Rumex crispus, and kept in a sunny greenhouse, where three
reached maturity, the first pupating on July 24th, another on the
80th, the third on the 81st. The imagines emerged between August
9th-17th of the same year (Nicholson). In the Berlin district,
the larve leave the eggs in July and hybernate after the
third moult, feeding up again in spring and becoming fullfed
about the middle of June, although, sometimes, they are not fullfed
until August, e.g., on July 12th, 1905, several three-quarter grown
larvee were found which grew rapidly and produced the first imago,
a 2,on August 18th, 1905. In the middle of August the same year,
Fassl had larve from eggs of the year, still very small. The larva
has a snail-like crawl, and lives on the underside of the leaves of
Rumex hydrolapathum, from which it first enaws off the epidermis,
but, as it gets larger, it eats little holes right through the leaves.*
Locke notes (Soc. /nt., 111., pp. 12-18) that, about the end of April, on
the underside of leaves of Rumea, he always found the larve in couples,
never more on one leaf, and that these always produced a # anda ¢.
The suggestion underlying this assertion 1s, one suspects, quite unten-
able (Gillmer). On June 8th, 1906, we received, through the kindness
of Mr. Gillmer, larvee which were variously distributed. These were
nearly, or quite, fullfed, and, at rest, looked at ventrally, the head is
drawn into the prothorax so as to be, on the ventral side, almost
invisible, the prolegs are of a rather paler tint than the ground colour
of the venter, and the still paler feet are pushed out prominently to
clasp the object on which the larva rests. The body is drawn down flatly
against the Hesse surface, and nie reddish-brown ee form a sort

* oan honinements Pianite of ies anole AR: sanguineus, or R,
aquaticus, should be potted up, as the leaves of these plants, placed in water, are
useless as food after one or two days. ‘The larve should be sleeved or put into
tightly-fitting breeding-cages, as they escape through the smallest cracks as soon
as the food fails (Gillmer).

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 441

of fringe round the edge of the body. Viewed dorsally, the ground
colour is of a bright yellow-green tint, with a slightly darker medio-
dorsal line running the whole length of the body, more marked on
the thoracic segments. The skin is covered with a large number of
minute whitish points, giving rise to what appear to be bulbous-tipped
hairs, whilst a large number of longer dark hairs arise from the
skin-surface. The frontal portion of the body is much thicker than
the hinder, rapidly increasing in height from the prothorax to the 1st.
and 2nd abdominal segments, then slowly decreasing its height until
the anal segment makes a somewhat flattened, rounded projection
compared with the preceding segment. ‘The segmental incisions are
very well exhibited. Viewed laterally, the rapid rise from the front
to the 2nd abdominal, dorsally, is very conspicuous, as also the slow
fall from the 2nd abdominal to the anal segment. The spiracles are
conspicuous, of pale yellow or orange tint, inclining to flesh colour in
those of the 7th and 8th abdominal segments, the rims darker, the inner
part much paler, the larvaexpanding noticeably when respiration is active ;
the prothoracic spiracle is placed well back in the incision between the
prothorax and mesothorax; all the other spiracles placed well up on the
seoments and rather towards the front of the segments. When
crawling, the larva has a very different appearance; its small pale
bone-coloured head is protruded tortoise-like, but never quite clear
of the overhanging prothorax, into which it retracts its head at the
least disturbance; the prothorax is, even now, the most prominent
frontal part, and there is very little difference in the appearance of the
thickness of the segments, the body being elongated in such a manner
as to lose the extra thickness observable at the Ist and 2nd abdominal
seements when at rest, and to be of almost uniform thickness from
the prothoracic to the 8th abdominal, thus gaining a certain cylindrical
appearance not to be observed at any other time. The prothorax exhibits
a considerable depression dorsally, tending to a flattening of the see-
ment, and thus making the anterior and posterior parts of the body some-
what alike. The colouring appears to be entirely beneath the
skin, and due to the contents, the segmental incisions giving the
appearance of a series of curves coming from side to side and directed
forwards; the last effective incision is that between the 6th and 7th
abdominal segments, the 7th, 8th, 9th and 10th abdominal seements
being almost welded together, the incisions very indistinct, and the
10th segment considerably flattened. In crawling, too, there is a
very distinct subspiracular flange, formed of a rather deep longitu-
dinal depression between two outstanding upper and lower elements,
the latter of which, on either side, flattens out against the resting-
surface, hiding the prolegs and true legs when the larva comes to rest.
It has a slow slug-like crawl, the venter kept very flat against the surface,
moving very slowly, stretching out its head in an enquiring way when in
doubt, and then showing up its black ocelli, the mouth-parts, which are
tinged with dark brown, and the true legs of a pale bone colour, with the
terminal hooks brown; at such times the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd abdominal
segments, as well as the thoracic, can be held almost at right angles to
the rest of the body. Just above the spiracles, when the larva is crawling,
there is a depression on the 2nd-6th abdominal segments, which tends to
give a still more marked appearance of uniform diameter to the larva
(Tutt). Of five of these larve sent to Chapman, he writes (June 9th, 1906):
‘The larve are more markedly ‘ limaciform’ than those of any other

442 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Lycenid yet examined, differing in this direction markedly from
Rumicia phlaeas and Heodes virgaureae (which are very similar to each
other). The slug-like aspect comes out in several ways. In the first
place, there are no dorsal ridges or flanges, which no doubt existed in
earlier instars, the whole dorsum being regularly rounded from the
margins all round. Secondly, the margins (marginal, or subspiracular,
flanges) are closely applied to the surface on which the larva is, and the
upper surface looks very flat, more so than it really is. Ina large larva,
20mm. long, the width is 6mm., and the height 48mm. Thirdly, the
colour is very uniform, a vivid green. ‘This varies, indeed, and even
the oblique lines can sometimes be supposed to be seen, but the lighter
yellower-green shadings are apparently buried deep in the tissues, and
the semitransparency of the larva generally adds to the slug-like
aspect. The minute hairs, which are very abundant, but invisible
without a lens, and the more conspicuous white dots (trumpet-hairs),
only accentuate the slug resemblance, giving an idea of slime, once
the slug idea is well-suggested. Iurther, in walking, the larva appears
to glide forwards slug-fashion, and it is only by close attention that
the slight vermiform (or caterpillar) movement passing along the
segments can be detected. The larva, however, if one can regard it
not as a slug, but as an emerald with a dewy coating, or simply as a
caterpillar, is really beautiful. The fuligrown larva, before it has
begun to get dull and shrunk for pupation, has a great thickness of
subcutaneous transparency, that makes any attempt to fix places for
the slight variation of tints 1t possesses.almost hopeless, and, 1f done,
really misleading.”’ According to Newman, the larva of the British form
was ‘‘fullfed in June, and then lay flat on a dock-leaf, rarely moving
from place to place, and, when it did so, gliding with a slug-like motion,
the legs and claspers being entirely concealed.” ‘I'he head,”’ he says, ‘‘is
extremely small, and can be completely withdrawn into the prothorax.
The body has the dorsal surface convex, the ventral surface flat; the
divisions of the segments are distinctly marked, the posterior margin
of each slightly overlapping the anterior margin of the next, and the
entire caterpillar having very much the appearance of a Chiton. The
sides are slightly dilated ; the legs and claspers are seated in closely
approximate pairs, nearly in a medioventral line. The colour is green,
scarcely distinguishable from that of the dock leaf; there is an
obscure mediodorsal stripe, shghtly darker than the disc, and in all
probability due to the presence of food in the alimentary canal.”
Of the larval habits, Sich notes (in litt.): ‘‘ Newman was quite right
when he likened this larva to the marine animal known as a Chiton;
these creatures sit tightly pressed to the rocks, and nothing ean be
seen of them but their backs, divided into so many segments. ‘Thisis
just what the observer sees when looking at the larve of C. dispar, as
they sit closely pressed against the surface of the leaves of Rumew
hydrolapathum. If irritated, the larva presses the lateral flange, which
is usually the lowest (or basal) portion of the larva visible, more
tightly against tbe leaf at the point irritated. If the irritation be
continued, the larva finally crawls quietly away, never attempting to
make any counter attack. As the larva is able to move its lees and
claspers without disturbing the dorsum, it seems rather to glide along
than to walk. As a matter of fact, it takes very short steps with a
continuous motion, and, as all the under-parts are very soft, their
movement does not affect any usually visible part of the larva,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 443

unless it is travelling at an unusual speed. It can move backwards

-. with the greatest ease, but does not seem capable of making any very

sharp turn. When walking on a smooth surface, such as glass, the
larva always spins a silken thread by means of which it hangs if
necessary. When gliding along, the larva will occasionally raise up
the thorax, when the very small head and thoracic legs become visible.
When passing a pellet, it usually raises the anal segments so that the
anal claspers and the prolegs of the 6th abdominal seement come into
view. In the first stadium, the larve live on the underside of the
leaves, where they eat out small patches, consuming the lower
cuticle and the parenchyma, but leaving the upper cuticle entire.
They are very inactive, and are also very inconspicuous on account
of their flatness, paie colour, and translucent aspect. In the third
stadium they begin to eat holes right through the leaves, and, in the
last stadium, they make large holes, frequently near the midrib, but
though they consume the smaller veins of the leaf the large lateral
veins usually stop them, and often form the margin of a hole. They
feed in the ventlest manner, keeping the edge of the prothorax always
close to the leaf-edge, never stretching out the head and prothorax as
some larve do when feeding. Consequently, even when actively
engaged in a meal, they never exhibit more of the head than the
mouthparts, the rest being hidden under the prothorax. The spaces
where they have fed never show any bold curves, but the edges all
round appear as if nibbled out. These notes were made on fullerown
larvee received on June 7th, 1906, but,on July 380th, 1906, eggs and quite
newly-hatched larve were received from Mr. Gillmer. Some of these
changed into the second instar on August 4th, and four days later they
were again resting on silken platforms; they assumed the third instar
on August 10th. They did not consume the cast skins. They fed
vigorously for three days, and then changed from pale ochreous-yellow
to brown, feeding little. On the 14th they were reddish-brown, and
they left the leaves and wandered about their glass cage. These larvee
were fed entirely on Rumea obtusifolius. They ate no more after
August 14th, and remained quiescent, though from time to time they
changed their position. It seems, therefore, evident that this species
hybernates in the third instar (Sich). Chapman notes that some
larve in their third stadium ceased feeding on August 15th, 1906,
and afterwards, though they moved occasionally, took no more food,
becoming however, quite red-brown in tint; a silken pad is then spun on
which the larva rests. One larva was observed sometimes to leave this
pad, wandering for a day or two, but returning thereto, and, on
September 11th, it seemed to have settled down on it for hybernation.

Larya.—first instar: The newly-hatched larva is yellowish-
white (bone-white) before feeding, 1‘5mm.-2mm. long, The dorsum
has on each segment the two pairs of trapezoidal hairs (i and
11), rather long and curved backwards. ‘There are also two rows of
dark lateral tubercular dots, and three pale marginal hairs on each
seoment. The head is small, light brown, and retractile (Gill-
mer). About 83mm. long, a little longer or shorter, according
to attitude ; broad and short, more slender behind, when the head ig
retracted (as it usually is) into prothorax, the front, though rounded, is
especially broad and transverse, the front margin of mesothorax being
nearly as wide as any other portion of the larva; it dwindles again
a little, till it rounds off on the 9th and 10th abdominal segments.

444 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

It has, in this stage, a dorsal ridge on either side (carrying tubercles
i and 11), and lateral slopes. Its colour is green, at least, as soon as it
has eaten anything. The prothorax carries eighteen hairs, of which
six (three on each side) are on the plate, two are on the dorsum on
each side, two at the margin on each side, and one nearer the front
(“ margin” in a Lycenid sense, 7.e., passing across dorsum of pro-
thorax). Below the marginal hairs on each side is a large lenticle.
The hairs are 0°2mm. (lateral-marginal) to 0'4mm. (longest central)
long, finely spiculated, as are all the others; the 2nd and 8rd thoracic
and 1st-6th abdominal segments carry, on each side, i and 11 as very
lone spiculated hairs, upstanding as a crest, and curved .backwards,
each hair forming quite a quadrant; they are rather shorter on the hinder
seoments; that on 1 on the forward segments, measured along the curye,
is about O-‘Smm; 111s more slender, and is below, and a little behind, i,
and about 0‘-5mm. long. [ach hair has a distinct base, but all four are
very close together, especially 1 and 11 on the same side; tubercles i and i1
across the dorsum are rather wider apart on the thorax. Thelateral hairs
(on marginal flange) are—four on each thoracic (2nd and 8rd) segment,
three on each abdominal down to 7th, the 8th and 9th have four,
say two each, but the division is not very evident; the 10th has two
marginal, and three larger, hairs higher up. The marginal hairs are
about 0-2mm. long; the upper ones, on the 10th abdominal, 0:5mm. or
0-6mm. ‘The dorsal tubercles of the 7th and 8th abdominals are—i
continued as in preceding segments, with 11 nearly obsolete; on the 9th
abdominal the two tubercles 1 are much wider apart, and 11 quite obso-
lete. There are a pair of large lenticles close together on each side,
apparently of the 10th, but probably the 9th, abdominal segment. Below
the lateral flange are, on the thoracic segments, two small hairs at same
level, and on the abdominal segments one, about halfway between flange
and prolegs; a little above this, on the 8rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominals,
isalargelenticle. The true legs are quite pale and colourless, like the rest
of the larva. There are two fine hairs at the base of the prolegs, which
consist of eighteen or nineteen hooks in a circle, broken internally for a
length equal to about three hooks. Theclaspers havean outer row of about
nine hooks, and an inner set of four. There are several minute hairs
near theanal claspers, but above and behind each, near anus, are two hairs,
rather larger, about 0-O8mm. long, of curious spiculate structure; before
the ends they swell a little and give off a number of spicules, so that
the last half of the hair looks like one of the compound spines of a
Vanessid larva. ‘The anal margin has a fringe of very minute hairs,
probably really skin-points; behindanus, and aboveit, to flange, is anarea
covered with rather large skin-spicules, or skin-points, about 0°025mm.
long. The general surface has extremely minute rounded skin-points,
so small and far apart that they are like points of meeting of a network
formed of fine lines that connect each with its neighbours. The
structures existing on the ‘‘slopes’”’ are exceedingly difficult to make
out clearly. On the 2nd and 8rd thoracic segments there are, a little
lower than halfway up, at anterior border, two extremely minute hairs,
one above the other; behind these, rather in front of the middle of the
segment, is a special hair structure, with another similar one, halfway
between it and ii. Each is a little globular hair, hardly longer than
thick, covered apparently with fine spiculation, seated on a large ring
or hair-base, large, that is, in proportion to the length of the hair, and
more (but still large) in accord with its thickness. These hairs are

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 445

about 0:013mm. in length; the minute hairs in front perhaps
0:004mm.. The structure of these globular hairs shows them to be the
first stage of the afterwards larger crop of fir-cone hairs that are, again,
the same as the trumpet-hairs of the pupa. On the Ist abdominal seg-
ment, these same two round hairs occur, quite in front of the spiracular
zone. There is a minute globe-hair behind spiracle, and another,
microscopic, hair, midway between the spiracle and lower globe-hair;
well in front of the globe-hairs, and midway between them, is a large
lenticle. In this note, so far, lam in fear I have placed the upper
elobe-hairin front of one segment, instead of to the posterior border of
the preceding. At any rate, on the following abdominal segments, on
which there is an additional globe-hair in front of i, the following is
the arrangement: Dividing the space between ii and the marginal hairs
into five equal parts, the spiracle is one of these above margin, a large
lenticle, two above spiracle, t.e., halfway between i, 1 and spiracle.
In front, and a little below i, is a globe-hair, rather longer in outline
than the others, with a minute hair at front margin of segment; just
below it, behind lenticle, is another globe-hair, which is, I think, the
upper one that I described (erroneously ?) as at front of segment on
forward segments. Another, really towards front of segment, 1s half-
way between spiracle and larger lenticle; a very minute hair-point
(111?) between this and spiracle; a globe-hair behind spiracle. The
dorsal globe-hair and the large lenticle fail on the 7th, 8th, and 9th
abdominal segments, the other structures are much the same; there ap-
pear to be no globe-hairs on the 10th abdominal segment. Second instar
(fullgrown): Length 5mm. _ Prothoracic plate, a very small horseshoe-
shaped depression; general skin-surface covered with minute circular
points; green, with yellow (deeply buried) line under dorsal ridges, and
a Similar one just outside it, that is, however, a little oblique on each
segment. Dorsal groove darker; dorsal ridges still entitled to be so
called ; each segment has, laterally, five deep depressions, most marked
on metathorax. Lenticles nearly colourless; a nearly mediodorsal
one on front abdominal segments. Hairs short, pale, with dark spot at
origin, and darker tips; those oni and ii larger, as well as the four
marginal. Vhird instar (fullgrown, August 15th, 1906): 5mm. long, a
little brownish-tinted, with brown dorsal ridges, accentuated by brownish
hairs; a day or two ago it was more brightly and uniformly green, it is
probably nearing hybernating stage. The dorsal ridges are very
rounded, and are ridges morphologically rather than actually, but the
larva is still of fair thickness; the larva itself is fairly arched from one
lateral flange to the other, but, on an end view, the longer hairs on the
lateral flange and dorsal ridge give the appearance of very flat slopes
and angular dorsal and lateral ridges. ‘The hairs on the slopes are
also numerous, shorter than the dorsal ones, but, like them, brown-
tinted and spiculate; from dorsal line to spiracle on either side of an
abdominal segment, there are about 30 hairs, 15 or 20 to lateral
flange, more or less, according to how many we count of those
on the flange itself. The spiracles are small, brown, raised,
thimble-like projections. The prothoracic plate is in a deep hollow,
diamond-shaped, the posterior ray very long and narrow, the width
about 4 that of segment. ‘The larva is of fairly uniform width from
end to end, apart from rounded ends, 7.e., it has so far, none of the
slug-like narrowing from thorax backwards, that marks the fullgrown

446 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

larva. No lenticles clearly made out. Same larva (September 11th,
1906): Since August 15th, the larva has been moving occasionally, but
never eating ; 1t has got very much darker, quite red-brown, but with an
underlying green discoverable ; length 4:-5mm.; one sees no white points
(trumpet-hairs), but the larva was not killed and mounted; it has spun a
pad of silk, to which it returns after wandering for a day or two, at least,
it has twice done so, and is on the pad now. ‘This is, no doubt, the most
suitable place for hybernating within its reach, but does not please
it; itis on the lid of a tin box (Chapman). Linal (? Fourth) instar
(June 9th, 1906): The smallest larva in this instar is 11-5mm. long,
34mm. wide at 1st abdominal, and nearly 8mm.,high, of which 1mm. is
below the lateral flange. The head is green, faintly tinted with ochreous;
eye-spots very black, and jaw and margin of labrum brown; the colour ~
of the body is a fresh bright green, modified by the transparency of the
tissues, and the surface-covering of white points and ochreous (hardly
brownish) hairs. The white points are about 80, and the hairs about 50,
to a square millimetre of surface on the dorsum; the hairs are tinted
brownish-ochreous, darker at their extremities, and rough rather than
spiculated, about O'3mm. on the lateral flange where they are long,
on the dorsum, not half that length. The white points are approximately
elobes, attached to the skin by a small portion of their surface (no
pedicel), and with a roughened (hardly spiculated) surface—or perhaps
an extremely minute spiculation. ‘They remind one a good deal of
the ova of Micropteryw. The skin-surface is closely set with very
minute raised (uncoloured) points. The dorsal ridges are represented
by a few longer hairs on the posterior margins of the segments. The
prothorax carries a plate, which is very Jong from back to front, and
extremely narrow, widest in middle, going to a point at front and rear;
it is about 1mm. long, 0-6mm. wide, faintly ochreous, with a median
ereen suture; the posterior branches carry several lenticles. Lenticles
also occur elsewhere, but very sparsely, except on the dorsum of each
seement, in the neighbourhood of a depression that is mediodorsal,
and part of a subsegmental incision dividing the seements into a rather
smaller front and large back subsegment. The lenticles become more
numerous posteriorly, and the 9th and 10th abdominal segments (anal
plate?) are well supplied with them. ‘The prolegs have the usual central
white extensile pad and two hcok-bearing pads; each of these carries 15
to 20 hooks, in two rows, so far irregularly placed that even a third or
fourth row might be imagined; there are also 14 or 15 small hooks on
outsidemargin. Theanal claspers have the same structure, with 385 hooks
on forward outer pad, 20 to 25 on posteriorinner. The teeth of the jaws
are very long and sharp. The true legs are green, except lastjoint which 1s
tinted, and claw dark. The undersurfaceis pale (white or colourless), except
that the deeper-lying green shines through, and plicated, and covered with
white points and hairs as freely as the uppersurface. This larva carries its
width from mesothorax, with very little narrowing, to the 7th abdominal
segment, and in so far is less slug-like than the nicely tapering full-
crown larva. The prothorax has the plate in a pit, which, owing to its
diamond-shape, gives a deep longitudinal sulcus, and, from the outer
angles, a sulcus, reaching outward and backward to above the spiracle,
marks out a swollen lappet on each side of the plate; a less marked
sulcus reaches forward from the spiracle ; this one is continuous with
the upper sulcus, marking off the lateral flange from the “slope,” and

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 447

is rather marked all round in this larva. In most points of view, this
flange looks paler than the rest of the larva, merely, however, because
its marginal character prevents it having a background of the internal
viscera of the larva. The prothoracic spiracle is in the sulcus, the others
are well above it, that of the 7th abdominal a little more dorsal than
the others, but the 7th and 8th are not at all markedly dorsal as in some
Lhycenid larve. The 7th and 8th abdominal spiracles are largest,
forming light brown rings, the largest about 0-‘OSmm. in diameter.
In a dorsal view, the margin (flange) is fairly continuous, each
segment only a little rounded, and incisions narrow. On the
dorsum (side view) each segment is similarly, only slightly, rounded,
elving a fairly continuous dorsal line, highest at the 8rd thoracic
or 1st abdominal, and fairly level to the 6th and 7th abdominals, falling
in this length very little. Nearly fullgrown: A last stage larva, nearly
fullfed, is 20mm. long, widest at the 2nd abdominal segment, 6mm.,
narrowing thence pretty regularly in each direction; 3°5mm. across at
posterior border of prothorax, and the same at the middle of the 8th ab-
dominal. An examination of this larva raises a doubt, or more than a
doubt, as to whether the smaller larva just described 1s not in same instar
as this one, the close setting of hairsand white points making it practically
impossible that it can grow and separate these as in this specimen, and yet
have room for another moult. This one has only about 18 or 20 white
points to a square millimetre, and they are much more easily seen, each a
small globe, covered with a very close setting of sharp points, which,
nevertheless, have a soft curved loox. No trace of dorsal glands,
This large larva has quite got rid of the sulcus above the lateral flange;
the surface is smoothly continuous across dorsum, and there is only the
slightest convexity to each segment, either along the dorsal or lateral
line (Chapman). fFinel instar (fullgrown): Length at rest 21mm.,
outstretched 25mm., width 6°5mm., height 5mm. Colour, pale
yellowish-green, dorsal vessel and lateral flange darker. Spiracles
heht brown, ringed with dark brown. Pit on prothorax grey, central
line of pit bluish-grey. Head pearly-grey. Ocelli black. Jaws
brown with a pink tinge. Thoracic legs grey, tipped with a brown
hook. Ventral and anal claspers pale green. The venter is blue-
grey, and unspotted, contrasting strongly with the green colour of the
rest of the larva. The whole surface of the larva, except the venter,
is thickly sprinkled with white dots, and is, besides, covered with very
short down, mostly whitish, but brown on the thorax, especially on
the prothorax and round the edge of the flange, where it assumes an.
almost red tinge. This gives the larva a soft velvet-like appearance.
Lateral view: The head is exceedingly small, and capable of being
entirely withdrawn into the prothorax, which hangs over it like the
eaves of a thatched roof. The lateral flange is very heavy, and is con-
tinuous all round the larva. Thus the dorsum of the larva combined
with the flange forms, as it were, a complete roof, its eaves being
formed by the overhanging prothorax, the anal flap, and the lateral
flange. When at rest the head, legs, ventral and anal claspers, are
absolutely hidden under the roof, for its eaves come closely down
to the surface on which the larva lies. The incisions of the segments,
between the metathorax and 1st abdominal segment, and between the
other abdominal segments, up to the 7th, are well marked on the dorsum,
but those of the thorax, and the 8th, 9th, and 10th abdominal seg-

448 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

ments are very ill-defined. Subsegmental divisions are not visible
unless indicated by a line, sometimes noticeable on the subdorsal area,
which divides the segment into two portions. In certain lights this
larva has a most singular aspect; it appears exactly as though an
ordinary-shaped cylindrical larva, with two pale oblique stripes in the
subdorsal area of the well-marked abdominal segments, has crawled
into a translucent velvety envelope, the envelope being more visible
at its lateral expansion, where the larva did not quite fill it out.
Ventral view: It is only when the larva is turned over on its back
that the head and legs can be properly seen. The first thing to strike
the eye is the leaden colour of the venter itself, as seen between the
lees and the claspers. The head is exceedingly small, being only about
2mm. wide, and almost entirely enveloped by the prothorax, which
surrounds it like a very much inflated pneumatic tyre. The head is
notched on the crown, but not deeply, the clypeus distinct, and the
epistoma large. Antenne rather large, ocelli very conspicuous from
their blackness, the rest of the head being pearly-grey, the epistoma
is, however, browner grey and the jaws lght brown. The head is
smooth except a few hairs below the mouth. Below the head is a
pale ochreous spot, possibly an indication of the chin-gland. The
skin, where the head joins the body, is blue-green. The part of the
prothorax in which the head is sunk has no long hairs, but is covered
with a short pile. Thoracic legs very short and set up on large
cushions. The 1st and 2nd abdominal segments have anteriorly two
deep pits, one on either side of the medioventral line, and posteriorly
two deep transverse furrows. The ventral claspers are also short, and
placed on cushions, but these are not so large as those of the thoracic
legs. On the 7th abdominal segment are two pits posteriorly, and a
dark triangle on the 8th abdominal; the 9th is divided by a dark
medioventral band with a fine white line of muscle on either side
anteriorly, the 10th carries the anal claspers, which, as before stated,
are quite hidden by the heavy dorsal flap (Sich).

Fooppiants.—Rumee hydrolapathum, R. obtusifolius (Sich), R.
sanguineus, R. aquaticus (Gillmer), ? Rumea crispus (Nicholson), {[Rumex
acetosa (Wocke), Polygonum bistorta (Heyne).| Some larve, in the last
stadium, came to hand on June 9th, 1906. These fed up fairly well
on Rumea hydrolapathum and R. obtusifolius. I certainly believe they
preferred the former, but would eat the latter when the former was
stale. They would not touch the leaves of Ruimea acetosa, with which
I also sometimes supplied them (Sich).

Puration.—The first of the larve noticed above spun up for
pupation June 16th, 1906. A day previously I had noticed that 1t was
no longer feeding, and I placed it in a cage with earth, stem and
leaf of dock, and a piece of pasteboard bent at right-angles and
turned over at the top. ‘The whole of it was covered with muslin;
after wandering about for some time, the larva finally settled down on
the muslin cover, and spun its platform and girdle. Here it
rested till the afternoon of June 18th, when, by 6.80 p.m., it had
changed toa pupa. After spinning up, the larva loses some of its
flatness, becoming more cylindrical, but, with the exception of turning
slightly darker, it does not change from its lively green colour. This
seems to suggest that, in freedom, pupation usually takes place on the
leaves of the foodplant. The girdle is composed of about six strands,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 449

and then are not joined together as one. They pass over the centre
of the metathorax of the larva obliquely down the side of the first
abdominal, and are fastened below the second abdominal segment.
In the pupa the girdle passes between the first and second ab-
dominal segments. A second larva, treated in the same way,
also chose the muslin cover to spin on, and was fixed up by 5 p.m.
on June 20th, becoming a pupa between 3 p.m. and 4 p.m. on June
21st. On June 30th, at 9.45 a.m., I saw that the first mentioned
pupa had yielded a female imago which had evidently just emerged.
She crawled a little way from the pupa-case along the muslin, and
then remained quite still. The wings, which had just commenced to
expand when | first-saw her, had reached their full size in eight
minutes, though they were then still imp. The pupal stage thus
lasted nearly twelve days. The second pupa remained in that stage
for fourteen days, and the imago, also a female, emerged between
6 p.m. and 9 p.m. on July 5th. This appears rather a late hour for
a day-flying species to emerge (Sich). Two pupe examined: One is
loose, the other has formed a puparium from a portion of a leaf, now
somewhat shrivelled. It enfolds the ventral area, and a portion of the
dorsal, on one side only. A silk net, or loose pad, has been spun on
the leaf, and this forms the attachment for the anal armature,
composed of numerous, short mushroom-topped bristles, set at varied
angles. The anal end, which is comparatively smooth, has a broken
ring of these hairs surrounding a smooth depressed area; they occupy
the extreme end of the anal segment, which has a ventral aspect, and
are continued along the sides of the ventral portions of the 8th and 9th
abdominal segments, but are absent from the medioventral area of the
8th abdominal segment. The anal slit and sexual organs are very
obscure. I fancy, from the traces one can make out of the latter, that
the smaller loose pupa that I am now examining is a male. With
regard to the puparium, some silk has been used to draw the leaf to
the sides of the pupa and curl it upwards, making a saucer-like
hollow for the ventral area to occupy, no doubt the curling has been
somewhat exaggerated by subsequent drying. Some of the threads
used have been caught under the rays of the star-like processes (hair-
developments), on the lateral area, and are not, so far as I can
ascertain, continued across the dorsal area, but are doubled back and
reattached to the leaf. Others are continued and join up to form a
band or girth; there is also a single thread which crosses separately to
the main girth. Neither of these supports hes in the dorsal groove or -
waist, the main and upper one crossing at the middle of the 2nd
abdominal segment, and the single thread at the junction of the 8rd
and 4th abdominal segments, the waist, as usual, being at the
junction of the metathorax with the 1st abdominal. So far as this
particular pupa is concerned, the position seems to be that the cocoon-
making habit of its ancestors is represented by the few silk threads
used, and that a definite girdle has not yet been fully evolved. The
pupa spun up is, judging by its size, likely to be a female, the loose
one, as already mentioned, a male (Bacot). The larve spin up with
the head downwards, and, in this position, with a silken band round the
middle of the body, change to pupe, those I had from July 24th-81st,
1892 (Nicholson). The notes of Sich and Nicholson suggest that a fairly
satisfactory girth is constructed [seealso posted, p.450|. Bartel notes that

450 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

pupation takes place in the Berlin district from the middle of June
onwards. | :

NEWLY-FORMED PUPA (RUTILUS).—When first the larval skin is
thrown off, the pupa is very pale in colour. The darkest part is the
dorsal vessel, which, in the pupa.I watched, beat regularly 60 times a
minute. This action can only be observed for a very short time after
the larval skin has been cast. . Head not visible from this point of
view. Prothorax pale translucent greenish-erey, the marks of the
spiracles visible as elongated ochreous spots (dorsal vessel not visible
on prothorax). Meso-and metathorax and wing-cases of the same colour
as prothorax; the dorsal vessel dark grey-green. The abdomen pale yellow
in the dorsal and subdorsal areas, with brownish blotches on the 8rd,
4th, and 5th abdominal segments in the subdorsal area. On the lower
border of this area there are dark spots on the 8rd, 4th, and 5th
abdominal segments, and below these are pale circular spots on the
2nd, 38rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th abdominal segments. Some way lower
down are the narrow white spiracles. The spiracular area is greenish-
grey, dotted with white, and is bordered dorsally by a serrated line.
The 8th and 9th abdominal segments are invaded by the dorsal yellow
colour, the dark dorsal vessel being here scarcely discernible. After
about an hour, a faint line appears down the centre, and moss-like
marblings come on the subdorsal region of the prothorax. ‘The
inner and outer margins of the wing-cases become darker green. A
second pale spot appears below, and partly behind the pale spots
already mentioned as occurring on the abdominal segments. Beneath,
the pupa is greenish-grey, but the prothorax and the segments beyond
the wings are ochreous-grey. In three to four hours after the larval
skin is cast the ground colour of the pupa has changed from green to
brown, and all the darker markings have become still darker (Sich).

Pupa [From pupal-shells of British C. dispar] .—These strike one as
being very large, notwithstanding the considerable size of the butterfly.
The pupe of all the Lycenids seem rather large in relation to the size
of the body of the imago, but the large relative spread of the wings no
doubt requires a supply of fluid for their expansion, normal in pro-
portion to the wings, but large in proportion to the size of the body of
the insect. The pupa is 16-Omm. long, 6:-5mm. broad, and 6°Omm.
high at the 8th abdominal segment, where itis most robust. At tbe Ist
abdominal segment it is only about 5-Omm. wide or high, but dehiscence
makes accuracy here only comparative, and forwards impossible; but the
abdomen is certainly more full, more nearly spherical, than in the pupa
of R. phlaeas; the total length of the abdomen (parallel to venter) is
8:Omm. (obliquely from front of 1st abdominal to cremaster, 9°Omm.).
The girth varies very much; in one it is a fairly compact strand, but
obviously of several threads lying between the Ist and 2nd abdominal
segments. In others the separate threads are more or less scattered any-
where between the mesothorax and 8rd abdominal segment. The colour
of the shells differs much from that of those of R. phlaeas; it is a warm
ochreous and brown, whilst in R. phlaeas it is a yellowish-grey and black.
Thereis nowhereany black, simply the two tones of pale ochreous and pale
brown, differing a little in intensity in different specimens; only on
the prothorax is the tone a little paler (or whiter). On all is a series
of oblique pale bands (oblique downwards, or ventrad, and backwards)
on the abdominal segments, but lost on the hinder ones, each band

7 OE

PLATE

Photo. F. N. Clark.

Photo. F. N. Clark.

SURROUNDING AREA OF PUPA OF

PUPA

AREA OF

JREMASTRAL

7
i,

-FOURTH OF THI

NEARLY ONE

oi

SPIRACLE AND

his

OF CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR (x LOO),

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR (x 100).

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 451

about 0-5mm. broad, and 1mm. from middle line-at anterior border of
segment; there is also a narrow, darker, dorsal line. The space above
the oblique lines is of the same colour as that below in dark pupe, paler
in the pale pups. Below the oblique bands are two pale spots, also
obliquely placed ; these are nearly white in the palest pup, but of the
same colour as the oblique bands in the darker. The dark dorsal ne
is continued on the thorax, which presents dorsally (on all the seg-
ments) a paler tinting with darker spots. The two tints are the same
as those of the abdomen, but the pale being the ground colour, the
thorax, except in pale specimens, looks lighter tinted than the ab-
domen. The wings are pale, without markings, except the lighter lines
of the neuration, ending in a broad band outside ‘‘ Poulton’s line,”’
which is well-marked, and like the other neurational lines. The
spiracles are pale, looking lke a third to the two spots above. The
prothoracic spiracle-cover is a narrow slip about 0-7mm. long, attached
to the mesothorax, and beautifully ornamented with a velvety coating
of very fine hairs, or spicules, each of which appears to be terminally
spiculated, but they are so dense that a close view of one is not
obtainable. The antenne extend to the end of the wings, 11mm. from
front (10mm. from base of maxille). The maxille disappear beneath
them at 6mm. from their base (4mm. from the end of the antenne).
The second legs are a millimetre shorter, and the first legs end at
another millimetre nearer the head. The first lees are very large and
broad basally, and shut out the second legs from the eyes. The
labrum and jaws are small triangular portions, and the labium is un-
represented. In dehiscence the thorax slits down the back, and the head,
appendages, and antenne in one piece, separate forwards more or less
from the thorax and wings. There is a strong tendency for the thorax
and wings to separate from the Ist and 2nd abdominal segments, and
even the 8rd, and the prothoracic and metathoracic pieces retain their
places by no very solid attachments. The surface has everywhere
(except on the appendages) a large number of ‘‘umbrella-hairs,” or
“trumpet-hairs,’’ least abundant on the dorsum of the abdomen, more
plentiful in the spiracular region (pl. xii., fig. 1), very numerous indeed
on the prothorax. A few somewhat ordinary hairs occur also on the pro-
thorax and near the abdominal spiracles, regions that also afford many
blank circles, that are of the same nature as the larval lenticles. The
disc of the prothorax is so occupied by lenticles and trumpet- (or
umbrella-) hairs, that only its margins show the sculpturing of points
and ribs that prevail elsewhere. On the appendages are not only no |
hairs or lenticles, but none of the points either; but the ribs form a
most elaborate and beautiful reticulation of sinuous lines, splendidly
developed on the wings, less so on the maxille. On the dorsa of the
abdominal segments, the lines of fine ribbing are straight, and have
points at each angle of intersection; they form a set of irregular
polygons of various sizes. The points are rather wider than the ribs
they are on, and seem to be elevations with a rounded surface and an
impressed stellate sculpture on the summit. Neither hairs, trumpet-
hairs, or lenticles, take the place of these or occur on the ribs; the
hairs and these points seem to be mutually exclusive. In the
spiracular region, where they are all very crowded together, a trumpet-
hair or a lenticle will frequently be seen on the line of a rib, and
apparently on it, but closer examination shows that the rib dies out

452 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

before reaching it. Examination of yl. xi., fig. 2, shows the trumpet-
hairs as manifested by this pupa (x 200 diameters). If it be compared
with the similar one of f. phlacas (pl. x., figs. 1-2), the resemblances
will be seen to be very close, and differing a good deal from the
somewhat allied ones of Heodes virgaureae (pl. x1., fig. 1), and very
much from the somewhat remarkable form they assume in Loweia amphi-
damas (pl. xiv). It will be noted that the pupal surface is, in both
cases (C. dispar and R. phlaeas), and, indeed, in the others, marked out
into small polygonal areas by raised ribs, which have, at their junctions,
rounded tubercles, of which the darker interior shows some indication
of radial division into sections. This arrangement is probably identical
with that in Thestor ballus (pl. xv., figs. 1-2), where the cells are
much smaller and the ribs and tubercles larger, and the latter with
more obvious detailed structure. One observes here also that the ribs
joining the tubercles, in some cases, do not, in fact, always do so, but
lose themselves by spreading out on the flat areas, often fairly close
together, but with the aspect of preferring to take a slightly different
direction and finish rather than meet their neighbours. This phase is
well illustrated in 7’. ballus (pl. xv). In some areas, all the tubercles are
linked up to their neighbours and there are no looseends; in others, the ribs
merely continue the hexagonal structure of the tubercles and alternate
with neighbouring ones instead of meeting them. These two phases
are most pronounced on areas somewhat apart, nevertheless they are
shown in pl. xv., fig. 2. The upper and right hand sides show the
tubercles linked together, whilst the alternate arrangement is seen in
several tubercles towards the middle of the lower margin. It has
been suggested (Hint. fec., xvill., p. 145) that these tubercles represent
skin-hairs, but I beleve, now, that this is a very doubtful suggestion,
since, as a fact, they never by any chance carry hairs. The few very
minute hairs that occur on the pupa of 7’. ballus always occupy the
clear interspaces, and are, therefore, the representatives of the trumpet-
hairs of the Chrysophanids. It is especially to be observed in both
fi. phlaeas and C. dispar that the trumpet-hairs arise from bases in
the interspaces, and never from the ribs or their associated tubercles.
Plate x1., fig. 2, shows the ribs and tubercles strong and clear in places,
fading out in others; the trumpet-hairs are, perhaps, a shade smaller
than those of FR. phlaeas, 0‘05mm. in height, 0‘Olmm. wide at base, and
0:08mm. to 0:‘06mm. wide at top in different specimens. They appear
to be colourless or glassy in material, any dark lines they show being due
to refraction. At the top and the bottom of pl. x1., fig. 2, are two circles
that may be “‘lenticles,’’ but are more probably the bases of trumpet-
hairs that have been broken off. One is rather annoyed in a field of view
to find one or more hairs obviously broken away, and sometimes the
whole field cleared, but, looking at their frail and evanescent appearance,
one after all wonders how, in the accidents that befall pupz (alive or
dead), at the hands of the collector even, any proportion at all of the hairs
happens to remain. In the photograph (pl. xii., fig. 1) the spiracle of
the left side of the 6th abdominal segment of the pupa of C. dispar is
shown, with its surrounding territory (x 100). We have here a very
definite difference between the sculpture and hairs, otherwise so
much alike of Rumicia phlaeas and Chrysophanus dispar. In R. phlaeas
there appear to be no hairs except the trumpet-hairs, whilst in C.
dispar we have long hairs (0‘08mm. to 0:17mm.) of more ordinary

Prane x I;

Del. L.. M. Chapman.

Fic. 1.—TRuMmpPET-HAIRS ON Pupa or HEODES VIRGAUREZ VAR.
MEEGTE X 200.

Photo. F. N. Clark.

Fic. 2.—TRUMPET-HAIRS ON PUPA OF CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR X 200.

Natural History of British Butterflies, Oct., 1906.

Puate XIV.

Photo. F. Noad Clark.
PUPAL SKIN AND HAIRS OF LOWEIA AMPHIDAMAS X 200.

Natural History of British Butterflies, Dec., 1906.

‘QOBT “09q ‘sarywaqng ysuutg fo fiwojsip] [vAnJoN

‘OOLX San Iva YOLSAH], tO NS IWdog-—~¢ Oly "OZ X SATIVA UOISAH], AO NIMS IVdAG—T[ “YI

\

“Y4D).) PDON “YT *OLOUd

-
Oe ,

°

2S
ues

¥

@ 380
*, as

a Z: ‘
ng rk ‘

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 453

type. These occur, however, only in the circumspiracular region,
including the protbhorax. Each hair is a little swollen in its last
third, and, from the surface of this portion, arises a number of fine
spicule, generally standing out at right-angles to the axis of the hair,
producing a very different appearance from the spiculated hair so often
met with. Amongst these hairs in the photograph (pl. x1i., fig. 1) is one,
viz., that pointing, and with its end close, to the side of the spiracle, which,
instead of terminating in a sharp point, has an oblique flat end, armed
with spiculz, clearly a hair that was not quite sure it ought not to have
been a trumpet-hair. Several trumpet-bhairs may also be seen in the
photograph. The great mass of the circles unprovided with hairs are
no doubt lenticles—some may be hair-bases where the hairs have been
lost. Unfortunately, in the preparation, a majority of them have
succeeded in retaining an air bubble, which makes them look black in
the photograph. Nearly all those, however, that are not so obscured,
possess a membrane or diaphragm of minutely dotted structure, like
that usually met with in lenticles. The spiracle is of elaborate
structure. It may be described as an oval tube nearly as long as it is
wide, with the opening it presents diminished to a central slit by
membranous outgrowths on the sides, nearly meeting in the middle.
Hach of these seems to bea pillar of transparent material expanded at its
top into a flat plate. This differs much, if not in essential structure,
certainly in appearance, from that of R. phlaeas (in which each spiracle
has an outer projecting mass, of a chevaua de frise character), looking as
though the pillars (in C. dispar) did not end within the spiracle, but,
bending, emerged from the middle of the spiracle, and then, bending
outwards in rounded batons closely set together, of a length rather
greater than half the width of the spiracle, formed a sort of outer
basket-shaped structure, but of such transparent material that it is
difficult to decide whether it does consist of a number of separate
batons, or whether the lines are only grooves on a continuous structure.
The pupe of C. dispar and of R. phlaeas present certain spiculated
areas that very strongly suggest the spicule seen on Nepticulid pupe
and those of other lower micro-lepidoptera, which are the forerunners
and primary forms of the rows of spines so well-developed on the
pupe of Tortricids and various other of the higher micro-lepidoptera.
They agree with these micro-spicule in their distribution and in their
attitude, v.e., directed backwards (not dorsally but terminally). They
are very small, but are more or less similarly arranged in rows. On
the forward abdominal segments they are dorsal only. On the 7th and
8th they are also lateral, and on the 9th and 10th they occur ventrally
and over wider areas. In both species, they occur as an anterior band
along the anterior borders of the segments, and a posterior close to the
hindinargin. The anterior row occurs in Jt. phlaeas on all segments
2-9, the posterior on 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, and 8. The posterior row on the 2nd
abdominal segment is quite forward of the posterior margin, without
being quite in the middle of the segment. This is also the case in
C. dispar, in which the anterior row exists on 2, 6, 7, 8, and 9, and
the posterior on 3, 4, 5,6, 7, and 8. Plate xii., fig. 2, represents a
portion of the cremaster of C. dispar. The cremaster consists of a very
large number of hairs about 0-14mm. long, with a double anchor-like
hook, or pair of hooks, at the free end. Just above these, on the
right, is seen an area of skin-points, which are very similar to, and

454 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

continuous in distribution with, those already referred to as forming
the micro-like rows, These rows of spicules have no apparent relation
with any larval structures. The full-grown larva of R. phlacas has
spiculated hairs, but no skin-points, the skin-surface being divided
into a mesh of hexagonal cells by a fine network of lines. It seems
difficult to avoid looking for some relationship with some micro-
ancestor to account for them, and yet it is almost more difficult to
explain their survival, since they must have been useless for their
original functions for many ages. It is, however, no easier to
suggest any other origin for them, or to imagine what useful
functions they can now perform. To return to the cremastral area
and its hooks, I find it impossible to satisfy myself as to the limits
of the 9th and 10th abdominal segments. On the ventral line, the 7th
segment is clear enough, but the 8th is so contracted and fused with
the 9th, that even its limits are doubtful. Except on the ventral line,
the posterior margin of the 8th is definite enough. Within the circle
it encloses, to take the specimen of C. dispar before us, and specimens
of ft. phlaeas agree with it, we find first, in the dorsal half, an area
much hke the rest of the pupa, with buttons, ribs, and trumpet-hairs,
but with a small central area smooth, except for some lines radiating
from its centre. This has all the appearance of a scar, not unhke that
of the horn in Sphingids, but whether of some injury or normal might
be doubtful, were it not that other specimens present a very similar
appearance. ‘Turning to the ventral half of the area, we find it more
delicate and transparent, and divided across the middle by a suture,
which does not, however, reach either side. The whole of the area is
armed with the cremastral hooks, except a portion in the middle line,
slightly behind the suture noted, but chiefly between it and the front
of the seemeut. In the middle of this clear area are two projecting
points side by side, and, running forwards from between them, two fine
ridges with a groove between, ending in front by widening out into a
rounded lappet, with a surface of extremely fine spiculations. ‘This
appears to be ata different level from the portion of segment that
seems to overlap it from either side and carries the hooks, and one might
suppose this to be the 9th and the hooks on the 10th, but those immedi-
ately behind the surface are continuous, without intervening suture.
Living pupa (changed June 9th, 1906) (rvtilus): At first, pale greyish-
green, butsoon developsdarker markings. There versists, on the 2nd, 8rd,
4th, and 5th abdominal segments, a yellow-greenish series of oblique
marks, the ‘“‘oblique”’ lines, which are hardly visible in the larva.
The pale coloration also persists beneath. The chief darker markings
at present (6 to 12 (?) hours after pupation) are a dark olive (thin black
over green) mediodorsal line the whole length of dorsum; a number of
dark (black) spots, abundant on sides of mesothoracic dorsum (which
is pale between these and dorsal line), also abundant on metathorax,
but smaller and less numerous on prothorax. ‘There is a dark shade
down the wing-base from prothorax to wing-spine, and thence down
the wing between nervures la and 1b. The wing also has a dark shade
along the inner margin. The abdomen is pale on each side of the dorsal
line on the 1st and 2nd abdominal segments, the ‘oblique’ line here
stretching inwards on the following segments 8, 4, 5, and indeed 6, 7, 8,
and 9; the area between the dorsal and oblique lines is olive, with a
faint rufous tint. Outside the oblique lines it is deep olive, with two

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 455

pale spots placed obliquely parallel to oblique lines, and then the white
spiracle, about which is a number of small pale spots. The protboracic
spiracle-cover is white, and placed well back from the antenne (Chapman).
Size: §. Length, 12mm.; from head to end of antenna-cases, Imm.
Greatest diameter, at the 4th abdominal in lateral plane, between
6mm. and 7mm.; at the mesothorax about 5mm., and about the same
height, 7.e., the dorso-ventral plane. The leneth of the larger pupa,
?,is 15mm., and bulky in proportion. It is of the usual Lycenid
pattern, but the thorax, in addition to being very much smaller than
the globular abdomen, does not bulge conspicuously as is the case with
some Theclids (Strymon w-album). The waist is dorsal only, and not very
deep. Dorsally the length of each of the 2nd to 7th abdominal segments
is about equal; the 1st abdominal segment is small; the mesothorax, as
usual, very large; the metathorax quite small; the prothorax rather large
and neatly rounded off in front, having no suggestion of the over-
haneing cowl-like appearance of the T'heclids. It is essentially a
more primitive-looking pupa than those of the last-named group. The
ventral aspect of the abdominal segments is pale, and the latter have
the fragile look which is characteristic of intersegmental membrane,
giving a suggestion of the possibility of movement which is, however,
not justified on dehiscence, save, possibly, to a very shght extent
between the 4th and 5th abdominal segments. The ventral area is
much flattened, a medioventral line would be almost level, in fact it
appears so in comparison with the rounded contours of the pupa as
a whole. ‘The spiracles are large and conspicuous, set in a slight
hollow, and a trifle raised so that their level at the rim is almost
flush with the rest of the surface. The slit-hke opening is pale-
coloured. The area surrounding the spiracle is studded with the
trumpet-topped hairs which have a star-like appearance under a low
magnification, elsewhere, the most conspicuous surface-sculpturing
consists of a network of fine dark coloured veining; on the dorsal area
the intersection of the veins tends to become conspicuous, forming
star-like processes in low relief. In addition to the trumpet-hairs are
numerous small raised rings, suggestive of lenticular origin, but very
small. The surface is, as a whole, smooth and somewhat shiny, but
not polished. The colour is brown, darkening, as usual, on the dorsal
and thoracic areas, pale ventrally, a dark mediodorsal stripe running from
head to anus. Above the whitish spiracles are two very pale, almost
white, spots, set obliquely, the lower suggesting that it is composed
of two spots joined. This origin is evident from the 2nd to the 7th ~
abdominals, but on the 1st and sth abdominals only one small very faint
spot is to be seen. Above these spots is a series of faint, pale-coloured
stripes, somewhat curved and set so as to suggest an oblique series ;
they are distinct from the Ist to 6th abdominals. Beneath the spiracles
is one small pale spot on the 4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th abdominal segments.
The anus, especially ventrally, is quite pale. The wing-cases are pale
brown towards the base, with darker bands between the veins towards
the margins of the wings. The eyes have already darkened, as have
also the leg-, antenna-, and haustellum-cases to a less extent; the
darkened portion of the antenna not reaching quite to the tips of the
cases; these are flush with the wings and appear to encroach on the
5th abdominal segment, but it is difficult to say if this is more than
apparent, as the segments are extremely short ventrally, and seemingly,

456 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

but not in reality, composed of folds of intersegmental membrane.
The haustellum-case and leg-cases extend about two-thirds of the length
of the antenna (Bacot, June 24th, 1906). The swollen abdomen of the
pupa and the markings upon it certainly have some resemblance to the
abdomen of a large spider (Sich).

Pupat, cotour cHaNGES.— @ Pupa (five days old): The eyes show
darkly. Sia days old: Eyes and lees dark-grey, wings with an ochreous
tint, prothorax still very pale, meso- and metathorax darker grey.
Seven days old: Kyes almost black. Prothorax still pale, ground
colour elsewhere ochreous-brown. Limbs very dark; wings deep
ochreous, with the borders dark. The oblique stripes and pale spots
of the abdomen still conspicuous. Seren-and-half days old: Wings
becoming coppery, black wine-spots visible. Hight days old: Ground
colour very dark, almost black prothorax, 1st abdominal and the stripes
and spots on the abdomen grey. The 9th and 10th segments ochreous-
grey, with a black quadrilateral spot in the centre. Spiracles still silvery.
In the spiracular region the dark abdomen appears grey on account of
the numerons white trumpet-hairs here situated. Wings red, with
black outer-marginal band and spots. Antenne black, ringed finely
with pale grey. On the ninth day the butterfly emerged (Sich).

Time oF AppEARANCE.—The species is hardly to be called partially
double-brooded in its localities in Central Europe, for the taking of even
an occasional autumnal specimen is a rare occurrence in the more
northern parts of its area. In Britain, it seems to have occurred as a
single-brooded species, appearing between the end of June and the com-
mencement of August, the earliest date recorded in the diaries of
J.C. Dale being June 25th, 1826. The same observer notes also July
drd-d5th, 18383, July 19th, 1827, August 1819, and August 4th, 1821.
Speechly took imagines in August 1818, whilst Dale further notes larvee
as taken on June Gth, 1841, June 25th, 1826, and July 24th, 1827, and
pupe July 25th, 1827. lLarve were also taken June 7th, 1841, at
Whittlesea Mere, by Doubleday (/nt., xxvili., p. 42). Haworth gives July
as the time of appearance of the imago, so also do Stephens and other
British authors, and Bond particularly states that the species was not, in
his opinion, double-brooded in this country, and that the imago made its
appearance in July and August from larve found feeding on Rumea
hydrolapathum in June... Gillmer says that, in nature, in the Berlin
district, the insect is single-brooded, although, in confinement, an
occasional specimen of a second-brood may be reared, e.y., Fass] bred
a @ August 18th, 1905, but Gillmer doubts whether even this was
not a late example from a hybernated larva, as the same year larve
three-quarters grown were taken (with this) by Fassl on July 12th, whilst
larvee of the year were still very tiny on August 9th. Dadd notes it as
being in fine condition in the beginning of July, 1904, at Spandau.
It may be that a few feed up rapidly in warm seasons, as there is no
question of its double-broodedness in the south-east and south-west of
Kurope, e.y., 1t is recorded as occurring in the Bordeaux marshes in
May, June, and again in August and September (Brown), whilst Godart
found it as early as June 15th, 1821, near Petit-Gentilly. Verity notes
it at Modena, September 6th, 1900, evidently a second brood. Rehfous
captured examples August 8th-28rd, 1905, at Glanon-sur-Sadne, of
small size, and possibly, therefore, of the second-brood. Norris found the
imagines abundant from September 12th-October 1st, 1891, at Lago
Massciuccoli near Viaregeio, the specimens being in good condition on

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 457

the latter date, no doubt a second-brood. The same observer also notes
the capture of imagines on July 29th, 1892, on the marshes round
the great springs of Beinette in the Certosa di Pesio district, also, one
suspects, a second brood. Mrs. Nicholl found the specimens of the first
brood going over in the Save Valley on June 18th, 1898, at Slavisch
Brod, and the second brood was taken during the last few days in July
at Serajevo, not more than half as large as those taken in the Save
Valley a month or six weeks earlier. She also took the species on June
8th, 1899, in the Struma Valley, in Bulgaria, and, again, a series in
the marshy Save Valley in Bosnia, towards the end of June, 1901,
evidently also of the first brood, but she says (Mnt. Rec., x1., p. 4) that
the species may be taken pretty nearly all through the summer at
various dates, according to the elevation, in every wet-valley in North
Bosnia, up to a height of about 2000 feet (or more), whilst the second
brood appears in the lowlands almost before the first brood is over in
the hill country, those taken in the mountains being a great deal
smaller than the first brood in the Save marshes, e.g., it occurred in
good condition at Jajce from June 25th to July 3rd, 1898, in the wet
mountain meadows. Elwes notes it also at Jajcé, on July 26th, 1901;
at Jezero, on June 25th-26th, 1901; at Serajevo, June 18th, 1899; at
Slavonisch Brod, June 11th, 1901; and Dervent, June 12th, 1901. Miss
Fountaine found it worn near Broussa at the end of August, and in
early September 19038, certainly a second brood. Nicholson took it in
June, 1892, finding it from June 9th-11lth, near Budapest, viz., in
meadows at Budafok, about five or six miles below Budapest, and
on the Adlersbere hill to the south of Buda, on June 14th, whilst,
from ova obtained by a 2 taken on the 11th, he reared three imagines
on his return to England, a fine @ on August 9th, a small 3 on
the 14th, and another fine ? on the 17th, so that here the species is
evidently double-brooded. Ruhl notes it as occurring at the end of
May and in July at Budapest. Miss Fountaine took the species in the
forest of Szaar, on June 5th, 1898, also a very small form commonly
round Kavaran Szakul, in the third week of July; as well as near the
Kammerwald, in early August, where most of the specimens were much
larger, one would supposea most unusual occurrence. Fleck saysthat the
species is abundant in Roumania, the first brood flying in June, the
second brood from about August 17th, on into October. Of the German
localities the following may be noted :—In the beginning of August on
the moorland marshes of Kast Prussia (Speiser) ; at the end of June,
and in early July, in the marshes of the Oder, the ? s in the Stepenitz
district up to the end of July (Hering) ; a newly-emerged g near Stral-
sundon June 15th, 1905 (Heckel); endofJuneuntil August, the ? sabout
a fortnight later than the g's, in the Berlin district (Bartel and Herz);
(Blachier has specimens taken here June 80th, 1901, by Bartel) ; end of
June and throughout July, in Silesia (Doring); end of May and June,
in Baden (Meess and Spuler); June 14th, 1901, goine over, near
Neu Breisach, in Baden (Lowe); a 2 July 12th, 1859, near Worms
(Glaser); in June, and again in August and September, in Alsace
(Peyerimhoff). Guillmer doubts it being double-brooded in Alsace,
but Giard says that it is double-brooded in the Somme district, the
examples of the first brood large, and approaching dispar, the second
brood smaller, as at Bordeaux; Bentall took it in the commencement
of August, in the Jura, near Arlay. Ruhl says that it occurs in July

458 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

and August on the Riviera; we know of no details. Menshootkin
notes (/’nt., xxvul., p. 184) the capture of this butterfly near Louga, in
the Govt. of St. Petersburg, on July 12th, 1892; the first example
taken in the district. Further details are given anted, pp. 484-4389.
Hasirs.—On June 27th, 1906, two imagines were observed in the
breeding-cage. The butterfly walks in a very stately manner, holding
its wings erect, 1ts body well off the ground, and its legs taking a firm
erip of the leaf or other object on which it is moving; it has a peculiar
way of pulling down one of the antenne beneath one of the front legs,
and combing it as if cleaning it. At rest, the body is held well above
the resting-surface, the antenne stretched out well in front, at about an
angle of 45° to each other, either almost horizontally or slightly elevated,
the wings raised at right angles to the surface on which the butterfly is
standing, the inner margins of the hindwings folded round the body,
forming, as it were, a sort of tube, in which the body rests. The
forewings do not appear to be drawn down very far into the hindwings,
a very fair portion of the costal area of the forewing, as well as the apex
and considerable outer margin, being exhibited above the costal margin
of the hindwing. The forewings, however, are much more completely
hidden when the insect is asleep (Tutt). As Mr. Main most kindly sent
me an imago which had emerged July 4th, 1906, I had three imagines,
two of my own pupe disclosing their imagines on July 1st and 6th
respectively, which unfortunately were all females. These were kept alive
as long as possible, in the vain hope of my being able to procure a male.
Mr. Main’s example died July 12th, having lived eight days. The
other two, which fed more vigorously, lived nineteen days, dying on
July 19th and 25th respectively. They were fed on sugar-water by
means of an artist’s brush. Though these three imagines were all
from the same source, they showed very different dispositions, one of
them being most docile, taking to the sugar-water readily, and
sucking, on most days, steadily for five minutes, never showing any
alarm. ‘The second one had to be coaxed into feeding, and usually
would only suck the brush for about half-a-minute at a time, and
never seemed to be quite at ease as the first. The third one was wild,
and could only with difficulty be induced to take any food. They took
no notice of leaves or flowers that were placed in their cages, and they
were generally to be found resting with closed wings on the top of
their cages. On bright days, especially after feeding, they would
spread out their beautiful wings and bask in the sunshine. Usually,
they rested on all three pairs of legs, but occasionally they would use
two pairs only, the front pair being drawn up near the body (Sich).
Mrs. Nicholl says (Hnt. Rec., xi., p. 4) that ‘‘the insect, although not
so large as the extinct English type, is a lovely butterfly. In the Save
Marshes and around the glacis of the fortress of Slavisch Brod, it
darts like a living flame among the tall greyish marsh-grass, then
suddenly turning the grey underside of its wings towards you, it be-
comes almost impossible to mark its flight, till, with another turn, the
fiery copper again flashes in the sunshine and tempts the reckless
pursuer to flounder deeper and yet deeper into the bog. I think, on
the whole, that the butterfly is easier to catch on a grey warm day
without much sun. It may then be seen sitting with closed wings on
blades of grass, or on yellow flowers, and may be quietly approached
and boxed without difficulty.’’ This reminds oneof Bond’s note thatin the
Cambridgeshire and Huntingdonshire fens, the imagines were very active

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 459

and shy, and would only fly when the sun shone; they would always settle
on a thistle when they could find one in bloom, flying off to attack any
insect, no matter what, that might come anywhere near them, not
always returning, but generally passing on to another place. It was
of very little use following them if you missed your first stroke with
the net, as they went away like the wind, and seldom let you get a
second chance; indeed, it was difficult to follow them, as keeping your
eyes on them and the boggy places was rather a difficult job. Fleck
says that, in Roumania, one finds the ?s very abundant on flowers of
thistle, and centaurea. The J s, he says, fly very rapidly and dart directly
forwards, and do not often settle; they flap the wings together in
flight; for the twinkle of an eye one sees the brilliant red of the upper-
side and then the insect suddenly disappears from sight. Peyerimhoff
also notes that the species is very irregular in its appearance in Alsace,
and states that for four years he had sought the species in vain, in
localities where it was usually common, he observes it as most abundant
in August, 1879, at Colmar. Ruhl observes it as a species of irregular
appearance, sometimes disappearing for years from localities where it
has previously been abundant. Rehfous observes that, at Glanon-
sur-Sadne, rutidus flies only if it is warm and the sun shines, from
10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m.; when the sky is cloudy or it is windy, the
insect disappears completely. Its flight, he says, is short, and it loves
to settle, by preference, on flowers of Lythrum salicaria, the wings
drawn up and closed ; sometimes it opens them completely, and then
litters in the sun, so that it can be seen from a distance. Lowe
observes that at Neu Breisach, he thought the species resembled
Heodes virgaureae in flight and habit, and he considered the flight
slow and the butterfiy rather sluggish, the imagines basking on the
broad leaves of the large water-dock. Aigner says that, in Hungary,
it is specially fond of visiting ranunculus and scabious flowers.
Hasirat.—We have already quoted (antea p. 423) Bree’s note
concerning the low marshy ground frequented by this species in the
fen districts of this country, and his expressed surprise that the
inundation of the locality during a great portion of the winter had no
ill effects on the species, although large tracts of the country inhabited
by it were completely under water. Godart observed that, in France,
ii inhabits marshy places, being very common in such localities near
Compiegne and Villers-Cotterets, whilst Brown notes it as common in
the marshes extending to the north and northwest of Bordeaux, ete.
In the Somme district it occurs in peaty marshes (Giard), whilst in
the dept. Aube it is very local in marshy fields (Jourdheuille), in the
marshes of the dept. Aisne (Dubus), and of Bacalou near Bordeaux
(Oberthur). Norris says that, in Piedmont, it occurs on the marshes
round the great springs of Beinette, in the Pesio district; Verity
notes it as occurring in the small marshes that extend along the
coast of Tuscany, from Pisa nearly to Spezia, whilst Curd observes
that it is not rare in fields in Piedmont. Mrs Nicholl records it as
rather abundant in the marshes of the Save, near Bosnisch Brod, and
around the glacis of the fortress of Slavisch Brod, and states that the
insect is difficult to chase over the bogey ground of the marshes, but she
also notes it as occurring in every wet valley of north Bosnia up to 2000ft.
or more; she also found it in the marshes near Jajce, by the Pliva;
and, in Bulgaria, in the marshes of the Struma valley. In Germany,
Speyer says that it flies preferably in damp meadows, and seems

460 BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

scarcely ever to extend beyond the hill region; in East Prussia it
occurs in marshy meadows (Speiser) ; also in the Stepenitz district, as
well as in the meadows of the Oder near Jungfernberg (Hering), in
the marshy meadows of Silesia (Wocke), and of Baden (Meess and
Spuler), in the marshy lowland meadows of Alsace (Speyer), whilst at
Neu Breisach the ground it haunted was very wet (Lowe). Gillmer
says that the butterfly flies in damp meadows, and prefers the ditches
and watercourses; its appearance 1s very irregular, and it often disappears
for a lone time from districts where it has beforetimes been abundant.
The comparative rarity of the insect in the Berlin district, he says, is
perhaps to be explained by the fact that the foodplant i is cut down in June
and July, destroying thereby many eges and larve ; in quiet ditches, where
the foodplant grows undisturbed, they are more abundant, and the
larvee and eggs may be found naturally in Aucust. Bartel and Herz
note the butterfly as being abundant in 1901, in the Berlin district,
after having been comparatively rare for a long time. Peyerimhoff
says that, in Alsace, it occurs in damp meadows and by the sides
of ditches, ¢.g., the ditches of the eglacis at Strasburg, low places
in the meadows between Hotzwihr and Massin-Ronga, the sides
of the road in the forest of Niederwald, by the sides of ditches in the
neighbourhood of Semland and Neuland, ditches near the Bruche, at
Mutzenheim, etc. Miss Fountaine found it in the marshy meadows of
the plain near Broussa, in September, 19038, always in the plain, where
the wet meadows were irrigated by ditches. She adds that the moist
meadows below the Kammerwald, where long grass, aquatic flowers
and reeds flourish, form the best locality near Budapest. Stentz also
records the insect as occurring on marshy meadows along the Hisack, in
the Tyrol district. Fleck says that, in Roumania, the species flies
everywhere in meadows, pastures, roadside ditches, etc., in numbers.
Rehfous says that at Glanon-sur-Sadne it flies by the pondsides and
in marshy plains, and is never seen far therefrom. Young records it
as occurring in north Persia, one specimen being taken at a height of
above 9000ft. (/nt., i11., p. 72).

[Locanitres.—Formerly locally abundant in a few places in the

English fens, but long since extinct. The localities were—Camprmcx
(Haworth) :. near Ely (Skrimshire), Whittlesea Mere (Standish). _Hunzs (Lewin) :
Yaxley Mere (Standish), Holme Fen (Stretton), Trundle Mere (Dale). Norroix:
Bardolph Fen (Skrimshire teste Curtis). Surrotx: Benacre (teste Stephens). |
Distrisution.—Local and rare in western Europe, extending into
Mauretania, becoming commoner in the east and extending across
the Palearctic area to the Pacific. Italy, southeast Europe, Bithynia,
Pontus, Armenia, Altai. [Africa—Algeria (Neuschild).] Asta: Asia Minor (Rebel),
near Broussa (Fountaine), Armenia, Ladik, near Amasia (teste Riihl), Turkestan—
Taschkend, Lepsa (Hormuzaki), Chanat Kokan (teste Riihl), eastern Asia—Amur-
land, Pokrofka (Graeser), Raddefka (Christoph), Askold, Bikin, Sutschan (Dorries),
Chang-Do, south of Gensan (Leech), Pungtung (Herz), Kansou—He-Tchén
(Alphéraky), Kouldja (teste Riihl), Altai mountains (teste Blachier), South Altai—
Kenderlik (Ruckbeil). Austrrta: Local and rare—Banat, Transsylvania (teste
Xebel), Bohemia—near Zbirow (Speyer), Moravia—Biirn, Rottalowitz (Fritsch),
Upper Austria—near Steyer rare (Brittinger), Lower Austria—Siegenfeld (teste
Speyer), near Vienna, in the Hinterbriihl, Dornbacher district (Rossi), Hernstein
district, the Grabenweg valley, in the Hals, local (Rogenhofer), 'Tyrol—Bozen,
Trient (Mann), in the lowlands, rare ‘ixen (Hinterwaldner), Carniola (teste
Speyer), Dalmatia (Mann), Hungary—Szadr, Kavaran Szakul, Kammerwald
(Fountaine), Budapest, Budafok, the Adlersberg (Nicholson), Slavonia (Brit. Mus.
Coll.), Hermannstadt (teste Riihl), Bucovina (Hormuzaki), Peszir, Szeged,

CHRYSOPHANUS DISPAR. 461

Nagyvarad, Parad, Pécs, Tapoleza, Nezsider, Pozsony, Tavarnok, Verebély,
Nagymaros, N. Verécze, Rozsnyé, Eperjes, Szoroské, Nagyszeben, Segesvar,
Gyeke, Hldpatak, Nagyag, Mehadia, Fehértemplom, Vinkoveze, Lipik,
Josipdol (Aigner). Bosnra and Hercecovina: From the lowlands of the
Save Valley to the tree-covered mountains of central Bosnia, up to 900m.
Save district—near Bosnisch-Brod, June 18th, 1898 (Nicholl), Dervent (Hilf),
Jajcé, Jezero, end of June (Nicholl), Bosnatal, August, 1900 (Hilf), Fojnica,
August 8th-September 10th, 1901 (Simonys), near Serajevo (Nicholl), Slavonisch
Brod, Trebevic, Ivan, abundant (Apfelkeck), Baba Planina, near Gacko (Nicholl).
Beuriearia AND Hast Roumeria: West Bulgaria, near Bad Kostenec, September 5th
(Rebel), Struma Valley, beginning of June (Mrs. Nicholl), Rosgrad—Danubian-
Bulgaria, Markowitsch, etc. (teste Rebel). France: Somme district (Giard), Aube
- —Villechétif, Lusigny (Jourdheuille), Aisne—Rouvray, St. Quentin (Dubus),
Gironde—Bordeaux (Brown), marshes of Bacalou (Oberthiir), Doubs—between
Pontarlier and St. Point, very rare (Bruand), Isere—Uriage (Oberthiir), Jura—near
Aulay (Bentall), Cote-d’Or—Glanon-sur-Sadne (Rehfous), Haute-Marne—Langres
in the Vosges (Miot), Oise—Compiégne, Villers-Cotterets (Godart), Seine—
Petit-Gentilly (Godart), Meuse—Verdun (Kane). Grrmany: Prussia—very rare
and only found in a few places in Hast Prussia, and not at all in West Prussia—
Dantzig (teste Kane), Metgethen, Saalfeld, Osterode, Oletzko district, Lyck, |
Ortelsburg (Speiser), Pomerania rare—near Demmin, Negast (Paul and Plotz),
Stepenitz, on the Oder-meadows, near Jungfernberg, near Stettin (Hering), Stralsund
(Heckel), Mecklenburg — Neustrelitz (Messing), Riielow (Sponholz), Teterow
(Gillmer), Siavenhagen (Tessmann), Brandenburg—near Berlin, rare—Finkenkrug,
Schwanenkrug, Ludwigsfelde, Buch (Bartel and Herz), Spandau (Dada),
Province Saxony—near Magdeburg (Riihl), Posen, very rare—Owinsk, Wonsowo
(Schumann), Silesia—near Koberwitz, Klarenkranst, Zesselwitz, ete. (Déring),
Upper Lusatia, between Gédorlitz and Ostritz (Moéschler), near Kritschen,
Giersdorf, Seydorf (Wocke), Baden, in few places—Wassenweiller near
Freiburg, rare (Pcstans), Dinglingen more frequent (Reutti), near Lahr,
Mannheim, Weinheim (Meess and Spuler), Gottenheim (Nicholson), Wiirtem-
berg (teste Meess and Spuler), Hesse-Darmstadt—near Worms, July 12th, 1859,
Lorsch, Lampertheim (Glaser), [Bavaria—Miinich, Gern (Schrank),] Alsace—
Neu Breisach (Lowe), Strasburg, Colmar, between MHotzwihr and Massin-
Ronga, Niederwald, near Semland and Neuland, Matzenheim (Peyerimhoff), near
Hiiningen (Lippe), Lorraine—-Metz, Minster (teste Kane). Grexrcr: (Brit. Mus.
Coll.). Ivary: Milan (Turati), Pontine Marshes (teste Verity), Battaglia near
Padua (teste Blachier), Sondrio district—Val Tellina (teste Kane), not rare in Pied-
mont, Modena district, many places (Curo), Beinette, in the Pesio district, Lago
Massciuccoli, near Viareggio (Norris), Tuscany—coast districts between Pisa and
Spezia (Verity). Roumanta: Common—Grumazesti, near Tirgu Neamtu,
Bukarest (Caradja), Kloster Neamtz, Agapia, Peatra, Hango, Bacau, Slanic up
to 900m., Jassy, Dulcesti (Fleck), Comanesti (Leon). Rvssta: St. Petersburg
Govt.—Louga (Menshootkin), Wiatka district (Kroulikowsky), Transcaucasia—
Lischk, Lagodekhi, Soukhoum—Kale, in May (Romanoff), Sarepta (Grum-
Grshimailo), Caucasus (Bramson), Podolia, Bagovitza (Brit. Mus. Coll.). Survra:
near Belgrade—Topciderpark (Lazarewitsch), Ak Palanka (Hilf). Swrrzuruanp:
Canton Berne—Bernese Jura near Tramelan (Blachier).

ERRATA.

Page 107, line 29.—For ‘‘ our A. lineola ab. suffusa,” read ‘‘our A. lineola ab.
brunnea.”

Page 129, line 7.—The record ‘‘ Stratford-on-Avon”’ was corrected by Colbourne,
Entomologist, vi., pp. 36-37.

Page 131, line 32.—For ‘‘ Acromacuus,’’ read ‘‘ AEROMACHUS.”’

Page 196, line 15.—For ‘‘ab. espert, n.ab.,’’ read ‘‘ab. melicertes, Schultz.’? We
understand from Gillmer that Esper’s figure had been previously named by
Schultz; we have not seen his description.

Page 303, line 31.—For “‘ virgaurea,’’ read ‘‘ virgaureae.”’

Page 306, line 23.—For ‘‘ dorylas,”’ read “ dorilis.”’

Page 308, lines 40-42.—Place a ‘‘)”’ after ‘ 466,” and place ‘*(” before
“« Tampetie,”’ and ‘‘)”’ after ‘* 356-9.”

Page 314, line 31.—For ‘‘ form,’’ read ‘‘ former.”’

Page 320, line 35.—For ‘‘ Chrysophanus hippothoé var. gordius,’’ read ‘‘ Loweia
alciphron var. gordius.”’

462

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

Page 320, lines 37-38.—The egg of Thestor ballus here referred to is stated by Sich
(Ent. Rec., xvili., p. 239) to be most probably that of Callophrys rubt.
Page 355, line 10. —For ‘‘ab. hiibneri, n.ab.,’’ read ‘‘ab. hiibneri, Obth., Bull.

Soc. Ent. France, 1905, pp. 55- 56.”?

Page 369, line, 18.—For ‘‘ foward! the base,’’ read ‘‘ toward the base of hindwing.”’
Page 392, line 3.—Perhaps ‘‘ragwort’’ is not so probable a mistake after all, for

Harrison writes (in litt.,

August 24th, 1906) that, on the sandhills at

Burntisland, Fife, he found a colony of the larve of this species feeding on

Solidago virgaurea.

General Index to Parts I and II.

P

Acacia decurrens, foodplant of Tal-
menus ictinus .

Adenocarpus intermedius, foodplant
of L. boetica

Adopaea, characteristics ‘of, 93;
differentiated from Thymelicus,

_ GBS shanoonnoiny, o6 oe ave

Adopaea flava, synonymy, 105;
original description, 106 ; imago,
106; sexual dimorphism, 106;
gynandromorphism, 106; varia-
tion, 106-8; egglaying, 108;
ovum, 108; habits of larva, 108;
larva, 108-9; variation of larva,
109, 110; foodplants, 110;
puparium, 110; pupa, 110-11;
time of appearance, 111-113;
habitat, 112; habits, 113-14;
British localities, 114-15; dis-
tribution .. 56

Adopaea lineola,
original description, 94; imago,
95; sexual dimorphism, 95 ;
compared with A. flava, 95;
variation, 95-97 ; egg-laying, 97;
ovum, 97; eggs compared with
those of 7. acteon, 98; habits of
larva, 98-9; ontogeny of larva,
99; larva, 99-100; foodplants,
100; puparium, 100; pupa, 100,
101; time of appearance, 101-2;
habitat, 102-3; habits, 103-4;
British localities. 104; distribu-
tion : ;

Aglais urticae, larvee (gregarious)
spinning silken web 52,

Agrimonia eupatoria, foodplant of
H. malvae..

Aira caespitosa, foodplant ot U.
comma

Alimentary canal of ‘embryo devel-
oped in butterfly eges .

Allied plants, laid on by butterflies

Amblypodia larvee attended by ants

Amorpha populi, resemblance of
ovum of Adopaea flava to ovum
Olea:

Anaca andrica, larvee leat- spinners

Antennal sensory organs ..

Anthocharis belia, larvee resembling
stems of foodplant Sn 72,

synonymy, 94 ;

AGE.

36
65

92 -

115-116

104-5

58
240
19

PAGE.

Anthocharis simplonia, resting-habit
of larva ..

Anthyllis tetraphylla, foodplant of
ES battus “3.

Ants, associated with butterfly
larve, 30-7; sworn enemies of
Feniseca tarquinius larvee

Apatura iris, silken hybernaculum
of larva, 54; assimilation of
larva to sallow-leaf, 64; method
of attachment of larva before
pupation ..

Aphnaeus lohita larvee frequenting
ants’ nests 56

Aphnaeus vulcanus larvee attended
by ants

75
75

37

- 17-8

33
33

Aporia crataegt, oregarious larva -

spinning a nest ..
Argynnid larvee, of the exyptic type
Argynnis aglaia, puparium of ..
Argynnis elisa, resting-habit of
larva
Arrenatherum elatius, foodplant of
A. lineola . :
Augiades, synonymy of,
characteristics of. . ae :
Augiades sylwanus, synonymy,
132; original description, 132;
imago, 133; sexual dimor-
phism, 133-4; variation, 134-6;
egg-laying, 136-7 ; ovum,
137; habits of larva, 137-8 ;
larva, 138-42; foodplants, 142;
puparium, 142; pupa, 142-45;
time of appearance, 145-8; habits,
148; habitat, 148-9; British
localities, 149-50 ;
Avena pubescens,
sylvanus
Azanus ubaldus larva Without secre-
tory gland.. :

131;

foodplant of A.

Basal-fleck or -spot. .

Basilarchia, silken hybernacula of
larvee, 54-5 ; larva making a
loose ball for protection, 56;
larvee resembling birds’droppings,
68; resting-habit of B. archippus
larva 5

Benzoni odor iferum,

" foodplant of
E. troilus . ot oe

52
67
57

73

- 100
5 doe

distribution 151-2

142
34
81

74
75

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE.
Bonjeania hirsuta, foodplant of
T vallus.. ies

Botanical instinct of butterflies .. 3
Brachypodium pinnatum, foodplant
of T. acteon a 120, 123
Brachypodium sylvaticum, food-
plant of A. flava, 108; foodplant
_ of T. acteon, 120, 123 ; foodplant
of A. sylvanus, 137 ; foodplant of
C. palaemon , 205

Bromus asper, foodplant of C.
palaemon .. 01, 205
Butterflies distinguished | from

moths, 1; fossil, 2; generalised
in structure, or specialised, 2 ;
egg-laying, 2; sense of smell in,
3; eggs, described generally, 5-7 ;
hybernating, 6; photographing
eggs of, 8-11; obtaining eggs of,
12-15; larve and their moultings,
15-17; external structure of larva
of, 18-25; internal structure of
larva of, 25-30; larvee, association
of ants with, 30-37; carnivorous
habits of larve, 37-40; collect-
ing larvee of, 40-50; silk-spinning
habit in larve, 50-61; coloration
of larve, 61-72; resting-habits of
larvee, 72-78 ; period of quiescence
of larvee before pupation Be Mite)

Calamagrostis epigeios, foodplant
of T. acteon on a .. 123
Callophryid eges .. ae .. 3820
Carex flowers attractive to T. acteon 127
Carnivorous habits of butterfly
larve 37-40
Catalogue of ‘Palearctic Urbicolids 295
Centaurea flowers frequented by U.
comma, 186; seedheads a resting-
place for N. tages, 288; flowers
attractive to C. dispar .. 435, 459
Chalcids, infesting butterfly eggs 6
Charaxes jastus, larve spinning
silken platform, 55; protective
value of resting-position of larvae, -
56,74; cryptic coloration of larva,

62, 72
Chlorippe clyton, larve gregarious
inaweb .. fe ee
Chrysophanid ese, "320; larva,

320-1; pupa, 321-4; imagines,
variation of, 325; sexual dimor-
phism of .. oe 325-6
Chrysophanidi, gynandromorphism
in, 417; sexual dimorphism in 416
Chrysophanus, imago, 415-6; egg,
caterpillar at birth, chrysalis .. 416
Chrysophanus dispar, larve drop-
ping by athread, 56; var. rutilus,
larvee resembling their foodplant,
65; synonymy, 417-8; original
description, 418-9; imago, 419;
sexual dimorphism, 419-20;
historical account of British

463

PAGE.
specimens, 420-8; variation,
428-38; teratological specimens,

438; egg-laying, 438-9; ovum,
439-40; habits of larva, 440-3;
larva in first instar, 443-4; in
second instar, 445; in third instar
445-6; in final (? fourth) instar,
446-7; nearly fullgrown, 447;
final instar (fullgrown), 447-8;
foodplants, 448; pupation,
448-50; newly-formed pupa (of
var. rutilus), 450; pupa (from
British pupa-shells), 450-4; living
pupa (of var. rutilus), 454-6;
pupal colour changes, 456; time
of appearance, 456-8; habits,
458-9; habitat, 459-60; localities,
460; distribution 0 460-1
Chrysophanus hippothoé (var.
eurybia), gynandromorph aa ALY
Cinclidia harristi, larve in a web

before hybernation 54
Clover, reputed foodplant of R. hypo-
phlaeas .. 344
Coenonympha dorus sresting- habit of
larva 75
Coloration of butterfly larvae, 61- 72;
cryptic or warning 62
Comarum palustre, foodplant of TBE.
malvae .. . 240
Compositae, flowers ‘attractive to R.
phliaeas .. 405

Coronilla varia, reputed foodplant
of U. comma, 179; foodplant of
' H. malvae, 240 ; foodplant of N.
tages : 280
Cremastogaster dohrni (ants), nests
frequented by Spalgis epius .. 39
Cupido minima, assimilation of
larva to calyces of foodplant, 64;
protracted period of larval quies-
cence previous to pupation So. als:
Curetis larve not attended by ants 33
Cuvier’s classification of ‘‘Skippers’’ 82
Cyaniris pseudargiolus, secretory
gland in larva of.. tp .. 30-2
Cyclopides, synonymy of, 191;
characteristics of .. — sa LO
Cyclopides palaemon, synonymy,
193 ; original description,
194; imago, 194; sexual
dimorphism, 194; _ genitalia,
194-5; teratological specimen,
195; variation, 195-201; egg-lay-
ing, 201; egg, 201-2; habits of
larva, 202-3; ontogeny of larva,
203-5; larva, 205; foodplants,
205; puparium, 205-6; pupa,
206-9; time of appearance,
209-11; habits, 211-2; habitat,
212-3; British localities, 213-4 ;
distribution : 214- 5
Cynosurus cristatus, foodplant of
A. lineola, 97; foodplant royi Ow
palaemon .. ee a ee 205

464

PAGE.
Dactylis glomerata, foodpiant of
A. sylvanus .. 137, 142
Dactylopius adonidum (mealy- bug)
devoured by Spalgis epius larvee 39
Daisy, flowers attractive to N. tages 290
Delias harpalyce, gregarious larve 57

Dichromatism in adult Satyrid
larve .. - 66

Dipsacus sylvestris, foodplant of H.
malvae .. . 240

Dorsal canal of larva forming i in
butterfly eggs .. 38 hes soap

Fichium, attractive to A. flava .. 114
Egglaying of butterflies .. 2
Kees of butterflies, 5-7; colour of,
6; position of, 6; laid singly or
in clusters, 6; subject to many
dangers, 6; development of, 6, 7;
photographing, 8-11 ; obtaining 12-15
_Embryo in butterfly eges .. BE aye
Epinephele ianira, leaf-spinning
larvee of, 59; H. ianira, ida, and
pasiphaé, resting-habits of larve 73
HKpiphysis cruralis (= tibial) Sie 88
Hrebia epistygne, scipio, and zapa-
tert, resting-habits of larve .. 13
Hrebia zapateri, resting-period of

larva ‘ 76
Eryngiumca mpestre(is) food Bee of
ING WUGIES, Se . 280

Hucheira socialis, larvee eregarious oT
Huchloé cardamines, assimilation

of larva to pods of foodplant, 54;

to stems of foodplant .. (2, 48
Euchloé OT eee ee ae

of larva .. (6)
Hugonia polychloros, " web- -spinning

larvee of 57-58
Huliphyra, larvee carnivorous wo 40
EHupatorium, attractive to A. flava

114; to R. phlaeas ors 405
Euphydryas phaeton, larvee hyber-
nating ina web .. 53

Euphoeades troilus, larva a leaf-
spinner, 52; larva spinning silk
for pupation, 61; cryptic colora-
tion of larva ee ie 67, 74
Hurema lisa, cryptic coloration of
larva : eee 63-64
Huvanessa antiopa, silk- -spinning of
gregarious larvee of, 52, 57-58;

larvee of the warning type 66- 67
External structure of Cae
larvee 5 18-25

Feniseca tarquinius, larvee carnivor-

ous. ue aheiea 3 [f
Festuca duriuscula, foodplant of

A. sylvanus 142
Festuca ovina, foodplant of U.

comma, a abe S)
Filippi’s eland 5 ie
at) oodplant, selection ‘of, by butter-

flies oie 4

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.
Formica fiava, attending Lycaena
arion larvee . 36-7
Formica smaragdina, attending
Lycenid larvee . 33-5
Fossil insects hy. 2

Fragaria vesca, foodplant ot or
malvae 2 ws .. 240

Geological remains of insects .. 1
Gerydus chinensis, larvee carni-
vorous . 37-8
Gerydus symethus, larvae attended
by ants .. 5
Glands, secretory, of Lycaenidi Anes)!
Gynandromorphism in ddopaea
flava, 106; Chrysophanidt, 417;
Chrysophanus hippothoé, 417 ;
Heodes virgaureae, 417; Loweia
alciphron, 417; L. amphidamas,
417; -Rumicia phlaeas, 380;
Thymelicus acteon os & Ld8

Heodes virgaureae, trumpet-hairs
of pupa, 322; gynandromorph 417
Heraclides cresphontes, larve re-
sembling birds’ droppings Sen aS
Hermaphroditism, a kind of, in
Hesperiidae a om
Hesperia, synonymy of, 219; char-
acteristics : 4 219-21
Hesperia malvae, synonymy, pA
original description, 222-3 ;
imago, 223; sexual dimor-
phism, 223; teratological speci-
men, 223; variation, 223-231 ;
ego-laying, 231; ovum, 231 ;
habits of larva, 232-3; larva,
233-239 ; colour changes in larva,
239; puparium, 239-40; food-
plants, 240; pupa, 240-4; time
of appearance, 244-9; habits,
249-50; habitat, 250-2; British
localities, 252-3; distribution,
253-5; larve dropping a a
thread ae 56
Hidari irava, a leat- spinner cide eb
Hieracia, attractive to A. jlava,
114; to U. comma, 186; seed-
heads a resting-place for N. tages 288
Hipparchia actaea, arethusa, cor-
dula, dryas, fidia, neomiris, pri-
eur, ‘and statilinus, resting-habit
of larvee of Baa f
Holcus, foodplant of U. comma .. 179

Holcus lanatus, foodplant of a.
flava, 108; foodplant of A. ss
vanus ae . 142

Holometabolic insects : 5

Hiibner’s classification of “<¢ Skip-
pers ”’ 83

Hypatus bachmanii, larva dropping
by a thread oe ‘ 56

hypophiaeas; Rumicia—synonymy,
342; original description, 342
imago, 349-3 + genitalia, 343;

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE.
sexual variation, 343; variation,
343; egg, 343-4; oviposition,

844; foodplants and habits of
larva, 344; larva, 344; pupa,
344-5; enemies, 345; time of
appearance, 345-6; habits and
flight, 346; postures and sleep,

346-7; haunts, 347; distribu-
tion ae os ae .. 347
LTalmenus evagoras and ictinus, larvee
attended by ants. 36
Iberis pinnata, foodplant of N.
tages wi 280
Ichneumon versabilis, i ebatinng
larva of R. phlaeas bes 392

Internal structure of butterfly larve,
25-30, including (1) The muscular
system, 26; (2) The alimentary
system, 26-7; (3) The circulatory
system, 27-28; (4) Therespiratory
system, 28; (5) The fat-body, 28;

(6) The nervous system, 28-9 ;
(7) The reproductive system .. 29

Inula crithmoides, attractive to T.

acteon Bis on tet
Iphiclides ajax, gaily- coloured larva
of 67

Iphiclides podalirius, cryptic color:
ation of larva 62, 64, 68, 70-72, 74

Jasoniades glaucus, foodplants of, 4;
larva, a silk-spinner, 52; larve

protecting themselves against

storms, 58-9; cryptic coloration

of larva die 64,° 67, Ta
Juncus communis, seedheads a rest-

ing place for N. tages .. 288
Junonia coenia, pees habit of

larva a 73

Lachnocnema, larve carnivorous 40
Laeosopis roboris, habits of larvae 72-3
Laertias philenor, gaily-coloured
larva of, 67; resting-habit of
larva te 73
Lampides boeticus, secretory gland
in larva of, 30; larve spinning
leaves and flowers together, 59,
75; assimilation of larve to
foodplant.. ii Z
Lampides telicanus, larva resem-
bling foodplant, 65; larva feeding

in fiowers and buds ne say Oke
Larve of butterflies and their
moultings, 15-17; resembling

birds’ droppings, 68; (also see
under Butterflies).
Latreille’s classification of ‘‘ Skip-

pers ”’ - 82-3
Lavender, flowers latieachive to

R. phlaeas ; 405
Leptidia sinapis, assimilation of

larva to foodplant i 64
Lice (plant- a devoured by butterfly

larvee é 37

. 64-5

465

PAGE.
Limenitis sibylla, silken hybernacu-
lum of larva . 54-5
Linné’ s classification of “Skippers” 82
Liphyra brassolis, larve in ants’
nests, 38-9; eggs laid near ants’
nests, 38; larve reputed to be
carnivorous : ee aay)

‘* Locklet ’’ = brush of hairs wae ae
Lolium perenne, Sek of A.
lineola .. 97
Longitudinal stripes common on
erass-feeding larvee ie 63
Loranthus linophyllus and je
celastroides, foodplants of Ogyris
zosine be 30

Lotus corniculatus, reputed food-
plant of U. comma, 179; food-
plant of N. tages, 280 ; ‘flowers
attractive to N. tages, 289, and
to R. phlaeas a .. 406, 408

Lotus ornithopodioides, foodplant
of T. ballus ae 2 oak

Lotus uliginosus, foodplant of
N. tages .. . 280

Loweia alciphron, eynandromorph 417

Loweia amphidamas, gynandro-
morphs of, 417; pupa .. 452

Luzula pilosa, foodplant of A.
sylvanus .. 142

Lycaena arion, larve attended by
ants, 36; larve resembling their

foodplant . 65
Lycenid eggs ‘compared with Chry-
sophanid . oe 320
Lycuenidi, antiquity of their
association with ants .. 30
Lysimachia nemorum, flowers
attractive to N.tages .. 289

Lythrun salicaria, foodplant of
LL. telicanus, 75; flowers attrac-
tive to C. dispar .. oe .. 459

Medicago sativa, foodplant of L.

boeticus .. 75
Melanargia galatea, lachesis, and
syllius, resting-habits of larvae . 73

Melitaea aurinia, gregarious larvee
ina tent,53; pupariumof .. 57

Melitaea cinazia, larve in a web, 53;
winter-nest of, 53; puparium of 57

Melitzid larve, of the cryptic type,

67; larve day- feeders .. 76
Micropyle, definition of .. ee
Molinia caerulea, ? foodplant of a

sylvanus .. 137

Moths, distinguished from. butter-
flies 1
Moultings of butterfly larve, ‘5- 17, 76- 78

Nepeta glechoma, flowers attractive

to N. tages ae 289-90
Nisoniades, synonymy of, 259;
characteristics a 260-62

Nisoniades tages, synonymy, 262;
original description, 262; imago,

466

PAGE.
262-3; sexual dimorphism, 263 ;
variation, 263-9; egg-laying, 270;
ovum, 270-1; habits of larva,
271-3; larva, 273-80; food-plants,
280; puparium,280-1; pupa,281-3;
dehiscence of pupa, 284; time of
appearance, 284-8; habits, 288-90;
habitat, 290-2; British localities,
292-3 ; distribution, 294-5 ; larve
resembling their foodplant .. 265

Ocelli of embryo eee in butter-

flyeggs .. aaa p
Oecophylla smaragdina, a . species

of Tasmanian ant . 38-9
Oecophylla virescens (ant), attend-

ing Ogyris larve . 35
Oeneis macouni, larva brilliantly

striped .. 54 hou

Ogyris larvee attended by ants .. 35 |

Ononis arvensis, attractive to T.

acteon a ae aie soy nauk
Ornithopus perpusillus, reputed
foodplant of U. comma .. 179

Oxyria reniformis, foodplant of R.
hypophlaeas var. feildeni .. 348

Panicum(s) crus-galli, foodplant of
C. palaemon ‘ ‘ 203, 205
Panicum(s ) sanguinale, foodplant of

C. palaemon oes . 205
Papilio alexanor, protective color-

ation of larve .. 68, 74
Papilio hospiton, resting- habit of

larva ie 74, 76

Papilio machaon, larva spinning
silk pad for pupation, 60-1; pro-
tective coloration of larve Bi) 74
Papilio polyxenes, gaily-coloured
larve of .. 67
Papilionine larve, eradual develop-
ment of 68-71
Pemphigus fr axinifolii and P. wm-
bricator (plant-lice), devoured by

butterfly larve .. 37
Phalaris arundinacea, foodplant of

A. sylvanus : 142
Pheidole cremastogaster ‘and P.

quadrispinosa (ants), eee

Lyceenid larve .. -. 33
Photographing butterfly eggs . 8-11
Pieris brassicae, larvee spinning silk

pads for pupation :

Pieris rapae, larve spinning silk
pads for pupation iF 60-61

PiMEeD lanceolata, heads fre-
quented by H. malvae, 250; re-

puted foodplant of H. malvae .. 240
Plantago major, areputed foodplant

of C. palaemon aN 205
Plantagominor, seedhendsa resting.

place for N. tages 288
Plebeius argus, eee opel gland in

larva of .. el)
Poa, foodplant of U. comma er by f°)

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.
Poa annua, foodplant of T. acteon,
123; foodplant of A. sylvanus,
142; and Cre of R.
phlaeas .. a oa Oe
Polygonia c- album, larve re-
sembling birds’ droppings «or 6S
Polygonia egea, larveeday-feeders 76
Polygonia faunus, solitary leaf-
spinning larva of, 54; larve
resembling birds’ droppings, 68 ;

resting-habit of .. 78
Polygonum aie foodplant of
C. dispar... : 448

Polyommatus i icarus, "larva s spinning
leaves and flowers together .. 49
Potentilla anserina, foodplant of H.

malvae .. 240
Potentilla fr agariastrum, foodplant

of H. malvae , 240
Potentilla reptans, foodplant of H.

malvae . 240
Proctotrupids infesting butterfly

eggs He ae ae a
Puparium of silk-spinning butter-

flies a os LOH,
Pyrameis atalanta, puparium of .. 57
Pyrameis cardui, solitary leaf-

spinning larva of, 54; a
Ola. Camo
Ragwort, attractive ‘to T. " acteon,
127; to R. phlaeas, 404; food-
plant (? erroneous) of R. phlaeas
392, 462
Range of plants laid on by butter-
flies =
Resting- habits of butterfly larves . - 72-8

Riband grass, foots of A.
sylvanus .. 142
Ribs of butterfly eggs re seo) ye
Root-stocks of lepidoptera. . 2
Rubus fruticosus, foodplant of ee
maloaey ".. 240

Rubus idaeus foodplantof H. malvae 240
Rumex acetosa, foodplant of R.
hypophlaeas, 344; of R. phlaeas,
391; of C. dispar 448
Rumex acetosella, foodplant of R.
phiaeas .. 391
Rumex aquatica, foodplant of C.
dispar os 448
Rumex crispus, foodplant of R.
hypophlaeas, 344; of R. phlaeas,
a9; of-C. dispar 448
Rume hydrolapathum, food plant of

C. dispar and of its var. rutilus
65, 448

Rumex obtusifolius, foodplant of
R. phlaeas, 391; of C. dispar... 448

Rumex pulcher, foodplant of R.
phlaeas .. 391

Rumex sanguineus, foodplant of C.
dispar i 448

tumex scutatus, foodplant of R.
phlaeas .. . 391

Rumnicia, synonymy, 326 ; char-

GENERAL INDEX.

PAGE.
acterlstics, 327; imago, 327;
genitalia, 328; ovum, 328;
larva, 328-9; pupa 329-30

Rumicia phlaeas, synonymy, 330;
original description, 330; imago,
330; sexual dimorphism, 330-1;

variation, 331-80; teratological
examples, 380; gynandromorphs,
380; egg-laying, 380-2; egg-
parasites, 382; ovum, 382-3;
variation of ovum, 384; habits of
larva, 384-6; larva, 386-91; varia-
tion of larva, 386; pupation,
391; foodplants, 391-2; parasites,
392; pupa, 392-4; variation of
pupa, 394-5; comparison of pupz
and pupal dehiscence with those

of C. dispar, 395-6; time of
appearance, 396-404; habits,
494-7; habitat, 407-9; British

localities, 409-11; distribution 411-413

Ruralides, characters of the super-
family 298, 319

Ruralis betulae, protective resting-
position of larva . : 66-72

Rusticus melissa and Ti. seudderii
larve attended by ants .. :

Satyrid larve resembling their sur-
roundings, 66; resting-habits of
larve of S. da circe and
hermione

Scabious, seedheads : a resting- place
for N. tages, 288; flowers at-
tractive to R. philaeas =

Schizoneura tessellata (plant-lice),
devoured by butterfly larve

Schrank’s classification of ‘“‘ Skip-
pers”

Scudder’ s classification of “«¢ Skip-
pers,” 83, 84; remarks on the
gradual development of Papilio-
nine larve, 68-71; diagnosis of
the Chrysophanidi of New Eng-
land

Sea-holly, flowers of attractive to R.
phlaeas :

Secretory glands
Lycaenidi..

Self-heal, flowers attractive to N.
tages .. 289

Sense of smell i in butterflies sare

Serratula tinctoria, dead flower-
heads a resting-place for R.
phlaeas_ ..

Silk-spinning of butterfly larvee,
50-61; for pupation ae 59-60

Skippers, 81; characters showing
transition to Heterocera, 81;
secondary sexual characters, 81,

82; classification of, 82-85;
larve making tents of leaves ..51-52

Smell, sense of, in butterflies aia a

an ieee ne

30

407

* Possibly Callophryid eggs,

see Ent. Rec., xviii.,

467

PAGE.
Solidago virgaurea, foodplant of R.

phlaeas 462
Spalgis epius, larve coccidopha-
gous
Spalgis s- -signata, “Tarvee ‘aphidi-
vorous 39-40

Stirpes, main } of Lepidoptera erie
Strymon titus, larva dropping ae a
thread. a: - ‘7.00

Taraxacum officinale, flowers fre-
quented by H. malvae ..
Tarucus theophrastuslarve attended
by ants ...
Teesdalia nudicaulis, foodplant of
N. tages
Temperature experiments ‘(on R.
phiaeas) of Weismann and
Merrifield .. Bye 331-336
Teratological examples of Chryso-
phanus dispar, 438; Cyclopides
palaemon, 195; Hesperia malvae,
223 5 Rumicia phlaeas . 380
Thais ’ polyxena (var. cassandra),
larve spinning silk for pupation,
59-60; resting-habit of larva,
and of that of 7. rumina (var.
medesicaste) a ee
Thecla aesculi and T. “acaciae,
resting-habit of larve :
Thestor ballus, secretory eland i in
larva of, 30; larve day-feeders,
75; pupa .. ae ae “ie
Thestorid* eggs Se with
Chrysophanid :
Thistle flowers attractive to 7.
acteon, 127; to U. comma, 186 ;
to R. phlaeas, 404; toC. dispar,
424, 435,
Thymelicid eggs compared
Thymelicus, synonymy ot,
characteristics of..
Thymelicus acteon,
1 Ey fa original description,
117-8; imago, 118; _ sexual
dimorphism, 118; gynandro-
morphism, 118; variation, 118-
9; egg-laying, 119; ovum, 119-
120; habits of larva, 120-1;
larva, 121-123 ; foodplants, 123 ;
puparium, 123-4; pupa, 124-5;
time of appearance, 125-6;
habits, 126-7; habitat, 127-8;
British localities, 128-9; distri-
bution 129-130
Thymus serpyllum, ‘flowers attrac-
tive to N. Bae DOO a tie Lue
phlaeas -.405-6
Tibial epiphysis anal.
Triticum, foodplant of zi lineola,
an; 100; junceum, pungens, and
repens, foodplants of T. acteon,

229
. 33-4
280

116;

synonymy,

p- 239.

468

PAGE.

123; repens, foodplant of A.
sylvanus, 142; foodplant of U.
comma, 179; foodplant of C.

palaemon .. . 205
Urbicola, synonymy of, 152;

characteristics ae <2 LoS
Urbicola comma, synonymy,

153 5 original _ description,

153; imago, 153-4; sexual

dimorphism, 154-5; genitalia,

155-6; variation, 156- 174; ege-
laying, 174; ovum, 174-6;
togeny of larva, 176-7 ; larva,
177-9; foodplants, 179; puparium,
179-80; pupa, 180-4; time of
appearance, 184-6; habits, 186-7;
habitat, 187-8 ; British localities,
188-9 ; distribution, 189-90 ;

Nearctic forms, distinguished in
a table by Scudder, 163-5 ;
Speyer’s diagnosis of American
forms, 165-7; Edwards’ remarks
on American forms

/
on-

2 167

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.
Urbicolid egg, 85; larva, 85; pupa,
87; imago, 87; wing-plumules,
87-88; tibial epiphysis, 81,
88; antenne, 88; nervures,
89; resting-habit of imago, 89;
imaginal habits, 89, 90; world-
wide distribution. . oe
Urbicolid genera, types of . 84-85
Urbicolides, Chakactenene of the
superfamily on ee
Urbicolids, Palearctic, catalogue of 295

Vanessa atalanta and V. huntera,
solitary leaf-spinning larve of ..

Vanessa 10, larvee spinning silk-pads
for pupation :

Veronica chamaedrys,
tractive to N. tages

Vicia flowers attractive
phlaeas

54

a «| =8o
flowers at-
46 R.

406,

Viola canina flowers attractive to

N. tages . 290

Zisyphus jujuba,
Tarucus theophrastus

foodplant of
.. 84-5

Special Index to Part If.

* Denotes a synonym.

Abantis : :
abax, Cyclopides . 5
acacie, Strymon (Thecla) 306, 307,
309,
acastus, Hesperia ..
Achlyodes a ; 217,
*acis (semiargus), Nomiades
(Papilio) 250, 303, 304, 305, 306,
308, 309, 310, 312, 313, 318,
*acteeon (=acteon), Thymelicus 83,
91, 117,
acteon, Thymelicus 85, 90, 91, 92,
98, 107, 113, 114, 117-30, 136,
acis (mars), Strymon :
admetus, Polyon matus (Agriades)
306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311,
Adolescentes we OG:
*adonis (bellargus), Agriades (Poly-
ommatus).. 3803, 304, 305, 306,
307, 308, 309, 310, 312,
313, 318, 319,
Adopxa 85, 92-4, 117,
*Adopwa (=Thymelicus) 85, a
*Adopoea (= Adopea)
Aigiale :
sgon, Plebeius (Lycena) 303, 306,
307, 309, 311, 312, 313, 318,
gmon, Hesperia
Aeromachidi
Aeromachinee
Aeromachus. . we ee
eesculi (ilicis Strymon
(Thecla) 306, 309,
*agestis (astrarche), Aricia (Papilio)
187, 303, 304, 306, 307, 308,
309, 311, 312, 313, 318,

var.),

. 297

88

312
83
255

Agriadez on atk .. 307
Agriades . 807, 309, 313, 319
Agrodieti -- 306, 309
ahriman (alcides var. .), Chapra .. 298

alba (phleas ab.), Rumicia 342,
353, 354, 355-7, 429
alba-caudata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 357
albicans (phleas ab.), Rumicia .. 357
albiguttata (palemon var. et ab.),
Cyclopides .. 195-6, 200,
albina (malvee ab.), Hesperia 224,
albistriga (maculatus var.), Bre-
meria af? ts < 206
alcew, Erynnis 82, 83, 84, 85, 90,
9215, 216, 218, 220, 234, 255, 264,
alcides, Chapra (Goniloba) 131,
alciphron, Loweia 306, 314, 320,
325, 417,
aleoides (tages ab.), Nisoniades 265,
alcon, Lycsena 303, 304, 306, 308,
309, 310, 312,
alexis, Polyommatus (Papilio, Ar-
gus) 303, 304, 306, 308, 309, 310,
312, 313
alexis (zethus), Lampides .. - 307
ali (sao var.), Powellia : -. 296
alpina (comma var. et ab.), Urbi-
cola : 158, 160,
alpina (malve var. ), Hesperia 226, 296
alpina, Hesperia eS .. 296
*alsus (minimus), Cupido (Papilio)

250, 288, 303, 304, 305, 3U6,

308, 309, 310, 312, 313, 314,
318, 319
. 218
227, 229

297
296

296
298

461
295

313

297

*althere (=althex), Erynnis
*altheex (=taras), Hesperia

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.

althex, Erynnis (Carcharodus) 81,
83, 85, 89, 218, 255,
*althese (=taras), Hesperia
alveoides (serratule var.), Hes-
peria a
*alveolus (= malvee), Hesperia 83,
85, 220,
*alveolus (=taras), Hesperia
*alveus (=carthami), Pyrgus
alveu.s, Hesperia 90, 104, 113, 174,
186, 218, 220, 221, 224, 227, 250,
amandus, Agriades (Polyommatus)
306, 307, 309, 311, 312,
Amblyscirtidi
. *americana (= hypophleas), Rumi-
cia . 340,
*americanus(= hypophlzeas), Rumi-
ela .. , .341, 342, 347,
americanus, Muschampia ..
amphidamas, Loweia (Chry so-
phanus) 303, 306, 307, 309, 311,
312, 326, 340, 414, 417, 434,
amphion (hylas), Scolitantides
amor, Hesperia :
amurensis (maculatus var.) Bre-
meria : $
amyntas, Everes (Lyceena) 133,
303, 305, 306, 307, 308,
309, dll, 312,
anatolica (sylvanus var. et ab.),
Augiades .. ays -» 43,
andalusica (malve var.), Hesperia
226, 230,
218, 220,
222,
antero-alba (phleas ab.), Rumicia
anteros, Polyommatus (Lycena)
dll,

andromede, Hesperia

Antigonini i
antonia, Hesperia ..
anura, Hasora
Apausti
Apaustus Sid :
approximata (tages ab.),
ades Le :
aquilina, Ismene .. :
aquilo, Polyommatus (Argus) 308,
309, 310,
*aracinthus (morpheus), Heterop-
terus (Cyclopides, Hesperia) 83,
aratus, Lampides
arcalaus, Augiades ..
*arcas(=
archius, Lampides ..
argiades, Evyeres (Lyczena) 306, 313,
318,
*argianus (semiargus),Cyaniris 306,
*argiolus (acis), Nomiades 2
argiolus, Celastrina (Papilio) 303,
304, 305, 306, 308, 309, 312,
313, 314, 318,
Argus.. i. . .903, 304, 308,
areus, Plebeius 220, 303, 304, 305,
306, 307, 308, 309, 311, 312,
313,

218, 297,
Aen.
Nesane

264,

"83, 130,

296

. 227

296
222

2A

83
296

313
190

342
348
218

452

- 307
. 305

0G

313
297
296

296
307

312

Alley

296

. 298

92
92

296

ts

312
192

. 307

132

alcon), Lyczeena(Nomiades) 306

307

319
313

. 307

319
309

319

PAGE.
*argus (zgon), Plebeius 313
*argus (=icarus), Polyommatus .. 313
Argyreus . 304

*argyrognomon (= argus) 3 ‘Plebeius

(Rusticus) .. . 313
argyrostigma, “Aubertia 193, 297
Aricia 3 ; ERS Lin Seba:
arion, Lycena (Papilio) 303, 304,

305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310,
311, 312, 313, 318, 319, 429
Armati 307, 309

artaxerxes, Aricia (Papilio) 304,
305, 308, 309, 310, 312, 320
asabinus, Chrysophanus .. 416

assiniboia (comma var.), Urbicola
168, 169, 170, 297

astigmata (leonina baci Thyme-
licus ! So
astrarche, Aricia “187, 313. 318, 326
Astyci oe He nic 83, 84

asychis, Hesperia
athemon, Papilio P.R.
atkinsoni, Isoteinon ay eee 7

*atiys (=pheretes), Nomiades 306
Aubertia Be . 296
Augiade : .83, 90, 130
Augiades 85, 94, "117, 131-132
*Augiades (=Urbicola) ie LOS

aurantia (palemon ab.), Cyclopides
195, 297
*auratus (=dispar), Chrysophanus 418
auratus (dispar ab.), Chrysophanus
429, 431, 435, 436-438
aurispex, Nisoniades 83, 260
auronitens (phleas ab.), Rumicia 414
*Aurotis (=Zephyrus) 306, 313, 319
australis (alcee var.), Erynnis .. 296
australis (malve var. et ab.), Hes-
peria 224, 225, 230, 296
baalliston, Lampides rou
bada, Parnara sis .. 298
*beeticus (althez var.), Hrynnis.. 296
beeticus (a) (=bceticus), Lampides
(Thecla) .. ae 306, 311,
ballus, Thestor 306, 307, 308, 309,
312, 314, 319, 320, 321, 322,
394, 452,
baralacha (phleas var.), Rumicia
350, 352
basilipuncta (phleas ab.), Rumicia 366

318

462

batou (=hylas), Scolitantides 307,
310, 314

Battus : :: .. 304

*battus (orion), Scolitantides

(Lycena) 303, 304, 306, 307, 309,
310, 312, 314
bavius, Polyommatus (Argus) 309,

310, 312
bella, Plebeius (Lycena) ore ead
bellargus (adonis), Agriades 307,

318, 319, 320
bellis, Lycena 5 311
bembeciforme, Trochilium 119
benjamini, Rhopalocampta 298
beon, Strymon ; 307

470

PAGE.
betule, Ruralis 130, 303, 304, 305,
306, 307, 308, 309, 312, 313,

314, 318, 319, 321

bicolor, Dejeania 56 AST
bieti, Bremeria ne Ae a 200
bifasciatus, Achalarus te 295
bilineata (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus .. 431
bipunctata eae ab. Ds Rumicia 360-1
Bithynes .. at 307
Bithys He a. 309, 314
*biton (= damon), “Polyommatus

(Nomiades) a 5c .. 306
bixee, Hesperia a Bs Oo
bocchoris, Hesperia. . : eS
*boeticus (= telicanus), Lampides 312
boeticus (a), Lampides 82, 220, 305,

306, 307, 308, 309, 311, 312,
313, 315, 319, 395

boisduvalii, Lycena we so Bul)
bouddha, Angiades.. ie 56 2M
Bremeria ale = 5% 50, AS
brizo, Thanaos te Si .. 256
bromius, Nisoniades ae 83, 260
*brontes (=palemon), Cyclopides

838, 192, 193, 194
Brontiade .. ae ips ee O)

*brontides (=albiguttata), Cyclo-
pides on 50 uSKS)

brunnea (lineola ab. ), Adopea 96,
297, 461

brunnea (malve ab.), Hesperia 224, 296
brunnea-alcoides (tages ab.), Niso-

niades .. -- 265, 295
brunnea-transversa ‘(tages ab.), Ni-
soniades .. fe -- 265, 295

brunnea-unicolor (tages ab.), Niso-
niades .. ae .. 265, 295

brunnea-variegata liaees ab.),
Nisoniades 56 265, 295

brunnescens (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus .. a 432

cacalie, Hesperia .. 218, 290, 296
ceecus (serratule var.), Hesperia .. 296

ceruleopunctata Ce ab.),
Rumicia 366-8
czrulescens, Chapra- ms £6 208
calliopis, Polyommatus (Argus) 308, 309
Callophrys ‘ 314, 318, 319
candens, Chrysophanus .. so Bull
Carcharodontes 70 ae So teh
*Carcharodus(=LHrynnis).. 81, 85
cardamines, Kuchloé ae Sear (0)
cardui, Pyrameis .. ate .. 405
*cardui (=malve), Hesperia .. 222
caricse, Papilio, P.R. st Soe OE)
carling (alveus var.), Hesperia .. 296

*Carterocephalus (=Cyclopides) 85, 192
carthami, res 83, 218, 220,
225, 227, 228, 230, 296

Carysti fA a ae eri Ls)
cashmirensis, Hesperia ee 2s 2Lo
*cateona (=catena), Urbicola ... 159

catena (comma var. et ab.), Urbi-
cola 155, 158,159-60, 161, 162,173, 297

-cernes, Pamphila

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.
catocyanea, Aeromachus .. «: 296
Caudate .. =: oe .. 304
Cauti ts vs as 83, 215

Celastrina .. a a» B14, 1389
Celebres eae we oie modes
*celeno (celerio), Lampides wo OOM
celerio, Lampides .. 307
centaurez, Hesperia 218, 220, 292, 296
centriconjuncta (phleas ab.),

Rumicia .. : .. 364
centripuncta (comma ab.), Urbicola

157, 297

cerasi, heals a cies US

170, 191, 203
*cervantes (=tages), Nisoniades .. 262
cervantes (tages var.), Nisoniades

264, 265, 2668, 296
cethegus, Bithys .. es . 307
chinensis, Aeromachus .. 296

chinensis (phleas var.), Rumicia

335, 340, 349-50
chinensis (tethys var.), Daimio .. 295
christi, Thymelicus ae ead:
christophi, Aubertia 193, 296
chryseis, Chrysophanus 303, 304,
305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 311,
312, 414, 418, 421, 422, 424,

432, 433
Chrysophani 307, 319
Chrysophanidi 317, 318, 319- 26, 416- 7
Chrysophanine .. 314, 319-26
Chrysophanini Ciel

Chrysophanus 309, 312, 314, 318,
Sil) 326, 414-17
*Chrysophanus (=Rumicia) cl ee
*Chrysoptera (= Rumicia).. .. 327
*Chrysoptera (=Heodes) .. .s ole
cinare, Hesperia 218, 220, 296
cinxia, Melita Re 3 -. 250
circe (dorilis), Papilio (Chryso-
phanus) 303, 304, 306, 307, 311,
312, 314, 319, 320, 325, 342,

377, 414

circumcincta (palemon ab.).
Cyclopides - .. TSa;e2a7
cirsii (alveus va7.), Hesperia See

clara (acteon ab.), Thymelicus 119, 297
clara (comma ab.), Urbicola 156,

157, 158, 297

clara (lineola ab.), Adopra 96, 297

clara (sylvanus ab.), Augiades 134, 297
clarus (tages ab.), Nisoniades 265,

266, 268-9, 296

cleobis, Agriades .. ai os OUT
Cobali ~s ei + .» 216
coelestina, sehacun BE ie .. 312
Coerulese aS aC .. 304
*cceruleopuncta(= cer sruleopa nctata),
Rumicia .. xe vie .. 366
Coladenia .. = ‘% ~«) Spm

colorado (comma var.), Urbicola

153, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
168-9, 173, 297

columbia (comma var.), Urbicola
163, 166, 167, 172, 297

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.
comedarum (phleas var.), Rumicia
340,
comma, Urbicola 82, 83, 84, 85,
86, 87, 88, 90, 96, 103, 104,
113, 117, 123,126, 130, 181,
132, 133, 134, 136, 138, 153-
90, 191, 193, 203, 284, 297, 304
*comma (= flava) 105; (=sylvanus)
Urbicola .. oly PESO DOT
conflua (comma ab.), ‘Urbicola 157, 297
confluens (hippothoé ab.), ee
phanus
consanguinea, Celenorrhinus
contractus (bifasciatus
Achalarus =a os
conyze (alveus var.), Hesperia
coras, Cyclopides .. an 83,
coridon (corydon), Polyommatus
127, 186, 187, 303, 304, 305,
306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 312,
313, 318, 319,
218, 220,
83, 130,

350

. 436

. 295
var.),

.. 295

. 296

192

320
296
132
307

cribrellum, Havrian ee
crinisus, Augiades ..
cubentus, Bithys ..
cuneata (dispar var., rutilus ab. A
Chrysophanus .. 431
cuneifera (phleas ab.), Rumie .. 414
cuneigera (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus .. : 428, 430,
Cupido 304, 305, 306, 313, 318, 319
cupido, Papilio .- 803, 304
*Cupido (= Rumicia) So 45)
Cupres 304, 320
cupreopunctata ab.),
Rumicia a .. 368
cuprinus (phleas ab. . Rumicia .. 308
cyane, Lycena 312
Cyaniris 319
*Cyaniris (= 313
*Cyclopxedes (= =< 192
Cyclopide 83, 190
Cyclopides "85, 190, 191-3, 297
Cyclopidide .. é : 190-1
Cyclopididi .. “90, 191, 296
Cyclopidine a4 if 191, 296
cyllarus (=strephon), Bithys 308, 309
cyllarus, Nomiades 250, 305, 306,
310,
cymon, Papilio P.R. 304, 395,
*cynare (cinare), Hesperia 218,
cyparissus (optilete var.), Lyczides
*dahurica (=auratus var. of C. dis-
par) : 436-8
damocles, Lycus ne .. 310
damcetas, Papilio (Polyommatus,
Chrysophanus) 303, 304, 305,
damon, Polyommatus 127, 186, 303,
304, 306, 309, 310, 312,
damon (gryneus), Lycus
damone, Lycaena ..
dan, Coladenia ae
*daphnis(meleager), Agriades (Poly-
ommatus).. 303, 306, 307,
dara, Padraona hs
dardanus, Lycena .. me A
darwazica (alpina var.), Hesperia

432

(phleas

"306, 313, 318,
Nomiades) ..
raceme es)

312
308
220
307

310

314
Sie EMU
Sin ay
257

310
din P4ghS)
. 310
296

471

PAGE.
delailama, Ampittea 28) 206
dextro-alba (phleas ab.), Rumicia 357
dieckmanni, Aubertia 193, 296
dilutior (tessellum var.), Favria .. 296

dimila (comma var.), Urbicola
158-9, 297

dindymus (sphinx), Bithys . 308

diomus, Powellia 2s

disco-juncta (phleas ab.), Rumicia
379-380
dispar, Chrysophanus 304, 305, 308,
312, 318, 320, 322, 323, 324,
325, 349, 380, 385, 390, 395,
| 396, 414, 416, 417-461
distincta (acteon ab.), Thymelicus

119, 297
*divaricatus (=flava), Adopea .. 106
diversa, Daimio 295

dolus, Polyommatus 308, 309, 310, 312
donzelii, Polyommatus (Argus) 308,

310, 312
309

donzellii (donzelii), Polyommatus
306

*dorilas (=hylas), Lycena
dorylas (hylas), Lycena (Agriades)
305, 307, 308, 309, 311, 312,

318, 314
dorylas (by error tor dorilis =circe),
Loweia (Hesperia) 306, 461

doulie, Lowen 2d, S10), 620, 228,

342, 377, 461
dromus, Powellia se 5 alls:
echion, Lycena 305
edusa, Colias COLD
egeria, Pararge 109, 110

eleus (phleas var.), Rumicia 326,
332-41, 349, 350, 352, 353,
357, 362, 366, 370-5, 376-7,

378, 396

eleus-czeruleopunctata (phleas ab.),
Rumicia 56 oe .. 368
eltola, Suastus : , ae ort

*endymion (= daphnis), “Papilio
(Agriades).. : .. 3803, 306
epidolus, Lycena 310, 312
erebus (pelias var.), Hallia . 295

erebus, Polyommatus (Nomiades)
305, 306, 308, 309, 310, 312
erix (tyrrhenus), Bithys ae BU)
eroides, Lycena : aol
eros, Polyommatus (Lyczna) 306,
308, 309, 310, 312, 319
HKrycinidz (Lemoniide) 299, 302, 318
Erynnidi . an bre 72200
Erynnis . 81, 84, 85, 86, 131, 218
*Hrynnis (=Adopexa), 93, 131;
(=Augiades), 182; (= Urbicola),
132, 152-3; (=Nisoniades) . 260
eryx, Bithys..
escheri, Polyommatus
escherii, Polyommatus
esculi (ilicis var.), Strymon
*esperi (=melicertes), Cyclopides
196, 297,

a .. 307
308, gon 312
309
307

461
4a) OU
200
. 296

esra (helius), Lampides ..
eucrate (orbifer ab.), Powellia
eucrate (sao ab.), Powellia

472

PAGE.

Kudamini
EKumei a :
eumedon, Cupido (Aricia) 304,
306, 307, 309, 310,
Eumesia
euphemus, Lycena (Nomiades)
306, 307, 308, 309, 310,
euribates, Augiades 83, 130,
eurybia (hippothoé var.), Chryso-
phanus . 3806, 307, 311, 414,
*eury(i)dice (=eurybia), Chryso-
phanus 307, 309, 312,
Kusckemon .. oe 81,
HKuschemonidee
Huselasiine .. oe
evanides, Powellia ..
Everze
Everes
everos, Lycena :
evippus (roboris), Lecosopis ‘(Lhecla)
309,
Chryso-

307, 313, 318,

excessa
phanus a :
excessa (palemon ab.), Cyclopides

(dispar ab.),

extensa (acteon ab.), Thymelicus

». 299
5 218
_ 307

5) AAT
. 306

312
19%

312
132

417

414
87
87

319
312

312

. 430

297

ih ZEIT

9
extensa (phleas ab.), Rumicia
extensa (sylvanus ab.), Augiades
135, 136,
extensa-conjuncta (phleas_ ab.).

Rumicia . 363-4,
*extincta(= obsoleta) Bumicia 3069,
extrema (comma ab.), Urbicola 156,
exulans, Anthrocera a :
fasciata (hypophleas ab.), Rumicia
fasciata (malvee ab.), Hesperia 222,

224, 226,
fasciata (phlzasab.), Rumicia 342,

364, 365,
fasciata-ceeruleopunctata (phleas

ab.), Kumicia “

*fasciatus (=fasciata), Rumicia ste
faunus, Hesperia
faunus (sylvanus var.

Augiades . ; 136,
Favria 4 218, 220,
feildeni (hypophleasvar. ), Rumicia
Feniseca ; 316,
fischeri, limes i sats reali
flava, Adoprea 82, 83, 85, 87, 89,

90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,
98, 99, 102, 103, 105-16, 117,
118, 119, 126, 128, 129, 131,

an | spec.),

. 379

297

379
370
297

a NST

343
296
366

. 368
365

. 3805

297
296
348
324
312

148, 157, 297

flava (comma var. et ab.), Urbi-
cola ; em 157, 207
flavomaculatus, Aubertia mat ere Mi
flavoides, Turactrocer ra . 296
*flavus (=flava), Adopea . 106

florinda (comma var ); Urbicola

153, 158, 160-1, 297
Formales abe o en EL
Fortes . 215
fritillarius, Hesperia 228

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.

*fritillum (=malve), Hesperia 82,
83,
*fritillum-minor (malve), Hesperia
*fritillum (=taras), Hesperia 227,
fuliginosus, Apostictopterus
*fulliola (fulliolus), Rumicia :
fulliolus (hypophleas ab.), Rumicia
342, 343,
fulva (tages ab.), Nisoniades 266,
fulvovittatus, Hesperia .. :
funginus (alveus ab.), Hesperia ..
fuscata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 374,
fuscata-caudata ee ‘ab.),
Rumicia .. wee Vena
galba, Powellia.
gamma, Plusia
garbas, Heodes
gemmatus (dieckmanni
Aubertia -
Gentiles
geron, Powellia é
*oeryon (= tages), Nisoniades
gigantea (antonia var.), Hesperia
gigas (tessellum var.), Favria 218,
elacialis, Krebia
enetus, Hesperia
golgus, Agriades a :
gordius (=alciphron var.), Loweia
(Chrysophanus) 306, 307, 308,
309, 811, 312, 314, 320, 325,
414, 419,

var.),
193;
306,
218,

Graphium
eryneus, Lycus
ecuttatus, Parnara ..
Halla .
Hamadryades ae
Hamearine (Nemeobiine) 299, 318,
Hamearis (Nemeobius) 299, 313,
hamza, Thymelicus é :
Hasora
Helias : ate ~~ 5:
helirius, Augiades .. 83, 130,
helius, Lampides (Hesperia) 305,
*helle (amphidamas), Papilio
(Loweia) 303, 306, 307, 309, 311,
312, 376,
Heodes 306, 313, 319, 322, 325, 327,
*Heodes (= Rumicia) a ea
herculea, Pamphila (Augiades) 132,
Hesperia 82, 84, 85, 215, 217, 219-
221, 261, 262,
Chrysophanus), 306;
(=Adopea), 93; (=Lycena,
pars.), 304; (= Thymelicus), 116;
(=Augiades), 131; (=Urbicola),
152"; (= Cyclopides), 192;
(= Nisoniades), 260; (= Rumicia)
*Hesperia-Urbicola (Adopxa), 93;
(=Augiades) 131; (=Urbicola),
152; (= Cyclopides), 192; (=Hes-
peria), 219; (=Nisoniades)
Hesperiade ..
Hesperia-Rurales
Hesperia-lustici
Hesperia-Urbicole ..

*Hesperia (=

.. B07

222
222
229

wolem
. 247

347
296

. 218

296
378

378

xen 2S
.. 405
. 306

296
309
296

. 262

296
296

=) Le

83

461 |
.. 304
anc OE
.. 298
. 261

298
319
314

« woe
. 298

220
132
307

414
416
346
135

308

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.
hesperica, Lyceena .. - wll,312
*Hesperidi (= Hesperiine) 217
Hesperiide .. -. 215-6, 221, 295
*Hesperiides (= Urbicolides) 81, 82
Hesperiidi ane 83, 217-9, 296
Hesperiine .. 84, 91, 215, 216-7, 295
Heteropterus ; 85, 190, 191
*Heteropterus (=Adopea), 93;

ff Phymelieus),) 16s) (—Aa-

giades), 132; (

(=Cyclopides) .. Ew ie
*hiere (hipponoé), Chrysophanus

(Polyommatus) .. yobs
hilaris (orbifer ab.), Powellia

= Urbicola), 153;

*hipponoé (= ee ce oe
peria . , dll, )
*hipponoé(=Kkyllus), Chrysophanus :

*hipponoé (=lampetie), Chryso-
phanus 303, 304, 306, 307, 308,
309, 311, 312 314, 319, 325,

340, 414, 415, 417, 418,

hippothoé, Chrysophanus 306, 307,
309, 312, 320, 414, 416, 417,

420-1, 492, 432, 483, 436,
*hippothoé(= dispar), 418, 419, 420-
426, 428; (=rutilus, var. of C.
dispar), 433; (=auratus, var.
of C. dispar) --
hobomok, Pamphila
houangty, Cyclopides ‘
hiibneri, Obth., Tutt (phlzas ab.),
Rumicia -» 300, 358,
hyacinthus, Papilio P.R. .. :
*hylas (baton), Scolitantides (Ly-
cena) BUG, 075 o10 att, 3 12,
hylas(=dorylas),Agriades 303, 307,
309,

170,

hylax, Pithecops

Hylephila .. 5. ee -

hyllus (hylla), Chrysophanus 307,

hypoleucos (malve var.), Hesperia

218, 225, 230,

hypophleas, Rumicia 334, 338,

34), 342, 383,

*hypophleas(= hypophlezas), Rumi-

cia .
hyrax, Thymelicus .

hyreana (sylvanus ab. ‘5 Augiades

135

iberica (alveus var.), Hesperia
iberica (flava ab.), Adopaea
*icaria (amandus), Lycena

*icarius (amandus), Agriades 307,

308, 309, 311, 312,

icarus, Polyommatus 250, 304, 306,

313, 318, 319, 320, 405, 406,

407,

107,

icelus, Thanaos :
idaho (comma var.), Urbicola 167,
169,
idas, Papilio (Argus) 303, 304, 305,
308, 310,
ignita (phleas ab.), Rumicia 353,
ignita-caudata (phleas ab.), Ru-

micia : =3 se

432

461

. 436

203
297

462

. 304

314
314

.. 314
. 153

414
296
430

342
. 297

297

. 296

297
306

313
408
211
297

312
360

-. 360

473

PAGE.

ilicis, Strymon (Papilio) 303, 306,
307, 309, 312,
impunctata (phleas ab.), Rumicia

319
361

inachus, Aeromachus 131, 296
infra-extensa (phleas ab. u Ru-
micia Ae 379-80
infra-radiata ‘(phlaas ab. ie Rumi-
cia . he 379, 380
infuscata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 355
initia (phleas ab.), Rumicia oe ne
initia-caudata (phleas ab.), Ru-
micia -e .. 374
intermedia (comma ab. ), Urbicola
156, 297

intermedia (lineola ab.), Adopxa 96,
intermedia (malvze ab.), Hesperia
224, 226, 227,
intermedia (phleas ab.), Rumicia
342, 347, 353, 358-9,
intermedia-caudata (phleas ab.),
Rumicia .. 359,
iolas, Lycena (Argus) 308, 309, 310,
isabelle (tages ab.), Nisoniades
269-6,
Ismenidee an OO
Ismenidi se
Ismeninee
Isoteinon

jankowskii, Ismene

jansonis, Baoris 3

jason (phlomidis var.), Powellia ..

*jolas (=iolas), Lycena

juba (comma var.), Urbicola 163,
164, 165, 166,

juncta (comma ab.), Urbicola 134,

157,

362,

Ru-

juncta (phleas ab.), Rumicia
juncta-caudata es ab.),
micia 4 Me 6h.
juncta (sylvanus ab. Ms Augiades 134,

jutta, Chionobas ..
*juvenalis (=juvenis), Nisoniades
83,

Juvenes

juvenis (juvenalis), Nisoniades 83,

kochi (phleas ab.), Rumicia 362-3,

kuenlunus (tessellum var.), Favria
ladon, Agriades 5.
Leeosopis AE wag, OAs se
*Jampetie (=hipponoé), Chryso-
phanus é 307, 414, 432,
Lampide ais ae ais
Lampides 307, 313,
lampon, Chrysophanus 8
Langia re 314,
lappona, Erebia an ae Sc
*lato (=mixta), Urbicola .. :
latomarginata (phleas ab.), Rumi-
Gldie bt ae =e
*latro (=mixta), Urbicola.. :
laurentina (comma var.), Urbicola
168, 170,
*lavatere (=malve), Hesperia
(Thymele).. 85, 222,

172-4, :

297
296
360

297
255

474

PAGE.

*lavatere (alcee),
peria) :
*lavateree (malvarum), Erynnis
*lavateree (=taras), Hesperia 222,

227,
malvarum), Erynnis
83, 86, 89, Le

Erynnis (Hes-

*lavathere (=
(Carcharodus)
ledi, Lycena..
leechii, Nisoniades .
Lemoniide (Erycinide) 209, 302,
*Lemoniine.. ae » ee)
leonina, Thymelicus
levana, Araschnia ..
leucopheus, Bithys..
leuzez, Muschampia
Libytheine .. ie = 6
*linea (=flava), Adopzea (Krynnis)
82, 83, 91, 94, 95, 105,
*linea (= lineola), Adopea. .
lineola, Adopzxa 83, 87, 90, 91, 92,
93, 94-105, 107, 113,114, 117,
119, 126, 127, 136, 148, 297,
Loweia 314, 320, 325, 416, 417,
lucasii, Halpe
lucilius, Thanaos
lucina, Hamearis (Nemeobius) 298,
299, 300, 3138, 314, 318,
ludovicise ( lineola ab.) ,Adopea 96-7,
lugens (orbifer var.), Powellia
lutea-excessa (paleemon, ab.), Cyclo-
pides : Heal Oo:
hee restricta ab.),
Cyclopides : a Oa
lutulentus (poggei ee Sloperia
Lyceide :
Lyceides
Lycena

(palzemon

307, 309, 313,
305, 306, 308, 313, 318,
*Lycwena (= Cupido), 306; (=Chry-
sophanus), 414; (=LHveres), 312;
(=Polyommatus), 309; (= Rumi-
cia), 326; (=Thecla)
Lycenida ..
Lycenide (Buralidee) 298, 299, 302,
303, 309, 312, 318,
36 ae 303,
..317, 318, 320,
298, 314, 318, 319,

Lyceenides
Lyceenidi
Lycenine
Lycenini
Iiviecie,.
Lycus
lydus, Bithys. eG 5 :
lynceus (spini), Strymon 307, 308,
309,
lysimon, Lycena (Nomiades)
306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 312,
lysippus, Papilio P.R.

309,

machaon, Papilio
macounii, Chionobas
maculatus (a), Bremeria
maculosa, Celenorrhinus ..
magnipuncta (phleas ab.), Rumicia
362,
major-clara(lineola ab.),Adopsa 96,

218, 220,

major (flava var. etab.), Adopsxea 107,
96, 297 |

major (lineola ab.), Adopra

83

. 255

229

296
305
296
318
318

so ZT
.. 338
.- 307
.. 296

. 298

117
94

461
452
» Ze
273

319
297

296

297

297
296
307
319
319

. 309

318

319
309
324
320

So GW)
- 307

314

- 307

312
314

- 303

is)
Sarat

296

. 295

364
297
297

-marloyi, Hallia 82, 255, 259. 61, 268,

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

major (phleas ab.), Rumicia
major (serratule var.), Hesperia
*malve (=alcere), Erynnis (Ur-
banus) 82, 83, 84, 85, 90, 215,
218, 220, 234,
*malvee (=fritillum), Hesperia
malve, Hesperia 82, 83, 85, 87,
88, 144, 216, 221-255, 257,
258, 263, 281, 290,
*malvee-minor (=malve), Hesperia
malvarum, Erynnis 83, 86, 89, 218,
malvoides (malve var.), Hesperia
230,
mandan (palemon var.), ’ Cyclo-
pides 1201715 a deni te
195, 196-200, 203,
manitoba (comma var.), Urbicola
153, 156, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167-8,
169; 170, 172, 190) 1935205.
manitoboides (comma var.), Urbi-
cola 170,

mars, Lycena
mars (acis), Strymon
marsyas, Papilio
mathias, Chapra (Parnara)
Megathymide :
Megathymus
melanophlezas (phleas ab. y.
micia 5 é
melanops, Polyommatus (No-
miades) 308, 309, 310,
meleager, Agriades (Polyommatus)
303, 305, 306, 307, 310,
*meleager (=orbitulus), Agriades
307,
*melicerta (=sylvanus), Augiades
melicertes (=esperi) (palemon
ab.), Cyclopides .. 196, 297,
melinus, Strymon .. uh a6
melotis (malve var.), Hesperia
224, 225, 229-230,
menalcas, Papilio . 4
menes, Apaustus
mercatus, Hesperia a we
mesapano (palemon var.), Cyclo-
pides 193, 195, 199, 200,
metea, Urbicola (Krynnis) ot
metis, Watsonia (Cyclopides) 83,
ae 192,

303,
131,

Ru-
366,

micio, Aubertia
Micropteryx ..
*mikado (= florinda), Urbicola
mimas, Nisoniades .
minima, Cupido

: 83,
"250, 288, 313,

314, 318,
minima (tages ab.), Nisoniades
minor (dispar ab.), Chrysophanus
minor (phleas ab.), Rumicia
minyas, Kumeus - ox
mixta (comma _ var.), Urbicola
158, 159, 161-2,
mixta-conflua (comma ab.), Urbi-

cola s os Se

moeschleri (carthami var.),

Hes-
peria whe

296

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.
mohammed (proto var.), Mus-
champia .. 296
montanus, Nisoniades (Thanaos)
259, 261, 296
montivagus, Muschampia.. 218
mopsus, Strymon < ead
*morio (=malve), Hesperia 222, 228
*morio (=tages), Nisoniades .. 262
morpheus, Heteropterus 83, 85,
190, 191, 297
*moryi (=ab. fasciata), Hesperia 226
Muschampia 218, 220, 296
mycilus, Agriades .. ae So GLUT)
myopa, Polyommatus ae 305
Mysceli Se a eee ALS
mystic, Pamphila 170, 191, 203
*nanus (= pulBtesus); He = OOF,
Nemeobiide . . 319
Nemeobiidi .. a oS
*Nemeobiine (Hamearins) 299,
318, 319
*Nemeobius (Hamearis) 299, 313,
314, 318, 319
nervulata, Thymelicus i ey 29%
neurata (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus - -. 451
nevada (comma var. i Urbicola 156,
163, 164, 165, 167, 169-70, 173, 297
nigrescens (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus ap “i .. 431
nigrescens (montanus var.), Niso-
niades .. 296

nigroapicata (phleas. ab.), Rumicia 366

nigrolineata (dispar ab.), Rae
phanus on 435-6
niphon, Lycus . 307
Nisoniade .. 83

Nisoniades 85, 217, 255, O57, 258,
299-62, 295
Nisoniadidi .. sus . 255- 9, 295
niveomaculatus, Aubertia . - 297
nobilis, Favria 296

nomas (tessellum var.), Favria

218, 220, 296
Nomiadee ae ate .. 306
Nomiades 309, 313, 318, 319
*Nomiades (= Cyaniris) be aula}

norvegica (sylvanus var.), Augiades

135, 297
nostrodamus, Gegenes (Parnara)

131, 298
numerius, Lampides ee OU
Nymphalis ei oe 82
nymphalis, Satarupa 295
oberthueri, Bremeria : -- 296
obliterata (hypophleas ab.), Ru-

micia .. 342, 343
obliterata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 360
obscura (flava ab.), Adopea 107, 297
obscura (sylvanus av.), " Augiades

134, 297
obscurior (cribrellum, var.), Favria 296

ornatus (unicolor ab.), ea

475

PAGE.

obsoleta (acteon ab.), Thymelicus
119, 297

obsoleta (dispar av.), Chryso-
phanus.. ae 430

obsoleta (phleas ab.), Rumicia
369-70, 375

obsoleta (sylvanus ab.), Augiades
134, 135, 297

epee ce rulcon ancl (phlzas
b.), Rumicia 368, 370

oendenealis (sylvatica var.), Thy.
melicus ai
ochimus, Chrysophanus
ochracea, Augiades. .
*oilus (tartarus), Pyreus We
omeia, Orthophcetus: Ae, PAE
*omphale, Chrysophanus .. .. 416
onopordi (alveus var.), Hesperia .. 296
ophion, Nisoniades .. ae 83, 260
opposita (sylvanus ab.), Augiades
134, 297
ae 36° LSB:
306, 307,
309, 311,
orbifer, Powellia 2S. 2205 221"
orbitulus, Polyommatus (Lyczna)
306, 307, 309, 310, 312,
*orcus (=syrichtus), Pyrgus _ 83,
18, 220
oregonia (comma var.), Urbicola
169,

297
436
297

83

326,
131,

ops, ? Cyclopides

optilete, Polyommatus
312
296

313

*orion (battus), Scolitantides

*osterodia, Powellia
*ottoe, Pamphila
ottomanus, Heodes

Se 169,

308, 309, 311,

312, 325, 326
oxiana (phleas var.), Rumicia

340, 349-50

Padraona .. 298

palemon, Cyclopides 85, 86, 87, 90,

190, 193, 193- 214, 215, 250, 297
palemon, Phocides.. 215
pallida (comma _ var. et ab.),

Augiades .. ‘ - 157-8, 297
pallida (flava ab.), Adopea 107, 297
pallida (lineola ab.), Adoprea 96, 297
pallidapuncta (comma ab.), Urbi-

cola j : 156, 157, 297
pallida-virescens (flava ey Ado-

107, 297

pea
Pamphila (= -Urbicola) 82, 85, 131,

162, 170, 220

*Pamphila (= Adopza), 93 ; (=Au-
giades), 132; (=Cyclopides),
192-3; (= Hesperia), 219; (=Thy-
melicus), 116; (= Urbicola)85,153, 191

*Pamphilide (=Urbicolide) 89, 216

*Pamphilidi (= Urbicolidi) cao

Pamphiline .. 84, 90

*Pamphilins (2 Cyclopidide) Aiea

pan (pann), Strymon -- 307

*paniscus (=palemon), Cyclopides

83, 85, 192-4

panoptes (baton var.), Agriades 307, 310

476

PAGE.

Panorpa «0 1200

Papilio _ 82, 130, 206, 220
*Papilio (= Adopea), gaa (= Thy-
melicus), 116, 180; (= Augiades),

DIS a(t
clopides), 192; (

~ Urbicola), 152; (=Cy-
= Hesperia), 219;

(= Nisoniades) ,260; (= Rumicia),
326; (= Chrysophanus). . .. 414
Papilionides . . : ve 299; a0

* Papilio- -Plebeius(= Hesperia),219 ;
(=Rumicia) 326; (=Urbicola).. 152

*Papilio-Plebeius-Ruralis (= Rumi-

cia), 326,350; (=Chrysophanus) 414

*Papilio-Plebeius-Urbicola (=Ado-
pea), 93; (=Thymelicus), 116’;

' (=Augiades), 131, 1382; (=Urbi-
cola), 152; (=Cyclopides), 192 ;
(=Hesperia), 219; (=Niso-
niades) . Dic ioe .. 259

*Papilio- ‘Ruralis (= Rumicia) . 326

*Papilio-Urbicola (=Adopea), 93;

a(t Thy mere AG (Unb
cola) 5 : a0 -. 152

Parnara : : is ee Haul

parva (dispar ab), Chrysophanus. . 430

parvipuncta (phleas ab.), Rumicia 361-2
paupera (sylvanus ab.), Augiades

134, 297

259, 295

5 AOE

pelias, Hallia (Nisoniades)
ieee 807

pellucida, Baoris
petalus, Thestor
Phemiadee .. 90
phereolus, Papilio Pie 303
pheretes, Lycena (Nomiades) 306,
309, 312, 314,
pheretiades, Lycena
phicomone, Colias . j
philocles, Papilio P. R. : Ere)
*phleas (=ab. alba), Rumicia .. 355
*phleas (=var. hypophleas),
Rumicia .. 342
phleas, Rumicia 107, 257, 275, 303,
304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309,
311,312, 313, 314, 318, 319,
320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325,
326, 327, 330-414, 421, 424,
429, 430, 435, 436, 442, 450,
452, 453, 454
phiwoides (phleas var.), Rumicia.. 353

319
312
: _ 187

*phleas (=phleas), Rumicia 306, 330
*phleas (=phleoides), Rumicia .. 353
phlomidis, Powellia 218, 220, 296
Phocidee . oe ALO
Phocides Beat)
Phocididi ea ~s 299
Phocidinee 215-16, 295
Pholisora Q ‘ 3 hie Ly
phyleus, Hylephila sei el moe
piceus, Aeromachus oe 296
Pithecops 312, 314
plato, Lampides .. oe se OUT
Plebeii 82, 130, 220, 303, 304
Plebeii-Rurales Se “June
Plebeii-Rustici . 220

Plebeii-Urbicole .. As ea Be)

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

PAGE.
Plebeius . 82, 304, 312, 318
*Plebeius (= Rusticus) . 313
*Plebeius-Ruralis (=Rumicia) .. 326
plurimacula (staudingeri, var.),
Muschampia si -. 296
poggei, Sloperia 218, 220, 296
Polyommatide ais a .. 309
Polyommatus 305, 308, 313, 318, 319
*Polyommatus (=Argus), 309;
(=Rumicia), 326; (=Chryso-
phanus) ae .. 811, 414
Polyophthalmi Es sg 82, 303
polysperchon (argiades var.),
Eiveres an -« S07 ets
popoviana (tages var.), Nisoniades
265, 266, 269, 296
*popovianus (= popoviana), Niso-
niades : : =~ 269
populi, Amorpha y Brgy litte)
posteroalba (phleas ab.), Rumicia 353
Powellia | 2 218 ,220, 296
prometheus ger var.),
Muschampia ae : =) 206
proteus (staudingeri var. ), Mus-
champia Ss 83, 296
proto, Muschampia 218, a 296
protumaus, Thestor 314
proximus, Achalarus : 295
pruni, Strymon (Thecla, Papilio)
308, 304, 305, 306, 307, 308,
309, 312, 314, 318, 319
*pruni (=w-album), Strymon . 308
pseudophleas (phleas var.),
Rumicia Re wi .. 303
psittacus, Lycena .. ~ oll
Pterourus ae .. 304
puer, Thymelicus 5 Soy aL ely,
puer (= minima -+argiades), Cupido
304, 313
pulchra, Cyclopides ed = eee:
punctijuncta (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus 7 .. 432
purpurascens (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus ere .. 432
purpureotincta (phleas ab.),
Rumicia ae .. 360
pustula, Thymelicus 83, OL, aoe
pylaon, Polyommatus (Argus) 309, 312
pyrenaica (malve var.), Hesperia
225, 296
Byres. ie aie a oe
*Pyrgus (= Hesperia) 85, 217,
218-9, 220, 227, 261
Pyrrhopyge : 84, 215
Pyrrhopygins «s/f
Pyrrhopygini 84
querctis, Bithys (Papilio) 303, 304,
305, 306, 308, 309, 312, 314,
318, 319
radiata (dispar ab.), Chrysophanus 436
radiata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 369,
370, 435, 436
radiata-ceruleopunctata (phleas
ab.), Rumicia “e .. 369

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.

-. yafflesie, Huschemon si Same |!

remota (phleas ab.), Rumicia 361, 362
remota-juncta (phleas ab.),

Rumicia .. es as .. 361
*repugnans (=florinda), Augiades

160-1, 162

restricta (malvze ab.), Hesperia 224, 296
restricta (palzmon ab.), Cyclopides

195, 297

reversa (flava ab.), pines 107, 297

Rhopalocampta .. oe a208
rhymnus, Polyommatus (Argus,

Lycena) .. 309, 312

rippertii Polyommatus 308, 309, 310, 312

roboris, Lzosopis (Thecla) 309, 312, 314
rubi, Callophrys (Lycus, Lycena)
Papilio 303, 304, 305, 306, 307,

309, 312, 314, 318, 319, 320, 462

rufa (malve ab.), Hesperia 224, 296

Rumicia . 314, 326-30, 416
Rurales 82, 130, 303, 304, 305
Ruralide (Lycenide) 298, 299,

302, 303, 309, 312, 314-19
Ruralides 298-314
Ruraline . oe 314, 319
Ruralis 130, 304, 313
Rustici We ai ws D220
Rusticus ( (—Plebeius) 305, 313, 319

*rutila (=rutilus var. of C. dispar),
Chrysophanus
Rutili.. : ; “82, 303, 319
*rutilus (= dispar), 418; (= auratus
var. of C. dispar), Chrysophanus 436
rutilus (dispar var.), Chrysophanus
385, 390, 422, 423, 424,
425-7, 428, 429, 430, 431-5,
437, 438, 454-456

sagittifera (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus Be 429, 430, 435

salmacis (astrarche var.), Aricia .. 312

sao, Powellia 83, 218, 220, 227, 250, 296

*sao (=malve), Hesperia .. .. 222
saportz (melanops), Nomiades
(Argus) .. ee 5: oa MUD.
sataspes, Powellia .. a nies vais:
satraps, Chrysophanus .. -. 416
*Scelothrix (= Hesperia) 218-9, 220, 261

*Scelotrix(=Scelothrix = Hesperia). 219
schmidtii (phleas ab.), Rumicia
354, 397-8
alba) (phleas ab.),
341, 342, 343, 347,
353, 355, 357, 429
(phleas ab.),

*schmidtii (=
Rumicia

schmidtii-caudata

Rumicia .. ay oe LOT; 358
Scolitantide. . ie oe -. B07
Scolitantides 314
sebrus, Cupido 250, 308, 309, 310, 312
semiargentea, Eumesia a 191
semiargus, Cyaniris (Nomiades)

250, 313, 318, 319
semicolon (lineola ab.), Adopsa 95,
96, 297

*sericea (= marloyi), Hallia .. 268

477

PAGE.
serratule, Hesperia 218, 220, 222,
250, 296
*sertorius (=sao), Pyrgus .. Argo
sicheus, Bithys Hy ay peal’

side, Hesperia . 83, 218, 220, 296
sifanicus (alveus var.), Hesperia .. 296
*silvanus (=sylvanus), Augiades.. 132
silvius, Cyclopides .. 83, 192, 193, 297

similis, Augiades .. ee aes ir
simplex, Achalarus.. Le «« 295
sinica, Daimio if Se -- 295
sinicus (maculatus var.), Bremeria
218, 296

sinina (tages var), Nisoniades 263,
265, 266, 269, 296

skada (palemon var.), Cyclopides
199, 200-1, 297

Sloperia 218, 220, 296
speculum .. aye 5a Een 2
speyeri, Hesperia .. is -« 296
sphinx, Bithys us ae ..) SOU
*Spilothyrus (=Erynnis) .. 85, 86
spio, Powellia A Be ie ey)

spini, Strymon (Papilio) 303, 304,
305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 312,

314, 319
splendens, eames .. 416
Staphylinus.. ° ; 256
staudingeri, Muschampia, . oe .. 296
stellatarum, Sesia .. as 28,281.

steropes(aracinthus), Cyclopides 83, 192
*Steropes (=Cyclopides) .. 85, 192

*Steroptes (=Cyclopides) .. ae LOZ
stigma, Thymelicus oe eel
strephon, Bithys .. be .- 308
Strymon : AP ~- OOO, ole
Strymones .. = oa Ud

stygianus (phleas var.), Rumicia
350, ae 367

suastus a Sc di : 257
subalpina, Loweia .. a 325
Subcaudati .. 82, 303
subcuprea (dispar ab. y, ‘Chryso-
phanus é - 430, 431
subhyalina, Augiades | is 136, 297

*subobsoleta (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus -430, 432
subradiata (phlzas ab. a Rumicia 368- 9

suffusa (comma var.), Urbicola 156,
157, 158, 159, 297
suffusa (flava ab.), Adopxa 107, 297

suffusa (phleas ab.), Rumicia 339,
362, 366, 374-6, 377

suffusa (lineola ab.), Adopea 96,
107, 297, 461

suffusa-alcoides (tages ab.), Niso-
niades 265, 266, 296

sutfusa-transversa (tages ab.),
Nisoniades .. -. 265, 266, 296

suffusa- ee (tages ab.), Niso-

niades ; 265, 296
suffusa-virescens (fava ab. ), Ado-
pea 107, 297

suppressa (dispar cab.) “Chryso-
phanus.. : z .. 431

478

PAGE.

“sylvanoides (=columbia), Urbicola
163, 166, 167,
sylvanoides, Augiades :
sylvanus, Augiades 83, 85, 86, 87,
90, 92, 100, 106, 108, ie
TAT UB. 130, 131, 132-52,
154, 161, 162, 186, 187, 188,
sylvatica, Thymelicus
sylvestris, Papilio 117;
vanus)
sylvicola (sylvius), Cyclopides
*sylvius (=silvius), Cyclopides 85,

(=syl-
132,

172
297

297

So AO

133

5

192, 193, 199, 291
syriaca (flava var.), Adopeea 107, 297
*Syrichthus (= Hesperia) .. a 209
*Syrichthus (= Nisoniades) .. 260
*Syrichtus (= Hesperia) 85, 219
Syrichtus (=Nisoniades) .. .. 260
syrichtus (orcus), Muschampia
(Pyrgus) 83, 218, 220
*Syricthus (= Hesperia) . 218-9
*tages (=lavathere), Carcharodus 83

tages, Nisoniades 81, 82, 83, 85, 87,
88, 89, 90, 216, 223, 238,
250, 255, 257, 258, 259, 260,
261, 262-95, 295,
*tajes (=tages), Nisoniades ae
taras (malve ab.), Hesperia 222,
224, 226, 227-229,
tarasoides (serratulee ab.), we
*tartarus (=oilus), Pyrgus .
telephius (=battus), Scolitantides .
telicanus, Lampides (Thecla) 306,
308, 309, 311, 312, 314,
temantes, Papilio
tephreus, Bithys
tesselloides (orbifer var.), Powellia

tessellum, Favria .. 83, 218, 220,

tethys, Daimio es Se

tettensis, Abantis

thamyras, Papilio

*Thanaos (= Hallia) - oe

*“Thanaos (=Nisoniades) 85, 217,
255,

*Thanaus (=Thanaos) ..

*thaumas (= flava), Adopxa 82, 83,

85, 87, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94,
95, 96, 98, 99, 102, 103, 105,
106, 117, 118,

thaumas, Papilio
*Thecla (='Thestor)
*Thecla (= Ruralis)
Thecla 299, 305, 306, 308, 309, 312,
313, 318,
Jeol, 318, 320,
Ruralinee) 314,

Theclidi
*Thecling (=
Theclini oh ae
therapne (sao var.), Powellia
thersamon, Chrysophanus 306, 307,
309, 311, 312, 825, 414,
Thestor : 307, 312,
Thestores re
thetis, Chrysophanus :
thibetana (subhyalina var.),

Au-
giades :

136

117-8
. 312

313

319
324
319

Re onl)
. 296

416
314

ox Ue
. 326

. 297

BRITISH BUTTERFLIES.

. PAGE.
thibetanus eee var. a Bre-

meria ae . = (296
thoe, Chrysophanus~ 5 .. 416
thrax, Hesperia .. a ae 7B
*Thymale (=Thymele) 85, 219, 260
*Thymele 2. ae 82, 220
*Thymele (= Hesperia) 85,°218-9 ;

(=Nisoniades) SA .. 260
Thymelici “<9; Oi; 18s
Thymelicidi.. 91-92, 117, 297
Thymelicine .. | 90; Si-S2er297
Thymelicus .., 85, 94, 116-17, 131, 297
*Thymelicus (= Adopza) . ste
*Thymelinus (= Adopiea), 93;

(= Thymelicus) .-. 80; 1
thyone, Baoris Be rth)
tibetana, Celenorrhinus 2 299
*timeeus (=timeus), Rumicia . 350
timeus (phleas var.), Rumicia 307,

390-1, 352, 414
._timeus-ceruleopunctata (phleas

ab.), Rumicia .. te .. 368
*tiresias (=amyntas), Everes 307, 309
*tiresias (= polysperene Everes 307
titus, Strymon : .. 314
tityrus, Hpargyreus : os oho
tochrana (sylvanus var.), Augiades

136, 297
Tomares - 0) lee
toona, Suastus 5 Sic .. 257
transiens (= phleas ‘ab.), Rumicia_—-

374, 375
translucida, Capila.. ce <2.) 2990
transversa (dispar ab.), Chryso-

phanus ie .. 430
transversa (tages ab.), Nisoniades

265, 295
transversaliz, Powellia os 2S
Trapezite ~at LOO
Trapezitine .. Se .~, 190
trimacula, Ampittia 0206
trisignatus, Hesperia on wee
Trochilium .. oe ang
trochilus, Lycena .. Kit i nod
turanica (phleas var.), Rumicia

349, 375
turcicus (phleas ab.), Rumicia

366, 374, 377-8

typica-caudata (phleas ab.), Ru-
micia : Se 359-60, 377
tyrrhenus, Bithys 5 or ee ON
unicolor, Leptalina.. ‘ oo 2m
*unicolor (= tages), Nisoniades .. 262

unicolor (tages ab.), Nisoniades
264, 265, 268, 295

unilineata (dispar ab.), Chryso-
phanus.. ; .- 431
unipunctata (phleas ab.), Rumicia 361
Urbani Me oA os tee

*Urbanus (=Erynnis) ..83, 84, 85
Urbicola 82, 84, 94, 117, 130, 132,

152-3,
Urbicole 82, 130, 153, 220, 303,
Urbicolidse Ties 89, 90-1,

297
304
296

SPECIAL INDEX.

PAGE.
Urbicolides .. : - 81-90, 295
Urbicolidi (Pamphilidi) 91, 130-1,

295,

297
Urbicoline .. wie OS 130-1, 297
valesiaca (carthami var.), Hesperia 296
varia, Halpe.. ; 297

variegata, (tages ab. yi Nisoniades
65, 295

venata (sylvanus var. et ab.),
Augiades .. .. 132, 135-36, 297

*venula (=flava), Adopza 83, 91,
106, 117

vernalis (dispar var.), Chryso-
phanus . ie .. 429, 434-5
vesulus, Bithys a sts . 307
Veteres oe a; 83, 215
vibex, Thymelicus .. Botepec is ily
Vigilantes... ~ a 83, 90
Villicantes 307, 309
vindex, Powellia (Pyrgus) .. 83, 218

virescens (acteon ab.), Thymelicus
118, 297
virgaurea (rect. virgaurez), Papilio 303
virgauree, Heodes 303, 304, 305,
306, 307, 308, 309, 311, 312,
313, 314, 320, 322, 325, 327,
330, 350, 382, 383, 405, 414,
415, 417, 418, 420, 421, 422,
432, 433, 435, 438, 442, 452, 459
*virgauree (=phleas), Rumicia .. 330
*virgula (=lineola), Adopea (Thy-
micheus) '.. tee Ooo 94 Ly

479

PAGE.
viridis (comma var.), Urbicola
174, 297
vitellius, Thymelicus ste Yo) baal i by
vulcanus, Hesperia. . ae -. 305
Vulgares.. 2 83, 215, 217

w-album, Strymon (Thecla, Papilio)
303, 306, 307, 309, 312, 314,
318, 319, 326, 455
Watsonia .. 191
webbi (phlas ab.), ‘Rumicia .. 355

xanthe (dorilis), Loweia (Papilio)
3, 305, 309, 312, 377

xanthe (thersamon), Chrysophanus
307, 311, 414
xerodice, Lycena .. -. 306

*zacheus (=? panoptes), Ag-

riades Si 307
zagrabiensis (malves ab.), Hesperia

5, 226, 296

zebra, Powellia Re Be Beagle

zelleri, Baoris (Parnara) .. 131, 298

zephodes, Nisoniades as 83, 260

Zephyrini .. oa ae .. 319
*Zephyrus(= Ruralis = Thecla)305,

306, 313, 318, 319

zephyrus, Lycena .. oes eee ott
zethus, Lampides .. - boy CU
*Zizera(=Cupido) .. Se .. 314

zona (maculatus var.), Bremeria.. 296

ARRANGEMENT OF PLATES.—NOTICE TO BINDER.

OPPOSITE
PLATE PAGE.
. Eggs of British Urbicolids (Skippers) .. 28 2. Oe
II. Apparatus for photographing the eggs of butterflies 50 aie os 8
Til. Eggs of Urbicolids and Chrysophanids . . z oe =: .. 3820
IV. Eggs of Thestorids* and Polyommatids Me . TITLE PAGE
VY. Larval spiracle and skin of Urbicola comma (first instar) -: ra) TS
VI. Larval hairs and skin of Nisoniades tages F a ». 293
VII. Larval hairs of Nisoniades tages (fourth and fifth instars) Le 2) (20
VII. The British Urbicolid butterflies : oe ae 5c oO
IX. Life-history of Thymelicus acteon : “6 ae be ater any:
X. Pupal hairs and skin of Rumicia phlaeas : 394 .
XI. Pupal trumpet-hairs of Heodes virgaureae and Chr ysophanus dispar 452
XII. Spiracle and cremastral area of Chrysophanus ce ae .. 451
XIII. British Chrysophanids ... ; 40 ae st oto
XIV. Pupal skin and hairs of Loweia amphidamas . zs ie .. 452

XV. Pupal skin of Thestor ballus

Larva, pupa, and i imago of Rumicia phlaeas and Chrysophanid pape 330

XVII. Protective resemblance in butterfly larvee Ae 64
XVIII. Anal comb of larva of Thymelicus acteon : 122
XIX. Hesperia malvae imago and pupa. Chirysophanus dispar var. rutilus

larva and pupa :
XX. Larva of Augiades sylvanus.

Larva and pupa of Nisoniades tages . eee tla!

* Probably an error for Callophryids (see Hint. Rec., xviii., p. 239).

NOTICE.

For issue of the second 20 parts, price 17s. 6d., payable in advance, see
Advt. in the Ent. Record, no. 1, 1907 (Jan.).

lg,
Bye kee we
& 5

hah head,
Y |
wHDH

a eres.

sR
ai

ish

it

.G7T96

|

f the Br

nhent QL555
istory 0

A natural h

8

V

ITAA

3 904848 OO441

|

REE,

yu